Skip to main content

Full text of "The Ohio journal of science"

See other formats 


■ftHit*i^^:tt13*lnl 


►•(t^MM^*^  t  «^"  J 


lUixr."" 


■ittMr^wtA^vM 


M*-*««ft  **+*•« 


'i**M*^a  M*)H*-'fy;«^>;>; 


)JLKt»M|-|t'. 

']*"'  J  '  "* 

I'. '■Hi 

)t■^h*>*lHrt• 

•.f.*1..n. 

inrw 

ti.»<«'<)  ir^v^ 

hi/^-U-. 

-1*  t/vr..  . ,  t 

niiri-' 

Tlie 

Ohio  Naturalist 


AND 

JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE. 


Official  Organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, 
and  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science. 


Volumes  XIII,  XIV,  XV.     1912-1915. 


EDITORIAL   STAFF. 

Editor-in-Chief John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager James  S.  Hine 

ASSOCIATE    editors. 

Zoology.  Archaeology. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  W.  C.  Mills. 

Botany.  Orithology. 

Robt.  F.  Griggs,  J.  C.  Hambleton, 

Geology.  Physiography. 

W.  C.  Morse,  T.  M.  Hills. 

advisory  board. 

Department  of  Zoology Herbert  Osborn 

Department  of  Botany John  H.  Schaffner 

Department  of  Geology Charles  S.  Prosser 


Ohio  State  University, 
Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  T^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XIII.  NOVEMBER,    1912.  No.   1. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Mc AvoY — The  Reductiou  Division  in  Fuchsia 1 

ScHAFFNER— An  Undescrlbecl  Equisetum  from  Kansas 19 

OvEEHOLTS— Concerning  Ohio  Polyporacea' 22 

ScHAFFNEE— ^Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 24 


THE  REDUCTION  DIVISION  IN  FUCHSIA*. 

Blanche  McAvoy. 

The  genus  Oenothera  has  been  of  great  interest  in  recent  years 
to  biologists  because  of  DeVries'  studies  on  Oenothera  lamarck- 
iana  in  connection  with  his  development  of  the  mutation  theory. 
A  number  of  investigators  have  worked  on  Oenothera  among 
whom  may  be  mentioned  Lutz  (13  &  14),  Geertz  (10),  Gates 
(5,  6,  7,  8  &  9),  and  Davis  (2  &  3). 

Some  of  the  investigators  have  worked  on  the  cytology  of  the 
micro-  and  mega-sporocytes  while  others  have  worked  on  the 
genus  from  a  somewhat  different  point  of  veiw,  getting  the  com- 
plete life  history  as  a  basis  for  evidence  of  the  validity  of  DeVries' 
results. 

Geertz  (10)  has  made  a  complete  study  of  Oenothera  la- 
marckiana  beginning  with  the  archesporial  cell,  taking  up  the 
cytology  and  continuing  on  through  the  details  of  the  complete 
life  history.  In  some  of  the  microsporocytes  he  describes  threads 
with  small  chromatin  discs  on  them,  some  of  the  threads  being 
quite  small  and  others  thicker.  He  calls  the  early  contraction 
generally  observed  in  prepared  sporocytes  synapsis  and  says  that 
in  some  cases  there  were  loops  extending  out  from  the  contracted 
mass.  The  material  may  be  contracted  around  the  nucleolus  or 
may  be  separated  from  it.  Immediately  after  synizesis  he 
represents  fully  formed  chromosomes  in  the  nuclear  cavity.  He 
says  that  the  2x  number  of  chromosomes  were  formed  and  later 

*Contribution   from    the    Botanical    Laboratory   of   Ohio    State   Uni- 
versity, No.  69. 


LxjLIBRARYJ^ 


2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

united  in  pairs.  He  did  not  find  a  conjugation  of  two  threads 
during  synapsis.  He  mentions  a  slight  resting  stage  between  the 
first  or  heterotypic  division  and  the  second,  homotypic  division, 
but  does  not  speak  of  any  longitudinal  splitting  of  the  hetero- 
typic chromosomes  until  after  the  transverse  splitting  occurs. 
The  longitudinal  splitting  was  visible  just  before  the  chromosomes 
reached  the  poles. 

Gates  (7)  in  his  paper  on  Oenothera  rubrinervis,  states  that  the 
contraction  of  the  chromatin  material  is  synapsis  and  that  since 
the  cytoplasm  of  the  cells  shows  no  contraction,  the  cell  is  per- 
fectly fixed.  For  this  reason,  the  contraction,  so  constantly 
observed  at  an  early  stage  in  the  process,  is  not  an  artifact,  but 
is  a  real  contraction  stage,  leading  to  synapsis.  As  this  contrac- 
tion proceeds  the  reticulm  is  re-arranged  into  a  long,  continuous 
delicate  thread.  No  indication  of  a  doubling  or  pairing  of  the 
threads  was  evident.  After  the  synapsis  the  spirem  shortens 
and  thickens  and  begins  to  arrange  itself  more  loosely  in  the 
nuclear  cavity.  This  shortening  is  progressive  and  continues  for 
some  time.  He  states  that  the  shortening  may  be  uniform,  or  it 
may  vary  or  may  be  irregularly  constricted  at  varying  intervals. 
This  thickened  thread  now  segments  transversely  into  fourteen 
chromosomes — fourteen  being  the  sporophytic  number.  Then 
these  chromosomes  break  up  into  pairs  which  later  fuse  with  each 
other  leaving  the  x  number  of  chromosomes.  They  are  taken  on 
the  spindle  and  reduction  follows  in  the  usual  way. 

In  his  paper  on  Oenothera  lata  x  O.  gigas  (9)  he  begins  his 
dicussion  with  the  telophase  The  usual  number  of  chromosomes 
found  in  the  hybrid  is  twenty-one,  seven  being  of  maternal  and 
fourteen  of  paternal  origin.  In  the  reduction  one  germ  cell 
receives  ten  and  the  other  eleven  chromosomes.  In  a  few  cases 
nine  and  twelve  chromosomes  were  the  numbers  found  at  the 
respective  poles.  One  cell  was  found  which  had  twenty  chromo- 
somes, ten  of  which  went  to  each  pole.  The  segmentation  into 
ten  and  eleven  proves  that  there  is  not  a  pairing  of  homologus 
chromosomes  of  maternal  and  paternal  origin  but  the  segmenta- 
tion tends  to  be  into  two  numerically  equal  parts.  Gates  claims 
evidence  from  his  work,  that  there  are  two  general  methods  of 
chromosome  reduction,  one  a  side  to  side  pairing  of  chromatin 
threads  (parasynapsis)  to  form  a  double  spirem ;  the  other  involving 
an  end  to  end  arrangement  (telosynapsis)  of  maternal  and  paternal 
chromosomes,  to  form  a  single  sjjirem  which  afterwards  splits 
longitudinally.  He  says  an  individual  always  has  as  many 
chromosomes  as  the  sum  of  the  chromosomes  in  the  germ  cells 
which  go  to  form  the  new  plant.  This  fact,  he  says,  supports 
the  genetic  continuity  of  the  chromosomes.  He  has  not  shown 
whether  the  chromosomes  have  equal  or  unequal  hereditary 
value. 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  3 

In  his  paper  on  Oenothera  lata  x  O.  lamarckiana  (5)  he  finds 
starch  grains  present  in  the  cytoplasm  of  the  mother  cell.  These 
grains  become  more  abundant  until  the  reduction  takes  place 
after  which  they  are  not  found.  He  finds  what  he  calls  "pro- 
chromosomes", but  in  a  later  paper  considers  these  bodies  to  be 
nucleoH.  The  presynaptic  stages  show  a  continuous  spirem 
which  is  exceedingly  delicate  and  coiled.  Then  follows  the  con- 
traction, after  which  follows  a  stage  in  which  the  spirem  is  much 
shortened  and  several  times  thicker  than  just  before  the  contrac- 
tion. He  does  not  believe  that  the  nucleoli  break  up  and  move 
out  into  the  cytoplasm  waiting  to  be  re-collected  into  a  new 
nucleolus  in  the  new  nucleus,  as  Schaffner  believes  to  be  the  case 
in  Lilium  philadelphicum.  There  are  twelve  chromosomes  and 
one  or  two  "heterochromosomes",  or  as  he  calls  them  in  a  later 
paper — nucleoli.  He  believes  O.  lamarckiana  to  be  a  pure  strain 
and  not  a  hybrid. 

In  the  paper  on  Oenothera  gigas  (8)  Gates  says  "The  absence 
or  partial  absence  of  a  close  pairing  of  chromosomes  in  diakinesis 
and  on  the  heterotyptic  spindle  is  in  strong  contrast  to  the  con- 
dition in  other  genera  of  plants  where  the  chromosomes  are 
regularly  paired.  However  *  *  *  similar  failure  to  pair  is 
often  exhibited.  These  cases  appear  to  be  the  exceptions  to  the 
general  law  enunciated  by  Montgomery  in  1901  from  his  observa- 
tions on  Hemiptera,  that  homologous  chromosomes  of  maternal 
and  paternal  origin  pair  with  each  other  in  synapsis.  Later 
observations  on  a  variety  of  forms,  in  which  there  are  morpholog- 
ical chromosome  differences,  show  that  ordinarily  chromosomes  of 
similar  size  and  shape  pair  with  each  other  and  justify  the  view  of 
Montgomery  which  has  been  widely  adopted.  There  is  some 
variety  in  the  size  and  shape  of  the  chromosomes  but  nothing 
constant  was  observed."  In  the  anaphase  the  longitudinal  split 
generally  described  does  not  always  show.  There  are  some 
irregularities  in  the  reduction  such  as  an  unequal  number  of  chro- 
mosomes passing  to  the  two  poles. 

Davis  in  his  first  paper  on  Oenothera  (2)  observes  the  nucleus 
filled  with  a  close  reticulum  having  the  chromatin  material  dis- 
tributed around  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus.  Next  follows  the 
appearance  of  extremely  delicate  strands  connecting  the  bodies, 
forming  an  open  net  work.  These  strands  readily  thicken  and 
become  more  numerous  until  finally  the  nucleus  is  filled  with  a 
relatively  close  reticulum.  During  this  time  the  chromatin 
bodies  become  smaller  and  seem  to  contribute  their  material  to 
formation  of  the  strands  so  that  the  only  large  structures  in  the 
nuclei  are  the  nucleoli.  Synapsis,  as  he  calls  the  synizetic  con- 
traction, begins  slowly  and  finally  carries  the  strands  away  from 
the  nuclear  wall.  During  this  contraction  there  is  a  marked 
change  in  the  structure  of  the  reticulum      At  first  the  reticulum 


4  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

was  connected  at  many  points  but  in  time  it  is  easily  seen  that  a 
true  spirem  is  being  fonned.  During  the  main  part  of  the  con- 
traction the  knot  is  so  close  that  it  is  difficult  to  see  any  of  the 
structure.  Usually  there  are  threads  sticking  out  at  the  edge  of 
the  knot.  During  the  process  the  thread  of  the  spirem  is  short- 
ened. He  thinks  the  contraction  is  due  to  this  shortening  of  the 
threads  of  the  reticiilum  as  it  goes  to  make  up  the  spirem.  The 
forms  of  the  "synaptic"  knot  are  varied.  When  the  knot  loosens 
the  chromatin  material  is  seen  to  be  in  the  form  of  seven  bivalent 
chromosomes,  which  have  assumed  the  form  of  rings  some  being 
linked  together.  These  rings,  he  says,  remain  together  until  the 
two  halves  of  the  bivalent  rings  are  pulled  apart  on  the  spindle. 

In  the  second  paper  (3)  he  states  definitely  that  he  believes  the 
dark  staining  masses  foniied  on  the  perifery  of  nucleus  and  con- 
nected with  one  another  by  delicate  threads  to  be  the  "prochro- 
mosomes" described  by  Overton  (17)  but  he  says  there  is  no 
evidence  that  they  are  arranged  side  by  side  in  pairs  on  a  system 
of  threads  that  might  be  interpreted  as  two  parallel  spirems. 
The  chromatin  bodies  are  scattered  throughout  the  nucleus  but 
where  ever  there  are  two  together  they  lie  end  to  end  upon  a 
delicate  strand  that  runs  in  the  direction  of  the  longer  axes.  The 
nucleus  after  considerable  tim.e,  becomes  filled  with  a  close  reticu- 
limi  at  which  stage  the  chromatin  bodies  can  only  be  distinguished 
with  difficulty.  He  found  some  differences  in  the  method  of 
chromosome  fomiation  from  that  described  in  his  first  paper. 
The  knot  loosens  and  a  shorter  thicker  thread  emerges.  This 
spirem  is  then  constricted  into  a  chain  of  fourteen  chromosomes. 
A  longitudinal  split  becomes  apparent  just  before  the  heterotypic 
chroiuosomes  reach  the  poles. 

In  Erythronium,  Schaffner  (19)  finds  the  chromatin  material 
going  into  synizesis — a  term  used  to  designate  the  contraction  as 
being  a  separate  thing  from  the  fusion  of  the  chromatin.  This 
contraction  he  considers  to  be  an  artifact.  After  synizesis  he 
finds  the  fomiation  of  a  spirem  which  by  twisting,  forms  loops  all 
around  the  nuclear  wall.  There  then  occur  breaks  between  the 
loops.  The  loops  continue  to  twist  until  the  chromosomes  are 
fully  formed.  The  chromosomes  are  described  as  having  quite 
distinctive  shapes. 

In  Liliimi  tigrinum  (20)  he  found  a  continuous  spirem  with 
a  single  row  of  chromatin  granules.  This  spirem  enters  synizesis 
and  comes  out  of  it  without  a  conjugation  or  a  division  of  granules. 
Later  on  the  granules  divide  but  the  linen  thread  does  not  show  a 
distinct  separation.  The  continuous  spirem  shortens,  thickens, 
and  twists  into  twelve  loops  which  break  into  twelve  chromosomes. 
These  chromosomes  arc  attached  to  the  spindle  fibres  in  the 
mother  star  at  or  near  the  end  and  during  the  reduction  the  chro- 
mosomes uncoil  and  separate  by  a  transverse  division  at  the 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  5 

middle.  The  next  division  is  longitudinal  and  the  resulting  nuclei 
form  the  tetrads.  The  nucleoli  fragment  and  pass  into  the 
cytoplasm  during  both  the  first  and  second  divisions. 

In  Agave  viriginica  (22)  Schaffner  described  bivalent  proto- 
chromosomes  which  formed  a  long  delicate  continuous  spirem 
with  a  single  row  of  chromatin  granules.  Synizesis  follows 
during  which  there  is  no  union  of  the  spirems.  A  study  of  living 
material  did  not  show  any  noticeable  contraction  of  the  nuclear 
contents  and  the  nucleoli  were  usually  found  occupying  a  central 
position  in  the  nucleus.  While  the  chromatin  granules  undergo 
transverse  division,  the  spirem  shortens  and  thickens  and  then 
twists  up  into  twelve  loops  of  different  size  and  shape  which  are 
pressed  against  the  nuclear  wall.  These  loops  then  break  apart 
into  four  large,  three  ring  shaped  and  five  small  irregular  chro- 
mosomes. One  or  two  nucleoli  are  present  which  may  be  thrown 
out  into  the  cytoplasm.  The  spindle  is  bipolar  and  at  the  first 
division  the  chromosomes  divide  transversely  but  the  second 
division  is  longitudinal. 

Miss  Hyde  in  her  paper  on  Hyacinthus  (11)  did  not  find 
definite  protochromosomes  nor  a  splitting  of  the  spirem.  She 
observed  a  continuous  spirem  which  formed  eight  definite  loops. 
These  loops  break  apart  and  fonii  eight  chromosomes  of  different 
characteristic  sizes  and  shapes. 

There  has  been  much  controversy  as  to  the  real  nature  of  the 
contraction  generally  observed  in  the  early  stages  of  the  division 
of  reduction  cells.  In  most  cases  this  contraction  is  accompanied 
by  an  enlargement  of  the  nucleus  due  to  the  expansion  of  the 
nuclear  wall.  McClung  (15)  has  suggested  the  term  synizesis, 
to  be  used  to  mean  the  contraction  as  distinct  from  synapsis, 
synapsis  being  restricted  to  the  fusion  of  simple  chromosomes  into 
multiple  ones.  Lawson  (12)  has  recently  investigated  the  problem 
and  his  interpretation  of  synizesis  is  simply  that  it  represents  a 
growth  period  of  the  nucleus — a  period  during  which  there  is  a 
great  increase  in  the  amount  of  nuclear  sap,  which  results  in  a 
distention  and  withdrawal  of  the  nuclear  membrane  from  the 
chromatin.  As  to  why  the  nucleus  should  swell  so  much  immedi- 
ately before  the  reduction  division  he  answers  as  follows.  Each 
cell  is  charged  with  sufficient  food  substance  for  the  production 
of  the  tetrad.  Moreover  there  are  two  divisions  which  follow 
one  another  in  quick  succession.  The  pressure  of  the  cell  sap  acting 
from  within  causes  the  nuclear  membrane  to  distend  and  the 
nuclear  cavity  to  expand.  The  expansion  is  at  first  gradual  and 
continuous  until  the  nuclear  cavity  grows  to  twice  or  even  three 
times  its  original  size. 

As  the  growth  proceeds  the  membrane  is  gradually  withdrawn 
from  the  chromatin  mass  within.  The  result  of  this  withdrawal 
of  the  nuclear  membrane  is  the  formation  of  a  large  clear  area  of 


6  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

nuclear  sap  containing  the  mass  of  chromatin  which  has  been  left 
to  one  side.  No  evidence  whatever  was  found  to  show  that  any 
contraction  of  the  chromatin  had  taken  place.  The  enlargement 
of  the  nuclear  cavity  and  the  consequent  withdrawal  of  the 
membrane  away  from  the  chromatin  gives  the  appearance  of  a 
contraction,  but  actual  measurements  failed  to  show  any  diminu- 
tion in  chromatin  area. 

During  this  stage  definite  changes  take  place  in  the  nature  of 
the  chromatin  threads  as  the  spirem  becomes  differentiated. 

This  view  is  somewhat  similar  to  that  expressed  by  Schaffner 
in  Synapsis  and  Synizesis  (21)  although  he  believes  that  synizesis 
is  a  true  shrinking  of  chromatin  material  due  to  the  effect  of  the 
killing  fluid  on  the  nuclear  contents,  which  has  become  loosened 
from  the  nuclear  wall  on  account  of  the  swelling  of  the  nucleus. 
One  important  proof  for  this  conclusion  was  the  fact  that  in  many 
instances  there  are  symmetrical  contractions  showing  the  same 
peculiarities  as  in  ordinary  plasmolysis.  On  the  other  hand 
Gates  and  Davis  whom  I  have  quoted  above  believe  this  stage  to 
be  natural  and  do  not  believe  it  to  be  an  artifact.  They  base 
their  opinion  on  the  fact  that  the  contraction  is  of  such  constant 
occurrence  in  all  forms  studied. 

Because  of  the  apparently  pecidiar  process  of  chromosome 
formation  reported  for  the  Oenotheras  differing  somewhat  from 
both  the  type  of  division  held  by  Allen  and  others  on  the  one  hand 
and  by  Schaffner  and  others  on  the  other,  it  seemed  desirable  to 
the  writer  to  investigate  the  fonnation  of  the  chromosomes  in 
Fuchsia.  Accordingly  a  study  of  the  reduction  division  in  the 
microsporocytes  of  Fuchsia  was  taken  up  under  the  direction  of 
Professor  John  H.  Schaffner,  whose  help  and  kindly  criticisms  have 
been  of  inestimable  value  throughout  the  whole  year's  work. 

When  starting  the  problem  I  expected  to  find  the  chromo- 
somes formed  in  the  manner  described  by  Gates  for  Oenothera 
rubrinerves  and  by  Davis  for  Oenothera  biennis.  The  most  of 
my  attention  was  directed  toward  finding  how  the  chromosomes 
were  formed.  I  wished  to  see  whether  it  was  by  the  thickening 
of  the  spirem  followed  by  a  transverse  division  by  which  the  2x 
number  of  chromosomes  were  differentiated  and  then  cut  off  in 
pairs,  which  should  afterward  fold  together  to  form  the  bivalents; 
or  whether  the  spirem  thickened  and  then  folded  and  twisted 
around  into  the  number  of  loops  before  a  subsequent  separation 
into  the  reduced  number  of  chromosomes.  These  two  methods 
are  very  similar  in  results  but  somewhat  different  in  detail.  Gates 
found  the  chromosomes  formed  in  the  first  way  described  and 
since  Fuchsia  is  not  so  distantly  related  to  Oenothera,  it  was 
natural  to  expect  to  see  the  chromosome  formation  brought  about 
in  much  the  same  way  that  Gates  found  in  Oenothera. 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  7 

Two  varieties  of  the  Fuchsia  commonly  grown  in  greenhouses 
were  used.  Both  were  varieties  of  Fuchsia  speciosa  (Hort.),  of 
rather  small  size — one  variety  having  red  and  the  other  white 
sepals.  The  species  is  coinmonly  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid. 
Fuchsia  speciosa  was  obtained  from  the  greenhouse  in  connection 
with  the  Botany  building  of  the  Ohio  State  University  at  Columbus 
The  buds  which  showed  the  reduction  stages  were  quite  small,  being 
about  3-5  mm.  in  length.  They  were  killed  in  Schaffner's  weaker 
chrom-acetic  solution.  Material  was  left  in  the  killing  fluid  for 
24  hours  and  then  thoroughly  washed  and  run  up  to  70  per  cent 
alcohol  where  it  was  left  for  several  days.  Then  85,  95  and  100 
per  cent  alcohols  were  added  in  turn  and  chloroform  and  from  that 
the  buds  were  slowly  taken  into  pure  parafin  and  imbedded. 
Sections  were  10-15  mic.  thick.  Delafield's  Haemotoxylin  was 
tried  with  poor  success.  The  best  stain  was  a  combination  of 
Safranin  and  Iron  Haemotoxylin.  The  slides  were  transferred 
from  25  per  cent  alcohol  to  Safranin  and  left  for  four  hours.  They 
were  then  washed  off  in  25  per  cent  alcohol  and  put  into  water 
and  then  transferred  to  iron  alum.  Slides  were  kept  in  iron  alum 
for  four  hours  and  then  washed  for  a  while  in  water,  after  which 
which  they  were  left  over  night  in  Haeinotoxylin.  Next  day  the 
slides  were  bleached  in  iron  alum,  and  in  some  cases  acid  alcohol, 
and  were  mounted  in  balsam. 

The  tapetal  layer  is  rather  slow  in  developing  but  by  the 
time  the  sporocytes  began  to  be  differentiated  it  can  easily  be  dis- 
tinguished as  a  limiting  layer  of  the  sporogenous  tissue.  The 
sporogenous  tissue  remains  intact  during  all  the  early  stages  of 
the  reduction  process  and  it  is  only  while  the  chromosomes 
are  being  formed  that  the  sporocytes  become  separated  from  each 
other  and  from  the  tapetal  wall.  In  cross  section  the  stamens 
show  the  usual  four  microsporangia  and  each  cavity  usually 
contains  from  five  to  eight  sporocytes.  As  the  stamen  grows 
older  the  number  of  sporocytes,  that  show  in  cross  section  de- 
creases until  four  is  the  more  usual  number.  This  may  be  due  to 
the  rapid  elongation  of  the  anther  at  the  time  when  the  sporo- 
cytes are  separating. 

The  nucleus  in  the  early  stages  is  rather  small  and  is  made  up 
of  a  reticulum,  containing  dark  staining  masses  (Fig.  1).  As  the 
nucleus  enlarges  these  lumps  become  much  more  prominent  and 
definite  and  may  be  regarded  as  protochromosomes  (Figs.  2,  3,  4). 
In  no  case  was  it  possible  to  make  a  positive  count  of  these  masses 
since  some  of  them  had  apparently  begun  to  disintegrate  while 
others  were  just  forming.  As  the  lumps  disappear  the  material 
seems  to  go  toward  the  formation  of  small  chromatin  granules 
which  are  scattered  along  a  delicate  thread  (Figs.  4,  5,  6).  This 
thread  could  be  traced  for  some  distance  in  a  number  of  the  cells. 
Often  there  are  two  nucleoli  present  in  one  nucleus  but  in  most 


8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

cases  there  is  only  one.  There  is  no  difficulty  in  distinguishing 
the  nucleoli  from  chromatin  material  since  the  safranin  used  in 
the  combination  stain  gives  the  nucleoli  a  peculiar  reddish  tinge 
while  chromatin  material  stains  nearly  black  The  nucleolus  is 
in  the  middle  of  the  nucleus,  sometimes  a  little  to  one  side;  and 
on  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus  is  the  network  and  chromatin 
granules  spoken  of  above.  A  little  later  the  nucleus  begins  to 
swell  very  considerably,  and  gradually  the  network  is  loosened 
in  one  place  or  another  from  the  nuclear  wall.  At  this  time  the 
nucleolus  is  still  in  the  middle  of  the  nucleus.  As  the  process 
continues  the  nucleus  becomes  larger  and  more  of  the  threads 
becomes  loosened  from  the  wall  (Figs.  G.  7.  8). 

At  this  stage  the  synizesis  begins,  the  spirem  massing  together 
into  an  irregular  lump  which  may  or  may  not  enclose  the  nucleolus. 
In  some  cases  the  nucleolus  may  be  entirely  separate  from  the 
synizetic  knot.  No  division  of  the  granules  or  longitudinal 
split  of  the  spirem  was  observed.  There  is  a  well  defined  thread 
now  present  and  in  some  cases  loops  of  the  thread  could  be  seen 
sticking  out  from  the  opaque  knot  (Figs.  9  and  11).  In  other 
places  little  apparently  free  ends  of  the  thread  projected  from  the 
mass.  On  these  threads  defiinite  chromatin  graniiles  were 
plainly  visible  and  could  easily  be  counted  in  any  free  loop. 
Whether  the  free  ends  represented  natural  breaks  in  the  spirem 
or  injuries  caused  by  the  contraction  or  the  cutting,  corild  of 
course,  not  be  determined.  But  the  appearance  of  the  spirem 
before  and  after  the  synizesis  indicates  that  the  spirem  is  con- 
tinuous. The  contracted  chromatin  mass  was  sometimes  formed 
to  one  side  of  the  nuclear  cavity  and  sometimes  in  the  middle 
(Figs.  9,  17).  Sometimes  it  extended  across  the  nucleus.  There 
were  various  stages  of  contraction  from  the  loosely  coiled  mass  in 
which  the  threads  were  clearly  visible  (Fig.  11)  to  the  tightly 
contracted  mass  in  which  no  structure,  whatsoever,  could  be  made 
out.  During  older  stages  of  the  synizesis  the  knot  is  very  much 
looser  and  the  thread  is  much  more  complete  and  is  thicker  with 
the  granules  of  a  more  unifonn  size.  There  is  no  question  but 
that  there  has  been  a  contraction  of  the  chormatin,  the  mass 
occupying  a  much  smaller  area  than  before,  while  the  nuclear 
cavity  is  much  larger.  Whether  some  of  the  enlargement  of  the 
nuclear  cavity  was  due  to  plasmolizing  reagents  or  entirely  due 
to  a  normal  growth  could  not  be  determined  since  there  is  consider- 
able difference  in  the  size  of  various  nuclei  of  apparently  the  same 
stage  of  develoiOTient. 

Immediately  after  the  synizesis  the  threads  are  delicate  and 
contain  numerous  small  granules.  It  is  exceedingly  difficult  to 
follow  the  thread  through  all  its  convolution  but  in  some  cases  it 
could  be  traced  for  quite  a  long  distance  (Figs,  12,  13,  14).  There 
is  generally  one  nucleolus  at  this  stage  but  in  some  cases  two  are 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  g 

to  be  seen.  As  division  advances  the  thread  continues  to  elongate 
up  to  a  certain  stage  when  it  is  rapidly  thrown  into  loops  (Figs.  12, 
13,  14),  and  begins  to  shorten  and  thicken  constantly  until  the 
chromosomes  are  fully  formed  (Figs.  13,  15,  17,  21,  22).  In  the 
very  earliest  stages  of  the  looping  (Figs.  13,  14,  15,  16)  the  spirem 
may  be  traced  for  a  long  distance  and  the  loops  are  found  on  the 
upper  and  lower  surface  of  the  nuclear  wall  showing  that  the 
loops  are  formed  along  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus  and  not  as 
loops  sticking  out  from  a  synaptic  knot  into  the  nuclear  cavity. 

However,  in  the  earlier  stages  there  is  a  considerable  crossing 
of  threads  in  the  center.  Figure  13  shows  four  or  more  well 
defined  loops  already  formed.  These  loops  and  the  thread  of 
which  they  are  formed  are  still  rather  delicate.  The  nucleolus  is 
in  the  center  of  the  nuclear  cavity.  In  some  cases  the  cell  wall 
begins  to  become  somewhat  indistinct  at  about  this  stage, 
(Fig.  12),  but  in  others  the  wall  remains  well  defined  until  the 
tetrads  are  fully  formed  inside  the  original  cell.  In  most  cases  the 
sporoc^'tes  have  not  separated  from  each  other  nor  from  the 
tapetal  layer,  and  have  in  consequence,  not  yet  rounded  up. 
The  loops  of  the  thread  are  formed  in  just  such  a  way  as  loops 
would  be  formed  in  a  heavy  string  if  two  ends  of  the  string  were 
held  between  the  fingers  and  then  twisted;  twisting  both  ends  in 
opposite  directions.  Some  of  these  loops  showed  more  than  one 
twist.  As  the  loops  become  tighter  the  spirem  often  appears  as 
though  it  contained  prominent  knots.  The  granules  are  still 
very  evident  on  the  spirem  where  much  looping  has  taken  place 
but  at  this  stage  no  doubling  was  visible.  This  does  not  neces- 
sarily indicate  that  division  has  not  taken  place;  the  granules 
may  be  lying  too  close  together  to  be  separated  with  the  magni- 
fication used,  or  the  differentiation  possble  with  the  sarfanin- 
haemotoxylin  stain.  As  the  looping  proceeds  the  granules 
become  less  and  less  prominent  until  on  the  fully  formed  loops  no 
granules  are  to  be  seen  (Figs.  15,  16,  17).  The  loops  finally  break 
apart  to  form  the  bivalent  chromosomes  (Fig.  17).  While  chro- 
mosome formation  is  going  on  the  nuclear  cavity  is  apparently 
still  enlarging  (Figs.  15-19),  but  later  as  the  nuclear  wall  disap- 
pears, the  cytoplasm  encroaches  rapidly  and  fills  the  area  around 
the  contracting  group  of  chromosomes  (Figs.  20-24).  Just  about 
this  time  the  sporocytes  begin  to  separate  from  each  other  and 
assume  a  more  rounded  shape  and  the  nuclear  wall  becomes 
more  delicate.  When  all  the  loops  are  fonned  they  lie  around  the 
periphery  of  the  nucleus  and  can  readily  be  seen  and  counted  by 
focusing  up  and  down.  In  each  case  the  drawings  were  made 
from  cells  whose  complete  nucleus  showed  and  had  been  undis- 
turbed in  the  cutting.  It  was  somewhat  difficult  to  draw  correctly 
those  loops  which  were  to  the  side  of  the  nucleus  where  it  was 
often  impossible  to  see  the  actual  shape.   ^  In  some  cases  the  ends 


16  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

where  the  break  occurs  become  fastened  together,  making  some- 
what irregularly  shaped  rings,  some  of  these  rings  having  little 
loops  in  them  (Figs.  18b,  19). 

In  other  cases,  after  the  break  occurred,  the  ends  of  the  loops 
did  not  fuse,  but  projected  as  free  limbs  (Fig.  19).     There  was  a 
great  deal  of  difference  in  the  newly  formed  chromosomes.     In 
the  figures,  all  the  chromosomes  are  shown  in  one  plane  as  pro- 
jections, but  under  the  microscope  they  were  more  easily  disting- 
uished and  the  details  could  be  more  easily  traced  out  by  focusing. 
The  large  chromosomes  in  the  middle  of  Figure  18  which  overlap 
are  figured  separately  to  show  their  actual  form;  18a  being  the 
one  on  top  and  18b  the  one  below  (Figs.  18a,  18b).     Figures  17, 
19,  18,  20,  and  21,  show  the  chromosome  differences  plainly;  six 
are  quite  large,  six  small  and  two  of  intermediate  size.     The  dif- 
ference in  shape  is  well  shown  in  Figures   19  and  20.     In  the 
earlier  stages  it  can  easily  be  seen  that  some  of  the  chromosomes 
have  not  doubled  up  nor  formed  com]3lete  rings.     Gradually  all 
of  them  twist  up  tighter  until  most  of  the  chromosomes  appear 
as  small  irregular  masses  (Figs.  21,  22).     The  nuclear  wall  has 
practically  disappeared  by  the  time  the  chromosomes  have  fully 
contracted  (Figs.  21,  22,  23).     By  this  time,  also,  the  sporocyte 
has  rounded  up  and  withdrawn  from  the  neighboring  cells.     The 
cytoplasm  appears  spongy  and,  in  most  cases,  is  withdrawn  from 
the  cell  wall.     The  nucleolus  seems  to  disappear  at  about  the 
time  the  nuclear  membrane  becomes  indistinct.     What  becomes 
of  it  was  not  determined  but  in  some  cases  nucleolus-like  masses 
were  seen  in  the   cytoplasm.     As  will   appear  from   the  above 
description  and  consideration  of  the  figures  presented,  it  becomes 
evident   that   the   details  of  chromosome  formation  in   Fuchsia 
does  not  agree  with  that  of  Oenothera  as  described  by  Gates, 
Davis  and  Geertz.     The  loops  are  fonned  from  a  very  slender 
spirem  and  no  thickening  into  a  chain  of  univalent  chromosomes 
is  apparent.     The  incipient  loops  before  the  separation  occurs 
are  quite  distinct  and  these  loops  were  followed  through  their 
development  and  gradual  transformation  until  the  fully  fonned 
bivalent  chromosomes  were  present.     Although  the  behavior  of 
the  spirem  is  somewhat  different  from  that  reported  for  Oenothera 
the  final  result  is  identical.     The  spirem  breaks  up  apparently 
into  chromosome  pairs  which,   coming  to  lie  side  by  side,  by 
folding  and  twisting  together  are  transformed  into   bivalents  in 
the   same   manner   as   described   by   Gates.     The   bivalents   are 
formed  by  an  end  to  end  fusion  and  subsequent  folding  of  pairs 
of  univalents.     The  number  of  chromosomes  could  be  counted  in 
ten  or  twelve  preparations  and  each  count  was  fourteen.    Figures 
22  and  23  show  the  fully  formed  chromosomes  before  the  fonna- 
tion  of  the  spindle.     In  Figure  22  one  of  the  large  chromosomes 
lies  out  separate  from  the  rest  and  all  except  this  large  one  are 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  1 1 

somewhat  connected  by  delicate  strands  of  material.  The  sepa- 
ration of  the  large  chromosome  from  the  rest  may  have  no  special 
significance  for  later  all  fourteen  seem  to  be  connected.  The 
connecting  strands  are  not  evident  until  after  the  chromosomes 
are  fully  formed  but  appear  before  the  spindle.  In  Figure  23  the 
connection  is  very  distinct  and  the  appearance  is  much  like  what 
Gates  has  shown  in  some  of  his  figures. 

The  nuclear  wall  has  entirely  disappeared  by  this  time  and  the 
cells  are  spherical.  The  fully  formed  chromosomes  are  of  rather 
indefinite  shape  although  there  is  a  difference  in  size,  but  there  is 
no  such  characteristic  shapes  as  found  by  Schaffner  in  Lilium 
tigrinimi  and  Erythronium  and  by  Miss  Hyde  in  Hyacynth. 
However,  the  peculiarities  of  size  and  fonn  noted  earlier  are  still 
in  evidence  (Fig.  24) . 

While  the  chromosomes  are  scattered  in  the  nuclear  cavity 
the  delicate  strands  of  material  that  connect  them  seem  to  draw 
them  up  closer  into  the  central  part  of  the  nuclear  area. 

The  sections  were  not  stained  with  the  special  object  of  study- 
ing the  spindle  but  when  it  became  evident  it  was  a  bipolar  structure 
within  the  nuclear  cavity  and  the  chromosomes  were  apparently 
attached  to  the  delicate  fibers.  At  this  stage  the  cytoplasm  has 
usually  penetrated  into  the  nuclear  area  and  surrounds  the  spindle 
but  occasionally  the  preparations  show  a  clear  surrounding  space 
which  may  be  due  to  plasmolysis  (Fig.  25) . 

In  Lilium  tigrinum  Schaffner  found  that  the  chromosomes  in 
the  reduction  division  were  fastened  to  the  spindle  near  the  end 
and  that  as  the  chromosomes  were  pulled  toward  the  poles  the 
break  occurred  transversely  causing  one  of  the  univalent  chromo- 
somes to  go  to  each  pole.  In  Fuchsia  the  chromosomes  are  so 
small  and  compact  that  no  ends  can  be  seen  sticking  out  from  the 
apparently  homogenous  mass.  Even  with  a  magnification  of 
2500x  the  chromosomes  seemed  perfectly  homogenous.  As  the 
chromosomes  are  drawn  into  the  equatorial  plate  they  still  retain 
their  individuality  and  can  be  counted  without  great  difficulty. 
At  this  point  they  are  hard  to  draw  due  to  the  fact  that  they  lie 
under  each  other  and  can  be  seen  best  by  focusing. 

The  main  purpose  of  the  investigation  was  to  study  the  form- 
ation of  the  bivalent  chromosomes  but  a  series  of  older  sections 
brought  out  another  point  of  interest  that  might  be  mentioned. 
There  are  irregularities  in  the  development  of  the  tetrads  which 
may  be  significant  in  connection  with  the  supposed  hybrid  natiire 
of  our  greenhouse  varieties  of  Fuchia.  In  some  cases  normal 
tetrads  were  formed,  in  others  as  high  as  six  to  eight  nuclei  of 
various  sizes  were  observed  in  one  sporocyte  (Figs.  33,  34).  This 
condition  has  been  known  for  some  time.  In  1886  Wille  (23) 
reported  that  he  had  observed  as  high  as  eight  cells  developed  from 
the  pollen-mother  cells  of  Fuchsia.     The  same  condition  was 


-f2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

-observed  in  Hemerocallis  by  Fulmer  (4).  In  some  cases  the 
cytoplasm  between  two  newly  formed  nuclei  was  separated 
although  no  visible  wall  was  formed;  but  in  most  cases  the  nuclei 
were  formed  and  remained  imbedded  in  the  general  cytoplasm 
(Figs.  28-34).  In  one  case  a  regular  tripartite  arrangement  of 
three  nuclei  was  observed  and  these  were  surrounded  by  separate 
masses  of  cytoplasm  (Fig.  31).  In  none  of  these  cases  was  the 
original  sporocyte  wall  disintegrated.  The  further  development 
of  the  smaller  nuclei  was  not  studied  although  that  might  be  an 
interesting  investigation. 

SUMMARY. 

1.  In  the  reduction  division  of  Fuchsia  speciosa  there  is 
apparently  an  end  to  end  fusion  of  the  univalent  chromosomes, 
forming  a  continuous  spirem  which  twists  and  folds  up  into  a 
definite  nmnber  of  loops  which  represent  the  incipient  bivalent 
chromosomes,  fourteen  in  number. 

2.  The  loose  network  of  the  resting  nucleus  at  an  early  stage 
begins  to  show  a  massing  of  chromatin  material  into  indefinite 
lumps  of  approximately  the  reduced  number  of  chromosomes. 
These  masses  probably  represent  the  arrangement  of  the  chromatin 
into  a  definite  mosaic,  preparatory  to  the  synaptic  conjugation  of 
the  univalent  into  the  bivalent  chromosomes. 

3.  Gradually  the  lumps  disappear  and  the  material  seems  to 
go  toward  the  formation  of  prominent  granules  that  arrange 
themselves  along  a  delicate  thread. 

4.  Next  follows  a  period  during  which  there  is  an  evident 
swelling  of  the  nucleus.  In  consequence  of  this  swelling  the  threads 
are  pulled  loose  or  withdrawn  from  the  nuclear  wall,  and  the  chroma- 
tin material  collapses  in  a  mass.  It  may  collapse  around  the  nucleolus 
or  to  one  side  of  it,  or  it  may  collapse  so  that  the  nucleolus  has  no 
connection  with  it.  The  contracted  portion  may  lie  in  the  center 
of  the  nucleus  or  in  contact  with  the  nuclear  wall.  This  synizesis 
is  regarded  as  an  artifact  although  no  definite  evidence  was 
obtained  for  or  against  this  supposition. 

5.  After  the  synizesis  the  spirem  is  apparently  continuous  and 
the  granules  appear  small  and  evenly  distributed  throughout  its 
length.  At  first  there  is  little  or  no  looping  but  soon  the  spirem 
begins  to  show  that  it  is  laid  in  delicate  little  loops.  The  loops 
are  arranged  on  the  inside  of  the  nuclear  wall.  In  some  sporo- 
cytes  as  high  as  eight  loops  could  be  deteniiined  at  a  rather  early 
stage,  still  more  or  less  connected,  but  by  the  time  the  fourteen 
loops  are  fully  fomied  they  are  usually  broken  apart. 

6.'  After  breaking  apart  the  loops  thicken  and  tighten  until 
masses  of  various  sizes  and  shapes  were  formed,  fotu"  being  quite 
small  and  five  of  rather  large  size. 


t^ov.,  19i2.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  13 

7.  The  fully  fomied  chromosomes  are  then  seen  to  be  con- 
nected by  delicate  strands.  About  this  time  or  a  little  before  the 
nuclear  wall  has  disappeared. 

8.  The  chromosomes  are  taken  on  to  a  bipolar  spindle  and 
gradually  pulled  into  the  equatorial  plane. 

9.  There  is  an  irregularity  in  the  formation  of  the  micro- 
spores.    Frequently  as  high  as  eight  are  formed  from  one  sporocyte . 

LITERATURE    CITED. 

1.  Allen,  C.  E. — Nuclear  Division  in  the  Pollen  Mother-cells 

of  Lilium  canadense.  Annals  of  Botany,  19:  189-258, 
1905. 

2.  Davis,  B.  M. — Cytological    Studies   in    Oenothera    I.     Pol- 

len Development  of  Oenothera  grandiflora.  Annals  of 
Botany,  Vol.  XXIII,  No.  96,  1909. 

3.  Davis,  B.  M. — Cytological  Studies  of  Oenothera  II.     The 

Reduction  Division  of  Oenothera  biennis.  Annals  of 
Botany,  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  96,  1910. 

4.  Fulmer,  E.  L. — The   Development  of  Microsporangia  and 

Microspores  of  Hemerocallis  fulva.  Botanical  Gazette, 
28:  81-88,  1899. 

5.  Gates,  R.  R.^Pollen   Development,  in   Hybrids   of   Oeno- 

thera lata  X  O.  lamarckiana,  and  its  Relation  to  Mutation. 
Botanical  Gazette,  43:  81-115,  1907.    . 
0.     Gates,  R.  R. — Hybridization  and  Germ  cells  of  Oenothera 
Mutants.     Botanical  Gazette,  44:  1-2,  1907. 

7.  Gates,  R.  R. — A  Study  of   Reduction  in  Oenothera  rubri- 

nervis.     Botanical  Gazette,  46:  1-34,  1908. 

8.  Gates,  R.  R. — -The  Stature  and  Chromosomes  of  Oenothera 

gigas,  DeVries.  Archiv.  fur  Zellforschung.  3  Band,  4 
Heft,  1909. 

9.  Gates,  R.  R. — The    Behavior    of    Chromosomes    in    Oeno- 

thera lata  X  O.  gigas.     Botanical  Gazette,  48:  No.  3,  1909. 

10.  Geertz,  J.  M. — Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Cytologic  und 

der  partiellen  Sterelitat  von  Oenothera  Lamarckiana. 
Recueil  des  Travaux  Botaniques  Neerlandais,  Vol.  V, 
sg  3,  1908. 

11.  Hyde,  Edith — Reduction    Division    in    Hyacinthus.     Ohio 

Naturalist,  Vol.  IX,  No.  8,  1909. 

12.  Lawson,  a.  a. — The    Phase    of    the    Nucleus    Known    as 

Synapsis.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburg,  Vol.  XLVII, 
Part  III,  No.  2,  1911. 


i4  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

13.  LuTZ,  Anne  H. — Preliminary  Notes  on  the  Chromosomes  of 

Oenothera  lamarckiana  and  One  of  its  Mutants,  O.  gigas. 
Science,  N.  S.  26:  151-152,  1907. 

14.  LuTZ,  Anne  H. — Chromosomes  of  the  Somatic  Cells  of  the 

Oenotheras.     Science  N.  S.  27:  335,  1908. 

15.  McClung,  C.  E. — The   Chromosome   Complex   of   Orthop- 

teran  Spermatocytes.     Biol.  Biill.  9:  304-340,  1905. 

16.  Montgomery,  T.  H. — ^A   Study   of    the    Chromosomes   of 

the  Germ  Cells  of  Metazoa.      Trans,  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  20 : 
154-236,  1901. 

17.  Overton,  J.  B, — Ueber   Reduktionsteilting   in   den    Pollen- 

mutterzellen  einiger  Dikotylen.      Jahrb.  Wiss.  Bot.  42: 
121-153,  1905. 

18.  ScHAFFNER,  J.  H. — Contributions    to    the    Life    History   of 

Lilium  philadelphicum  III.      The  Division  of  the  Macro- 
spore  Nucleus.     Botanical  Gazette,  23:  430-449,  1897. 

19.  ScHAFFNER,  J.  H. — A  Contribution  to  the  Life  History  and 

Cytology  of  Erythronium.     Botanical  Gazette,  31:   369- 
387,  1906. 

20.  ScHAFFNER,  J.  H. — Chromosome  Reduction  in  the   Micro- 

sporocytes  of  Lilium  tigrinum.      Botanical  Gazette,  41: 
183-191,  1900. 

21.  ScHAFFNER,  J.  H.- — Synapsis    and    Synizesis.      Contribution 

from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1907.     Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  VII,  No.  3. 

22.  ScHAFFNER,  J.  H. — The  Reduction  Division  in  the  Micro- 

sporocytes  of  Agave  virginica.   Botanical  Gazette,  47 :  190- 
214,  1909. 

23.  WiLLE,  N. — Uber  die  Entwickelungsgeschichte  der  Pollen- 

kome  der  Angiospermen  und  das  Wachsthum  der  Mem- 
branen  durch  intussusception.     Christiania,  1886. 


Nov.,  1912.]  The  Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.  15 


EXPLANATION    OF    PLATES    I    AND    II. 

The  plates  are  reduced  f  in  reproduction.  All  the  figures 
were  drawn  with  a  conpensating  ociilar  18,  and  an  oil  immersion 
1/12,  which  makes  a  magnification  of  about  2500. 

PLATE  I. 
Fig.     1.     Microsporocyte  showing  the  resting  chromatin  network. 
Fig.    2.     Microsporocyte    showing    the    chromatin   material    beginning    to 

collect  in  little  lumps. 
Fig.    3.     Later  stage  showing  the  further  development  of  the  chromatin 

masses. 
Fig.    4.     Microsporocyte  showing  well  formed  masses  with  more  prominent 

connections. 
Figs.  5,  6.     Microsporocytes  still  showing  the  larger  chromatin  masses  but 

having  well  formed  linin  threads  on  which  are  seen  chromatin 

granules. 
Figs.  7,  8.     Microsporocytes  showing  the  spirem  with  granules  on  it  and 

still  showing  some  larger  masses  of  chromatin  material. 
Figs.  9,  10,  U.   Microsporocytes  showing  the  chromatin  material  in  various 

stages  of  synizesis. 
Fig.    9.     The  microsporocyte  in  contraction  showing  a  few  strands  on  which 

granules  may  be  distinctly  seen. 
Fig.  12.     Sporocyte  with  the  spirem  well  formed,  showing  a  slight  disposi- 
tion to  loop. 
Fig.  13.     Sporocyte  showing  well  formed  loops. 
Fig.  14.     Sporocyte  showing  the  loops  well  formed. 
Fig.  14a.  Part  of  the  looped  spirem  from  Fig.  14,  showing  the  small  granules 

on  the  spirem  and  in  one  case  there  are  two  loops  fastened 

together. 
Fig.  15.     Sporocyte  showing  that  the  loops  have  become  tightened. 
Fig.  16.     Sporocyte  showing  loose  and  tight  loops. 
Fig.  17.     Sporocyte  in  which  the  loops  have  separated  from  each  other  and 

show  characteristic  sizes  and  shapes. 

PLATE  IL 

Fig.  18.     Later  stage  of  Fig.  17  in  which  some  of  the  loops  have  become 

tighter. 
Fig.  18a.  A  loop  from  the  top  of  the  nucleus  shown  in  Fig.  18. 
Fig.  18b.  A  loop  from  the  bottom  of  the  nucleus  in  Fig.  18. 
Fig.  19.     Chromosome  loops  of  various  characteristic  sizes  and  shapes. 

The  nucleolus  has  disappeared. 
Fig.  20.     Later  stage  in  the  formation  of  the  chromosomes.     The  loops  are 

tightening. 
Fig.  21,     The   loops   have   become  tighter  and  have  come  to  lie   closer 

together. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  I, 


McAvoY  on  "Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.' 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IT. 


McAvoY  on  "Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia. 


1 8  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 


Fig.  22.     The  chromosomes  are  shown  lying  in  the  nuclear  area.     Delicate 

connecting  fibers  are  seen  connecting  the  chromosomes. 
Fig.  23.     Chromosomes   are   seen  connected    by  delicate   strands  and   the 

cytoplasm  has  penetrated  into  the  nuclear  area. 
Fig.  24.     Chromosomes  on  the  bipolar  spindle. 
Figs.  25,  26.    Chromosomes  on  the  spindle. 
Fig.  27.     Chromosomes  near  the  equatorial  plate. 
Fig.  28.     Two  nuclei  surrounded  by  cytoplasm  inside  the  original  sporocyte 

wall. 
Fig.  29.     Two  nuclei  imbedded  in  the  cytoplasm  of  the  original  sporocyte. 
Figs.  30,  32.   Four  nuclei  in  the  cytoplasm  of  the  original  sporocyte. 
Fig.  31.     Three   nuclei   in   three   masses  of  cytoplasm  inside  the  original 

sporocyte  wall. 
Fig.  33.     Sporocyte  wall  and  cytoplasm  in  which  six  nuclei  are  imbedded. 
Fig.  34.     Eight  nuclei  following  the  process  of  reduction.     The  cytoplasm 

has  not  begun  to  separate. 


Nov.,  1912.]         An  Undescribed  Equisetum  from  Kansas.  19 

AN  UNDESCRIBED  EQUISETUM  FROM  KANSAS.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

For  many  years  the  writer  has  known  a  pecuhar  type  of 
Equisetum  with  annual,  aerial  stems,  growing  on  clayey  banks 
and  bluffs  in  central  Kansas.  This  plant  was  referred  to  Braun's 
Equisetum  laevigatum,  although  some  of  its  most  evident  charac- 
ters did  not  agree  with  the  description  of  that  species. 

In  1903  (Fern  Bull.  11:  40),  Eaton  stated  that  according  to 
his  observations,  E.  laevigatum  A.  Br.  was  annual  and  this  view 
is  continued  in  Gray's  Manual,  7th  Ed.  1908,  where  the  state- 
ment is  made  that  the  stems  are  "mostly  annual."  In  a  note  in 
the  Ohio  Naturalist,  4:  74,  the  writer  agreed  with  Eaton  and  also 
suggested  that  E.  laevigatum  as  at  present  understood  might  be  a 
composite  species.  Eaton  described  E.  hyemale  intermedium 
and  stated  that  it  was  "often  confused  with  E.  laevigatum.  " 

The  writer  has  had  the  various  forms  of  Equisetum,  which  are 
involved  in  the  confusion,  under  consideration  since  1903  and  has 
come  to  some  definite  conclusions  which  are  here  presented : 

1.  The  annual  form  of  Equisetum  from  the  west  usually 
going  under  the  name  E.  laevigatum  A.  Br.  is  an  undescribed 
species. 

2.  Braun's  description  of  E.  laevigatum  is  essentially  correct. 

3.  Eaton's  E.  hyemale  var.  intermeditim  is  Braun's  E. 
laevigatum. 

The  writer  examined  the  original  material  at  St.  Louis  from 
which  Engelmann  sent  specimens  to  Braun,  and  found  that  the 
plants  agree  well  with  Braun's  description.  They  are  perennial 
and  the  cones  have  a  definite  point.  They  are  considerably 
smoother  than  the  usual  forms  of  E.  hyemale  but  much  rougher 
than  the  disputed  plants  from  Kansas. 

One  of  Engelmann's  specimens  of  E.  laevigatum  A.  Br.  dis- 
tinguished as  variety  B^  scabrellum,  collected  in  August,  1843,  on 
the  banks  of  the  Mississippi  below  Jefferson  Banks  is  marked  in 
pencil  as  "Probably  type  specimen."  Both  branched  and  un- 
branched  specimens  are  in  the  collection.  This  specimen  has  no 
•cones.  Another  specimen  labeled  E.  laevigatum  A.  Br.  from 
sterile  hills  near  harbors  nine  miles  west  of  St.  Louis,  July,  1844, 
has  the  cone  with  a  rigid  point  and  agrees  with  the  specimens  the 
writer  identified  as  E.  laevigatum,  the  past  summer  in  a  trip  to 
Kansas.  It  has  the  long  dilated  sheath  and  other  distinguishing 
characters. 


*Contribution  from  the  botanical  laboratory  of  Ohio  State  University, 
No.  70. 


LIBRARY," 


20  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

Several  years  ago,  while  visiting  the  New  York  Bot.  Garden, 
the  late  Dr.  Underwood  showed  the  writer  specimens  of  E.  laevig- 
atum  A.  Br.  from  Engelmann's  collections  made  at  St.  Louis  in 
August,  1843.  These  plants  also  had  the  rigid  points  on  the 
cones.  They  are  probably  from  the  same  material  from  which 
Braun  received  his  specimens. 

Specimens  of  E.  hyemale  intermedium  in  the  National  Herba- 
rium at  Washington  and  at  the  Missouri  Bot.  Garden,  including 
cotypes  named  by  Eaton  himself,  agree  closely  with  Englemann's 
specimens  of  E.  laevigatum.  Some  of  the  specimens  renamed  by 
Eaton  were  originally  labeled  E.  laevigatum.  One  of  Eaton's 
cotypes  of  E.  hyemale  intermedium  at  the  Mo.  Bot.  Garden 
appears  to  the  writer  to  be  the  same  in  all  essential  respects  as 
Engelmann's  laevigatum  material.  The  specimens  was  originally 
labeled  E.  laevigatum. 

There  can  be  no  mistake  as  to  the  meaning  of  Braun's  original 
description  of  E.  laevigatiim  as  translated  by  Engelmann  and 
printed  in  The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Artsj. 

The  species  is  characterized  as  follows : 

"Equiseta  stichopora  (winter-Equiseta).  Stomata  disposed  in 
two  distinct  ranges  on  each  side  of  the  groove ;  each  range  formed 
by  one  or  more  rows  of  stomata  (All  known  species  in  this  division 
have  hardy  evergreen  stems). 

Homophyadica. 

Ranges  of  stomata  consisting  each  of  one  row. 

7.  E.  laevigatum  A.  Braun. 

"Stems  tall,  ^rect,  simple  or  somewhat  branching;  carinae 
convex,  obtuse,  .smooth;  grooves  shallow  on  each  side;  with  a  single 
series  of  stomata,  vallecular  air  cavities  small,  the  carinal  ones 
very  minute;  central  cavity  large;  sheaths  elongated,  adpressed, 
with  a  black  limb,  consisting  of  about  twenty-two  leaves  with  one 
carina  at  base  and  (by  the  elevation  of  the  margin  and  depressions 
of  the  middle)  two  towards  the  point;  points  linear— subulate, 
sphacelate,  caducous,  leaving  a  truncate-dentate  margin  to  the 
sheath;  branches  somewhat  rough;  sheaths  with  about  eight 
indistinctly  3-carinate  leaves;  points  persistent  subulate,  sphace- 
late with  a  narrow  membranous  margin. 

Hab.  On  poor  clayey  soil  with  Andropogon  and  other  coarse 
grasses  at  the  foot  of  the  rocky  Mississippi  hills,  on  the  banks  of 
the  river  below  St.  Louis. 


fBRAUX,  Alexander.  A  monography  of  the  North  American  species  of 
the  genus  Ecjuisetum;  translated  from  the  author's  manuscript,  and  with 
some  additions,  by  George  Engelmann.  Am.  Jour.  Sci.  and  Arts  46:81-9L 
(April,  1844.) 


Nov.,  1912.]         An  Undescribed  Equisetum  from  Kansas.  21 

In  size  and  manner  of  growth  this  new  species  is  closely  allied 
to  E.  hyemale,  and  the  larger  variety  of  E.  robustum,  but  it  is 
easily  distinguished  by  its  smoothness,  its  long  green  sheaths, 
with  a  narrow  black  limb,  and  its  darker  green  color." 

This  description  seems  to  be  quite  accurate  except  is  some 
minor  points.  The  color  is  usually  not  darker  green  than  in  E. 
hyemale  and  the  sheaths  are  usually  though  not  always  dilated 
above.  The  color  of  the  large  Equisetums  varies  considerably 
with  the  environment,  and  in  some  cases  the  young  sheaths  are 
more  or  less  dilated  than  the  old  ones. 

The  new  species  may  be  characterized  as  follows : 

Equisetum   kansanum   n.    sp. 
Kansas  Horsetail. 

Aerial  stems  usually  l-2}/2  feet  high,  annual,  very  smooth, 
15-30  grooved,  usually  without  simple  branches  unless  broken 
off;  color  mostly  light-green;  surface  of  the  ridges  and  grooves 
with  cross  or  diagonal  bands;  sheaths  long,  dilated  above  and 
usually  constricted  at  the  base,  green  with  a  narrow  black  band 
at  the  top;  teeth  deciduous;  cones  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  without 
a  point,  the  apex  obtuse  or  merely  acute.  On  upland  clayey 
banks  along  ravines  and  hillsides,  growing  in  rather  scattered 
tufts.     Name  derived  from  Kansas  where  the  species  is  common. 

Type  locality,  Bloom  township,  Clay  County,  Kansas.  Speci- 
mens also  from  Mancos,  Colorado.  Type  and  cotype  1  deposited 
in  the  herbarimn  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Equisetmn  laevigatum  and  Equisetum  kansanum  form  the 
transition  types  between  the  large,  evergreen  scouring-rushes 
like  E.  hyeinale  and  E.  robustum  on  the  one  hand  and  the  tall 
annual  horsetails,  like  E.  fluviatile  on  the  other.  E.  laevigatum 
is  perennial  in  Kansas  although  it  often  freezes  down  to  near  the 
surface  of  the  ground  in  severe  winters. 

The  habit  of  growth  between  the  three  species  which  are  often 
confused  is  quite  characteristic.  E.  hyemale  grows  in  dense 
masses  usually  on  creek  and  river  banks  and  low  places.  E. 
laevigatum  is  rather  tall  and  is  more  open  and  separate  in  its 
growth,  abounding  in  Kansas,  in  sandy  river  bottoms  where  the 
soil  is  well  filled  with  clay  or  other  fine  material  and  at  the  base 
of  clayey  bluffs.  E.  kansanum  as  stated  above  is  also  open  and 
scattered  in  growth  and  is  found  mainly  on  clay  banks  along 
ravines  and  hillsides.  They  may  be  readily  separated  by  the 
following  key: 


22  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

1.  Aerial  stems  evergreen,  rough  to  a  greater  or  less  degree; 

cones  tipped  with  a  rigid  point. 

a.  Sheaths  cylindrical,  not  dilated  upward,  usually  with 

2  black  bands,  sometimes  entirely  black;  stems 
rough,  tuber culate. 

E.  hyemale. 

E.  robustum. 

b.  Sheath   elongated,    dilated  upward,    with   a   narrow 

black  band  at  the  top  and  frequently  with  a  second 
irregular  one  below;  stems  smoothish,  only  slightly 
tuberciilate. 

E.  laevigatum. 

2.  Aerial  stems  annual,  smooth;  cones  without  a  point. 

a.  Stems  usually  unbranched  except  when  broken; 
sheaths  elongated,  dilated  upward,  with  a  narrow 
black  band  at  the  top,  rarely  with  a  faint  second 
one  below. 

E.  kansanum. 

In  conclusion,  the  writer  wishes  to  express  his  thanks  to  the 
directors  and  curators  of  the  three  herbaria  visited,  for  courtesies 
shown  in  the  study  of  the  valuable  materials  without  which  the 
solution  of  the  problem  to  the  writer's  satisfaction  would  have 
been  much  more  difficult. 


CONCERNING   OHIO  POLYPORACEiE. 

L.  O.  OVERHOLTS. 

In  the  June  number  of  the  Ohio  Naturalist  for  1911  an  article 
by  the  present  writer  appeared  entitled  "The  Known  Polypo- 
raceas  of  Ohio."  Since  the  appearance  of  that  article  attention 
has  been  called  to  certain  omissions,  both  in  the  enumeration  of  the 
species  and  in  the  bibliolgraphy  that  was  appended,  and  it  was 
thought  best  to  take  this  means  of  making  the  corrections. 

The  paper  was  a  preliminary  list  of  species  intended  to  be  used 
as  the  basis  for  a  key  to  the  genera  and  species.  Illustrations  were 
cited  and  a  bibliography  was  appended  in  the  effort  to  get  collectors 
in  different  localities  to  give  some  attention  to  this  group,  in  order 
that  some  definite  knowledge  of  the  number  and  identity  of  the 
species  might  be  obtained.  The  list  was  based  on  the  writings 
of  Berkeley,  Hard,  Lea,  Lloyd,  Montague,  Morgan  and  Murrill. 

Several  collections  of  specimens  were  recievcd  from  corres- 
pondents in  various  parts  of  the  state  and  specimens  were  exam- 
ined in  the  state  herbarium  at  Columbus  and  in  the  Lloyd  museum 
at  Cincinnati.  Many  collections  were  made  in  the  Miami  valley 
by  persons  connected  with  the  department  of  Botany  at  Miami 
University.     These  latter  arc  for  the  most  part  in  the  writer's 


Nov.,  1912.]  Concerning  Ohio  Polyporacece.  23 

herbarium  at  present.  During  the  fall  of  1911  the  writer  spent 
several  days  in  collecting  in  hitherto  un visited  localities.  In 
August  of  the  present  year  four  weeks  were  spent  at  the  New  York 
Botanical  Gardens  where  are  found  a  number  of  collections  from 
Ohio.  In  these  ways  it  has  been  possible  to  gain  some  knowledge 
of  the  Ohio  Polyporacese.  The  work  is  by  no  means  completed. 
But  the  results  are  judged  to  be  of  sufficient  value  to  warrant  the 
publication,  in  the  near  future,  of  a  key  to  the  genera  and  species. 

In  the  former  paper  11 S  species  were  listed.  This  included 
31  species,  mostly  of  the  genus  Poria,  that  have  been  dropped  from 
the  list.  The  literature  and  the  herbarium  material  of  this  genus 
are  so  confused  that  it  is  impracticable  to  spend  time  on  them. 
At  the  present  time  the  list  includes  87  species  that  are  known  to 
have  been  collected  in  Ohio  and  of  which  good  specimens  may  be 
found.  Besides  these,  there  are  10  other  species,  never  collected 
in  the  state  as  far  as  known,  but  the  geographical  distribution  of 
which  is  such  as  to  make  it  extremely  probable  that  more  sys- 
matic  collecting  will  bring  them  to  light.  Another  species  is  of 
such  doubtful  standing  as  to  exclude  it  from  the  list. 

It  was  not  within  the  limits  of  the  former  paper  to  include  in 
the  bibliography  any  except  the  best  and  most  accessible  writings 
on  the  family.  The  citations  in  the  supplementary  list  given 
below  are  to  important  writings  that  were  examined  in  making 
out  the  list  of  species,  but  which  were  unintentionally  overlooked 
in  preparing  the  bibliography. 

SUPPLEMENT  TO  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Berkeley,  M.  J.  Decades  of  fungi.  VIII-X,  Australian  and 
North  American  fungi;  XII-XIV,  Ohio  fungi.  Lond. 
Jour.  Bot.  4:  298-315,  1845.   6:  312-326,  1847. 

Kellerman,  W.  a.  and  Werner,  W.  C.  Catalogue  of  Ohio 
plants.     Rept.  Geol.  Sur.  of  Ohio.   7:  part  2,  5G-406,  1893. 

Lea,  T.  G.  Catalogue  of  plants,  native  and  naturalized,  col- 
lected in  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  during  the  years 
1834-1844.  1-77,  1849.  Reprinted  in  Jour.  Cin.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist.  5:  197-217,  1882. 

Lloyd,  C.  G.  Mycological  Notes.  Nos.  1,  3,  6,  27,  29,  33,  35,  36; 
Polyporoid  issue  No.  1,  1898-1910. 

Lloyd,  C.  G.  Synopsis  of  the  section  Ovinus  of  Polyporus.  Bull. 
Lloyd  Lib.  Bot.  Pharm.  Mat.  Med.  73-94,  f.  496-509 
Oct.  1911. 

Lloyd,  C.  G.  Synopsis  of  the  stipitate  Polyporoids.  Bull  Lloyd 
Lib.  Bot.  Pharm.  Mat.  Med.  Mycological  series  No.  6, 
95-208,  f.  395-500.   March  1912. 

MoNTAGNE,  J.  F.  C.  Sylloge  generum  specierumque  cryptoga- 
marum.    I-XXIV,  1-498,  1856. 

Missouri  Botanical  Garden, 


24  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  1, 

MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton   Hall,    October,   7    1912. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Barrows.  The 
secretary  being  absent  Professor  Schaffner  was  appointed  secre- 
tary pro  tern.  No  ininutes  of  the  previous  meeting  being  at  hand, 
this  order  was  omitted. 

The  papers  of  the  evening  consisted  of  reports  of  the  past 
summer's  work  and  observations. 

Prof.  F.  L.  Landacre  gave  a  report  of  neurological  work  done 
at  the  University  of  Chicago.  The  type  studied  was  Rana 
vipiens. 

Prof.  J.  H.  vSchaffner  gave  some  observations  on  various  forms 
of  Amaranthus  retroflexus.  A  number  of  striking  leaf -patterns 
were  found  in  Ohio  and  Kansas.  Seeds  were  collected  and  will  be 
planted  in  order  to  determine  the  status  of  these  forms.  He  also 
spoke  of  the  nature  and  distribution  of  trees  in  the  prairie  regions 
of  Kansas. 

Prof.  C.  H.  Goetz  spent  some  time  in  Northeastern  Nebraska 
and  in  Florida.  In  Nebraska  the  bluffs  and  hills  facing  the 
northeast  are  wooded  while  those  facing  the  opposite  direction  are 
without  trees.  In  Florida,  forest  conditions  are  not  very  favor- 
able. Eucal^q^tus  trees  do  not  grow  well  and  the  soil  seems 
unsuitable  in  many  places  for  vigorous  tree  growth. 

Prof.  A.  Dachnowski  studied  the  question  of  absorption  and 
wilting  point  of  plants  and  also  the  relation  of  root  systems  to 
each  other  and  to  the  substratmn  in  order  to  determine  the  amount 
of  antagonism  or  correlation  present.  The  latter  observations 
were  made  on  plants  at  Buckeye  Lake.  He  regarded  the  mutual 
relation  as  being  a  physical  rather  than  a  chemical  or  biological 
one. 

Prof.  W.  M.  Barrows  reported  on  making  an  accurate  map  of 
Cedat  Point.  The  topographic  maps  were  foimd  to  be  incorrect 
in  some  particulars. 

After  the  president  was  given  authority  to  appoint  a  committee 
to  nominate  officers,  the  society  adjourned. 

John  H.  Schaffner,  Secretary  pro  tern. 

Date  of  Publication,  Nov.  8,  1912. 


LU   L  I  8  R  A  »♦  Y 


lUJ  i  L  I  b  K  A  r 

The  Ohio  W'atumfisT^ 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XIII.  DECEMBER,    1912.  No.  2. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Brain— A  List  of  Fiiugi  of  Cedar  Point 25 

SCHAFFNER— Now  aud  Rare  Plants  Added  to  the  Oliio  List  In  1912 36 

FOEESTE— The  Ordovician  Section  in  the  Manitoiilin  Area  of  Lake  Huron 37 


A  LIST  OF  FUNGI  OF  CEDAR  POINT. 

Chas.  K.  Br.\in. 

The  following  list  of  219  species  of  fungi  for  Cedar  Point  and 
vicinity,  contain,  I  believe,  138  new  records  for  that  district. 
The  remaining  81  species  are  accounted  for  as  follows: 

22  species  of  Myxomycetes  listed  in  "The  Ohio  Naturalist" 

February,  1912.* 
46  species  of  fungi  in  the  Lake  Laboratory  Herbarium. 
13  further  species  collected  by  the  late  Dr.  Kellerman,  at 
Sandusky,  1903. 
Where  these  are  mentioned  in  the  list  and  merely  indicated  by 
"Ohio  Nat.,"  "L.  L.  Herb.,"  or  "Sandusky,  W.  A.  K.,"  it  is 
intended  to  imply  that  they  were  not  seen  this  year.     In  all  other 
cases  specimens  were  collected  between  June  15,  and  August  15 
Very  few  species  are  given  for  places  around  Cedar  Point,  but 
occasional  excursions  were  made,  for  the  day,  to  places  of  interest, 
such  as  Castalia,  Put-in-Bay,  Kelly's  Island  and  Huron.     Material 
collected  on  these  trips  was  included,  on  the  suggestion  of  Dr. 
L.  H.  Pammel,  of  Ames,  Iowa,  to  whom  I  wish  to  express  my 
sincere  appreciation  for  unfailing  kindness  in  bringing  in  material 
and  for  checking  determinations.     My  thanks  are  also  due  to 
Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer,  of  Berea,  Ohio,  for  permission  to  include  the 
Myxomycetes  which  he  determined,  and  to  Prof.  R.  F.  Griggs, 
of  Ohio  State  University,  for  advice  and  criticism. 

The  species  marked  "det.  C.  H.  P."  were  very  kindly  deter- 
mined for  me  bv  Dr.  C.  H.  Peck,  Botanist  of  New  York  State. 


*Fullmer,  "A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Myxomycetes  of  Cedar  Point." 
Ohio  N.\t.  12: 

25 


26  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

■    MYXOMYCETES. 

Physaracece. 

1.  Fuligo  violacea  Pers.     Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

2.  Tilmadoche  alba  (Bull.)  Macbr.     Ohio  Nat. 

3.  Badhamia  orbiculata.     Rex.     Ohio  Nat. 

4.  Physarella  oblonga  (Berk,  and  Cke.)  Morgan.     Ohio  Nat. 

5.  Craterium  minimum  B.  &  C.     Coll.  Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer. 

Cedar  Pt. 

6.  Mucilage   spongiosa    (Leyss.)    Morgan.     Ohio   Nat.     Coll. 

Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

7.  Didymium  crustaceum.     Fries.     Ohio  Nat. 

8.  Didymium  squamulosum  (Alb.  &  Schw.)  Fries.     Ohio  Nat. 

9.  Didymium  melanospermum  (Pers.)  Macbr.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

10.  Diderma  reticulatum  (Rost.)   Morgan.     Coll.  Prof.  E.  L. 

Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

11.  Diderma  crustaceum  Peck.      Ohio  Nat.      Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

Stemonitacea. 

12.  Stemonitis  maxima  vSchw.     Ohio  Nat.     Coll.  Prof.  E.  L. 

Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

13.  Stemonitis  fenestrata   Rex.      Ohio  Nat.      Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

14.  Stemonitis  smithii  Macbr.     Ohio  Nat.     Coll.   Prof.   E.  L. 

Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

15.  Comatricha  stemonitis  (Scop.)  vSheldon.     Coll.  Prof.  E.  L. 

Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

16.  Diachea  leucopoda  (Bull.)  Rost.    Coll.  Prof  E.  L.  Fullmer. 

Cedar  Pt. 

Cribrariacece. 

17.  Lindbladia  effusa  (Ehr.)  Rost.     Ohio  Nat. 

18.  Tubifera  ferruginosa  (Batsch.)  Macbr.     Ohio  Nat. 

19.  Dictydium    cancellatum    (Batsch.)    Macbr.        Ohio    Nat. 

Coll.  Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

Lycogalacea. 

20.  Lycogola    epidendrum    (Buxb.)    Fries.      Ohio    Nat. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

21.  Lycogala  flavo-fuscum  (Ehr.)  Rost.    Ohio  Nat. 

TrichiacecE. 

22.  Ophiotheca   wrightii   Berk,    and   Curtis.      Ohio   Nat. 

Coll.  Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

23.  Perichaena  quadrata   Macbr.      Coll.   Prof.   E.   L.   Fullmer. 

Cedar  Pt. 

24.  Lachnobolus  globosus  (Schw.)  Rost.  Ohio  Nat. 


Dec,  1912.]  A  List  of  Fungi  of  Cedar  Point.  27 

25.  Arcyria  nutans  (Bull.)  Grev.     Ohio  Nat.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

26.  Arcyria   incarnata   Persoon.      Coll.    Prof.    E.    L.    Fullmer. 

Cedar  Pt. 

27.  Arcyria   denudata  (Linn.)  Sheldon.     Ohio  Nat.  Coll.  Prof. 

E.  L.  Fullmer.    Cedar  Pt. 

28.  Arcyria  cinerea  (Bull.)  Pers.     Ohio  Nat.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

29.  Hemitrichia  vesparium  (Batsch.)  Macbr.  Coll.  Prof.  E,  L, 

Fullmer,    Cedar  Pt. 

30.  Hemitrichia   stipitata   Mass.      Coll.   Prof.   E.   L.   Fiillmer. 

Cedar  Pt. 

31.  Hemitrichia  intorta  Lister.     Ohio  Nat. 

32.  Hemitrichia  clavata  (Pers.)  Rost.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt. 

33.  Trichia  inconspicua  Rost.    Ohio  Nat. 

PHYCOMYCETES. 

CHYTRIDIALES. 

S-i.     Synchytrium  decipiens  Farl.    On  Amphicarpa  monoica  (L.) 
Ell.     Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

PERONOSPORALES. 

35.  Cystopus  bliti  (Biv.)  Lev.     On  Amaranthus  retroflexus  L. 

Coll.    Dr.   L.   H.    Pammel.      Cedar  Pt.  and  Kelly's  Is. 
Coll.  C.  K.  B.    G3q3sum. 

36.  Cystopus  candidus  (Pers.)  Lev.    On  Capsella  bursa-pastoris 

(L.)  Medic.,  Lepidium  campestre  (L.)  R.  Br.,  Lepidium 
virginicum   L.    Radicula  hispida    (Desv.)    Rob.,    Sisym- 
brium canescens  Nutt.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 
On  Sisymbrium  ofhcinale(L.)Scop.  Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Kelly's  Is. 

37.  Plasmopara  sordida  Berk.    On  Scrophularia  marylandica  L. 

Coll.  Sanduskv.  W.  A.  K. 

38.  Plasmopara  viticola  (B.  &  C.)  Berl.  and  De  Toni.    On  Vitis 

vulpina  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt.    Coll.  Dr.  L.  H. 
Pammel  on  Vitis  bicolor  Lee.    Huron. 

39.  Peronospora  australis  Speg.     On  Sicyos  angulatus  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Castalia. 

40.  Peronospora   geranii   Pk.      On   Geranium  maculatum   L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

41.  Peronospora  parasitica  (P.)  Tul.  On  Lepidium  virginicum  L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.     Cedar  Pt. 

MUCORALES. 

42.  Mucor  stolonifer  Ehr.   On  Bread.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 

ENTOMOPHTHORALES. 

43.  Empusa    grylli    (Fres.)    Nowakowski.       On    Trimerotropis 

maritima     Harris.         Melanoplus     diflerentialis     Uhler. 
Melanoplus  bivittatus  Say.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


28  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Yo\.  XIII,  No.  2^ 


ASCOAIYCETES. 

PEZIZALES. 

44.     Lachnea  scutellata  L.    On  log.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Put-in-Bay. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Cedar  Ft. 
4.5.     Macropodia  semitosta.    On  logs.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 

46.  Sclerotinia  fructigena  (Pers.)  v'5chroet.   On  Frunus  avium  L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Famniel.    Huron. 

47.  Pseudopeziza  medicaginis  (Lib.)  Sacc.   On  Medicago  sativa 

L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Fut-in-Bay;  Cedar  Ft. 

ASPERGILLALES. 

48.  Aspergillus  herbariorum  Wiggers.    On  botanical  specimens. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 

49.  Aspergillus  niger  van  Tiegh.     On  Bread.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Ft. 

50.  Penicillium  crustaceum  Linn.     On  Bread,  etc.   Coll.  C.K.B. 

Cedar  Ft. 

PERISPORIALES. 

51.  Sphaerotheca    castagnei    Lev.       On    Taraxacum    officinale 

Weber.      Coll.   C.   K.   B.      Cedar  Ft.      On   Bidens  sp. 
Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Fammel.    Sandusky. 

52.  Podosphsera    oxyacanthas    (DC.)    De    Bary.       On    Frunus 

virginiana  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 

53.  Erysiphe  cichoracearum  DC.     On  Lappula  virginiana  (L.) 

Greene.     Farietaria  pennsylvanica  Muhl.      Fhlox  divari- 

cata  L.     Solidago  candensis  L.  Verbena  hastata  L.   Coll. 

C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Ft. 

On  Vernonia  maxima  Small.      Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Fammel. 

Huron. 

54.  Erysiphe  communis  (Wallr.)  Fr.    On  Geranium  maculatum 

L.    Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Fammel.    Cedar  Ft. 

55.  Erysiphe  montagnei  Lev.    On  Taraxacum  officinale  Weber. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 

56.  Erysiphe    polygoni     DC.         On    Oenothera     biennis    L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 

57.  Microsphaera  alni  (DC.)  Wint.       On  Evonymus  atropur- 

pureus  Jacq.     Apios  tubcrosa  Moench.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 
Cedar  Ft. 

58.  Microsphaera  diffusa  C.  &-  F.      On  Desmodium  canescens 

(L.)  DC\    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Black  Channel,  Cedar  Ft. 

59.  Microsphaera  ravenellii  Berk.      On  Lathvrus  palustris  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Black  Channel,  Cedar >t. 

60.  Phyllactinia  corylea  (Fcrs.)  Karst.  On  Celastrus  scandcns  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Ft. 


Dec,  1912.]  A  List  of  Fungi  of  Cedar  Point.  29 


HYPOCREALES. 

61.  Cordyceps  militaris  (Linn.)  Link.    On  larva  (in  cocoon)  of 

Isia  Isabella.   Coll.  A.  R.  Shadle.    Cedar  Pt. 

62.  Claviceps  purpurea  (Fr.)  Tul.    On  Ammophila  arenaria  (L.) 

Link.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

DOTHIDEALES. 

63.  Plowrightia  morbosa  (Schw.)  Sacc.    On  Prunus  virginiana 

Linn.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

SPH^RIALES. 

64.  Guignardia  bidwellii  (Ell.)  Viala.  and  Ravaz.  (Phyllosticta.) 

On  Vitis  vulpina  L..  Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

65.  Diaporthe  ailanthi  Sacc.     On  Ailanthus  glandulosa  Desf. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

66.  Hypoxylon  sp.    On  log.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

67.  Daldinia  cingulata  (Lev.)  Sacc.     On  log.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

68.  Xylaria  digitata  (Linn.)  Grev.     On  Log.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

69.  Xylaria  polymorpha  (Pers.)  Grev.    On  log.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

BASIDIOMYCETES. 

USTILAGINALES. 

70.  Ustilago    avenae    (Pers.)    Jens.         On    Avena    sativa    L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

71.  Ustilago    hordei    (P.)    Kell.    and  Swingle.      On    Hordeum 

vulgare  L.    Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Panimel.    Sandusky. 

72.  Ustilago    zeae    (Beckm.)    Ung.      On   Zea   mays   L.      Coll. 

Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

TILLETIALES. 

73.  Entyloma   menispermi   Farl   et   Trel.      On   Menispemium 

canadense  L.    Sandusky,  W.  A.  K. 

UREDINALES. 

M  elampsoracece. 

74.  Coleosporium    sonchi-arvensis    (P.)    Lev.       On    Solidago 

serotina  Ait.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

75.  Melampsora   salicis-capreae  (P.)  Wint.     On  Salix  alba  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

76.  Pucciniastrum    agrimoniae    (DC.)    Diet.       On    Agrimonia 

gryposepala  Wallr.     Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 
On  A.  mollis.    Sandusky.    W.  A.  K. 

Pucciniacece. 

77.  Gymnosporangium  globosum  Farl.   On  Juniperus  virginiana 

L.    Coll.  Prof.  E.  L.  Fullmer.    Cedar  Pt. 

78.  Gymnosporangium    nidus-avis    Thaxter.        On    Juniperus 

virginiana  L.    Coll.  C   K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


30  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

79.  Puccinia  caricis   (P.)  Fckl.     On  Carex  laxiflora  Lam. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

80.  Puccinia  coronata  Cda.      On  Avena  sativa  L.     Coll.  Dr. 

L.  H.  Pamnicl.     Sandusky. 

81.  Puccinia  fraxinata  (Lk.)  Arthur.  (Teleuto).     On  Spartina 

dactyloides  (L.)  Willd.    Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 

82.  Puccinia  glechomatis  DC.     On  Agastache  nepetoides  (L.) 

Ktzc.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

83.  Puccinia  graminis  Pcrs.      On  Avena  sativa  L.     Coll.  Dr. 

L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

84.  Puccinia  helianthi   Schw.      On   Helianthus  hirsutus   Raf. 

Sandusky.    W.  A.  K. 

85.  Puccinia  malvacearum  Mont.     On  Hollyhock,  Althaea  sp. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

86.  Puccinia  menthae   Pers.      On  Mentha  canadensis  L.   and 

vSatureja  vulgaris  (L.)  Fritsch.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

87.  Puccinia    osmorhizae    C.    &    P.       On   Osmorhiza    claytoni 

(Michx.)  Clarke.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

88.  Puccinia    podophylli    S.       On    Podophyllum  peltatum    L, 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt.  and  Castalia. 

89.  Puccinia  polygoni-amphibii  Pers.     On  Polygonum  virgin- 

ianum  L.    Sandusky.    W.  A.  K. 

90.  Puccinia    seymeriae     Burrill.        On    Afzelia    macrophylla 

(Nutt.)  Kuntze.    Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 

91.  Puccinia  simplex  Peck.      On  Hordeum  vulgare  L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

92.  Puccinia  taraxaci  Plw.      On  Taraxacum  officinale  Weber. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

93.  Puccinia  xanthii  Schw.     On  Xanthium  commune  Britton. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt.  Put-in-Bay,  and  Huron. 

94.  Gymnoconia    peckiana    Howe.     (Cacoma).        On    Rubus 

alleghenicnsis  Porter,  and  Rubus  idaeus  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 
Cedar  Pt. 

95.  Phragmidium  obtusum  Wint.    On  Potentilla  canadensis  L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

96.  Uromyces  euphorbiae  C.  &  P.    On  Euphorbia  preslii  Guss. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

On  E.  maculata  L.    Coll.  Dr.  Pammel.  Sandusky. 

97.  Uromyces  phaseoli  (Pers.)  Wint.    On  Strophostvlcs  helvola 

(L.)  Britt.    Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 

98.  Uromyces    striatus    Schroet.       On    Medicago   lupulina   L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.     Sandusky. 

99.  Uromyces  toxicodendri  Berk,   and  Rav.      On  Rhus  toxi- 

codendron L.    Coll.    Cedar  Pt.    W.  A.  K.    Sep.  22,  1902. 
100.     Uromyces  trifolii  (Hcdw.)  Lev.    On  Trifolium  hybridum  L. 
and  Trifolium  pratense  L.     Coll.   Dr.   L.   H.   Pammel. 
Huron. 


Dec,  1912.]  A  List  of  Fungi  of  Cedar  Point.  31 

Accidium-forms. 

101.  Aecidium    ( Gymnosporangium)    nidus-avis    Thaxter.      On 

Amelanchier  canadensis  (L.)  Medic.  Coll.  C.  K.  B. 
Cedar  Pt. 

102.  Aecidium  cimicifugatum  S.    On  Cimicifuga  racemosa  Nutt. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

103.  Aecidium  compositatum  Mart.     On  Aster  sp.     Coll.   Dr. 

Pamniel.  Huron.  On  Erigeron  pulchellus  Michx. 
Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt.  On  Eupatorium  perfoliatum  L. 
Lactuca  canadensis  L.  and  Silphium  terebinthinaceum 
Jacq.  Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Castalia. 

104.  Aecidium  fraxini  S.   On  Fraxinus  americana  L.  and  Fraxinus 

viridis  Michx.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

105.  Aecidium  grossulariae  DC.     On  Ribes  cynosbati  L.     and 

Ribes  floridum  L'Herit.  Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Cedar  Pt. 

106.  Aecidium  impatientis  S.    On  Impatiens  biflora  Walt.    Coll. 

C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt.    Huron  and  Gypsum. 

107.  Aecidium  nesaeae  Gerard.     On  Decodon  verticellatus  (L.) 

Ell.  Coll.  Prof.  E.  L    Fullmer.     Cedar  Pt. 

108.  Aecidium  oenotherae   Pk.      On  Oenothera  biennis  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt.  and  Gypsum. 

109.  Aecidium  pammelii  Trelease.     On  Euphorbia  corollata  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

110.  Aecidium  pustulatum  M.  A.  Curtis.    On  Comandra  umbel- 

lata  (L.)  Nutt.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

TREMELLALES. 

111.  Tremella  Candida  L.  L.  Herb.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

DACRYOMYCET.^LES. 

112.  Calocera  cornea  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 

HYMENOMYCETALES. 

113.  Stereum  candidum  Schw.    L.  L.  Herb. 

114.  Stereum  disciforme  DC.    L.  L.  Herb. 

115.  Stereum  fasciatum  Schw.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K,  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

116.  Stereum  versicolor  (Schw.)  Fr.  L.  L.  Herb.  Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

117.  Clavaria  flaccida  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt. 
lis.     Clavaria  pyxidata  Pers.   det.   C.   H.   P.   Coll.  C.   K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

119.  Irpex  cinnamonea  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt. 

120.  Irpex  lacteus  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

121.  Fomes  applanatus  Pers.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

122.  Polyporus   arcularius    (Batsch.)   Fr.   det.   C.   H.   P. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


32  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

123.  Polyporus  carneus  Nees.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

124.  Polyporus  gilvus  Schw.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

125.  Polyporus  schweinitzii  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

126.  Polyporus  sulphureus  Fr.  Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

127.  Polystictus   cinnabarinus    (Jacq.)    Fr.    det.    C.    H.    P. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

128.  Polystictus  hirsutus-albiporus.  Pk.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll. 

C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

129.  Boletus  chrysenteron  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  Miss  E.  D. 

Faville.    Cedar  Pt. 

130.  Boletus  piperatus  Bull.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

131.  Strobilomyces  strobilaceus  (Scop.)  Berk.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

AgaricacecE. 
(a)  Leucosporae. 

132.  Lenzites  sepiaria  (Wulf.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

133.  Schizophyllum  commune  Fr.     Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

Also  L.  L.  Herb,  as  S.  alnea  (L.)  Schroet. 

134.  Marasmius  albiceps  Pk.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

135.  Marasmius  candidus  Bolt.    L.  L.  Herb. 

136.  Marasmius  nigripes  (vSchw.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

137.  Marasmius  siccus  Schw.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

138.  Marasmius  trullisatipes  Pk.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

139.  Lentinus  sulcatus  Berk.    L.  L.  Herb. 

140.  Panus  rudis  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

141.  Amanita  phalloides  Fr.     det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

142.  Amanitopsis  vaginata  Bull.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

143.  Lepiota  adirondackensis  Pk.    det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

144.  Lepiota  cristata  A.  and  S.  det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

145.  Lepiota  erminea  Fr.   det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt. 
14().     Lepiota  illinita  Fr.    det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B   Cedar  Pt. 

147.  Tricholoma  albo-flavidum  Pk.  det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

148.  Clitocybe  infundibuliformis-membranacea  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


Dec,  1912.]  A  List  of  Fungi  of  Cedar  Point.  33 

149.  Mycena  capillaris  Schum.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

150.  Collybia  dryophila  (Bull.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt 

151.  Collybia  delicatella  Pk.   det.   C.   H.   P.      Coll.   C.   K.   B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

152.  Collybia  myriadophylla  Pk.    L.  L.  Herb. 

153.  Collybia  platyphylla  Fr.    L.  L.  Herb. 

154.  Lactarius  rimosellus  Pk.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

155.  Lactarius    subdulcis    (Bull.)    Fr.    det.    C.    H.    P. 

Coll.  Miss  E.  D.  Faville.    Cedar  Pt. 
15G.     Lactarius  theiogalus  (Bull.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B. 
Cedar  Pt. 

157.  Russula  alutacea  Fr.    det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  Miss  Marie  F. 

McLellan.     Cedar  Pt. 

158.  Russula  compacta  Frost,  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

159.  Russula  foetens  (Pers.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

160.  Russula  pectinata  (Bull.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.  Coll.  A.  R.  Shadle 

Cedar  Pt. 
161      Russula  xerampelina  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 
Cedar  Pt. 

(b)  Rhodosporae. 

162.  Pleurotus  sapidus  Kalchb.    L.  L.  Herb. 

163.  Pluteus  cervinus  (Schaeff.)  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

164.  Entoloma  sp.    det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

(c)  Ochrosporae. 

165.  Inocybe  sp.   det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 

166.  Galera  sp.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 

(d)  Melanosporse. 

167.  Agaricus  comtulus  Fr.  det.  C.   H.  P.     Coll.   C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

168.  Psilocybe  ammophila  Mont.    L.  L.  Herb. 

169.  Coprinus  micaceus  (Bull.)  Fr.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

170.  Coprinus  fuscescens  (Schaeff.)  Fr.   Coll.  C.  K.  B.  Cedar  Pt. 

171.  Gomphidius*  sp.  det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

LYCOPERDALES. 

LycoperdacecE. 

172.  Lycoperdon  pusillum  Pers.    det.  C.  H.  P.    Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

173.  Lycoperdon  pyriforme  Schaeff.  det.  C.  H.  P.   Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

174.  Geaster  hygrometricus  Pers.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

*Genus  hitherto  unknown  in  Ohio  according  to  Stover,  1912. 


34  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

NIDULARIALES. 

NidulariacecB. 

175.  Cyathus    striatus    (Huds.)    Hoff.    Coll.    Prof.    R.    Griggs. 

Cedar  Pt. 

PLECTOBASIDIALES. 

Tulostomatacece. 

176.  Tulostoma  fimbriatum  Fr.  det.  C.  H.  P.     Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

FUNGI  IMPERFECTI. 

SPH^ROPSIDALES. 

177.  Phyllosticta  cruenta  (Fr.)  Kicks.     On  Polygonatum  com- 

mutatum    (R.    &    S.)  Diet,  and  vSmilacina  stellata  (L.) 
Desf.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

178.  Phyllosticta  iridis  E.  &  E.    On  Iris  versicolor  L.    Sandusky. 

W.  A.  K. 

179.  Phyllosticta  palustri  Ell.  and  Kell.    On  Stachys  palustris  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

180.  Phyllosticta  phaseolina  Sacc.   On  wStrophostyles  helvola  (L.) 

Britton.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

181.  Phoma  uvicola  B.  &  C.  On  Psedera  quinquefolia  Michx.  and 

Vitis  \ailpina  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

182.  Cicinnobolus  cesatii  DeBarv.    On  Ervsiphe  cichoracearum 

DC.     Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

183.  Septoria  aegopodii  Desm.    On  Osmorhiza  claytoni  ('Michx.) 

Clarke  and  O.  longistylis  DC.    Coll.  C.  K."  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

184.  Septoria  aquilegiae  Ell.  and  Kell.  On  Aquilegia  canadensis  L. 

Coll.  Miss  Marie  F.  McLellan.    Cedar  Pt. 

185.  Septoria  erigerontis  Pk.     On  Erigeron  pulchcllus  Michx. 

Coll.   C.   K.   B.     Cedar  Pt.     On  E.   annuus   (L.)   Pers. 
Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 
I8(i.     Septoria  lactucicola  Ell.  and  Martin.  On  Lactuca  scariola  L. 
Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Cedar  Pt. 

187.  Septoria    littorea    Sace.       On   Apocynum  cannabinum    L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

188.  Septoria  lophanthi  Wint.     On  Agastache  nepetoides  (L.) 

Ktzc.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

189.  Septoria    musiva    Pk.       On   Populus    tremuloides    Michx. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

190.  Septoria  ochroleuca  B.  &  C.  On  Castanea  dentata  (Marsh.) 

Borkh.    Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 

191.  Septoria  oenotherae   B.   &  C.      On  Oenothera  biennis   L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 

192.  Septoria  podophyllina  Pk.     On  Podophyllum  peltatum  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


Dec,  1912.]  A  List  of  Fungi  of  Cedar  Point.  35 

193.  Septoria  polygonorum  Desm.    On  Polygonum  lapathifolium 

L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

194.  Septoria  rubi  Wests.    On  Rubus  allegheniensis  Porter,  and 

Rubus  idaeus  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

195.  Septoria  scrophulariae  Westd.    On  Scrophularia  marilandica 

L.    Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.     Cedar  Pt. 

196.  Septoria   violae   Westd.      On   Viola  pubescens  Ait.     Coll. 

C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

MELANCONIALES. 

197.  Gleosporium  irregulare   Pk.      On  Fraxinus  americana  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

198.  Gleosporium    nervisequum    (Fckl.)    Sacc.       On    Platanus 

occidentalis  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

199.  Gleosporium   septorioides   Sacc.      On   Quercus  imbricaria 

Michx.    Miss  Marie  F.  McLellan.    Ce"dar  Pt. 

200.  Marsonia    toxicodendri     (E.    &    M.)     Sacc.        On    Rhus 

toxicodendron  L.    Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 

201.  Cylindrosporium   padi   Karst.      On   Prunus   virginiana   L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

HYPHOMYCETES. 

Miicedinacece. 

202.  Rhinotrichum   curtisii   Berk.     On  rotten  log  of  Platanus 

occidentalis  L.    Sandusky.    W.  A.  K. 

203.  Ovularia  obliqua  Oud.   On  Rumex  crispus  L.   Coll.  C.  K.  B. 

Cedar  Pt. 

204.  Didymaria  ungeri  Cda.     On  Anemone  canadensis  L.  and 

Ranunculus  pennsylvanicus  L.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

205.  Ramularia  arvensis  Sace.    On  Potentilla  monspeliensis  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.   Cedar  Pt. 
200.     Ramularia  celastiri  Ell.  &  M.     On  Celastrus  scandens  L. 
Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

207.  Ramularia   variabilis    Fckl.       On   Verbascum    thapsus    L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.     Cedar  Pt. 

DematiacecB. 

208.  Helminthosporium  teres  Sace.      On  Hordeum  vulgare  L. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

209.  Macrosporium  saponariae  Pk.     On  Saponaria  ofificinalis  L. 

Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

210.  Macrosporium  solani  E.  &  M.  On  Potato.     Coll.  Dr.  L.  H. 

Pammel.  Sandusky. 

211.  Cercospora  chenopodii  Fres.  On  Atriplex  hastatum  Gray. 

Coll.  Dr.  L.  H.  Pammel.    Sandusky. 

212.  Cercospora  clavata  (Gerard).  Pk.    On  Asclepias  syriaca  L. 

213.  Cercospora  helianthi  E.  &  E.    On  Helianthus  hirsutus  Raf. 

and  Helianthus  mollis  Lam.     Sandusky.  W.  A.  K. 


36  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

214.  Cercospora  maianthemi  Fckl.   On  Maianthemum  canadense 

Desf.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

215.  Cerscopora    monoica    Ell.    and    Hohv.       On   Amphicarpa 

nionoica  Elliot.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

216.  Cercospora  osmorhizae  Ell.  &  Ev.    On  Osmorhiza  claytoni 

(Michx.)  Clarke.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

217.  Cercospora  oxybaphi  Ell.  &  Halsted.      On  Oxybaphus 

n^'ctagineus  Sweet.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 

218.  Cercospora  tuberosa  Ell.  &  Kell.  On  Apios  tuberosa  Moench. 

Tuherculariacea. 

219.  Tubercularia  persicina  Ditm.    On  Aecidium  compositarum 

Mart.    Coll.  C.  K.  B.    Cedar  Pt. 


NEW  AND   RARE   PLANTS  ADDED   TO   THE   OHIO   LIST 

IN  1912.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Dryopteris  clintoniana  x  spinulosa.     Brown's  Lake,  Wayne  Co.; 

L.  S.  Hopkins. 
Dryopteris  cristata  x  spinulosa.     Brown's  Lake  and  Fox  Lake, 

Wayne  Co.;  L.  S.  Hopkins. 
Dryopteris  cristata  x  intermedia.    Brown's  Lake  and  Fox  Lake, 

Wayne  Co. ;  Burton,  Geauga  Co. ;  L.  S.  Hopkins. 
Eleocharis  mutata  (L.)  R.  &  S.   Quadrangular  Spike-rush.   Round 

Lake,  Ashland  Co.;  L.  S.  Hopkins. 
Juncus  monostichus  Bartlett.    Dry  open  hills.   Phalanx,  Trumbull 

Co.;  Almon  N.  Rood. 
Viola   pedata   L.      Bird's-foot  Violet.     Ironton,    Lawrence    Co.; 

Lillian  Humphrey. 
Apocynum  urceolifer  Mill.     Urn-flowered  Dogbane.     St.  Marys, 

Auglaize  Co.;  collected  by  A.  Wetzstein;  reported  by  Lillian 

Humphrey. 
Apocynum  album  Greene.    River-bank  Dogbane.    Lake,  Holmes, 

Coshocton,  Mercer,  Montgomery,  Butler,  Clermont;  reported 

by  Lillian  Humphrey. 
Lycopus  communis  Bickn.      Common   Bugle-weed.     Barnesville, 

Belmont  Co.;  Emma  E.  Laughlin. 
Aster  prenanthoides  porrectifolius  Port.     Huntington,  Lorain  Co. ; 

collected  by  A.   E.   Ricksecker;  reported  by  F.   O.   Grover 

(Oberlin  College  Herb.). 
Lacinaria  scariosa  (L.)  Hill.    Large.    Blazing-star.    vSugar  Grove, 

Fairfield  Co..  R.  F.  Griggs. 


*Prescnted  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Coliimbus, 
Nov.  29,  1912. 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovician  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  37 


THE  ORDOVICIAN  SECTION  IN  THE  MANITOULIN  AREA 

OF  LAKE  HURON. 

Aug.  F.  Foerste. 

1 .  Introduction 37 

2.  Basal  beds;  red  clay  shales;  Lowville 38 

3.  Swift  Current  beds;  chiefly  whitish  limestones;  Leray 38 

4.  Cloche  Island  beds;  "Black  River"  limestones 39 

5.  Curdsville  and  other  Trenton  exposures  on  Goat  Island 41 

6.  Trenton   exposures    at    Little    Current,    including    Collingwood 

formation 42 

7.  Cincinnatian  beds  on  Manitoulin  Island 43 

A.  Sheguindah  beds;  Eden 43 

B.  Wekwemikongsing  beds;  Lorraine 44 

8.  Richmond  strata  on  Manitoulin  Island 45 

C.  Waynesville  beds,  or  Lower  Richmond 45 

D.  Kagawong  beds,  or  Upper  Richmond 46 

Columnaria  reef 46 

Stromatocerium  reef 47 

Rhy timya  and  ostracod  horizons 47 

E.  Queenstown  shales 47 

1.     Introduction. 

During  the  summer  of  1911  and  1912,  the  writer  was  given  the 
opportunity,  b}^  Dr.  R.  W.  Brock,  of  visiting  the  Ordovician  sec- 
tions in  the  Lake  Huron  area  under  the  auspices  of  the  Canadian 
Geological  Survey.  During  the  first  summer  he  was  accompanied 
by  Prof.  Arthur  M.  Miller,  who  made  a  special  study  of  the 
Mohawkian  strata  on  Cloche  and  Goat  islands,  and  in  the  vicinity 
of  Little  Current,  and  Avho  gave  him  the  benefit  of  his  extended 
acquaintance  with  Mohawkian  strata,  especiaUy  in  relation  to  the 
correlation  of  these  strata  as  exposed  in  the  Lake  Huron  area  with 
those  of  Kentucky.  During  the  summer  of  1911,  and  during  a 
part  of  1912,  he  had  also  the  assistance  of  Mr.  E.  J.  Whittaker,  of 
the  Canadian  Geological  Survey,  especially  in  his  investigations  of 
the  Cincinnatian  strata.  Mr.  Whittaker  has  since  given  special 
attention  to  the  Cincinnatian  strata  in  the  vicinity  of  Meaford, 
and  some  of  his  observations  are  here  incorporated.  The  notes 
here  presented  are  merely  preliminary  to  a  more  extended  study 
of  the  field. 

As  will  be  noted  on  the  following  pages,  the  writer  has  had  the 
frequent  assistance  of  Dr.  E.  O.  Ulrich,  Mr.  R.  S.  Bassler,  Prof. 
Percy  E.. Raymond,  Dr.  Rucdemann,  and  others,  in  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  fossil  faunas.  It  will  be  readily  recognized,  however, 
that  these  investigators  were  at  a  disadvantage  in  not  being  able 
to  examine  the  faunas  themselves  in  the  field,  since  the  writer  may 
have  failed  to  collect  some  of  the  most  valuable  diagnostic  fossils. 


38  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 


2.  Basal  Bed;  Red  Clay  Shales;  Lowville. 
The  oldest  Ordovician  rocks,  in  that  part  of  Lake  Huron  which 
lies  north  of  the  eastern  end  of  Manitoulin  island,  are  exposed  for  a 
distance  of  several  miles  along  the  western  shore  of  Cloche  penin- 
sula, facing  Cloche  channel.  At  the  northern  end  of  the  line  of 
exposure  these  oldest  Ordovician  rocks  rest  upon  and  against  an 
cast  and  west  ridge  of  quartzite  mapped  by  the  Canadian  Geolog- 
ical Survey  as  Huronian.  They  consist  of  reddish  clay  shales 
whose  thickness  is  not  known  even  approximately.  At  one  local- 
ity, along  a  small  gully,  a  vertical  section,  60  feet  thick,  is  exposed 
above  lake  level,  whitish  limestones  making  their  appearance  70 
feet  above  the  lake,  but  the  entire  thickness  of  the  red  clay  sec- 
tion probably  is  much  greater.  Fossils  were  found  at  only  one 
horizon,  at  a  locality  about  a  mile  south  of  the  northwestern  angle 
of  the  peninsula,  where  a  few  feet  of  more  or  less  indurated, 
brownish,  sandy  layers  are  imbedded  in  the  reddish  clay  section, 
a  short  distance  above  the  level  of  the  new  line  of  railway  now  in 
the  process  of  construction.  Here  a  species  of  Ptcrolheca,  closely 
allied  to  Pt.  atienuata  but  only  about  20  mm.  in  width,  and  a 
species  of  Cyrtodonta,  25  mm.  long  and  closely  related  to  C.  janes- 
villensis,  suggest  the  Platteville  or  Low\dlle  age  of  the  strata 
involved.  Well  preserved  specimens  of  Archinacella  and  Lingula 
also  occur. 

3.     Swift    Current    Beds;    Chiefly    Whitish    and 
Reddish  Limestones;  Leray. 

Along  the  southern  half  of  Cloche  peninsula,  whitish  limestones 
overlie  the  red  clays.  Owing  to  the  southward  dip  of  the  strata, 
the  base  of  this  limestone  series  descends  to  water  level  more  than 
a  mile  before  reaching  Swift  Current,  the  locality  at  which  the 
railroad  passes  from  the  peninsula  over  to  Cloche  island.  The 
general  color  of  these  limestones  is  whitish,  but  where  they  rest 
upon  the  Huronian  quartzites,  and  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
quartzite  hills,  they  frequently  are  reddish.  This  reddish  color 
evidently  is  due  to  the  material  derived  from  the  quartzites  and 
other  Huronian  strata  which  had  been  greatly  disintegrated  by 
weathering  before  the  deposition  of  both  the  basal  red  clays  and 
of  the  Swift  Current  limestones  began.  A  quarry  recently 
opened  at  Swift  Current,  for  the  purpose  of  i)roviding  the  ballast 
needed  for  the  new  line  of  railway,  exposes  JjcautifuUy  the  top  of  a 
quartzite  knoll  covered  by  some  of  the  upper  layers  of  this  lime- 
stone section.  Where  these  limestones  are  in  contact  with  the 
C[uartzite  they  not  only  are  reddish  in  color  but  they  also  include 
jjcIjI^Ics  and  smaller  fragmental  material,  evidently  derived 
directly  from  the  cjuartzite  knoll.  Among  this  fragmental 
material  occur  most  of  the  fossils  so  far  collected,  inckiding  a 
pygidium  of  Bath y urns,  the  sii)ho  of  Actinoceras  bigsbyi,  a  Rhyii- 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovician  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  39 

chotrema  probably  RIt.  aiiisliei,  and  a  Dalmanella  (Pionodema) 
belonging  to  the  subaequata  group.  Among  the  bryozoans,  Dr. 
E.  O.  Ulrich  identified  Escharopora  ranwsa,  Phyllodictya  lahyrin- 
thica,  Rhinidictya  fidelis,  Rh.  iiichohoni,  Rli.  trcntonensis,  and  forms 
of  Rh.  mutabilis  and  of  HomotrypcUa  instabilis,  suggesting  rela- 
tionship to  the  upper  Platteville  fauna  of  Minnesota  and  the  Leray 
fauna  of  New  York.  This  fauna  is  exposed  also  at  a  slightly 
higher  geological  horizon,  immediately  below  the  very  fine  grained 
"Birdseye"  limestone,  along  the  railroad  about  three  quarters  of 
a  mile  south  of  Swift  Current.  At  a  small  quarried  exposure  along 
the  same  line  of  railway,  but  about  a  mile  north  of  Swift  Current, 
strands  of  some  form  of  Tctradium  occur,  in  the  white  limestones, 
which  can  not  be  identified  with  T.  cellulosum. 

The  very  fine  grained,  white,  "Birdseye"  limestone,  at  the 
top  of  the  Swift  Current  limestone  series,  fomis  a  convenient 
lithological  means  of  separating  this  series  from  the  overlying 
part  of  the  Black  river  beds.  It  is  well  exposed  at  several  locali- 
ties within  a  mile  going  southward  from  Swift  Current.  Its 
thickness  is  about  11  feet.  It  is  interbedded  with  a  small  amount 
of  whitish  clay,  and  contains  but  very  few  traces  of  fossils. 

Lithologically,  the  "Birdseye"  limestone  at  the  top  of  the 
Swift  Current  limestone  section  resembles  the  Tyrone  limestone 
as  exposed  in  Central  Kentucky.  This  resemblance  was  noticed 
by  Prof.  Arthur  M.  Miller,  who  was  a  member  of  the  party  in  1911, 
and  who  made  a  thorough  study  of  the  entire  Mohawkian  group, 
giving  the  writer  the  benefit  of  his  extended  experience.  It  is 
probable  that  the  entire  Swift  Current  limestone  section  is  to  be 
correlated  with  the  Tyrone,  but  this  can  not  be  determined  from 
the  meager  fauna  at  hand.  The  total  thickness  of  this  section  is 
unknown.     Fifty  feet  probal^ly  is  a  moderate  estimate. 

4.     Cloche  Island  Beds;  "Black  River"  Limestones. 

With  the  exception  of  the  northern  line  of  out  crops  on  Cloche 
island,  and  those  in  the  vicinity  of  Swift  Current  already  described, 
almost  the  entire  surface  of  Cloche  island  is  formed  by  those 
darker  limestones  between  the  Leray  member  of  the  Lowville  at 
the  base  and  the  Trenton  limestones  at  the  top  to  which  it  fre- 
quently has  been  customary  to  confine  the  term  Black  river.  In 
the  lower  part  of  this  Cloche  island  phase  of  the  Black  river  sec- 
tion, fine  grained  limestones  alternate  with  coarser  grained  layers 
for  a  vertical  distance  of  about  30  feet.  These  strata  are  overlaid 
by  coarser  grained  limestones  in  which  finer  grained  layers  are 
not  conspicuous,  and  which  attain  a  thickness  of  about  50  feet. 
These  strata  are  well  exposed  along  the  railroad  within  two  miles 
going  south  from  Swift  Current.  The  total  thickness  of  the 
Cloche  island  beds  may  equal  150  feet,  but  no  locality  was  found 
where  this  could  be  determined. 


40  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

The  two  most  characteristic  fossils  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
Cloche  island  beds  are  Columnaria  halli  and  Stromatocerium 
rugosum.  Columnaria  halli  ranges  from  the  base  of  these  beds  to 
about  45  feet  above  the  base.  Stromatocerium  rugosum  was  found 
about  20  feet  above  the  base  and  may  occur  also  at  other  levels  in 
the  lower  part  of  these  beds.  It  is  evident  that  both  Columnaria 
halli  and  Stromatocerium  rugosum  may  be  looked  for  in  the  under- 
lying Swift  Current  limestones,  since  Columnaria  halli  occurs  in 
the  upper  or  Leray  member  of  the  Tyrone  formation  in  Central 
Kentucky,  and  has  been  found  also  in  the  Lowville  at  Watertown, 
New  York;  while  Stromatocerium  rugosum  is  found  in  the  Lowville 
northeast  of  Watertown,  New  York. 

Reccptaculites  occidcntalis  begins  its  range  about  20  feet  above 
the  base  of  the  Cloche  island  beds;  it  becomes  common  at  ?)':)  feet 
above  the  base,  where  the  first  specimens  of  Maclurea  logani  are 
seen.  No  specimens  of  Gonioccras  anceps  were  discovered  within 
80  feet  of  the  base  of  these  limestones,  but  they  begin  their  range 
a  short  distance  above  this  level,  and  all  three  species,  Reccptacu- 
lites occidcntalis,  Maclurea  logani,  and  Gonioceras  anceps  extend  to 
the  extreme  top  of  the  section  as  exposed  on  Cloche  island,  but 
have  not  been  found  in  the  lowest  Trenton  layers  found  on  Goat 
island,  immediately  southward.  The  presence  of  these  fossils  is 
therefore  used  here  to  discriminate  the  Black  river  from  the  over- 
lying Trenton  limestones.  It  should  be  remembered,  however, 
that  Reccptaculites  occidcntalis  has  been  identified  by  Ulrich  from 
the  Curdsville  bed,  in  the  lower  Trenton  of  Kentucky,  and  species 
of  Maclurina,  which  can  not  readily  be  distinguished  from  Maclu- 
rea in  the  field,  occur  in  the  Trenton  of  the  northwestern  states. 
Moreover,  considering  the  very  close  similarity  of  the  Curdsville 
fauna  on  Goat  island  to  that  found  in  the  underlying  Cloche 
island  limestones,  it  would  be  rash  to  state  that  no  Gonioceras 
ever  will  be  found  in  the  Curdsville.  The  chief  point  is  that  the 
great  abundance  of  Reccptaculites,  Gonioceras,  and  Maclurea  dis- 
tinguishes the  top  of  the  Cloche  island  Black  river  limestones 
readily  from  the  base  of  the  lowest  Trenton  limestones  found  on 
Goat  island. 

Near  the  tojj  of  the  Black  river  exposures  on  Cloche  island, 
within  a  mile  of  the  southwestern  termination  of  that  part  of  the 
railroad  which  crosses  Cloche  island,  Protarca  vctusta,  Calapoccia 
canadensis,  Petraia  aperta,  a  large  celled  form  of  Columnaria 
alveolata,  with  more  or  less  discrete  and  rounded  corallites,  7  mm. 
in  diameter,  and  a  specimen  doubtfully  identified  as  Eurystomites 
undatus  occur.  Of  these,  Protarca  vctusta  has  been  recorded 
hitherto  only  from  the  lower  Trenton,  but  the  other  four  forms 
mentioned  have  so  far  not  been  recorded  from  the  Trenton,  and 
are  regarded  as  characteristic  Black  river  species  or  varieties. 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovician  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  41 

Among  other  forms  occurring  in  the  Cloche  island  limestones 
may  be  mentioned  Rafinesquina  inquassa,  Dalmanella  gibbosa, 
and  Conradella  obliqua,  all  of  which  suggest  Black  river  age. 
Streptelasma  profundum,  Rhynchotrema  (?)  ottaivaensis,  Orthis  tri- 
cenaria,  Dinorthis  pectinella,  a  small  Dalmanella  belonging  to  the 
testudinaria  group,  Strophomena  filitexta,  Plectambonites  curds- 
villensis,  Leperditia  fabulites ,  Bumastus  miller i,  and  numerous  other 
species  range  from  the  Cloche  island  Black  river  limestones  into  the 
Curds ville  strata,  exposed  at  the  base  of  the  Trenton  on  Goat 
island.  Solenopora  compacta,  HerbeteUa  bellarugosa,  and  Actino- 
ceras  bigsbyi,  hitherto  not  found  above  the  Cloche  island  limestones, 
may  eventually  be  found  also  in  the  Curdsville  beds  on  Goat 
island,  since  they  occur  in  the  Trenton  elsewhere.  Not  being  famil- 
iar with  Black  river  faunas,  the  writer  submitted  the  fossils 
collected  to  Prof.  Percy  E.  Raymond,  and  was  pleased  to  receive 
his  confirmation  as  to  the  Black  river  age  of  the  Cloche  island 
limestones. 

The  bryozoans  were  submitted  to  Dr.  E.  O.  Ulrich,  with  the 
following  results:  Batostoma  humile,  B.  varium,  B.  winchelli, 
Eridotrypa  mutabillis,  Ilomotrypa  minnesotensis,  Nicholsonella 
ponderosa,  Phyllodictya  frondosa,  Phylloporina  sublaxa,  Prasopora 
insularis  are  represented  by  varieties  also  occurring  in  the  Decorah 
shales  of  the  Mississippi  basin,  and  thus  tend  to  corroborate  the 
reference  of  the  Cloche  island  beds  to  the  Black  river.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  Batostoma  winchelli  and  Homotrypa  minnesotensis  were 
identified  also  from  the  Curdsville  bed  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
Trenton  on  Goat  island,  and  some  of  the  other  species,  such  as 
Batostoma  humile,  Eridotrypa  mntabilis,  and  Prasopora  insularis, 
are  known  to  range  upward  into  the  lower  Trenton,  but,  to  Dr. 
Ulrich,  this  bryozoan  fauna  presented  a  distinct  Decorah  shale 
facies.  Most  of  these  bryozoans  were  collected  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  Cloche  island  beds,  above  the  SO  foot  level  mentioned  in  the 
preceding  lines.  Further  collecting  may  indicate  the  presence 
also  of  other  faunas  within  these  beds. 

5.     Curdsville  and  other  Trenton  Exposures  on 

Goat    Island. 

The  lowest  exposures  of  the  Trenton  on  Goat  island  present  a 
fauna  very  similar  to  that  of  the  underlying  part  of  the  Black  river, 
excepting  for  the  apparent  absence  of  Receptaculites,  Maclurea, 
Gonioceras,  and  a  few  other  fossils,  and  the  presence  of  the  inter- 
esting crinoid  and  cystid  fauna  known  from  Curdsville,  Kentucky, 
and  from  Kirkfield  and  other  Trenton  localities  in  Ontario. 
While  a  form  of  Dalmanella  belonging  to  the  testudinaria  group, 
and  Plectambonites  curdsvillensis  are  present  in  these  lower  Trenton 
strata  on  Goat  island,  they  occur  also  at  various  horizons  in  the 
underlying  Cloche  island  limestones. 


42  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2,. 

When  Prof.  Arthur  M.  ^vliller  visited  the  exposures  at  the 
extreme  northeastern  end  of  the  railway"  line  crossing  Goat  island, 
he  was  impressed  with  the  Curdsville  facies  of  the  fauna  included. 
He  found  Carabocrinus  vancortlandi,  Cleiocrinus  regiiis,  and 
Glyptocrinus  ramuJosus,  to  which  have  been  added  more  recently 
Reteocrinus  alveolatus  and  Cyclocystoides  halli,  a  typical  Kirkfield 
fauna.  Among  the  bryozoans  collected  at  this  horizon  Dr.  E.  O. 
Ulrich  identified  provisionally  Batostoma  wincheJli,  Bythopora  cf. 
alcicornis,  CaUopora  multitabulata,  Eurydictya  multipora.  Homo- 
try  pa  minnesotensis,  MonticuUpora  {^)  cannonensis,  Rhinidictya 
minima,  and  Rh.  mutahilis.  Apparently  there  is  an  admixture  of 
Black  river  with  Trenton  species,  but  possibly  the  real  explana- 
tion is  merely  the  greater  vertical  range  of  various  species  hitherto 
not  found  above  the  Black  river. 

The  total  thickness  of  the  strata  to  be  assigned  to  the  Curds- 
ville bed  is  unknown.  From  the  lowest  strata  seen  on  Goat  island 
to  the  highest  strata  containing  an  abundance  of  the  columns  of 
Glyptocrinus  ramulosus,  the  interval  is  nearly"  30  feet.  The 
Carabocrinus  vancortlandi  layer  is  about  7  feet  above  the  base  of 
this  section,  and  most  of  the  other  crinoids  and  cystids  occur  about 
11  feet  above  this  level.  Stromatocerium  is  rare  in  the  layer 
immediately  overlying  the  upper  Glyptocrinus  horizon,  but  becomes 
common  at  a  higher  horizon  which  is  exposed  along  the  southern 
margin  of  Goat  island.  Possil^ly  20  feet  would  l^e  sufihcient  to 
cover  this  interval,  and  an  equal  interval  might  account  for  the 
strata  intervening  between  this  abundant  Stromatocerium  horizon 
along  the  southern  edge  of  Goat  island  and  the  lowest  strata 
exposed  along  the  shore  in  the  eastern  margin  of  Little  Current. 

6.     Trenton  Exposures  at  Little  Current,  on  Manttoulin 
Island,  including  Collingwood  Formation. 

Immediately  at  water's  edge,  east  of  Little  Current,  the 
following  bryozoans  were  collected  and  submitted  to  Dr.  E.  0. 
Ulrich:  Arthoclema  billingsi,  CaUopora  multitabulata,  Dekayella 
trcntonensis,  Eridotrypa  mutahilis.  Mcsotrypa  injida,  M.  cf.  whit- 
eavesi,  MonticuUpora  arborea,  Prasopora  simulatri.x.  and  Rhini- 
dictya fi delis.  The  fauna  as  a  whole  impressed  Dr.  Ulrich  as 
resembling  that  in  the  Ncmatopora  horizon  in  the  upper  Prosser. 
While  some  of  the  species  are  found  also  in  the  Wilmorc,  these  are 
forms  which  occur  also  in  the  upper  Prosser,  while  conversely  no 
forms  are  seen  here  which  occur  only  in  the  Wilmore.  A  small 
s]3cciiTicn  of  Strophomeua  and  nimicrous  specimens  of  Rhyncho- 
trema  inaequivalve  occur  at  the  same  horizon. 

If  the  abundant  Trenton  fauna  found  in  the  white  limestones 
northwest  of  Collingwood,  on  the  lake  front,  find  any  equivalent 
in  the  Mantoulin  area,  this  must  lie  somewhere  between  20  and  30 
feet  above  the  lake  in  the  section  exposed  east  of  Little  Current ^ 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovician  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  45 

but  no  good  exposures  have  been  found.  Tctradium  bundles 
occur  at  45  feet  above  the  lake,  and  massive  specimens  are  found 
4  feet  farther  up. 

The  strata  immediately  above  the  Tetradium  horizon  consist 
of  fissile  black  shales  interbedded  with  limestone  near  the  base. 
These  strata  were  formerly  regarded  as  Utica,  but  they  probably 
represent  an  older  formation  than  the  Utica  of  New  York,  and 
recently  Prof.  Percy  E.  Raymond  has  proposed  for  them  the  name 
Collingwood.  Their  most  characteristic  fossil  is  the  trilobite 
long  known  as  Asaphus  canadensis.  Triarthriis  spinosus,  and  a 
graptolite,  identified  by  Dr.  Ruedemann  as  Diplograptiis  quadri- 
mucrouatus,  also  occur.  At  Little  Current,  11  feet  of  this  Colling- 
wood shale  are  exposed,  but  the  total  thickness  may  equal  20  feet. 

7.       CiNCINNATIAN    BeDS    ON    MaNITOULIN. 

A.     Sheguindah   Beds;   Eden. 

Along  the  road  from  Little  Current  to  Sheguindah,  the  strata 
immediately  overlying  the  Collingwood  fomiation  are  exposed  at 
several  localities.  One  of  these  extends  from  three  miles  southeast 
of  Little  Current  southwards  up  the  hill.  Here  the  top  of  the- 
Collingwood  is  overlaid  by  shales  which  near  the  base  are  blackisk 
but  much  softer.  Within  9  feet  of  the  base,  these  clay  shales 
contain  a  species  of  Triarthvus.  A  small  Primitia  and  a  Leptoho- 
liis  extend  from  the  base  upward  for  about  37  feet.  The  only 
species  of  graptolite  noted  is  fairly  common,  and  was  determined 
by  Dr.  Ruedemann  as  nearest  to  Diplogyaptus  peosta,  but  with 
closer  arranged  thecae ;  it  ranges  from  the  base  for  43  feet  upward. 
Dalmanella  appears  at  25,  between  37  and  43  feet,  and  at  higher 
levels.  The  first  trace  of  limestone  was  found  43  feet  above  the 
base,  but  limestone  layers  do  not  become  common  until  an  eleva- 
tion 100  feet  above  the  base  has  been  reached. 

It  is  in  these  upper  limestones  and  in  the  interbedded  clays 
that  the  typical  Eden  fauna  listed  below  occurs.  The  fossils 
were  examined  by  Ulrich,  Bassler,  and  Nickles  conjointly,  the 
detenninations  being  only  provisional,  until  microscopic  slides 
can  be  prepared.  Along  the  Sheguindah  road,  Amplexopora 
persimilis,  Callopora  sigillarioides,  Coeloclema  communis,  Hemi- 
phragma  whitfieldi,  Perenopora  vera,  and  a  StigmateUa  near  clavis 
or  nana  occur.  From  the  corresponding  strata  at  Tamarac  Point, 
10  miles  southwest  of  Little  Current,  Aspidopora  cf.  areolata, 
Arthropora  clevelandi,  Bythopora  arctipora,  and  Primitia  centralis- 
occur  in  addition  to  those  already  named.  At  the  corresponding- 
horizon  at  Gorrel  Point,  two  miles  northeast  of  Gore  Bay,  Aspido- 
pora eccentrica,  Bollia  per  sulcata,  Bythocypris  cylindrica,  Jonesella 
crepidiformis,  Primitia  cincinnatiensis,  and  Acidaspis  crossotus 
are  added  to  the  list.  At  the  exposures  immediately  south  of 
the  high  Richmond  Clay  Cliffs,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Cape  Smyth, 


44  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

Dekayella  ulrichi  and  some  species  of  Eridotrypa  is  present.  These 
fossils  indicate  the  Eden  age  of  the  upper  limestones  in  this 
Sheguindah  section.  The  strata  belong  somewhere  near  the  upper 
part  of  the  Economy  or  the  lower  part  of  the  vSouthgate  section 
apparently.  The  thickness  of  this  richly  fossiliferous  limestone 
and  clay  section  may  equal  20  feet,  but  only  the  lower  5  feet  are 
well  exposed  along  the  Sheguindah  road. 

One  hundred  and  twenty-seven  miles  southeast  of  Little 
Current,  along  Workman's  brook,  two  miles  east  of  Meaford, 
Trinudeus  beUulus  and  Callopora  sigUlarioides  are  exposed  about 
4  feet  above  lake  level,  and  this  is  the  reason  for  including  the  lower 
clay  shales  in  the  same  section  as  the  upper  undoubted  Eden 
limestones.  In  the  Workman  brook  section,  the  Eden  limestones 
become  common  about  75  feet  above  lake  level,  and  that  part  of 
the  Eden  section  which  lies  above  this  level  may  equal  50  feet. 
B.     Wekwemikongsing  Beds;  Lorraine. 

Overlying  the  undoubted  Eden  beds,  there  is  a  series  of  strata 
containing  Whiteavesia  pholadifonnis,  Modiolopsis  concentrica, 
Byssonychia  radiata,  Lyrodesma  poststriatum,  Clidophoriis  planul- 
atus,  a  large  Ctcnodonta  belonging  to  the  pectunculoides  group, 
and  a  species  of  graptolite  identified  by  Dr.  Ruedemann  as  nearest 
to  Diplograptus  angustifolius  mut.  vespertinus  from  the  Middle 
Lorraine  of  New  York.  In  fact,  the  general  aspect  of  these  strata 
is  Lorraine,  since  the  lamcllibranchs  occur  in  siliceous  limestones 
which  weather  into  fine  grained  sandstones,  as  is  the  case  in  the 
typical  Lorraine. 

In  the  lower  strata  belonging  to  the  Wekwemikongsing  section, 
as  exposed  south  of  Little  Current,  Dr.  Ulrich  identified  Bythopora 
dendrina  and  Bythopora  gracilis.  From  a  corresponding  horizon 
at  the  base  of  the  Wekwemikongsing  section,  immediately  south 
of  the  Richmond  Clay  Clift's,  on  the  eastern  side  of  Cape  Smyth, 
he  identified  Dckayia  pelliculata  in  addition  to  the  species  named. 
The  most  interesting  list,  however,  was  obtained  along  Workman's 
brook,  east  of  Meaford,  where,  in  the  25  feet  of  strata  underhdng  the 
Catazyga  erratic  a  horizon,  Dr.  Ulrich  identified  Callopora  near 
dalei,  Coeloclema  sp.,  Dekayia  appressa,  Ilctcrotrypa  cf.  injlecta, 
Leptotrypa  ornata,  and  Perenopora  compressa.  These  bryozoans 
suggest  the  middle  Maysville  age  of  these  strata  below  the  Cata- 
zyga erratica  horizon.  Dr.  Ulrich  placed  them  at  approximately 
the  Bcllcvue  horizon.  The  base  of  the  Wekwemikongsing  beds 
on  Workman  creek  appears  to  be  about  50  feet  below  the  Catazyga 
erratica  horizon. 

The  only  bryozoans  identified  between  the  Catazyga  erratica 
horizon  and  the  base  of  the  undoubted  Richmond,  with  Catazyga 
headi,  Cyclonema  bilix,  and  Strophomena  planunibona,  KiO  feet 
farther  up,  are  Stigmatella  cf.  nicklesi,  Discotrypa  cf.  elega)is,  and 
^ patio pora  aspera,  also  suggesting  Maysville  age. 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovician  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  45 

In  Ohio,  Whiteavesia  pholadiformis  and  Modiolopsis  concentrica 
come  in  at  the  base  of  the  Fort  Ancient  division  of  the  Waynesville 
bed,  and  continue  to  the  top  of  the  Waynesville,  but  they  are 
represented  by  at  least  very  similar  forms  even  in  the  Liberty. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  was  natural  at  first  to  regard  these 
strata,  on  Manitoulin,  which  carry  the  Whiteavesia  pholadiformis 
and  Modiolopsis  concentrica  fauna  as  Richmond.  However,  the 
bryozoans  submitted  to  Dr.  Ulrich  tell  a  very  different  story,  and, 
until  further  evidence  has  been  accumulated,  it  is  regarded  wiser 
to  remove  them  from  the  Richmond  column.  For  collecting 
purposes  these  beds  are  well  exposed  for  a  distance  of  about  two 
miles  along  the  shore  between  Wekwemikongsing  and  the  Rich- 
mond Clay  Cliffs  on  the  eastern  side  of  Cape  Smyth.  The  total 
thickness  of  the  Wekwemikongsing  section  on  Manitoulin  island 
may  equal  100  feet  in  the  Cape  Smyth  area. 

8.     Richmond  Strata  on  Manitoulin  Island. 

C.     Waynesville  Beds,  or  Lower  Richmond. 

Overlying  the  Wekwemikongsing  beds,  with  their  Lorraine  fauna, 
is  a  series  of  interbedded  limestones  and  clay  shales  of  undoubted 
Richmond  age.  At  the  base  of  these  undoubted  Richmond  beds, 
Hebertella  insculpta,  frequently  associated  with  Catazyga  headi, 
is  almost  invariably  present,  and  since  Hebertella  insculpta  and 
Catazyga  headi,  on  Manitoulin,  are  limited  to  the  basal  part 
of  these  beds,  both  fossils  here  serve  as  valuable  diagnostic 
fossils.  Associated  with  these  fossils  in  the  same  layers  occur: 
Streptelasma  rusticum,  Columnaria  alveolata,  Protarea  papillata, 
Rhombotrypa  quadrata,  Hebertella  occidentalis,  Platystrophia  clarks- 
villensis,  Strophomena  huronensis,  Rafinesquina  alternata  very  fiat 
fomi,  Plectambonites  sericea,  Rhynchotrema  perlamcllosa,  Zygospira 
modesta,  Cyclonema  bilix,  and  Pterinea  demissa.  These  associated 
fossils,  however,  are  not  confined  to  the  Hebertella  insculpta  and 
Catazyga  headi  horizon  but  range  upward  for  variable  distances 
into  the  overlying  Richmond. 

The  lower  part  of  the  Richmond,  on  Manitoulin,  is  by  far  the 
richest  in  fossil  remains,  and  many  species,  especially  among  the 
brachiopoda,  appear  to  be  confined  to  this  lower  part.  Between 
Gore  Bay,  Kagawong,  and  Little  Current,  a  conspicuous  coral 
reef,  from  one  to  three  feet  thick,  containing  Columnaria  alveolata 
and  Calapoecia  huronensis,  frequently  is  found  between  35  and  45 
feet  above  the  base  of  the  Hebertella  insculpta  horizon.  It  has 
been  found  that  while  most  of  the  fossils  which  begin  their  range 
at  or  near  the  Hebertella  insculpta  horizon  reach  the  Columnaria 
reef  horizon,  many  of  these  species  do  not  extend  their  range 
beyond  this  reef.  Among  the  latter  may  be  mentioned :  Protarea 
papillata,  ConsteUaria  polystomella,  Rhombotrypa  quadrata.  Crania 
scabiosa,     Rafinesquina    very    flat    form,    Plectambonites    sericea. 


46  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  2, 

Strophomena  huronensis,  Str.  nutans,  Str.  neglecta,  Str.  planumbona, 
Str.  sulcata,  Platystrophia  clarksviUensis,  Zygospira  kentuckiensis, 
Helicotoma  brocki,  Spyroceras  hammeUi,  and  various  gasteropods 
and  lamellibranchs  not  as  yet  identified.  A  fomi  closely  allied  to 
Zygospira  kentuckiensis  occurs  in  the  fossiliferous  horizons  of  the 
Queenstown  shales  in  the  area  south  of  Georgian  Bay. 

Among  the  various  species  beginning  their  range  in  that  part 
of  the  Richmond  section  which  underlies  the  Columnaria  reef,  but 
extending  also  above  the  latter,  may  be  mentioned:  Stromatoce- 
rium  hitronensis,  Strephochetus  richmondensis,  Tetradium  huron- 
ensis,  Streptelasma  rusticum,  Columnaria  alveolata,  Calapoecia 
huronensis,  Ilebcrtella  occidentalis,  Rhynchotrcma  perlamellosa, 
Zygospira  modesta,  and  various  gasteropoda  and  pelecypoda  not 
identified. 

That  part  of  the  Richmond  section  on  Manitoulin  which  lies 
between  the  base  of  the  Hebertella  insculpta  zone  and  the  base  of 
the  rich  Columnaria  reef  corresponds  approximately  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  Waynesville  bed,  especially  to  that  part  to  which 
the  term  Blanchester  has  been  applied. 

D.     Kagawong  Beds,  or  Upper  Richmond. 

Columnaria  alveolata  and  Calapoecia  huronensis  have  a  consid- 
erable vertical  range,  but  the  horizon  at  which  they  occur  in 
sufficient  abundance  to  form  a  conspicuous  reef  evidently  is  an 
important  paleontological  horizon,  since  it  marks  the  disappear- 
ance of  a  considerable  part  of  the  underlying  Richmond  fauna. 
Moreover,  it  appears  also  to  be  at  or  above  this  horizon  that 
Beatricea  undulata,  Columnaria  calycina,  and  various  thick-walled 
gasteropoda,  such  as  Liospira  helena,  a  large  Bellerophon.  and  a 
large  Bucania  or  Salpingostoma  come  in.  These  species  are 
apparently  such  forms  as  could  stand  rough  waters. 

In  general,  the  fauna  in  the  strata  immediately  above  the 
Columnaria  reef  appears  to  be  a  meager  one.  At  least  very  few 
species  have  been  listed  from  this  zone  excepting  such  fonns  as 
Hebertella  occidentalis,  Rhynchotrcma  perlamellosa,  and  Zygospira 
modesta,  which  appear  to  be  able  to  survive  under  very  adverse 
conditions. 

At  one  locality,  on  an  east  and  west  road  three  miles  south  of 
Little  Current,  Strophomena  vetusta  and  Ceraurus  {Eccoptochile) 
meekanus  occur  just  above  this  Columnaria  reef.  These  fossils 
suggest  the  upper  Liljerty  or  the  Whitewater  age  of  the  strata 
involved,  while  the  great  abundance  of  the  Columnaria  alveolata, 
and  of  Calapoecia  huronensis,  accompanied  by  Beatricea  undulata, 
suggest  the  Saluda  age  of  the  same  strata.  In  either  case,  the 
horizon  is  distinctly  above  that  of  the  Waynesville  of  Ohio. 

Another  conspicuous  zone,  between  Gore  Bay,  Kagawong, 
Honora,  and  Little  Current,  is  a  Stromatocerium  reef  which  usually 
is  found  between  25  and  30  feet  above  the  Columnaria  reef,  but 


Dec,  1912.]         Ordovieian  Section,  Lake  Huron  Area.  47 

which  occurs  eastward  at  greater  intervals.  It  is  the  interval 
between  these  two  reefs  which  usually  presents  such  a  meager 
fauna.  Locally,  however,  for  instance  between  Manitouaning 
and  Cape  Smyth,  the  lower  parts  of  this  section  appear  richly 
fossiliferous. 

Immediately  above  the  Stromatocerium  reef,  at  Kagawong  and 
Gore  Bay,  a  rich  pelecypod,  gasteropod,  and  ostracod  fauna,  but 
not  consisting  of  many  species,  comes  in.  Among  these,  Ortonella 
hainesi  suggests  the  Whitewater  age  of  the  strata  involved,  while 
Leperditia  ccecigena  and  Primitia  lativia  are  common  at  certain 
horizons  in  the  Saluda  of  Indiana  but  range  to  the  top  of  the 
Elkhom  in  Ohio.  Cyrtodonta  ponderosa,  Ctenodonta  iphigenia,  a 
large  Archinacella,  and  various  species  of  Lophospira  occur.  Among 
the  species  which  continue  their  range  upward  from  below  are 
Strephochetus  richmondensis,  Tetradium  huronensis,  Hehertella 
occidentalis,  Zygospira  modesta,  Byssonychia  radiata,  and  Pterinea 
demissa.  They  are  all  fonns  capable  of  continuing  existence  in 
muddy  waters,  judging  from  the  frequency  with  which  they  are 
found  in  argillaceous  limestones,  fine  grained  sandstones,  and 
clays.  The  total  thickness  of  this  upper  part  of  the  Richmond, 
from  the  Stromatocerium  reef  to  the  base  of  the  Clinton,  varies 
apparently  from  45  to  60  feet,  on  Manitoulin. 

E.       QUEENSTOWN   ShALES. 

The  northwestern  extension  of  the  red  clay  shales,  to  which 
the  term  Queenstown  has  been  applied  in  the  Niagara  Falls  area, 
is  well  exposed  on  the  Saugeen  peninsula  which  separates  Georgian 
Bay  from  the  main  body  of  Lake  Huron.  In  the  vicinity  of  Colling- 
wood,  Meaford,  Owen  Sound,  and  westward,  these  red  shales 
evidently  represent  the  strata  above  the  Columnaria  reef  horizon 
as  exposed  on  Manitoulin.  The  only  fossiliferous  strata  found  in 
these  Queenstown  shales,  however,  belong  to  those  horizons  above 
the  Stromatocerium  reef  in  which  ostracods  are  abundant.  In 
addition  to  Leperditia  ccecigena  and  Primitia  lativia,  Eurychilina 
striatomarginata  and  Drepanella  canadensis  are  present,  accom- 
panied by  the  Richmond  form  of  Bythocypris  cylindrica,  Byssony- 
chia radiata,  Pterinea  demissa,  a  Zygospira  resembling  Z.  ken- 
tiickiensis,  Bythopora  delicatula,  and  other  characteristic  Ordo- 
vieian fossils. 

At  the  Forks  of  the  Credit,  65  miles  southeast  of  Meaford,  no 
trace  of  this  Richmond  fauna  was  found  anywhere  in  the  Queens- 
town red  clay  shale  section. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Meaford,  the  highest  layers  of  the  Richmond 
fauna  occur  fully  100  feet  above  the  top  of  the  richly  fossihferous 
Waynesville  fauna  at  the  base.  The  total  thickness  of  the  Queens- 
town shales,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Niagara  Falls,  however,  is 
estimated  at  1000  feet,  so  that  it  may  be  only  the  basal  part  of  the 
Queenstown  shale  which  is  of  Richmond  age,  although  there  appears 
no  lithological  reason  for  imagining  a  different  age  for  the  upper 
part  of  the  Queenstown  section. 


OS 
1^ 


•s. 

s 


> 


O 

03 


o 


The  Ohio  ^J^aturalist, 

PUBLISHKD    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XIII.  JANUARY.    1913.  No.  3. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Banta  and  Goetner— IiKhieed  Modifications  iu  Pigment  Develoimiont  in  Spelerpes 

Larvae 49 

GORMLEY— The  Violets  of  Ohio 56 

Mark — Notes  on  Ohio  Moses 62 

C'LAASSEN— List  of  Plants  Collected    in   ("nyahoga  County  and  New  to  this  County 
or  to   Ohio  64 


INDUCED  MODIFICATIONS  IN  PIGMENT  DEVELOPMENT 

IN  SPELERPES  LARVAE.* 

(Preliminary  Paper) 
A.  M.  Banta  and  Ross  Aiken  Gortner. 

(From  the  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution,  The  Carnegie  Institution: 

of  Washington.) 

Introduction. 

We  present  here  a  brief  account  of  a  series  of  experiments 
having  as  their  aim  the  inhibition,  or  the  modification  of  pigment 
development. 

We  beheve  that  it  is  a  fairly  well  established  fact  that  the 
black  melanic  pigment  results  from  the  interaction  of  an  oxidizing 
enzyme  of  the  tyrosinase  type  and  some  oxidizable  chromogen, 
the  exact  nature  of  which  has  never  been  elucidatedf.  One  of  us, 
(Gortner  1911,  b,)  has  shown  that  certain  organic  phenols  inhibit 
the  action  of  tyrosinase  in  the  test  tube  and  the  suggestion  was 
made  that  perhaps  certain  types  of  colorless  animals  owe  their 
lack  of  pigment  to  the  presence  of  inhibitory  compounds.  The 
present  series  of  experiments  was  carried  out  in  order  to  test  the 
inhibitory  powers  of  the  m.  di-hydroxy  phenols  in  vivo  as  contrasted 
with  their  action  in  vitro. 

The  material  upon  which  the  experiments  were  carried  out, 
consisted  of  eggs  and  embryos  of  the  salamander,  Spelerpes 
hilineatus,  Green.  This  material  is  unusually  suitable  for  such 
work  inasmuch  as  the  eggs  contain  no  pigment  when  deposited, 
and  the  early  stages  of  pigmentation  in  the  embryo  can  thus  be 
followed  from  day  to  day. 

*  Presented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Columbus,  Nov.  30,  1912. 

t  For  literature  see  Kastle  (1910),  Riddle  (1909),  and  Gortner  (1911,  a). 

,^i  ^•^  V.-g 


"I 


L  I  B  R  A  R  Y    33 


50  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

By  macerating  larva  which  were  about  to  begin  pigmentation 
and  adding  tyrosin  to  the  aqueous  extract  of  the  crushed  larvae, 
we  observed  the  color  changes  which  are  characteristic  of  tyro- 
sinase. We  have  also  satisfied  ourselves  that  the  onset  of  pig- 
mentation in  the  Spelerpes  larvae  is  due  to  the  beginning  of  chro- 
mogen  secretion,  the  tyrosinase  having  been  already  present  for 
some  time. 

Experimental. 

Our  experimental  data  groups  itself  under  four  heads:  (1), 
Experiments  with  Tyrosin;  (2),  Experiments  with  Orcinol,  (3.  5. 
di -hydroxy  toluene);  (3),  Experiments  with  Resorcinol,  (m.  di-hy- 
droxy  benzene)  and  (4),  Experiments  with  Phloroglucinol,  (sym. 
tri-hydroxy  benzene). 

Experiments  with   Tyrosin. 

This  series  comprised  41  experiments  (not  including  an  equal 
number  of  checks)  and  a  total  of  428  individuals.  The  checks 
in  every  case  came  from  the  same  bunch  of  eggs  and  were  kept 
under  the  same  conditions  as  the  tyrosin-treated  lot  with  the 
exception  that  no  drugs  were  used.  What  is  true  of  the  tyrosin 
checks  is  also  true  in  the  checks  of  all  the  subsequent  experiments. 
Owing  to  the  slight  solubility  of  tyrosin  (one  part  in  2454  parts  of 
water  at  2U°)  it  was  impossible  to  test  the  effect  of  high  concen- 
tration. Twenty  experiments,  comprising  208  individuals  showed 
no  marked  effect  of  the  tyrosin,  /.  e.  they  were  usually  indisting- 
uishable from  the  corresponding  checks.  We  find  however  that 
in  1 1  of  these  experiments  the  tyrosin  was  of  a  lower  concentration 
than  0.008%  and  below  this  concentration  we  have  succeeded  in 
but  one  case  (0.006%)  in  producing  an  effect  and  in  this  one  case 
the  larVcB  "reverted "  to  nonnal  after  28  days.  Six  of  the  remain- 
ing nine  experiments  which  showed  no  effect  are  shown  by  our 
records  to  have  been  "poisoned",  either  by  confinement  in  too 
limited  quarters  or  by  bacterial  infection.  The  checks  of  those 
which  were  confined  in  too  small  dishes  (small  stcnder  dishes) 
showed  the  same  abnormal  traits  that  were  observed  in  the 
treated  material.  Of  the  remaining  three  experiments  which 
failed  to  show  a  marked  effect,  two  were  in  tyrosin  of  0.025% 
concentration  and  the  remaining  lot  in  0.010%  tyrosin.  The 
former  showed  some  influence  for  a  time  but  later  "reverted." 
The  other  showed  no  influence. 

Twenty-one  experiments,  comprising  220  individuals  were 
profoundly  influenced  by  the  tyrosin  treatment  and  bccaine 
"good"  or  "typical"  tyrosin  types.  The  tyrosin  influence  is 
shown  by;  (1),  The  more  rapid  appearance  of  ])igment  in  the 
treated  lot  as  contrasted  with  their  checks;  (2),  The  extremely 
small  size  and  later  the  entire  absence  of  pignicntless  spots  in 
the  larvae,  the  spaces  where  spots  arc  nonnally  visible  being  filled 


Jan.,  1913.]         Pigment  Development  in  Spelerpes  Larvae.  51 

with  dense  black  pigment;  and  (3),  the  dense  dull-black  color  of 
the  larvae  compared  with  which  the  check  often  appears  very  light. 

There  is  no  mistaking  the  ''tyrosin  type",  for  an  inexperienced 
person  will  always  pick  them  out  as  the  darkest  individuals 
in  a  series. 

Of  the  21  experiments  which  showed  an  effect,  15  had  a  tyrosin 
concentration  of  0.010%,  1  of  0.012.3%,  2  of  0.020%,  1  of  0.040%, 
and  1  of  0.006%  (this  last  being  the  only  one  of  the  entire  41 
experiments  which  showed  an  effect  at  this  concentration,  and 
which,  as  noted  above,  "reverted"  after  the  2Sth  day). 

The  time  of  treatment  averages  about  60  days,  and  in  three 
experiments  (Nos.  560,  595,  609)  which  are  still  running  (Dec.  6) 
the  larvfe  were  in  tyrosin  for  72  days  and  have  since  been  in  pure 
water  only  (no  tyrosin)  for  123  days.  They  are  still  appreciably 
darker  than  the  corresponding  checks,  and  show  enough  of  the 
characteristics  of  the  "tyrosin  type"  to  be  readily  classified  as 
such.  During  the  later  period  the  larvae  have  at  least  doubled 
their  previous  length,  but  it  is  impossible  to  say  whether  their 
continued  darker  color  is  due  to  a  continued  more  active  pigment 
formation  or  merely  to  a  distribution  over  a  larger  area  of  the 
dense  black  mass  of  pigment  already  present! . 

Experiments  with   OreinoJ. 

Orcinol,  as  noted  above,  inhibits  the  action  of  tyrosinase  upon 
tyrosin  in  the  test  tube,  and  we  hoped  to  be  able  to  inhibit,  or  at 
least  to  modify,  the  course  of  pigment  development  by  rearing  the 
larvcC  in  solutions  of  orcinol.  We  found  the  drug  to  be  quite 
toxic,  not  so  much  so  of  itself  as  the  oxidation  products  which  are 
formed  by  the  action  of  light  upon  a  solution  of  orcinol.  However, 
by  changing  the  solutions  every  day,  or  every  second  day,  and 
keeping  the  dishes,  together  with  the  controls,  in  a  dimly  lighted 
room,  we  were  able,  in  part,  to  prevent  the  toxic  action.  In  this 
manner  we  have  been  able  to  keep  larvaj  in  a  solution  of  0.020% 
concentration  for  50  days. 

Altogether  35  experiments  were  run,  including  513  individuals 
(not  including  checks).  Later  it  seemed  advisable  to  subdivide 
some  of  the  experiments  so  as  to  accurately  test  the  effect  of 
varying  length  of  immersion  in  the  drug  solution.  A  total  of  115 
such  removals  were  made,  each  one  in  reality  being  a  separate 
experiment  in  itself,  thus  making  a  grand  total  of  150  experimelits. 
Concentrations  of  orcinol  ranging  from  0.0125%  to  0.025%:^w^re 
employed.  \f 

t  As  the  larvae  become  older  the  characteristic  spots  of  the  checks 
become  less  conspicuous  and  are  later  lost  so  that  the  types  become  less 
differentiated,  and  the  depth  of  color  is  about  the  only  criterion  available 
at  this  stage  of  development. 


^.^^ 


52  The  Ohio  NahtraJisL  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

To  briefly  summarize  the  effect;  we  obtained,  in  every  instance, 
a  retardation  of  growth  accompanied  by  a  much  greater  retarda- 
tion in  pigment  development  than  would  correspond  to  the 
retardation  in  growth.  In  some  experiments  where  the  concen- 
tration of  the  orcinol  was  very  low  and  where  the  length  of  the 
immersion  was  short  we  did  not  obtain  permanent  after-effects 
and  the  later  course  of  development  resembled  that  in  the  checks. 
When,  however,  the  strength  of  the  orcinol  was  sufficiently  high 
(0.020%  to  0.025%)  and  the  period  of  treatment  sufficiently 
long,  varying  from  one  day  to  a  week  or  more  depending  upon  the 
initial  age  of  the  embryo,  we  have  apparantly  obtained  permanent 
modifications.  The  nature  of  these  effects  depends  to  some 
extent  upon  the  initial  age  of  the  egg  or  embryo.  When  eggs  at  a 
stage  of  development  between  the  early  blastula  and  late  neural 
groove  are  kept  in  the  solution  less  than  six  days  they  rarely  show 
as  abnormal  types  as  those  which  have  been  exposed  to  the  action 
of  the  drug  for  from  0  to  20  days.  They  do  show,  however,  the 
typical  retardation  of  pigment  development,  and  various  other 
characteristics  (see  below)  sufficient  to  classif}^  them  as  "orciny. " 

Where  these  early  embryos  are  kept  in  the  solution  more  than 
six  days,  the  course  of  development  is  decidedly  different.  The 
larva  developes  in  many  cases  apparently  normally  though  some- 
what slowly,  until  within  a  short  time  before  hatching,  or  in  some 
cases  for  several  days  after  hatching,  when  huge  swellings  appear, 
sometimes  filling  the  entire  body  with  great  serous  cavities, 
through  the  walls  of  which  may  be  seen  the  alimentary  canal  and 
blood  vessels,  stretched  almost  to  breaking.  In  this  condition 
they  may  live  for  days,  but  eventually  die  without  further 
development. 

If,  however,  the  embryos  are  older  when  treated — /.  e.  with  the 
head  strongly  differentiated  or  at  any  later  stage  to  the  beginning 
of  pigmentation  (which  occurs  shortly  before  hatching) — the 
effect  is  widely  different.  In  no  instance  do  we  oljtain  the  blistered 
larvae,  but  instead,  short  heavy  individuals,  about  one-third 
shorter  and  twice  as  broad  as  the  checks.  These  animals  we  class 
as  the  true  "orcinol  type".  They  are  distinguished  from  the 
checks  by  their  shorter  length,  greater  girth,  absence  of  any 
conspicuous  spots,  the  development  of  heavy  awkward  "flippers" 
in  the  place  of  delicate  limbs  and  toes,  the  coarse  reticulation  of 
the  pigment  pattern,  their  sluggish  movements,  and,  what  is  most 
disappointing,  their  inability,  or  at  least  their  disinclination,  to 
take  food.  This  last  trait  prevents  our  knowing  how  pemianent 
the  type  may  be,  the  better  orcinol  examples  (which  were  numbered 
by  the  dozens)  having,  without  exce]3tion,  grown  smaller  and  at 
last  died,  apparently  of  starvation,  in  an  average  of  eight  to  nine 
weeks  after  hatching.  A  few  of  the  less  extreme  types  are  still 
alive  (Dec.  G)  1()1  days  after  removal  from  the  solutions,  and  in 
almost  every  instance  the  coarse  reticulations  and  the  heavier 
body  form  still  persist. 


Jan.,  1913.]         Pigment  Development  in  Spelerpes  Larvae.  53 

Experiments    with    Resorcinol. 

A  total  of  150  experiments,  including  103  which  had  as  their 
aim  the  test  of  the  effect  of  varying  length  of  immersion  in  the 
drug,  were  conducted  using  636  larvae,  not  including  checks  in 
each  series.  We  find  that  resorcinol  is  more  potent  than  orcinol, 
not  alone  in  being  more  toxic,  but  the  type  produced  by  it  is,  if 
possible,  more  definite.  The  same  swellings  of  the  serous  cavities 
are  produced  if  the  eggs  are  treated  before  reaching  the  late  neural 
groove.  When  treated  before  reaching  the  blastula,  no  larvae 
were  hatched. 

When  larvae  which  had  the  head  strongly  differentiated  or 
were  in  any  stage  between  this  and  a  day  or  two  after  the  begin- 
ning of  pigmentation,  were  treated  with  resorcinol  in  sufficient 
concentration  (0.020%  to  0.025%  and  in  one  instance  0.05%) 
and  for  a  sufficient  length  of  time  (4  to  10  or  more  days)  they  were 
highly  modified  and  produced  one  of  two  types.  Both  types 
begin  with  a  retardation  of  development  and  a  great  retardation 
of  pigmentation.  The  first  pigment  appears  in  the  eye  and  in  a 
day  or  two  a  narrow  V  appears  on  the  shoulders,  followed 
a  little  later  by  a  narrow  line  down  the  spine.  This  condition 
persists  as  long  as  the  larvce  remain  in  the  resorcinol,  but  unfor- 
tunately the  drug  is  so  toxic  that  15  to  IS  days  immersion  invari- 
ably causes  death.  We  have  had  many  instances  where  the  larvae 
which  were  treated  with  resorcinol  appeared  almost  entirely 
devoid  of  pigment  except  for  the  dark  eyes,  when  the  correspond- 
ing checks  were  completely  piginented  and  the  spots  were  fully 
developed. 

When  the  larvae  are  removed  from  the  resorcinol  solution  after 
varying  lengths  of  time  we  obtain  the  same  two  types  referred  to 
above.  The  more  extreme  type  (See  Fig.  No.  1)  resembles  the 
"orcinol  type"  but  is  heavier,  the  "flippers"  are  more  enlarged, 
and  the  pigment  reticulation  is  very  fine  as  contrasted  with  the 
coarse  reticulations  of  the  orcin  type.  This  type  persists  for  60  to 
70  days  when  death  by  starvation  ensues. 

The  second  type  probably  represents  those  individuals  which 
have  not  been  so  profoundly  modified.  The  body  fomi  is  almost 
normal,  the  limbs  and  toes  are  well  developed,  but  the  spots  are 
absent  and  the  pigment  pattern  is  very  fine  and  dull  in  color. 
The  majority  of  this  type  also  die  of  starvation,  and  on  Dec.  6 — 
about  161  days  from  the  beginning — we  have  only  a  very  few 
individuals  remaining.  None  of  these  have  been  "typical"  but 
have  been  classed  as  "fair  resorcin"  or  "somewhat  modified" 
and  all  but  two  of  these  larvae  still  show  modification.  At  this 
period  of  development,  however,  the  checks  have  lost  their  charac- 
teristic markings  so  that  a  closer  analysis  is  impossible.  In 
nearly  every  instance  in  both  the  orcinol  and  resorcinol  series,  the 
surviving  individuals  are  lighter  than  the  checks. 


54  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 


Experiments  witJ:  Fhloroglucinol. 

From  the  position  of  the  hydroxyl  groups  we  expected  to  find 
that  phloroglucinol  caused  greater  effects  than  orcinol.  In  a 
series  of  20  experiments  comprising  17-1:  individuals  we  find  that 
no  retardation  occurs,  providing  that  oxidation  by  light  is  pre- 
vented. On  the  contrary,  a  slight  acceleration  of  pigmentation 
takes  place  and  the  spots  are  almost  invariably  larger  and  more 
distinct  throughout  the  entire  course  of  development.  Beyond 
this,  and  an  apparent  slight  stimulation  in  growth,  no  effects  "have 
been  noted.     The  drug  was  employed  in  a  strength  of  0.025%. 

Summary. 

By  subjecting  the  eggs  and  larvse  of  Spelerpcs  biliiieatiis  to  the 
action  of  dilute  solutions  of  tyrosin,  orcinol,  resorcinol  and  phloro- 
glucinol, we  have  observed  the  following  effects  on  the  general 
development,  and  in  particular  on  the  development  of  the  pigment 
pattern : 

(1).  Tyrosin  causes  an  acceleration  of  pigment  development 
and  later  produces  larvae  which  differ  from  the  check  by  the 
absence  of  spots,  and  the  presence  of  a  much  more  dense  deposi- 
tion of  pigment. 

(2).  Orcinol,  when  applied  for  six  or  more  days  to  embryos 
younger  than  the  late  neural  groove  causes  monstrosities.  When 
used  with  embryos  at  a  later  period  of  development  it  causes  the 
body  to  become  short  and  thick,  the  spots  to  become  irregular  or 
wholly  absent,  the  entire  color  pattern  to  be  blurred,  the  general 
character  of  the  pigment  pattern  to  be  a  coarse  reticulation,  the 
limbs  to  become  "flippers",  and  the  larvaj  to  be  unable,  or  di.sin- 
clined,  to  take  food. 

(3).  Resorcinol  causes  much  the  same  modifications  as  orcinol, 
with  the  exception  that  the  pigment  reticulation  is  very  much 
finer.  A  second  resorcinol  type  does  not  show  the  abnormal 
body  form. 

(4).  Phloroglucinol  causes  no  abnonnalities,  and  when  any 
result  is  to  be  noted  it  is  the  more  distinct  markings  of  the  color 
pattern  and  a  slight  acceleration  of  pigment  develo]jment. 

(5).  All  of  these  inodifications  arc  persistent  for  weeks  after 
removal  from  contact  with  the  drugs,  and  to  all  appearances  the 
orcinol  and  resorcinol  types  would  be  peniiancnt  were  it  possible 
for  the  larvae  to  take  food. 

The  work  is  being  continued. 


Jan.,  1913.]         Pigment  Development  in  Spelerpes  Larvae. 


DD 


Literature  Cited. 

GoRTNER,  1911,  (a).    On  Melanin.    Biochemical  Bulletin,  1:  207-215. 

,  1911  (b).  Studies  on  Melanin.  III.  The  Inhibitory  Action  of  Certain 

Phenolic  Substances  upon  Tyrosinase.  (A  Suggestion  as  to  the  Cause 
of  Dominant  and  Recessive  Whites.)    Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  10:  113-122. 

Riddle,  1909.  Our  loiowledge  of  Melanin  Color  Formation  and  its  Bearing 
on  the  Mendelian  Description  of  Heredity.    Biol.  Bull.,  16:  316-351. 

Kastle,  1910.  The  Oxidases  and  Other  Oxygen-Catalysts  Concerned  in 
Biological  Oxidations.  Bull  59,  U.  S.  Pub.  Health  and  Marine-Hospital 
Service,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Figure  1. 

Photo  from  life  (x  2.3)  of  two  Spelerpes  larvae  which  were  kept  in 
0.05%  resorcinol  for  seven  daj^s.  beginning  just  before  pigmentation  started. 
Their  heavy  form  and  the  peculiar  pigmentation  readily  distinguish  them 
from  the  sccompanying  check.  The  photograph  was  taken  thirty  days 
after  the  larvae  were  removed  from  the  resorcinol  solution. 


56  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

THE  VIOLETS  OF  OHIO. 

Rose  Gormley. 

The  following  list  includes  all  of  the  violets  known  to  occur  in 
Ohio.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  a  number  of  others  occur  in 
the  state.  The  distribution  given  is  based  on  material  in  the 
Ohio  State  Herbarium.  In  this  list  an  attempt  has  been  made  to 
arrange  the  species  in  true  phyletic  series,  the  least  specialized  in 
each  group  standing  at  the  beginning  and  the  most  highly 
specialized  at  the  end. 

Violaceae. 

Small  herbs,  with  bisporangiate,  hypogynous,  zygomorphic, 
axillary,  nodding  flowers  and  alternate,  simple  or  lobed  stipulate 
leaves.  Sepals,  petals  and  stamens  5  each;  anthers  erect,  introrse, 
connivant  or  synantherous ;  ovulary  of  3  carpels,  unilocular  with 
3  parietal  placentae;  lower  petal  enlarged  usually  with  a  spur; 
fruit  a  loculicidal  capsule;  seeds  anatropous,  with  endosperm, 
embryo  straight. 
1.     Sepals   not   auricled,    stamens   united,    petals   nearly   equal. 

Cubelium. 
1.     Sepals  more  or  less  auricled  at  the  base,  stamens  distinct, 
lower  petal  spurred.  Viola. 

Cubelium. 

Perennial,  erect,  leafy  stemmed  herb,  the  leaves,  entire  or 
obscurely  dentate;  small  greenish  flowers,  one  to  three  together  in 
the  axils,  petals  nearly  equal,  the  lower  somewhat  gibbous;  anthers 
sessile,  completely  united  into  a  sheath,  glandular  at  the  base.  A 
monotypic  genus  of  North  America. 

Cubelium  concolor.  (Forst)  Raf .  Green  Violet.  Plants  1 — 2^  ft. 
high,  hairy;  leaves  2 — 5  in.  long,  entire,  pointed  at  both  ends. 
Auglaize,  Belmont,  Brown,  Clemiont,  Fairfield,  Franklin,  Hamil- 
ton, Lake,  Licking,  Noble,  Pike,  Shelby,  Warren  Co. 

Viola. 

Herbs  ^^•ilh  aerial  leafy  stems,  or  geophilous  stems;  flowers 
solitary  or  rarely  2  in  the  axils,  early  flowers  petalifcrous,  often 
sterile,  usually  si:ccceded  by  apetalous,  cleistogamous  flowers 
which  produce  abundant  seed;  the  two  lower  stamens  bearing 
spurs  which  project  into  spur  of  the  odd  petal;  capsules,  three 
valved,  elasticallv  dehiscent. 


Jan.,  1913.]  The   Videts  of  Ohio.  57 


Synopsis. 

Aerial  Leafy  Stems. 

1.  Style  capitate,  beakless,  bearded  at  the  summit;  petal 
•spur,  short;  stipules  entire;  flowers,  yellow  or  whitish,  sometimes 
tinged  with  violet. 

1.  Viola  canadensis. 

2.  Viola  scabriuscula. 

3.  Viola  pubescens. 

4.  Viola  hastata. 

2.  Style  slender,  not  capitate;  spur  at  least  twice  as  long  as 
broad;  stipules  somewhat  herbaceous,  f  ringetoothed ;  flowers 
white,  cream-colored  or  violet. 

5.  Viola  striata. 

6.  Viola  labradorica. 

7.  Viola  rostrata. 

3.  Style  much  enlarged  upward  into  a  hollow  globose  struc- 
ture with  a  wide  orifice  on  lower  side;  stipules  leaf -like,  large 
deeply  cut  or  pinnatifid. 

8.  Viola  rafinesquii. 

9.  Viola  tricolor. 

Underground  Stems. 

4.  Rhizomes  long  and  slender,  usually  producing  runners  or 
stolons ;  flowers  yellow,  white  or  violet ;  style  dilated  upward  in  a 
vertical  plane,  capitate  with  conical  beak  on  the  lower  side. 

10.  Viola  odorata. 

11.  Viola  rotundifolia. 

12.  Viola  lecontiana. 

13.  Viola  blanda. 

14.  Viola  lanceolata. 

5.  Rhizome  fleshy  and  thick  without  runners;  petals  violet 
blue  to  purple;  style  dilated  upward  in  a  vertical  plane,  capitate 
with  conical  beak  on  the  lower  side. 

15.  Viola  obliqua. 

16.  Viola  papilionaceae. 

17.  Viola  hirsutula. 

18.  Viola  sororia. 

19.  Viola  palmata. 

Var.  1.    Viola  palmata  dilatata. 

20.  Viola  pedatifida. 

21.  Viola  emarginata. 

22.  Viola  fimbriatula. 

23.  Viola  sagittata. 

6.  Rhizome  short,  erect,  not  scaly;  leaves  divided;  style 
■  clubshaped,  beakless,  obliquely  concave  at  the  summit;  stigma 
with  a  small  protuberance  near  the  center  of  the  cavity.        ^---■*T7r 

24.  Viola  pedata.  /^S^'^'H/    V 

uj  library'^ 


-^\ 


BRAR Y I 


58  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 


Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     With  leafy  aerial  stems;  flowers  axillary.     2. 

1.  Stems  geophilous,  sometimes  stoloniferous;  flowers  appearing  scapose.9 

2.  Stipules    entire;    style    capitate,    beakless,    bearded    at    the    summit; 

flowers  yellow  or  white  with  purple  veins.     3. 
2.     Stipules  sharph''  dentate,  serrate  or  lacinate,  much  smaller  than  the 
leaf-blade;   style,   slender;   flowers    cream-colored,   white,   blue  or 
purple;  spur  at  least  twice  as  long  as  wide.     6. 

2.  Stipules  deeply  divided,  leaf-like,  nearly  as  large  as  blade;  style  much 

enlarged    upward    into    a    globose    hollow    summit;     annual    or 
biannual.     8.  j 

3.  Flowers  yellow.     4. 

3.  Flowers  white  with  purple  veins;  leaves  cordate-ovate,  long  pointed; 

plants  tall.    F.  canadensis  (1) 

4.  Leaves  more  or  less  hastate,  those  of  the  stem  usually  near  the  tip; 

flowers  yellow.      T'.  hastata  (4). 

4.  Leaves  not  hastate;  borne  along  whole  length  of  the  stem.     5. 

5.  Plant  pubescent  or  villous.      V.  pubescens  (3). 

5.  Plant  glabra te  or  sparsely  pubescent.     V.  scahriuscula  (2). 

6.  Spur  about  half  the  length  of  petals  or  less;  flowers  white,   cream- 

colored,  pale  blue  or  violet.     7. 

6.  Spur  as  long  as  petals  or  longer,  slender;  flowers  pale  violet  veined 

with  purple.      V.  rostrata  (7). 

7.  Stipules  very  large,  more  or  less  lacinate,  3^-1  in.  long;  petals  white  or 

cream-colored,  with  purple  veins.      V.  striata  (5). 

7.  Stipules  small,  dentate  or  serrate,  34-H  in.  long;  flowers  light  blue  or 

purple.      V.  labridorica  (6). 

8.  Flowers   }4~1   in-    broad,   variously   colored   with   yellow,    white   and 

purple;  plants  rather  robust  and  spreading.    V.  tricolor  (9). 

8.  Flowers  M-3^  in.   broad,   bluish  white  to  cream-colored;  plants  tall 

and  slender.    V.  rafinesquii  (8). 

9.  vStyle  ending  in  a  small  hook  pointing  downward,  not  plug  shaped  or 

capitate;  flowers  deep  violet  purple   (sometimes  white),  fragrant; 
introduced  species.      V.  odorata  (10). 
9.     Style  club  shaped,   capitate,   or  dilated  upward,  beakless  or  with  a 

conical  beak  on  the  lower  side;  native  species.     10. 
10.     Leaves  merely  crenate  or  dentate  or  incised  at  the  base,  not  lobed.    IL 

10.  Leaves  mostly  lobed  or  parted;  in  ours,  flowers  blue  or  violet.     2L 

11.  Flowers  yellow  or  white;  plants  stoloniferous.    12. 

11.  Flowers  blue  or  violet,  plants  not  stoloniferous.    15. 

12.  Flowers  yellow;  style  enlarging  upward  abruptly,  capitate,  beakless, 

V.  rotnndiffllia  (11). 

12.  Flowers  white,  stigma  with  a  conical  beak.     13. 

13.  Leaves  cordate-ovate  to  orlncular.    14. 

13.  Leaves  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceolate.     V.  lunccolata  (14). 

14.  Upper  and  lateral  petals  three  times  as  long  as  broad;  petioles  usually 

red-spotted.      V.  lecontiana. 

14.  Upper  and  lateral  petals  twice  as  long  as  broad;  petioles  not  spotted. 

I',  hlanda  (13). 
1,5.     Leaves    of    the    cordate    type,    sometimes    more    or    less    ovate    or 
reniform.     IG. 

15.  Leaves  of  the  ovate  lanceolate,   ovate  or  sagittate  type,   sometimes 

incised  at  the  base.     19. 

16.  Plants  essentially  glabrous.     17. 

16.  Plants  more  or  less  pubescent.     IS. 

17.  Leaves  cordate-ovate,  attentuate  at  the  apex,  very  thin.  V.  obliqua  (15) 
17.     Leaves  ovate  to  reniform,  obtuse  or  merely  acute  at  the  apex,  thick. 

V.  papilionaceae  (16) 


Jan.,  1913.]  The   Violets  of  Ohio.  59 


18 
18 

19 

19 

20 

20 

21 

21 

22 

22 

23 
23 


Spurred  petal  glabrous;  flowers,  violet  to  lavender.    V.  sororia  (18). 
Spurred   petal   with   scattered   hairs;   petals   reddish   purple. 

V.  hirsutiila  (17). 
Leaves  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate  not  incised  at  tlie  base. 

V.fimbriatula    (22). 
Leaves  sagittate  or  ovate-sagittate,  incised  or  deeply  dentate  toward 

the  base.     20. 
Leaves    sagittate-lanceolate    or    ovate-sagittate;    basal    lobes    often 

dilated  and  incised.      V.  sagittata   (23). 
Leaves  deltoid  sagittate,  sharply  dentate  below  the  middle. 

V.  emarginata  (21). 
Leaves  sagittate-lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate  in  outline,  only  slightly 

lobed  at  the  base.      V.  sagittata  (23). 
Leaves    ovate    or    orbicular    in    outline    usually    deeply    lobed    or 

dissected.     22. 
Lateral  petals   bearded;   stigma   with   a   conical   beak   on   the   lower 

side.     23. 
Lateral  petals  not  bearded;  style  club-shaped  and  beakless;  stamen 

tips  conspicuous  orange.      V.  pedata  (24). 
Plants  more  or  less  pubescent;  leaves  mostly  3-9  lobed.  V.  palmata  (19). 
Plants  glabrous  or  only  slightly  pubescent;  leaves  pedately  divided 

into  linear  lobes.      V.  pedatifida    (20). 


1.  Viola  canadensis  L.  Canada  Violet.  Stem  leafy,  4 — 16  in. 
high;  leaves  cordate-ovate,  acute,  serrate  1 — 4  in.  long,  | — 3f  in. 
broad;  stipules  small,  lanceolate,  entire;  flowers,  pale  violet  or 
white  with  pttrple  veins,  lateral  petals  bearded.  Lake,  Medina, 
Coltiml3iana,  Jefferson,  Coshocton,  Belmont,  Gallia,  Muskingum, 
Fairfield,  Clennont,  Hamilton,  Huron  Co. 

2.  Viola  scabriuscula  (F.  &  G.)  Schw.  Smooth  Yellow  Violet. 
Plant  3-11  in.  high;  stems  thick  and  leafy;  leaves  l\-2\  in.  long, 
1-2  in.  broad,  renifomi  to  cordate-ovate,  acute  crenate-dentate ; 
stipules,  small,  entire;  flowers  pale  yellow.    Common  in  Ohio. 

3.  Viola  pubescens.  Ait.  Hairy  Yellow  Violet.  Plant  6-1(3 
in.  high,  hairy;  leaves  ovate  or  reniform,  acute,  crenate-dentate, 
li-2|  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  petioles  very  short;  flower  3^ellow, 
purple  veined  with  short  spur  and  lateral  petals  bearded;  capsule 
\-\  in.  long,  glabrous  or  wooly;  stipules  ovate,  entire.  Ashtabula, 
Lake,  Medina,  Stark,  Wayne,  Huron,  Richland,  Crawford, 
Ottawa,  Wood,  Hancock,  Wyandot,  Morrow,  Hardin,  Franklin, 
Fairfield,  Warren  and  Pike  Co. 

4.  Viola  hastata.  Michx.  Halbert-leaf  Violet.  Stem  slender, 
erect,  leaves  and  flowers  borne  near  the  top,  2-7  in.  tall;  leaves 
short  petioled,  hastate  to  hastate-ovate,  slightly  serrate,  acute 
l-2f  in.  long,  f-l|  in.  broad;  flowers  yellow.  Lake,  Cuyahoga, 
Portage,  Columbiana,  Belmont  Co. 

5.  Viola  striata.  Ait.  Striped  Violet.  Plant  3-22  in.  high, 
stem  slender,  leafy;  leaves  heart-shaped,  crenate-dentate,  some- 
times acute,  f-2f  in.  long,  |-lf  in.  wide;  stipules,  large,  oblong, 
lanceolate,  attentuate,  |-1  in.  long;  flowers  white  with  thick 
spurs,  somewhat  shorter  than  petals.    Common  in  Ohio. 


6o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

6.  Viola  labridorica.  Schrank.  American  Dog  Violet.  Plant 
4-7  in.  tall,  stems  slender,  numerous,  glabrous;  leaves  somewhat 
hispidulous  above,  rounded  at  the  apex,  f-lf  in.  long,  f-l|  in. 
wide;  stipules  lance-linear,  narrow  j-|  in.  long;  flowers  deep  or 
pale  violet,  spur  rather  long,  not  so  long  as  petal,  but  rather 
thick.    Lucas,  Lorain,  Portage,  Trumbull,  Wyandot  Co. 

7.  Viola  rostrata.  Pursh.  Long-spurred  Violet.  Plant  l|-7 
in.  high,  compact,  low,  leaves  round,  heart-shaped,  glabrous 
|-lf  in.  long,  |-1  3-16  in.  broad;  stipules  narrow  lance-linear 
|-|  in.  long;  flowers  lilac  with  deep  violet  along  the  veins,  spur  as 
long  as  petal.  Hancock,  Cuyahoga,  Lorain,  Medina,  Wyandot, 
Crawford,  Wayne,  Auglaize,  Franklin,  Licking,  Perry,  Jackson, 
Belmont,  Jefferson,  Columbiana,  Trumbull  Co. 

8.  Viola  rafinesquii.  Greene.  Wild  Pansy.  Plant  very  slender, 
3-15  in.  high;  leaves,  earliest  sub-orbicular,  later  obovate  to 
linear  lanceolate,  attentuate  at  the  base,  |-1|  in.  long,  |-|  in. 
wide;  flowers  bluish-white  to  cream-colored;  stipules,  very  large, 
Icaf-Hke  f-1^  in.  long.  Ottawa,  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Lake,  Ross, 
Tuscarawas,  Franklin,  Pike,  Miama,  Montgomery,  Hamilton  Co. 

9.  Viola  tricolor.  L.  Garden  Pansy.  Plant  more  robust  than 
rafinesquii;  lower  leaves  ovate,  upper  leaves  longer  than  broad, 
crenate,  |-|  in.  long,  j-^  in.  wide;  stipules  large,  leaf -like,  f~l  in. 
long;  flower  variously,  colored  purple,  white  and  yellow. 
Cuyahoga  Co. 

10.  Viola  odorata  L.  Sweet  Violet.  Plant,  low,  stoloniferous; 
leaves  round  or  broadly  ovate,  cordate,  obtuse,  crenate,  f-lj  in. 
long,  |-f  in.  broad;  flowers  deep  purple,  |-f  in.  wide,  very  fra- 
grant.    Franklin,  Lake  Co. 

IL  Viola  rotundifolia  Michx.  Round-leaf  Violet.  Plants  low, 
bases  of  fonner  leaves  persistent  on  rootstock;  leaves  ovate  or 
heartshaped,  yellowish  green,  lighter  below,  |-2f  in.  long,  f-2|  in. 
wide,  flowers  yellow,  lateral  petals  bearded,  keel  and  lateral 
petals  streaked  with  brown.     Ashtabula,  Cuyahoga,  Hocking  Co. 

12.  Viola  lecontiana  Don.  Woodland  White  Violet.  Leaves, 
bright  green  above,  paler  below,  petioles  r,3d-spotted,  blades 
orbicular  to  heart-shaped,  l-2f  in.  long,  l-2j  in.  wide;  flowers 
white,  fragrant.    Hancock,  Fairfield,  Vinton,  Cuvahoga  Co. 

13.  Viola  blanda  Willd.  vSweet  White  Violet."  Plant,  glabrate, 
somewhat  stoloniferous  from  a  very  slender  rootstock;  leaves 
|-1|  in.  long,  |-1|  in.  wide,  thin,  light  green,  rcniform  to  orbicular; 
flowers,  white.  Ashtabula,  Cu}'ahoga,  Summit,  vStark,  Colum- 
biana, Belmont,  Knox,  Licking,  Fairfleld,  Hocking,  Champaign, 
Franklin,  Lucas  Co. 

14.  Viola  lanceolata  L.  Lancc-lcaf  Violet  .  Leaves  glabrous, 
lance-shaped,  crcnulaLe,  |— 2  in.  long,  3-1  ()-|  in.  wide;  flowers, 
sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  keel  petal  white  with  purple  stripes, 
lateral  petals  beardless.    Fairfield  and  Lake  Co. 


Jan.,  1913.]  The  Violets  of  Ohio.  6r 

15.  Viola  obliqua.  Hill.  Thin-leaf  Blue  Violet.  Plant  often 
solitary;  leaves  dark  green,  petioles  2-6  in.  long,  blades  cordate, 
ovate  crenate-dentate  |-2j  in.  long,  f-2|  in.  wide;  flowers  pale 
blue.    General  in  distribution. 

16.  Viola  papilionacese  Pursh.  Common  Blue  Violet.  Plants 
robust;  leaves  sometimes  deltoid,  cordate,  pointed  or  rounded, 
1-5  in.  broad,  f-5  in.  long,  petioles  lf-13  in.  long,  flowers  deep 
violet,  white  or  greenish  yellow  at  base,  sometimes  wholly  white; 
capsules  ellipsoid  to  cylindric,  green  or  dark  purple.  General  in 
distribution. 

17.  Viola  hirsutula.  Brain.  Southern  Wood  Violet.  Plants 
low;  leaves  renifomi  to  cordate,  crenate  f-2|  in.  long,  f-2  in. 
wide;  flowers  violet  purple,  lateral  petals  bearded,  spurred  petal 
with  scattered  hairs.    Hocking,  Fairfield  Co. 

18.  Viola  sororia  Willd.  Entire-leaf  Blue  Violet.  Leaves 
pubescent,  cordate  to  ovate,  crenate-dentate,  f-lf  in.  long,  f-H 
in.  wide,  petioles  l|-6  in.  long;  flowers  violet  to  lavender,  spurred 
petal  glabrous.    Lake,  Wood,  Warren,  Blemont  Co. 

19.  Viola  palmata.  L.  Palmate  Blue  Violet.  Leaves  cordate 
or  ovate  in  outline,  1-3  in.  long,  |-3f  in.  wide,  with  3-9  lobes; 
flowers  from  pale  to  deep  blue,  ^-1^  in.  broad.  Fulton,  Wood, 
Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Trumbull,  Columbiana,  Crawford,  Licking, 
Fairfield,  Clermont,  Delaware,  Darke,  Preble,  Wyandot,  Franklin, 
Miami  Co. 

1.  Var.  Viola  palmata  dilatata  Ell.  Three-lobed  Blue 
Violet.  Leaves  mostly  three  lobed,  middle  lobe  ovate,  outline 
of  leaves  usually  hastate.  Lake,  Carroll,  Knox,  Auglaize, 
Vinton  Co. 

20.  Viola  pedatifida.  Don.  Larkspur  Violet.  Plant  pubescent ; 
leaves  5-9  parted  pedately  into  linear  lobes,  l-2f  in.  long,  petioles. 
2-6  in.  long;  flowers  deep  blue,  f-1  in.  broad.  Ottawa  and 
Auglaize  Co. 

21.  Viola  emarginata  (Nutt)  Le  Conte.  Triangle-leaf  Violet. 
Leaves  broadly  ovate,  deltoid-triangular,  sharply  dentate  below 
the  middle;  flowers,  violet  blue.    Cuyahoga  and  Lake  Co. 

22.  Viola  fimbriatula  Smith.  Ovate  leaf  Violet.  Plant  low, 
rather  compact,  pubescent;  leaves  ovate  to  oblong,  |-1|  in.  long,, 
^-f  in.  wide;  petioles  ^-1^  in.  long;  flowers  blue.  Lake,  Portage, 
Jefferson,  Wayne,  Licking  Co. 

23.  Viola  sagittata  Ait.  Arrow-leaf  Violet.  Plant  rather  low, 
glabrous;  leaves  deltoid-cordate,  obscurely  crenate,  f-2|  in.  long, 
f-f  in.  wide;  flowers  violet  blue,  f  in.  broad.  Fulton,  Wood,  Erie, 
Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Franklin,  Lucas  Co. 

24.  Viola  pedata  L.  Bird's-foot  Violet.  Plant  rather  low, 
glabrous;  leaves  usually  9-lobed,  cordate  in  outline,  |-1  in.  long, 
1-1^  in.  wide;  flowers,  large,  blue  or  sometimes  upper  petals 
purple  with  dark  purple  at  the  center  of  the  other  lilac  petals, 
stamens  large  conspicuous  orange;  petals  not  bearded.  Lawrence 
County. 


■62  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

NOTES  ON  OHIO  MOSSES.* 

Clara  Gould  Mark. 

Bryoziphium  norvegicum  (Bridel)  Mitten.  This  moss  was 
collected  in  Ohio  as  long  ago  as  1849  by  Lesquereux,  somewhere 
in  the  Lancaster  region.  In  the  1863  edition  of  Gray's  manual 
Sullivant  says  of  it:  ''Fruit  unknown.  Pendent  on  the  per- 
pendicular faces  of  sandstone  rocks,  six  miles  south  of  Lancaster, 
Fairfield  County,  Ohio.  The  only  other  certain  habitat  recorded 
for  this  very  interesting  Moss  is  Iceland."  As  Sullivant  himself 
was  not  a  collector,  he  doubtless  referred  to  the  locality  in  which 
Lesquereux  had  collected  the  moss.  Since  that  time  this  species 
has  been  collected  in  several  other  places  in  the  United  States,  the 
only  place  where  it  has  been  found  fruiting  being  the  Dells  of  the 
Wisconsin,  where  at  two  different  times  a  limited  number  of 
capsules  was  collected.  The  only  specimen  that  has  been  in  the 
State  Herbarium  was  collected  by  Miss  Riddle  at  Christmas 
Rocks  in  1899.  This  moss  is  not  uncommon  on  the  vertical 
cliffs  of  the  Black  Hand  sandstone  in  the  Hocking  Valley,  and 
usually  grows  on  the  walls  of  the  passages  made  by  the  enlarged 
joints  in  the  sandstone,  particularly  where  there  are  currents  of 
cold  air  passing  through  these  openings.  The  plants  are  usually 
small  and  sparsely  scattered  over  the  walls,  often  associated  with 
other  mosses.  In  one  place,  however,  it  has  been  recently  found 
growing  luxuriantly  and  the  individual  plants  often  reach  a  length 
of  an  inch  and  a  half.  It  is  rather  interesting  to  note  that  this 
locality  is  six  miles  south  of  Lancaster.  Perhaps  it  is  the  one 
referred  to  by  vSullivant. 

Buxbaumia  aphylla  Haller.  A  single  specimen  in  the  State 
Herbarium,  collected  in  Lake  County,  in  1879,  by  Mr.  H.  C. 
Beardslee,  is  labeled  "The  first  for  Ohio.  "  vSo  far  as  there  is  any 
record  here  this  is  its  only  occurrence  in  the  State  previous  to  the 
fall  of  1911.  Sullivant  gives  its  range  as  "  New  England  and  New 
York;  rare,"  and  Lesquereux  and  James  give  it  "On  the  ground, 
especially  of  granite  regions  and  mountains;  White  Mountains; 
Cascade  Mountains,  etc.,"  In  the  fall  of  1911  three  specimens 
were  found  along  the  side  of  a  wood  road  near  Jacob's  Ladder, 
and  in  the  spring  and  fall  of  1912  numerous  specimens  were  col- 
lected in  the  same  locality.  This  new  .station  for  the  species  is 
nearly  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  farther  south  than  Bcardslee's 
locality  for  it  in  Lake  County.  An  interesting  thing  about  this 
moss  is  the  manner  in  which  all  the  capsules  point  in  the  same 
direction — toward  the  strongest  light. 

*  Read  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Columbus,  Nov.  29,  1912. 


Jan.,  1913.]  Notes  on  Ohio  Mosses.  63 

Webera  sessilis  (Schmid.)  Lindb.  This  moss  had  not  been 
represented  m  the  State  Herbarium,  but  about  a  year  ago  it  was 
found  at  Sugar  Grove  and  since  then  has  been  found  near  Christ- 
mas Rocks.  The  capsules  of  this  species,  hke  those  of  Buxbaiunia, 
point  toward  the  source  of  the  hght  supply.  Sullivant  gives  its 
habitat  as  ''Clayey  or  barren  soil ;  not  unfrequent  in  hilly  districts ", 
while  Lesquereux  and  James  give  it  as  "Clayey  and  shady 
sandy  banks  along  roads ' ' .  The  habitat  of  that  in  the  Lancaster 
region  seems  to  be  soinewhat  unusual,  as  in  the  three  places  where 
the  species  was  collected — in  two  ravines  at  Sugar  Grove,  and  near 
Christmas  Rocks — the  plants  were  growing  on  the  vertical  faces 
of  sandstone,  in  one  instance  being  associated  with  Bryoziphiuni 
norvegicum. 


Fig.    1.     Buxbaumia  aphylla. 

Mnium  punctatum  (Hedw.).  This  species  has  not  previously 
been  recorded  in  the  State  Herbariuin,  but  it  seems  to  be  fairly 
common  in  the  Hocking  Valley.  Sullivant  says  that  it  occurs  in 
"wet  places,  on  the  grotmd,  Alleghany  Mountains",  and  Les- 
quereux and  James  say  "Cold  springs  and  borders  of  brooks,  on 
mountains,  rarely  fruiting."  In  the  Sugar  Grove  region  it  is 
usually  found  near  the  heads  of  the  ravines  where  the  water  runs 
or  trickles  over  the  rocks,  and  is  often  associated  with  liverworts. 
In  the  locality  where  the  most  luxuriant  growth  of  Bryoziphium 
norvegium  was  found,  Mnium  punctatum  is  associated  with  it  and 
grows  on  the  vertical  faces  of  the  sandstone  cliffs. 

Polytrichum  piliferum  Schreb.  This  small  Polytrichum  is 
common  in  the  Sugar  Grove  region  and  occurs  on  exposed  ledges 
of  the  sandstone.  It  is  often  found  in  association  with  one  or 
more  of  the  other  Polytrichums  but  grows  in  more  exposed  places 
than  any  of  the  others.  It  is  a  common  thing  to  find  Polytrichum 
piliferum  growing  in  very  thin  dry  soil  on  the  inost  exposed 
ledges  of  sandstone,  while  a  little  farther  back  where  the  soil  is 
slightly  deeper  Polytrichum  juniperinum  grows,  and  still  farther 
back  in  more  sheltered  places,  Polytrichum  commune  or  Polytri- 
chum ohioense.     So  far  only  sterile  specimens  have  been  collected, 


H  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  3, 

but  this  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  Folytrichum  juni- 
perinum,  which  it  most  nearly  resembles,  by  its  size  and  the  long 
white  awn-like  tips  to  the  leaves,  which  give  the  plant  a  hoar}^ 
or  grayish  appearance. 


LIST   OF   PLANTS   COLLECTED   IN   CUYAHOGA   COUNTY 
AND  NEW  TO  THIS  COUNTY  OR  TO  OHIO.* 

Edo  Claassen. 

These  plants  were  collected  in  the  course  of  this  year  and 
specimens  of  them  will  be  sent  to  the  Department  of  Botany,  Ohio 
State  University,  to  be  added  to  its  herbarium. 

1.  Caryospora  putaminum  (Schw.)  DeNot.     On  old  plum  stones 

h'ing  on  the  ground.    Euclid. 

2.  Diodia  teres  Walton.      On  sandy  hill.     E.  Cleveland. 

3.  Erysiphe  cichoracearum  DC.    On  Phlox  paniculata  L.  (cult.), 

E.  Cleveland. 

4.  Erysiphe  communis  (Walk.),  Fr.      On  Polygonum  aviculare 

L.,  Euclid,  on  Ambrosia  artemisiaefolia  L.,  and  on  Baptisia 
tinctoria  R.  Br.,  E.  Cleveland. 

5.  Melampsora    populina    Lev.         On    Populus    grandidentata 

Alichx.    Olmsted  Falls. 

6.  Microsphsera  alni  (DC.)    Winter.  On  Sambucus  canadensis  L., 

and  on  Syringa  vulgaris  L.  (cult.),  E.  Cleveland. 

7.  Sphaerotheca  castagnei  Lev.         On  Nabalus  altissimus  (L.) 

Hook.    E.  Cleveland. 

8.  Ustilago  avenae  (Pers.)  Jensen.    On  Avena  sativa  L.  Cleveland. 


*Prcsented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Columbus, 
Nov.  30,  1912. 


Date  of  Publication,  January  27,  1913. 


The  Ohio  VSictturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XIII.  FEBRUARY,    1913.  No.  4. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

SCHAFFNER— The  Characteristic  Plants  of  a  Typical  Prairie 65 

SCHAFFNEE— The  Classitication  of  Plants,  VIII 70 

Fullmer — Additions  Made  to  the  Cedar  Point  Flora  During  the  Summer  of  1912 78 

Humphrey— The  Ohio  Dogbanes 79 


THE  CHARACTERISTIC  PLANTS  OF  A  TYPICAL  PRAIRIE.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  characteristic  plants  of  a  typical  prairie  give  to  it  an 
appearance  immediately  recognizable  whether  it  is  climatic  or 
edaphic.  If  one  had  carefully  prepared  lists  of  the  important 
plants  of  prairies  in  various  part  of  the  great  Mississippi  basin,  it 
would  be  comparatively  easy  to  select  the  plants  of  general 
distribution  from  those  confined  to  special  areas. 

The  prairie  described  below,  not  from  an  ecological  but  simply 
from  a  floristic  standpoint,  is  situated  in  the  center  of  the  North 
American  prairie  province  about  one  hundred  miles  east  of  the 
center  of  the  transition  zone  to  the  plains  region,  in  Clay  County, 
Kansas.  This  region  has  never  been  glaciated  and  the  surface 
rocks  belong  to  the  characteristic  Dakota  Sandstone. 

The  eastern  limit  of  the  transition  zone  is  about  forty  miles  to 
the  west  and  may  in  this  region  be  placed  at  the  eastern  limit  of 
the  range  of  the  prairie  dog  (Cynomys  ludovicianus)  and  the 
agricultural  ant  (Pogonomyrmex  occidentalis),  both  of  which  are 
characteristic  and  abundant  animals  of  the  plains. 

In  the  prairie  under  consideration  there  is,  of  course,  some 
admixture  of  plains  plants,  but  it  is,  nevertheless,  a  typical  climatic 
prairie.  The  grasses  which  give  color  to  the  region  are  of  the 
yellow-green  type  in  summer  and  of  a  characteristic  brown  tint 
when  dry,  in  winter.  The  color  of  the  prevailing  plains  grasses 
is  a  grayish  green,  turning  to  grayish  white  in  winter.  These 
colors  contrast  sharply  with  the  dark  green  of  the  pastures  and 
meadows  of  Poas  now  largely  developed  in  the  eastern  states. 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory,  Ohio  State  University. 
No.  72. 

65 


66  _  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

The   typical   prairie   grasses   are   the   following   four   species, 

named  in  the  order  of  their  importance : 

Andropogon  furcatus  Mulil.     Big  Blue-stem. 
Andropogon  scoparius  Mx.     Little  Blue-stem. 
Sorghastrum  avenaceum  (Mx.)  Nash.     Indian-grass. 
Panicum  virgatum  L.     Tall  Smooth  Panic-grass. 

The  Big  Blue-stem  may  be  regarded  as  the  prairie  grass.      It 

grows  in  a  close  sod  and  formerly  in  certain  years  the  flowering 

stems  would  be  over  ten  feet  high.     On  the  richer  uplands  it  grew 

with  such  luxuriance  that  the  location  of  cattle  and  horses  could 

frequently  not  be  determined  except  by  the  waving  of  the  tall 

stems    as    they    passed    through    it.     The    Indian-grass    usually 

occurs  along  with  the  big  blue-stem,  while  the  little  blue-stem  is 

characteristic  of  the  higher  drier  slopes  and  hills.     Along  with  the 

four  large  grasses  mentioned  above  are  the  smaller  gray-green 

grasses : 

Atheropogon  curtipendulus  (Mx.)  Fourn.     Racemed  Atheropogon. 
Bouteloua  oligostachya  (Xutt.)  Torr.     Smooth  Mesquite-grass. 
Bouteloua  hirsute  Lag.     Hairy  Mesquite-grass. 

In  almost  pure  patches  or  mixed  with  the  mesquite-grasses,  is 
the  very  low-growing  buffalo-grass.  Bulbilis  dactyl oides  (Nutt.) 
Raf.,  the  most  remarkable  of  the  gray-green  grasses  of  the  plains. 
The  patches  of  buffalo-grass  are  usually  on  the  poorer  clayey 
banks  and  slopes,  a  few  yards  to  a  number  of  rods  in  extent.  The 
Texas  spike-grass,  Schedonnardus  paniculatus  (Nutt.)  Trel.,  is 
frequently  found  on  the  buffalo-grass  patches. 

In  the  wet  ravines  and  level,  poorly  drained  second-bottom 
lands,  Spartina  cynosuroides  (L.)  Willd,  tall  slough-grass,  forms 
large  close  patches,  and  in  "gumbo  spots"  subject  to  moisture 
the  salt  marsh-grass,  Distichlis  spicata  (L.)  Greene,  occurs. 

On  the  ends  of  spurs  or  ridges  between  ravines  where  coyotes, 
burrowing  owls,  badgers,  and  other  animals  delight  in  making 
their  burrows  and  thus  cultivate  the  ground  very  thoroughly, 
the  western  couch-grass,  Agropyron  spicatum  (Pursh)  Scribn.  & 
Sm.,  is  often  abundant.  This  grass  was  formerly  the  first  to  grow 
after  the  prairie  had  been  burned  off  in  the  spring  and  was  thus 
usually  the  first  available  green  pasture  for  the  pioneer's  cattle. 

There  are  several  sedges  on  the  upland  and  various  species 
abound  in  moist  ravines  and  about  ponds.  Many  grasses  besides 
those  mentioned  above  also  occur  on  the  u]3land  and  in  the  ravines 
but  those  named  are  generally  the  characteristic  species.  The 
Republican  River  flows  through  this  region  with  its  wide  flood- 
plain  and  there  are  here  numerous  species  which  do  not  extend  to 
the  ui^land.  Such  strips  or  ribbons  of  vegetation  are,  however, 
more  or  less  edaphic  and  do  not  belong  to  the  general  floristic 
picture ;  just  as  the  forest  belts  along  the  streams  are  not  essentially 
different,  except  for  the  small  number  of  species,  from  the  vegeta- 


Feb.,  1913.]         Characteristic  Plants  of  a  Typical  Prairie.  67 

tion  on  the  young  flood-plains  of  a  forested  region  like  Ohio.  They 
owe  their  existence  to  the  presence  of  the  river  and  not  to  the 
climatic  conditions. 

The  prairie  fire,  although  not  the  cause  of  the  prairies,  had, 
nevertheless,  a  profound  eftect  on  their  vegetation.  When  the 
fires  swept  over  the  prairie  in  the  spring,  it  burned  up  everything 
down  to  the  ground,  and  perennial  herbs  and  shrubs  had  each 
year  to  meet  anew  the  competition  above  ground  of  the  all-con- 
quering grasses.  Frequently  the  fires  occurred  in  the  fall  and 
thus  the  soil  was  exposed,  without  covering,  dming  the  entire 
winter  to  dryness,  wind  and  cold.  Since  the  fires  have  ceased 
even  the  patches  of  prairie  still  remaining  are  undergoing  a  rapid 
and  remarkable  change  in  vegetation.  The  change  in  the  relative 
abundance  of  certain  species  is  no  less  interesting  than  the  arrival 
of  new  forms  from  other  regions. 

After  the  characteristic  grasses,  the  most  prominent  members 
of  the  prairie  vegetation  are  a  number  of  shrubs  and  perennial 
geophilous  herbs.  The  latter  are  usually  crownformers,  often 
with  exceedingly  long  taproots.  When  one  sees  such  plants 
exposed  in  the  banks  of  a  stream  or  an  arroyo,  one  realizes  what  a 
large  part  of  the  vegetation  is  underground  in  summer  as  well 
as  in  winter. 

The  woody  or  semi-woody  species  are  few  in  number,  though 
several  are  among  the  characteristic  prairie  plants.  The  most 
important  one  in  the  region  under  consideration  is  the  shoe-string, 
Amorpha  canescens  Pursh,  which  is  a  low  shrub  a  foot  or  two  in 
height.  Others  are,  Rosa  arkansana  Port.,  Arkansas  Rose, 
Meriolix  serrulata  (Nutt.)  Walp.,  Tooth-leaf  Evening-primrose, 
and  Morongia  uncinata  (Willd.)  Britt.,  Sensitive-brier.  The 
latter  is  only  slightly  woody.  In  the  ravines,  Amorpha  finiticosa 
L.,  false  indigo,  is  especially  abundant  on  the  banks  of  ponds. 
Salix  fluviatilis  Nutt.,  Sandbar  willow,  grows  in  small  dense 
thickets  in  moist  ravines  and  is  occasionally  present  on  banks  and 
hillsides.  In  such  situations,  however,  the  shrub  is  always 
very  small. 

Very  few  seedless  plants  thrive  on  a  typical  prairie.  There  are 
no  ferns  on  the  prairie  proper  but  Wocdsia  obtusa  (Spreng.)  Torr. 
grows  on  moist  sandstone  cliffs  along  with  several  species  of  mosses, 
liverworts,  and  lichens.  Equisetum  kansanum  Schaff.  occurs  on 
clayey  banks  and  slopes  and  Marsilea  vestita  H.  &  G.  grows 
occasionally  in  buffalo-wallows  in  low  places.  The  Marsilea 
seems  to  be  near  its  eastern  limit  and  is  properly  a  plant  of  the 
plains.  There  are  very  few  mosses  but  some  small  ground-loving 
lichens  occur  especially  on  the  hills  and  Nostoc  commune  Vauch. 
is  abundant  on  the  banks  of  ravines.  The  giant  puft'ball,  Lyco- 
perdon  gigantemn  Batsch.,  often  occurs  in  large  numbers  and  in 
suitable  seasons  various  other  species  of  puff  balls,  toadstools  and 
stink-horns  make  their  appearance. 


68  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

There  is  one  prickly-pear,  Opuntia  sp.,  with  fragrant  flowers 
and  edible  fruit  which  ripens  in  late  autumn.  It  is  quite  common 
especially  in  patches  of  buffalo-grass  or  in  gumbo  patches  where 
it  does  not  have  to  meet  the  competition  of  the  Andropogons. 
On  the  very  highest  hills  Cactus  missouriensis  (Sweet.)  Ktz.,  the 
Missouri  cactus,  grows  although  it  is  quite  rare. 

Besides  the  grasses,  the  most  characteristic  plants  of  the  prairie, 
as  stated  above  are  perennial  geophytes,  mostly  crown -formers 
with  deep  taproots.  Of  special  prominence  are  Psoralea  floribunda 
Nutt.,  many-flowered  Psoralea,  and  Psoralea  argophylla  Pursh, 
silver-leaf  Psoralea.  Both  species  are  tumbleweeds,  being  sepa- 
rated from  the  perennial  base  by  means  of  cleavage  planes  devel- 
oped in  the  stems  near  the  ground.  Psoralea  esculenta  Pursh, 
prairie-apple,  with  its  thickened  root  is  also  common.  In  the 
spring  and  early  summer,  three  species  of  wild-indigo  are  found 
here  and  there  as  conspicuous  members  of  the  flora,  nameh', 
Baptisia  australis  (L.)  R.  Br.,  Baptisia  bracteata  Ell.,  and  Baptisia 
leucantha  T.  &  G.  having  blue,  cream-colored,  and  white  flowers 
respectively. 

Other  large  and  conspicuous  species  are  as  follows : 

Verbena  stricta  Vent.     Hoary  Vervain. 

Verbena  hastata  L.     Blue  Vervain. 

Vernonia  baldwini  Torr.     Baldwin's  Ironweed. 

Euphorbia    marginata    Pursh.     Snow-on-the-mountain. 

Carduus  undulatus   Nutt.     Wavy-leaf  Thistle. 

Artemisia  gnaphalodes  Nutt.     Prairie  Mugwort. 

Artemisia  ludoviciana  Nutt.     Lobed  Mugwort. 

Glycyrrhiza  lepidota  Pursh.     Wild  Liquorice. 

Helianthus  maximiliani  Schrad.     Maximilian's  Sunflower. 

Helianthus  subrhomboideus  Rydb.     Rhombic-leaf  Sunflower. 

Heliopsis  scabra  Dun.     Rough  Oxeye. 

Lespedeza  capitata  Mx.     Round-headed  Bush-clover. 

Allionia  linearis  Pursh.     Narrow-leaf  Umbrella-wort. 

Ambrosia  psilostachya  DC.     Western  Ragweed. 

Acuan  illinoensis  (Mx.)  Ktz.     Illinois  Acuan. 

Salvia  pitcheri  Torr.     Pitcher's  Sage. 

Meibomia — several  species. 

Lactuca — several  .species. 

Hieracium  longipilum  Torr.     Long-bearded  Hawkweed. 

Nabalus  asper  (Mx.)  T.  &  G.     Rough  Rattlesnake-root. 

Onagra  biennis  (L.)  Scop.     Common  Evening-primrose. 

Gaura  parviflora  Dougl.     vSmall-flowered  Gaura. 

Gaura  biennis  L.     Biennial  Gaura. 

Onosmodium  carolinianum  (Lam.)  DC.     Slaggy  False-gromwell. 

Grindelia  squarrosa  (Pursh)  Dun.     Broadleaf  Gum-plant. 

Cuscuta  paradoxa  Raf.  Glomcrata  Dodder,  a  conspicuous  parasite  mostly 
on  the  tall  herbs  of  the  sunflower  family,  growing  in  ravines  but  occa- 
sionally on  the  upland. 


Feb.,  1913.]         Characteristic  Plants  of  a  Typical  Prairee.  69 

Among  the  smaller  plants  usually  common  may  be  mentioned : 

Juncus  tenuis  Willd.     Slender  Rush. 

Panicum — several  small  species. 

Antennaria  campestris  Rydb.     Prairie  Everlasting. 

Plantago  purshii  R.  &  S.     Pursh's  Plantain. 

Achillea  lanulosa  Nutt.     Western  Milfoil. 

Astragalus — several  species. 

Oxalis  violacea  L.     Violet  Wood-sorrel. 

Linum  sulcatum  Ridd.     Grooved  Yellow  Flax. 

Kuhnia  glutinosa  Ell.     Prairie  Kuhnia. 

Erigeron  ramosus  (Walt.)  B.  S.  P.     Daisy  Fleabane. 

Mesadenia  tuberosa  (Nutt.)  Britt.     Tuberous  Indian-plantain. 

Kuhnistera  purpurea  (Vent.)  MacM.     Violet  Prairie-clover. 

Kuhnistera  Candida  (Willd.)  Ktz.     White  Prairie-clover. 

Physalis  virginiana  Mill.     Virginia  Groundcherry. 

Asclepiodora  viridis  (Walt.)  Gr.     Oblong-leaf  Milkweed. 

Among  the  early  sprmg  flowers  that  grow  on  the  upland,  and 

not  mentioned  above,  the  following  are  notable: 

Anemone  caroliniana  Walt.     Daisy  Anemony. 

Anemone  decapetala  Ard. This  is  not   distinct  from  the  preceding. 

There  are  a  number  of  elementary  species.     The  colors  are  white  blue 

and  reddish  pink,  the  blues  being  of  many  shades. 
Nothocalais  cuspidata  (Pursh)  Greene.     Wild-dandelion. 
Viola  pedatifida  Don.     Prairie  Violet. 
Sisyrinchium  campestre  Bickn.     Prairie  Blue-eyed-grass. 
Lithospermum  linearifolium  Goldie.     Narrow-leaf  Puccoon. 
Callirrhoe  alceoides  (Mx.)  Gr.     Light  Poppy-mallow. 
Callirrhoe  involucrata   (T.   &  G.)   Gr.      Purple  Poppy-mallow — mostly  in 

ravines  and  bottoms. 
Vicia  linearis  (Nutt.)  Greene.     Narrow-leaf  American  Vetch. 
Tradescantia,  sp. 

The  above  would  represent  the  usual  plants  in  a  prairie  boquet 
gathered  in  the  spring,  although  a  few  additions  might  be  made 
to  it  from  the  ravines. 

The  summer  and  autumn  flowers  include  among  others  the 

following : 

Solidago — several   species,    the   most   beautiful   being   the   early-blooming 

S.  missouriensis  Nutt.,  Missouri  Goldenrod. 
Aster — several  species  including  the  beautiful  silky  aster,  A.  sericeus  Vent. 
Ruellia  ciliosa  Pursh.     Hairy  Ruellia. 

Ratibida  columnaris  (Sims)  D.  Don.,  Long-headed  Prairie-cone-flower. 
Lacinaria  punctata  (Hook.)  Ktz.     Dotted  Blazing-star. 
Gyrostachys,  two  species. 
Gerardia  tenuifolia  Vahl.     Slender  Gerardia. 
Gentiana — a  beautiful  undetennined  species  with  deep  blue  flowers. 

This  prairie  is  changing  rapidly  through  the  influences  brought 
in  by  the  settlement  of  the  country  and  because  of  extensive 
cultivation  and  pasturing.  Even  now  it  would  be  difficult  for 
one  who  has  never  seen  the  original,  endless  sweep  of  green  vegeta- 
tion as  it  extended  over  hill  and  plain,  before  the  advent  of  the 
early  settlers  who  came  in  great  numbers  in  18(59-71,  to  form  a 
clear  conception  of  the  prairie's  former  grandeur  or  to  realize  the 
important  floristic  changes  that  have  already  taken  place  and  that 
are  still  in  progress. 


70  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  VIII. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Below  is  presented  a  synopsis  of  the  fifteen  plant  phyla  gi\-en 
in  the  preceding  paper  of  this  series.  The  classification  of  the 
fungi  follows  with  a  key  to  the  orders. 

The  following  changes  should  be  made  in  the  arrangement  of 
the  families  of  Anthophyta  as  presented  in  the  sixth  paper: 
Transfer  the  Pamassiaceae  from  Saxifragales  to  Ranales  following 
the  Ranunculaceae.  Interchange  the  position  of  Loganiaceae 
and  Oleaceae.  Also  interchange  the  position  of  Bromeliaceae 
and  Dioscoreaceae. 

SYNOPSIS    or   THE   PLANT   PHYLA. 

A.  Plant  body  unicellular  or  filamentous,  or  if  a  solid  aggregate  through  the 
ovary,  when  present,  not  an  archegonium;  never  seed-producing; 
nonsexual,  with  a  simple  sexual  life  cycle,  or  with  an  alternation  of 
generations. 

I.  Cells  typically  with  poorly  differentiated  nuclei  and  chromatophores, 

reproducing  by  fission;  motile  or  nonmotile,  colored  or  colorless, 
with  or  without  chlorophyll  but  never  with  a  pure  chlorophvll- 
green   color;  resting  spores  commonly  present. 

Phylum  1.  ScHizoPHYTA. 

II.  Cells  with  well  differentiated  nuclei,  and  if  holophytic  usuallv  with 

definite  chromatophores;  with  or  without  chlorophyll;  colorless, 
green,  or  variously  tinted  by  coloring  matters. 

(I.)  Nonsexual,  unicellular  plants  without  chlorophyll  having  a 
Plasmodium  stage  of  more  or  less  completely  fused  amoeboid 
cells  from  which  complex  sporangium-like  resting  bodies  are 
built  up.    Phylum  2.  Myxophyta. 

(II.)  Plants  not  developing  a  plasmodium,  but  the  cells  normally 
covered  with  walls  in  the  vegetative  phase. 

1.  Unicellular   or   filamentous  plants   containing  chlorophyll, 

either  brown  with  silicious,  two-valved  walls  or  green 
with  complex  chromatophores,  the  walls  not  silicified; 
conjugating  cells  not  ciliated,  isogamous. 

Phylum  3.    Zygophvta. 

2.  Plants  not  with  silicified,  two-valved  walls,  if  with  a  direct 

conjugation  of  nonmotile  cells  or  branches  then  without 
chlorophyll. 

(1.)  Plants  with  chlorophyll;  if  without  chlorophyll  then 
either  without  a  true  mycelium,  or  if  a  mycelium  is 
present  having  a  sexual  phase  with  ciliated,  motile 
sperms. 
a.  Antheridium    when    present    not    consisting    of    a 
globular     structure     containing     sperm-bearing 
filaments;    often    with    an    alternation    of    gen- 
erations, 
(a.)  Plants   green   with   chlorophyll   or   colorless, 
nearly  all  producing  nonsexual  zoospores,  the 
sexual   forms   isogamous   or   heterogemous. 
Phylum  4.  Gonidiophyta. 


Feb.,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VIII.  71 

(b.)  Plants  with  chlorophyll  hidden  by  a  brown, 
red,  or  purple  pigment,  always  with  a  multi- 
cellular body  and  with  sexuality, 
((a.))  Mostly  marine  brown  algae  with  phy- 
cophaein;    isogamous    or    heterogam- 
ous,      with     ciliated     sperms,      both 
gametes    discharged    from    the    gam- 
etangia.     Phylum  5.  Phaeophyta. 
((b.))  Mostly   marine   red    algae    with   phy- 
coerythrin;   heterogamous,    with   sta- 
tionary eggs  and  non-ciliated  sperms. 
Phylum  6.    Rhodophyta. 
b.  Filamentous,   aquatic,   green  algae  with   globular 
antheridia  containing   sperm-bearing   filaments, 
the   sperms   being   biciliated;    nonsexual   spores 
absent.    Phylum  7.  Charophyta. 
(2.)  Plants  without  chlorophyll  and  with  a  true  mycelium: 
sexual  reproduction  if  present  without  motile  sperms; 
sometimes     with     an     alternation     of     generations. 

Phylum  8.   Mycophyta. 

B.  Plant  body  a  solid  aggregate,  if  filamentous,  only  so  in  the  embryonic 
condition;  ovary  an  archegonium,  if  a  reduced  archegonium  then 
the  plants  seed-bearing;  always  with  an  antithetic  alternation  of 
generations  in  the  normal  life  cycle. 

I.  Without  vascular  tissue;  sphorophyte  parasitic  on  the  gametophyte 

during  its  entire  life;  homosprous;  small  plants  without  roots  or 
true  leaves.     Phylum  9.    Bryophyta. 

II.  Always  with  vascular  tissue  in  the  sporophyte  which  becomes  an 

independent  plant  at  maturity,  with  roots  and  leaves  except  in  a 
few  degenerate  forms. 

1.  Sporophyte  not  seed-producing,  the  sperms  breaking  out  of 

the  antherifdum  to  enter  the  necks  of  the  archegonia; 
homosporous  or  heterosporous. 

a.  Sperms     comparatively     large,     multiciliate; '  the 

sporophylls  not  in  cones  unless  the  sporophytes 

have  jointed  stems  and  small  whorled  leaves. 

(a.)  Stems  not  jointed,   the   leaves  usually  large 

and  compound  and  spirally  arranged,  rarely 

in    whorles;    sporophylls    never    in    cones. 

Phylum  10.  Ptenophyta. 

(b.)  Stems    jointed    and    fluted,     bearing    small, 

whorled    leaves;    sporophylls    in   cones. 

Phylum  11.  Calamophyta. 

b.  Sperms  small,  biciliate;  the  leaves  small  and  sim- 

ple, covering  the  continuous  stem  in  spirals  or 
sometimes  opposite;  sporophylls  usually  in  cones 
or  sometimes  forming  zones  alternating  with  the 
sterile  leaves.    Phylum  12.    Lepidophyta. 

2,  Sporophyte    producing    seeds,     the    female    gametophyte 

always  parasitic  in  the  megasporangium  (ovule)  during 
its  entire  life,  the  male  gametophyte  developing  a  pollen- 
tube  through  which  the  sperms  are  discharged;  always 
heterosporous. 

a.  Carpels  (megasporophylls)  open,  without  stigmas 
or  true  ovularies,  the  ovules  and  seeds  naked  and 
the  pollen  (male  gametophytes)  falling  directly 
into  the  micropjde. 


72  The  Ohio  Xatumlist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

(a.)  Sperms  so  far  as  known  ciliated  and  motile; 
ovules  with  a  pollen-chamber;  sporophylls 
in  spiral  rosettes  or  aggregated  into  cones. 
Phylum  13.  Cyc.a.dophyt.\. 
(b.)  Sperms  without  cilia,  ovules  without  definite 
pollen-chambers;  sporophylls  in  cones  which 
may   be   highly   specialized,    or   reduced. 

Phylum  14.  Strobilophyta. 

b.  Carpels  or  the  set  of  carpels  (megasporophylls) 
closed  at  maturity,  with  stigmas  and  with 
ovularies  enclosing  the  ovules  and  seeds;  pollen 
(male  gametophytes)  falling  on  the  stigma  and 
developing  long  pollentubes;  flowers  well  devel- 
oped, usually  with  a  perianth,  often  highly 
specialized  or  reduced.  Phylum  15.  Anthophyta. 

The  following  arrangement  of  the  fungi  is  the  result  of  several 
years  of  study  in  attempting  to  disco\'cr  the  natural  relationships 
of  the  thallophytes  without  chlorophyll.  It  is  no  doubt  far  from 
what  must  be  the  final  arrangement,  yet  it  is  believed  to  represent 
the  phyletic  classification  so  far  as  present  investigation  has  indi- 
cated lines  of  sequence  and  homologies.  Where  there  has  been 
no  decided  evidence  to  the  contrary,  the  system  and  terminology 
have  not  been  changed  from  that  which  is  in  rather  general  use. 

In  classifying  fungi,  as  well  as  other  groups,  the  supposed 
relationships  cannot  be  determined  by  taking  a  single  character  or 
set  of  characters  into  consideration  but  every  part  and  function 
in  the  entire  life  cycle  must  be  duly  considered.  Many  essentially 
similar  structures  and  processes  have  developed  entirely  inde- 
pendently of  one  another.  In  recent  years,  it  seems  that  various 
attempts  have  been  made  to  read  the  ordinary  antithetic  life  cycle 
into  the  higher  fungi.  It  is  probable  that  alternation  of  generations 
had  several  independent  origins  even  in  the  unicellular  fonns,  and 
the  original  cycle  may  have  been  modified  in  various  ways.  One 
thing  is  clearly  evident,  that  it  is  possible  to  have  an  alternation 
of  sexual  and  nonsexual  phases  with  both  generations  having  either 
the  ha])loid  or  diploid  number  of  chromosomes. 

The  lichens  have  not  been  distributed  farther  than  the  sub- 
classes, perhaps  not  as  far  as  present  day  knowledge  would  warrant 
but  we  need  much  more  morphological  and  cytological  investiga- 
tion of  both  the  ordinary  Ascomycetae  and  the  Ascolichenes 
before  a  fairly  certain  arrangement  is  ]30ssiblc. 

Whether  the  Alycophyta,  as  delimited  by  the  writer,  represent 
two  main  origins  and  two  phyla  or  whether  the  Phycomycetae 
should  be  joined  with  the  Gonidiophyta  are  still  open  questions, 
but  there  is  at  least  a  very  serious  array  of  objections  against  the 
hypothesis  that  the  typical  Ascom\-cetae  and  the  Laboulbenieae 
have  had  their  origin  from  the  red  algae  rather  than  from  the  more 
primitive  Gonidiophyta.  The  marine  nature  of  the  red  algae, 
with    their   lack   of   scmi])arasitic   aerial    forms,   as    well   as   the 


Feb.,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VIII.  73 

very  great  difference  in  the  type  of  alternation  of  generations 
point  to  the  conclusion  that  the  evident  similarities  between  the 
two  groups  are  rather  to  be  regarded  as  analogous  developments. 
Unless  the  case  can  be  made  much  more  evident  than  at  present, 
even  the  more  or  less  superficial  similarity  between  the  structures 
of  the  ascocarp  and  cystocarp  cannot  be  urged  as  very  strong 
evidence  in  favor  of  a  direct  origin  from  the  Rhodophyta. 

Whether  all  the  fungi  containing  an  ascus  should  be  placed 
in  a  single  class  and  whether  the  Teliosporeae  should  be  retained 
in  a  class  distinct  from  the  Basidiomycetae  are  questions  which 
depend  on  one's  definition  or  conception  of  a  class.  It  is  very 
desirable  to  have  a  system  that  is  fairly  consistent  for  the  entire 
plant  kingdom,  if  botany  is  to  be  a  science  and  not  simply  a  group 
of  disjointed  subjects. 

FUNGI. 

I.  ScHizoPHYTA.    Fission  Plants. 

1.  Schizomycetae.    Fission  Fungi. 

a.  Bacteriales.  Bacteria. 

b.  Desmobacteriales.    Filamentous  Bacteria. 

c.  Rhodobacteriales.    Purple  Bacteria. 

2.  Myxoschizomycetae.     Slime  Bacteria, 

a.  Alyxobacteriales. 

II.  Myxophyta.    Slime  Molds. 

1.  Plasmodiophoreae  (?)  [Parasites.] 

a.  Plasmodiophorales. 

2.  Myxomycetae  [Saprophytes.] 

(1.)  Acrasieae. 

a.  Acrasiales. 
(2 . )  Myxogastreae . 

a.  Ceratiomyxales. 

b.  Myxogastrales. 

IV.  GoNiDioPHYTA.    Zoosporc  Plants. 

1.  Archemycetae.    Primitive  Fungi. 

a.  Chytridiales. 

2.  Monoblepharideae.     [With  normal  gametes.] 

a.  Monoblepharidales. 
VIII.  Mycophyta.  Typical  Fungi. 

A.  Phycomycetae.  Algal  Fungi. 

1.  Zygomycetae. 

a.  Mucorales.  Black  Molds. 

b.  Entomophthorales.     Insect-cholera  Fungi. 

2.  Oomycetae. 

a.  Ancylistales. 

b.  Saprolegniales.    Water  Molds. 

c.  Peronosporales.    Common  Mildews. 

B.  Mycomycetae.    Higher  Fungi. 

3.  Ascomycetae.    Sack  Fungi. 

(1.)  Hemiasceae.  Intermediate  Sack  Fungi. 

a.  Ascoideales. 
(2.)  Aspergilleae.    Tuber  Fungi. 

a.  Aspcrgillales.    Little  Tuber  Fungi. 

b.  Tuberales.  Truffles. 


74  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

(3.)  Discomycetae. 

a.  Hysteriales.    Slit  Fungi. 

b.  Phacidiales.    Little  Cup  Fungi. 

c.  Pezizales.    Cup  Fungi. 

d.  Protocaliciales. 

e.  Helvellales. 
(4.)  Discolichenes. 

a.  Coniocarpales. 

b.  Graphidales. 

c.  Cyclocarpales. 
(5.)  Pyrenomycetae. 

a.  Hypocreales. 

b.  Dothideales. 

c.  Sphaeriales. 

d.  Perisporiales.    Powdery  Mildews. 
(6.)  Pyrenolichenes. 

a.  Pyrenulales. 

b.  Mycoporales. 
(7.)  Exoasceae. 

a.  Exoascales. 

b.  vSaccharomycetales.     Yeast-plants. 
(8.)  Deiiteromycetae.    Imperfect  Fungi. 

a.  Monil'iales.    Common  Molds. 

b.  Melanconiales.    Black-dot  Fimgi. 

c.  Sphaeropsidales.    Spot  Fungi. 

4.  Laboulbenieae.    Beetle  Fungi. 

a.  Laboulbeniales. 

5.  Teliosporeae.    Brand  Fungi. 

a.  Tilletialcs.    Stinking  Smuts. 

b.  Ustilaginales.    Loose  Smuts. 

c.  Uredinales.    Plant  Rusts. 

6.  Basidiomycetae.    Basidium  Fungi. 

(L)  Protobasidiae. 

a.  Auriculariales.    Ear  Fungi. 

b.  Tremellales.    Jelly  Fungi. 

c.  Dacryomycetalcs. 
(2.)  Hymenomycetae . 

a.  Agaricales. 
(3.)  Hymenolichenes . 

a.  Corales. 
(4.)  Gastromycetae. 

a.  Hymenogastralcs.     False  Truffles. 

b.  vSclerodermatales.    Thick-skinned  Puffl)alls. 
0.  Lycoperdales.    Puffballs. 

d.  Nidulariales.    Bird-nest  Fungi. 

c.  Phallales.    Stink-horns. 

Key  to  the  Orders  of  Fungi. 

The  Fungi  arc  Thallophytes  without  chlorophyll  but  sometimes  inclose 
chlorophyll-containing  Algae  in  the  meshes  of  their  bodies. 
L     Plant  body  not  a  true  mycelium,  usually  unicellular,  or  the  cells  some- 
times in  simple  or  branched  filaments;  some  forms  with  a  Plasmo- 
dium, others  with  a  sack-like  body  containing  cells;  the  resting  or 
spore  stage  sometimes  consisting  of  a  sporangium-like  body  without 
cell  structure,  with  enclosed  spores.     2. 
1.     Plant  body  a  more  or  less  perfectly  devclo])cd  mycelium  consisting  of 
septate  or  nonseptate  hyphae.     7. 


Feb.,  1913.]  The  Classificatian  of  Plants,  VIII.  75 

2.  Plants  consisting  of  minute,  distinct  cells  with  walls,  or  with  the  cells 
arranged  in  siinple  or  branched  filaments;  the  cells  sometimes  in  a 
gelatinous  mass;  often  ciliate;  nuclei  poorly  differentiated. 

SCHIZOMYCETAE.      3. 

2.     Plant  body  of  minute  distinct  cells  in  a  pseudoplasmodium,  the  whole 
mass  motile;  fruiting  bodies  of  definite  form   somewhat   like   the 
sporangia  of  slime  molds;  saprophytes. 

Myxoschizomycetae.  Myxobacteriales. 
2.  Plant  body  of  oval  or  elongated,  comparatively  large,  nonmotile  cells 
which  increase  by  budding;  commonly  present  in  sugary  solutions 
and  fruit  juices  causing  alcoholic  fermentation.  Saccharomycetales. 
2.  Plant  body  when  mature  consisting  of  cells  in  a  sack-like  structure; 
usually  parasitic  in  the  cells  of  algae,  poUengrains  in  water,  and 
occasionally,  in  the  cells  and  tissues  of  higher  plants. 

Archemycetae.  Chytridiales. 

2.  Plant  body  a  motile  Plasmodium  of  naked  cells,   the  fruiting  stage 

usually  a  so-called  sporangium,  usually  without  cell  structure 
excepting   the   spores   within;   saprophytic,    rarely   parasitic. 

Myxomycetae.  4. 

3.  Cells  spherical,  rod-shaped,  curved,  or  spiral,  free  or  in  simple  or  loose 

aggregates  or  filaments,   motile  or  nonmotile,   some  with  cilia  or 
flagella;  not  with  a  purple  pigment  in  the  protoplasm.  Bacteriales. 
3.     Cells   spherical,   rod-shaped,    or   spiral,    containing   a  purple   pigment 
called  bacterio-purpurin.    Rhodobacteriales. 

3.  Cells   in  filaments  surrounded  by  a  sheath,   or  filaments   without  a 

sheath  but  with  active  movement  by  means  of  an  undulating  cell 
membrane.    Desmobacteriales. 

4.  Parasitic  in  the  cells  of  living  plants,  the  cells  forming  a  Plasmodium; 

the  fructification  consisting  of  a  mass  of  free  cells. 

Plasmodiophorales. 

4.  Saprophytes  developed  on  decaying  organic  matter.     5. 

5.  Amoeboid   cells  massed  together  in  an  imperfect  Plasmodium;   ripe 

fructification  consisting  of  masses  of  free  cells,  sometimes  on  a 
stalk.     Acrasiales. 

5.  Vegetative  body  a  true  plasmodium;  with  free,  white  stalked  spores  or 

with  spores  in  a  sporangium-like  receptacle.     6. 

6.  With  free,  white,  stalked  spores.    Ceratiomyxales. 

6.  With  spores  in  sporangium-like  receptacles.    Myxogastrales. 

7.  Mycelium  nonseptate,   or  if  septate   still    with    cenocytic    divisions; 

spores  not  in  asci  nor  on  basidia,  usually  formed  as  the  result  of  the 
conjugation  of  two  similar  or  dissimilar  hyphal  branches;  zoospores 
or  conida  present  in  most  forms  and  in  some  cases  nonmotile,  non- 
sexual spores  in  special  sporangia.     8. 

7.  Mycelium  definitely  septate;  spores  in  the  normal  forms  borne  in  asci 

or  on  basidia,  in  some  groups  the  basidia  developing  from  chlamido- 
spores;  numerous  imperfect  forms  with  only  the  conidial  stage 
known.     11. 

8.  Mycelium  with  septa;  reproduction  by  means  of  true  eggs  and  free- 

swiinming  spermatozoids;  aquatic  molds. 

Monoblepharideae.  Monoblepharidales. 

8.  Sexual  spores  produced  by  the  conjugation  of  two  equal  or  nearly 
similar  hyphal  branches;  mycelium  saprophytic  or  parasitic  on 
plants  and  animals,  especially  on  insects;  no  zoospores  produced. 

Zygomycetae.     9. 

8.  Sexual  spores  produced  by  the  conjugation  of  a  large  branch  and  a 
small  branch,  the  smaller  penetrating  the  larger  by  means  of  a 
tubular  process;  mycelium  parasitic  or  saprophytic;  aquatic  molds 
on  living  or  dead  animals  or  aerial  plant  parasites,  often  with  non- 
sexual zoospores.    Oomycetae.     10. 


76  Tke  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

9.     Saprophytic,  or  occasionally  parasitic  on  other  molds.    Mucorales. 
9.     Parasitic  on  insects,  as  flies,  grasshoppers,  plant  lice,  etc. 

Entomophthorales . 
10.     Mycelium  poorly  developed,  with  septa;  endophytic  parasites,  mostly 
in  fresh  water  algae,  some  in  the  roots  of  higher  plants.  Ancylistales. 
10.     Saprophytic  or  parasitic,  mostly  aquatic  molds;  mycelium  well  devel- 
oped; nonsexual  reproduction  by  zoospores.    Saprolegniales. 

10.  Parasitic  on  the  higher  plants;  nonsexvtal  reproduction  by  aerial  conidia 

which  may  give  rise  to  zoospores.   Peronosporales. 

—11— 

11.  Hyphae  usually  forming  sporocarps  having  spores  enclosed  in  asci. 

ASCOMYCETAE.       12. 

11.     Plant  body  minute,   erect,   few-celled,   growing  parasitic   on  insects; 
perithecia  on  a  receptacle;  asci  usually  4-spored. 

Laboulbenieae.  Laboulbeniales. 
11.     Parasites   with   basidia   coming  from  chlamido.spores    (teleutospores) 

which  are  with  or  without  stalks.    Teliosporeae.     31. 
11.     Hyphae  usually  forming  sporocarps  bearing  basidiospores  on  basidia 
arising  directly  from  the  mycelium.     Basidiomycetae.     33. 

11.  Hyphae  bearing  only  conidia,   in  pycnidia,   or  the  conidia  superficial 

borne  on  loose  or  innate  hyphae;  asci  or  basidia  not  known. 

Deuteromycetae.     29. 

12.  Fungi  symbiotic  with  algal  cells.     Ascolichenes.     13. 

12.  Fungi  without  helotic  algae  in  their  bodies.    17. 

13.  Asci  on  an  apothecium.    Discolichenes.     14. 

13.  Asci  in  a  perithecium.    Pyrenolichenes.     16. 

14.  Paraphyses  forming  a  powdery  mass  with  the  spores,  the  paraphyses 

growing  beyond  the  asci,  forming  there  a  network,  adhering  to  the 
disk  of  the  apothecium  which  soon  breaks  up  into  a  powdery  mass 
with   the   spores.      Algae   belonging   to   the   Gonidiophyta. 

Conyocarpales. 

14.  Paraphyses  not  forming  a  powdery  mass  with  the  spores.     15. 

15.  Disk  of  the  apothecium  linear,  ellipsoid,  or  somewhat  angular.    Algae 

belonging  to  the  Gonidiophyta.     Graphidales. 

15.  Disk  of  the  apothecium  circular.   Algae  belonging  to  the  Gonidiophyta 

or  to  the  Cyanophyceae.     Cyclocarpales. 

16.  Cavity  of  the  perithecium  simple,  not  divided  by  complete  or  incom- 

plete partitions.    Pyrenulales. 

16.  Cavity  of  the  perithecium  divided  by  complete  or  incomplete  parti- 

tions.   Mycoporales. 

17.  Asci  with  a  variable  numljier  of  spores,  usually  many-spored. 

Hemiasceae.  Ascoideales. 
17.  Asci  with  a  definite  number  of  spores  in  typical  cases,  separate  from 
each  other,  not  forming  a  definite  fruiting  body.    ExoASCEAE.     18. 

17.  Asci  with  a  definite  number  of  spores  in  typical  cases,  collected  on  or 

in  an  ascocarp.     19. 

18.  Asci  approximate  and  forming  an  indefinite  hynunium ;  mostly  parasitic 

Exoascales. 

18.  Asci   entirely   isolated;   vegetative   reproduction   liy   l)udding   of    the 

cells;  plants  producing  alcoholic  fermentation.     Saccharomycetales. 

19.  Asci  collected  in  enclosed  tuber-like  bodies  or  fasciculate,  and  sur- 

rounded by  a  spherical,  cylindric,  pyriform  or  shield-like  wall,  the 
perithecium.     24. 

19.  Asci    collected    in    a    flattened,    concave    or    convex    hymenial    layer 

(Ascoma).     Discomycetae.     20. 

20.  Apothecia  pulverulent,  spheroidal,  plants  sapropliytic. 

Protocaliciales. 
20.     Apothecia  not  pulverulent.     21. 


Feb.,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  VIII.  77 

21.     Ascoma  more  or  less  completely  closed  at  first,  opening  free  at  or 
before  maturity,  and  plane,  concave,  or  rarely  convex.     22. 

21.  Ascoma  open  from  the  first,  normally  convex  and  commonly  with  the 

surface  pitted  or  with  gyrose  furrows.     Helvellales. 

22.  Ascoma  long  enclosed  in  a  tough  covering  which  is  torn  open  at  the 

maturity  of  the  spores.     23. 

22.  Ascoma  soon  becoming  free,  without  special  covering;  mostly  fleshy 

cuplike  fungi.     Pezizales. 

23.  Ascoma  mostly  elongate,  the  cones  opening  by  a  longitudinal  fissure. 

Hysteriales. 

23.  Ascoma  roundish,  the  cover  rupturing  by  radiating  or  stellate  fissures. 

Phacidiales. 

24.  Asci  arranged  at  different  levels  in  the  perithecium  or  in  a  hymenium 

lining  enclosed  cavities.     Aspergilleae.     25. 

24.  Asci  in  fascicles  arising  from  a  common  level.     26. 

25.  Asci  arranged  at  different  levels,  sometimes  forming  skein-like  masses. 

Aspergillales. 

25.  Asci  in  a  definite  flat  hymenium  lining  cavities,  permanently  enclosed; 

fruiting  body  mostly  subterranean.     Tuberales. 

26.  Cleistothecia   globose,    scattered,    without   apparent   ostiole,    usually 

with  appendages,  mostly  attached  to  an  apparent  mycelium  or 
membrane;  in  one  family  flat  shield-shaped  perithecia  with  ostiole 
present.     Perisporiales. 

26.  Perithecia  typical  with  distinct  ostiole.     27. 

27.  Perithecia    (and   stroma   if   present)    fleshy   or   membranous,    bright- 

colored  (white,  red  or  blue).  Hypocreales. 

27.  Perithecia    (and   stroma   if   present)    hardened,    never   fleshy,    rarely 

membranous,  dark-colored  (black  or  dark  brown).     28. 

28.  Walls   of   the   perithecia   scarcely   distinguishable   from   the   stroma. 

Dothideales. 

28.  Perithecia  with  distinct  walls  either  free  or  imbedded  in  a  stroma. 

Sphaeriales. 

29.  Conidia  borne  on  short  stalks  in  pycnidia.   Sphaeropsidales. 

29.  Conidia  superficial,  borne  on  loose  or  innate  hyphae;  no  true  pycnidia 

present.     30. 

30.  Hyphae  somewhat  superficial,  often  floccose.    Moniliales. 

30.  Hyphae  innate  with   the   matrix;  parasitic;   the  conidia  borne   on  a 

pseudo-pycnidium,  formed  from  the  altered  tissue  of  the  host. 

Melanconiales. 

—31— 

31.  Chlamydospores  produced  in  the  ovularies,  leaves  or  stems  of  the  host, 

usually  black,  not  stalked.     32. 

31.  Chlamydospores   (teleutospores)  usually  stalked,  producing  black  or 

brown  pustules  under  the  epidermis  of  leaves  or  stems;  often  devel- 
oping on  the  same  or  on  a  different  host  clusters  of  cup-like  or  crater- 
like  aecidia  with  spores  formed  in  chains  inside  of  a  membranous 
pseudoperidium.     Uredinales. 

32.  Chlamydospores  developing  a  several-celled  basidium  (promycelium) 

which  bears  the  spores  at  the  sides  of  the  cells.     Ustilaginales. 

32.  Chlamydospores  developing  a  nonseptate  basidium  which  bears  the 

spores  at  the  apex.     Tilletiales. 

33.  Fungi  symbiotic  with  algal  cells.    Hymenolichenes.    Corales. 

33.  Fungi  without  helotic  algae  in  their  bodies.    34. 

34.  Plants  gelatinous,  basidia  divided,  transversely  or  longitudinally  or 

deeply  two-forked.    Protobasidiae.     35. 

34.  Plants    fleshy,    coriaceous,    woody,    or   rarely    somewhat    gelatinous; 

basidia  nonseptate.     36. 

35.  Basidia  transversely  septate.    Auriculariales. 


78  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

35.     Basidia  divided  obliquely  or  lengthwise,  commonly  into  four  parts. 

Tremellales. 

35.  Basidia  deeply  two-forked,  not  completelj^  divided.  Dacryomycetales. 

36.  Basidia  on  a  distinct  membranous  hymenium,  naked  at  maturity  and 

covering  gills,  pores,  spines,  or  a  smooth  or  wrinkled  surface. 

Hymenomycetae.  Agaricales. 

36.  Basidia  enclosed  within  a  definite  peridium  but  sometimes  exposed  at 

maturity,  the  spores  then  borne  in  a  more  or  less  deliquescent  gleba. 

Gastromyceae.     37. 

37.  Spores  borne  in  a  more  or  less  deliquescent  gleba  which  is  at  first 

enclosed  in  an  egg-like  body  but  at  maturity  elevated  on  an  elastic- 
ally  expanding  stalk  or  base.    Phallales. 

37.  Spores   remaining   within   the  peridium   or   in   the   hymenial   cavities 

until  maturity.     38. 

38.  Basidia  united  into  a  hymenium  which  lines  the  walls  of  irregular 

cavities.     39. 

38.  Basidia  uniformly  distrilmted  through  the  peridium  or  forming  skein- 

like masses.     Sclerodermatales. 

39.  Hymenial    cavities    remaining    together    within    the   peridium,    their 

boundaries  mostly  disappearing  at  maturity.     40. 

39.  Hymenial   cavities    (sporangioles)    separating   at   maturity   from   the 

cup-like  peridium.    Nidulariales. 

40.  Remaining   lleshy  until   the   maturity  of   the   spores;  no   capillitium. 

Hymenogastrales. 
40.     Fleshy  when  young,   at  maturity  filled  with   dust-like  spore  masses 
mixed  with  the  capillitium.    Lycoperdales. 


ADDITIONS  MADE  TO  THE  CEDAR  POINT  FLORA  DURING 

THE  SUMMER  OF  1912. 

E.  L.  Fullmer. 

Setaria  italica  (L)  Beauv.     July  1-4,  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Hordeum  vulgare  L.  July  14,  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Fagopyrum  esculentum  Moench.     July  4,  E.  L.  Fullmer. 
Chclidonium  majus  L.  June  2S,  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Melilotus  officinalis  (L.)  Lam.     July  13,  E.  L.  Fullmer. 
Verbascum  blattaria  L.  July  4,  E.  L.  Fullmer. 
Galinsoga  parviflora  Cav.     July  19,  L.  H.  Pammel. 

These  plants  with  the  exception  of  Chelidonium  majus  were 
collected  at  or  near  the  resort  and  were  probably  introdticcd  in 
grass  seed  or  in  packing  material.  A  single  plant  of  Chelidonium 
majus  was  found  on  the  bay  .side  about  one  half  mile  from  the 
resort.  The  seed  from  which  this  plant  grew  may  have  been 
carried  by  a  bird  or  it  may  ha\'c  been  carried  across  the  Bay  on 
drift  material. 


*Prescntcd  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Acad,  of  Sci.,  Columbus, 
November  29,  1912. 


Feb.,  1913.]  The  Ohio  Dogbanes.  79 

THE  OHIO  DOGBANES. 

Lillian  E.  Humphrey. 

Apocynaceae.     Dogbane  Family. 

Perennial  erect  or  trailing  herbs,  shrubs,  or  vines;  usually  with 
milky  acrid  sap.  Leaves  simple,  more  commonly  opposite, 
without  stipules;  flowers  hypogenous,  sympetalous,  tetracyclic, 
with  actinomorphic  perianth;  andrecium  pentamerous,  the 
stamens  distinct,  united  with  the  corolla  at  least  at  the  base; 
pollen  not  in  masses;  gynecium  of  two  united  carpels,  but  the 
ovularies  separating  below  the  style;  fruit  usually  two  follicles; 
seeds  often  appendaged  with  a  tuft  of  long  hairs. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.  Flowers  solitary,   large,   axillary;  trailing  herbs.      Vinca. 
1.  Flowers  cymose;  erect  herbs.    Apocynum. 

Vinca  L.  Periwinkle. 

Perennial  trailing  herbs  with  opposite,  evergreen  leaves,  and 
large,  solitary,  axillary  flowers.  Stem  slightly  woody;  calyx 
segments  acuminate ;  corolla  salverformed,  blue ;  stamens  included ; 
disk  of  2  glands  alternate  with  the  two  carpels;  follicles  with 
several   ovules   and  seeds;   seeds  oblong-cylindric,  without  hairs. 

Vinca  minor  L.  Periwinkle.  Leaves  glabrous  oblong  to  ovate, 
entire,  finn,  shining,  green  on  both  sides,  narrowed  at  the  base, 
short  petioled.  Escaped  from  cemeteries  and  gardens.  Huron, 
Montgomery,  Vinton,  Portage,  Williams,  vStark,  Wayne,  Coshoc- 
ton, Richland,  Auglaize,  Lawrence. 

Apocynum  L.  Dogbane. 

Perennial  erect  herbs  with  opposite,  entire,  leaves  and  white 
or  pinlc  flowers  in  corymbed  cymes.  Corolla  usually  campanu- 
late,  having  five  small  triangular  appendages  within  alternating 
with  the  stamens;  follicles  slender;  long,  terete,  containing  numer- 
ous ovules  with  tufts  of  long  hairs. 

Key  to  the  Species. 
1.     Corolla  much  longer  than  the  ovate  pointed  divisions  of  the  calyx; 
branches  diverging;  flowers  J4  to  3^2  inch  long.     2. 

1.  Corolla  not  longer  than  the  lanceolate  divisions  of  the  calyx;  branches 

upright,  ascending;  terminal  cyme  not  extending  above  the  lateral 
branches;  flowers  small.   3-16  to  14,  inch  long.   3. 

2.  Corolla  campanulate,  recurved,  not  angled,  pinkish,  narrowed  in  the 

throat.    A.  androsaemifoliurn. 

2.  Corolla  urceolate,  five-angled,  white  or  only  slightly  tinged  with  pink, 

spreading.     A.  urceolifer. 

3.  Leaves  petioled.     4. 

3.     Leaves  not  petioled,  lower  ones  more  or  less  clasping,  the  upper  ones 
sessile.    A.  hypericifolium. 


8o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  4, 

4.     Leaves  and  cymes  smooth  or  very  slightly  pubescent.     5. 

4.  Leaves  and  cymes  very  densely  pubescent.    A.  pnhescens. 

5.  Leaves  lanceolate  to  obovate,  2  to  4  times  as  long  as  wide;  terminal 

cyme  larger  than  the  axillary;  flowers  greenish.    A.  cannabinuyn. 
5.     Leaves  rather  small  lanceolate  4  to  6  times  as  long  as  wide;  flowers 
white.    A.  album. 

1.  Apocynum  androsaemifolium  L.  vSpreading  Dogbane. 
Dichotomously  branched  stems  1  to  5  feet  high;  root  stalk  hori- 
zontal, leaves  ovate  to  obovate,  usually  twice  as  long  as  wide, 
glabrous  and  dark  green  above,  more  or  less  pubescent  and  light 
green  beneath,  short  petioled  with  inucronate  apex,  and  a  broad 
base;  cymes  both  terminal  and  axillary  with  short  pediciled, 
campanulate,  pink,  sympetalous  flowers  with  reflexed  corolla 
segments.     Common  in  fields  and  thickets.     General. 

2.  Apocynum  urceolifer  Mill.  Urnflowered  Dogbane.  Slen- 
der stems  about  3  feet  high  with  widely  spreading  branches; 
c^mies  small  with  white  or  slightly  pink  tinged  flowers  and  spread- 
ing, pointed  corolla  segments;  calyx  segments  lanceolate;  leaves 
oblong,  mucronate,  slightly  pubescent  beneath.  Along  roadsides 
and  fields.     Auglaize  County. 

3.  Apocynum  cannabinum  L.  Indian  Hemp.  Stems  3  to  5 
feet  high  with  erect  or  ascending  branches  and  long  verticle  roots ; 
leaves  lanceolate  to  oblanceolate,  apex  mucronate,  base  of  upper 
ones  acute  while  the  lower  ones  are  often  rounded,  short  petioled, 
4  to  5  inches  long,  :?<4  to  1^  inches  wide,  glabrous  above,  sometimes 
pubescent  beneath,  cymes  dense,  short  pediceled,  with  bracts  at 
the  base  and  greenish  white  flowers.  Common  in  fields  and 
waste  places.     General. 

4.  Apocynum  album  Greene.  River-bank  Dogbane.  Glab- 
rous stems  with  lanceolate,  smooth,  petioled,  acute  leaves  4  to  6 
times  as  long  as  wide;  cymes  dense  with  small  white  flowers. 
River  banks  and  moist  fields.  Coshocton,  Lake,  Butler,  Mercer, 
Montgomery,  Clcnnont,  Holmes. 

5.  Apocynum  hypericifolium  Ait.  Clasping-leaf  Dogbane. 
Stems  glabrous  often  glaucous,  1  to  2  feet  high  with  ascending 
branches,  leaves  oblong  to  oblanceolate,  upper  ones  ver}^  short 
petioled  or  sessile,  lower  ones  clasping;  cymes  dense,  bracted, 
with  pedicles  about  as  long  as  the  flowers ;  calyx  segments  lanceolate 
acute.     In  dry  soil,  especially  in  sandy  places.     Erie,  Ashtabula. 

6.  Apocynum  pubescens  R.  Br.  Velvet  Dogbane.  Entire 
plant  densely  \'cl\-et}'  puljescent;  ascending  branches  with  ovate 
to  oblong,  mucronate  leaves  often  twice  as  long  as  wide  and  obtuse 
at  the  base;  venation  strongly  impressed  in  the  velvety  under 
surface;  calyx  segments  lanceolate,  acute;  corolla  purple,  lobes 
erect.  In  waste  places  and  flood  planes  near  streams.  Franklin, 
Auglaize,  Harrison,  Adams. 

Date  of  Publication,  February  20,  1913. 


The  Ohio  TSCaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XIII.  MARCH,    1913.  No.  5. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Metcalf  — Life-Histories  of  Syrpliidae  V 81 

HiNE— Additions  and  Corrections  to  the  Odonata  of  Ohio 94 

Williams—  Carnivorous  Plants  of  Ohio 97 

Claassen— Caloplaca  Pyracea  (Ach.)  Th.  Fr.,  a  Crustaceous  Lichen  on  the  Sandstone 

Sidewalks  of  East  Cleveland,  Ohio 99 

McLellan— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 100 


LIFE-HISTORIES  OF  SYRPHIDAE  V. 

C.  L.  Metcalf. 

Syrphus  xanthostoma  Williston. 
The  Pemphagus-Gall  Syrphus-Fly. 

(Plate  IV,  Figs.  81  to  S9). 

Larva. 

Length  about  10  mm.  (8  to  11.5),  width  3.75  to  4  mm.,  height 
2.5  to  3  mm.  Fat,  thick,  grub-hke,  sluggish  larvee,  elongate 
oviform  in  outline,  strongly  arched  dorsally  (Fig.  82).  Wrinkles 
prominent,  produced  laterally  into  an  irregular,  dorso-lateral 
carina;  the  ventral  folds  of  the  body  in  the  principal  segments 
serve  as  very  imperfect  prolegs.  General  color  very  pale,  pinkish- 
yellow.  Heart  line  not  conspicuous.  Skin  bare,  the  segmental 
bristles  short  and  light  in  color,  very  inconspicuous. 

The  jaws  of  the  mouth-parts  are  unusually  short,  their  width 
at  base  equal  to  their  length,  the  lower  jaw  the  heavier.  Mouth- 
hooklets  apparently  three  pairs:  two  near  the  jaws  of  which  the 
ventral  pair  is  the  heavier,  the  third  pair  lateral  in  position, 
heaviest  of  all.  There  are  a  number  of  sensory  papillce  around 
the  mouth-parts  and  antenna.  The  antennas  are  small,  situated 
close  together  above  the  jaws,  of  the  usual  form  (see  Fig.  81). 

The  prothoracic  spiracles  are  slightly  elevated,  blunt,  short, 
horn-shaped  as  seen  from  the  side  (Fig.  81,  g),  the  semi-circular 
slit  apparently  guarded  by  six,  blunt  teeth,  one  of  the  median 
ones  emarginate  or  imperfectly  divided  (Fig.  83).     The  posterior 

8i 


82  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 

respiratory  appendage  (Figs.  84,  85)  is  a  fourth  longer  than  broad, 
testaceous  brown,  ringed  about  mid-length,  thence  slightly 
constricted.  The  spiracles  {a)  moderately  long,  somewhat  ele- 
vated above  the  surface;  the  inter-spiracular  spines  {b)  short, 
blunt,  spur-like,  rather  prominent.  Dorsal  spiracular  spine  [c] 
short,  compressed;  its  breadth  about  equal  to  diameter  of  the 
approximate  circular  plate  {d). 

These  larvae  were  found,  full-grown,  at  Cedar  Point,  July  7, 
1911.     The  larval  stage  continued  indoors  to  July  11  and  12. 

They  were  collected  on  the  Poplar  or  American  Aspen 
(Populus  treniuloides  Mx.)  in  the  well-known,  characteristic  galls 
on  the  ends  of  the  twigs,  made  by  the  aphid,  Pemphagus  vagabundus 
Walsh. 

These  galls  are  large,  commonly  two  inches  in  diameter,  very 
irregular  in  shape,  the  outer  surface  thrown  into  numerous  deep 
convolutions.  Their  structure  is  such  that  they  enclose  a  number 
of  small,  partially  separated  chambers,  the  thick  walls  of  which  are 
lined  by  the  aphids. 

There  are  usually  several  openings  to  the  many-chambered 
gall,  but  it  is  pretty  certain  that  the  larvae  do  not  ordinarily 
migrate  from  gall  to  gall;  although  there  is  a  bare  possibility  that 
they  might  do  so  if  the  food  supply  in  any  one  ran  out.  They 
are  negatively  heliotropic,  seeking  out  protected  dark  comers 
when  kept  in  confinement.  They  feed  on  the  body  contents  of 
the  aphids;  hence  there  is  commonly  an  abundance  of  food  at 
hand  and,  as  the  volume  of  the  chambers  in  the  gall  is  small,  there 
is  no  occasion,  and  little  opportunity,  for  active  movements.  In 
correlation  with  this  we  find  the  larvae  very  sluggish,  lying  quietly 
for  hours  or  even  days,  even  though  unfed.  Since  migration 
from  one  of  these  galls  to  another  would  commonly  involve  trav- 
eling for  several  feet,  it  seems  to  me  very  likely  that  the  larva  or 
larvae  are  dependent  on  the  aphids  within  the  single  gall  in  which 
they  begin  their  larvab existence.  They  are  very  well  protected 
within  the  poplar  galls  and  I  found  no  parasites  affecting  them. 
It  would  seem  that  they  are  paying  for  their  well-fed,  well-pro- 
tected, sedentary  life  in  sluggishness,  and  are  possibly  on  the  road 
to  degeneration. 

Pupa. 

Dimensions,  average  of  5:  Length  7.2  mm.,  height  3.5  mm., 
width  3.8  mm.  These  puparia  (Figs.  86,  87)  are  exceptionally 
inflated  dorsally,  the  ratio  of  height  to  length  being  greater  than 
in  any  of  the  other  species  I  have  examined.  It  is  characteristic  of 
them  also  that  the  posterior  inflation  is  equal  to,  or  greater  than, 
that  anteriorly;  in  outline,  as  seen  from  the  side,  the  dorsal  half 
of  the  ])uparium  makes  an  almost  perfect  semi-circle.  The  ven- 
tral line  is  sinuate.    The  respiratory  appendage  (a)  projects  from 


Mar.,  1913.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  V.  83 

the  lower  posterior  part.  From  above,  the  outHne  is  sub-ovoid, 
broadest  in  front  of  the  middle,  thence  narrowing  gradually  to  the 
posterior  third;  whence  the  puparium  is  strongly  and  unevenly 
compressed  to  the  tip  of  the  respiratory  appendage. 

Color  at  first  grayish  brown,  sometimes  marked  with  oblique 
patches  of  black;  posterior  breathing  appendage  darker.  As  the 
pupa  approaches  metamorphosis  the  anterior  end  darkens  to  deep 
reddish-brown  in  the  region  of  the  eyes;  while  on  the  posterior 
half,  the  three  principal,  yellow  abdominal  bands  of  the  adult 
become  visible  through  the  transparent  wall. 

The  segmental  spines  remain,  as  in  the  larva,  very  inconspic- 
uous. The  posterior  breathing  appendage  also  retains  its 
characteristics. 

Of  three  specimens  taken  on  July  7,  one  pupated  Jiily  11,  the 
other  two  the  following  day.  The  former  emerged  as  adult  July  18, 
the  latter  two  July  20.  Hence  the  duration  in  the  pupal  stage 
was  7  to  8  days.  I  did  not  detennine  the  place  of  pupation  and  so 
cannot  say  whether,  in  the  field,  this  stage  is  passed  within  the 
galls  or  not.  Examination  of  a  number  of  the  galls  later  in  the 
summer  failed  to  reveal  any  puparia. 

Adult. 

Male:" Length,  11  to  12  mm.  Face  and  cheeks  wholly  yellow, 
antennse  reddish  yellow,  the  third  joint  somewhat  brownish  above, 
but  little  longer  than  wide,  the  arista  black.  Frontal  triangle  with 
a  small  black  spot  in  the  middle,  gray  pollinose  along  the  eyes, 
black  pilose  in  the  middle.  Dorsum  of  thorax  shining  metallic 
green,  with  light  colored  pile;  lateral  margins  distinctly  yellowish 
pollinose.  Scutellum  wholly  yellow.  Abdomen  black,  the  anterior 
half  of  the  black  bands  sub-opaque,  the  three  principal  bands 
very  broad,  attaining  the  lateral  margins  in  nearly  their  full 
width;  first  band  interrupted,  the  spots  narrowly  separated,  with 
their  inner  ends  rounded ;  second  and  third  bands  with  a  narrow 
but  deep  emargination  in  the  middle  behind ;  fifth  and  sixth  seg- 
ments with  a  yellow  hind  margin.  The  black  forms  narrower 
bands  than  the  yellow,  and  does  not  quite  reach  the.  margin. 
Legs  yellow,  the  tip  of  hind  tibiae  and  their  tarsi  brownish.  Wings 
hyaline,  the  stigma  ^^ellowish. 

Female:  "Front  metallic  green,  yellow  below,  on  the  lower 
half  with  yellowish  pollen.  Yellow  spots  of  the  second  abdominal 
segment  larger,  more  nearly  square,  and  only  narrowly  separated." 
— Williston,  Svnop.  N.  A.  Syrphidae,  p.  86. 


84  -  The  Ohio  NatunilisL  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 


Eristalis  aeneas  Scopoli. 

(Plate  V,  Figs.  131  to  141  and  14.5  to  148;  and  Plate  IV, 

Figs.  149,  150.) 

The  egg  of  Eristalis  (rneas  was  not  found  but  that  of  its  near 
relative  E.  tenax  was  studied  and  is  figured  in  Plate  V, 
Fig.  142. 

These  eggs  are  much  larger  than  those  of  most  of  the  aphid- 
iphagous  species  studied,  but  are  equaled  in  size  by  the  egg  of 
Didea  fasciata.  Length  1.6  mm.,  diameter  0.4  mm.,  elongate 
ovoid,  slightly  bent,  rounded  at  the  ends,  the  anti-micropylar  end 
the  larger.  The  shell  shows  the  usual  sculpturing  but  the  radi- 
ating arms  between  the  main  bodies  are  much  less  conspicuous  or 
at  times  apparently  wanting  (Fig.  143).  There  are  about  65 
bodies  the  length  of  the  egg,  about  100  around  it  at  the  middle. 
Each  body  is  about  two  or  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  with  9-13 
short  arms  radiating  from  it.  The  bodies  are  well  separated  from 
each  other.     The  color  is  the  usual  chalk-white. 

A  female  of  E.  tenax  was  taken  at  the  city  sewage  disposal 
plant  while  ovipositing  over  filth,  September  23.  Within  an 
hour  and  a  half  after  being  taken  she  had  deposited  about  100 
eggs.  Part  of  these  were  deposited  in  more  or  less  scattered 
positions;  the  great  majority,  however,  in  one  or  two  masses,  in 
which  they  were  ranked  on  end,  their  sides  closely  apposed.  They 
were  floated  over  a  vial  of  water,  and  within  24  hours  a  consid- 
erable number  of  them  had  hatched  and  were  to  be  seen  crawling  on 
the  vial  or  wriggling  in  the  water. 

Larva. 

The  young  larva  of  E.  tenax  (Fig.  144)  is  scarcely  longer  than 
the  egg  except  for  the  projection  of  the  posterior  respiratory 
appendage.  Including  this  structure  the  length,  2  or  3  hours  after 
hatching,  was  2.5  to  3  mm.  The  larvae  are  sub-cylindrical 
but  attenuated  at  the  posterior  end  to  the  breathing  tube  (Fig. 
144,  d).  They  frequently  show  a  prominent  hump  dorsally  in  the 
posterior  third  of  the  body.  Antennae  (a),  prolegs  {b),  tracheal 
trunks  (c),  and  other  larval  structures  are  ]3resent  but  these  are 
described  below  for  the  larva  of  E.  ceneas. 

The  mature  larva  of  Eristalis  ceneas  (Fig.  131)  resembles  in  a 
general  way  the  well-known  rat-tailed  larva  of  E.  tenax,  but  is 
considerably  smaller. 

The  body  is  .soft,  slug-like,  elongate-oval  or  sub-cylindrical  in 
shape,  about  13  to  15  mm.  long  by  3  to  4  mm.  l)n>a(l  and  2  to  3 
mm.  high;  these  dimensions  varying  with  the  different  positions 
assumed  by  the  motile  larva.     The  anterior  end  is  commonly 


Mar.,  1913.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  V.  85 

retracted  so  as  to  be  roughly  truncate.  At  the  posterior  end  the 
last  segment  tapers  rather  abruptly  to  the  posterior  respiratory 
appendage.  This  appendage  (Fig.  131,  d)  is  tube-Hke  and  very 
long.  Its  diameter  near  the  body  is  usually  about  0.5  mm.  while 
at  the  end  it  is  less  than  one-half  this  width.  Its  length  varies 
extensively;  it  is  seldom  retracted  to  less  than  5  mm.  and  may  be 
elongated  in  exceptional  instances  to  100  mm.  or  nearly  four 
inches.  A  more  usual  elongation  is  about  15  to  30  mm.  The 
color  of  the  larva  is  a  dirty  gray  or  brown. 

The  body-wall  is  soft,  flexible,  more  or  less  greasy  or  slimy  to 
the  touch,  and  translucent.  The  integument  has  a  number  of 
transverse  folds  which  terminate  laterally  in  a  moderately  dis- 
tinct lateral  carina  running  the  full  length.  These  folds  fall  into 
a  number  of  groups,  between  which  the  integument  is  smooth, 
each  group  consisting  of  about  five  transverse  elevations  or 
wrinkles.  Near  the  middle  of  these  groups  of  folds  one  can  detect 
double,  flexible  hairs  (Fig.  136,  a),  about  twelve  in  number  sit- 
uated in  a  transverse  row.  The  lateral  margins  of  the  body  also 
are  constricted  between  these  groups  of  folds. 

For  these  reasons  I  am  convinced  that  these  divisions  of  the 
body  represent  somites  or  body-segments.  I  suspect  that  the 
bifid,  flexible  hairs  are  homologous  with  the  single,  usually  rigid, 
segmental  hairs  of  the  aphidiphagous  forms  which  are  similarly 
located  with  reference  to  segments.  Determined  in  this  way  the 
body  shows  seven  similar  and  perfect  segments  when  in  a  retracted 
position.  To  these  may  apparently  be  added  two  posterior  ones 
which  bear  the  long  respiratory  tube  and  on  which  the  anus  opens 
ventrally.  Immediately  in  front  of  these  seven  similar  segments 
open  the  anterior  respiratory  cornua  of  the  larva,  which  would 
represent  a  tenth  segment.  The  remaining  ones  in  front  are 
indefinite,  retractile,  and  bear  the  antennee,  a  mouth-hood,  and, 
within  the  buccal  cavity,  certain  chitinized  mouth-parts.  If, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  aphidiphagous  species,  we  consider  the 
anterior  larval  spiracles  as  representing  the  prothoracic  segment 
and  allow,  as  in  that  case,  two  segments  for  the  head,  then  this 
segment  becomes  No.  3,  the  last  one  of  the  seven  would  be  No.  10, 
and  the  ones  bearing  the  anus  and  respiratory  appendage  would 
make  twelve  in  all. 

The  mouth-parts  of  the  larva  are  located  internal  to  a  hood- 
like, striated,  chitinous  termination  of  the  oesophageal  framework. 
(Figs.  13s,  b;  139).  They  are  peculiar  structures  which  I  have 
been  unable  to  homologize  with  the  parts  in  the  aphidiphagous 
larvae,  but  which  seem  to  me  to  represent  these  structures  in  a 

degenerate   condition.     They   are   represented   in    Plate   , 

Figs.  139,  140,  141,  perhaps  better  than  they  can  be  described. 
Of  the  parts  there  figured  only  the  hood  reaches  the  surface  or 
can  be  seen  without  dissection. 


86  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 

The  antennae  (Fig.  138,  a)  are  located  close  above  the  buccal 
cavity  and  seem  to  consist  of  a  basal  fleshy  segment  and  two, 
slightly-elongated  pieces  side  by  side  at  the  apex.  These  are 
located  on  a  fleshy,  partly  bifurcated  process  of  the  head  seg- 
ment. The  small  pieces  at  the  tip  are  not  alike  in  appearance;  the 
one  nearer  the  iniddle  line  is  abruptly  constricted  near  its  middle, 
beyond  which  it  continues  with  less  than  a  fourth  its  diameter  at 
the  basal  half.  The  outer  one  is  of  nearly  equal  diameter  to  the 
truncate  apex. 

The  integument  as  a  whole  is  provided  with  short,  flexible, 
light-colored  hairs  (Fig.  13(i,  b),  which  are  specialized  on  the  pro- 
legs,  on  the  posterior  breathing  appendage,  and  also  into  the 
segmental  hairs. 

The  anterior  spiracles  (Figs.  131,  b;  132),  are  borne  on  a  pair 
of  horn-like  prominences  which  are  capable  of  considerable  exten- 
sion but  are  usually  rather  closely  retracted.  The  tip  is  marked 
by  a  sub-circular  opening  guarded  by  twenty  rounded  lobes. 

The  pro-legs,  of  which  there  are  seven  pairs,  are  simply  ven- 
tral, knob-like  projections  of  the  body  surface,  over  which  the 
ordinary  integumental  vestiture  has  become  specialized  (Fig. 
138,  c).  The  hairs  are  larger,  heavier,  and  decidedly  curved  and 
retrorse;  there  are  several  sizes  of  these  hooks  on  each  pro-leg. 
They  are  very  efficient  organs  of  locomotion  in  soft  mud  or  over 
hard  surfaces,  and  in  the  present  case  doubtless  enable  the  larva 
to  migrate  to  the  place  of  pupation  as  described  below. 

The  anal  opening  is  located  ventrally  near  the  base  of  the 
"tail."  It  is  slit-like,  and  is  very  peculiar  in  that  it  opens  among  a 
group  of  soft,  retractile,  radiating  flabellae  about  a  dozen  in  num- 
ber. These  flabellae  may  be  cntireh'  retracted  so  as  to  be  invisible, 
and  are  at  intervals  rapidly  unfolded  presenting  a  beautifully 
symmetrical  arrangement  (Fig.  137).  Buckton  suggests  that 
they  may  have  a  renal  function. 

The  posterior  respiratory  appendage  (Fig.  131,  d)  is  a  most 
remarkable  and  highly  specialized  organ  which  enables  the  larva 
to  feed  at  various  depths  beneath  the  water  without  coming  to  the 
surface  for  its  atrial  respiration.  The  spiracles  are  situated  dis- 
tally  on  an  elongated  tube-like  appendage,  which  is  extensile  and 
retractile  in  a  telescopic  manner.  It  is  composed  of  three  sections 
of  different  caliber  and  .superficial  appearance,  each  double  in 
nature,  enclosing  two  tracheae,  but  fused  medially  to  the  tip, 
never  forked.  These  sections  are  capable  of  sliding  one  within 
the  other.  The  one  next  the  body  is  the  largest,  nearly  cjdin- 
drical,  half  a  millimeter  in  diameter,  transversely  wrinkled  and 
bearing  numerous,  soft,  concolorous,  blunt  hairs,  similar  to  those 
of  the  body  surface  (the  integumental  hairs)  but  only  about  half 
as  large  (Fig.  134).  The  middle  segment  of  the  posterior  appen- 
dage is  about  two-thirds  the  diameter  of  the  basal  one,  and  is 


Mar.,  1913.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae   V.  87 

marked  by  irregular  longitudinal  ridges  bearing,  in  longitudinal 
lines,  very  short,  sharp,  recurved  hairs,  broad  at  the  base  (Fig. 
135).  These  alternate  on  any  two  adjoining  ridges.  The  ter- 
minal segment  is  smooth,  shiny,  with  its  surface  transversely 
ridged  in  a  manner  which,  under  low  magnifications,  suggests  a 
trachea.  When  more  carefully  examined,  however,  the  two 
trachea  which  ran  the  full  length  of  the  tube  are  easily  seen 
through  the  outer  walls  of  this  segment  (Fig.  133,  a). 

The  tube  temiinates  in  a  rounded,  convex  tip  which  seems  to 
be  perforated  by  two  small  semi-circular  slits.  It  is  ornamented 
with  four  pairs  of  tiny,  delicate,  feather-like  appendages  which 
open  out  radially.  (Fig.  133,  c).  These  are  probably  lubricated 
in  some  way  for  they  seem  to  repel  the  water  and  are  not  easily 
submerged.  These  feather-like  structures  may  be  homologous 
with  the  inter-spiracular  hairs  or  spines  of  the  aphidiphagous 
larvae. 

These  larvae  can  progress  through  the  water  by  undulatory 
constrictions  of  the  body,  or  creep  over  submerged  or  exposed 
objects  by  the  aid  of  their  pro-legs.  (Buckton  believed  that  in 
E.  tenax  the  tail  is  used  by  pushing  from  behind  to  aid  the  grub  in 
penetrating  into  soft  mud.) 

Numerous  larvae  were  collected  in  the  evaporating  vats  at  the 
Columbus  sewage  disposal  plant  in  September.  They  were  found 
in  large  numbers  swiniming  about  in  the  very  putrid,  watery 
material,  near  the  surface  where  a  kind  of  scum  had  collected. 
Their  food  is  undoubtedly  the  various  decaying  materials  brought 
in  with  the  sewage. 

These  are  very  interesting  animals  to  watch  under  a  low 
power  microscope:  the  peculiar  undulatory  creeping  or  swimming 
movements,  the  retraction  and  elongation  of  the  breathing 
appendage,  the  occasional  unfolding  of  the  flabelte  about  the 
anus,  and  the  peculiar  opening  out  and  introverting  of  the  anterior 
segments,  lips,  antennee,  mouth-hood,  etc.,  besides  the  action  of 
the  viscera  all  being  clearly  visible,  and  fascinating  objects  for 
study. 

Pupa. 

While  the  change  from  larval-  to  pupal-stage  in  the  aphid- 
iphagous forms  is  not  sharply  defined,  it  is  clearer  there  than  in 
the  rat-tailed  foim  as  illustrated  by  E.  ceneas;  because  in  the 
latter  case,  the  shortening  and  dorsal  inflation  are  proportionately 
not  so  great. 

Length  8-10  mm.,  height  3-4.5  mm.,  width  3. 5-4. 5  mm. 
Shape  elongate-ovoid,  much  like  that  of  the  larva  but  consider- 
ably shortened,  and  somewhat  inflated  dorsally;  so  that  as  seen 
from  the  side  (Fig.  145)  the  dorsal  line  is  strongly  convex  in  front 
and  behind,   weakly  so  along  the  middle.     The  ventral  line  is 


88  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  N.o.  5, 

nearly  straight.  From  its  posterior  end  arises  the  tail-like 
respiratory  appendage  (Fig.  145,  c)  which  is  usually  curved 
anteriorly  above  or  around  the  body.  It  is  commonly  shortened 
to  a  length  of  S  to  10  mm.  of  which  the  basal  segment  often  forms 
about  two-thirds,  the  terminal  one  usually  being  second  in  length. 
The  tracheal  tubes  from  these  appendages  soon  become  constricted 
off  a  short  distance  within  the  main  body  of  the  puparium  and 
are  not  functional  during  most  of  the  pupal  stage. 

At  the  approach  of  pupation  there  appears  under  the  larval 
skin,  about  one  segment  back  of  the  anterior  or  larval  respiratory 
comua,  (Fig.  131,  b;  145,  a),  a  pair  of  rounded  darkened  areas. 
These  soon  become  elevated  to  a  length  of  about  2  mm. ;  their 
diameter  being  about  0.25  mm.,  rather  uniform  to  near  the  tip 
where  they  round  off  (Fig.  145,  h).  They  are  provided  on  the 
distal  three-fourths  or  four-fifths  of  their  length  with  several 
hundred,  short,  rounded  tubercles  (Fig.  147).  These  tubercles  are 
somewhat  collected  into  groups,  and,  especially  along  the  anterior- 
median  surface,  are  absent  over  a  longitudinal  stripe.  When 
highly  magnified  each  tubercle  is  seen  to  be  ornamented  on  the 
tip  with  about  8  or  9  radial  elevations,  which  I  take  it  are  the 
spiracles.  (Fig.  148).  The  elevations  as  a  whole  are  called  the 
pupal  respiratory  cornua.  Internally  to  the  puparium  they 
continue  as  large  trachea,  which  attach  to  the  dorsal  part  of  the 
prothoracic  segment  of  the  developing  nymph  (Fig.  146,  a). 
There  is  thus  quite  clearly  a  special  provision  for  pupal  respiration. 

These  might  be  considered  homologous  with  the  prothoracic 
spiracles  of  the  adult  fly;  and  since  they  penetrate  the  puparium 
about  one  segment  back  of  the  anterior  larval  respiratory  cornua, 
it  might  seem  improper  to  consider  the  larval  segment  which 
bears  the  latter  the  prothoracic.  Nevertheless,  it  does  not  seem  to 
me  that  the  point  at  which  these  pupal  cornua  emerge  should  be 
considered  of  much  significance.  The  larval  skin  at  this  time  is 
much  distorted  out  of  its  nonnal  shape  by  contraction  and 
inflation  and  it  would  not  seem  that  segmental  homology  could 
longer  hold. 

The  larval  respiratory  cornua  (Fig.  145,  a)  become  fixed  at  a 
length  of  about  0.75  mm.  their  diameter  being  slightly  less  than 
that  of  the  pupal  comua  just  described.  They  are  recurved 
slightly  to  a  sharp  point.  The  sub-circular  group  of  rounded  lobes 
at  its  tip  in  the  larva  (Fig.  132),  become  obscure  in  this  stage. 
Internally  the  trachea  from  these  cornua  are  constricted  off  and 
have  no  connection  with  the  pu])a,  at  least  in  its  more  advanced 
stages. 

The  buccal  cavity,  antennae,  etc.,  are  retracted  within  the 
puparium  a  short  distance  back  of  the  anterior  end  where  the 
dorsal  elevation  begins.  Internally  the  oesophageal  framework  is 
flattened  against  the  ventral  wall  of  the  puparium  from  which  the 


Mar.,  1913.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae   V.  89 

pupal  body  becomes  separated.  The  position  of  the  seven  pairs 
of  pro-legs  and  of  the  anal  opening  are  shown  as  scars  on  the 
ptiparium  (Fig.  145,  e,  d). 

The  color  of  the  pupariuni  with  the  pupa  enclosed  is  a  very 
dark  brown.  When  empty  and  dried  it  is  brittle,  and  a  very  pale 
ashy-brown  in  color.  The  larval  wrinkling  remains  visible  to  a 
slight  extent. 

Pupae  of  this  species  were  found  in  abundance  at  the  sewage 
disposal  plant  the  middle  of  September.  The  walls  of  the  vats 
are  of  cement  and  are,  much  of  the  time,  six  or  eight  feet  higher 
than  the  level  of  the  water.  They  are  surmounted  by  an  iron 
railing.  In  the  angles  of  this  railing,  or  on  the  sides  of  the  wall, 
wherever  a  crevice  or  angularity  presents  itself,  numbers  of 
puparia  were  found  massed  together  and  considerably  over- 
grown with  webs  of  spiders.  During  the  winter  the  empty  puparia 
in  these  locations  form  excellent  nests  for  the  spiders. 

Buckton,  writing  about  E.  tenax,  states  that  the  larvae  buried 
themselves  in  soft  mud,  each  fonning  a  small  dome  over  itself, 
and  so  pupating  under  a  shallow  covering  of  mud.  This  method 
of  pupation  would  be  a  protection  against  drought.  The  pupa& 
taken  about  the  middle  of  September  emerged  as  adults  Septem- 
ber 26,  so  that  the  duration  in  this  stage  was  at  least  ten  days  to 
two  weeks.  During  the  winter  all  the  puparia  that  could  be  found 
were  empty  or  contained  dead  nymphs.  Does  the  fly  pass  the 
winter  in  some  other  stage,  or  can  it  be  that  the  puparia  left 
exposed  cannot  winter  and  that  nomially  they  bury  themselves 
in  mud?  If  the  latter  is  true,  other  pui^aria  at  this  place  may  crawl 
farther  and  bury  in  the  soil. 

Adult. 

Description  slightly  modified  after  Williston,  Synopsis  N.  A. 
Syrph.  pp.  161,  162.: 

"Male  and  female:  Length  S  to  10.5  mm.  Dark  metallic 
green,  wholly  shining.  Thorax  sometimes  with  a  bluish  reflection. 
Eyes  brownish,  spotted  with  small  round  dots  of  darker  (Plate 
IV,  Fig.  150).  [This  character  sometimes  disappears  after  death]. 
The  eyes  are  nearly  bare,  very  slightly  pilose  near  the  top.  Face 
and  front  with  grayish  pile  and  pollen,  a  small  spot  on  the  tuber- 
cle and  the  cheeks  narrowly  shining.  Antennas  brown,  dorsal  part 
of  third  joint  darker;  often  the  first  two  joints  yellowish;  arista 
bare.  Thorax  and  abdomen  with  obscure  yellowish  pile.  Dorsum 
of  the  thorax  in  the  female  with  five  grayish -white  stripes,  the 
middle  one  slender,  linear,  the  two  lateral  ones  broader  (Plate 
IV,  Fig.  150).  Scutellum  with  the  same  dark  metallic  green. 
Tibise  at  the  base,  sometimes  for  nearly  half  their  length,  light 
yellow;  middle,  sometimes  all  the  metatarsi,  yellowish;  the  femora, 
except  the  tip,  black;  distal  portion  of  tibiae  blackish  brown. 
Wings  hyaline." 


90  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 


Didea  fasciata  Macquart,  var.  fuscipes  Loew. 
(Plate  IV,  Fig.  17.) 
(An  addition  to  the  life-history  notes  on  this  species  published 
in  The  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  XI,  No.  7,  pp.  337-341,  May,  1911). 

Elongate  oval  in  outline,  sub-cylindrical,  but  flattened  ven- 
trally  and  arched  slightly  dorsally;  broadest  about  the  middle. 
Length  1.3  to  1.7  mm.,  diameter  0.4  to  0.6  mm.  Color  chalk 
white.  The  chorion  is  sculptured  in  a  characteristic  manner. 
The  projecting  bodies  are  close  together,  not  highly  elevated, 
each  one  two  to  four  times  as  long  as  broad.  There  are  oo  to  60 
of  these  bodies  lengthwise  of  the  egg  and  SO  to  100  around  it  at 
the  middle.  The  egg  of  Didea  differs  from  all  the  others  I  have 
seen  in  that  the  projecting  bodies  are  not  smooth  on  the  top  but 
each  one  has  a  small  number  (6-10)  of  more  or  less  angular, 
irregular-shaped,  pit-like  depressions  hollowed  out  of  it.  These 
are  so  arranged  as  to  leave  between  them  an  elevated  part  of  the 
body  with  more  or  less  parallel  sides.  The  whole  effect  is  to  give 
the  arm-like  network  appearance  over  the  main  body  somewhat 
like  that  between  these  bodies,  without  the  outlines  of  the  bodies 
being  obscured.  The  arms  between  these  bodies  are  irregular, 
slightly  branched,  for  the  most  part  rather  short,  sometimes 
long,  from  10  to  15  radiating  from  each  body. 

Eggs  already  hatched  and  larvte  apparently  5  or  6  days  old 
were  taken  on  sycamores  at  Columbus,  September  28,  1911.  A 
number  of  eggs,  not  hatched,  and  nearly  full-grown  larvas  were 
taken  October  7. 

The  eggs  are  scattered  singly  along  the  under  side  of  the  low, 
spreading,  more  or  less  horizontal  branches  of  the  sycamore 
{Platanus  occidentalis  L.)  at  a  time  in  autumn  when  the  colonies 
of  aphids  {Longistigma  caryte  Harris)  are  just  being  established, 
or  even  in  anticipation  of  their  arrival.  Indeed  it  seems  to  me 
likely  that  the  latter  is  usuall}^  the  case.  Certainly  many  eggs 
can  be  found  in  branches  where  no  aphids  are  yet  to  be  seen.  They 
are  laid  flat  down,  glued  by  the  posterior  half  of  the  ventral  side 
to  the  bark,  and  are  of  such  a  size  and  color  as  to  be  readily  seen 
on  close  examination  with  the  naked  eye. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  IV. 
Figures  81-89  Syrphus  xanthostoma  Wills. 

Fig.  8L  Antero-ventral  view  of  head  of  larva  much  enhirged;  a,  sensory 
papillae;  b,  antenna;  c,  upper  jaw;  d,  outer  pair  of  mouth-hooks; 
e,  other  mouth  hooklets;  /,  lower  jaw;  g,  anterior  spiracles  or 
larval  respiratory  cornua;  h,  oesophageal  framework,   within. 

Fig.  82.  Lateral  view  of  larva,  x  6;  a,  median  segmental  spines;  b,  pos- 
terior respiratory  ap])endage. 

Fig.    83.     End  view  of  anterior  spiracle,  highly  magnified. 

Fig.  84.  Dorsal  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ  x  40;  a,  one  of  the 
three  pairs  of  slit-like  spiracles;  b,  one  of  the  inter-spiracular 
spurs;  c,  the  median  dorsal  spiracular  spur;  d,  the  circular  plate. 


Mar.,  1913.]  Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  V.  91 

Fig.    85.     End  view  of  posterior  respiratory  organ,   x  50;  lettering  as  in 

Fig.  84. 
Fig.    86.     Dorsal  view  of  puparium  x  3;  a,  posterior  respiratory  appendage. 
Fig.    87.     Lateral  view  of  puparium  x  3. 
Fig.    88.     Scutellum  and  abdomen  of  female  from  above,   showing  color 

pattern,  x  5. 
Fig.    89.     Wing  of  male,  x  7. 

Figures  149,  150  Eristalis  aeneas  (Fab.) 
Fig.  149.     Wing  of  male  x  7. 
Fig.  150.     Dorsal  view  of  head  and  thorax  of  female  showing  characteristic 

spotting  of  the  eyes,  and  poUinose  thoracic  pattern,  x  5. 
Fig.     17.     Didea  fasciata  fuscipes;  characteristic   sculpturing  on  chorion  of 

egg- 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  V. 

Figures  142-144,  inclusive,  Eristalis  tenax  (Linne)  all  the  others 
of  Eristalis  aeneas    (Fabricious).      See  also   Figs.    149,    150 

Fig.  131.     Dorsal  view  of  mature  larva  x  9;  a,  antenna;  h,  anterior  larval 

respiratory  cornua;  c,  the  large  tracheal  trunks;  d,  the  posterior 

respiratory  tube  or  "rat-tail."     To  avoid  a  confusion  of  detail 

the  vestiture  is  not  represented  in  this  figure. 

Fig.  132.     The  anterior  larval  respiratory  cornua,  much  enlarged,  dissected 

out  to  show  the  large  trachea  leading  from  it. 
Fig.  133.     Distal  end  of  respiratory  tube  highly  magnified,  showing  wrink- 
ling on  outside,  the  two  inner  tracheae  (a),  the  spiracles  at  the 
tip  {b)  and  the  delicate,  feather-like  appendages  (c). 
Fig.  134.     A  small  area  of  the  basal  segment  of  the  tube  much  enlarged, 

showing  the  character  of  the  vestiture  and  wrinkling. 
Fig.  135.     A  small  area  of  the  median  segment  of  the  tube  much  enlarged, 

to  show  the  character  of  the  vestiture  and  wrinkling. 
Fig.  136.     a,  one  of  the  bifid,  segmental  hairs  of  the  larva,  and  b,  one  of  the 
integumental  hairs  of  the  body  drawn  to  the  same  scale  as 
Figs.  134  and  135. 
Fig.  137.     The  anal  opening  of  the  larva  (a)  with  the  retractile  fiabellae 
(b),  much  enlarged. 
Ventral  view  of  the  head  of  the  larva  much  enlarged;  a,  antenna; 

b,  mouth  hood;  c,  the  first  pair  of  pro-legs. 
Ventro-lateral   view   of   hood   and   oesophageal   framework   dis- 
sected out,  much  enlarged. 
The  chitinized  mouth-parts  internal  to  the  hood  from  the  side; 
a,  booklets,  possibly  homologous  with  those  of  aphidiphagous 
larvae;  b,  mandible-like  structures;  much  enlarged. 
The  same  as  Fig.  140,  ventral  view. 

Eggs  of  E.  tenax,  x  17,  showing  method  of  ranking  in  oviposition. 
Sculpturing  of  chorion  of  egg  of  E.  tenax,  highly  magnified. 
Larva  of  E.  tenax  a  few  hours  after  hatching;  a,  antenna;  b,  one 
of   the  prolegs;    c,    tracheal    trunks;    d,    posterior   respiratory 
appendage,  x  17. 
Puparium   of  E.   aeneas  from   the   side,   x  4;   a,   anterior  larval 
respiratory  cornua;   b,   pupal  respiratory  cornua;  c,  posterior 
respiratory  appendage;  d,  anal  fiabellae;  e,  pro-legs. 
Nymph,    or   developing   imago,    dissected    out    of   puparium    to 
show  connection  of  tracheae  from  pupal  respiratory  cornua  to 
prothorax  (a);  b,  knee  of  front  leg;  c,  wing-pads;  d,  scutellum;  x3. 
Pupal  respiratory  cornua  very  much  enlarged  showing  arrange- 
ment of  spiracular  papillae. 
Two   of   the   papillae   of  the  pupal  respiratory   cornua   showing 
radiating  structures  believed  to  be  the  spiracles. 


Fig. 

138. 

Fig. 

139. 

Fig. 

140. 

Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 

141. 
142. 
143. 
144. 

Fig. 

145. 

Fig. 

146. 

Fig. 

147. 

Fig. 

148. 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IV. 


Metcalf  on   "Life  Histories  of  Syrphidae." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  V. 


Metcalf  on   "Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae." 


94  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 


ADDITIONS  AND  CORRECTIONS  TO  THE  ODONATA  OF 

OHIO. 

Jas.  S.  Hine. 

The  "Odonata  of  Ohio"  by  Dr.  David  S.  Kelhcott  was  pub- 
lished in  March,  1899.  At  that  time  9S  species  had  been  taken  in 
the  state  and  all  were  represented  in  Professor  Kelhcott 's  collec- 
tion. Anax  longipes  Hagen  was  mentioned  as  a  possible  member 
of  Ohio's  fauna,  but  no  specimens  had  been  procured  and  we 
have  no  further  infomiation  in  regard  to  it  at  the  present  time. 

A  few  misstatements  have  been  noted  in  Dr.  Kelhcott 's  articles 
concerning  dragonflies,  largely  unavoidable  at  that  time  because 
of  the  small  amount  of  work  that  had  been  done  on  some  of  the 
genera.  Recent  investigations  have  revealed  the  fact  that  some 
additional  species  were  at  hand  in  1S99  but  were  associated  with 
nearly  related  ones  on  account  of  not  being  described.  Finally  a 
number  of  species  not  previously  reported  for  Ohio  have  been 
collected  in  various  sections  of  the  state  and  by  various  collectors, 
most  usually  while  engaged  in  preparing  general  faunal  collections. 

On  account  of  the  few  misstatements  and  the  several  addi- 
tions that  have  been  made  to  the  number  of  species  taken 
within  the  limits  of  the  state,  it  seems  desirable  at  this  time  to 
print  some  statements  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  the  list  of  Ohio 
dargonfiies  up  to  date.  In  Volume  I  of  the  Ohio  Naturalist, 
page  13,  are  given  a  few  additions  and  corrections,  but  since  some 
of  these  should  be  mentioned  again,  I  have  thought  best  at  this 
time  to  give  such  information  as  has  been  collected  since  the 
appearance  of  The  Odonata  of  Ohio. 

An  attractive  species  of  Enallagma  was  considered  an  unde- 
scribed  species  and  named  Enallagma  fischeri  by  Dr.  Kcllicott. 
After  studying  a  large  amount  of  material  Mr.  E.  B.  WiUiamson 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  E.  fischeri  is  the  same  as  Agrion 
antennata  Say  and  Dr.  Calvert  concurred.  I  believe  that  Wil- 
liamson is  correct  in  his  conclusion  in  this  matter,  but  due  deference 
to  Dr.  Kcllicott  merits  the  statement  that  Say's  description  is 
rather  brief  and  does  not  fully  explain  distinctive  characters. 
After  one  is  well  acquainted  with  the  dragonfly  fauna  of  the  section 
where  Say  procured  his  specimens  it  is  possible  to  reach  the 
proper  conclusion  by  the  process  of  elimination.  In  other  words 
there  appears  to  be  no  other  species  in  this  region  that  answers  so 
well  Say's  description  as  the  one  in  question. 

At  the  time  when  Dr.  Kcllicott  did  his  work  on  Ohio  dragon- 
flies  some  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Gomphus  were  not  well 
defined,   consequently  a   few  of   his   detenninations  have   been 


Mar.,  1913.]         Additions  and  Corrections,  Odonata  of  Ohio.  95 

proven  incorrect  and  the  following  statements  may  be  made  in 
order  to  harmonize  his  publications  with  recent  conclusions  of  the 
foremost  students  of  Odonata. 

In  Volume  XII  of  Entomological  News,  page  65,  Dr.  Calvert 
gives  a  comparative  study  of  three  closely  related  species  of  this 
genus.  After  studying  Ohio  material  as  well  as  much  material 
from  other  sections  he  announces  that  Gomphus  fraternus  var. 
walshii  as  published  in  Jour.  Cin.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  XVIII,  p.  107, 
and  Gomphus  externus  in  Odonata  of  Ohio,  page  60,  should  be 
changed  to  Gomphus  crassus  Hagen. 

Gomphus  intricatus  mentioned  in  Agricultural  Student,  Vol. 
Ill,  page  143,  and  Gomphus  sp.  Jour.  Cin.  Soc.  of  Nat.  Hist., 
Vol.  XIX,  page  67,  are  referable  to  Gomphus  notatus  Rambur. 

Gomphus  notatus  Ramb.  as  used  by  Dr.  Kellicott  in  Jour.  Cin. 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  XIX,  page  67,  is  Gomphus  plagiatus  Selys, 
as  we  know  it  at  the  present  time. 

Celithemis  fasciata  Kirby,  Odonata  of  Ohio,  page  104,  and  in 
Dr.  Kellicott's  other  writings,  is  referable  to  Celithemis  monome- 
Isena  Williamson,  which  was  described  as  a  new  species  in  Ohio 
Naturalist,  Volume  X,  page  153,  and  the  reader  is  referred  to 
this  paper  for  particulars. 

The  following  changes  and  statements  are  supplementary  to 
the  Odonata  of  Ohio  and  are  made  for  the  benefit  of  future  students 
and  collectors  of  the  order  in  the  state: 

Enallagma  antennata  (Say)  to  be  used  instead  of  Enallagma 
fischeri  Kellicott. 

Gomphus  crassus  Hagen  to  be  used  instead  of  Gomphus 
externus  Selys. 

Celithemis  monomelasna  Williamson  to  be  used  instead  of 
Celithemis  fasciata  Kirby. 

Gomphus  lividus  Selys  should  stand  as  it  is,  since  Gomphus^ 
sordidus  Hagen  is  now  considered  a  synonym. 

Gomphus  plagiatus  Selys,  spoken  of  with  some  doubt,  is 
correct  as  given. 

Gomphus  notatus  Rambur  is  correct  as  given  and  additional 
Ohio  species  have  been  procured. 

The  following  species  have  been  taken  in  the  state  and  should 
be  added  to  the  Ohio  list: 

Calopteryx  angustipenne  (Selys),  was  procured  near  Loudon- 
ville  by  Osbuni  and  Parker,  June  10,  1S99.  Additional  specimens 
were  procured  at  the  same  place  in  June,  1900. 

Lestes  eurinus  Say,  taken  in  Portage  County,  June  3,  1900,  by 
E.  B.  Williamson.  Nvimerous  specimens  of  both  sexes  taken  on 
Cedar  Point,  Sandusky,  by  the  writer,  July  10,  1900. 

Gomphoides  obscura  (Rambur),  taken  by  R.  C.  Osburn,  at 
Ironton,  June  1,  1899.  Additional  specimens  taken  bv  mvself  at 
Vinton,  June  10,  1900. 


96  The  Ohio  XaturaJist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 

Erpetogomphus  designatus  Hagen,  taken  by  Williamson 
along  the  White  Water  River  near  Harrison,  July  26,  1903. 
Calvert  mentions  this  species  as  a  member  of  the  Ohio  fauna  in 
Biol.  Cent.  Amer.  Volume  on  Odonata,  page  107!  Williamson 
states  that  he  has  seen  specimens  in  Dury's  collection,  taken  at 
Cincinnati. 

Gomphus  viridifrons  Hine.  In  Ohio  Naturalist,  Volume  I, 
page  13,  this  species  is  listed  under  Gomphus  abbreviatus  (?) 
Hagen.  Specimens  procured  near  Loudonville  by  J.  B.  Parker 
and  R.  C.  Osburn,  June  10,  1899.  The  species  was  cominon  at  the 
same  locality  June  14,  1900. 

Gomphus  amnicola  Walsh,  taken  along  the  Little  Miami  River 
at  Cincinnati  by  Chas.  Dury,  May  5,  1899,  and  July  10,  1903. 
Along  the  Ohio  River  by  the  same  collector,  July  25,  1911. 

Boyeria  grafiana  Williamson.  This  species  was  included  under 
B.  Vinosa  (Say)  in  The  Odanata  of  Ohio.  Williamson  published 
a  description  of  it  as  a  new  species  in  1907,  Entomological  News, 
XVni,'page  1.  A  male,  taken  at  Orwell,  Ohio,  September,  1894, 
by  E.  E.  Bogue,  is  in  the  Kellicott  collection. 

Aeschna  mutata  Hagen.  Specimens  taken  by  Osburn  and  Hine 
at  Stewart's  Lake,  near  Kent,  O.,  June  22,  19UU.  Listed  in  Ohio 
Naturalist,  Vol.  I,  page  14,  as  Aeschna  verticalis  Hagen. 

Nasi^eschna  pentacantha  (Rambur)  was  taken  near  Kent,  O., 
June  21,  1900.  In  company  with  R.  C.  Osburn  we  procured  three 
pairs  of  the  species.     Others  were  seen. 

Neurocordulia  obsoleta  (Say)  has  been  taken  at  Cincinnati, 
by  Chas.  Dury  and  his  associates  in  different  years.  A  male  spec- 
imen in  the  Kellicott  collection  was  taken  at  Cincinnati, 
June  15,  1899. 

Neurocordulia  yamaskanensis  (Provancher)  was  procured  on 
Rattlesnake  Island,  in  Lake  Erie,  June  28,  1900,  by  Prof.  H.  Osborn 

The  additions  here  enumerated  bring  the  number  of  species  of 
dragonfiies  actually  collected  in  Ohio  up  to  109.  ^  There  is  no 
doubt  but  that  more  additions  can  be  made  by  thorough  collecting 
in  all  parts  of  the  State. 


Mar.,  1913.]  Carnivorous  Plants  of  Ohio.  97 

CARNIVOROUS  PLANTS  OF  OHIO. 

Amy  Williams. 

In  Ohio  we  find  representatives  of  all  the  main  types  of  insect- 
iverous  plants: 

First  those  having  traps  or  chambers  into  which  the  insects 
go  and  are  caught;  second,  those  which  show  definite  movements 
in  response  to  a  stimulus  caused  by  contact  with  the  animal ;  and 
third,  those  which  have  neither  pitfalls  nor  movements,  but  which 
have  viscid-pubescence  or  viscid  areas  on  their  leaves  or  stems, 
on  which  the  insects  are  caught. 

In  the  first  group  we  find : 

Sarracenia  purpurea  L. 
Utricularia  cornuta  Mx. 
Utricularia  vulgaris  L. 
Utricularia  intermedia  Hayne. 
Utricularia  minor  L. 
Utricularia  gibba  L. 
Silphium  perfoliatum  L. 
Dipsacus  sylvestris  Mill. 

Sarracenia  purpurea,  Pitcher-plant,  has  its  leaves  converted 
into  deep  tubular  pitchers,  and  arranged  in  rosettes,  which  rest 
on  the  ground,  and  from  there  curve  upward.  They  are  some- 
what inflated  at  about  their  middle,  but  get  smaller  again  near 
the  opening  where  they  pass  into  small  laminae.  These  are 
threaded  by  red  veins,  which  often  form  a  very  striking  pattern. 
The  liquid  remains  in  the  pitcher  for  an  indefinite  period,  as  there 
is  little  chance  for  evaporation  in  the  hollow  tubes.  Insects 
aHghting  on  the  short  lamina  above  the  opening  or  crawling  up 
from  below,  slide  down  readily  into  the  pitcher  because  of  the 
smooth,  stiff,  reflexed  hairs.  After  they  are  in,  their  attempts  to 
escape  are  entirely  futile,  because  of  the  peculiar  arrangement  of 
downward  pointing,  stift"  hairs,  which  line  the  throat  and  prevent 
them  from  crawiing  up.  They  finally  drop  into  the  liquid  collected 
in  the  bottom,  where  they  drown  and  may  then  be  absorbed  by 
the  plant. 

The  Utricularias,  Bladder- worts,  are  aquatic  plants  rooted  in 
the  mud  or  suspended  in  the  water,  and  according  to  season, 
either  sink  down  to  the  bottom  or  rise  to  just  beneath  the  surface. 
In  winter,  when  animal  life  is  gradually  disappearing  from  the 
upper  layers  of  the  water,  the  tips  of  the  floating  stems  enlarge 
and  form  spherical  winter-buds,  which  sink  to  the  bottom  during 
the  winter.  In  the  spring  these  buds  elongate  and  come  up  to  the 
surface.  Here  they  put  out  two  lateral  branches  which  are  cov- 
ered with  leaves  and  little  bladders.  The  bladders  are  pale- 
green  and  partially  transparent.  They  are  somewhat  flattened 
on  the  sides  and  have  a  convex  dorsal  surface  and  a  slightl}^ 


98  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 

curved  lateral  surface.  Their  openings  are  in  the  shape  of  mouths 
having  their  borders  fringed  with  stiff,  tapering  bristles.  The 
under  lip  of  the  mouth  is  very  thick  and  has  a  cushion  extending 
into  the  interior  of  the  bladder.  The  upper  lip  is  very  thin  and 
from  it  a  transparent  valve  comes  down  to  meet  the  inner  edge  of 
the  cushion,  thus  closing  the  opening.  By  pressing  against  this 
valve  minute  plants  or  animals  are  able  to  enter  the  bladder  from 
which  it  is  impossible  for  them  to  escape,  because  of  the  valve. 

Silphium  perfoliatum,  Indian-cup,  has  its  leaves  arranged 
opposite  each  other  on  the  stem,  and  united  to  form  a  cup.  This 
cup  is  filled  with  water,  probably  partly  rain  and  partly  some 
excretion  from  the  plant  itself. 

Dipsacus  sylvestris  is  a  coarse  herb  having  its  leaves  arranged 
opposite  each  other,  forming  a  cup  to  catch  water,  much  like  the 
Silphium.     Their  edges  and  mid-ribs  are  covered  with  prickles. 

In  the  second  group  are : 

Drosera  rotundifolia  L. 
Drosera  intermedia  Hayne. 

The  different  forms  of  Drosera,  Sun-dew,  are  usually  rooted  in 
damp,  mossy  soil  or  bogs.  The  way  in  which  these  plants  catch 
their  prey  is  by  means  of  fine  red  filaments  which  are  clavate  on 
the  free  ends  and  tipped  b}^  a  drop  of  fluid.  These  filaments 
stand  out  from  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaf,  the  under  side  being 
smooth  and  without  hairs.  They  are  of  unequal  length,  the 
longer  ones  being  near  the  outer  edge,  the  shorter  ones  in  the  center. 
There  are  on  one  leaf,  sometimes  as  many  as  two  hundred  of  these 
tentacles.  The  clavate  head  is  really  a  gland  which  secrete  a 
thick,  sticky,  sweet  fluid.  It  is  remarkable  that  in  making 
experiments,  by  placing  bits  of  non -nitrogenous  substances  upon 
the  leaf,  the  movement  is  scarcely  perceptable,  in  response,  while 
when  insects  alight  upon  the  surface,  the  process  immediately 
begins.  In  many  instances  the  leaf  itself  becomes  concave,  so 
that  when  the  tentacles  are  down,  it  has  the  appearance  of  a 
closely  doubled  fist.  When  the  insect  alights  near  the  center  of 
the  leaf  it  is  covered  by  the  secretion  of  all  the  tentacles. 

Those  in  the  third  group  are : 

Silcne  antirrhina  L. 

vSilcne  antirrhina  divaricata  Rob. 

Silene  virginica  L. 

Silenc  noctiflora  L. 

Silene  rcgia  Sims. 

vSilene  armeria  L. 

Silene  conica  L. 

Silene  caroliniana  Walt. 

Tricuspis  seslerioides  (Mx.)  Torr. 

Carduus  nniticus  (Mx.)  Pers. 

Carduus  odoratus  (Muhl.)  Port. 

Parsonsia  petiolata  (S.)  Rusby. 

Polanisia  gravcolcns  L. 

Circaea  alpina  L. 


Mar.,  1913.]  Caloplaca  Pyracea  {AcL)  Th.  Fr.  99 

The  plants  of  this  group  excrete  a  sticky  substance  by  which 
insects  are  often  captured  in  large  numbers. 

In  the  Silenes,  Tricuspis,  Parsonsia,  Polanisia  and  Circaea  the 
secretive  and  absorbing  glands  are  on  the  stems,  while  in  Carduus 
the  viscid  substance  is  excreted  on  the  bracts  of  the  involucre. 
In  this  case  the  excretion  acts  more  as  a  protection  to  the  flower 
against  crawling  insects.  In  certain  western  species  of  Carduus 
the  glutinous  secretion  on  the  bracts  is  so  abundant  that  it  is 
impossible  for  any  crawling  insects  like  ants  to  pass  over  it  to  the 
flowers  above.  The  species  in  Ohio  have  the  glands  on  the  bracts 
and  insects  were  observed  adhering  to  them  but  they  are  much 
less  prominent. 


CALOPLACA  PYRACEA  (ACH.)  TH.  FR.,  A  CRUSTACEOUS 
LICHEN  ON  THE  SANDSTONE  SIDEWALKS  OF  EAST 

CLEVELAND,  OHIO. 

Edo  Claassen. 

Owing  to  the  frequent  rains  last  sumnier  more  algae  seemed  to 
grow  on  the  sidewalks  than  ever  before.  They  were  yellowish- 
green,  represented  a  species  of  Cystococcus,  and  occasionally 
covered  the  entire  surface  of  the  stones.  Here  and  there  small 
specks  of  a  grayish  color  appeared  on  them,  a  fungal  growth 
several  mm.  in  diameter.  The  mycelitim  spread  out  and  continued 
to  do  so  while  its  central  part  began  to  disappear.  In  these  centers 
algae  again  commenced  to  grow  while  the  mycelium  stretched 
out  more  and  more,  surrounding  the  algae  like  a  ring  continually 
increasing  in  size.  It  frequently  happened  that  some  mycelium 
located  itself  on  the  central  part  of  this  algal  layer,  thus  apparently 
repeating  the  former  process.  It  was  on  these  layers  of  mycelium 
that  apothecia  were  forming  in  great  numbers.  They  were  yellow 
to  orange-yellow  with  their  rim-like  external  part,  the  so-called 
exciple,  lighter  in  color.  When  young  they  were  somewhat 
convex  but  later  on  mostly  fiat. 

The  apothecia  contained  asci  in  a  more  or  less  mature  condi- 
tion. The  spores  were  very  seldom  simple,  except  when  quite 
young  and  filled  with  granular  protoplasm,  but  usually  even  when 
rather  young  they  were  two-celled.  Nearly  fullgrown  spores  as 
well  as  ripe  ones  were  always  two-celled.  Although  the  two- 
celled  spores  of  this  lichen  are  said  to  be  generally  "  polar-biloc- 
ular, "  none  of  this  type  could  be  ascertained  in  the  specimens 
examined. 

All  the  lichen  specimens  were  concentrically  arranged  on  the 
stones  wherever  they  had  space  enough  to  spread;  when  full 
grown  their  diameter  reached  50  to  70  mm.  or  even  more.  In  the 
central  part  of  an  examined  specimen  was  found  an  algal  layer  of 


loo  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  5, 

40  mm.  diameter,  surrounded  by  a  mycelium  15  mm.  wide.  In 
another  specimen  of  about  the  same  size  the  central  part  of  the 
algal  layer  was  covered  again  by  a  mycelium  12  mm.  in  diameter, 
so  that  now  this  mycelium  was  surrounded  by  an  algal  and  a 
fungal  layer  in  the  shape  of  concentric  rings.  The  apothecia  in 
the  last  mentioned  case  were  distributed  as  well  on  the  inner  as  on 
the  outer  mycelium. 

The  apothecia  are  usually  provided  with  a  great  number  of 
asci,  each  containing  S  colorless,  more  or  less  elliptical  spores, 
which  are  liable  because  of  their  small  size  (11-16x7-8  mic.)  to  be 
blown  to  long  distances  by  the  wind. 

On  finding  a  proper  substratum,  as  seems  to  have  been  the  case 
here,  the  algae  on  the  moist  sandstone,  they  reproduce  innumerable 
new  plants.  They  lead  a  symbiotic  life,  apparently  without 
either  benefit  or  harm  to  the  algal  symbiont,  but  certainly  with 
benefit  to  the  fungal  part. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  November  4,  1912. 

The  club  was  called  to  order  b}^  Pres.  W.  M.  Barrows.  The 
minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

The  principal  business  of  the  evening  was  the  election  of 
officers.  The  nominating  committee  reported  the  names  of  two 
candidates  for  each  office  and  the  following  were  elected: 

President,  W.  G.  Stover 

Vice-President,  Blanche  McAvoy. 

Secretary-Treasurer,  Marie  F.  McLellan. 

Following  the  election  came  the  president's  address  on  "Some 
Recent  Work  Along  the  Line  of  Mendel's  Law." 

Prof.  Barrows  discussed  Mendel's  original  idea  and  showed 
that  the  results  of  modem  work  have  been  slightly  different  from 
Mendel's  expectations.  The  purity  of  germ  cells  and  their  un- 
changeability  have  been  questioned.  It  has  also  been  shown  that 
units  are  not  physiologically  separate,  but  react  on  one  another. 

He  then  took  up  the  phenomena  of  sex-limited  inheritance  and 
showed  illustrations  from  the  experiments  of  Pearl  and  Surface  on 
barred  and  non-barred  chickens. 

He  showed  also  that  dominance  is  not  a  necessary  factor  in  the 
l)roduction  of  Mcndclian  ratios. 

The  meeting  was  then  adjourned. 

Marie  F.  McLellan,  Secretarv. 


Correction. — In  the  February  Ohio  Naturalist,  ]).  70,  first 
line  below  "Synopsis  of  the  Plant  Phyla,"  read  "then"  instead 
of  "through." 


Date  of  Publication,  March  25,  1913. 


The  Ohio  ^ACaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XIII.  APRIL,    1913.  No.  6. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

ScHAFFNER— The  Classification  of  Plants,  IX 101 

McAvoY— Liliales  of  Ohio 109 

Brain— A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Acarina  of  Cedar  Point 131 

McLellan— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 132 


THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  IX.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  gymnosperms  has  been  greatly  advanced 
in  recent  years  and  it  is  now  possible  to  discern  the  broad,  general 
lines  of  relationship  among  them  with  some  degree  of  certainty. 
Especially  important  have  been  the  contributions  on  the  morphol- 
ogy^ of  the  cycads  and  various  conifers  by  Chamberlain  and  other 
Chicago  botainists. 

In  some  orders,  the  phylogenetic  relationships  are  still  un- 
certain and  much  work  remains  to  be  done  both  on  the  cytology 
and  on  the  histology  of  the  stem.  In  certain  genera  even  the 
gross  organography  is  not  completely  known.  Among  the  coni- 
fers, the  Podocarpaceffi  and  certain  Taxodiaceas  greatly  need 
serious   attention. 

The  recent  discoveries  in  the  Pteridospermae  and  other  fossil 
groups  and  the  finding  of  multiciliate,  motile  sperms  in  the  living 
Cycadophyta  have  definitely  related  the  Gymnosperms  to  the 
Ptenophyte  phylum;  and,  although  one  would  hardly  look  to  any 
known  living  Gymnospemis  as  direct  ancestors  of  the  Angiosperms, 
yet  it  seems  certain  that  the  Angiosperms  and  the  various  groups 
of  Gymnosperms  must  have  had  rather  closely  related  ancestors 
derived  directly  from  the  eusporangiate  ferns.  There  is  little 
probability  that  the  real  ancestry  will  ever  be  discovered,  at  least 
not  until  more  progress  is  made  in  finding  plant  remains  or  im- 
pressions of  far  earher  times  than  any  yet  known.  The  fossil 
history  of  plants  practically  begins  with  the  Cordaites,  and 
although    one   may   find   interesting   transition    forms    between 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, No.  73. 

loi 


I02  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

the  various  members  cf  primitive  seed  plants  in  the  Carboni- 
ferous and  Devonian,  the  conclusions  drawn  from  these  sources 
are  no  more  reliable  or  fundimental  than  those  from  living  forms, 
except  that  they  aid  in  filling  up  gaps  which  occur  among  those 
surviving  to  the  present  time. 

What  is  needed,  of  course,  is  a  series  of  ancestral  fossils  below 
the  Devonian,  leading  up  step  by  step  through  the  successive 
geological  formations,  from  a  pteridophyte  ancestor  to  the  Devon- 
ian Cordiates.  The  speculations  of  those  who  reason  from  fossils 
of  lower  order  which  occur  after  the  higher  have  appeared  are  of 
no  more  weight  than  speculations  based  on  the  present  flora, 
which  is,  after  all,  more  reliable  than  the  extremely  fragmentary 
material  of  the  fossil  record.  It  may  be  stated  that  there  are,  at 
present,  no  evident  data  in  support  of  the  direct  relationship  of 
any  gymnospemi  classes  unless  we  consider  the  Bennettilales 
as  a  class  distinct  from  the  Cycadales.  The  relationship  of  these 
two  groups  seems  to  be  quite  certainly  established.  But  at 
present  most  systematists  would  probably  agree  that  the  Cycadales 
and  Bennettilales  are  closely  related  orders. 

The  strobili  or  cones  of  the  Coniferse  are  here  regarded  as 
true  strobili  and  not  as  inflorescences,  and  Bessey's  view  that 
the  staminatc  and  ovulate  cones  arc  strictly  homologous  is  main- 
tained. When  one  compares  the  pine  carpel,  with  its  prominent 
ovuliferous  scale,  with  the  dwarf  branch,  one  might  easily  be 
tempted  to  make  them  homologous;  but  when  one  goes  a  little 
further  and  finds  the  same  peculiarities  in  the  carpels  of  genera 
like  Abies,  where  no  dwarf  branches  exist,  the  conclusion  has 
little  or  no  weight.  Much  of  the  discussion  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  carpellate  strobilus  of  the  Pinacea2  has  been  based  on  the 
occurrence  of  occasional  abnormal  structures,  but  one  can  find 
abnormal  cones  that  argue  for  the  view  that  the  carpellate  cones 
are  true  strobili  and  not  inflorescences,  just  as  well  as  one  can 
find  structures  that  would  indicate  the  opposite.  For  example, 
Fischer  has  described  an  abnormal  cone  of  Pinus  laricio,  the 
lower  part  of  which  had  normal  stamens  and  the  outer  end  of 
the  same  axis  had  carpels  of  the  usual  type.  This  bisporangiate 
cone  was  in  the  position  of  a  staminatc  cone  beside  a  normal 
staminatc  cone.  The  carpels  had  the  usual  carpellate  bract 
and  ovuliferous  scale.  I  regard  the  ovuliferous  scale  as  a  peculiar 
structure  not  homologous  to  either  stem  or  leaf.  The  fleshy 
structures  in  the  Taxales  must  be  of  a  similar  nature.  The  aril 
of  Taxus,  for  example,  is  either  homologous  or  analogous  to  the 
ovuliferous  scales  of  Abies  and   Picca. 

The  structure  with  the  two  ovules  in  Ginkgo  is  regarded  as 
a  megasporophyll,  the  whole  cluster  at  the  tip  of  the  dwarf  branch 
being  simply  a  cluster  of  carj^cls.  The  same  interpretation  must 
then,  of  course,  also  be  given  to  the  staminatc  structures.     The 


April,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  IX.  103 

stalk  with  its  numerous  anthers  being  a  compound  microsporophyll 
homologous  to  those  of  the  Bennitales  and  the  cycads.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  sporebearing  structures  of  the  Gneteae  are  regarded 
as  highly  specialized  strobili,  the  whole  cluster  being  an  inflores- 
cence. If  these  views  are  correct,  we  have  in  a  general  way  the 
same  evolutionary  developments  in .  the  gymnosperms  as  are  so 
evident  in  the  angiosperms.  There  are,  however,  no  great  number 
of  transition  types  as  we  have  in  the  angiosperms,  where  one  can 
follow  through  from  the  primitive  strobilus-like  flower  to  a 
highly  reduced  and  specialized  inflorescence,  with  numerous 
vestiges,  pointing  out  the  probable  course  of  evolution. 

The  arguments  usually  advanced  from  the  presence  of  ab- 
normahties,  as  stated  above,  are  far  from  convincing.  The 
change  of  one  organ  to  another,  or  the  appearance  of  a  structure 
peculiar  to  one  organ  on  another,  simply  mean  that  the  hereditary 
factors  have  become  active  in  a  tissue  where  they  are  normally 
inactive  or  latent.  One  would  certainly  not  claim  that  when 
the  stamen  of  a  rose  or  other  flower  is  transformed  into  a  petal 
there  is  a  revision  to  a  primitive  condition.  For  this  would  give 
us  a  primitive  flower  composed  entirely  of  petals.  It  is  evident 
however,  that  the  evolution  of  the  rose  and  all  other  similar 
flowers  must  have  proceeded  in  the  opposite  direction.  Instead 
of  a  reversion  we  have  in  such  cases  only  the  expression  of  resi- 
dent factors  in  structures  where  we  do  not  expect  them  to  be 
operative.  The  petal  factors  are  present,  potentially,  in  every 
cell  of  the  entire  plant  body. 

Because  a  petiole  under  an  abnormal  stimulus,  caused  by 
certain  bacteria  or  by  special  manipulation,  may  develop  stem 
structures  is  no  evidence  that  the  petiole  was  phylogentically 
ever  a  stem.  If  one  finds  stem-like  tissues  in  the  carpel  petiole 
of  Ginkgo,  there  is  no  unquestionable  evidence  that  the  organ  was 
phylogenetically  a  stem.  The  stem  structure  may  have  developed 
as  a  response  to  the  parasitism  of  the  gametophyte  and  its  embryo. 
It  is  also  true  that  in  the  great  majority  of  supposed  phylogenetic 
reversions,  there  are  after  all  no  hereditary  characters  shown  in  the 
abnormal  structure  but  what  appear  in  the  normal  ontogeny. 
Usually  there  is  simply  an  abnormal  distribution  in  the  expression 
of  such  characters.  If  a  root  under  an  unusual  manipulation 
can  give  rise  to  tissues  which  produce  flowers,  this  does  not  mean 
that  in  its  past  phylogeny  the  root  was  a  petaliferous  organ. 
Yet  such  interpretations  are  continually  made  by  some  biologists 
to  account  for  any  abnomial  developments  which  may  be  shown 
in  the  various  tissues  of  organisms. 

One  could  certainly  reconstruct  a  remarkably  fantastic  ances- 
tral group  of  angiospemis  or  gymnospemis,  were  one  to  give 
weight  to  the  multitude  of  monstrosities  continually  appearing 
in  both  vegetative  and  reproductive  parts. 


I04  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

With  the  foregoing  views  as  a  basis  for  our  reasoning  on  the 
phylogemy  of  the  gyninospernis,  we  may  regard  the  hypothetical 
relationships  of  the  various  classes  and  other  groups  as  follows : 

The  Pteridospemiae  were  a  class  of  fern-like  seed  plants, 
derived  from  a  heterosporous  ptenophyte  group,  not  yet  dis- 
covered, leading  off  from  some  primitive  eusporangiate,  homos- 
porous  type  long  before  Devonian  times.  These  homosporous 
ferns  must  haA^e  had  characters  somewhat  like  our  living  Marat- 
tiales. 

The  Cycadeae  are  a  more  highly  specialized  branch,  derived 
from  the  same  primitive  stock  as  the  Pteridospermae.  The 
Strobilophyta  must  also  have  been  derived  from  the  ancestral 
type  which  gave  rise  to  the  Cycadeae  and  Cordaiteae,  but  did 
not  originate  directly  from  either  group.  There  is  no  satisfactory 
evidence  that  the  Coniferae  came  from  the  Cordaiteae.  but  the 
two  groups  may  have  had  a  common  ancestry  segregated  from 
some  primitive  Pteridosperm  stock. 

The  Ginl<goeae  seem  to  connect  directly  with  the  Cordaitales, 
but  the  latter  are  still  too  imperfectly  known  to  make  a  comparison 
certain.  As  to  the  origin  of  the  Geneteae,  there  is  little  evidence 
They  must  have  been  segregated  in  very  ancient  times  from  the 
early  Strobilophyta,  probably  before  the  various  groups  composing 
the  phylum  had  received  their  present  distinguishing  characters. 
They  may  have  been  segregated  from  the  Strobilophyte  phylum 
soon  after  the  Anthophyta  had  been  segregated  from  the  same 
primitive  stock  as  the  typical  Strobilophyta. 

The  Anthophyte  phylum  must  have  been  separated  long 
before  it  had  advanced  to  its  present  unique  morphology ;  perhaps 
at  the  very  beginning  of  its  seed  bearing  habit.  The  enlarged 
vessel-like  tracheids  of  the  Gneteae  and  other  supposedly  angio- 
sperm  characters  must  be  regarded  as  merely  analogous  develop- 
ments and  not  as  indicating  a  direct  line  of  ancestry  for  the 
Anthophyta. 

The  synopsis  of  the  living  Gymnospermae  follows  below, 
being  carried  out  as  far  as  the  ordinarily  recognized  genera.  Some 
of  the  families,  as  for  instance  the  Pinaccae,  present  a  very  striking 
series  of  progressive  developments  and  specializations.  This  is 
shown  in  the  specialization  of  the  leaves,  dwarf  branches,  ovuli- 
fcrous  scales,   carpellate  bracts  and  other  structures. 

Beginning  with  such  forms  as  Araucaria  imbricata,  as  approach- 
ing the  more  primitive  organography,  and  then  passing  through 
the  Pinaceae,  one  finds  a  progressive  tendency  which  finds  its 
highest  expression  in  Pinus.  In  the  genus  Pinus  one  can  again 
find  a  considerable  range  of  advancement.  In  Araucaria  im- 
bricata there  is  but  one  type  of  leaves  and  one  type  of  branch; 
in  Pinus  there  are  four  kinds  of  leaves  and  two  kinds  of  branches 
and  the  dwarf  branches  are  specialized  to  the  extreme  limit.     The 


April,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  IX.  105 

carpel  also  shows  successive  degrees  of  specialization.  The  cones 
and  ovuliferous  scales  of  the  white  pines  show  an  intermediate 
type  of  development  between  those  of  the  spruce  and  Douglas- 
fir  on  the  one  hand  and  the  more  specialized  two-leaved  pines  on 
the  other. 

By  some,  relationships  and  phylogenies  are  interpreted  mainly 
through  supposed  similarities  of  the  vascular  structures.  Such 
classifications  are,  however, '  vain  unless  they  are  supported  by 
the  combined  evidence  of  all  other  structures,  at  least  until  it 
can  be  shown  that  the  extremely  hypothetical  assumptions  used 
as  a  basis  for  interpretation  can  be  established  with  some  degree 
of  probability.  There  are  no  primitive  vascular  plants  known, 
as  indicated  above,  which  might  be  used  as  a  basis  of  comparison. 
The  fossil  record  is  a  blank  for  any  plants  which  would  lead  us  to 
the  beginning  of  vascular  evolution  and  the  lowest  living 
Homosporous  Pterdophytes  show  a  considerable  diversity. 
The  living  homosporous  classes  are  about  on  a  general  level  of 
evolutionary  development  and  the  assumption  that  the  protostele 
or  any  other  type  of  vascular  structure  is  the  most  primitive 
remains  to  be  proven.  There  is  also  no  evidence  that  the  vascular 
system  or  any  other  stem  structure  is  less  subject  to  modification 
than  are  leaf,  root  or  reproductive  structures,  none  of  which  have 
escaped  changes  of  a  profound  nature.  The  assumptions  based 
on  the  embryogeny  of  the  vascular  structures  are  no  more  certain 
than  those  based  on  the  embryogeny  of  the  reproductive  parts. 
Nevertheless,  the  careful  study  of  the  vascular  systems  will  give 
us  another  important  aid  in  deciphering  the  true  relationships 
of  the  higher  plants,  provided  that  the  knowledge  gained  is  cor- 
related with  evidence  from  other  lines  of  investigation.  It  is,  no 
doubt,  pennissable  to  call  supposed  embryonic  recapitulations 
to  our  aid  in  attempting  to  reconstruct  the  hazy  course  of  phylo- 
genetic  history,  but  it  must  be  regarded  as  only  one  of  the  lines  of 
evidence  to  be  considered  along  with  every  other  clue  one  may 
obtain  froin  every  structure,  function,  and  peculiarity  of  the  plant 
in  its  entire  life  cycle. 

Synopsis  of  the  Cycadophyta. 

I.  Leaves  compound;  stem  an  unbranched  shaft  or  with  few  branches. 

1.  Megasporophylls    only    slightly    differentiated    from    the    foliage 

leaves;  leaves  femlike,  often  very  much  compounded;  no  cones 
formed.     (Fossil).     Pteridosperm.^. 

2.  Megasporophylls    highly    specialized,    usually    very    different    in 

form  from  the  foliage  leaves;  in  Cycas  still  showing  some  foliage 
characteristics;  leaves  pinnate,  rarely  bipinnate;  at  least  one 
kind  of  sporophylls  in  cones.     CvcADEiE. 

a.  Microsporophylls  leaf  like;  flowers  probably  all  bisporangiate. 

(Fossil).     BENNETTITALES. 

b.  Microsporophylls  not  leaflike,   arranged   in   compact   mono- 

sporangiate  cones;  diecious.     CYC  AD  ALES. 


io6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

II.  Leaves  simple  or  merely  lobed,  venation  dichotomous  or  parallel;  stems 
with  numerous  branches  forming  a  dense  crown. 

1.  Without  dwarf  branches;  leaves  usuallv  eUmgated,   with  parallel 

veins.   (Fossil.)     Cordaite.^  CORDAITALES. 

2.  With  thick  wart-like  dwarf  branches;  leaves  fan-shaped,  entire  or 

lobed,  sometimes  deeply  divided,  deciduous. 
•GiNKGOE^.  GINKGOALES.  ginkgoace^.  Ginkgo.  Maiden-hair-tree. 

Synopsis  of  the  Cycadales. 

1.  Megasporophylls  (carpels)  leaf-like,  arranged  in  a  rosette  through 
which  the  main  stem  continues  its  growth;  seeds  8 — 4,  seldom  2, 
horizontal  or  erect;  leaflets  with  a  midrib;  cortical  cauline  vascular 
bundles  present,  cycadace^.  Cycas. 
II.  Megasporophylls  (carpels)  highly  specialized,  arranged  in  lateral 
cones;  seeds  2,  inverted;  pinnae  parallel-or  feather-veined,   zamiace^. 

1.  Cortical  cauline  vascular  bundles  present,  forming  several  wood 

zones.      MACROZAMIAT.«. 

(1).  Leaves  simply  pinnate. 

a.  Carpels  pointed.    Macrozamia. 

b.  Carpels  shield-shaped.    Encephalartos. 

(2).  Leaves  doubly  pinnate;  stem  subterranean.     Bowenia. 

2.  Cortical  bundles  absent;  primary  cambium  persistent.      zamiat^. 

(1).  Leaflets   feather- veined.     Stangeria. 
(2).  Leaflets  parallel-veined. 

a.  Ovules  on  a  process  of  the  carpel;  carpel  pointed  and 
leaf-like.     Dioon. 

b.  Ovules  sessile;  carpels  shield-like. 

(a).  Carpels  shield-like,  not  horned. 

((a)).  Tree-like  when  mature;  carpellate  cones  2-3 

ft.  long.    Microzamia. 
((b)).  Usually  with  a  low  tuberous  stem  or  geophi- 
lous;  carpellate  cones  much  smaller.  Zamia 
(b).  Carpels  2-horned.    Ceratozamia. 

Synopsis  of  the  Strobilophyta. 

I.  No  vessels  (enlarged  tracheids)  in  the  secondary  wood;  wood  frequently 
with  resin  ducts;  cotyledons  2-15.     Conifer.^. 

1.  Carpels  usually  numerous,  in  strobili  (cones);  seeds  covered  by  the 

carpel  tips  or  by  ovuliferous  scales;  cones  rarely  becoming  fleshy 
when  mature;  seeds  dry,  the  testa  woody  or  leathery.   FINALES. 
(1).  Leaves  spirally  arranged. 

a.  Pollen  wingless;  carpels  with  one  to  several  seeds;  ovu- 

liferous scale  not  prominent,  or  none. 

(a).  Carpel  with  one  seed;  microsporangia  5-8,  free  and 

pendulous.     araucariace/E. 
(b).  Carpel  with  two  to  nine  seeds;  microsporangia  2-5. 

taxodiace^. 

b.  Pollen  grains  winged;  carpels  with  two  inverted  seeds; 
ovuliferous    scales    prominent;    plants    monecious. 

pinace^. 
(2).  Leaves  opposite  or  whorled.    juniperace.-e. 

2.  Carpels  of  the  cone  few  or  1;  seeds  with  fleshy  testa  or  covered  by  a 

fleshy  aril.    TAXALES. 
(1).  Stamens  with  2  microsporangia;  pollen  winged;  seed  1. 

a.  Not  with  phylloclades.    podocarpace^. 

b.  With  phylloclades.    phyllocladace^.  Phyllocladus. 
(2).  Stamens  with  3-8  microsporangia,  seeds  1  or  2,  erect,  pollen 

wingless,     taxace^. 


April,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  IX.  107 

II.  Vessels  present  in  the  secondary  wood;  wood  without  resin  ducts; 
embryo  with  2  cotyledons;  strobili  in  specialized  inflorescences;  leaves 
opposite.     Gnete.e. 

1.  Airchegonia  well  developed;  primary  cambium  persistent;  leaves 

scale-like;  stem  green  and  fluted. 

EPHEDRALES.  ephedr.\cE/E.  Ephedra. 

2.  Archegonia  reduced;  concentric  cortical  series  of  vascular  bundles 

produced;  leaves  ribbon-like  or  broad.    GNETALES. 

a.  Leaves  only  2,  ribbon-like  and  split  when  old;  stem  tuber- 
ous.    TUMBOACE.E.  Tumboa  (Welwitschia). 

b.  Leaves  numerous,  broad,  netted-veined. 

GNETACE^.  Gnetum. 

Synopsis  of  the  Families  of  Conifer.^   With  More  Than  One  Genus. 

araucariace.e. 

L  Seed  without  a  wftig,  coalesced  with  the  carpel.    Araucaria. 
2.  Seed  winged,  free  from  the  carpel.     Agathis. 

TAXODIACE^. 

I.  Dwarf  branches;  if  any,  and  the  leaves  not  all  deciduous  at  the  same 
time. 

1.  Not  with  true  dwarf  branches. 

(1).  Ovules  or  seeds  3;  carpellate  cones  often  clustered  at  the 
end  of  the  twig;  leaves  rather  broad.     Cunninghamia. 

(2).  Ovules  or  seeds,  2,  or  more  than  3,  if  3  then  the  carpellate 
bract  toothed;  leaves  rather  narrow  or  scale-like. 

a.  Microsporangia  on  the  stamen  3-6. 

(a).  Carpellate  bract  not  toothed. 

((a)).  Seeds   2;   carpellate   cones   ^4   in.    long. 

Taiwania. 
((b)).  Seeds  4-9;  carpellate  cones  1  in.  or  more  in 
length.     Sequoia. 
(b).  Carpellate  bract  toothed;  seeds  3-6.  Cryptomeria. 

b.  Microsporangia  on  the  stamen  2;  carpel  with  4-9,  mostly 

5  seeds.     Arthrotaxis. 

2.  Dwarf  branches  extending  into  a  long  double  needle;  microsporangia 

2,  seeds  about  7.     Sciadopytis. 
II.  Dwarf  branches  deciduous;  carpel  shield-like,  ovules  2. 

1.  Ripe  carpels  persistent.     Taxodium.  Bald-cypress. 

2.  Ripe  carpels  deciduous.     Glyptostrobus. 

PINACE.E. 

I.  Without  dwarf  branches. 

1.  With  sterigmata;   carpels  persistent. 

(1).  Carpellate  bracts  longer  than  the  ovuliferous  scales;  leaves 

flat.     Pseudotsuga.     Douglas-fir. 
(2).  Carpellate  bracts  shorter  than  the  ovuliferous  scales. 

a.  Leaves  prismatic,  carpellate  cones  drooping. 

Picea.  Spruce. 

b.  Leaves  flat. 

(a).  Carpellate  cones  drooping.     Tsuga.  Hemlock. 
(b).  Carpellate  cones  erect.    Keteleeria. 

2.  Without    sterigmata,    carpels    deciduous;    carpellate    cones    erect; 

carpellate  bract  longer  than  the  ovuliferous  scale;  leaves  mostly 
flat.     Abies.     Fir. 


io8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


II.  With  dwarf  branches. 

1.  Dwarf  branches  persistent;   leaves  numerous,   ordinary  branches 

also  with  leaves. 
(1).  Leaves  evergreen.    Cedrus.    Cedar. 
(2).  Leaves  deciduous  each  year. 

a.  Carpels  persistent.    Larix.    Larch. 

b.  Carpels  deciduous.    Pseudolarix.    False  Larch. 

2.  Dwarf    branches    deciduous    (self-pruned);     leaves  few;    ordinary 

branches  with  scale  leaves  only.    Pinus  Pine. 

JUNIPERACE^. 

1.  Cones  woody,  at  the  ends  of  ordinary  leafy  branches. 

CUPRESSAT^. 

(1).  Carpels  imbricate,  not  shield-shaped. 

a.  Carpels  with  4-5  seeds.    Thujopsis. 

b.  Carpels  with  1-3  (usually  2)  seeds. 

(a).  Carpels  6-8,  the  four  upper  fertile. 

Thuja.  Arborvitae. 
(b).  Carpels  4-6,  the  two  upper  fertile.    Libocedrus. 
(2).  Carpels  valvate,  not  shield-shaped. 

a.  Carpellate  cones  with   numerous    sterile  bracts  at  the 

base.     Actinostrobus. 

b.  Carpellate   cones   with   the   upper  set   of  carpels   seed- 

bearing,  the  lower  sterile.    Fitzroya. 

c.  Carpellate  cones  with  4  carpels,  without  sterile  bracts- 
at  the  base.    Callitris  (including  Widdringtonia). 

(3).  Carpels  shield-shaped. 

a.  Carpels  with  several  seeds.     Cupressus.  Cypress. 

b.  Carpels  with  2  seeds.     Chamaecyparis.     White-cedar. 

2.  Cones    fleshy    when    mature,    at    the    ends    of    short    or    axillary 

branches,     juniperat^.  Juniperus.  Juniper. 

PODOCARPACE^. 

1.  Seed  more  or  less  inverted,  at  least  in  the  incipient  stage. 

(1).  Both  stamens  and  carpels  in  definite  cones. 

a.  Leaves   flat,   needle-shaped;   carpels   spirally   arranged; 

monecious.     Saxegothaea. 

b.  Leaves  opposite,  scale-like  appressed;  carpels  in  whorls 
of  4;  diecious.    Microcachrys. 

(2).  Carpels  1  or  few,  not  in  a  definite  cone. 

a.  Seed  completely  inverted,   all  the  parts  of  the  carpel 

grown  together.     Podocarpus. 

b.  Seed  only  partly  inverted,  outer  bract  of  the  carpel  not 
united  with  the  seed.     Dacrydium. 

2.  Seed  erect;  leaves  scale-like;  shrubs.     Pherosphaera. 

TAXACE^. 

1.  Carpel  with  2  ovules.    Cephalotaxus. 

2.  Carpel  reduced,  ovule  L 

a.  Carpellate   flowers   two  together;   seed    closely  invested   by 

the    outer    fleshy    layer;    matured    female    gametophyte 
grooved.     Torreya. 

b.  Carpellate  flowers  usually  solitary;  seed  surrounded  by  a  free 

aril;   matured   female   gametophyte   even.     Taxus.  _^  Yew. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  109 


LILIALES  OF  OHIO. 

Blanche  McAvoy. 

In  this  study  it  has  been  my  aim  to  arrange  the  species  belong- 
ing to  the  Liliales  of  Ohio  in  a  phyletic  series  and  to  make  such 
keys  as  are  needed  for  the  easy  identification  of  those  species 
known  to  accur  within  the  limits  of  the  state.  The  distribution 
given  is  based  on  specimens  in  the  state  herbarium  at  the  Ohio 
State  University.  It  is  known  that  this  distribution  is  not  com- 
plete, but  it  was  thought  best  to  confine  the  list  to  specimens 
at  hand  in  order  that  it  may  be  readily  verified  and  that  botanists 
of  the  state  may  be  able  to  see  what  is  needed  to  make  the  herba- 
rium more  complete. 

LILIIFLORAE. 

Herbs,  sometimes  shrubs,  lianas  or  trees,  usually  with  prom- 
inent flowers,  having  showy  petals  or  staminodes;  flowers  hypogy- 
nous  or  epigynous,  solitary  or  clustered,  pentacyclic,  trimerous, 
usually  bisporangiate,  actinomorphic  in  the  lower  forms,  but 
zygomorphic  in  the  higher;  carpels  3  or  rarely  2,  united. 

LILIALES. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  lianas  or  trees,  usually  with  showy  flowers; 
flowers  hypogynous,  usually  pentacyclic,  mostly  actinomorphic; 
bisporangiate,  monecious  or  diecious;  endosperm  mealv,  horny 
or  fleshy. 

Key  to  the  Families. 

1.  Perianth  not  chaff-like  and  the  flowers  not  in  dense  scaly  heads;  at 

least  the  inner  whorl  of  the  perianth  petal-like;  perianth  segments 
sometimes  united.     2. 
1."   Perianth  glumaceous;  or  partly  glumaceous  with  the  flowers  in  dense 
scaly  heads  or  spikes.     5. 

2.  Flowers  usually  bisporangiate;  if  monosporangeate  then  not  with  ten- 

drils and  flowers  not  in  umbels.     3. 

2.  Flowers    monosporangiate,    umbellate;    plants    usually    with    tendrils, 

often  woody.    Smilacea. 

3.  Perianth  of  similar,  mostly  colored,  persistent  segments  are  of  3  green 

sepals  and  3  colored,  withering  persistent  petals;  (rarely  a  4-parted 
perianth).     LiliacecB. 

3.  Perianth  ephemeral,  with  3  colored,  deliquescent  petals  or  a  six-parted 

tubular,  ephemeral  perianth.     4. 

4.  Perianth  tubular,  six-parted;  aquatic  herbs.    Pontederiacece. 

4.  Perianth  usually  of  3  green  sepals  and  3  colored,  deliquescent  petals; 

terrestrial  herbs.     CommelinacecB. 

5.  Inflorescence  paniculate  or    capitate,  always    with  leaf-like  bracts  at 

the  base;  perianth  of  similar  segments.     Juncacece. 

5.  Inflorescence  in  dense  heads  or  spikes,  without  leaf-like  bracts  at^the 

base.     6. 

6.  Ovulary  unilocular;  flowers  bisporangiate.     Xyridacece. 

6.     Ovulary  2-3-locular;  flowers  monosporangiate.     EriocaulacecB. 


no  Tlw  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


LiLiACEAE.     Lily  Family. 

Herbs,  rush-like  herbs,  woody  plants;  terrestrial,  usually  with 
prominent  flowers,  solitary  or  clustered,  flowers  hypogynous, 
mostly  actinomorphic ;  perianth  segments  all  colored  alike  or 
differentiated  into  a  green  calyx  and  colored  corolla;  fruit  a 
loculicidal  or  septicidal  capsule  or  a  berry. 

Sub-families. 

1.  Stem  erect,  occasionally  short,  rarely  with  a  rhizome,  never  with  a 
bulb;  anthers  introrse;  fruit  a  capsule  or  berry;  flowers  bisporangiate 
or  monosporangiate.     Dracanatce. 

1.  Stems  with  rhizomes,  corms  or  bulbs.     2. 

2.  Fruit  a  capsule.    3. 

2.  Fruit  a  fleshy  berry,   imperfect  in  Trillium;  flowers  bisporangiate. 

ConvallarialcB. 

3.  Capsule  usually  loculicidal;  plants  mostly  bulbous;  flowers  bisporangi- 

ate; anthers  mostly  introrse.     LiliatcB. 
3.     Capsule  mostly  septicidal;  plants  rarely  bulbous;  bisporangiate,  imper- 
fectly bisporangiate,  imperfectly  monecious,  monecious,  or  diecious; 
anthers  mostly  extrorse.     MelanlhatcB. 

Key  to  the  Genera  of  Liliacece. 

1.     Leaves  in  1   or  2  whorls  of  from  .3-9  leaves,  on  the  flowering  stem; 
flowers  single  or  umbellate.     2. 

1.  Leaves  alternate  or  opposite  or  occasionally  in  several  whorls,  often 

basal.     3. 

2.  Leaves  three,  flowers  solitary.    Trillium.  (17) 

2.  Leaves  in  two  whorls;  flowers  in  umbels.     Medeola.    (18) 

3.  Flowers  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves,  either  solitary  or  clustered.     4. 

3.  Flowers  terminal  or  scapose,  solitary  or  clustered.     7. 

4.  Leaves  minute  bracts,  phyloclades  needle-like.    Asparagus.  (26) 

4.  Leaves  ordinary,  not  reduced  to  bracts.     5. 

5.  Flowers  solitary.     6. 

5.  Flower  clusters  umbellate,  consisting  of  2  or  more  flowers. 

Salomonia.  (21) 

6.  Leaves  long-acuminate,  rounded,  clasping,  membranous. 

Streptopus.   (19) 

6.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  mostly  sessile  or  perfoliate.    Uvularia.    (10) 

7.  Perianth  segments  united.     8. 

7.  Perianth  segments  separate.     11. 

8.  Perianth  segments  4-6  in.  long;  flowers  bright  yellow  or  orange. 

Hemerocallis.     (4) 

8.  Perianth  segments  less  than  }/2  in.  long;  flowers  white,  blue  or  pale 

yellow-green.     9. 

9.  Leaves    narrow,    linear,    coming   from    a    bulb;    flowers    blue,    rarely 

pinkish,  small,  in  a  dense  raceme.     Muscari.   (8) 
9.     Leaves  lanceolate  or  broadly  lanceolate.     10. 

10.     Scape  sheathed  by  the  bases  of  the  2  or  3  leaves;  flowers  white  and 
\  sweet-smelling.     Convallaria.     (25) 

10.  Scape  much  exceeding  the  many  radical  leaves;   flowers  yellow  or 
\    ^       white.     Aletris.     (9) 

11.  Flowers  single,  terminal;  scape  with  two  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate 
'^      leaves.     Erythroninm.   (3) 

11.  Flowers  in  clusters  of  2  or  more,  or  if  single  then  the  stems  leafy.     12. 

12.  Flowers  in  definite  umbels  or  1-3  at  the  end  of  the  flowering  branch.  13. 
12.     Flowers  in  corymbs,  panicles,  racemes  or  spikes.     17. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  1 1 1 

13.     Leaves  linear,   terete,   or  eliptic-lanceolate;  if  eliptic-lanceolate  then 
flowers  appearing  before  the  leaves;  odor  pungent.     Allium.   (5) 

13.  Leaves  ovate,  ovate-lanceolate,  or  lanceolate.     14. 

14.  Flower  stalk  leafy  at  the  base,  peduncle  scapose.     Clintonia.  (24) 

14.  Flower  stalk  leafy  to  the  top.     15. 

15.  Anthers  versatile,  styles  united,  stigma  3-lobed.     Liliiim.     (2) 

15.  Anthers  not  versatile,  styles  separate  above  the  middle.     16. 

16.  Leaves  long-acuminate,  plant  finely  pubescent;  perianth  segments  ^ 

in.  long,  flowers  usually  in  2's,  sometimes  from  1-3,  greenish. 

Disporum.      (20) 

16.  Leaves  acute,  plants  glabrous  or  somewhat  pubescent  on  the  under 

side  of  the  leaves  when  young;  perianth  segments  about  1  in.  long, 
flowers  usually  single,  yellow  or  greenish-yellow.       Uvidaria.      (10) 

17.  Leaves  not  grass-like,  but  broad-ovate,  oval  or  lanceolate.     18. 

17.  Leaves   grass-like   or   sword-shaped,    occasionally   fleshy,    sometimes 

1  in.  or  more  broad.     21. 
IS.     Flower  cluster  a  spike  of  staminate  or  carpellate  flowers;  diecious. 

Chamcelirion.   (15) 

18.  Flowers  in  simple  raceines  at  the  end  of  leafy  branches;  or  if  in  a  com- 

pound raceme  then  without  leafy  bracts.     19. 

18.  Flowers   in   a  compound   raceme   with   leafy  bracts,   or   in   a   closely 

appressed  panicle;  leaves  10-14  in.  long,  oval  to  oblong. 

Veralrum  (12) 

19.  Perianth  6-parted,  stamens  6.     20. 

19.  Perianth  4-parted,  stamens  4,  plants  small,  leaves  usuallv  2. 

Unifolium.   (23) 

20.  Flowers  large  and  showy,   red,  yellow  or  orange.     Lilium.   (2) 

20.  Flowers  small,  greenish.      Vagnera.   (22) 

21.  Flowers  in  simple  racemes  or  corymbose.     22. 

21.  Flowers  in  branched  racemes  or  panicles.     24. 

22.  Flowers  involucrate  with  3  bractlets;  plants  not  bulbous.  Tofieldia.  (16) 

22.  Flowers  not  involucrate;  plants  bulbous.     23. 

23.  Flowers  numerous,  filaments  filiform.     Quamasia.   (6) 

23.  Flowers  usually  less  than  7,  filaments  flattened.     Ornithogalum.   (7) 

24.  Leaves  1  in.  wide  or  more,  pubescent  or  roughened.     25. 

24.  Leaves  }/2  in.  or  less  wide,  glabrous.    26. 

25.  Flowers  large?  showy,  white;  segments  not  clawed,  l-13-'2  long;  leaves 

rigid  or  sword-shaped.      Yucca.   (1) 

25.  Flowers  smaller,   greenish- white,   segments   clawed;  plant  pubescent. 

Melanthium.    (11) 

26.  Perianth  segments  acute,  bearing  1  or  2  glands  or  a  spot. 

Zygadenus.    (13) 
26.     Perianth  segments  acuminate  not  gland-bearing.    Stenanthium.    (14) 

DraccenatcB. 
1.     Yucca  L.     Yucca. 

Stems  woody,  bearing  evergreen,  stiff,  linear  leaves  and  having 
a  panicle  of  nodding,  showy,  white  flowers.  Perianth  of  six 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate  segments;  stamens  shorter  than  the 
perianth;  anthers  small  and  versatile. 

Yucca  filamentosa  L.  Adam's-needle.  Stem  short;  leaves 
evergreen  and  narrowed  above,  acuminate  and  sharp  pointed, 
%-2  in.  wide,  filiferous  on  the  margin;  panicle  large  and  densely 
flowered,  on  a  scape  1-9  feet  high;  perianth  segments  1-2  inches 
long;  fruit  an  erect  capsule,  ^  in.  thick.  Escaped  in  Franklin 
County. 


112  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

LiliatcB. 

2.     Lilium  L.     Lily. 

Tall  bulbous  herbs  with  short  rhizomes  and  simple,  leafy 
stems;  flowers  erect  or  drooping,  showy,  bisporangiate ;  perianth 
funnel  form  of  6  separate,  spreading  or  recurved  segnients,  all 
alike,  or  nearly  so,  nectar  bearing;  stamens  6,  extrorse;  anthers, 
versatile;  style  elongated;  stigma  3  lobed;  capsule  loculicidal. 

1.     Perianth  segments  not  clawed,  flowers  drooping  or  spreading.     2. 

1.  Perianth  segments  narrowed  into  long  claws,  flowers  erect.     3. 

2.  Leaves  smooth,  perianth  segments  recurved.    L.  superhum. 

2.  Leaves  roughened  or  tuberculate  on  the  veins  beneath;  perianth  seg- 

inents  recurved  or  spreading.     L.  canadense. 

3.  Leaves  mostly  whorled,  lanceolate  or  linear  lanceolate. 

L.  philadelphicmn. 
3.     Leaves,  all  but  the  uppermost,  scattered,  narrowly  linear. 

L.  umljcUatum. 

1.  Lilium  superbum  L.  Turk's-cap  Lily.  Stem  2-7>^  feet 
high;  leaves  lanceolate,  smooth,  acuminate  at  both  ends,  lower 
leaves  whorled;  one-to-many-flowered,  flowers  drooping  or  spread- 
ing, orange,  yellow-orange  or  rarely  red,  purple  spotted,  long 
peduncled,  formimg  large  panicles;  perianth  segments  recurved. 
In  meadows  and  marshes.  Reported  for  Erie  County.  Mosley's 
herbarium. 

2.  Lilium  canadense  L.  Canada  Lily.  Stem  2-6  feet  high; 
leaves  remotely  whorled,  lanceolate,  3  nerved,  roughened  or 
tuberculate  on  the  veins  beneath;  flowers  drooping  or  spreading, 
long  peduncled,  yellow  or  orange,  usually  spotted  with  brown; 
perianth  segments  recurved  or  spreading.  In  swamps  or  meadows. 
General. 

3.  Lilium  philadelphicum  L.  Philadelphia  Lily.  Stem  1>^- 
3  feet  high;  leaves  linear-lanceolate,  mostly  whorled;  flowers  1-3, 
erect,  reddish  orange,  spotted  with  purple  inside;  perianth  seg- 
ments narrowed  into  long  claws.  Dry  or  sandy  soil.  Fulton, 
Lucas,  Sandusky,  Eric. 

4.  Lilium  umbellatum  Pursh.  Western  Red  Lily.  Similar 
to  L.  philadelphicum,  but  more  slender;  leaves,  all  but  the  upper- 
most scattered,  narrowly  linear;  flowers  1-3,  red,  orange  or  yellow, 
spotted  below;  erect,  perianth  segments  narrowed  into  claws, 
shorter  than  the  blade.     In  dry  soil  on  prairies.     Stark  County. 

3.     Erythronium  L.  Dog-tooth  Lily. 

Nearly  stemless  herbs  arising  from  a  deep  bulb,  stem  bearing 
two  smooth,  spotted  leaves  with  sheathing  petioles  and  one 
nodding  flower  at  the  top;  perianth  of  6  lanceolate,  recurved  or 
spreading  divisions;  anthers  oblong-linear,  style  elongated; 
capsule  obovoid,  contracted  near  the  base. 
L  Flowers  yellow;  stigmas  very  short.  E.  americanum. 
\.  Flowers  white  or  pinkish  white;  stigmas  longer,  spreading  and  more 
recurved.     E.  albidum. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  113 

1.  Erythronium  americanum  Ker.  Yellow  Dog-tooth  Lily. 
A  bulbous  herb  with  green  leaves  mottled  with  purple  and  white; 
perianth  yellow;  style  club-shaped;  stigmas  3,  united.  In  woods 
and  thickets.     General. 

2.  Erythronium  albidum  Nutt.  White  Dog-tooth  Lily. 
Leaves  somewhat  narrower  than  the  preceding  species,  not  so 
much  spotted;  perianth  white,  pinkish  or  bluish-pink;  stigmas 
spreading.     General. 

4.  Hemerocallis  L.  Day-Hly. 
Showy  perennials  with  fiberous,  fleshy  roots,  and  two-ranked, 
linear  leaves  at  the  base  of  the  tall  scapes.  Scape  many  flowered, 
each  flower  having  a  bract  and  remaining  open  but  for  one  day; 
perianth  funnel-form,  the  lobes  longer  than  the  tube;  stamens 
united  with  the  tube,  anthers  introrse,  filaments  long  and  thread- 
like; style  long,  stigma  simple. 

p%  1.  Hemerocallis  fulva  L.  Common  Day-lily.  Scape  3-6 
feet  tall;  leaves  channeled;  flowers  6-18,  short  pedicelled,  tawny 
orange.     Escaped.     General. 

5.  Allium  L.  Onion.  Leek.  Garhc. 
Herbs  with  alliaceous  odor,  arising  from  solitary  or  clustered 
bulbs.  Leaves  narrowly  linear,  or  rarely  lanceolate;  scape  simple 
and  erect;  flowers  small,  in  umbels;  perianth  white,  pink,  purple, 
green;  parts  distinct,  or  united  at  the  very  base;  style  persistent, 
and  thread-like;  capsule  lobed;  seeds  black. 

1.     Leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  not  present  at  the  time  of  flowering;  capsule 
strongly  3-lobed.     A.  tricoccnm. 

1.  Leaves  linear  or  elongated,  present  at  the  time  of  flowering.     2. 

2.  Leaves  hollow,  terete  or  nearly  so.     3. 

2.  Leaves  solid.     4. 

3.  Stem  leafy  to  above  the  middle;  leaves  thread-like,  grooved  down  the 

upper  side.     A.  vineale. 

3.  Stem  leafy  only  near  the  base;  leaves  usually  broad,   not   definitely 

grooved,  flowers  white.     A.  cepa. 

4.  Scape  terete,  not  angular,  umbels   erect,   with    bulblets,   ovulary  not 

crested.     A.  canade?ise. 
4.     Scape  angular,  umbels  nodding  without  bulblets,  ovulary  and  capsule 
crested.     A.  cernmim. 

1.  Allium  tricoccum  Ait.  Wild  Leek.  An  herb  with  clus- 
tered ovoid  bulbs  and  with  oblong  lanceolate  leaves,  withering 
before  flowering  time.  Leaves  6-12  in.  long;  tapering  into  a  long 
petiole;  scape  4-6  in.  tall;  umbels  bracteolate,  many  flowered, 
erect;  flowers  white;  perianth  segments  oblong,  of  about  the  same 
length  as  the  filaments;  capsule  3-lobed.  In  woods.  West 
central  part  of  the  state  to  Franklin  and  Delaware.  Also  in 
Lorain,  Cuyahoga  and  Medina. 

2.  Allium  vineale  L.  Field  Garlic.  A  slender  herb  with  a 
stem  1-3  feet  high  sheathed  by  the  bases  of  the  leaves  below  the 


114  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

middle.  Leaves  terete  and  hollow,  slender,  channeled  above; 
umbels  many-flowered,  erect,  bulbiferous;  flowers  white;  perianth 
segments  obtuse ;  capsule  deeply  three-lobed.  Franklin  and  Har- 
rison. 

3.  Allium  cepa  L.  Common  Onion.  Scape  exceeding  the 
leaves;  bulb  scaley;  leaves  hollow,  sometimes  terete,  usually 
broader  than  thick;  flowers  white.     Sometimes  persistent. 

4.  Allium  canadense  L.  Meadow  Garlic.  Scape  12  in. 
high,  terete,  bulb  small;  leaves  basal  or  nearly  so,  narrowly  linear, 
slight!}^  convex  beneath;  umbels  bulbiferous;  flowers  pink  or 
white;  perianth  segments  narrowly  lanceolate.     General. 

5.  Allium  cernuum  Roth.  Nodding  Onion.  Bulbs  narrowed 
into  a  neck;  leaves  linear,  flattened  and  slightly  keeled,  1  ft.  long; 
scape  slightly  ridged,  1-2  feet  tall,  bearing  a  loose  or  drooping 
few- to-many -flowered  umbel;  flowers  rose-colored,  to  purple; 
capsule  6-crested.     General. 

6.     Quamasia  Raf.  Wild  Hyacinth. 

Bulbous  herbs  with  linear  leaves  and  a  tenninal  inflorescence 
of  rather  large,  blue,  purple  or  white  flowers.  Perianth  slightly 
irregular  of  G  blue  or  purple,  spreading  3  to  7  nerved  segments; 
stamens  united  with  the  bases  of  the  segments;  anthers  versatile, 
introrse;  capsule  oval. 

1.  Quamasia  hyacinthina  (Raf.)  Britt.  Wild  Hyacinth. 
Scape  G-28  in.  tall;  leaves  keeled;  raceme  elongated;  bracts 
longer  than  the  pedicels;  flowers  pale  blue;  3  nerved.  General, 
but  rare  in  eastern  Ohio. 

7.  Ornithogalum  L.      Star-of-Bethlehem. 

Bulbous  herbs  with  narrow,  basal,  fleshy  leaves.  Inflores- 
cence in  a  terminal,  bracted,  corymb  or  raceme  of  white,  \^ellowish 
or  greenish  flowers;  anthers  introrse  and  versatile;  stigma  three 
lobed  or  three  ridged. 

Ornithogalum  umbellatum  L.     Star-of-Bethlehem.  Bulbs 

ovoid,  tufted;  scape  slender,  4-12  in.  high;  leaves  narrow,  dark 
green  with  lighter  mid-rib ;  flowers  in  a  simple  raceme  or  corymb, 
erect  or  ascending;  perianth  segments  white  above  and  green  and 
white  below;  stamens  ^  the  length  of  the  segments.  Escaped 
from  gardens.  Montgomery,  Miami,  Gallia,  Franklin  and 
Auglaize. 

8.  Muscari  Mill.     Grape-hyacinth. 

Low  bulbous  herjjs,  with  basal,  linear,  fleshy  leaves  and  small,, 
usually  blue  (rarely  pink  or  white)  flowers,  in  a  dense  raceme. 
Perianth  globular  of  united  segments;  stamens  included;  anthers 
introrse;   style   short. 

1.  Muscari  botryoides  (L.)  Mill.  Grape-hyacinth.  Leaves 
linear,  erect;  flowers  deep  blue,  pedicels  shorter  than  the  flowers. 
Montgomery,  Lake. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  115 

9.  Aletris  L.     Colic-root. 

Perennial,  smooth,  stemless  herbs,  fibrous  rooted  with  basal 
lanceolate  leaves.  Inflorescence  a  spike-like  raceme;  flowers 
small,  bracted,  white  or  yellow;  perianth  campanulate  of  six 
united,  persistent  segments;  stamens  united  with  the  perianth; 
stigmas  minutely  2-lobed;  capsule  ovoid. 

Aletris  farinosa  L.  Colic  root.  Scape  16-36  in.  tall,  slender, 
terete;  basal  leaves  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate  at 
the  tip,  narrowed  at  the  base,  pale  in  color,  2-6  in.  long;  raceme 
4-12  in.  long  or  somewhat  longer;  flowers  white  or  yellowish; 
style  subulate;  capsule  ovoid,  loculicidal  above.  Counties  along 
Lake  Erie. 

Afelantlmtce. 

10.  Uvularia  L.     Bellwort. 

An  erect,  perennial  herb  from  a  root-stock.  Stem  leafy  above 
and  scale-bearing  below;  leaves  alternate,  perfoliate  or  sessile; 
flowers  peduncled,  drooping,  solitary  or  occasionally  in  two's  at 
the  end  of  the  branches ;  perianth  narrow  or  bell-shaped ;  stamens 
6,  free,  or  united  to  the  base  of  the  perianth  segments;  anthers 
linear;  capsule  ovoid  or  obovoid,  three  angled. 

1.     Leaves  sessile,  not  perfoliate.      U.  sessilifolia. 

1.  Leaves  perfoliate.     2. 

2.  Perianth  segments  pubescent  within,  stamens  shorter  than  the  stj^le, 

plants  glaucous,  leaves  glabrous.      U.  perfoliata. 
2.     Perianth  segments  smooth  within  or  nearly  so,  stamens  longer  than  the 
style,  plants  not  glaucous,  leaves  pubescent  beneath.    U.  grandiflora. 

1.  Uvularia  sessilifolia  L.  Sessile-leaf  Bellwort.  Glabrous 
herb  with  a  slender  stem  and  but  one  or  two  leaves  below  the 
fork.  Leaves  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  1-5  in.  long,  thin, 
sessile,  acute  at  each  end,  margins  slightly  rough,  pale  or  glaucous 
beneath,  flowers  greenish  yellow;  perianth  segments  smooth; 
styles  exceeding  the  stamens;  anthers  blunt;  capsule  narrowed  at 
both  ends,  1  in.  long.  Lucas,  Cuyahoga,  Siunmit,  Mahoning, 
Gallia. 

2.  Uvularia  grandiflora  vSm.  Large-flowered  Bellwort.  Stem 
stout,  yellowish-green,  not  glaucous,  naked  or  bearing  1  or  2 
leaves  below  the  fork;  leaves  perfoliate,  oblong,  oval  or  ovate, 
somewhat  acuminate,  whitish-pubescent  beneath;  perianth  seg- 
ments smooth  within  or  nearly  so;  stamens  exceeding  the  styles; 
capsule  obtusely  lobcd.     General 

3.  Uvularia  perfoliata  L.  Perfoliate  Bellwort.  A  slender 
plant  6-20  in.  high,  with  1-3  leaves  below  the  fork.  Leaves 
glaucous,  oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acute;  perianth  segments 
pale  yellow,  pubescent  within;  stamens  shorter  then  the  style  or 
equaling  them;  capsule  obovoid,  truncate,  3-angled  with  concave 
sides  and  grooved  ridges.     General. 


II 6  Tlie  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


11.  Melanthium  L.     Bunch-flower. 

Tall  leafy,  pubescent  herbs,  perennial  from  short  root  stocks. 
Leaves  oval,  lanceolate  or  linear;  inflorescence  a  pyratnidal 
panicle;  flowers  greenish,  white  or  cream  colored;  perianth  of 
■spreading  segments,  clawed,  filaments  shorter  than  the  divisions 
of  the  perianth,  somewhat  united  to  the  perianth  segments; 
.anthers  cordate  or  reniform;  styles  3,  subulate. 

1.  Melanthium  virginicum  L.  Virginia  Bunch-flower.  Stem 
1/^-5  feet  tall,  rather  slender;  leaves  linear,  }4-l}4  in.  wide; 
divisions  of  the  perianth  ovate  to  oblong,  clawed,  the  claw  about 
one-third  of  the  whole  length  of  the  segment.      Richland,  Wayne. 

12.  Veratrum  L.     False-hellebore. 

Tall  perennial  herbs  with  short,  poisonous  rootstocks.  Leaves 
broad  and  for  the  most  part  clasping;  stem  and  inflorescence 
somewhat  pubescent;  inflorescence  a  terminal  panicle  or  spike- 
like raceme;  flowers  greenish,  yellowish  or  purple,  bisporangiate 
or  monecious  on  short  pedicels ;  stamens  free  short  and  recurved. 

1.  Stem  stout  and  very  leafy  toward  the  top,  inflorescence  spreading  in  a 
dense  spike-like  raceme,  ovulary  glabrous.      V.  viride. 

1.  Stem  slender,  leaves  few,  inflorescence  in  a  narrow  panicle,  ovulary 
tomentose.      V.  ivoodii. 

1.  Veratrum  woodii  Robb.  Wood's  False-hellebore.  Stem 
slender,  sparingly  leafy,  1-5  feet  high;  leaves  oblanceolate,  only 
the  lowest  clasping;  panicle  narrow;  perianth  greenish-purple, 
with  entire  segments;  ovulary  tomentose;  capsule  few-seeded. 
Auglaize  county. 

2.  Veratrum  viride  Ait.  American  False-hellebore.  Stem 
stout,  very  leafy  at  the  top,  2-7  feet  tall;  leaves  broadly  oval, 
pointed;  sheath  clasping;  inflorescence  a  dense,  spreading  spike- 
like raceme;  perianth  yellowish -green ;  segments  twice  as  long  as 
the  stamens,  ciliate  serrulate;  ovulary  glabrous;  capsule  many- 
seeded.     Ashtabula   county. 

13.  Zygadenus  Mx.      Zygadene. 

Erect  perennial  bulbous,  glabrous  herbs  with  rather  large 
panicled,  greenish-white  flowers.  Stems  leafy;  leaves  linear; 
perianth  segments  separate  or  united  below;  stamens  free  from 
the  perianth  segments. 

1.  Zygadenus  elegans  Pursh.  Glaucous  zygadenus.  Very 
glaucous,  stem  slender,  >^-3  feet  tall;  leaves  keeled;  inflorescence 
sometimes  one  foot  long;  flowers  greenish;  perianth  segments 
oval  to  obovate,  obtuse,  somewhat  united.  Champaign,  Stark, 
Highland,  Ottawa. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  117 


14.  Stenanthium  Kunth. 

Erect,  glabrous,  bulbous,  perennial  herbs,  with  long  grass- 
like, keeled  leaves.  Inflorescence  of  numerous  small  flowers, 
forming  a  long  terminal  panicle;  perianth  segments  oblong  or 
ovate,  spreading;  stamens  somewhat  shorter  than  the  perianth; 
filaments  subulate;  anthers  oblong. 

1.  Stenanthium  robustum  Wats.  Stout  Stenanthium.  Stem 
stout,  usually  leafy,  3-5  ft.  tall,  leaves  1  ft.  or  more  long;  panicle 
dense,  usually  compound;  flowers  greenish  or  white;  capsule 
ovoid-oblong,  erect,  with  a  short  recurved  beak.    Fairfield. 

15.  Chamaelirium  Willd. 

Smooth  herbs  with  erect  stems,  from  bitter,  tuberous,  root- 
stocks  bearing  a  spike  like  raceme  of  small,  white,  bractless 
flowers,  diecious;  carpellate  plant  more  leafy  than  the  staminate; 
leaves  flat,  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  tapering  into  a  petiole; 
perianth  of  6.  1-nerved  segments;  carpellate  flower  with  vestigial 
stamens. 

1.  Chamaelirium  luteum  (L.)  Gr.  Chamaelirium.  Stem 
1-4  feet  high,  the  carpellate  plant  usually  higher;  basal  leaves 
2-8  in.  long;  capsule  oblong.  Sandusky,  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Sum- 
mit, Medina,  Wayne,  Licking,  Lawrence. 

16.  Tofieldia  Huds. 

Perennial  herbs  with  short,  erect  or  horizontal  rootstocks, 
flberous  roots,  and  slender,  erect,  almost  leafless  stems.  Leaves 
linear  and  clustered  at  the  base ;  flowers  bisporangiate  in  a  temiinal 
raceme,  or  rarely  solitary,  white  or  green;  pedicels  bracted;  per- 
ianth segments  oblong  or  obovate,  persistent;  stamens  6;  anthers 
introrse;  ovulary  sessile,  styles  3,  recurved. 

1.  Tofieldia  glutinosa  (Mx.)  Pers.  Glutinous  Tofieldia. 
Stem  vicid,  pubescent,  6-20  in.  tall  with  2-4  basal  leaves;  inflores- 
cence a  short  raceme,  three-eighths  to  one  and  one-fourth  in.  long, 
bearing  small  involucral  bracts;  flowers  very  small;  perianth 
segments  oblong  or  obtuse;  capsule  oblong.     Stark,  Champaign. 

CoHvallariatcB. 

17.  Trillium  L. 

Glabrous,  erect,  unbranched  herbs,  from  short,  root-stocks, 
with  a  whorl  of  3  leaves  at  the  summit  of  the  stem.  Perianth  of 
3  green,  persistent  sepals  and  3  withering  or  deciduous,  colored 
petals,  ovulary  3  or  6  angled. 

1.     Flowers  peduncled.     2. 

1.  Flowers  sessile.     6. 

2.  Leaves  sessile  or  subsessile.     3. 

2.     Leaves  petioled;  oval  or  ovate.     5. 


ii8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

3.     Petals  obovate  or  oblanceolate,   white  or  pinkish,   sometimes  darker 
with  age.     T.  grandiflorum.    (1) 

3.  Petals  ovate  or  lanceolate.     4. 

4.  Peduncles  1-4  in.  long,  erect  or  declined;  petals  spreading,  flowers  ill- 

scented;  dark  purple,  pink  or  white.     T.  erectum.    (2) 

4.  Peduncles  usually  less  than  1   in.   long,  recurved  beneath  the  leaves, 

petals  recurved,  white  or  pink.     T.  cernuiim.    (3) 

5.  Leaves  acuminate,  about  6  in.  long;  flowers  pure  white. 

T.  undulatum.    (4) 

5.  Leaves  oval,  obtuse  or  merely  acute,  small,  flowers  white  with  purple 

stripes  at  the  bases.     T.  nivale.  (5) 

6.  Leaves  sessile,  sepals  erect  or  spreading.    T.  sessile.  (6) 
6.     Leaves  petioled,  sepals  reflexed.     T.  recurvatum.  (7) 

1.  Trillium  grandiflorum  (Mx,)  Salisb.  Large-flowered  Tril- 
lium. Leaves  pcduncled,  somewhat  rhombic-ovate;  petals 
oblanceolate  or  obovate,  white  or  pinkish,  sometimes  darker  with 
age;  stamens  with  stout  filaments  and  usually  exceeding  the 
slender  stigmas.     General. 

2.  Trillium  erectum  L.  Ill-scented  Trillimn.  Leaves  broadly 
rhombic,  short  acuminate;  petals  ovate  or  lanceolate,  white, 
pink  or  deep  purple;  stamens  exceeding  the  stout  recurved 
stigmas;  flowers  ill-scented.     General. 

3.  Trillium  cernuum  L.  Nodding  Trillitmi.  Leaves  broadly 
rhombic  ovate;  peduncle  usually  less  than  one  in.  long  and  re- 
curved beneath  the  leaves;  petals  recurved,  white  or  pinkish; 
filaments  about  equalling  the  anthers;  stigma  stout  at  the  base, 
but  tapering  toward  the  apex.     Auglaize,   Champaign,   Medina. 

4.  Trillium  undulatum  Willd.  Painted  Trillium.  Leaves 
ovate  and  taper-pointed;  petals  ovate  or  oval-lanceolate,  pointed 
and  wavy,  white  with  purple  stripes.     Ashtabula  county. 

5.  Trillium  nivale  Ridd.  Early  Trillium.  Small,  2-4  in. 
high.  Leaves  oval  or  ovate,  obtuse;  petals  oblong,  obtuse,  white, 
scarcely  wav}^;  styles  long  and  slender.  Miaini,  Clark,  Greene, 
Franklin. 

G.  Trillium  sessile  L.  Sessile  Trillium.  Leaves  sessile  and 
usually  mottled;  flowers  sessile;  sepals  spreading  or  erect,  narrowly 
lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  dark  and  dtill  purple,  varying  to 
greenish.     General. 

7.  Trillium  recurvatum  Beck.  Prairie  Trillium.  Leaves 
petioled  and  somewhat  mottled,  ovate,  oblong  or  obovate;  flowers 
sessile;  sepals  reflexed;  petals  clawed,  dark  purple.  Auglaize, 
Hamilton. 

18.  Medeola  L. 

A  slender,  erect,  unbranched  lierb,  clothed  with  deciduous 
tomentum,  arising  from  a  tul^c-likc  rootstock  and  bearing  two  or 
three  whorls  of  oblong-lanceolate  leaves  and  a  sessile  umbel  of 
small,  recurved  flowers.  Perianth  of  6  equal,  recurved,  greenish- 
yellow  segments;  stamen  filaments  slender;  styles  3,  recurved. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  119 

1.  Medeola  virginiana  L.  Indian  Cucumber-root.  1-2 >^ 
feet  high;  the  lower  whorl  of  leaves  sessile,  acuminate,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  3  to  5  nerved;  umbel  2-9  flowered;  perianth  segments 
obtuse;  berry  dark  purple.     General. 

19.  Streptopus  Mx.     Twisted  Stalk. 

Branching  herbs  with  thin,  sessile,  or  clasping,  alternate 
leaves.  Flowers  solitary  or  in  two's,  greenish,  rose  or  purplish, 
small  and  nodding ;  peduncles  bent  or  twisted  at  about  the  middle ; 
perianth  campanulate  of  6  spreading  or  recurved  segments, 
deciduous,  stamen-filaments  short;  style  slender. 

1.      Streptopus     amplexifolius      (L.)      DC.  Clasping-leaf 

twisted  stalk.  Plant  16-36  in.  high,  usually  branching  below 
the  middle;  leaves  cordate  clasping  at  the  base,  glabrous;  berry 
oval.     Reported  for  Ohio. 

20.  Disporum  Salisb. 

Herbs  with  slender  root  stocks  and  branching  stems.  Leaves 
alternate,  sessile  or  clasping;  flowers  terminal,  nodding,  solitary 
or  in  simple  umbels,  white  or  greenish-yellow;  perianth  of  narrow, 
deciduous,  segments;  anthers  extrorse;  style  slender;  berry  oval 
or  ovoid. 

1.  Disporum  lanuginosum  (Mx.)  Nich.  Hairy  Disporum. 
Pubescent  herbs  with  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate  leaves, 
2-4  in.  long,  long  acuminate  at  the  apex  and  rounded  at  the  base. 
Flowers  solitary,  or  in  two's  or  three's,  greenish,  ^-^  in.  long, 
campanulate,  glabrous,  style  slender;  berry  oval,  red.  In  woods. 
Huron,  Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Ashtabula,  Medina,  Columbiana, 
Morrow,  Perry,  Richland,  Wayne,  Adams. 

21.  Salomonia  Heist.     Solomon's  Seal. 

Herbs  with  scarred  root-stocks  and  simple  aerial  stems,  scaly 

below  and  leafy  above,  the  leaves  sessile  and  alternate  in  ours. 

Flowers  usually  greenish,  axillary,  drooping,  peduncled,  solitary 

or   umbellate;    pedicels   jointed   at   the   base;    perianth   6-lobed; 

stamens  included,  united  with  the  perianth;  styles  slender;  fniit 

a  dark  blue  berry  with  a  bloom. 

1.     Plants  glabrous  throughout;  filaments  smooth,  flowers  usually  clustered. 

5.  commutata. 
1.     Leaves   pubescent   beneath;    filaments   roughened,    flowers   usually   in 
two's.     S.  biflora. 

1.  Salomonia  commutata  (R.  &  S.)  Brit.  vSmooth  Solomon 's- 
seal.  A  glabrous  herb,  1-8  ft.  high.  Leaves  rounded  and  some- 
times clasping  at  the  base;  peduncle  1-S  flowered,  glabrous; 
flowers  ^-%'in.  long.  In  moist  woods  and  along  streams.  Gen- 
eral. 


I20  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XllI,  No.  6, 

2.  Salomonia  biflora  (Walt.)  Britt.  Hairy  Solomon's-seal. 
A  slender  herb  S  in -3  ft.  high  with  glabrous  stem.  Leaves  acute 
or  acuaiinate  at  the  apex,  often  obtuse  at  the  base,  pubescent 
(especially  on  the  veins)  beneath,  glabrous  above;  peduncles 
commonly  2-flowered,  sometimes  1-4  flowered;  flowers  y^-Yz 
inch  long.     In  woods  and  thickets.     General. 

22.  Vagnera  Adans.     False  Solomon's  Seal. 

Herbs  with  stems  scaly  below  and  leafy  above.  Leaves 
alternate,  short  petioled  or  sessile ;  inflorescence  a  terminal  raceme 
or  panicle;  flowers  small,  white  or  greenish;  staniens  united  with 
the  base  of  the  segments;  anthers  introrse;  fruit  a  globular  berry; 
seeds  1  or  2. 

1.  Flowers  numerous  and  panicled.      V.  racemosa. 

1.  Flowers  few  and  racemose.     2. 

2.  Leaves  numerous.      V.  sleUala. 
2.  Leaves  2-4.      V.  irifolia. 

1.  Vagnera  racemosa  (L.)  Mor.  Panicled  False  Solomon's- 
seal.  Herbs  with  fleshy  root-stocks  and  angled,  leafy  stems  1-3 
ft.  high.  Leaves  oblong-lanceolate,  or  oval,  sessile  or  short- 
petioled,  2^-6  in.  long,  acuminate,  finely  pubescent  beneath, 
margins  ciliate;  panicle  dense,  peduncled;  perianth  segments 
oblong;  fruit  an  aromatic  red  berry  speckeled  with  purple.  In 
moist  woods  and  thickets.     General. 

2.  Vagnera  stellata  (L.)  Mor.  Stellate  False  Solomon's- 
seal.  A  leafy  herb  8-2U  in.  high  with  a  stout  fleshy  rootstock. 
Stems  glabrous;  leaves  oblong-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  sessile  or 
clasping,  minutely  pubescent  beneath;  inflorescence  a  raceme  ^- 
2  in.  long,  several-flowered;  berry  reddish  or  green  striped  with 
black.     In  moist  soil.     General. 

3.  Vagnera  trifolia  (L.)  Mor.  Three-leaf  False  Solomon's- 
seal.  A  glabrous  herb  with  slender  root-stocks  usually  with  3, 
sometimes  2-4  leaves.  Leaves  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  sessile, 
acute  or  acuminate  at  the  apex,  narrowed  at  the  base;  inflorescence 
a  few  flowered  panicled  raceme,  perianth  segments  obtuse  or 
somewhat  reflexed;  berry  dark  red.  In  bogs  and  wet  places, 
Fulton,  Lorain. 

23.  Unifolium  Adans.     False  Lily-of-the-valley. 

Low  herbs  with  slender  rootstocks;  simple,  few-leaved  stems 
and  small  white  flowers  in  a  small,  tenninal  raceme.  Perianth  of 
separate,  spreading  segments;  stamens  4,  united  with  the  base  of 
the  segments;  ovukiry  sessile,  2-locular,  berry  1-2  seeded. 

1.  Unifolium  canadense  (Desf.)  Greene.  False  Lily-of-the- 
valley.  Herbs  2-7  in.  high  with  slender  stems,  bearing  1-3, 
iisually   2,    leaves.     Leaves   ovate,    ovate-lanceolate   or   cordate, 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  121 

sessile  or  short-petioled ;  raceme  many-flowered ;  perianth  segments 
becoming  reflexed;  fruit  a  speckled,  pale-red  berry.  In  moist 
woods  and  thickets.     General. 

24.  Clintonia    Raf. 

Herbs  somewhat  pubescent  with  slender  root-stocks  and  erect 

simple  scapes  and  broad,  petioled  leaves.     Inflorescence  an  umbel 

of  bractless  flowers ;  perianth  segments  equal  or  nearly  so ;  stamens 

united  with  the  perianth;  ovulary  bi-or  tri-locular;  fruit  a  globose 

or  oval  berry. 

1.     Umbel  3-6  flowered,  perianth  l2~^i  in.  long,  greenish-yellow. 

C.  borealis. 
1.     Umbel  many  flowered,  perianth  }4:  in.  long  or  less  than  3^  in.  long,  white 
speckled.     C.  umbellulata. 

1.  Clintonia  borealis  (Ait.)  Raf.  Yellow  Clintonia.  Leaves 
oval,  thin,  ciliate,  short-acuminate;  inflorescence  3-6-flowered; 
stamens  as  long  as  the  perianth;  ovulary  bilocular;  berry  oval.  In 
moist  woods  and  thickets.     Ashtabula  County. 

2.  Clintonia  umbellulata  (Mx)  Torr.  White  Clintonia.  Herbs 
with  scape  8-18  in.  high.  Leaves  2-5,  oblong,  oblanceolate  or 
obovate,  acute  or  cuspidate,  ciliate;  inflorescence  a  many-flowered 
umbel;  pedicels  pubescent;  flowers  white,  sometimes  dotted  with 
purple;  ovulary  2-locular;  fntit  a  few-seeded,  globose  berry.  In 
woods.     Harrison,  Portage,  Wayne. 

25.  Convallaria   L.     Lily-of-the-valley. 

A  low  perennial  with  1  or  2  leaves  with  sheathing  petioles. 
Scape  bearing  a  one  sided  raceme  of  white,  rarely  pinkish,  fra- 
grant, nodding  flowers,  perianth  of  6  united  segments;  stamens 
united  with  the  perianth;  filaments  short,  anthers  introrse;  fruit  a 
berry. 

1.  Convallaria  majalis  L.  Lily-of-the-valley.  Scape  4-10  in. 
high,  shorter  than  the  leaves  and  scaly  near  the  base.  Escaped 
from  cultivation  in  Franklin  County. 

26.  Asparagus  L.   Asparagus. 

Stem  at  first  simple,  fleshy,  scaly  and  at  length  becoming  much 
branched  and  bearing  phylloclades,  the  whole  having  a  plume-like 
appearance.  Flowers  small,  solitary,  umbelled  or  racemed;  per- 
ianth segments  alike,  separate  or  slightly  united  at  the  base; 
anthers  introrse;  ovulary  sessile,  trilocular;  styles  short;  berry 
globose. 

1.  Asparagus  officinalis  L.  Asparagus.  Young  stems  thick 
and  edible,  but  later  developing  into  a  plume-like  branch.  Root- 
stocks  much  branched;  leaves  reduced  to  scales  and  branchlets 
reduced  to  phylloclades;  flowers  mostly  solitary  and  drooping  at 
the  nodes;  perianth  campanulate;  berry  red.  Escaped  from  cul- 
tivation along  road-sides,  salt  marshes  and  fields.     General. 


122  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


Smilaceae.     Smilax  Family. 

Mostly  vines  with  woody  or  herbaceous  often  prickly  stems. 
Leaves  alternate,  netted- veined,  several  nerved,  petiolcd;  petioles 
sheathing,  bearing  tendrils,  persistent  after  the  fall  of  the  leaf; 
flowers  small,  greenish,  diecious,  in  umbels  in  the  axils  of  the 
leaves;  perianth  of  6  segments;  stamens  6;  ovulary  trilocular;  style 
short  or  none;  fruit  a  berry;  seeds  1-6  with  much  endosperm; 
embryo  small. 

Smilax  L.     Smilax. 

Usually  twining  or  climbing  herbs  with  tendrils  from  the 
petioles.  Lower  leaves  reduced  to  scales;  flowers  actinomorphic ; 
perianth  segments  distinct,  deciduous,  the  carpellate  flowers  with 
vestigial  stamens;  berry  black,  red  or  purple  or  rarely  white. 

1.     Aerial  stems  herbaceous,  dying  down  each  year,  flowers  carrion-scented, 
berries  blue-black  with  a  bloom.     2. 

1.  Aerial  stem  woody,  often  prickly.     4. 

2.  Plants  erect,  mostly  without  tendrils.     5.  ecirrhata. 

2.  Plants,  with  tendrils,  climbing,  without  prickles.     3. 

3.  Leaves  smooth  on  both  sides,  peduncles  very  long.     5.  herhacea. 

3.  Leaves  sparingly  to  densely  puberulent  on  the  veins  beneath. 

S.  pulverulenta. 

4.  Leaves  green,  not  glaucous.     5. 

4.  Leaves  very  glaucous;  peduncles,  3^-1  in.  long,  usually  not  much  longer 

than  the  petioles.    S.  glaiica. 

5.  Peduncle  about  2  in.  long,  leaves  usually  7-9  nerved.    5.  pseudo-china. 
5.     Peduncle  \-}/2  in.  long,  leaves  usually  7-nerved.    5.  hispida. 

5.     Peduncle  usually  less  than  3^  in.  long,  about  as  long  as  the  petiole,  leaves 
usually  5-nerved.     5.  rotundifolia. 

\.  Smilax  ecirrhata  (Engl.)  Wats.  Upright  Smilax.  A 
glabrous,  erect  herb  with  the  leaves  often  whorled  at  the  top. 
Leaves  ovate,  rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base,  5-9  nerved,  some- 
what pubescent  beneath.  In  dry  soil.  Erie,  Wood,  Preble, 
Warren,  Clinton,  Brown,  Fairfield,  Hardin. 

2.  Smilax  herbacea  L.  Common  Carrion-flower.  An  un- 
anned,  glabrous  herb  more  or  less  climbing.  Leaves  ovate, 
rounded  or  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate  at  the  apex,  obtuse  or 
cordate  at  the  base,  7-9-ncrved;  peduncles  6-10  times  as  long  as 
the  petiole,  flattened,  inflorescence  a  many-flowered  mnbel; 
flowers  carrion-scented;  fruit  a  blue-black  berry.  In  woods  or 
thickets.     General. 

3.  Smilax  pulverulenta  Mx.  Pubescent  Carrion-flower.  Similar 
to  the  preceding  except  that  the  undersides  of  the  leaves  are 
pubescent,  especially  on  the  veins.  Williams,  Fulton,  Ottawa, 
Erie,  vSeneca,  Cuyahoga,  Hardin,  Auglaize,  Fayette,  Mont- 
gomery. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  123 

4.  Smilax  pseudo-china  L.  Long-stalked  Greenbrier.  A 
glabrous  climbing  woody  vine,  commonly  covered  with  numerous 
slender  prickles.  Branches  more  or  less  angled;  petioles  1-1>^  in. 
long;  leaves  ovate,  abruptly  acute  at  the  apex,  subcordate  at  the 
base,  usually  1 -nerved;  with  12-40  flowers;  fruit  a  black  berry. 
In  thickets.     General. 

5.  Smilax  glauca  Walt.  Glaucous  Greenbrier.  A  climbing 
woody  vine  with  terete  stem  and  four-angled  branches  and  glau- 
cous leaves.  Stem  often  prickly;  peduncle  }4~1  in.  long;  leaves 
ovate,  acute  or  cuspidate  at  the  apex,  sometimes  cordate  at  the 
base,  five-nerved;  umbel  6-12  flowered;  fruit  a  blue-black  berry. 
In  dry,  sandy  soil.     General,  but  more  abundant  in  the  south. 

6.  Smilax  rotundifolia  L.  Round-leaf  Greenbrier.  A  gla- 
brous woody  climber  with  a  terete,  woody  stem  and  a  square 
branch  usually  prickly.  Petioles  less  than  }4  in.  long;  leaves 
thick,  shining  when  mature,  acute  or  acuminate  at  the  apex, 
obtuse  or  cordate  at  the  base,  entire  or  very  slightly  denticulate, 
5  nerved;  peduncles  flattened;  umbel  6-25-flowered ;  fruit  a  black 
berry.  In  woods  and  thickets.  Cuyahoga,  Belmont,  Hocking, 
Fairfield,  Licking,  Lorain. 

PoNTEDERiACEAE.     Pickerel-wccd  Family. 

Perennial,  aquatic  herbs  with  broad,  petioled  leaves  or  long, 
grass-like  leaves.  Flowers  bisporangiate,  showing  some  zygo- 
morphy,  solitary  or  spiked  with  a  spathe;  perianth  of  six  united 
segments;  stamens  G  or  3,  united  with  the  perianth;  ovulary  tri- 
locular  or  unilocular;  stigma  terminal ;  fruit  a  many  seeded  capsule; 
endosperm  of  the  seed  copious,  mealy. 

1.     Spike  many-flowered,   with   a  spathe-like   bract,   perianth  two-lipped, 

stamens  6.    Pontederia.    (1) 
1.     Inflorescence   one  to   several-flowered,   perianth  with  a  slender  tube, 

perianth  segments  about  equal,  stamens  3.     Heteranthera.   (2) 

1.    Pontederia  L.     Pickerel-weed. 

Herbs  with  thick  leaves,  long  sheathing  petioles  and  hori- 
zontal rootstock.  Inflorescence  a  spike  with  numerous,  eph- 
emeral, blue  flowers;  perianth  two  lipped;  stamens  6,  united  with 
the  perianth;  ovulary  trilocular,  2  locules  without  ovules. 

1,  Pontederia  cordata  L.  Pickerel  weed.  A  rather  stout, 
erect  herb  with  ovate  or  cordate,  sagittate  leaves,  with  apex  and 
basal  lobes  obtuse,  the  sheathing  petiole  often  having  long  ap- 
pendages; spathe  and  inflorescence  pubescent;  flowers  blue,  the 
upper  lobe  having  two  yellow  spots  on  the  middle  segment. 
Borders  of  ponds  and  streams.  Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Sum- 
mit, Portage,  Wayne,   Lucas,   Fulton,   Defiance,   Licking,  Perry. 

Pontederia  cordatalancifolia  (Aluhl.)  Mor.  Similar  to  the 
preceding  but  with  lanceolate  leaves,  rounded  or  narrowed  at 
the  base.     Summit  County. 


124  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


2.  Heteranthera  R.  &  P. 

Aquatic  herbs  with  creeping,  ascending  or  floating  stems  with 
petioled  cordate,  ovate,  oval  or  reniform  leaves ;  or  with  grass-like 
leaves. 

1.  Heteranthera  dubia  (Jacq.)  Mac.  M.  Water  vStargrass. 
A  slender  forked  herb,  often  rooting  at  the  nodes.  Leaves  flat, 
elongated,  acute,  with  thin  sheathes  and  stipule-like  appendages; 
spathe  1-2  flowered,  flowers  light  yellow,  stigma  lobed,  fruit  a 
unilocular  capsule.     Growing  in  still  water.     Rather  general. 

CoMMELiNACEAE.     Spidcrwort  Family. 

Perennial  or  annual  leafy  herbs.     Inflorescence  an  umbel-like 

cyme  of  bisporangiate,   showy,  flowers,  subtended  by  spathe-like 

or  leafy  bracts;  sepals  3,  persistent;  petals  3,  membranous,  dele- 

quescent;  stamens  6,  sometimes  3  of  them  sterile;  ovulary  bi-  or 

tri-locular;  capsule  loculicidal;  endosperm  copious  and  meah'. 

1.     Bracts  leaf-like,  stamens  6,  petals  all  alike.     Tradescantia.   (1) 
1.     Bracts  spathe-like  stamens  3.     Commelina.    (2) 

1.  Tradescantia  L.     Spiderwort. 

Herbs  with  simple  or  branched  stems,  somewhat  mucilaginous; 
leaves  rather  narrow  and  elongated;  inflorescence  in  tenninal  or 
axillary  cymes  subtended  by  bracts;  perianth  of  3  sepals  and  3 
petals;  stamens  6,  usually  all  alike,  bearded;  ovulary  triolcular; 
capsule  loculocidal. 
1.     Leaves  linear,  12-50  times  longer  than  broad,  stems  elongated.     2. 

1.  Leaves  lanceolate,  2-10  times  longer  than  broad,  and  zigzag.  T.  pilosa. 

2.  Foliage  glaucous  pedicle  glabrous,  sepals  often  with  a  tuft  of  hairs  at 

the  apex.     T.  reflexa. 
2.     Foliage  bright  green,  peduncles  and  sepals  villous  with  non-glandular 
hairs.      T.  vir^inidna. 

1.  Tradescantia  reflexa  Raf.  Rcflexcd  Spiderwort.  A  slender, 
glabrous,  glaucous  herb.  Leaves  narrow,  linear-attenuate,  strong- 
ly involute,  rather  rigid  with  sheaths;  inflorescence  a  densely- 
flowered  cyme;  2  involucral  bracts  rcflexcd;  sepals  glabrous 
except  the  tips  which  are  tipped  with  tufts  of  hairs;  petals  blue. 
In  sandy  or  loamy  soil.  Ashtabula,  Erie,  Mahoning,  Richland, 
Coshocton,  Licking,  Franklin,  Auglaize. 

2.  Tradescantia  virginiana  L.  Virginia  Spiderwort.  A  stout 
bright-grccn  herb,  glabrous  or  slightly  ])ubcsccnt;  leaves  nearly 
flat,  linear-lanceolate,  long  acuminate;  bracts  leaf-like,  inflores- 
cence usually  a  solitary,  terminal  cynic;  pedicels  and  sepals 
villous;  petals  blue  or  purple,  showy.  In  rich  soil  in  woods  and 
along  railrf)ads.     General  as  far  north  as  Auglaize  and  Stark. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  125 

3.  Tradescantia  pilosa  Lehm.  Zigzag  Spiderwort.  A  stout 
herb,  commonly  flexuous,  often  branched,  more  or  less  puberulent 
or  short-pilose;  leaves  broadly  lanceolate,  acuminate  at  the  apex, 
darker  green  above  than  below;  pedicels  and  calyx  pubescent  and 
more  or  less  glandular,  rarely  somewhat  glabrous;  petal  lilac- 
blue.  In  thickets  and  on  shaded  hillsides.  Montgomery,  Cler- 
mont, Hamilton. 

2.  Commelina   L.     Day-flower. 

Succulent,  branching  herbs,  with  short-petioled  or  sessile 
leaves.  Inflorescence  a  sessile  cyme  subtended  by  spathe-like 
bracts;  sepals  slightly  united,  of  unequal  size;  petals  unequal,  2 
large  and  one  small;  stamens  3  or  2  fertile  and  3  or  4  sterile. 

1.  Commelina  virginica  L.  Virginia  Day-flower.  A 
branched  somewhat  pubescent  or  glabrous  herb.  Leaves  lanceo- 
late, or  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate  at  the  base;  sheathes  inflated, 
often  pubescent;  inflorescence  a  c^mie  surrounded  by  2  bracts; 
corolla  showy.     In  moist  soil.     Montgomery,  Clennont,  Lake. 

JuNCACEAE.     Rush  Family. 

Perennial    or    sometimes    annual,    grass-like,    usually    tufted 

herbs.     Leaves  with  sheathes  either  open  or  closed;  inflorescence 

a  panicle,   cyme,   corymb,   or  umbel,   spike  or  head,   or  rarely, 

flowers   single;   flowers   small,   regular,   with   or  without   bracts; 

perianth  of  6  glumaceous  segments;  stamens  6  or  3  or  rarely  5  or 

4;  carpels  3;  fruit  a  loculicidal  capsule,  seeds  many  or  3;  endosperm 

fleshy. 

1.     Leaf-sheathes  open,  seeds  many,  plants  never  hairy.     Junciis.  (1) 

1.     Leaf-sheathes  closed,  seeds  three,  plants  usually  hairy.    Juncoides.  (2) 

1.  Juncus  L.     Rush. 

Usually  perennial  herbs  with  leaf-bearing  stems,  and  open 
leaf  sheathes.  Leaves  grass-like  or  channeled;  inflorescence  a 
panicle  or  corymb,  often  unilateral,  or  congested  in  heads;  stamens 
6  or  3,  ovulary  unilocular  or  trilocular;  seeds  several  or  many, 
sometimes  caudate.     Commonly  found  in  swamp  habitats. 


126  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


Synopsis. 

I.  Inflorescence  apparently  lateral. 

1.  Flowers  bracteolate,  inserted  singl}-. 

J.  effusus. 
J.  balticus. 

2.  Flowers  not  bracteolate,  in  heads. 

(No  Ohio  species.) 
II.  Inflorescence  terminal. 

1.  Leaf  blades  flat  or  channeled,  not  septate. 

a.  Flowers  bracteolate,  never  in  true  heads,  sometimes  clustered. 

J.  dudleyi. 
J.  tenuis. 
J.  bufonius. 
J.  monostichus. 

b.  Flowers  not  bracteolate,  in  true  heads. 

J.  articulatus. 
J.  marginatus. 

2.  Leaf  channeled  or  terete,  hollow,  with  septa. 

a.  Leaf  blades  more  or  less  channeled,  septa  usually  imperfect, 

not  externally  evident.      (No  Ohio  species.) 

b.  Leaf  blade  usually  not  channeled,  septa  perfect  and  usually 

evident  externally, 
(a),  stamens  6. 

J.  richardsonianus. 

J.  articulatus. 

J.  torreyi. 

J.  nodosus. 
(b).  stamens  3. 

J.  brachecephalus. 

J.  acuminatus. 

J.  canadensis. 

J.  scirpoides. 


Key. 

\.     Inflorescence  apparently  lateral.     2. 

1.  Inflorescence  terminal.    3. 

2.  Perianth  parts  greenish,  turning  straw-colored,  stamens  3.  /.  effusus. 

2.  Perianth   parts   with   a   chestnut   strip   on  each   side   of   the   midrib, 

stamens  6.    J.  balticus. 

3.  Leaf  blade  flat  or  channeled,  not  septate.     4. 

-3.     Leaf-blade  channeled  or  terete,  hollow,  with  septa.     9. 

4.  Flowers  bracteolate,  never  in  true  heads,  sometimes  clustered.     5. 
4.     Flowers  not  bracteolate,  in  true  heads.     8. 

■5.     Auricles  at  the  summit  of  the  sheathe  cartilaginous  and  darker  than 
the  stem,  not  extended  conspicuously  beyond  the  point  of  insertion. 

/.  dudleyi. 
■5.     Auricles  at  the  summit  of  the  sheathes  scarious.     6. 

6.  Inflorescence  with  3-12  secund  flowers  along  the  usually  dichotomously 

branched  stem.     J.  monostichus. 
G.     Inflorescence  2-4-flowere(l,  scattered  along  the  dichotomous  branches 
or  sometimes  aggregate  at  the  top  but  not  second.     7. 

7.  Bracts  exceeding  the  inflorescence,  plants  perennial,   flowers  usually 

in  clusters  of  3-4.      J.  tenuis. 
7.     Bracts  shorter  than  the  inflorescence,  plants  annual,  flowers  scattered 
singly  along  the  usually  dichotomous  branches.    /.  bufonius. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  127 

8.     Heads   of   the   inflorescence   5-15,    each   head  usually  5-10   flowered, 
plants  less  than  20  in.  high.     /.  marginatus. 

8.  Heads  of  the   inflorescence  usually  20-100,   each  head  2-5   flowered, 

plants  over  20  in.  high.     J.  aristulatus. 

9.  Glomerules  loosely  few-flowered,  hemispherical.     10. 
9.     Glomerules  densely  many-flowered,  spherical.     13. 

10.     Stamens  6,  or  if  3  the  glomerules  only  3-7  flowered;  capsule  longer  than 
the  perianth  segments.     11. 

10.  Stamens    3,    glomerule    5-many    flowered,    capsule    shorter    than    the 

perianth  segments.     /.  acuminatus. 

11.  Stamens  6,  seeds  not  with  caudate  tips.     12. 

11.  Stamens  3,  seeds  with  caudate  tips.     /.  hrachycephal'us. 

12.  Plants  articulate,   sepals  acuminate,   flowers  brownish,  capsule  grad- 

ually tapering  to  a  mucronate  tip.     /.  articitlatus. 

12.  Plants  not  articulate,   sepals  blunt,   often  mucronate-tipped,   flowers 

straw-colored,  capsule  acute,  or  obtuse  with  a  short  tip. 

J.  ric hards onianus. 

13.  Involucral  leaf  usually  much  exceeding  the  inflorescence  stamens  6.    14. 

13.  Involucral  leaf  usually  shorter  than  the  inflorescence,  or  if  exceeding 

the  inflorescence  then  not  over  one  inch  long,  stamens  3.     15. 

14.  Sepals  exceeding  the  petals,  leaf-blades  abruptly  divergent  from  the 

stem.     /.  torreyi. 

14.  Sepals  shorter  than  the  petals,  leaf-blade  erect.     /.  nodosus. 

15.  Capsule  obtuse  or  acute  at  the  apex,  sometimes  mucronate  but  not 

prolonged  into  a  beak;  seeds  with  definite  caudate  tips. 

/.  canadensis. 
15.     Capsule  tapering  evenly  into  a  prominent  subulate  beak;  seeds  blunt  or 
merely  pointed,  not  caudate.     /.  scirpoides. 

1.  Juncus  effusus  L.  Common  Rush.  An  herb  with  a 
branching  root-stock,  lateral  inflorescence  and  non-septate  leaves. 
Basal  leaves  reduced,  scapes  soft  and  pliant;  inflorescence  a 
diffused,  much-branched  cyme;  flowers  small  and  greenish; 
stamens  3;  style  short;  capsule  trilocular;  seeds  small.  Marshy 
ground.     General  and  common. 

2.  Juncus  balticus  Willd.  Baltic  Rush.  Scape  rigid;  in- 
florescence a  lateral,  loose  or  dense  cyme;  perianth  parts  brown 
with  a  green  mid-rib  and  hyalin  margins;  capsule  about  as  long 
as  the  perianth,  brown  mucronate,  trilocular.  On  sandy  soil. 
Erie  County. 

3.  Juncus  dudleyi  Weig.  Dudley's  Rush.  Inflorescence 
a  teniiinal  cyme  subtended  by  bractlets;  leaves  non-septate; 
leaf -sheath  covering  %  of  the  stem;  auricles  dark,  cartilaginous 
not  conspicuously  extended  beyond  the  point  of  insertion;  seeds 
blunt.  Montgomery,  Clinton,  Champaign,  Licking,  Delaware, 
Tuscarawas. 

4.  Juncus  tenuis  Willd.  Slender  Rush.  Inflorescence  ter- 
minal, subtended  by  bracts;  flowers  subtended  by  bractlets; 
sheaths  covering  y^  of  the  stem ;  leaves  flat,  non-septate,  becoming 
involute  in  age;  auricles  scarious,  conspicuously  extended  beyond 
the  point  of  insertion.     Seeds  blunt.     General. 


128  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 

5.  Juncus  bufonius  L.  Toad  Rush.  An  annual  herb,  S  in. 
high,  with  terminal  inflorescence  and  non-septate  leaves.  Flowers 
scattered  singly  along  the  one  sided  and  usually  dichotomously 
branched  inflorescence;  leaf  blade  flat;  stamens  6  or  3;  capsule 
trilocular.     Williams,   Lucas,   Lorain,   Licking. 

6.  Juncus  monostichus  Barth.  One-ranked  Rush.  Plant 
12-20  in.  high;  culms  compressed;  inflorescence  terminal;  leaves 
basal  and  involute  in  drying;  auricles  scarious;  inflorescence 
exceeded  by  the  bract;  flowers  secund.     Trumbull  County. 

7.  Juncus  aristulatus  Mx.  Small-headed  Grass-leaf  Rush. 
Inflorescence  terminal,  usually  composed  of  from  10-20  heads^ 
each  head  of  from  2-5  flowers ;  stamens  exserted  and  persistent  in 
the  fruit;  capsule  rarely  exceeding  the  calyx.     Fairfield,  vSummit. 

8.  Juncus  marginatus  Rostle.  Grass-leaf  Rush.  Inflores- 
cence terminal,  of  2-20  heads,  each  with  5-10  flowers;  flowers  not 
subtended  by  bractlets;  capsule  rarely  exceeding  the  calyx; 
stamens  exserted  and  persistent  in  the  fruit.     Cuyahoga  County. 

9.  Juncus  richardsonianus  Schult.  Richardson's  Rush. 
Inflorescence  in  tcnninal  heads  with  fasicles  of  leaves;  leaves 
septate,  upper  cauline  leaves  with  blades;  sepals  blunt;  stamens 
6;  seeds  blunt.     Cuyahoga  County. 

10.  Juncus  articulatus  L.  Jointed  Rush.  Leaves  septate, 
upper  cauline  leaves  with  blades;  inflorescence  in  terminal,  spheri- 
cal glomerules;  sepals  acuminate;  stamens  6;  seeds  blunt.  Cuya- 
hoga County. 

11.  Juncus  torreyi  Cov.  Torrey's  Rush.  Leaves  septate, 
upper  cauline  leaves  with  blades;  inflorescence  in  temiinal,  spheri- 
cal glomerules;  petals  shorter  than  the  sepals;  stamens  (5;  seeds 
blunt.     Cuyahoga,  Adams,  Madison,  Wood  and  Erie. 

12.  Juncus  nodosus  L.  Knotted  Rush.  Leaves  septate, 
upper  cauline  leaves  with  a  blade;  inflorescence  in  terminal, 
spherical  glomerules  without  fasicles  of  leaves ;  involucre  exceeding 
the  inflorescence;  sepals  subulate;  stamens  G;  petals  equaling  or 
exceeding  the  sepals.     Madison,  Cuyahoga,  Erie,  Franklin. 

13.  Juncus  brachycephalus  Engelm.  Small-headed  Rush. 
Leaves  sei^tatc,  with  well  developed  blades;  inflorescence  in  ter- 
minal, 2-5  flowered  heads;  stamens  3;  seeds  with  short  caudate 
tips.     Erie,  Cuyahoga,  Champaign,  Franklin,  Madison. 

14.  Juncus  acuminatus  Mx.  Sharp-fruited  Rush.  Leaves 
septate,  blades  of  the- lower  leaves  4-8  in,  long;  inflorescence 
terminal,  branches  of  5-50  heads,  rarely  more  or  less,  heads  3-20 
flowered;  petals  and  sepals  nearly  equal;  stamens  3;  seeds  tipped 
at  each  end.  Ashtabula,  Lake,  Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Huron, 
Portage,  Tuscarawas,  Knox,  Union,  Licking,  Auglaize,  Carroll, 
Champaign,  Fairfield,  Adams,  Brown. 


April,  1913.]  Liliales  of  Ohio.  129 

15.  Juncus  canadensis  J.  Gay.  Canada  Rush.  Leaves 
nodose,  basal  leaves  disappearing  before  flowering  time;  sheathes 
with  auricles,  inflorescence  in  terminal,  crowded  heads,  with  5-50 
flowers  to  the  head;  stamens  3;  capsule  mucronate,  reddish  brown, 
longer  than  the  perianth;  seeds  with  a  definite  tail.  Cuyahoga, 
Licking,   Auglaize,   Madison,   Geauga. 

16.  Juncus  scirpoides  Lam.  Scirpus-like  Rush.  Leaves 
septate,  blade  of  the  uppermost  leaf  longer  than  the  sheath; 
inflorescence  in  densely  flowered  heads;  stamens  3;  capsule  atten- 
uate, exceeding  the  calyx;  seeds  blunt.     Erie  Count3\ 

2.  Juncoides  Adans. 

Perennial  plants,  glabrous  or  hairy,  with  grass-like  leaves  and 
closed  leaf  sheathes.  Inflorescence  an  umbel,  panicle  or  cor\^mb; 
flowers  with  bractlets;  stamens  6;  ovulary  unilocular,  three- 
seeded. 

1.  Flowers  occurring  singly  or  in  twos  at  the  ends  of  the  branches  of  the 

inflorescence.     /.  pilosum. 

2.  Flowers  occurring  in  glomerules.     /.  campestre. 

1.  Juncoides  pilosum  (L.)  Ktz.  Hairy  Wood-rush.  A 
tufted  herb,  often  stoloniferous.  Stems  erect,  2-4  leaved,  6-12 
in.  high;  leaf  blades  flat,  acuminate;  inflorescence  an  umbel,  each 
pedicel  1  or  2  flowered ;  perianth  brown  with  hyalin  margins ;  seeds 
hooked.     Lucas,  Cuyahoga,  Trumbull,  Mahoning,  Hocking. 

2.  Juncoides  campestre  (L.)  Ktz.  Common  Wood-rush. 
Tufted  herb,  4-20  in  high;  stems  2-4  leaved;  leaf  blades  blunt, 
pubescent,  inflorescence  an  umbel,  lower  bracts  leaf-like,  acumi- 
nate; flowers  brown,  capsule  obovoid  or  broadly  oblong.  In 
woods.     General. 

Xyridaceae.  Yellow-eyed-grass  Family. 
Tufted,  rush-like  herbs  with  narrow,  two-ranlvcd  leaves  and 
leafless  scapes.  Flowers  in  heads,  bisporangiate,  mostly  yellow, 
solitary  and  sessile  in  the  axils  of  bracts ;  petals  3 ;  sepals  3,  unequal, 
one  large  and  membranous  and  2  small  and  keeled;  stamens  6  or 
3 ;  ovulary  tri-or  unilocular ;  ovules  orthotropous ;  fruit  a  capsule ; 
endosperm  mealy. 

Xyris   L.     Yellow-eyed-grass. 

Perennial  herbs  with  the  flowers  single  in  the  axils  of  coriaceous 
scale-like  bracts,  which  together  fonn  a  head.  Stamens  3  fertile 
and  3  sterile;  capsule  unilocular,  many  seeded. 

1.  Xyris  flexuosa  Muhl.  Slender  Yellow-eyed-grass.  An 
herb  5-20  in.  high,  with  a  slender,  straight  or  slightly  twisted 
scape.  Leaves  flat,  becoming  twisted;  inflorescence  globose  or 
oblong  or  obtuse;  lateral  sepals  linear  and  fringed  with  short 
hairs  on  the  wingless  keel.     In  bogs.     Portage,  Geauga. 


I30  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


Eriocaulaceae.     Pipewort  Family. 

Stemless  or  short-stemmed,  perennial  or  annual,  bog  or  aquatic 
herbs,  with  fibrous  or  spongy  roots,  monecious  or  diecious;  scape 
long,  bearing  a  solitary  tenninal  head  of  small  monosporangiate 
flowers,  each  borne  in  the  axil  of  a  scarious  bract;  perianth  seg- 
ments 6  or  3,  stamens  6  or  3;  ovulary  2  or  3-locular;  fruit  a  loculo- 
cidal  capsule;  seeds  orthotropous ;  endosperm  mealy. 

Eriocaulon   L.     Pipewort. 

Stemless  or  short-stemmed,  monecious  herbs  with  erect  scapes 
and  short,  spreading,  acuminate,  parallel-veined  leaves.  In- 
florescence a  tomentose  head,  white  to  almost  black,  staminate 
flowers  with  6-4  stamens  opposite  the  perianth  segments,  ovulary 
vestigial,  carpellate  flowers  having  a  stalked  or  sessile  ovulary 
with  no  stamens;  fruit  a  capsule. 

1.  Eriocaulon  septangulare  With.  Seven-angled  Pij^ewort. 
Monecious  aquatic  herbs  with  almost  no  stem  from  which  arise 
soft,  awl-shaped,  pellucid  leaves  and  a  weak,  twisted  scape  some- 
what seven-angled.  Involucral  bracts  glabrous  or  the  innermost 
ones  bearded  to  the  apex,  shorter  than  the  flower;  outer  flowers  of 
the  head  usually  staminate;  carpellate  flowers  generally  smaller 
than  the  staminate;  perianth  segments  white,  bearded.  In  still 
water  or  on  shores.     No  known  specimens  from  Ohio. 


April,  1913.]  Acarina  of  Cedar  Point.  131 

A  PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  THE  ACARINA  OF  CEDAR  POINT. 

Chas.  K.  Brain. 

Acarina  were  collected  between  July  20th  and  August  15th, 
1912,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Lake  Laboratory,  Cedar  Point.  Atten- 
tion was  paid  for  the  greater  part  to  those  mites  found  along  the 
edge  of  the  Cove,  and  most  specimens  were  taken  from  boards 
foimd  lying  at  the  edge  of,  or  in  the  water.  Most  of  the  material 
was  mounted  as  collected,  and  some  thirty  slides  submitted  to 
Prof.  Nathan  Banks  who  very  kindly  consented  to  make  the 
detemiinations  for  me.  Named  slides  have  been,  deposited  with 
Prof.  H.  Osborn,  Director  of  the  Laboratory,  and  the  only  excuse 
for  publishing  such  an  incomplete  list  is  the  hope  that  some 
worker  will  continue  the  study  of  this  important  group  in  the 
near  future. 

1.  Anystis  agilis  Banks.     On  fungus  beetle  Boletotherns  bifurcus. 

2.  Celsenopsis  americana  Banks.    On  Hololepta  sp. 

3.  Cetenopsis  pedalis  Banks.     On  larva  of  Passahis  cornutiis  Say. 

4.  Cunaxa  quadripilis  Banks.    On  board  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 

5.  Galumna  emarginata  Banks.     On  board  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 

6.  Galumna  pratensis  Banks.  On  log  N.  W.  of  Lake  Lab. 

7.  Hydrachna  sp.     On  board  floating  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 

8.  Hydrachna  sp.  Larva  of.     In  tow-net.     Black  Channel. 

9.  Hydrachna  sp.     Larva  of.    On  ZaitJia  fluminea. 

10.     Hygrobates  sp.    On  board  floating  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 

IL     Macrocheles  sublsevis  Banks.     Common  on  fungus  beetle  Boletotherns 

bifurcus. 
12.     Oribatodes  sp.     On  board  floating  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 
1.3.     Oripoda  sp.     (probably  n.  sp.)    On  board  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 
14.     Parasitus  insequalis  Banks.     Common  on  Silpha  americana. 

\b.     Parasitus  sp.    Young  of.     On  decaying  fungus.    Strobilomyces  strobila- 
ceus  Berk. 

16.  Parasitus  sp.     Nymph  of.     Found  commonly  on  board  floating  at  the 

edge  of  Black  Channel. 

17.  Polyaspis   lamellipes   Banks.     On   Orthosoma   britnneuin   Forst.      Also 

found  attached  to  legs  of  Parandra  hriinnca. 

18.  Rhyncholophus  pilosus  Banks.    Collected  by  sweeping  Tilia  Americana. 

19.  Rhyncholophus  sp.  Larva  of.    Attached  to  Melanoplus  bivittatus.    Say. 

20.  Seiulus  sp.  Nymph  of.    On  cotton-wood  log. 

21.  Stractides  .sp.  in  tow-net  near  entrance  to  Black  Channel. 

22.  Tetranychus  bimaculatus  Harvey.    Common  on  plants  near  Lake  Lab. 

dock. 

23.  Trombidium  sp.    Larva  of.     On  Musca  domestica  Linn. 

24.  Tyrrellia  circularis  Wolcott.     On  board  at  edge  of  Black  Channel. 
2.5.     Uropoda  sp.    On  Hololepta  sp. 


132  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  6, 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  December  2,  1912. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  W.  G.  Stover. 

The  presentation  of  papers  followed  the  reading  and  approval 
of  the  minutes. 

Mr.  C.  K.  Brain  gave  the  first  paper  on  the  "Internal  Anat- 
omy of  Stomoxys  calcitrans."  This  blood-sucking  fly  had  been 
suggested  as  the  agent  in  transmitting  blood  diseases  in  India  and 
other  tropical  countries,  some  time  back.  In  October  of  the 
present  year,  Rosenauer  declared  it  to  be  the  host  of  a  part  of  the 
life  cycle  of  the  organism  causing  infantile  paralysis,  and  transmits 
that  disease.  Anderson  and  Frost's  work  on  monkeys  in 
November,  confirmed  the  idea. 

Experiments  by  the  Ohio  State  Board  of  Health  point  to  a 
mechanical  transmission  by  vStomoxys. 

The  digestive  systems  of  Stomoxys  and  Anopheles,  the  malaria 
mosquito,  were  compared  in  detail  and  figured.  The  conditions  in 
Stomoxys  appear  to  be  on  the  whole  more  complicated  and  elab- 
orate than  in  the  mosquito,  though  there  is  some  reduction  in 
number  of  mouth  parts  and  no  distinction  between  sexes  can  be 
made  on  the  basis  of  mouth  parts. 

The  abdominal  sucking  stomach  and  the  abdominal  position 
of  the  salivary  glands  are  noticeable  features  in  Stomoxys. 

Prof.  Landacre  talked  on  the  "Production  of  Germinal  Varia- 
tions." He  spoke  particularly  of  the  work  of  Dr.  Tower  who  has 
produced  variations  in  the  color  patterns  and  antenna  of  beetles 
by  altering  conditions  of  temperature  and- moisture.  This  work 
seems  to  give  the  best  of  the  argument  to  the  transmissionists. 

Mr.  W.  G.  Stover  exhibited  some  specimens  of  Oklahoma 
fungi,  calling  attention  especially  to  the  wood  forms,  the  grass 
fonns,  and  the  stink-horns.  A  number  of  these  Oklahoma  fungi 
are  also  found  in  Ohio. 

The  following  persons  were  elected  to  membership  in  the  Club : 
Walter  R.  Wheclock,  Lilhan  E.  Humphrey,  Ralph  R.  Jeft'ries, 
Po  Chen,  Mary  Storer. 

The  meeting  was  then  adjourned. 

Marie  F.  McLellan,  Secretary. 


Date  of  Publication,  April  28,  1913. 


The  Ohio  V^^cituralist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 


Volume  XIII.  .  MAY,    1913.  No.  7. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Of-BOEN — Utilization  and  Control  of  Aquatic  Sources  of  Ohio  J33 

Griggs—  A  Cytological  Life  Cycle 1J2 

McLellax— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Clulj 147 


UTILIZATION  AND  CONTROL  OF  AQUATIC  RESOURCES 

OF    OHIO.=^ 

Herbert  Osborn. 

In  attempting  to  present  the  matter  of  conservation  of  the 
resources  of  our  State,  I  realize  that  the  problem  is  so  large  that 
even  to  discuss  one  phase  of  it  is  more  than  I  can  expect  to  do, 
but  the  importance  of  the  matter  is  such  that  I  desire  to  con- 
tribute what  I  may  in  this  direction.  While  the  aquatic  resources 
have  been  perhaps  less  recognized  than  the  ordinary  resources  in 
agriculture  and  mining,  we  cannot  question  their  close  relation 
to  other  lines  of  development,  and  especiall}^  in  agriculture  a 
most  important  relationship  exists.  Considering  the  aquatic 
resources  b}^  themselves  we  must  include  the  phases  of  aquatic 
dependence  for  agriculture,  manufacture  and  commerce,  and  a 
careful  examination  of  the  problems  will  show  that  these  are 
most  intimately   blended,    and  in  reality   mutually   serviceable. 

In  arid  regions  the  term  "duty  of  water"  is  used  to  indicate 
the  service  that  water  should  perform,  and  this  term  might  be 
used  with  reference  to  our  aquatic  resources,  but  perhaps  we 
may  speak  in  a  broader  sense  of  the  service  of  water  as  a  recog- 
nition of  its  utility  in  all  the  varied  activities  of  our  common- 
wealth. We  must  appreciate  its  necessity  in  agriciilture,  its 
importance  in  furnishing  water  supplies  in  cities  for  domestic 
purposes  and  for  power  and  for  navigation,  and  in  short  its  con- 
stant use  in  all  human  activities.  Taking  the  state  at  large,  we 
have  approximately  forty  inches  of  rain-fall  each  year,  and  this 
represents  a  certain  amount  of  basis  for  the  numerous  activities 

*Read  before  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  at  its  conservation  session, 
Nov.  27,  1908. 

133 


134  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  7, 

of  the  state,  just  as  essential  and  pemianent  an  asset  as  the  soil 
itself.  Unquestionably  a  large  amount  of  scnace  is  derived 
from  this  body  of  water.  It  is,  I  believe,  equally  certain  that 
an  immense  amount  of  this  resource  is  going  annually  to  waste, 
and  that  by  its  proper  utilization  the  wealth  of  the  state  could  be 
very  greatly  increased. 

"While  it  is  not  my  purpose  to  go  into  detail  regarding  all 
phases  of  this  problem,  I  may  call  attention  to  the  service  of 
water  in  connection  with  agriculture,  where  we  have  a  large 
amount  of  utilization,  and  where  there  is  perhaps  less  of  necessity 
for  changes  in  method  of  operation.  For  service  in  production 
of  crops  it  is  necessary  that  the  annual  rain-fall  be  absorbed  in 
the  soil,  that  a  certain  amount  be  retained  for  support  of  plant 
life  during  intermittent  periods  of  dryness,  and  to  a  large  extent 
this  is  met  in  the  ordinary  methods  of  culture,  especially  in  con- 
nection with  systems  of  tile  drainage  which  are  now  largely  in 
vogue.  The  practical  necessities  in  preservation  of  soils  is  ad- 
mirably stated  by  Professor  Chamberlain  in  a  recent  article  in 
Popular  Science  Monthly,*  which   I  take  the  liberty  to  quote: 

"The  key  to  the  problem  lies  in  due  control  of  the  water  which  falls  on 
each  acre.  This  water  is  an  asset  of  great  possible  value.  It  should  be  the 
habit  of  every  acre-owner  to  compute  it  as  a  possible  value,  saved  if  turned 
where  it  will  do  good,  lost  if  permitted  to  run  away,  doubly  lost  if  it  carries 
also  soil  values  and  does  destructive  work  below.  Let  us  repeat  the  story  of 
its  productive  paths.  A  due  portion  of  the  rainfall  should  go  through  the 
soil  to  its  bottom  to  promote  soil-formation  there;  a  due  portion  of  this 
should  go  on  into  the  under-drainage,  carrying  harmful  matter;  a  due  por- 
tion should  go  again  up  to  the  surface  carrying  solutions  needed  by  the 
plants;  a  due  portion  should  obviously  go  into  the  plants  to  nourish  them; 
while  still  another  portion  should  run  off  the  surface,  carrying  away  a  little 
of  the  leached  soil  matter.  There  are  a  multitude  of  important  details  in 
this  complex  of  actions,  but  they  must  be  passed  by;  the  great  features  are 
clear  and  imperative." 

It  may  be  noted  in  passing  that  this  ser\dce  of  water  by  no 
means  affects  its  further  service  in  other  w^ays,  but  that  the  mere 
complete  the  retention  of  the  soil,  the  more  equal  the  distribution 
of  the  flow,  the  more  perfect  is  its  availibility  for  other  purposes. 
My  understanding  of  the  effect  of  tile  drainage  is  that  it  provides 
for  the  greater  absorptive  power  of  the  soil,  so  that  a  larger  portion 
of  the  rainfall  goes  into  the  soil,  reducing  the  surface  wash,  pro- 
viding for  the  retention  of  organic  matter,  and  regulating  the 
outflow. 

With  regard  to  the  utilization  of  the  waters  of  the  state  for 
power,  it  ajopears  that  there  is  opportimity  for  an  immense  de- 
vclo]jment.  There  are  hundreds  of  sites  where  some  considerable 
amoimt  of  water  could  readily  be  impounded,  and  power  for 
electric-lighting  and  running  of  machinery  be  developed  on  a  large 

*July,  190S,  Vol.  LXIII,  p.  5. 


May,  1913.]  Control  of  Aquatic  Resources.  135 

scale.  There  are  many  other  localities  which  have  such  ])ower 
in  a  smaller  degree  for  the  nmning  of  small  local  plants  in  various 
industries. 

This  feature  is  also  closely  associated  with  the  greatest  utility 
of  water  in  irrigation  and  na\ngation,  as  the  retention  of  waters 
during  flood  periods  is  the  evident  means  of  prolonging  the  per- 
iods in  which  irrigation  or  na\4gation  is  possible.  This  problem 
is  essentially  an  engineering  problem,  and  I  would  like  to  present 
some  quotations  from  the  report  of  an  engineer  who  has  evidently 
given  this  problem  a  great  deal  of  study.  His  paper  entitled 
"The  Mississippi  River  Problem"  while  covering  the  whole 
Mississippi  River  drainage,  is  in  large  part  a  discussion  of  ques- 
tions pertaining  to  Ohio,  and  it  seems  to  me  distinctly  appropriate 
in  this  connection.  It  certainly  fits  in  most  perfectly  with  any 
efforts  toward  the  retention  of  our  own  rainfall,  its  utilization 
and  the  reduction  of  flood  damage  within  the  state.     He  says: 

"The  solution  by  building  a  series  of  reservoirs  in  the  head-waters  of 
the  chief  tributaries  appears  to  be  the  cheapest  and  most  certain  remedy  for 
all  these  difficulties.  By  the  construction  of  reservoirs  the  excess  of  water 
which  produces  flood  stages  could  be  impounded  and  held  up  with  these 
important  results:  Excessive  and  destructive  high-water  stages  could  not 
occur,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  by  regulating  the  discharge  from  the  reser- 
voirs, a  more  even  flow  of  water  could  be  maintained  at  all  times,  eliminat- 
ing to  a  large  degree  the  losses  from  diminished  water  supply,  reduced 
power  and  fouling  of  streams  incident  to  the  low  stages  of  late  summer  and 
early  autumn.  As  soon  as  the  irresistible  rush  of  flood  waters  is  stopped 
the  sapping  and  caving  of  banks  will  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  with  the 
efficiency  of  revetments  increased  many  fold;  finally,  cutting  down  the 
flood  volumes  means  a  great  dimuintion  of  the  amount  of  sediment  carried, 
and  a  marked  alleviation  of  the  sand-bar  evil.  The  reservoirs  would,  more- 
over, eliminate  floods  from  the  whole  system,  not  merely  from  the  lower 
course.  The  prevention  of  the  annual  flood  damage  in  the  Ohio  would  in 
itself  be  worth  the  entire  cost  of  the  reservoirs,  yet  until  the  work  of  control 
is  carried  to  the  headwaters  no  relief  can  be  secured  for  that  populous  valley. 

"The  solution  by  head-water  reservoirs,  of  all  proposed  plans,  has  prob- 
ably provoked  the  most  discussion — on  the  one  side,  those  who  regard  it  as 
impossible,  or,  at  least,  highly  impracticable;  on  the  other  side,  those  who 
consider  that  it  is  not  only  feasible  but  at  once  the  only  proper  remedy.  It 
is  admitted  by  every  one  that  the  topography  of  the  country  about  the 
head-waters  of  the  Mississippi  system  is  especially  well  adapted  to  the 
construction  of  retention  dams  and  reservoirs.  The  arguments  advanced 
against  this  plan,  though  admitting  this  condition  of  favorable  topography, 
maintain  that  sufficiently  large  reservoirs  could  not  be  constructed  and 
made  safe  or,  in  other  words,  they  would,  through  danger  of  bursting,  be  a 
constant  menace  to  the  whole  valley  below  the  retaining  dam.  Again  it  is 
urged  that  if  this  plan  were  adopted,  the  building  of  reservoirs  would  have 
to  be  done  on  an  enormous  scale,  since  destructive  floods  often  result  from 
local  conditions,  such  as  a  swollen  tributary  superimposed  on  an  already 
swollen  river.  This  necessity  for  a  widely  extended  system  of  reservoirs,  it 
is  further  claimed,  would  involve  such  tremendous  expense  as  to  make  the 
adoption  of  the  plan  impossible.  Most  of  these  supposed  objections  are 
still  based  on  a  report  made  to  Congress  nearly  fifty  years  ago,  and,  whether 
good  or  bad  arguments  then,  there  is  no  question  that  they  do  not  apply 
now." 


*Tower,  W.  S.  "Popular  Science  Monthly,"  July,  1908.  Vol.  LXIII,  p. 13., 


136  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  7, 

"It  is  flying  in  tlie  face  of  cold  facts  to  contend  any  longer  that  reser- 
voirs to  retain  the  flood  waters  can  not  be  built,  or  not  without  danger  to 
the  entire  valley  below.  The  Ohio  floods  of  1907,  the  most  disastrous  for 
more  than  two  decades,  were  due  to  an  excess  of  water  estimated  at 
23,000,000,000  cubic  feet.  To  hold  every  drop  of  that  excess  discharge 
would  have  rec[uired  a  reservoir  only  a  little  more  than  half  as  big  as  the 
Pathfinder  irrigation  storage  reservoir  on  the  North  Platte  River  in  Wyom- 
ing, or  one-third  of  the  size  of  the  reservoir  in  the  Salt  River  project  in 
Arizona.  The  Engle  dam  on  the  Rio  Grande,  a  hundred  miles  north  of 
El  Paso,  Texas,  will  impound  about  120,000,000,000  cubic  feet  of  water, 
equal  to  one-sixtieth  of  the  total  annual  discharge  of  the  entire  Mississippi 
system,  or  more  than  five  times  the  cjuantit}^  of  water  causing  the  most 
destructive  Ohio  flood  in  a  score  of  years.  These  reservoirs  are  being  built 
by  the  government  at  a  cost  of  about  $4,000,000  for  the  Pathfinder  dam, 
$5,300,000  for  the  Salt  River  project  and  $7,200,000  for  the  Rio  Grande 
reservoir.  Furthermore,  it  is  expressly  stated  by  the  Reclamation  Service 
that  the  Wyoming  reservoir  and  the  Engle  dam  will  absolutley  control  the 
worst  floods  which  the  North  Platte  and  the  Rio  Grande  have  ever  known, 
the  latter  of  these  streams  having  been  a  notorious  offender  in  flood  dam- 
age. The  mere  fact  of  being  able  to  retain  the  flood  waters  in  impounding 
reservoirs  can  no  longer  be  denied,  nor  can  the  claim  of  danger  from  break- 
ing dams  be  now  advanced  as  a  valid  argument  against  this  system.  This 
government  is  most  assuredly  not  spending  millions  in  reclamation  projects 
and  encouraging  thousands  of  people  to  take  up  irrigated  lands  if  there  is  any 
remote  likelihood  of  having  homes,  property  and  lives  wiped  out  in  floods 
from  bursting  reservoirs. 

Granting,  then,  that  the  reservoirs  are  feasible,  there  still  remains  the 
question  of  expense  in  constructing  the  number  necessary  to  place  one  or 
more  in  each  of  the  most  important  tributaries.  Estimate  the  expense  most 
generously,  letting  each  one  cost  a  third  more  than  the  Engle  dam  above 
El  Paso,  and  the  total  figure  then  is  less  than  what  has  already  been  spent 
on  the  Mississippi  system.  But  there  is  another  important  factor  to  be 
considered — the  tremendous  possibilities  which  lie  in  the  development  of 
water  power  from  each  reservoir.  The  question  of  furtue  motive  power  for 
industrial  purposes,  as  the  coal  supply  decreases,  is  a  problem  which  must 
soon  be  met  in  this  country,  and  probably  will  be  solved  by  the  use  of  water 
power  either  directly  or  through  electricity.  In  fact,  even  now,  water 
rights  are  being  rapidly  accjuired  and  developed  on  every  hand,  as  the 
advance  guard  of  the  change  that  is  to  come.  A  sample  of  what  a  storage 
reservoir  will  do  can  be  seen  in  the  case  of  comparatively  small  irrigation 
project  at  Minidoka,  Idaho,  which  will  develop  about  30,000  horse  power 
per  year.  Renting  this  power  at  the  very  low  figure  of  $10  per  horse  power 
per  year  would  pay  for  the  entire  Minidoka  project,  reservoir,  irrigation- 
canals,  gates  and  all,  in  six  years.  The  amount  of  power  generated  by  the 
Mississippi  system  is  variously  estimated  high  and  low,  with  60,000,000 
horse  power  per  year  as  an  intermediate  figure.  Much  of  this  amount  is 
not  directly  available,  but  granting  on  a  conservative  basis  that  a  series 
of  impounding  reservoirs  would  develop  immediately  2  per  cent  of  that 
amount,  there  would  be  1,200,000  horse  power  to  be  turned  into  electricity 
and  distributed  to  factories.  A  purely  nominal  rental  would  be  ample 
enough  to  repay  in  two  or  three  decades  the  entire  original  expense  of  the 
system,  besides  a  good  income  on  the  investment.  The  reservoir  system, 
however,  must  be  intimately  associated  with  forest  conservation  as  a  vital 
factor  in  regulating  .surface  drainage  and  in  checking  the  amount  of  soil 
erosion  which  sujjjjlies  sediment  to  the  river. 

The  proper  Iniilding  of  reservoirs  in  the  headwaters,  therefore,  offers 
what  no  other  plan  can  possibly  offer:  it  promises  effective  regulation  of 
river  stages  and  water  supply  for  all  time  to  come,  removing  entirely  the 


May,  1913.]  Control  of  Aquatic  Resources.  137 

liability  of  destructive  floods,  checking  the  erosion  of  banks  and  preventing 
much  of  the  formation  and  shifting  of  sand  bars  and  the  pollution  of  water 
which  the  presence  of  sediment  means.  At  the  same  time  it  provides  a  way 
of  actually  paying  for  itself  in  short  order,  aside  from  all  idea  of  the  savings 
to  shippers  and  river  interests  in  general  which  would  be  in  excess  of  the 
cost.  The  importance  of  this  latter  consideration  is  emphasized  best  by  a 
brief  comparison  with  the  system  now  being  followed.  The  levee-revet- 
ment system,  as  mapped  out,  calls  for  an  expenditure  of  $60,000,000  for  its 
completion.  From  the  engineers  themselves  comes  the  statement  that 
the  average  life  of  a  levee  is  not  over  twenty  years,  which  means  this  and  no 
more;  in  two  score  years,  at  the  most  liberal  estimate,  the  present  system, 
completed,  will  have  disappeared  entirely  and  a  new  series  of  levees  con- 
structed at  the  cost  of  another  $60,000,000  will  have  taken  its  place,  with 
conditions  then  no  better  than  they  are  now.  Considered  solely  on  their 
own  merits  from  the  standpoint  of  control  afforded,  the  present  system  has 
nothing,  and  the  reservoir  plan  has  everything,  to  recommend  it. 

"In  order  to  bring  the  river  route  to  its  highest  possible  degree  of  effi- 
ciency, it  would  be  necessary  to  combine  the  reservoir  system  with  a 
straightened  course  for  the  lower  river,  by  which  combination  every  evil 
would  be  removed  and  absolute  control  for  all  time  would  be  insured.  The 
reservoirs  would  make  it  possible  to  regulate  the  flow  of  the  streams,  pre- 
venting both  floods  and  very  low  water,  and  at  the  same  time,  through 
developed  horse  power,  pay  for  the  improvements.  The  corrected  or 
straightened  course  would  shorten  the  route  and  effectively  put  an  end  to 
caving  of  the  banks  with  all  the  difficulties  arising  from  it  at  present. 
Together  the  reservoirs,  with  the  necessary  forest  conservation  and  cor- 
rected course,  would  remove  the  sand  bar  problem — the  one  greatly  lessen- 
ing the  actual  amount  of  sand  carried  into  the  river,  the  other  giving  the 
current  increased  power  to  sweep  its  own  channel  clean." 

While  it  is  probable  that  some  of  the  advantages  claimed  may 
not  be  entirely  realized,  especially  in  the  case  of  extreme  flood 
there  is,  it  appears  to  me,  so  much  of  virtue  in  what  this  author 
claims  that  it  should  be  given  great  weight  in  any  general  plan  of 
flood  control.  It  appears,  however,  that  such  a  method  should 
be  strongly  re-enforced  not  only  by  the  conservation  of  forests 
and  thickets  on  uplands  and  hill  sides  in  the  head  waters  of 
streams,  but  that  the  stream  valleys  should,  to  as  large  an  extent 
as  possible,  be  planted  in  willow  and  other  inoisture  loving  shrubs 
or  trees,  which  serve  as  a  natural  check  to  the  stream  currents 
and  therefore  retard  the  flow  and  serve  to  distribute  it  through  a 
longer  period  of  time. 

There  is  another  phase  of  the  subject,  and  the  phase  which 
appeals  directl_v  to  me.  That  is  the  biological  side  of  the  problem 
of  utilization  of  water.  While  this  phase  seems  to  have  been 
largely  neglected,  it  appears  to  me  that  it  is  worthy  of  fully  as 
much  consideration  as  the  utilization  for  povrer  or  navigation 
and  particularly  in  connection  with  its  bearing  on  flood  control. 
The  neglect  of  this  phase  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  in  our 
ordinary  processes  of  culture  we  have  come  to  consider  water  in 
excess  as  undesirable  and  make  efforts  to  eliminate  it  rather  than 
to  conserve  it.  For  tb.e  culture  of  our  ordinary  crops  it  is,  of 
course,  true  that  an  excess  of  moisture  is  detrimental,  and  tile 


138  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  7, 

drainage  combined  where  possible  with  irrigation  is  a  natural 
remedy  for  this  condition.  There  is,  however,  no  question  that 
beyond  this  we  have  in  water  areas  a  source  of  production  which 
is  very  extensive,  and  which,  were  it  brought  under  the  proper 
system  of  cultivation,  would  furnish  a  great  source  of  wealth. 
We  are  all  familiar  with  the  rank  growth  of  swamps  and  low- 
lands, and  can  readily  appreciate  that  for  certain  kinds  of  vegeta- 
tion a  constant  or  even  excessive  supply  of  water  is  in  no  degree 
detrimental.  There  is  however,  in  addition  to  the  evident  growth, 
an  enormous  development  of  microscoj^ic  life  familiar  to  the 
biologist,  but  practicallv  ignored  bv  those  unfamiliar  with  aquatic 
life. 

"Some  of  this  becomes  apparent  as  green  scum  or  as  floating  masses 
when  its  growth  exceeds  the  capacity  of  the  aquatic  animals  to  consume  it. 
Sometimes  these  minute  algae  become  a  great  source  of  annoyance  in  water 
supplies  if  for  any  reason  their  multiplication  is  unchecked,  since  they  give 
offensive  odors  and  taste  to  the  water. 

"It  has  been  estimated  that  the  rate  of  development  in  some  of  these 
organisms  is  such  that  the  possible  progeny  of  one  individual  would  suffice 
to  fill  all  the  waters  of  the  globe  in  less  than  a  week. 

"This  is  significant  to  us  here  simply  as  showing  the  enormous  possi- 
bility of  these  organisms  in  utilizing  water  and  air  in  the  formation  of  veg- 
etable substance,  which  substance  may,  with  proper  utilization,  be  trans- 
formed into  fertilizing  agents  for  the  production  of  valuable  plant  crops  or 
into  animals  having  direct  commercial  value.  To  understand  this  process, 
let  us  consider  for  a  moment  the  relations  existing  among  acjuatic  organisms. 
The  algae  may  be  considered  among  the  more  simple  and  these  develop 
with  only  water  and  air  or  the  other  inorganic  contents  of  water,  but  they 
furnish  food  for  an  innumerable  host  of  microscopic  animals  such  as  amoe- 
bae, rotifers,  etc.,  and  these  in  turn  are  fed  upon  by  others,  such  as 
microscopic  Crustacea,  which  again  form  an  important  part  in  the  diet  of 
young  fishes.  These  when  grown,  or  after  furnishing  the  basis  of  food  for 
other  larger  species,  may  reach  our  tables  as  human  food.  This,  however, 
is  but  one  line  of  transformation,  as  we  have  fishes  of  very  diiTcrcnt  habits 
utilizing  different  kinds  of  aquatic  life  as  food. 

"Where  the  life  taken  from  the  water  does  not  balance  the  production,  or 
where  this  product  is  not  drained  off  into  the  sea,  the  accumulation  of  or- 
ganic debris  forms  at  the  bottom  a  mass  of  richest  organic  matter,  which 
by  its  decomposition  may  in  a  large  part  result  in  marsh  gas,  and  in  this 
form  escape  into  the  air.     *       *       * 

"We  have  in  America  practically  no  established  system  of  cropping  our 
water  areas.  *  *  *  Something  has  been  accomplished  in  fish  culture 
in  some  sections,  but  even  here  the  full  utilization  of  the  resources  of  a 
body  of  water  are  but  poorly  accomplished.  A  few  sporadic  efforts  have 
been  made  here  and  there  in  the  culture  of  frogs  and  turtles,  l:;ut  how  many 
of  them  witli  sucli  attention  to  the  subject  as  to  warrant  the  term  cul- 
ture?"      *       *       * 

The  farmer  who  drains  and  ctiltiv-ates  an  acre  of  swamjoy 
land  on  his  farm  gains  that  much  additional  space  for  his  ordinary 
culture  and  for  a  time  at  least  it  may  be  unusually  productive  as 
it  contains  the  accumulated  organic  debris  of  years,  but  would  it 
not  be  far  greater  wisdom  to  dredge  out  occasionally  a  portion  of 
this  accumulation  to  spread  upon  higher  ground  and  keep  the 


May,  1913.]  Control  of  Aquatic  Resources.  139 

acre  as  a  source  of  fertilizing  material  for  the  3'ears  to  come. 
This  seems  all  the  more  desirable  when  it  is  remembered  that 
this  basin  must  collect  quantities  of  the  finest  and  most  fertile 
parts  of  the  soil  washed  from  the  higher  ground.  Moreover,  I 
hope  to  show  that  there  is  good  reason  to  expect  that  the  acre 
can  be  made  so  productive  over  and  above  this  function  of  con- 
serving fertility  that  it  will  be  worth  more  in  Avater  than  it  could 
be  as  cultivated  land. 

What  is  needed  in  the  matter  of  utilization  of  our  great  tracts  of  marshy: 
or  swampy  land  is  some  such  systematic  study  and  the  development  of  some 
such  adapted  system  as  is  in  progress  of  development  in  the  systems  of 
"dry  farming"  in  the  arid  or  semi-arid  regions  of  the  west — a  system  which 
will  intelligenth'  conserve  and  utilize  our  heritage  of  water,  not  throw  it 
ignorantly  away  and  reduce  our  uplands  to  a  condition  of  sterility."* 

There  are  certain  resources  among  the  natural  inhabitants  of 
aquatic  areas,  and  a  few  of  these  may  be  enumerated  to  ad- 
vantage. First  perhaps  in  general  recognition  is  the  fish  indtistry 
which  iti  many  localities  is  a  qtiite  important  matter.  In  large 
part,  however,  the  fish  industry  is  carried  on  without  particular 
regard  to  the  methods  by  which  the  largest  available  crop  could 
be  secured,  and  except  as  efforts  are  made  to  save  and  rear  eggs 
of  certain  species  and  to  regulate  the  capture  for  certain  seasons, 
no  systematic  plan  is  in  practice  by  which  the  crop  may  be  regu- 
larly grown  and  harvested,  so  as  to  provide  for  perpetuation.  In 
many  localities,  especially  in  swampy  areas,  the  growing  of  frogs, 
turtles,  ducks,  geese  and  musk-rats  is  sufficiently  recognized  to 
indicate  that  these  are  all  capable  of  a  much  greater  cultivation, 
and  there  can  be  no  question  that  a  systematic  study  of  the  means 
of  culture  and  adaption  to  the  best  localities  would  result  in  pro- 
ductive crops.  Aside  from  these  there  are  several  species  of  fin^- 
bearing  animals,  especially  the  beaver,  otter  and  mink,  which  in 
wilder  tracts  might  undoubtedly  be  grown  with  profit.  In  streams 
and  ponds  where  the  native  species  of  clams  used  to  abound,  there 
unquestionably  could  be  established  a  productive  inditstry  in  the 
growth  of  these  animals  for  pearls,  and  as  a  basis  for  the  button 
industry.  While  not  yet  developed,  there  is,  in  all  probability, 
a  great  latent  resource  in  the  aquatic  plants  which  might  be  used 
for  the  inanufacture  of  paper.  Some  of  the  species  that  are  native 
here  seem  likely  to  furnish  an  excellent  fibre,  but  if  not,  the  in- 
troduction of  other  species,  especially  the  Japanese  paper  plant, 
might  establish  a  most  important  industry  and  serve  to  relieve 
in  part  the  drain  upon  the  forest  areas  which  are  being  consumed 
in  the  manufacture  of  paper.  Willows  and  other  rapid  growing 
semi-aquatic  trees  might  also  be  utilized  in  this  direction,  as  well 
as  for  their  influence  in  checking  the  outflow  of  flood  waters. 


*Osborn,  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  July,  1908,  Vol.  LXIII,  p.  85-87. 


HO  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No. 


It  is  estimated  in  a  recent  article  in  the  National  Geographic 
Magazine  that  Ohio  contains  1250  square  miles  of  swamp,  or, 
in  other  words,  800,000  acres,  and  this  area  is  now  practically 
unused  except  perhaps  to  some  extent  as  a  hunting  ground,  but 
without  control  or  regulation  regarding  the  protection  of  certain 
species  further  than  is  given  by  the  general  laws  regarding  the 
killing  of  game.  That  this  area  could  be  profitably  converted 
into  a  permanent  water  area  for  the  retention  of  rain-fall,  and  by 
a  system  of  canaling  made  into  cultivable  land  or  water,  seems 
certain.  Estimating  the  capacity  of  such  an  area  we  would  have 
for  one  foot  of  water  nearly  thirty-five  billions  of  cubic  feet,  or 
for  two  feet  of  increased  depth  nearly  seventy  billions  of  cubit 
feet,  which,  if  compared  with  the  previous  estimates  as  to  the 
excess  of  outflow  responsible  for  serious  floods,  will  seem  to  have 
a  very  direct  iinportance.  If  it  be  recognized  that  this  area  could 
be  kept  in  water,  and  at  the  same  time  produce  valuable  crops,  the 
advantage  of  preserving  this  resource  will  be  apparent. 

It  seems,  therefore,  that  the  general  policy  for  the  conserv^ation 
and  utilization  of  water  which  is  a  very  constant  element  in  our 
state  wealth,  should  be  that  of  retention  and  culture  for  various 
crops,  rather  than  a  rapid  discharge  by  drainage  applied  to  all 
swampy  land.  This  is  perhaps  the  main  point  invohnng  a  radical 
departure  from  present  policies,  but  this  is  of  immediate  impor- 
tance since  there  are  constant  efforts  in  the  drainage  of  existing 
swamps,  and  once  these  swamps  are  drained,  a  re-establishment 
of  the  conditions  for  retention  of  water  will  be  very  difficult,  if 
not  impossible. 

To  the  engineer  a  drainage  scheme  is  perhaps  the  most  at- 
tractive, since  it  presents  definite  possibilities  in  the  disposition 
of  water,  but  from  the  biological  standpoint  the  retention  of  water 
seems  far  more  important.  Ohio  already  has  a  distinct  start  in  the 
direction  of  reservoirs  in  the  Grand,  Lewiston  and  Licking  res- 
erv'oirs,  which  are  bodies  of  considerable  size.  Although  designed 
originally  in  connection  with  the  canal  system  of  the  state,  they 
are  capable  of  serving  for  other  iDurposes  without  in  any  degree 
affecting  their  value  for  the  original  purpose.  Abiuidant  sites 
exist  in  the  state  for  the  constmction  of  additional  reservoirs, 
largely  in  the  valleys  which  arc  not  of  great  value  for  other  pur- 
poses, and  which  in  the  aggregate  would  furnish  a  large  capacity. 
The  Columbus  storage  dam  containing  1,000,000,000  cubic  feet 
with  the  ])resent  thirt}'-foot  dam  occupies  a  river  valley  which 
was  practically  unused  and  of  slight  value  for  agricultural  jmr- 
poses.  A  number  of  such  reservoirs  suitably  located  and  projocrly 
controlled,  while  nor  .sufficient  to  entirely  prevent  flood  conditions, 
might  certainly  aid  greatly  in  preventing  the  excessive  flood  con- 
ditions that  result  from  the  immediate  outflow  of  all  surplus 
water,  and  also  serve  largely  in  the  improvement  of  navigation. 


May,  1913.]  Control  of  Aquatic  Resources.  141 

Thev  could  also  be  used  in  suitable  localities  for  extensive  systems 
of  inigation,  and  finally  for  the  cultivation  of  aquatic  crops. 
Such  crops,  although  at  present  problematical,  have,  I  fully 
believe,  a  most  important  promise  of  wealth. 

Considering,  then,  the  quantity  and  regularity  of  our  water, 
the  extent  of  the  utilization  it  is  already  given,  and  the  possibilities 
in  development  for  irrigation  systems,  power,  and  navigation,  and 
especialh'  the  possibilities  of  development  for  production  of  im- 
portant crops,  it  is  no  extravagance  to  claim  that  it  stands  as  one 
of  our  greatest  sources  of  wealth,  and  merits  and  demands  thorough 
scientific  investigation  that  these  resources  may  be  conserved, 
developed  and  utilized  to  their  fullest  extent. 

In  summing  up  these  different  factors  it  seems  that  the  greatest 
utility  of  our  water  supply  and  its  most  effecti'\-e  control  may  be 
secured  \^'ith  the  combination  of  a  number  of  different  methods, 
but  not  by  depending  upon  any  single  one.  The  following  may  be 
offered  as  suggestive: 

First,  the  levee  system  serving  to  narrow  and  raise  a  river 
channel,  can  serve  only  to  jeopardize  the  lives  and  property  of 
the  river  valley  and  should  be  resorted  to  only  in  particular 
cases  and  in  connection  with  other  means  of  flood  relief. 

Second,  the  establishment  of  as  many  reservoirs  as  possible, 
in  the  head  waters  of  the  smaller  tribute  ries  to  the  larger  streams 
and  the  utilization  of  such  reservoirs  not  only  for  power  and  as  a 
reserve  for  water  supply,  for  irrigation  and  navigation,  but  also 
as  a  basis  for  the  growth  of  aquatic  plants  and  animals,  the  cul- 
tivation of  which  should  be  a  subject  of  careful  experiment. 

Third,  the  exhaustive  study  and  development  of  reforestation 
wherever  this  can  be  done  to  advantage,  and  especially  the  pro- 
tection of  thickets  and  brush  land  along  the  slopes  leading  to  the 
river  bed. 

Fourth,  the  preservation  an.d  regulation  of  all  extensive 
swamp  areas  which  can  be  made  to  contribute  to  water  retention 
in  the  head  waters  of  the  river  tributaries. 

Fifth,  the  extensive  planting  of  marsh  grass,  willows,  or  an}^ 
other  plants  which  flourish  in  the  river  bottoms,  as  a  means  of 
checking  the  flow  to  the  streams  during  periods  of  excessiv^e 
rain. 

Sixth,  the  utilization  of  the  river  flood  plains  reached  by  higher 
floods  for  crops  which  are  least  affected  by  over-flows  of  river 
water  and  which  provide  an  opportunity  for  the  spreading  out  of 
excessive  water  and  serve  also  to  catch  and  hold  the  river  silt 
which  forms  a  most  important  addition  to  the  soil's  fertility. 


142  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  7, 

A   CYTOLOGICAL   LIFE   CYCLE. 

Robert  F.  Griggs. 

The  figures  and  diagrams  which  are  usually  presented  to 
explain  the  nature  and  significance  of  the  reduction  di\'ision  to 
beginners,  although  clear  enough  in  themselves,  often  fail  in 
their  purpose  because  the}^  do  not  take  account  of  the  fact  that 
reduction  is  indissolubly  bound  up  with  fertilization.  To  give 
a  clear  conception  of  the  significance  of  reduction  it  is  necessary 
to  present  the  whole  life  cycle.  In  m.any  respects  the  fern  is 
better  suited  than  any  other  type  for  the  representation  of  such 
a  cytological  cycle.  The  alternation  of  generations  is  obvious; 
the  haploid  as  well  as  the  diploid  condition  is  evident;  the  an- 
tithetic processes  of  fertilization  and  reduction  occur  at  opposite 
points  of  the  life  cycle  and  can  thus  be  presented  far  m.ore  clearly 
than  when  reduction  appears  to  be  merely  the  "maturation  of 
the  germ  cells." 

The  diagrams  here  presented  are  based  on  a  hypothetical 
fern  with  four  chromosomes  in  the  sporophyte.  The  cytolog}' 
is  that  of  Ascaris*  very  little  schematized.  Each  of  the  chro- 
mosomes of  which  two  are  represented  as  short  and  tw^o  long,  is 
marked  with  a  characteristic  figure  so  that  its  pennutations 
may  be  followed  through  the  cycle. 

The  best  stage  with  which  to  begin  is  the  diploid  mitosis  of  the 
sporophyte,  which  conforms  to  the  familiar  type  of  somatic  karyo- 
kinesis  generally  described.  Omitting  the  resting  nucleus  the  first 
stage  in  division  is  the  formation  from  the  chromatin  network 
of  a  long,  continuous  spirem  which  winds  in  and  out  more  or  less, 
filling  the  whole  nuclear  cavity  (Fig.  1).  Soon  each  granule  of 
this  spirem  divides  and  it  becomes  double  longitudinally  (Fig.  2). 
After  considerable  contraction  during  which  the  chromatin 
granules  are  drawn  closely  together,  the  spirem  breaks  into 
four  pieces,  the  chromosomes  (Fig.  3).  These  are  oriented  on 
the  spindle  and  divided  longitudinally  along  the  line  of  the  early 
split  (Fig.  4),  one  half  going  to  each  pole  and  entering  into  the 
corresijonding  daughter  nucleus  (Fig.  5),  so  that  the  progeny 
of  every  chromosome  is  equally  divided  between  the  daughter 
nuclei.  As  all  of  the  cells  throughout  the  organism  are  produced 
in  this  manner  each  is  exactly  like  every  other  in  chromatin  content 
and,  on  the  hypothesis  that  the  chromosomes  bear  the  hereditary 
characters,  in  heritage  as  well.  That  this  is  actually  the  case 
in  the  heritage  as  well  as  in  the  chromosomes  may  be  demon- 
strated by  the  familiar  facts  of  vegetative  propagation  by  which 

*See  Griggs,  R.  F.,  A  Rcilueing  Division  in  Ascaris,  Ohio  i\at.,  6:  519- 
527.  1906.  Wilson,  E.  B.,  The  Cell,  2d  Ed.,  pp.  G5-72,  183.  236-242.  N.  Y. 
1906. 


May,  1913.]  A  Cytological  Life  Cycle.  143 

the  whole  plant  complete  in  all  its  parts  may  be  reproduced  from 
any  small  slip  which  can  be  made  to  grow.  In  some  cases  e.  g. 
the  leaves  of  Bryophyllum  even  single  cells  ma}^  be  made  to 
propagate  the  plant  which  of  course  would  be  impossible  unless 
they  contained  all  of  the  hereditary  characters.  This  type  of 
division  continues  then  until  the  reduction  di\'ision  occurs  and 
the  familiar  nonsexual  spores  so  frequently  found  on  fern  leaves 
are  produced. 

In  the  reduction  division  the  spirem  is  formed  and  divides 
in  the  same  manner  (Figs  6  and  7),  but  breaks  into  onh'  half 
as  many  pieces  as  in  the  ordinary  mitosis  (Fig.  9).  Thus  each 
piece  really  corresponds  to  two  of  the  divided  chromosomes  seen 
in  the  metaphase  of  ordinary  mitosis.  This  pairing  or  "syn- 
apsis" of  the  chromosomes  is  the  essential  difference  between 
the  two  t3-pes  of  mitosis,  for  all  of  the  subsequent  difference 
of  the  reduction  chromosomes  is  the  necessary  consequence  of  it. 
Before  they  pull  apart  these  paired,  doubled  chromosomes  become 
definitely  associated  together  forming  the  variously  shaped 
tetravalent  chromosomes  or  "tetrads"  characteristic  of  the 
reduction  division.  In  their  early  stages  they  may  be  seen  to  be 
formed  by  the  association  of  the  two  arms  of  the  loops  into  which 
the  spirem  is  thrown  (Figs.  7,  .S  and  9).  As  they  are  pulled  apart 
they  may  retain  the  form  of  the  original  loop  or  may  appear  as 
crosses  or  rings  depending  on  their  length  and  the  manner  in 
which  they  are  attached  to  the  spindle  fibres  (fig  10).  Curiously 
enough  the  pairs  are  always  made  up  of  chromosomes  of  exactly 
the  same  size.  This  is  indicated  in  the  diagrams  but  l^ecomes 
much  more  striking  in  organisms  like  the  hyacinth  with  numerous 
chrojTiosomes  of  di\'erse  sizes. 

In  the  mLctakinesis  stage  of  the  first  reduction  di\-ision  (Fig.  10), 
the  pairs  of  chromosomes  which  fused  or  rather  failed  to  separate 
in  the  early  stages,  are  pulled  apart  so  that  one  goes  to  each  of  the 
daughter  nuclei  (Fig.  11).  Immediately  after  the  first  mitosis 
the  spindles  of  the  second  mitosis  organize  at  each  of  the  iDoles 
and  the  doubled  chromosomes  separated  in  the  first  mitosis  are 
divided  along  the  line  of  the  early  longitudinal  split  (Fig.  12), 
giving  rise  to  the  nuclei  of  the  four  nonsexual  spores.  Each  spore 
thus  contains  one  of  the  four  parts  of  each  of  the  tetrad  chromo- 
somes of  the  first  reduction  division.  It  will  be  observed  that 
they  are  not  aliJce  in  the  chromosomes  they  bear.  One  set  of 
spores  bears  only  those  designated  by  circles  and  dots  while  the 
other  bears  only  those  designated  by  crosses.  If  it  had  so  hap- 
pened that  one  of  the  tetrad  chromosomes  of  the  first  mitosis  had 
been  turned  the  other  side  up  as  is  indicated  in  the  alternative 
Figure  10a,  it  is  clear  that  the  resultant  nonsexual  spores  would 
have  borne  a  different  combination  of  chromosonies,  all  of  them 
being  mixed  as  to  crosses  and  dots.     When  the  number  of  chro- 


144  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  X 11 1,  No.  7, 

mosomes  is  larger  as  is  the  case  in  most  organisms  and  each  of  the 
chromosomes  is  oriented  by  chance  independently  of  the  rest 
as  is  presumably  the  case  it  is  obvious  that  the  number  of  coin- 
binations  i.  e.  the  nirmber  of  kinds  of  reduced  cells  increases  as  the 
square  of  the  number  of  chromosomes. 

Omitting  the  variations,  however,  and  following  one  of  the 
nonsexual  spores,  say  that  with  chromosomes  marked  with 
circles  and  dots,  we  find  that  it  produces  on  gennination  the 
familiar  heart-shaped  gametophyte  (prothallus)  of  the  fern. 
The  mitoses  occurring  in  the  growth  of  this  plant  (Figs.  14  and  IS), 
are  exactly  similar  to  those  of  the  sporoph}'te  except  that  they 
have  only  the  reduced  number  of  chromosomes  found  in  the 
spore  from  which  it  grew,  i.  e.  they  are  haploid  instead  of  diploid. 
When  mature  the  gametophyte  produces  archegonia  bearing 
eggs,  and  antheridia  bearing  sperms.  In  the  development  and 
maturation  of  these  gametes  there  is,  of  course,  no  reduction 
division. 

Fertilization  may  occur  between  an  egg  and  a  sperm  from  the 
same  plant  or  the  sperm  may  come  from  a  different  gametophyte. 
The  latter  alternative  is  figured  in  the  diagram  and  it  is  further 
assumed  that  the  sperm  came  from  a  gametophyte  derived  from 
a  spore  bearing  the  chromosomes  marked  with  crosses  (Figs. 
20  and  21).  When  the  sperm  fuses  with  the  egg  their  nuclei 
may  be  in  a  resting  condition  or  they  may  be  resolved  into  their 
respective  chromosomes  (Figs.  19-22).  and  proceed  at  once  into 
the  first  mitosis  of  the  succeeding  embryo  and  the  cvcle  is  com- 
plete.   (Figs.  23-25). 

The  significance  of  the  conventions  adopted  in  marking  the 
chromosomes  thus  becomes  apparent.  Those  marked  with  dots 
and  circles  came  from  the  egg  parent  and  those  niarked  with 
crosses  from  the  sperm  parent.  In  view  of  this,  the  fact  com- 
mented upon  above  that  each  chromosome  pairs  with  its  ap- 
propriate mate  in  synapsis,  takes  on  a  new  significance,  for  each 
of  the  tetrad  or  reduction  chromosomes  is  seen  to  consist  of  a 
doubled  chromosome  of  maternal  origin  paired  with  the  cor- 
responding one  of  paternal  origin.  It  is  also  evident  that 
while  the  nuclei  fvise  in  fertilization,  the  chromosomes  do  not 
show  an}'  sexual  affinit}'  for  each  other  and  live  together,  so  to 
speak,  in  the  nuclei  of  the  diploid  generation  as  independent  units, 
until  in  the  first  half  of  the  reduction  division  the  corresponding 
pairs  of  maternal  and  paternal  chromosomes  appear  to  develop  an 
attraction  for  one  another  and  finally  unite  as  synaptic  mates  to 
form  the  reduction  chromosomes,  so  completing  the  union  of 
sexual  elements  begun  at  the  time  of  fertilization. 

It  is  obvious,  moreover,  that  if  by  chance  one  of  the  chromo- 
somes had  been  oriented  differently  in  the  reduction  division,  as 
indicated  by  the  alternative  Figure  10a,  none  of  the  spores  result- 


May,  1918.]  A  Cycological  Life  Cycle.  145 

ing  would  liave  borne  the  same  chromosome  combination  as  their 
parents.  The  combination  diagramed  could  never  be  repeated 
until  egg  and  sperm  containing  between  them  the  chromosomes 
represented  by  all  four  symbols  met  and  in  the  resulting  zygote 
the  chromosomes  were  oriented  on  the  spindle  in  exactly  the 
proper  manner  and  this  was  followed  by  a  succeeding  fertilization 
by  pure  gametes  bearing  respectively  only  dotted  and  crossed 
chromosomes.  Thus  in  an  organism  with  four  chromosomes  in 
the  diploid  generation  there  are  no  less  than  nine  possible  chromo- 
some combinations,  while  •  in  organisms  with  numerous  chro- 
mosomes the  number  of  combinations  possible  is  3"  where  n  is  the 
number    of    chromosomes. 

Without  making  an\^  specific  assumptions  concerning  dif- 
ferences in  specific  maternal  and  paternal  chromosomes  other 
than  the  common  knowledge  that  the  plasms  of  the  two  parents  are 
in  a  general  way  different  in  heterozygous  organisms,  it  is  evident 
that  there  is  here  a  mechanism  varied  enough  to  account  in  large 
measure  for  the  large  variability  in  inheritance  which  is  so  familiar 
No  two  children  of  the  same  parents  (except  identical  twins)  are 
ever  alike,  be  the  family  ever  so  large.  When  we  take  account  of 
intermarriage  even  without  considering  A^arying  racial  char- 
acteristics it  is  not  surprising  that  we  never  find  two  faces  alike. 

If  however  we  assume  that  the  long  crossed  chromosome  for 
example  bears  a  specific  character  which  is  absent  from  its  mate 
the  long  dotted  chromosome,  it  will  be  seen  that  any  one  of  four 
possible  combinations  with  respect  to  this  one  chromosome  and 
the  character  it  bears  may  be  reaHzed  in  fertilization:  (1).  i\n 
egg  bearing  the  x  chromosome  may  be  fertilized  by  a  sperm 
bearing  an  x  chromosome  or,  (2),  by  a  sperm  bearing  a  dotted 
chromosome,  (3),  an  egg  bearing  a  dotted  chromosome  may  be 
fertilized  by  a  sperm  bearing  an  x  chromosome  or  (4),  by  a  sperm 
bearing  a  dotted  chromosome.  In  the  first  case  all  of  the  cells 
produced  in  the  subsequent  reduction  would  bear  the  x  chromo- 
some together  with  its  character,  and  if  inbred  would  continue 
pure  ever  after.  In  the  fourth  case  the  oft'spring  would  be  pure 
in  respect  to  the  dotted  chromosome  and  whatever  characters 
it  might  carry,  while  in  the  second  and  third  cases  it  would  be 
mixed.  This  is,  however,  nothing  more  or  less  than  a  statement 
of  Mendel's  Law. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate   VI. 


Grjgcs  on   "A  Cytulo-ical  Life  Cvcle." 


May,  1913.]  Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club.  147 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  Feb.  17,  1913. 

The  Biological  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the  president, 
Mr.  vStover.  In  the  absence  of  a  quorum,  the  business  meeting 
was   omitted. 

"In  his  "Notes  on  a  recent  European  trip,"  Prof.  Lazenby 
discussed  forestry  and  horticulture  as  he  saw  them  in  Germany 
and  France.  Germany's  care  of  her  forests  is  the  result  of  a 
great  fuel  famine  many  years  ago  from  which  much  suffering 
resulted.  Each  province  regulates  its  own  forest  preservation,  and 
in  some  cases  great  forests  are  owned  and  controlled  by  cities. 
Considerable  amounts  of  money  are  often  realized  from  the  wood. 
There  are  many  important  forestry  schools.  Some  experiments 
are  being  performed  on  American  trees.  Smoke  and  game  are 
among  the  obstacles  that  the  forest  owners  must  combat.  Graft- 
ing is  not  used  as  a  means  of  propapating  trees. 

The  next  paper  was  a  discussion  of  the  Alfalfa  Weevil,  by 
Herbert  Osborn,  Jr.  This  insect  has  caused  very  little  trouble  in 
Europe,  but  is  of  considerable  importance  here.  Eggs  are  laid 
in  the  stems  of  the  plants  and  the  larvae  eat  the  tops.  Two  fungi 
and  one  native  insect  attack  the  weevil,  but  the  best  method 
of  combatting  it  is   careful   cultivation  oP  crops. 

After  the  reading  of  this  paper,  the  meeting  was  adjourned. 

Marie    F.    McLellan,    Secretary. 


Orton  Hall,  March  3,   1913. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  president,  Mr.  Stover, 
and  the  minutes  of  the  two  previous  meetings  were  read  and 
approved. 

The  first  paper  of  the  evening  was  by  Prof.  Robert  Griggs  on 
"A  Botanical  Survey  of  the  Sugar  Grove  Area.  "  Prof.  Griggs  first 
outlined  the  geography  of  the  region  and  its  geological  fonnation, 
the  latter  being  characterized  by  Black  Hand  sandstone.  The 
rough  typograph}'  is  particularly  interesting,  caves  and  water- 
falls being  numerous.  He  divided  the  plants  into  three  principal 
groups,  the  rock-growing  plants,  which  are  largely  accidental; 
those  on  the  bottom  lands,  which  consist  of  a  birch  bottom  land 
association  with  hemlocks  growing  up  on  the  sides  of  the  hills; 
and  upland  forms  which  are  mostly  pines.     Many  plants  here 


148  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XllI,  No.  7, 

are  on  the  edges  of  their  ranges.  On  the  economic  side  the  region 
is  spoiled  by  deforestation,  which  is  causing  the  countr}'  to  grow 
rapidly   poorer   and   poorer. 

The  second  paper  was  by  Mr.  C.  R.  Schroyer  on  "Pre-Glacial 
Drainage  in  Ohio. "  At  the  present  day  there  are  two  great 
axes  of  drainage  in  Ohio,  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  Ohio  River. 
The  lines  of  pre-glacial  drainage  in  at  least  one-half  of  Southern 
Ohio  were  opposite  to  what  they  are  now,  and  in  Northern  Ohio 
the  drainage  was  exactly  reversed,  the  water  passing  out  by  the 
Maumee  into  northern  Indiana.  The  old,  unoccupied  valleys 
of  the  Scioto  basin  are  ^^dde,  while  the  new  valleys  are  deep. 

Marie  F.  McLellan,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  May  20,  1913. 


The  Ohio  'iJ^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versiiy, 
Volume  XIII.  JUNE,    1913.  No.  8. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Melchers— The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Timiato  and  Eehxted  Plants 149 

WiLLiAMS-Caryophyllaeeae  of  Ohio 176 

Humphrey— The  Genus  Fraxinus  in  Ohio 185 

McLellan — Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 1S8 


THE  MOSAIC  DISEASE  OF  THE  TOMATO  AND  RELATED 

PLANTS.* 

Leo  E.  Melchers. 

Introduction  and  Historical  Summary. 

The  mosaic  disease  or  calico  of  Solanaceous  plants  seems  to  be 
one  of  those  pathological  problems,  which  has  resisted  the  efforts 
of  the  scientist  and  baffled  the  most  observant  layman  for  the 
last  half  century.  That  progress  has  been  made  in  the  study 
of  mosaic  disease  is  obvious,  but  the  great  problem  of  its  cause 
still  remains  to  be  solved.  In  the  review  of  its  literature,  it  will 
be  noticed  that  contradictory  and  conflicting  results  and  con- 
clusions have  been  so  numerous,  in  the  scientific  investigations 
of  this  problem,  that  one  cannot  accept  the  results  uncondition- 
ally. In  order  to  summarize  the  results,  conclusions  and  theories 
of  past  investigators,  and  to  make  the  literature  pertaining  to 
this  disease  more  accessible,  the  writer  has  endeavored  to  pre- 
sent a  review  and  bibliography  of  the  essential  literature  of  mosaic 
disease.  It  is  hoped  that  this  will  provide  a  reliable  basis  for 
future    work. 

The  first  reference  to  the  disease  according  to  Hunger  (1905, 
p.  256),  was  by  Swieten  (1857),  who  mentions  a  disease  which 
resembles  the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco.  This  disease  was  called 
"Rost"  or  Fleckenkrankheit  (Spot  disease),  terms  by  which 
mosaic  disease  was  known  for  some  time.  In  1885,  Adolf  Mayer 
investigated  this  disease  on  tobacco  and  in  the  following  year 
published  an  account  of  it,  naming  it  "  Mosaic  Disease.  "  Koning 
(1899,   p.  65),   states  that    Dr.  van  Breda  de  Haan,    called  his 

*Contributions  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity.    No.  74. 


;i49 


I50  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XllI,  No.  8, 

attention  to  this  tobacco  trouble,  stating  that  it  had  occurred  in 
the  East  Indies  in  1888.  The  next  investigator  ot  this  problem 
whose  work  attracted  attention,  was  Iwanowski  (1892,  1899, 
1903),  who  most  emphatically  pronounced  mosaic  disease  to  be 
bacterial  in  nature.  PrilHeux  and  Delacroix  (1894),  describe 
the  disease,  believing  that  it  is  similar  in  nature  to  a  spot  disease 
occurring  on  Cyclamen.  Marchal  (1897),  mentions  mosaic  dis- 
ease and  its  treatment.  Koning  (1897),  describes  specific  organ- 
isms which  are  supposed  to  be  associated  with  this  disease.  Bey- 
erinck  (1898),  and  vSturgis  (1N99),  both  published  papers.  The 
former  author  propounded  the  "contagium  vivium  fluidum" 
theory,  while  Sturgis  regarded  it  as  a  physiological  trouble. 
The  following  year  (1900),  Sturgis  published  the  results  of  ex- 
periments in  shading  and  liming  tobacco  plants.  Woods  (1899) 
presented  his  paper  on  the  destruction  of  chlorophyll  by  oxidizing 
enzymes,  with  special  reference  to  mosaic  disease.  According  to 
Hunger  (1905,  p.  262),  Dr.  van  Breda  de  Haan  (1899),  isolated 
bacteria  from  the  tis.sues  of  diseased  plants,  said  to  be  affected 
with  mosaic.  In  (1900)  Heintzel  published  a  paper  on  tobacco 
mosaic  and  Behrens  mentioned  a  disease  of  the  tobacco  which 
resembled  mosaic  in  its  symptoms  and  characteristics.  Gontiere 
(1900),  in  a  short  review  gives  recommendations  for  treating 
seed  and  seed-beds.  Woods  (1902)  revolutionized  the  interpre- 
tations of  this  malady,  by  propounding  his  enzyme  theory  and 
Hunger  (1902,  1904),  believed  that  he  had  eliminated  bacteria 
as  the  causal  organism.  But  nevertheless  in  the  following  year, 
Hunger  (1903)  (a)  severely  criticised  Woods'  enzymic  theory. 
Suzuki  (1903)  studied  a  peculiar  variegation  of  the  leaves  of  the 
mulberry,  obtaining  results  similar  to  those  of  Woods'  on  tobacco. 
Hunger  (1903)  (b)  published  other  work  explaining  some  of  the 
ways  in  which  this  disease  is  spread.  In  the  same  year  Boyugues 
(1903).  cites  definite  data,  dealing  with  the  incubation  of  mosaic 
disease;  he  also  seems  to  have  made  an  anatomical  study  of  the 
trouble.  That  laborers  are  responsible  for  the  sj^rcading  of  this 
disease  in  part,  is  shown  by  Hunger  (1903).  Selby  (1904)  con- 
firmed some  of  Hunger's  infection  experiments,  showing  that 
the  disease  could  be  disseminated  by  alternately  touching  dis- 
eased and  healthy  plants.  In  (1905)  Hunger  juiblished  a  detailed 
treatise  on  mosaic  disease,  treating  of  its  history,  theories  and 
experimental  data.  Delacroix  (1905)  found  that  a  bacillus  is 
associated  with  mosaic  disease,  and  gave  its  exact  measurements. 
Clinton  (1908)  mentions  tomato  chlorosis  and  its  characteristics; 
he  speaks  of  a  similar  malady  on  lima  bean.  Later  (1910)  he 
mentions  as  similar  troubles,  chlorosis  of  the  squash,  muskmelon 
and  tobacco.  Tomato  mosaic  is  treated  and  compared  with  the 
same  disease  of  tobacco  by  Westerdijk  (1910).  Loedwijks  (1910) 
shows  how  colored  light  and  light  intensities  effect  the  behavior  of 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Totnato.  151 

diseased  plants.  Shaw  (1910)  believes  the  Curly  Top  of  sugar 
beet  to  be  a  trouble  pathologically  and  physiologically  related 
to  mosaic  disease.  Allard  (1912)  believes  that  Aphids  are  carriers 
of  mosaic  disease. 

Xomcndature. — The  names  which  have  been  applied  to  this 
singular  disease,  have  been  many  and  varied.  In  America, 
mosaic  disease,  cahco,  Frenching,  mottle-top  and  chlorosis  are 
terms  applied  in  the  Central  States;  while  in  the  south,  brindel 
or  mongrel  disease  are  more  common.  In  Germany  one  hears 
of  it  as  Mosaikkrankheit,  Mauche,  Fleckenkrankheit  or  Pocken- 
krankheit;  in  France  la  Mosaique,  Nielle  or  Rouille  blanche  and 
in  Hungary,  Mozaik-betegsege.  In  Italy  it  is  known  as  Mai 
del  Mosaico  or  Maldella  bolla  and  in  southern  Russia  the  name 
Bosuch  seems  to  be  the  most  used.  Poetih  is  the  name  applied 
in  Stunatra,  Java  and  Borneo.  Besides  these  names  there  are 
many  colloquial  expressions  in  use.  Special  names  applied  to 
Pockenkrankheit  are:  "Ospa"  (Pox)  in  Russia;  ''Rjabucha" 
(Dot  Hke),  in  Little  Russia;  "Pestrizi"  (Spots)  in  S.  W.  Russia. 

Hosts. 

This  disease,  although  originally'  described  only  on  tobacco, 
has  in  recent  years  been  found  on  numerous  other  hosts.  Woods 
(1902)  describes  it  as  being  produced  artificially  on  the  potatoes, 
Petunias,  Violets  and  poke  weed,  and  Iwanowski  (1903)  speaks 
of  it  as  occurring  on  the  beet  and  kidney  bean.  Similar  troubles 
have  also  been  found  by  Suzuki  (1902)  on  the  Mulberry,  by 
Selby  (1904)  on  cucumbers,  by  Clinton  (1910)  on  lima  and  string 
beans,  muskmelon  and  squash.  Some  investigators  would  place 
mosaic  disease  in  the  same  class  with  albinism  or  variegation; 
(Woods  1S99).  Orton  reported  it  on  potatoes  at  the  Cleveland 
meeting  of  the  American  Phytopathological  Society,  1912^13, 
and  the  writer  has  recently  found  it  occurring  naturalh^  on  the 
potato   in  the   greenhouse. 

Characteristics. 

Tobacco. — As  already  indicated  above,  this  malady  seems  to  be 
present  throughout  the  tobacco  growing  regions  of  the  world, 
although  there  are  some  countries  growing  tobacco  extensively 
from  which  no  reports  of  its  occurrence  have  been  seen. 

This  disease  usually  makes  its  first  appearance  either  in  the 
seed-bed  or  cold-frame.  The  middle  or  lower  leaves  are  the  first 
attacked  and  gradually  the  uppennost  leaves  show  the  character- 
istic symptoms.  The  disease  reveals  itself  on  the  leaves  by  an 
irregular,  more  or  less  mottled  effect,  a  differentiation  into  yel- 
lowish and  dark  green  areas.  The  dark  green  areas  are  often 
confined  quite  largely  to  a  border  along  the  larger  veins,  while 
the  intermediate  tissue  assumes  a  lighter  green  or  yellowish  hue. 
Upon  closer  inspection  differences  may  be  noticed;  the  adjoining 


152  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

green  regions  seem  slightly  swollen,  while  the  yellow  areas  apjjear 
appreciably  thinner.  Many  of  the  affected  leaves  become  crinkled 
or  show  an  irregular  growth;  this  is  due  to  an  uneven  tissue  ex- 
pansion; the  healthy  green  regions  develo])  more  rapidly  than 
the  yellow  areas,  hence  a  warping  or  crinkling  results.  Woods 
(1902)  states  that  in  very  severe  cases  the  entire  plant  may  become 
so  defomied  that  it  is  almost  unrecognizable. 

As  the  plant  becomes  older  and  the  flower  buds  form,  there 
may  appear  "what  is  known  as  "mottle  top,"  although  the  plant 
may  have  remained  perfectly  healthy  up  till  flowering  time.  Ac- 
cording to  Sturgis  (1S99),  weather  conditions  may  bring  on  the 
disease  at  this  time  and  affected  plants  may  recover  if  conditions 
'become  favorable  again.  He  regards  "mottle  top"  as  a  later 
stage  and  milder  form  of  calico;  the  typical  mosaic  appearing 
only  in  the  earlier  stages  of  plant  development.  The  writer  has 
occasionally  encountered  this  in  the  field  and  from  his  observation 
it  does  not  seem  serious,  as  it  apparently  involves  only  a  few  of 
the  uppermost  leaves,  which  are  always  removed  at  topping 
time. 

Tomato. — Where  tomatoes  are  forced  under  glass,  mosaic 
disease  is  not  uncommon  and  appearances  similar  to  mosaic  are 
also  found  in  the  field.  One  of  the  first  investigators  to  call 
our  attention  to  the  mosaic  disease  on  tomato  was  Sturgis  (1899). 
He  cites  a  case  where  a  field  of  tomatoes  was  overtaken  I33'  an 
early  frost  and  severely  nipped.  As  a  result  of  this  artificial 
pruning,  the  disease  made  its  appearance.  Woods  (1902)  pro- 
duced the  disease  at  will  on  tomato  and  poke  weed  by  severely 
pruning  healthy  plants.  See  his  plates  2,  5  and  0.  Tomato 
chlorosis  and  its  infectious  properties  are  discussed  by  Clinton 
(1908).  Hunger  (1905)  seems  to  be  the  first  foreign  investigator 
who  worked  with  tomato  mosaic.  He  confirmed  Woods'  (1902) 
pruning  results,  having  used  plants  grown  from  seed  from  various 
countries.  Westerdijk  (1910)  carried  out  extensive  experiments 
with  tomato  mosaic,  which  show  the  disease  is  inheritable.  According 
to  her  the  disease  is  conspicuous  on  stalks  and  fruit  as  well  as 
leaves.  She  says  that  the  stalks  frequently  show  a  spiral  band  of 
yellow  color.  During  the  earlier  .stages  of  fruit  development, 
while  it  is  still  green  she  says,  that  the  yellow  spots  are  easily 
recognized,  but  as  the  fruit  matures,  the  deep  red  masks  them. 

The  yellow  areas  on  the  leaves,  as  for  tobacco,  seem  con- 
fined more  or  less  to  the  tissues  between  the  main  veins.  The 
dark  green  regions  nearby  seem  to  assume  a  rather  "over  healthy  " 
aspect.  Here  again,  an  unequal  growth  of  tissues  cause  the  leaf 
to  warp  or  curl.  In  severe  ca.scs,  descriptively  termed,  "fern 
leaf"  appears.  Here  the  main  veins  are  considerably  hyper- 
trophied,  while  the  intennediatc  tissues  altogether  fail  of  develop- 
ment, giving  the  leaf  a  very  striking  dissected  appearance. 


June,  1913.] 


The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato. 


153 


Westerdijk  (1910,  p  7)  states,  "a  great  share  of  the  blossoms 
perish  before  fertilization  is  effective;  either  the  flowers  blight  or 
dro]3  off. "  She  also  states  that  diseased  plants  bear  less  fruit 
than  normal  and  that  the  fruit  which  does  set  is  usually  small 
or  malformed.  This  would  naturally  be  expected  where  there 
is  an  apparent  lack-  of  proper  nutrition,  brought  about  perhaps 
by  a  reduction  in  the  assimilati^^e  and  digestive  powers  of  the 
leaves. 

It  often  happens  that  some  of  the  lower  leaves  of  tomato 
plants  show  yellow  spots  or  are  entirely  yellow;  this  in  most 
cases  is  due  to  improper  light  or  soil  conditions  and  should  not 
be  mistaken  for  mosaic  disease. 


Fig.  1.  Leaves  from  various  parts  of  mosaic-diseased  potato  plants, 
showing  surface  irregularities,  due  to  variable  tissue  expansion.  Two- 
thirds  natural  size. 

Where  tomatoes  are  grown  under  glass,  the  extent  of  damage 
caused  by  this  disease  may  vary  from  the  injuring  of  a  few  scattered 
plants  to  the  loss  of  a  considerable  share  of  the  crop.  In  Ohio 
mosaic  disease  frequentl}^  appears  in  one  or  more  of  the  main 
crops. 

Potato. — During  the  month  of  February,  1913,  mosaic  disease 
appeared  very  suddenly  in  the  Ohio  State  University  greenhouse, 
on  Early  Lunch  potatoes,  which  had  been  planted  in  sand  for 


154  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

the  purpose  of  growing  plants  for  breeding  experiments.  The 
writer  has  found  no  extensive  description  of  mosaic  disease  on  the 
potato  in  the  literature,  but  it  was  reported  by  Orton  (1913)  as 
occurring  in  Germany  and  Maine. 

The  first  symptoms  were  noticed  on  a  plant  which  had  reached 
a  height  of  approximately  eighteen  inches.  When  first  observed 
the  plant  appeared  thrifty  in  every  respect,  except  that  the 
immature  leaves  had  a  slightly  pale  and  mottled  appearftnce. 
Four  days  later  the  yellowish  spots  were  more  pronounced  and 
appeared  on  about  two-thirds  of  the  leaflets.  The  very  yotuigest 
leaves  were  also  conspicuously  pale,  with  a  sickly  yellow  color. 
In  this  early  stage  the  mottled  effect  is  not  perceptible,  but  it 
becoines  noticeable  as  the  leaflets  age.  Those  having  practically 
reached  their  full  development,  occasionally  showed  a  slight 
abnormality  in  shape  or  an  uneven  surface.  See  text  Fig.  1. 
The  mottled  effect  consists  of  irregular,  greenish-yellow  or  pale 
3^ellow  spots,  which  appear  at  any  place  on  the  leaf.  vSee  plate  VII. 
As  in  tobacco  and  tomato  mosaic,  the  yellow  spots  are  localized 
in  the  tissue  between  the  veins,  which  have  a  conspicuous  border 
of  dark  green  tissue.  If  such  leaflets  are  sprinkled  or  submerged 
in  water,  the  color  differentiation  is  greatly  intensified.  In  the 
majority  of  leaflets  the  green  areas  developed  more  rapidly  than 
the  yellow  as  usual  in  this  disease.  Such  differences  in  growth 
cause  a  somewhat  irregular  surface. 

Upon  examination,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  the  hairs  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  leaf  are  much  closer  together  in  the  yellow 
areas  than  in  the  normal  or  in  the  green  areas.  It  appears  that 
the  hairs  develop  as  usual  while  the  leaf  is  very  young,  but  that 
there  is  less  than  the  normal  expansion  of  the  leaf  surface  between 
them,  so  that  they  are  left  standing  close  together,  giving  the 
leaf  a  striking  and  peculiar  appearance.  The  surface  of  a  cal- 
icoed  leaflet  when  examined  under  a  hand  lens,  shows  that  the 
dark  green  areas  are  somewhat  elevated,  while  the  yellow  areas 
are  slightly  depressed,  giving  the  surface  an  uneven  appearance. 
No  peculiarities  could  be  seen  upon  the  stalks  or  petioles  and 
hypertrojihies  were  lacking.  The  disease  appeared  spontaneously 
without  ])runing  or  other  mutilation  or  artificial  stimulation, 
which  is  said  to  be  sometimes  responsible  for  the  production  of 
such  deformities  in  the  potato  (Woods  1902),  as  well  as  in  other 
hosts.  The  writer  has  not  observed  this  trouble  on  potatoes 
growing  in  the  field,  but  intends  conducting  experiments  later. 
It  might  be  stated  that  the  tubers  which  produced  these  diseased 
plant'^  came  from  New  York. 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Toynato.  155 


Histology. 

Koning  (1S99  [bj,  1900)  made  histological  studies  of  mosaiced 
leaves,  but  says  that  little  is  brought  to  Hght  by  microscopic 
examinations.  Intercellular  cavities  occur  between  the  paH- 
sade  and  spongy  parenchyma  of  young  and  old  tissue.  In 
some  cases  he  found  the  chloroplasts  disorganized  and  cell  walls 
disappearing.  Bouygues  (1903)  reported  the  absence  of  the 
epidennis.  In  old  spots  the  cell  contents  had  disappeared. 
Woods  (1900,  p.  17)  found  that,  "a  study  of  the  histology  of  the 
diseased  leaves  has  now  revealed  a  histological  difference  which 
makes  it  very  clear  that  the  light  colored  areas  are  not  normal 
and  that  this  difference  consists  in  the  fact  that  in  badly  diseased 
plants  the  palisade  parenchyma  of  the  light  colored  areas  is  not 
developed  at  all.  All  of  the  tissue  between  the  upper  and  lower 
epidermis  consists  of  a  spongy  or  respiratory  parenchyma  rather 
more  closely  packed  than  normal.  In  moderately  diseased  plants 
the  palisade  parenchyma  of  the  light  area  is  greatly  modified. 
Normally  the  palisade  parenchyma  cells  of  a  healthy  plant  are 
from  four  to  six  times  as  long  as  broad.  In  a  moderately  dis- 
eased plant,  however,  the  cells  are  nearly  as  broad  as  they  are 
long,  or  at  most  not  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad.  As  a 
rule  the  modified  cells  of  the  leaf  pass  abruptly  into  the  normal 
cells  of  the  green  area.  "  He  also  found  that  the  light  colored 
areas  in  both  tomato  and  tobacco  contained  more  than  the  nomial 
amount  of  starch.  Heintzel  (1900),  does  not  mention  any  pecu- 
liarities in  the  palisade  cells  themselves,  but  observed  the  most 
striking  differences  in  the  intercellular  spaces  between  the  palisade 
cells  and  the  spongy  parenchyma  of  younger  and  older  tissue. 
These  intercellular  spaces  occur  in  the  dark  green,  bloated  regions, 
the  older  tissue  having  the  larger  spaces.  He  believed,  these 
spaces  were  filled  with  gas,  because  their  dark  color  disappeared 
when  they  were  put  in  alcohol.  The  chloroplasts  were  con- 
gregated irregularly  in  small  groups.  Iwanowski  (1903)  states 
that  the  green  areas  bordering  the  yellow  are  'abnormally  healthy' 
and  that  such  regions  show  a  vigorous  development  of  all  cellular 
tissue.  The  yellow  areas  on  the  other  hand,  are  thinner  and  the 
palisade  cells  are  not  so  well  developed,  being  very  much  shortened 
and  cuboidal  in  form.  He  speaks  of  intercellular  spaces  in  the 
yellow  areas.  The  chloroplasts  in  these  areas  are  yellowish  and 
while  these  regions  are  young,  scarcely  react  to  the  starch  test, 
but  eventually  all  the  chloroplasts  come  to  contain  as  much  starch 
as  they  can  hold. 

Tomato. — Westerdijk  (1910)  says  that  a  microscopic  examina- 
tion of  mosaiced  toinato  leaves  show  nothing  worthy  of  mention. 
In  the  yellow  areas  the  chloroplasts  are  yellowish  and  slightly 
smaller  and  have  but  little  starch.     The  writer  also  made  his- 


156  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

tological  studies  of  mosaiced  tomato,  but  did  not  find  any  char- 
acteristic abnormalities.  No  striking  difi^erentiation  was  seen 
between  the  yellow  and  adjoining  green  or  healthy  tissues.  I 
did  not  find  stages  as  described  by  Woods  (1900),  where  the 
palisade  parenchyma  was  tmdeveloped  or  the  presence  of  con- 
spicuous cuboidal  palisade  cells  as  described  b}^  Iwanowski  (1903) 
for  tobacco.  Although  at  times  in  the  yellow  areas  this  tissue 
appeared  slightly  less  developed  then  usual.  The  yellow  areas  were 
slightly  thinner  than  the  adjacent  green  areas,  especially  in  older 
leaves.  The  epidermis  appeared  nonnal.  No  difference  was  detected 
in  the  number  or  size  of  the  chloroplasts  in  the  yellow  and  green 
areas.  That  they  were  well  supplied  with  starch  was  apparent 
from  the  slides  and  especially  in  the  sections  from  the  older  tissue. 
Potato. — Sections  of  yellow,  adjoining  green  and  healthy 
tissue  of  potato  mosaic,  were  fixed  in  weak  chromacetic  fluid 
and  imbedded  in  the  usual  manner.  A  microscopic  study  showed 
that  the  yellow  areas  were  thinner  at  all  ages;  in  some  cases  they 
were  only  90  mic.  thick  as  compared  with  120  mic.  in  the  normal 
leaf.  (See  Fig.  1,  2,  pi.  VIII.)  This  thinness  was  largely  due  to  a 
shortening  of  the  palisade  cells  which  were  of  a  striking  cuboidal 
fomi  (Fig.  1,  pi.  VIII).  vSections  from  mottled  areas  were  easily 
distinguished  by  the  shape  and  size  of  the  palisade  cells.  The 
cuboidal  cells  began  very  abruptly  in  some  sections,  while  in 
other  cases  there  was  an  intergradation  between  them  and  the 
nonnal  palisade  cells.  In  the  yellow  areas  as  a  rule,  these  cells 
were  generally  quite  regtilar  in  shape,  but  sometimes  there  was 
less  regularity.  Their  length  varied  from  one-half  to  one-third 
that  of  normal  cells  and  their  thickness  was  usualh'  slightly 
greater.  The  spongy  parenchyma  appeared  normal  in  all  areas, 
except  that  in  the  yellow  regions,  there  were  somewhat  fewer 
chloroplasts.  Figure  3,  p\.  VIII,  represents  a  green  area,  adjoining 
a  yellow  spot.  The  palisade  cells  are  slightly  shorter  than  in 
Fig.  2.  The  chloroplasts  throughout  the  yellow  regions  in  living 
material  were  a  pale  yellowish-green,  but  contained  considerable 
.starch. 

Characteristics  or  Mosaic  Disease. 

Infectious. — Investigators  who  have  conducted  inoculation 
experiments  with  this  disease  on  tobacco  find  it  transmissible 
by  means  of  the  juice.  Mayer  (ISSO),  Sturgis  (1S99),  Hunger 
(190."))  and  others,  have  shown  that  it  must  be  classed  as  infectious 
rather  than  contagious,  for  the  mere  presence  of  a  diseased  plant 
in  a  healthy  plot  does  not  cau.sc  the  disease  to  sjiread.  Numerous 
investigators  have  inserted  diseased  leaf  tissue  into  healthy  plants 
and  i:»roduced  the  disease;  in  grafting  healthy  and  diseased  plants, 
similar  results  were  obtained,  Iwanowski  (1903),  Woods  (1902) 
and   Hunger   (1904,    1905).     Heintzcl   (1900)   states,   that  he  got 


June,  1913.]  Tfie  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  157 

positive  results  by  inoculating  with  healthy  as  well  as  diseased 
tissue.  The  same  results  were  obtained  by  Woods  (1899,  1902). 
When  an  excess  of  virus  is  used,  this  disease  on  tobacco  according 
to  Beyerinck  (1S9S),  developes  hypertrophies.  Heintzel  (1902) 
finds  that  the  injection  of  small  quantities  of  fluid  from  a  diseased 
plant  produced  the  mottled  effect,  while  a  large  amount  pro- 
duced  hypertrophies. 

Disease  Spread  by  Contact. — Some  experimenters  have  trans- 
mitted this  disease  under  field  conditions  by  touching  alternately 
diseased  and  healthy  tobacco  plants.  Koning  (1899)  believes  that 
mosaic  disease  is  spread  in  the  field  by  handling  plants.  Hunger 
(1903,  190-1,  1905,  p.  286),  in  his  'touching  experiments'  was 
successful  in  spreading  this  disease  and  "he  believes  that  much 
of  the  disease  as  it  appears  is  due  to  negligence  on  the  part  of  the 
laborers  in  the  field."  Selby  (1904),  as  stated  above,  confinned 
Hunger's  experiments,  producing  the  disease  in  the  same  manner 
by  touching.  Hinson  and  Jenkins  (1910)  also  believe  that  the 
disease  may  be  spread  in  this  manner. 

Spontaneous  Occurrence. — Sturgis  (1900)  comments  on  the 
sporadic  nature  of  this  disease  and  states  that  it  is  not  uncommon 
to  find  healthy  and  diseased  plants  growing  in  the  same  spot. 
Woods  (1902,  p.  18)  says,  "of  the  remaining  twenty-five  con- 
trols, four  were  affected  with  the  disease  without  apparent  cause.  " 
Iwanowski  (1903),  could  not  account  for  the  appearance  of  disease 
in  plants  which  had  in  no  way  been  treated,  'they  simply  ap- 
peared spontaneously.'  Hunger  (1904),  likewise  could  not  ac- 
count for  these  sudden  appearances  where  plants  had  not  been 
touched;  furthennore  the  disease  did  not  always  appear  where 
diseased  and  healthy  tobacco  plants  were  alternately  touched. 
Westerdijk  (1910),  speaks  of  it  as  reoccurring  periodically  after 
it  has  once  appeared  in  a  greenhouse  where  tomatoes  have  been 
grown,  although  a  new  strain  of  seed  was  used  each  season. 

Producing  the  Disease  at  Will. — Woods'  (1902)  experiments 
show  this  disease  may  be  produced  at  will,  by  pruning,  mechani- 
cally injuring  the  plant  in  various  ways  or  even  by  injecting 
distilled  water!  Hunger  (1905),  confirmed  Woods'  pruning  ex- 
periments with  tomatoes  of  various  sorts,  including  red  and  yel- 
low, rough  and  smooth  fruiting  varieties.  He  failed,  however,  to 
duplicate  Woods'  results  in  tobacco.  Allard  (1912),  says  that  a 
true  infectious  mosaic  disease  cannot  be  produced  by  pruning 
plants. 

Cross  Inoculation.— It  is  not  possible  to  transfer  this  disease 
from  the  tobacco  to  the  tomato  or  vice  versa,  according  to  Wester- 
chjk  (1910,  p.  18-19).  "It  is  not  inconceivable  that  the  virus 
of  the  tobacco  ought  to  be  transmissible  to  the  tomato  and  in- 
versely, because  the  plants  are  closely  related.  This,  however, 
s    not   the   case.     Numbers   of   tomato    plants   were   inoculated 


158  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

under  the  most  favorable  growing  conditions,  with  the  virus 
from  tobacco  plants.  The  inoculations  had  no  effect.  The  virus 
from  the  tomato  had  just  as  little  effect  upon  the  tobacco  plant. 
The  tomato  plants  withstood  the  injections  very  nicely  and  did 
not  show  the  least  signs  of  distortion."  Clinton  (1908)  on  the 
other  hand  states  that  he  succeeded  in  producing  mosaic  disease 
on  the  tomato  by  inoculation  with  juice  from  a  diseased  tobacco 
plant,  and  from  this  tomato  plant  he  transferred  the  disease  back 
again  to  tobacco. 

[s  Mosaic  Disease  Inheritable? — Investigators  are  almost  unani- 
mous in  the  opinion  that  "calico"  of  tobacco  is  not  inheritable. 
Woods  (1902,  p.  7  )  says,  ''There  is  no  conclusive  evidence  that 
the  plants  from  seed  of  diseased  plants  are  more  subject  to  the 
disease  than  are  those  from  the  seed  of  healthy  plants. "  Iwan- 
owski  (1903)  conducted  inoculation  experiments  with  crushed 
diseased  seed.  He  produced  the  disease  in  this  manner  just  as 
readily  as  where  he  used  diseased  leaves.  He  states  (p.  15), 
"From  such  facts  one  would  conclude  that  the  disease  must  be 
inheritable,  but  experiments  do  not  show  this  to  be  so.  "  In  regard 
to  this  characteristic  of  mosaic  disease  Sturgis  (1899,  pp.  247-8), 
says  that  seed  from  diseased  plants  do  not  give  rise  to  "calicoed" 
plants.  "It  would  seem  apparent,  therefore,  that  "calico" 
is  not  communicable  through  the  seed.  I  secured  from  the 
seed  bed — twenty  seedlings  showing  "calico"  and  from  the  same 
bed,  twenty  apparently  healthy  seedlings.  These  were^set  in 
two  parallel  rows  in  the  garden — with  one  exception,  all  of  these 
forty  plants  were  badly  calicoed  within  six  weeks.  The  exception 
was  one  of  the  originally  healthy  plants — most  of  the  plants 
flowered  and  ripened  an  abundance  of  seed.  This  seed  was  sown 
in  flats  in  the  greenhouse.  Of  the  hundreds  of  seedHngs — thus 
raised  not  a  single  one  showed  a  sign  of  "calico"  in  the  flats. 
Thirty  seedlings  were  transplanted  and  set  in  a  row  in  the  Station 
garden — .  All  of  the  plants — showed  great  vigor  and  remained 
perfectly  healthy.  Meantime,  from  the  same  lot  of  seedlings, 
a  dozen  were  sent  to  Mr.  Ackley,  who  set  them  in  a  warm  corner 
near  the  barn — .  These  also  failed  to  show  any  signs  of  "calico." 
"  Tomato  mosaic  is  an  inheritable  disease  in  contrast  with  tobacco 
mosaic."  these  are  the  conclusions  of  Westerdijk  (1910,  p.  20). 
She  kept  the  seed  from  apparently  healthy  looking  fniit  on  a 
diseased  plant,  separate  from  that  of  mottled  fruits.  She  sprouted 
the  seed  and  the  seedlings  were  transferred  to  the  greenhouse, 
test  ]jlot  and  garden.  Proper  checks  were  used  in  all  cases. 
All  plants  grew  equally  well  at  first,  but  in  two  or  three  months 
a  noticeable  difference  was  seen.  In  the  field  she  raised  50  plants, 
grown  from  diseased  seed;  the  parent  plants  having  been  arti- 
ficially inoculated.  Also  40  were  grown  from  diseased  seed  from 
greenhouse  plants.     Of  the  latter,   20  originated  from  mottled 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  159 

and  26  from  apparently  normal  fruit  from  diseased  plants.  All 
this  second  generation  showed  an  intensive  leaf  reduction;  the 
yellow  spots  appeared  entirely  inconspicuous.  Variegated  ex- 
amples did  not  occur.  The  plants  grown  in  the  garden  showed 
abnormal  appearances  all  at  the  same  age.  Leaf  reduction 
was  less  noticeable,  although  leaf  apexes  and  side  shoots  were 
somewhat  abnormally  developed.  A  pronounced  case  of  disease 
did  not  occur.  In  the  greenhouse,  the  plants  showed  indefinite 
cases  of  mosaic  disease.  One  plant  out  of  27  had  strong  symptoms 
of  leaf  reduction.  She  states  (p.  17),  "By  the  field  experiments 
it  has  been  shown  without  a  doubt  that  the  disease  is  inheritable. 
Also  here  it  is  shown  that  the  light  factor  is  important  in  develop- 
ing the  disease. " 

Resistance  and  Selection. — Hunger  (1905)  believes  through 
proper  selection  a  resistant  strain  of  tobacco  can  be  obtained, 
(p.  297).  "On  page  282  it  was  shown  how  diversely  plants 
may  develop  from  Deli  seed,  even  when  of  the  same  variety, 
and  I  am  convinced  that  it  is  possible,  through  proper  selection 
of  such  seed  to  isolate  and  obtain  constant  physiological  strains 
whose  peculiarities  would  remain  fixed  within  certain  limits  of 
temperature."  Bouygeres  and  Perreau  (1904)  claim  to  have 
reduced  mosaic  disease  98%  in  a  season  by  selecting  seed  from 
a  plant  which  remained  healthy  among  a  diseased  lot. 

Various  Names  for  Same  Disease. 

Considerable  confusion  and  dispute  exists  among  European 
investigators,  as  to  whether  Pockenkrankheit,  Fleckenkranl-cheit 
(Spot  disease)  and  mosaic  disease,  are  the  same  or  different. 
Mayer  (1886)  describes  the  Mosaikkrankheit,  in  its  second  stage 
by  saying  that  the  yellow  areas  gradually  become  brown  and 
eventually  dry  up.  These  are  also  the  views  held  by  Prillieux 
and  Delacroix  (1894);  and  Marchal,  Gontiere  and  Bouygues 
(according  to  Hunger  1905).  This  stage  corresponds  to  the 
disease  described  as  Pockenkrankheit  by  Iwanowski  (1892)  (b), 
who  noticed  it  in  1888,  and  on  account  of  the  differences  in  ap- 
pearance gave  it  the  distinctive  name,  "Pockenkrankheit," 
(Pox  Spot).  He  says  (p.  68),  "The  Mosaic  disease  is  contagious, 
but  such  is  not  the  case  with  Pockenkrankheit.  The  condition 
producing  Pockenkrankheit  is  excessive  transpiration. "  He 
criticises  (1902)  Beyerinck,  Koning  and  Heintzel  for  considering 
Pockenkrankheit  and  mosaic  disease  the  same  trouble.  On  the 
other  hand,  Delacroix  (1905)  assigns  the  name  "rouille  blanche," 
to  a  spotting  of  tobacco  caused  by  a  specific  bacterium.  He  says 
"rouille  blanche"  must  be  limited  to  the  so-called  Pockenkrank- 
heit, as  named  by  Iwanowski.  Westerdijk  (1910)  states  that 
Pockenkrankheit  (" necrobiotische  form"),  does  not  occur  on 
the  tomato,  but  that  it  is  very  common  on  tobacco;  even  more 


1 6d  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

so  than  the  "yellow-green  mosaic"  which  is  scarcely  known  to 
many  tobacco  growers.  Sturgis  (1899,  p.  258)  states,  ''It  is 
evident  that  in  this  so-called  "spotted  disease"  of  tobacco,  we 
have  a  disease  very  similar  to,  if  not  identical  with,  that  known 
in  Connecticut  as  "spotting"  and  furthemiore,  that  this  disease 
is  as  distinct  from  mosaic  of  foreign  tobacco  as  "spotting"  is 
from  "calico."  If  the  statements  of  the  Russian  investigators 
above  mentioned  are  correct  (and  there  is  ever}^  reason  for  so 
regarding  them),  "spotting"  is  probably  due  to  excessive  trans- 
piration induced  by  sudden  atmospheric  changes."  In  regard 
to  "spotting,"  in  this  country,  he  says  (1899,  p.  254,  "It  is  a 
peculiar  disease,  not  very  common,  not  confined  to  any  one  locality 
and  not  characteristic  of  any  special  soil.  As  I  have  seen  it — 
it  is  signalized  by  the  presence  on  the  leaf  of  small  circular  spots. 
These  usually  occur  in  the  greatest  numbers  at  or  near  the  tips  of 
the  leaves,  at  first —  yellow  in  color — irregular  in  outline — .  The 
tissue  within  the  border  finally  dies  and  becomes  almost  white, 
but  except  in  severe  cases,  it  does  not  break  away  from  the  leaf. " 
He  goes  on  to  say  that  microscopic  examinations  have  never 
sho^^^tl  the  presence  of  fungi  or  bacteria.  "Nothing  further, 
therefore,  can  be  said  regarding  this  trouble,  nor  would  it  have 
been  considered  worthy  of  mention  were  it  not  for  its  resemblance 
to  a  disease  of  tobacco  which  occurs  in  Europe  and  Asia. "  Woods 
(1902)  does  not  seem  to  mention  this  trouble. 

There  is  no  serious  confusion  in  this  country  regarding 
these  troubles;  they  seem  to  be  distinguishable.  According  to 
Sturgis  (1900),  the  "spotting"  which  may  occur  at  times  is  not 
undesirable  to  a  limited  extent,  as  it  enhances  the  value  of  to- 
bacco. It  is  sometimes  artificially  produced  by  spraying  with 
certain   chemicals. 

Causes  of  Mosaic  Disease. 

The  causes  which  have  been  assigned  to  this  disease  are 
numerous  and  varied.  A  great  many  have  been  recklessly 
assigned,  as  often  is  the  case  when  some  undetermined  disease 
has  long  resisted  the  efforts  of  investigators.  According  to  Hunger 
(1905)  it  is  still  believed  by  many  growers  in  Europe  that  "bad 
intentions"  on  the  part  of  some  one  had  much  to  do  with  its 
appearance.  In  Deli  it  was  claimed  that  the  disease  appeared 
where  the  Coolies  had  urinated  on  the  plants  in  the  hot-bed, 
while  in  other  cases  laborers  were  accused  of  j^ossessing  the 
"warm  hand." 

Among  recent  students  the  cause  of  mosaic  disease  is  generally 
considered  to  be  due  either  (1)  To  bacterial  infection,  (2)  The 
Viras  theory,  (3)  A  physiological  disturbance. 

1.  The  Bacterial  Theory. — Here  a  specific  organism,  a  bac- 
terium, is  stated  to  be  the  cause  of  mosaic  disease.     The  supporters 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  i6i 

of  this  theory  are.  Maver  (1S8(3);  Iwanowski  (1S92)  (a)  (1901, 
1903);  Prillieux  and  Delacroix  (1S94);  Marchal  (1S97);  Koning 
(1899  a,  1900  b);  Breda  de  Haan  (1S99);  Behrens  (1896). 

Mayer  (1886),  was  perhaps  one  of  the  first  to  suggest  bacteria 
as  the  cause,  saying  that  the  disease  is  of  a  bacterial  nature. 
He  says,  however,  that  the  organism  had  not  been  isolated  and 
that  nothing  is  known  about  its  form.  Breda  de  Haan  (1899) 
as  quoted  by  Hunger  (1905,  p.  262),  claims  it  possible  to  obtain 
a  bacterium  from  the  plant  tissues  and  grow  it  in  culture.  Pril- 
lieux and  Delacroix  (1894)  state  that  a  bacillus  0.7  mic.  long 
was  associated  with  grey  or  yellow  spots  occurring  on  tobacco 
leaves,  which  they  took  to  be  mosaic  disease.  Marchal  (1897), 
speaks  of  finding  colonies  of  bacteria  which  grew  in  chains  and 
were  yellow  colored.  He  claimed  that  infection  occurred  in  the 
seed-bed.  According  to  Hunger  (1905,  pp.  259-60),  however, 
Iwanowski  was  the  first  to  find  bacteria  in  connection  with  mosaic 
disease  and  certainly  his  work  is  the  most  complete  and  most 
convincing  that  has  appeared  in  support  of  the  bacterial  theory. 
In  (1899,  p.  253)  he  reports,  "From  a  poured  plate  in  which  one- 
half  drop  of  mosaic  diseased  juice  was  applied,  ten  transfers 
from  different  colonies  were  made  to  test  tubes,  and  from  each 
of  these,  three  plants  were  inoculated.  From  numbers  6  and  9, 
two  plants  showed  symptoms  of  typical  mosaic  disease  within 
2  or  3  weeks."  In  a  second  preliminary  paper  (1901,  p.  148),  he 
says,  "Therefore  a  specific  bacterium  is  the  cause  of  mosaic 
disease — . "  He  claims  that  its  discovery  is  merely  a  question 
of  proper  microtechnique.  His  final  paper  (1903)  discussed 
various  bacteria  obtained  from  mosaic  disease  and  gives  photo- 
graphs showing  them  as  they  occur  in  host  cells.  According  to 
him  the  reason  that  Beyerinck  was  not  successful  in  his  attempts 
in  isolating  bacteria  by  applying  juice  to  agar  tubes,  was  because 
it  was  first  filtered,  which  he  says  prevented  growth.  He  states 
(p.  37),  "One  of  the  simplest  reasons  for  not  having  been  able 
to  grow  this  organism  from  filtered  juice  is,  that  the  microb  is 
incapable  of  growing  in  pure  ciilture  and  only  develops  in  con- 
nection with  other  bacteria  in  the  soil  and  in  the  living  plasma 
of  the  plant."  Such  filtered  juice,  however,  will  produce  the 
disease.  This,  he  explains,  by  saying,  that  the  microb  forms 
resting  spores.  Upon  this  assumption  he  believed  the  microb 
could  be  grown  only  from  the  vegetative  form.  He  used  agar 
plates  and  succeeded  in  obtaining  two  colonies  which  produced 
mosaic  disease  when  reinociilated.  He  does  not  mention  how 
or  where  he  made  his  inoculations  and  his  controls  do  not  appear 
to  be  adequate.  The  percentage  of  disease  produced  by  his 
artificial  inoculations  was  small  as  compared  ^vith  ordinary  juice 
inoculations;  this,  he  explains  as  due  to  a  reduction  in  virulence, 
as  often  is  the  case  when  bacteria  arc  grown  on  artificial  media. 


1 62  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

He  describes  the  bacterium  which  he  used  successfully  for 
inoculation  purposes,  but  did  not  make  thorough  studies  of  its 
habits.  It  is  0.3  mic.  long;  in  fresh  cultures  it  forms  quite  long 
threads  or  chains.  It  may  liquify  gelatin  under  certain  conditions, 
staining  it  black.  He  concludes  by  saying,  that  the  question  of 
the  artificial  culture  of  this  microbe  of  mosaic  disease  needs  further 
study.  Hunger  (1905),  however,  reports  that  he  succeeded  at 
times  in  obtaining  minute  bodies  which  he  says  might  be  taken 
for  bacteria.  But  he  says  (p.  264),  "In  fact,  I  was  able  to  obtain 
minute  bodies  at  times  following  out  the  technique  in  a  few  cases 
even  the  Plasmodium -like  bodies.  Unfortunately,  however,  I 
cannot  regard  these  as  bacteria  or  zoogloa,  since  it  is  shown  that 
both  of  these  bodies  disappear  when  phenolchloralhydrate  is 
u.sed  in  connection  with  heat,  all  remaining  cell  structures  remain 
undisturbed."  In  a  recent  article,  Allard  (1012),  believes  that 
Aphids  are  carriers  of  mosaic  disease  in  case  of  tobacco.  Accord- 
ing to  his  experiments,  he  would  not  place  this  malady  in  the 
category  of  purely  physiological  diseases.  He  says,  that  facts  at 
hand  strongly  suggest  the  presence  of  a  living,  active  micro- 
organism. 

In  order  to  reach  definite  conclusions  in  a  pathological  problem 
of  this  nature,  experiments  must  be  conducted  on  an  extensive 
scale.  The  organism  should  be  isolated,  grown  on  various  media 
and  its  cultural  characteristics  properly  recorded.  Proper  checks 
with  inoculation  experiments  are  absolutely  necessary.  An  ex- 
periment without  accompanying  controls  is  of  little  value.  The 
original  organism  must  be  reisolated  after  inoculation  and  its 
presence  conclusively  demonstrated  in  the  host,  before  its  con- 
nection with  the  disease  can  be  considered  established.  Inasmuch 
as  this  has  by  no  means  been  accomplished,  the  bacterial  theory 
cannot  be  considered  as  more  than  a  working  hypothesis. 

2.  The  Virus  Theory. — The  "contagiuin  vivium  fluidum" 
or  virus  theory  seems  to  be  a  kind  of  variation  of  the  bacterial 
theory.  Beyerinck  (1S9S)  abandoned  the  bacterial  theory  and 
proposed  this  in  its  place.  He  says  (p.  5),  "this  is  not  brought 
about  by  a  microbe,  but  through  a  "contagium  vivium  fluidum." 
He  regards  the  virus  as  a  soluble  substance  and  not  a  corpuscular 
body.  It  remains  inert  in  dead  organic  material,  but  when  mixed 
with  the  cell  plasma,  it  increases  in  quantity,  but  docs  not  lose 
its  individuality,  hence  the  name.  He  regards  the  Flecken- 
krankheit  of  tobacco  as  a  mild  form  of  the  disease,  largely  con- 
fined to  the  chloroplasts,  while  in  the  more  intensive  fonns  the 
protojjlast  as  a  whole  is  involved.  His  theory  is  based  upon  two 
considerations.  (Ij.  The  virus  must  be  a  liquid  and  not  a 
corjHiscular  body,  because  it  diffuses  through  agar,  which  is  im- 
possible for  a  corpuscular  body.  (2).  He  believes  that  it  must 
increase  in   the   plant,   because  a  sinall   drop   causes  numerous 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tamato.  163 

leaves  and  shoots  to  become  infected.  In  regard  to  the  first 
argument  of  the  virus  theory,  we  see  it  is  not  quite  in  accord  with 
our  present  knowledge  of  colloidal  diffusion;  he  eliminates  a 
possibility.  The  second  statement  is  an  assumption,  rather  than 
a  known  fact,  for  the  behavior  of  the  injected  juice  is  problematical. 

Regarding  the  amounts  of  juice  required  for  inoculation  he 
says,  (1S98,  p.  5),  "a  small  drop  injected  into  the  plant  at  the 
right  place  will  cause  numerous  leaves  and  shoots  to  become  in- 
fected. If  these  diseased  areas  are  then  crushed  and  the  juice 
injected  into  healthy  plants  they  may  become  diseased."  From 
the  fact  that  pouring  juice  upon  the  soil  causes  the  disease  to  ap- 
pear first  upon  the  youngest  leaves,  he  concludes  that  the  virus 
has  a  definite  course  in  the  plant.  He  applied  juice  and  pieces 
of  diseased  tissue  to  agar  plates  and  allowed  the  virus  to  diffuse. 
He  carefully  separated  the  upper  and  lower  strata  of  such  agar 
and  used  it  for  inoculation  purposes  and  produced  the  disease 
in  each  case  although  the  disease  appeared  more  slowly  when  the 
lower  strata  was  used.  It  seems  strange  that  this  author  did 
not  get  a  bacterial  growth  from  such  plates  as  Iwanowski  did. 
Lodewijks  (1910)  hypothesizes  a  virus  in  these  diseased  plants 
which  continually  disturb  merismatic  regions.  In  normal  regions 
an  antivirus  is  produced  which  helps  to  neutralize  the  virus, 
like  a  toxin  and  an  anti-toxin.  The  formation  of  this  virus 
and  anti-virus  is  influenced  by  external  conditions;  when  the 
former  is  produced  in  excess,  the  plant  becomes  mosaiced  and  if 
the  anti-virus  is  more  abundant  immunity  results.  Westerdijk 
(1910)  speaks  of  a  virus  in  tobacco  and  tomato,  but  does  not 
express  her  opinion  as  to  their  nature.  She  believes  that  the 
viras  of  tobacco  is  distinct  from  that  of  the  tomato.  She  says 
(1910,  p.  19),  "There  are,  therefore,  two  different  infectious 
substances;  they  affect  only  their  respective  hosts."  In  her 
histological  studies  she  excludes  organisms  as  a  cause,  saying, 
(p.  8),  "No  organisms  were  found,  neither  in  the  yellow  nor 
blue-green  areas." 

(3).  The  Physiological  Theory. — Perhaps  the  inost  varied, 
but  generally  accepted  theory  is  the  Physiological  one.  Some 
investigators  explain  this  disease  as  an  enzymic  trouble,  while 
others  simply  say  that  it  is  of  a  physiological  nature,  without 
mentioning  any  specific  factor  or  group  of  factors  which  can  be 
definitely  correlated  with  it.  Sturgis  (1899),  in  his  first  work 
on  tobacco  mosaic  states,  that  artificial  injuries  or  abnormal 
conditions,  whereby  the  functions  of  the  plant  are  disturbed, 
are  probable  factors  in  producing  this  disease.  Soil  and  atmos- 
pheric conditions  are  important  agencies  according  to  his  views, 
and  he  says  that  mosaic  disease  is  more  prevalent  in  heavy  soils. 
Hunger  (1902),  believes  this  disease  to  be  physiological,  occurring 
when  the  plants  are  in  a  weakened  condition,  predisposed  plants 


1 64  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8. 

succumbing  from  the  effects  of  certain  outward,  injurious  in- 
fluences. In  a  later  paper  (1905),  he  states  that  mosaic  diesase 
is  simply  due  to  a  disturbance  in  the  metabolism  of  the  host. 
Meterological  conditions,  during  the  growing  season,  at  least 
in  the  case  of  tobacco,  are  influential  agents  and  the  physical 
]jroperties  of  the  soil  are  more  important  than  the  chemical. 
He  regards  the  normal  tobacco  plant  as  having  mosaic  disease 
in  a  latent  state,  or  at  the  least  being  predisposed  towards  it, 
its  appearance  depending  upon  external  conditions.  Westerdijk 
(1910)  says,  that  mosaic  disease  is  worse  in  the  tropics  where 
light  intensity  is  stronger.  She  shows  that  shading  tomato 
plants  in  the  greenhouse  has  a  marked  effect  in  controlling  this 
malady.  Heintzel  (1900)  also  believes  that  this  trouble  can  be 
explained  from  the  physiological  standpoint,  but  he  restricts 
the  cause  to  abnormal  conditions  resulting  in  a  localized  over- 
production of  oxidizing  enzymes.  He  states  (p.  42),  "From 
various  observations  I  believe,  that  this  disease  producing  sub- 
stance in  the  tobacco  plant  is  an  enzyme,  or  apparently  enzymic 
in  nature,  which  forms  or  is  produced  from  or  by  the  plant  itself 
under  certain  conditions."  He  describes  this  enzyme  by  saying 
that  "it  is  precipitated  by  alcohol;  is  soluble  in  water;  loses  its 
properties  on  boiling;  but  lowering  the  temperature  even  to 
freezing  has  no  effect  upon  it;  it  does  not  increase  outside  of  the 
host;  salicylic  acid  interferes  with  its  active  properties;  it  retains 
its  active  properties  in  the  dry  state  as  well  as  in  solution;  it  is 
diffusible,  disturbs  cellulose  and  chlorophyll;  at  the  same  time 
it  forms  a  gas,  oxygen. "  All  these  properties  so  closely  relate 
it  to  an  enzyme,  that  one  can  call  it  an  enzyme  without  a  doubt.  " 
He  closes  his  paper  by  saying  (p.  45),  "The  enzyme  which  catises 
the  mosaic  disease  of  tobacco,  is  thei^efore,  known  as  an  oxidase. " 
Koning  (1900)  mentions,  that  he  observed  a  peculiar  dark  rose 
color  on  media,  whenever  he  placed  pieces  of  diseased  tissue  on 
agar  plates;  this  being  more  noticeable  than  in  cases  where  healthy 
pieces  were  used.  It  appeared  to  him  as  though  an  oxidizing 
body  existed.  This  seems  to  harmonize  with  Woods'  (1S99,  p. 
751),  results,  showing  that  ])croxidases  at  least,  are  diffusible. 
He  found  that  peroxidases  would  diffuse  into  agar,  if  small  pieces 
of  Hibiscus  wood  were  placed  upon  such  media. 

The  most  detailed  and  convincing  work  in  support  of  the 
enzymic  theory,  howe^^er,  has  been  done  by  Woods  (lcS99,  1902). 
He  beHevcs  as  Sturgis  (1S99)  docs,  that  soil  conditions  are  impor- 
tant factors  to  be  considered,  (1902,  p.  23).  "Close  clayey  soils, 
packing  hard  after  rains  and  requiring  constant  tillage  are  not 
favorable  to  even  growth  of  cither  the  to])  or  the  roots  of  tobacco 
plants."  In  the  south  poorly  drained  soils  are  said  to  favor 
the  development  of  the  disease.  He  is  not  of  the  opinion  that 
a  lack  of  soil  nutrients  has  anything  to  do  with  its  appearance. 


June,  1913,]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  165 


But  he  states  that  there  is  evidence  that  rapid  growth,  caused 
by  excessive  nitrogenous  manure  or  too  high  a  temperature,  is 
favorable  to  it.  This  latter  statement  seems  to  correspond  with 
observations  made  by  the  writer  on  the  appearance  of  some 
cases  of  tomato  mosaic  under  glass.  Woods  (1902),  does  not 
explain  why  nitrogenous  fertilizers  should  act  in  this  manner; 
the  plants  are  really  in  need  of  reserve  nitrogenous  compounds, 
as  will  be  seen  later.  He  says,  however,  (p  23),  "It  is  probably 
connected,  however,  with  the  manufacture  of  reserve  nitrogen 
by  the  cells  and  its  distribution  to  the  rapidly  growing  parts. " 
He  thinks  that  tobacco  mosaic  is  especially  liable  when  moist 
cloudy  weather,  stimulating  rapid  growth,  is  followed  by  hot,  dry 
weather,  checking  growth  and  causing  the  soil  to  bake,  so  that 
cultivation  is  apt  to  injure  the  root  system. 

He  carried  out  inoculation  experiments  along  the  same  lines 
as  other  investigators,  showing  that  this  disease  is  infectious. 
He  performed  other  experiments  however,  to  prove  that  mosaic 
disease  could  be  prodiiced  at  will  without  employing  the  juice 
of  diseased  or  healthy  plants.  He  was  able  to  produce  mosaic 
disease  on  tomato  plants  by  severally  pruning  them.  Pot-bound 
tobacco  plants  were  selected  and  after  they  had  been  cut  back, 
(allowing  two  or  three  lower  leaves  to  remain),  they  were  sub- 
mitted to  high  temperature  and  copious  watering.  The  rapidly 
developing  shoots  became  mottled  and  often  distorted.  Mosaic 
disease  appeared  in  plants  which  were  simply  punctured  with 
a  steril  scalped  and  in  other  cases  where  a  piece  of  healthy  leaf 
was  inserted.  Juice  of  diseased  plants,  boiled  and  double  boiled 
when  injected  into  the  terminal  bud,  or  poured  around  the  roots 
caused  the  appearance  of  the  disease.  Woods  (1899,  p.  753) 
says,  "It  seems  plausible  that  in  rapid,  poorly  nourished  growth 
many  of  the  cells  were  unable  to  develop  their  normal  amount 
of  chlorophyll  by  reason  of  the  excessive  development  of  oxidizing 
enzymes. " 

Oxidizing  Enzymes. — Woods  states  (1902,  p.  23),  "The  disease 
is  not  due  to  parasites  of  any  kind,  but  is  the  result  of  defective 
nutrition  of  the  young  dividing  and  rapidly  growing  cells,  due  to  a 
lack  of  elaborated  nitrogenous  reserve  food  accompanied  by  an 
abnormal  increase  in  activity  of  oxidizing  enzyme  in  the  diseased 
cells."  According  to  Woods  (1902),  this  excess  of  oxidases  in 
turn  inhibits  diastatic  activity  so  that  starch  accumulates  in 
diseased  cells  in  abnormal  quantities.  The  resulting  imperfect 
translocation  may  be  demonstrated  by  the  application  of  iodine 
at  different  hours  during  a  day.  By  this  means  a  striking  difference 
between  the  normal  and  the  abnormal  tissue  may  be  demon- 
strated. Suzuki  (1902)  arrives  at  similar  conclusions,  in  the  study 
of  his  mulberry  disease;  he  confirmed  Woods'  experiments,  showing 
that  it  was  brought  on  by  excessive  pruning  and  that  there  was  an 


1 66  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

overproduction  of  oxidases  in  the  varigated  leaves.  He  says  (1902, 
p.  277).  "The  fomiation  of  oxidases  and  peroxidases  in  abnormal 
quantities  is  a  peculiar  symptom  of  this  disease  and  at  the  same 
time  one  notices  that  the  translocation  of  starch  and  nitrogen 
compounds  is  noticeably  delayed,  so  that  appreciable  quantities 
of  starch  are  accumulated."  He  (1902)  confinned  Woods'  (1S99, 
1902),  experiment  on  the  inhibiting  effect  of  oxidases  on  diastatic 
action.  Hunger  (1903,  1905)  and  Shibata  (1905)  were  not  able, 
however,  to  confirm  Woods'  work  and  Hunger  criticises  this 
theory,  believing  that  Woods  worked  with  impure  enzyme  solu- 
tions and  that  it  was  not  the  oxidase,  but  rather  the  tannin  which 
interfered  with  the  diastatic  action.  Woods  (1899,  p.  749),  how- 
ever, had  shown  that  diastatic  action  is  hindered  even  if  tannin 
is  removed  so  that  the  retardation  must  be  due  to  the  oxidases 
present.  He  is  not  certain  that  the  inhibiting  action  is  as  marked 
during  warm  weather  and  under  natural  conditions.  One  would 
naturally  expect  that  such  an  interference  would  hinder  the  pro- 
duction of  sugars  and  proteid  coinpounds.  It  is  on  account  of 
of  this  Woods  (1902)  believes,  that  cells  of  the  diseased  areas 
are  very  poor  in  reserve  nitrogen.  Suzuki's  (1902)  chemical 
analysis  shows  this  to  be  the  case  with  the  mulberry  disease. 

Woods  (1899,  p.  750)  finds  that  "peroxidase  is  always  more 
than  twice  as  strong  in  the  light  ^colored  areas  as  in  the  green." 
In  albino  spots  he  found  the  oxidase  twice  as  strong  as  in  the  green 
areas  of  the  same  leaf  or  in  healthy  leaves."  (p.  753).  "It  has 
been  suggested  by  Dr.  Loew  that  partial  starvation  may  cause 
the  increase  of  these  enzymes  in  a  cell,  and  it  has  been  shown  by 
Brown  and  Morris,  that  starvation  causes  an  increase  of  diastase 
in  the  cells  of  various  plants. "  These  enzymes  occur  throughout 
the  plant  according  to  his  statements  and  when  diseased  plants 
disintegrate  the  enzymes  enter  the  soil  and  may  later  be  taken  up 
by  other  plants.  Hcintzel  (1900)  and  others  are  also  of  the  opinion 
that  the  disease  may  be  disseminated  in  this  way. 

Woods  (1902)  is  not  able  to  explain  the  infectious  nature  of 
this  disease  in  accord  with  the  facts,  unless  the  oxidizing  enzymes 
artificially  introduced  into  the  plant  have  the  power  of  evolving 
these  changes.  He  believes  that  a  zymogen  exists  for  these 
enzymes.  By  boihng  juice  from  diseased  plants  he  apparently 
destroyed  the  oxidizing  enzymes  which  preliminary  tests  had 
shown  to  be  present.  After  this  same  juice  had  been  allowed  to 
stand  for  a  day,  further  tests  gave  a  strong  reaction  for  oxidases. 
A  .second  boiling  after  four  hours  was  not  followed  by  a  regener- 
ation of  the  enzymes.  He  concludes,  therefore,  that  the  zymogen 
exists  in  the  cells  in  .sufficient  qviantities  to  regenerate  practically 
the  original  amount  of  active  enz^one.  He  believes  that  as  soon 
as  the  active  enzyme  is  removed  or  destroyed,  it  is  regenerated  by 
the  zymogen.     The  protoplasm  is  not  supposed  to  regtdate  the 


June,  1918.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  167 

relation  between  the  active  and  reserve  enzyme,  for  the  regener- 
ation occurs  in  dead  cells;  no  new  supply  of  zymogen  is  manu- 
factured, neither  in  the  expressed  juice  nor  in  the  functionless  or 
dead  cells. 

Although  Woods'  theor}^  attempted  to  explain  the  behavior  of 
these  enzymes,  his  views  are  not  now  quite  in  accord  with  the 
rapidly  changing  ideas  concerning  this  class  of  enzymes.  He 
does  not  attempt  to  explain  their  mode  of  action  upon  inoculation 
in  the  host.  No  statements  are  made  as  to  the  means  by  which  a 
minute  drop  of  juice  injected  in  the  proper  place  brings  about  such 
transformations  as  are  observed  in  mosaic  disease.  It  is  well 
known  that  z\miogens  exist  for  enzyme  processes  in  which  hy- 
drolytic  actions  occur.  Starling  (1902)  has  shown  that  trypsin 
of  the  pancreatic  juice  is  actually  secreted  as  a  zymogen,  trypsino- 
gen,  which  lacks  proteoclastic  power,  but  possesses  other  properties 
similar  to  those  of  trypsin  itself.  The  oxidizing  enzymes  seem  to 
be  far  more  complex  and  the  intimate  and  intricate  mechanism  of 
this  group  is  not  so  well  understood.  There  seems  to  be  no  satis- 
factory explanation  of  the  increased  abundance  of  oxidizing 
enzymes  in  diseased  areas  of  leaves.  The  methods  employed  by 
Woods  (1899)  for  determining  the  presence  of  these  oxidases  were 
simply  colormetric  tests,  since  the  reactions  accelerated  by  the 
juice  involve  a  change  in  color.  Various  indicators  were  used,  of 
which  tincuture  of  guaiacum  was  most  satisfactory.  He  desig- 
nated those  enzymes  which  gave  a  reaction  directly  with  guaiacum, 
as  oxidases,  those  requiring  an  addition  of  hydrogen  peroxide, 
peroxidases.  This  classification  is  no  longer  used,  see  Bayliss 
(1911,  p.  109).  Woods'  tests  were  simply  qualitative  and  cannot 
be  depended  upon  for  various  reasons  as  Foa  (190S)  points  out. 
Guaiac  resin  for  example,  assumes  a  blue  color  on  oxidation,  but 
loses  it  when  the  process  of  oxidation  is  continued  beyond  a  certain 
stage.  He  also  gives  one  to  understand  that  oxidases  and  per- 
oxidases are  not  always  constant  in  their  mode  of  action.  A 
certain  result  in  the  oxidation  of  any  partictdar  substance  gives  no 
ground  for  generalization  as  to  the  catylitic  power  in  general. 

Up  to  the  present  time  no  manometric  analysis  of  plants 
affected  with  mosaic  disease  seems  to  have  been  made.  Such 
methods  have  been  devised  and  employed  by  Mathews  (1909)  in 
the  Spontaneous  Oxidation  of  Sugars  and  Bunzel  (1912,  1913)  on 
the  curly-top  of  beets.  It  is  obvious  that  such  an  analysis  would 
bring  out  the  exact  relationships  which  exists  between  these 
enzymes,  in  healthy  and  diseased  leaves  or  in  any  specific  areas  of 
such  leaves. 

Preventive  Measures. 

Various  measures  have  been  suggested  by  scientists  and 
growers  for  the  purpose  of  controlling  or  preventing  the  appearance 
of  mosaic  disease.     Most  of  the  remedies  for  tobacco  mosaic  are 


1 68  The  Ohio  Naiuratist.  [Vol  XlII,  No.  8, 

based  upon  soil  treatment  or  reduction  of  light  intensity.  Mayer 
as  early  as  1SS6,  showed  that  renewing  soil  in  the  hot-bed  gave 
wonderful  results  in  reducing  the  disease.  By  proper  liming  and 
shading,  Sturgis  (1899,  1900),  showed  that  tobacco  could  be 
grown  practically  free  from  mosaic  disease,  on  soils  where  calico 
had  been  prevalent.  Koning  (1899)  regarded  the  use  of  lime  and 
mineral  fertilizers  as  valuable  aids  to  the  production  of  a  healthy 
crop.  Loew  (1900,  p.  25)  says,  "Some  planters  entertain  the 
belief  that  a  too  extensive  use  of  mineral  fertilizers  favors  the 
disease  and  indeed,  those  fields  had  the  least  number  of  diseased 
plants  which  had  received  chiefly  organic  manure."  The  use  of 
new  soils  for  seed-beds  and  a  seed  treatment  with  copper  sulphate, 
is  proposed  by  Gontiere  (1900).  Eliminating  root  injury  in  all 
ways;  preventing  too  rapid  a  growth  due  to  using  an  excess  of 
nitrogenous  fertilizer  and  avoiding  improperly  drained  soils,  are 
Woods'  (1902)  ideas  for  combatting  the  disease.  Hunger  (1903, 
1904,  1905)  believes  that  diseased  plants  and  roots  tide  the  disease 
over  from  year  to  year,  and  recommends  that  they  should  be 
removed  from  the  fields.  He  regards  the  avoidance  of  all  injuries 
to  plants  important.  Bouygeres  and  Perreau  (1905)  advise  the 
elimination  of  manures.  Hinson  and  Jenkins  (1910,  p.  10)  say, 
"So  far  the  only  known  methods  of  lessening  "calico"  in  the  seed- 
bed, are  avoiding  the  use  of  tobacco  water,  as  noted  before,  and 
the  probable  good  resulting  from  steam  sterilization. "  Different 
light  intensities  and  the  use  of  colored  lights  are  possible  factors 
influencing  this  disease,  according  to  Lodweijks  (1911). 

The  prevention  of  tomato  mosaic  under  glass  is  discussed  by 
Westerdijk  (1910).  She  states  (pp.  6-7),  "The  grower  can  reduce 
this  disease  by  white-washing  the  greenhouse  as  soon  as  the  first 
signs  of  yellow  spots  are  noticed. "  As  mentioned  before,  the 
writer  has  observed  that  over  forcing  is  liable  to  cause  its  ap- 
pearance in  the  greenhouse. 

Other  Plant  Diseases  Apparently  of  an  Enzymic  Nature. 

Besides  the  work  of  Woods  (1899,  1902),  Heintzel  (1900)  and 
Hunger  (1903)  on  tobacco  mosaic  and  Suzuki  (1902)  on  the  Mul- 
berry disease,  mentioned  above,  there  are  several  more  recent 
investigations  which  take  up  certain  pathological  problems  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  enzymic  disturbances  involved.  Pozzi- 
Escot  (1905)  assigns  various  maladies  to  an  over  abundance  of 
oxidases.  It  is  believed  that  a  counter  action  takes  place  between 
these  and  beneficial  enzymes  which  are  active  in  metabolism. 
Sorauer  (1908),  in  making  a  study  of  the  leaf  curl  of  potatoes, 
found  that  no  specific  organism  was  connected  with  this  trouble, 
but  an  enzymic  disturbance  did  present  itself.  In  comparing  the 
diseased  and  healthy  tubers,  he  found  great  differences  in  enzymic 
reactions.     Apjjel  and  Schlumberger  (1911)  have  considered  this 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  169 

problem  from  an  etiological  standpoint.  Curly-Top  of  sugar 
beets  has  been  an  exceedingly  baffling  disease.  Not  until  (190S) 
did  investigators  grasp  the  situation  and  the  cause  was  not  dis- 
covered until  (1910).  In  this  year  Shaw  proved  it  to  be  due  to  an 
active  agent  introduced  by  the  bite  of  the  beet  leaf  ho])per.  In 
(1912)  Bunzel  devised  his  apparatus  for  measuring  the  oxidase 
content  of  plant  juices  quantitatively,  and  applied  it  in  detemiin- 
ing  the  oxidase  content  of  curly-top  of  beets  in  1913,  showing  that 
the  leaves  of  curly-top  plants  have  an  oxidase  content  two  or 
three  times  that  of  healthy  leaves.  During  the  past  year  the 
writer  has  made  a  study  of  an  apparently  similar  disease  of  the 
Raspberry,  known  as  Raspberry  Yellows  or  Curl,  which  although 
never  previously  reported,  has  occurred  quite  abundantly  in  Ohio 
for  the  last  seven  years.  In  addition  to  these,  Peach  Yellows, 
Little  Peach,  Peach  Rosette  and  other  plant  diseases  have  often 
been  regarded  as  enzymic  diseases,  but  the  writer  knows  of  no 
detailed  investigations  of  the  enzymes  supposedly  concerned. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Allard,  H.    a.,   1912.       The  Mosaic  Disease  of   Tobacco.     Science  n.  s. 

36:875-876. 
Appel,    O.    und    Schlumberger,    O.,    1911.       Die    Blattrollkrankheit   und 

unsere    Kartoffelernten.     Arbeiten    der    Deutschen    Landwirtschafts. 

Gesellschaft.     No.    190. 
Bayliss,  W.  M.  and  Starling,  E.  H.,  1902.     The  Mechanism  of  Pancreatic 

Secretion.     Journal    of   Physiology.     28:325-353.     (Not   seen). 

,  1911.     The  Nature  of  Enzymic  Action.     2nd.  Ed.  London. 

Behrens,  J.,  1896.     Die  Beziehungen  der  Mikroorganismen  zum  Tabakbau 

und  zur  Tabakfabrikation.     Centralbl.  f.   Bakt.^  2:515. 
,  1899.     Weitere  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Tabakspfianze.     Land- 

wirtsch.     Versuchsstat.     52:214.     432.     (1900.  Rev.  Justs  Bot.  Jahresb. 

28: .)     (1900.   Rev.   Zeitschrf.   f.   Pflanzenkh.    10:192-93.) 

Beyerinck,  M.  W.,  1898.     Over  een  contagium  vivium  fluidum  als  oorzaak 

van  de  Vleckziek  te  der  tabaksbladen.     Verslag  Koninkl.     Akad.  van 

Wetensch.  te  Amsterdam,  Wis.  eu  Natuurk.    Afd.  van  Zaterdag.    6:229- 

235.     (Same  as  German  article  cited  below). 
,    1898.     Ueber   ein    Contagium   vivium  fluidum  als  Ursache    der 

Fleckenkrankheit  der  Tabaksblatter.     Verh.  der  Koninkl.     Akad.  van 

Wetensch.  te  Amsterdam.     Tweede  Sectie  6:5-22.     PI.  1-2. 

(1899.   Rev.   Centralbl.  f.   Bakt.   25:27-33.). 
,   1899.     Bemerkung  zu  dem  Aufsatz  von  Herrn   Iwanowski  iiber 


die  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tabakspflanze.     Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  25:310- 
311. 
,  1899.     De'lexistence  d'un  principe  contagieux  vivant  fiuide  agent 


de  la  Nielle  des  feuilles  de  tabac.     Archiv.  Neerland.  des  Sc.  Extractes 
et  Nat.     Ser.-  3:164-186.     (Not  seen.) 
BoUYGUES,  H.,  1903.     Sur  la  Nielle  des  feuilles  du  tabac.  Competes  Rendus. 
137  :  1303-1305. 


170  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

BouYGERES  et  Perreau...  1904.     Contributions  a'  1'  etude  de  la  nielle  des 

feuilies  de  tabac.     Comptes  Rendus.  139  :  309. 

(1905.  Rev.  Zeitschrf.  f.  Pflanzenkh.  15  :  236-237.). 
Breda  de  Haan.,  1899.     Voorloopige  Mededeeling  over  het  Peh  Sem  of  de 

Mozaiekziekte  bij  de  Deli-Tabak.     Teysmannia.      (afl.  11  u  12).     (Not 

seen). 
BuNZEL,  H.  H.,  1912.     The  Measurement  of  the  Oxidase  Content  of  Plant 

Juices.     U.  S.  Dep.  Agr.  Bur.  PI.  Ind.  Bull.  238  :  1-40. 
,    1913.     A   Biochemical   Study  of  the   Curly-Top  of   Suger   Beet. 

U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bur.  PI.  Ind.  Bull.  277  :  1-27. 
Clinton,  G.  P.,  1908.     Report  of  the  Botanist  1907-8.     Conn.  Agr.  Exp. 

Sta.,  New  Haven.     Rept.  31-32  :  343,  857.  859,  865. 
,  1910.     Thirty-third  and  Fourth  Reports  of  the  Botainst.       Conn. 

Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  New  Haven.  Rept.  33-34  :  735. 
Delacroix,  G.  1905.     La  vouille  blanche  du  tabac  et  lu  tabac  et  la  nielle 

ou  maladie  de  la  mosaique.     Comptes  Rendus.     140  :  678-680. 

(1906.   Rev.   Zeitschrf.   f.    Pflanzenkh.    16   :  239.). 
,  Recherches  sur  quelques  des  tabac  en  France.     Annales  de  L'ln- 

stitut  national  agronomique,  Paris.  Serie  2.     5  :  92  (fg.  17). 

(1908.   Rev.   Centralbl.  f.   Bakt.^  20   :   193.). 
DoBY,  G.,  1911.     Biochemische  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Blattrollkrankheit 

der   Kaftoffel.     Die    Oxydasen   der   ruhenden   Knollen.     Zeitschrf.    f. 

Pflanzenkh.  21  :  10-17.     Die  O.xydasen  der  ruhenden  und  angetriebenen 

Kollen.     Zeitschrf.  f.  Pflanzenkh.  21  :  321-336.     1912. 
Dox,  A.  W.,  1910.     The  Catalase  of  Molds.     Journal.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc. 

32: .     (No.   10). 

Euler,  Hans,   1910.     Allgemeine  Chemie  der  Enzyme.     Wiesbaden. 

FoA,  C,  1908.     Eine  Methode  graphischer  Registrierung  einiger  Gahrungs- 

vorgange.     Biochem.    Zeitschr.    11    :   382-399. 
Glaessner,    K.,    1902.     Ueber  die  Vorstufen  der  Magenfermente.     Beitr. 

Chem.   Physiol,  u.   Path.     1   :  1-23.     (Not  seen). 
GONTIRE,  J.  F.,  1900.     Sur  quelques  maladies  du  tabac.  Journ.  d'agriculture 

pratique.     64  :  569-571.     (1901.  Rev.  Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  7  :  733). 
Heintzel,  K.,  1900.     Contagiose  Pflanzenkrankheiten  ohne  Microben  unter 

besonderer  Beriicksichtingung  der  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tabaksblatter. 

Inaug.   Diss.  Univ.   Erlangen.  pp.   1-45. 
HiNSON,  W.  M.  and  Jenkins,  E.  H.,  1910.     The  Management  of  Tobacco 

Seed  Beds.     Conn.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  New  Haven.     Bull.  166  :  4. 
Hunger,  F.  W.  T.,   1902.     De  Mozaiek-Ziekte  bij  Deli  Tabak.  Deel.   1. 

Mededeel.  uit.  S'Lands.  Plantentuin  63  :  -^ — '.     (Not  seen). 

(1904.  Rev.  Zeitschrf.  f.  Pflanzenkh.  14  :  292-294). 
,  1903.  (a).     Bemerkung  zur  Wood'  schen  Theorie  iiber  die  Mosaik- 
krankheit des  Tabaks.    Bulletin  de  L'Institut  Botanique  de  Buitenzorg. 

17  :  1-9. 
.  1903.  (b).     On  the  Spreading  of  the  Mosaic  Disease  on  a  Tobacco 


Field.     Bulletin  de  L'Inst.  Bot.  de  Buitenzorg.     17  :  10-16. 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  171 


-,  1903.     Het  rupsenzoeken  bij  de  tabak  in  verband  met  het  later 


optreden  der  Mosaiekziekte.     Korte  berichten  uits  'Lands  Plantentuin 
Teysmannia.     14  :  632-638.     (Not  seen). 

-,  1903.     Een  voorloopige  verklaring  omtrent  het  veelvuldig  optreden 


der  Mozaiekziekte  bij  Sumatratabak.     Tijds.      Nijverheid  and  Land- 
bouw  in  Ned   Indie.   67   :  225-237.     (Not   seen). 

-,  1903.     Over  de  verspreiding  der  Mozaiekziekte  op  een  tabaksveld. 


Handl.  v.  h.  7  Vlaamsch  Natuur  en  Geneeskundig  Congres  p.  1-4.     (Not 
seen). 
— ,  1904.     Die  Verbreitung  der  Mosaikkrankheit  infolge  der  Behand- 


lung  des  Tabaks.     Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  11  :  405-8. 

-,  1904.       Over  den  aard  der  besmettelykheid  der   Mozaiekziekte 


der   Tabaksplant.     Handl.    v.    h.    8.    Vlaamsche    Natuur   en    Geneesk 
Congres.     — :  45-50.    (afl.   3).     (Not   seen). 

1905.     Untersuchungen  und  Betrachtungen  ulaer  die  Mosaikkrank- 


heit  der   Tabaksflanze.     Zeitschr.    f.    Pflanzenkrankh.     15    :   257-311. 
,    1905.     Neue    Theorie    zur  Aetiologie  die  Mosaikkrankheit    des 


Tabaks.     Ber.  D.  Bot.  Ges.  23  :  415-418. 
IwANOWSKi,  Dm.   1892.   (a).     Ueber  zwei  Krankheiten  der  Tabakspflanze. 

Land-und  Forstwirtschaft.     (No.  3)    (Russian). 

(1893.  Rev.  Biehefte  Bot.  Centralbl.  3  :  266-68).     (Not  seen). 
— ,  1892.  (b).     Ueber  die  Mosaikheit  der  Tabaksflanze.     Sciences  de 

St.  Petersbourg.     Nouvelle  Serie  III.     35  :  67-70.     (Not  seen). 
,1899.     Ueber  die  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tabakspflanze.     Centralbl. 


f.  Bakt.^5  :  250-2.54.  fig  1,  2. 

-,1901.     Ueber  die  Mozaikkrankheit  der  Tabakspflanze.     Centralbl. 


f.  Bakt.2  7  :  148. 
,    1902.     Die    Mosaik    und    Pockenkrankheit    der    Tabakspflanze. 


Zeitschrf.  f.   Pflanzenkh.     12  :  202-203. 
,   1903.     Ueber  die  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tabakspflanze.     Zeitschrf. 


f.   Pflanzenkh.     13   :   1-40.  pi.   1-3. 
Jensen,  H.,  1906.     Ueber  die  Bekampfung  der  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tabaks- 
flanze.    Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  15  :  440-445. 
JOEST,  E.    1902.     Unbekannte  Ifektionsstoffe.       Centralbl.  £.  Bak.^  31  :  365. 
Kastle,  J.  H.  and  Lovenhart,  A.  S.,  1900.     ''On  Lipase,  the  Fat-Splitting 

Enzyme  and  the  Reversibility  of  its  Action."    (Amer.   Chem.  Journ. 

24  :  491-525). 
Koning,  C.  J.,  Hollandsche  Tabak.  Iste.  gedeelte.     De  Natuur.  1897  :  9-12. 

(Not  seen). 
,  1899.   (a).     Een  platenziektekiem.     Pharmaceutisch.     Weekblad. 

1897.     (No.  17).     (Not  seen). 

(1899.  Rev.  Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  5  :  250-254). 

-,  1899.   (b).     Die  Flecken-oder  Mosaikkrankheit  des  hoUandschen 


Tabaks.     Zeitschrf.  f.  Pflanzenkh.     9  :  65-80.  pi.  1,  2. 
,  1900.   (a).     Der  Tabak.  Studien  iiber  seine  Kultur  und  Biologic. 


Amsterdam  vmd  Leipzig,  p.  71-86. 

(1900.  Rev.  Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  6  :  567). 


172  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 


-,  1900.  (b)     Woods'  Destruction  of  Chlorophyll  by  Oxidizing  Enzy- 


mes.    De  indische  Mercuur  van  D.   1899.     (Not  seen). 

(1900.   Rev.   Centralbl.   f.    Bakt.'  6   :  345). 
LiNHART,    G.    en   Mezey,    G.,    A    Dohany   Mozaiklietegsege.       Kulonleny 

omat  a  Mezogardesagi  szemle.     Bol.   1890  1-10.      (Hungarian).      (Not 

seen). 
LoDEWijKS,  J.  A.,  Jr.,  1910.     Zur  Mosaikkrankheit  des  Tabaks.     Trav.  bot. 

Neerlandais.   7   :   107-129.     (Not  seen). 

(1910.  Rev.   Bot.  Centralbl.   114  :  518). 

(1911.   Rev.   Centralbl.   f.    Bakt.^  31    :  324). 
LoEW,  O.SCAR,   1900.     Physiological  Studies  of  Connecticut  Leaf  Tobacco. 

Rept.  U.  S.  Dep.  of  Agr.  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path.  65  :  24. 
,  1900.     Physiological  Studies  of  Connecticut  Leaf  Tobacco.  Rept. 

U.  S.  Dep.  of  Agr.  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path.  65  :  9. 
— ,   1901.     Catalase — A  new  Enzyme  of  General  Occurrence.     Rept. 


U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path.  68  :  1-47. 
Marchal,    Em.,    1897.     La  Mosaique   du   tobac.     Revue   Mycologique.    19 

:  13-14. 
Mathews,  A.  P.,  1909.     The  Spontaneous  Oxidation  of  the  Sugars.     Journ. 

of  Biological  Chemistry.     6  :  3-20,  29-37. 
Mayer,  Adolf.,  1885.     Over  de  in  Nederland  dikwijls  voorkomende  Mozaiek 

ziete   der   Tabak.     Landb.    Tydschrift.      (Not    seen). 
,    1886.     Die   Mosaikkrankheit   des   Tabaks.     Landwirtsch.     Ver- 

suchsstat.     32  :  450-67. 
,  1888.     Heilung  der  Mosaikkrankheit  des  Tabaks.     Landwirtsch. 


Versuchsstat.     35  :  339-340. 
Mulder,   E.,   1898.     Cultivation  of  Tobacco  in  Sumatra.     U.   S.   Dep.   of 

Agr.  Div.  of  Veg.  Phys.  and  Path.  Report  58. 
Orton,    W.    a.,     "Leaf   Roll,    Curly   Leaf   and   Other   Potato   Diseases." 

Paper  read  at  the  Meeting  of  the  American  Phytopathological  Society, 

Cleveland,  Jan.   1,   1913.     (Not  yet  published). 
Petch,    T.,     1907.     Tabakrankheiten    in    Dumbara.     Circulars    and    Agr. 

Journ.  of  the  Royal  Bot.  Gardens,  Ceylon.     4  :  41-48.      (No.  7).     (Not 

seen). 

(1909.  Rev.   Zeitschrf.  f.   Pflanzenkh.     19  :  103-104). 
PiZAZZOLi,  F.,  1904.     Male  della  bolla  e  del.  Mosaico.     Bollentino  tecnico 

della  coltwazione  dei  tabacchi  del  R.  Instituto  Sperimentale  di  Scafati 

(Palmero).     3    :    1-41.     Not  seen). 
Adkrs  Plimmer,  R.  H.,  1910.     Practical  Physiological  Chemistry.    London. 
Prillieux  et  Delacroix,  1894.     Maladies  bacillaires  dc  divers  veg6  taux. 

Comptes  Rendus.     118  :  668-671. 
Pozzi-EscOT.,    1905.     Quelques   idles   modernes   sur   le   r61e   des   diastases 

oxydanten  dans  les  maladies  veg6  taux.     Bulletin  de  L'  Ass.  des  Chimis- 

tes   de   Sucrerie,   etc.   22    :   665-667.      (Not   seen). 
Selby,    A.    D.    and   Houser,    T.,    1904.      Tobacco   Diseases   and   Tobacco 

Breeding.     Bull.  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.   Sta.   156  :  88-94. 
Shaw,  H.  B.,  1910.     The  Curly-Top  of  Beets.     U.  S.  Dep.  of  Agr.  Bur.  of 

PI.  Ind.  Bull.  181  :  1-40.  pi.  1-9. 


June,  1913.]  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato.  173 

Shibata,  K.,  1903.     Die  Enzymbildung  in  schrumpfkranken  Maulbeerbau- 

men.     Mag.   17   :   157. 

(1905.     Rev.  Bot.  Centralbl.  48  :  17). 
SoRAUR,  P.,   1908.     Die  Angebliche  Kartoffelepidemie  genannt  die  "Blat- 

trollkrankheit.  "     Internationaler  Phytopathologischer  Dienst.    1  :  33- 

59.     (Not  seen). 
Sturgis,  W.   C,   1899.     Preliminary  Notes  on  Two  Diseases  of  Tobacco. 

Ann.   Rept.    Conn.   Agr.    Exp.    Sta.   22   :   242-255. 
,  1900.     On  Effects  of  Tobacco  of  Shading  and  the  Application  of 

Lime.     Ann.  Rept.  Conn.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  23  :  252-261. 
Suzuki,    U.,    1902.        Chemische    und    physiologische    Studien    iiber    die 

Schrumpf-Krankheit    des   Maulbeerbaumes;    eine    in   Japan   sehr   weit 

verbreitete   Krankheit.     Zeitschrf.   f.    Pfianzenkh.    12    :   258;   203-236. 
SwiETEN,  J.  H.,  1857.     De  tabaksteelb  te  Elst  en  omstreken  in  de  Opper- 

Betuwe   Tijdschrift   ter   beyvordering   van   Nijverheid.   tweede  reeks. 

5  :  145-167.     (Not  seen). 
TowNSHEND,  C.  O.,  1908.     Curly-Top,  a  Disease  of  the  vSugar  Beet.     U.  S. 

Dep.  of  Agriculture,  Bur.  of  PI.  Ind.  Bull.  122  :  1-32. 
Troube,  M.  J.,   1896.     La  jauisse  de  la  betterave.     La  Sucrerie  Indigene 

et  Coloniale.     48  :  338-340.      (Not  seen). 
UzEL,  H.  1909.     Mitteilung  tiber  Krankheiten  und  Feinde  der  Zuckerrtibe 

in  Bohmen  im  Jahre  1907  und  der  mit  derselben  abwechselnd  pultivieten 

Pfianzen.     Zeitschrft  f.   Zuckerindustrie  in  Bohmen.     33   :  357. 

(1909.  Rev.  Centralbl.  f.  Bakt.^  24  :  570-571. 
Westerdijk,  Joha,  1910.     Die  Mosaikkrankheit  der  Tomaten.     Mededee- 

lingen   uit   het    Phytopathologisch   Laboratorium,    "Willie    Commelin 

Scholten."     Amsterdam.     Maart.  p.  1-19.     PI.  1-3. 
Woods,  A.  F.,  1899.     The  Destruction  of  Chlorophyll  by  Oxidizing  Enzymes. 

Centralbl.  f.   Bakt.^  5  :  745-754. 
,  1900.     Inhibiting  Action  of  Oxidase  Upon  Diastase.     Science  n.  s. 

11   :  17-19. 
,   1902.     Observations  on  the  Mosaic   Disease  of  Tobacco.   U.    S. 


Dep.  of  Agr.  Bur.   PL   Ind.  Bull.   18  :  1-24. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  VII. 

A  photograph  of  leaf  showing  the  mottled  effect;  the  light  spots  were 
the  yellow  areas  between  the  veins.  Transmitted  light  was  employed  in 
securing  this  photograph. 

Plate  VIII. 

The  figures  were  drawn  with  the  aid  of  a  camera.  A  one  inch  ocular 
and  4mm.  objective  were  used  in  each  case.  The  figures  have  been  reduced 
one-half.  Matured  tissues  of  the  same  age  were  selected  for  making  the 
drawings. 

Fig.  1.     A  yellow  area  showing  the  cuboidal  palisade  cells. 

Fig.  2.     Section  from  a  healthy  leaf. 

Fig.  3.     Section  from  a  green  area  adjoining  a  j^ellow  spot. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  VII. 


Melchers  on  "  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato  and  Related  Plants." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  VII 1. 


MKLCHERS  on  "  The  Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato  and  Related  Plants." 


176  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

CARYOPHYLLACEAE  OF  OHIO. 

Amy  Williams. 

Herbs  often  with  swollen  nodes,  with  opposite  entire  leaves^ 
and  hypogynous,  bisporangiate  or  rarely  monosporangiate,  reg- 
ular flowers.  Sepals  4  or  5,  persistent,  separate  or  united  into  a 
calyx-ttfbe;  petals  equal  in  number  to  the  sepals  or  occasionally 
none;  stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  sepals  or  fewer;  anthers 
longitudinally  dehiscent ;  ovulary  usually  unilocular  with  a  central 
placenta,  bearing  several  to  many  seeds;  fruit  usually'  a  mem- 
branous capsule  dehiscent  by  valves  or  teeth. 

Synopsis. 

I.  Calyx  of  distinct  sepals,  or  the  sepals  united  only  at  the  base.     Petals 
without  claws.     Ovulary  sessile.     Alsinata. 

1.  Stipules  wanting. 

a.  Petals  entire,  toothed,  or  slightly  notched.     Sagina,  Arenaria, 
Moehringia,  Holosteum. 

b.  Petals  2-cleft.    Alsine,  Cerastium. 

2.  Stipules  present.    Spergula,  Tissa. 

II.  Calyx  of  united  sepals,  tubular  or  ovoid.     Petals  with  slender  claws. 
Ovulary  stalked.     Caryophyllatce. 

1.  Calyx  ribs   at   least  twice   as  many  as   the   teeth.      Agrostemma. 
Lychnis,  Silene. 

2.  Calyx   5-ribbed    or   5-nerved    or   nerveless.       Saponaria    Vaccaria, 
Dianthus. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.     Calyx  of  distinct  sepals  or  united  only  at  the  base.     2. 

1.  Calyx  of  united  sepals,  tubular  or  ovoid.     9. 

2.  Stipules  none.    4. 

2.  Stipules  present,  scarious.    3. 

3.  Styles  and  capsule  valves  5;  pod  short.     Spergula. 

3.  Styles  and  capsule  valves  3.      Tissa. 

4.  Petals  deeply  2-cleft  or  2-parted,  (rarely  none),     o. 

4.  Petals  entire  or  emarginate  (rarely  none)  6. 

5.  Styles  4  or  5;  pod  cylindrical;  dehiscent  by  twice  as  many  equal  teeth 

as  styles.     Cerastium. 

5.  Styles  usually  3,  rarely  5;  pod  short,  splitting  into  as  many  valves  as 

styles;  valves  often  2-parted.     Alsine. 

6.  Styles  4  or  5,  alternate  with  the  .sepals;  pod  short.     Sagina. 

6.  Styles  usually  3.     7. 

7.  Stamens  3  to  5;  capsule  cylindric;  flowers  cymose-umbellate;  annual. 

Holosteum. 

7.  Stamens  8  to  10;  capsule  ovoid  or  oblong.     S. 

8.  Leaves  1  to  13^  inches  long,  oblong  or  oval;  seeds  strophiolatc. 

Ma'hringia. 

8.  Leaves  less  than  }  2  inch  long  or  if  longer,  then  linear  or  subulate;  seeds 

not  appendaged  by  a  strophiole.     Arenaria. 

9.  Calyx  without  .scaly  bractlets  or  small  leaves  at  the  base;  styles  5 

to  2.     10. 
9.     Calyx  with  scaly  bractlets  or  small  leaves  at  the  base.     Dianthus. 
10.     Styles  5  to  3.     11. 

10.  Styles  2.     13. 

11.  Styles  o.     12. 

11.     Styles  3,  rarely  4;  petals  with  scales  at  the  base  of  the  blade.     Silene. 


June,  1913.]  Caryophyllaceae  of  Ohio.  177 

12.     Petals   unappendaged;    styles    opposite,    alternate    with    the    leaf-like 
calyx-teeth.     Agrostemma. 

12.  Petals    often    appendaged;    styles    alternate    with    them;    calyx-teeth 

short.     Lychnis. 

13.  Petals  appendaged  at  the  base  of  the  blade,  calyx  terete.    Saponaria. 
13.     Petals  not  appendaged,  calyx  5-arigled,  enlarged  in  fruit.      Vaccaria. 

Sagina  L. 

Low,    tufted,    matted   herbs   with    subulate   leaves.     Flowers 

white;  petals  4  or  5,  entire,  emarginate,  or  none;  sepals  4  or  5; 

stamens  4  or  5  or  S  or  10;  styles  of  the  same  number,  arranged 

alternately. 

1.     Plant  depressed-spreading;  petals  present.    5.  procumbens. 
1.     Plant  erect;  petals  minute  or  none.     S.  apetala. 

1.  Sagina  procumbens  L.  Procumbent  Pearlwort.  Annual 
or  perennial;  branching,  decumbent  or  spreading;  smooth  or  some- 
what downy-matted,  >2  to  2}4  inches  high;  leaves  linear,  subulate, 
connate  at  the  base;  flowers  arranged  on  capillary  peduncles 
which  are  often  reflexed  in  fruit;  sepals  and  stamens  4  or  rarely 
5;  petals  sometimes  absent.     Lake,  Gallia. 

2.  Sagina  apetala  Ard.       Small-flowered  Pearlwort.      Erect 
or  ascending,  annual,  glabrous,  filiform,  about  3>^  inches  high 
leaves  linear-subulate,   smooth  or  slightly  ciliate,   %  inch  long 
flowers  on  long  peduncles;  petals  none  or  four  very  minute  ones 
sepals  4,  ovate  or  oval,  obtuse.     Lawrence  County. 

Arenaria  L. 

Tufted  herbs  with  sessile  leaves.  Flowers  white,  in  cymes, 
heads,  or  rarely  solitary;  petals  5;  sepals  5;  stamens  10;  styles 
generally  3. 

1.  Plant  pubescent,  leaves  ovate-acute,  cymes  leafy.     .4.  serpyllifolia. 

1.  Plant  glabrous,  leaves  subulate.     2. 

2.  Perennial;  leaves  in  groups  at  the  nodes  or  axils,  rigid.     A.  michauxii. 
2.  Annual;  leaves  opposite,  soft.     A.  patiila. 

1.  Arenaria  serpyllifolia  L.  Thyme-leaf  Sandwort.  An- 
nual, somewhat  pubescent,  branched,  o}4.  to  14  inches  high; 
leaves  ovate,  acute ;  flowers  numerous,  arranged  in  cymose  panicles ; 
sepals  ovate,  acute;  petals  obovate  or  oblong,  usually  shorter. 
General    in    Ohio. 

2.  Arenaria  michauxii  (Fenzl.)  Hook.  Rock  Sandwort. 
Perennial,  tufted,  glabrous,  dark  green,  7  to  15  inches  high;  leaves 
subulate  or  filiform,  1 -ribbed  arranged  in  fascicles  in  the  axils, 
}i  inch  long;  calyx  ovoid-oblong  in  fruit;  sepals  lanceolate  or 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  one  half  the  length  of  the  petals.  Ottawa, 
Erie,    Cuyahoga,    Clarke,    Franklin. 

3.  Arenaria  patula  Mx.  Pitcher's  Sandwort.  Annual,  glab- 
rous, very  slender,  8  to  10  inches  high;  leaves  soft,  linear-filiform, 
^  to  1  inch  long;  flowers  in  cymes,  sepals  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
about  one-half  the  length  of  the  emarginate  petals.  Montgomery- 
County. 


178  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

Moehringia   L. 

Low  perennial  herbs.  Leaves  oblong,  ovate-lanceolate  or 
linear,  sessile  or  with  short  petioles;  flowers  white,  solitary  or  in 
cymes;  sepals  and  petals  4  or  5,  stamens  8  or  10. 

L  Moehringia  lateriflora  (L.)  Fenzl.  Blunt-leaf  Moehrin- 
gia. Stems  finely  pubescent,  6  to  14  inches  high;  leaves  thin, 
oval  or  oblong,  obtuse,  the  margins  and  nerves  ciliate;  flowers 
arranged  in  cymes  or  solitary;  petals  twice  as  long  as  the  sepals. 
Ottawa,  Auglaize,   Darke,   Morrow,   Franklin,  Perry. 

Holosteum. 

Annual  or  biennial,  erect  herbs  with  acute,  ovate-lanceolate 
leaves.  Flowers  white,  arranged  in  long  terminal  peduncles  in 
umbellate  cymes;  petals  5,  sepals  5,  stamens  3  to  5,  rarely  10. 

1.  Holosteum  umbellatum  L.  Jagged  Chickweed.  Gla- 
brous or  somewhat  glandular,  3  to  7  inches  high,  pubescent  above 
and  a  little  hairy  below.  Basal  leaves  spreading,  oblanceolate  or 
oblong;  stem  leaves  oblong,  sessile;  flowers  arranged  3  to  8  in  an 
umbel;  pedicels  erect  in  flower,  reflexed  in  fruit;  sepals  obtuse, 
shorter  than  the  petals.     Hamilton  County. 

Alsine   L. 

Tufted  herbs  with  white  flowers  arranged  in  cymes.  Sepals 
5  rarely  4;  petals  of  the  same  number,  2  cleft,  2  parted,  or  emar- 
ginate,  rarely  none;  stamens  10  or  fewer;  styles  usually  3,  rarely 
4  or  5,  generally  opposite  the  sepals. 

1.     Styles  5;  leaves  ovate,  pointed.  A.  aqiiatica. 

1.  Styles  3,  rarely  4.     2. 

2.  Leaves  linear  or  lanceolate,  not  pubescent.     3. 

2.  Leaves  ovate-pubescent.     4. 

3.  Leaves  acute  at  each  end;  seeds  smooth.     A.  longifolia. 

3,  Leaves  broadest  near  the  base;  seeds  rough.     A.  graminea. 

4.  Petals  shorter  than  the  calyx;  lower  leaves  petioled.     A.  media. 

4.     Petals  longer  than  the  calyx;  lower  leaves  rarely  petioled.     A.  piibera. 

1.  Alsine  aquatica  (L.)  Britt.  Water  Chickweed.  Perennial, 
usually  glandular-pubescent  above,  ascending  or  decimibent, 
about  13  inches  high.  Leaves  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute; 
the  upper  ones  sessile,  the  lower  petioled,  rounded  at  the  base, 
^  to  lyz  inches  long;  flowers  solitary,  in  the  forks  of  the  stem,  or 
in  C}nries;  pedicels  longer  than  the  calyx  in  fruit,  deflexcd;  calyx 
campanulate,  sepals  about  half  as  long  as  the  2-cleft  petals; 
stamens  10.     Guernsey  County, 

2.  Alsine  media  L.  Common  Chickweed.  Annual;  tufted 
and  much  branched,  decumbent  or  ascending;  4  to  14  inches 
high;  glabrous,  except  the  line  of  hairs  along  the  stem  and  branches, 
the  pubescent  sepals  and  ciliate  petioles;  leaves  oval  or  ovate, 
usually  acute;  flowers  in  terminal,  leafy  cymes  or  solitary  in  the 
axils.     General. 


June,  1913.]  Caryophyllaceae  of  Ohio.  179 

3.  Alsine  pubera  (Mx.)  Britt.  Great  Chickweed.  Perennial; 
stems  and  branches  with  two  lines  of  hairs;  3  to  123^  inches  high; 
leaves  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  their  margins  cjliate,  the  upper 
generalh^  sessile,  the  lower  sometimes  narrowed  into  broad  petioles; 
flowers  in  terminal  cymes  with  lanceolate  sepals  and  2-cleft  petals. 
Medina,  Preble,  Clermont,  Fairfield,  Pike,  Lawrence,  Gallia, 
Vinton. 

4.  Alsine  longifolia  (Muhl.)  Britt.  Long-leaf  Stitchwort. 
Glabrous,  ascending;  stem  rough  angled;  leaves  linear,  spreading, 
acute;  flowers  numerous,  arranged  in  tenninal  or  lateral  cymes. 
General  in  northern  Ohio;  also  in  Highland,  Jackson  and  Gallia 
Counties. 

5.  Alsine  graminea  (L.)  Britt.  Lesser  Stitchwort.  Weak, 
glabrous,  ascending  from  creeping  rootstocks;  6  to  12  inches  high; 
stem  4-angled;  leaves  lanceolate,  sessile;  flowers  arranged  in 
loosely  spreading  cymes;  bracts  lanceolate  sometimes  scarious- 
or  ciliate;  sepals  equalling  the  2-cleft  petals.  Cuyahoga,  Auglaize, 
Belmont. 

Cerastium  L. 

Pubescent    or    hirsute    herbs.     Flowers    white,    arranged    in 

terminal  cymes;  petals  5,  rarely  4,  emarginate  or  bifid,   (rarely 

wanting);  sepals  4  or  5;  stamens  10,  rarely  fewer;  styles  4  or  5 

or  fewer,  arranged  opposite  the  sepals. 

1.     Leaves  linear  or  lanceolate,  8  to  10  times  as  long  as  broad;  petals  longer 
than  the  sepals.     2. 

1.  Leaves  ovate-lanceolate,  about  4  times  as  long  as  wide,  petals  3,  equal- 

ling or  shorter  than  the  sepals.     C.  vulgatum. 

2.  Stem  erect;  pubescent,  densely  tufted;  perennial;  styles  5.    C.  arvense. 
2.     Stem    weak,    reclining    or    ascending,    clammy-pubescent    to   glabrate^ 

annual.      C.  longi pediinculatum . 

1.  Cerastium  vulgatum  L.  Common  Mouse-ear  Chickweed. 
Biennial  or  perennial,  viscid-pubescent,  7  to  14  inches  high.  Lower 
and  basal  leaves  spatulate-oblong;  upper  leaves  oblong,  3^  to  ^ 
inch  long;  flowers  loosely   arranged  on  long  pedicels.     General. 

2.  Cerastium  longipedunculatum  Muhl.  Nodding  Chick- 
weed.  Annual,  reclining  or  ascending,  6  to  16  inches  high; 
clammy-ptibescent  to  glabrate.  Lower  leaves  spatulate,  obtuse, 
petioled,  1  to  1^  inches  long;  flowers  loosely  arranged,  pedicels 
very  long  in  fruit;  petals  when  present  about  twice  as  long  as  the 
sepals.  General  in  southern  Ohio,  also  in  Ottawa  and  Cuya- 
hoga Counties. 

3.  Cerastium  arvense  L.  Field  Chickweed.  Perennial,  downy 
or  nearly  smooth,  6  to  12  inches  high.  Basal  leaves  and  those  on 
the  sterile  shoots  linear-oblong;  stem  leaves  distant,  linear  or 
narrowly  lanceolate;  petals  obcordate,  longer  than  the  lanceolate 
acute  sepals.     Sandusky,  Ottawa,   Trumbull,  Miami,  Monroe. 

4.  Cerastium  arvense  oblongifolium  (Torrj  Holl.  and  Britt. 
Pubescent;  leaves  oblong  or  lanceolate;  capsule  about  twice  the 
length  of  the  calyx.     Erie,  Monroe. 


i8o  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

5.  Cerastium  arvense  webbii  Jennings.  Plant  more  or  less 
viscid-pubescent,  12  to  IS  inches  high.  Lower  leaves  oblong- 
lanceolate,  upper  ones  ovate-lanceolate,  13'4  to  2  inches  long; 
flowers  arranged  in  strict  c^-mes.     Cuyahoga. 

Spergula  L. 

Annual  herbs.  Leaves  sul^ulate,  stipulate,  arranged  in 
fascicles  in  the  axils;  flowers  white,  in  terminal  cymes;  sepals 
5;  petals  5;  stamens  10  or  5;  styles  5,  alternate  with  the  sepals. 

1.  Spergula  arvensis  L.  Corn  Spurry.  Glabrous  or  finely 
pubescent,  9  or  10  inches  high.  Lea\'es  linear  or  subulate; 
stipules  small,  connate;  pedicels  slender,  divaricate.   Lake  County. 

Tissa   Adans. 

Low  herbs  with  fleshy,  linear,  or  setaceous  leaves;  often  ar- 
ranged in  fascicles  in  the  axils;  stipules  scarious;  flowers  pink  or 
white  in  terminal  cymes;  sepals  5,  petals  5,  rarely  fewer  or  none, 
entire,  stamens  2  to  10. 

1.  Tissa  rubra  (L)  Britt.  Sand-spurry.  Annual  or  perennial, 
depressed  or  ascending,  leafy,  glabrous  or  glandular-pubescent 
above;  5  to  7)4  inches  high;  leaves  linear,  X  inch  long;  flowers 
bright  pink;  stipules  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate;  sepals  ovate- 
lanceolate,   somewhat  acute.     Lake  County. 

Agrostemma  L. 

Annual  or  biennial,  pubescent  or  wooly  herbs.  Lea^'es  oppo- 
site, linear  or  linear-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  sessile  ;flowers 
red  or  white,  solitary;  petals  5,  shorter  than  the  sepals,  unap- 
pendaged,  emarginate;  calyx  oblong,  wooly,  10-ribbed;  sepals  5, 
linear,  elongated  and  foliaceous,  stamens  10,  styles  5,  opposite  the 
petals. 

1.  Agrostemma  githago  L.  Corn  Cockle.  Plant  erect,  12  to 
40  inches  high,  covered  with  long,  whitish,  appressed  hairs;  leaves 
linear-lanceolate;  calyx  ovoid,  sepals  exceeding  the  i:)etals  and 
deciduous  in  fruit;  flowers  red,  petals  slightly  emarginate,  obovate- 
cuneate.     General. 

Lychnis   L. 

Mostly  mere  or  less  pubescent  herbs.  Sepals  5,  petals  5,  entire, 
2-clcft  or  laciniatc,  generally  crowned;  stamens  10;  st\'les  5,  rarel>' 
4;  calyx  ovoid,  tubular  or  inflated,  10-nerved. 

1.     Plant  entirely  pubescent,  viscid.     2. 

1.  Plant  having  viscid-pubescent  bands  on  the  stems.    L.  viscaria. 

2.  Calyx-teeth  twisted;  plant  densely  white-wooly.    L.  coronaria. 

2.  Calyx  teeth  not  twisted;  only  ordinarily  jmbescent;  u.sually  diecious.    3. 
.3.     Flowers  white  or  pink;  calyx  teeth  attenuate.     L.  alba. 

3.  Flowers  red;  calyx  teeth  triangular-lanceolate,  acute.     L.  dioica. 


June,  i913.]  Caryophyllaceae  of  Ohio.  i8i 

1.  Lychnis  coronaria  (L)  Desv.  Mullein  Pink.  Perennial, 
wooly  white,  quite  tall.  Lower  leaves  spatulate;  upper  leaves 
oblong  or  lanceolate,  sessile,  acute  or  acuminate;  flowers  few  in 
temiinal  panicles;  petals  crimson;  calyx  oblong-campanulate,  its 
teeth  twisted  and  shorter  than  the  tube.  Cuyahoga,  Portage, 
Lake,  Fairfield. 

2.  Lychnis  viscaria  L.  Viscid  Lychnis.  Plant  erect.  Lower 
leaves  spatulate;  upper  ones  linear  or  linear-lanceolate;  inflores- 
cence in  oppositely  arranged  clusters ;  calyx  club-shaped.  Escaped 
in  Lake  Count3\ 

o.  Lychnis  alba  Mill.  White  Lychnis.  Biennial  and  branched 
with  leaves  ovate-oblong  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute;  upper  ones 
sessile,  the  lower  ones  ha^dng  petioles;  flowers  few,  arranged  in 
loose  panicles,  white  or  pink,  fragrant;  calyx  at  first  tubular, 
becoming  inflated  by  the  ripening  pod;  sepals  lanceolate,  short; 
petals  obovate,  2-cleft,  crowned.       Lake,  Meigs. 

4.  Lychnis  dioica  L.  Red  Lychnis.  Biennial.  Basal  leaves 
with  long  petioles,  oblong;  stem  leaves  sessile  or  the  lower  short 
petioled,  ovate,  acute;  flowers  red  or  nearly  white,  opening  in  the 
morning,  calyx  at  first  tubular,  in  fruit  nearly  globular.  Erie 
Coiint}',   Mosely  Herbarium. 

Silene    L. 

Herbs  with  pink,  red  or  white  flowers;  calyx  more  or  less 
inflated,  with  5  sepals,  10  to  many  nerved,  not  bracted  at  the  base; 
stamens  10;  styles  3,  rarely  4  or  5;  petals  5,  narrow,  clawed, 
variously  cleft  or  rarely  entire;  flowers  solitary  or  in  tenninal 
cymes. 

1.     Leaves  verticillate  in  fours.     5.  stellala. 

1.  Leaves  opposite.     2. 

2.  Flowers  white  or  greenish.     3. 

2.  Flowers  scarlet  to  pink.     6. 

3.  Calyx  much  inflated  and  bladdery,  not  with  prominent  ribs.     4. 

3.  Calyx   tubular,    merely   expanded   by   the   ripening   pod,    prominently 

ribbed.     5. 

4.  Inflorescence  leafy  bracted;  flowers  few.     S.  alba. 

4.  Flowers  numerous,  in  leafy  cymes.     5.  vulgaris. 

5.  Flowers  racemose,  short-pedicelled,  calyx  ribs  5.     5.  dicholoma. 

5.  Flowers  cymose,  night-blooming;  calyx  ribs  10.     5'.   noctiflora. 

6.  More  or  less  viscid-pubescent,  perennial.     7. 
(i.  Glutinous  at  or  below  the  nodes,  annual.    10. 

7.  Leaves  broadly  oval,  the  lower  ones  tapering  into  a  long  petiole;  stems 

pubescent.     S.  rotundifolia. 

7.  Leaves  lanceolate  or  spatulate,  the  blades  not  rounded.     8. 

8.  Leaves  broadest  below  the  middle,  sessile;  stems  very  rough.     5.  regia 

8.  Leaves,   all  except  the  uppermost,   broadest   above   the   middle,    the 

lower  ones  tapering  into  a  petiole.     9. 

9.  Leaves  broadly  spatulate.     5.  virginica. 

9.  Leaves  narrowly  spatulate  or  oblanceolate.     5.  caroliniana. 

10.  Stems  pubescent,  leafy;  calyx  much  inflated,  many-ribbed.  S.  conica. 

10.  Stems  smooth.     11. 

11.  Clayx  club-shaped,  many  ribbed;  leaves  ovate-lanceolate.  S.  armeria. 
11.  Calyx  ovoid;  leaves  linear.     S.  antirrhina. 


i82  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

1.  Silene  stellata  (L)  Ait.  vStarry  Cam])ion.  Perennial, 
pubescent,  erect.  Leaves  ovate-lanceolate,  verticillate  in  fours 
or  the  lowest  ones  opposite,  their  margins  finely  ciliate;  flowers 
white,  in  panicled  cymes,  ^  to  1-4  inches  wide;  calyx  campanulate, 
inflated,  }i  to  }4  inch  long,  its  teeth  triangular,  acute;  petals 
about  equalling  the  stamens,  not  crowned.     General. 

2.  Silene  alba  Muhl.  White  Campion.  Perennial,  rather 
weak,  reclining,  slightly  pubescent  or  glabrate.  Leaves  lanceo- 
late or  oblong-lanceolate,  opposite,  3  to  4  inches  long,  }'2  to  1  inch 
broad,  acuminate;  flowers  white,  ^  to  1  inch  broad;  calyx  in- 
flated, elongated-campanulate,  pubescent,  with  ovate  teeth; 
petals  cuneate,  2-cleft  or  2-lobed,  minutely  crowned.  Butler, 
Clermont. 

3.  Silene  vulgaris  (Moench.)  Garcke.  Bladder  Camjjion. 
Perennial  herb,  branched  from  the  base,  glaucous,  glabrous,  or 
rarelv  pubescent.  Leaves  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong  acute, 
lower  ones  often  spatulate;  flowers  white,  in  c3'mose  panicles, 
sometimes  drooping;  petals  2-cleft;  calyx  inflated  and  globose, 
/<+  to  ^  inch  long;  stamens  much  longer  than  the  petals  and 
sepals.     Erie  County. 

4.  Silene  virginica  L.  Fire  Pink.  Perennial,  clammy-pube- 
scent, 10  to  24  inches  high.  Stem  slender;  leaves  thin,  3  to  5 
inches  long,  lower  ones  spatulate  or  oblanceolate,  upper  ones 
oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  sessile;  flowers  in  loose  cymose  panicles, 
crimson,  petals  oblong,  2-cleft,  2-lobed,  or  irregularly  incised, 
crowned;  calyx  tubular-campanulate.     General. 

o.  Silene  rotundifolia  Nutt.  Round-leaf  Catchfl}'.  Per- 
ennial, ascending  or  reclining,  viscid-pubescent;  lower  leaves 
spatulate  or  obovate,  ui^per  ones  broadly  oval,  thin;  flowers  few 
or  solitary;  petals  2-cleft,  lobed  or  laciniate,  crowned,  scarlet; 
pedicels  very  slender;  calyx  tubular-campanulate,  about  an  inch 
long,  somewhat  enlarged  by  the  ripening  pod,  it's  teeth  ovate, 
acute.     Hocking,  Jackson. 

G.  Silene  armeria  L.  Sweet  William  Catchfly.  Glabrous, 
glaucous  or  minutely  pubcrulcnt,  about  23  inches  high.  Leaves 
ovate-lanceolate;  flo^^'crs  in  flat  cymes  with  petals  rose-colored, 
white  or  purj^lc,  notched  and  crowned  with  awl-shaped  scales;, 
calyx  club-shaped.     Cuyahoga,  Lake,  Licking,  Monroe. 

7.  Silene  noctifllora  L.  Night-blooming  Catchfly.  Annual, 
erect,  viscid-jmljcscent,  S  to  32  inches  high.  Leaf-blades  thickish, 
lower  ones  large  and  spatulate,  upper  ones  lanceolate;  flowers 
few  and  large,  white  or  nearly  so,  fragrant  and  opening  at  night; 
calyx  glandular-])ubesccnt,  ^2  inch  or  a  little  more  in  length, 
with  awl-shaped  teeth.  Lucas,  Sandusky,  Erie,  Cu>-ahoga, 
Lake,  Auglaize,  Green,  Belmont,  Jefferson. 

5.  Silene  dichotoma  Ehrh.  Forked  Catchfly.  Annual,  ])ub- 
escent.     Lower    and    basal    leaves    lanceolate    or    oblanceolate,. 


June,  1913.]  Caryophyllaceae  of  Ohio.  183 

acuminate  or  acute,  tapering  into  a  petiob;  upper  leaves  sessile, 
lanceolate  or  linear;  flowers  white;  calyx  cylindric,  hirsute,  much 
enlarged  by  the  ripening  pod,  with  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  teeth; 
petals  white,  bifid,  with  a  short  obtuse  crown.  Ottawa  County.. 
Mosely  Herbarium. 

9.  Silene  conica  L.  Striate  Catchfly.  Annual,  puberulent 
to  tomentulose,  or  canescent,  usually  with  several  stems;  leafy, 
3  to  12  inches  high.  Leaves  linear,  lanceolate,  acute,  sessile; 
calyx  o\^oid,  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  base,  strongly  ribbed,, 
about  half  an  inch  long,  teeth  triangular-subulate;  flowers  in 
cymes,    petals   rose-colored,    obcordate.     Sandusky    County. 

10.  Silene  regia  vSims.  Royal  Catchfly.  Perennial,  erect 
and  very  rough,  minutely  pubescent.  Leaves  thick,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acute,  1  to  2^  inches  long,  all  but  the  lower  ones 
sessile;  flowers  numerous,  on  short  stalks  and  arranged  in  a  panicle* 
deep  scarlet;  petals  emarginate  or  laciniate,  crowned;  calyx 
oblong,  tubular,  slightly  enlarged  by  the  ripening  pod.  Clarke, 
Madison. 

11.  Silene  caroliniana  Walt.  Carolina  Catchfly.  Perennial, 
viscid-pubescent,  8  to  10  inches  high,  basal  leaves  spatulate, 
nearly  glabrous,  tapering  into  broad,  pubescent  petioles;  stem 
leaves  sessile,  oblong  or  lanceolate;  flowers  in  terminal  cymes, 
pink;  petals  cuneate,  emarginate,  crowned;  calyx  tubular,  much 
enlarged  by  the  ripening  pod,  its  teeth  ovate,  acute.  Jefferson, 
Monoe,  Washington. 

12.  Silene  antirrhina  L.  Sleepy  Catchfly.  Annual,  puber- 
ulent or  glabrous,  glutinous  about  the  nodes,  10  to  20  inches 
high.  Lower  leaves  spatulate  or  oblanceolate,  narrowed  into  a 
petiole ;  upper  leaves  linear  to  subulate ;  flowers  in  a  loose,  cymose 
panicle,  pedicels  slender,  erect;  flowers  pink,  petals  obcordate 
and  minutely  crowned;  calyx  ovoid,  glabrous,  delicately  ribbed, 
with  ovate,  acute  teeth.     General. 

13.  Silene  antirrhina  divaricata  Robinson.  More  slender, 
branches   spreading,    filiform;    petals   absent.     Gallia    County. 

Saponaria    L. 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  with  broad  leaves  and  large  flowers. 
Calyx  narrowly  ovoid  or  subcylindric,  obscurely  nerved;  petals 
5;  sepals  5;  styles  2;  stamens  10;  capsule  dehiscent  by  four  short 
apical  teeth  or  valves. 

1.  Saponaria  officinalis  L.  Bouncing  Bet.  Perennial, 
glabrous,  erect,  rather  tall,  24  to  32  inches  high.  Leaves  ovate 
or  oval,  2  to  2}4  inches  long,  acute  and  having  a  broad,  short 
petiole;  flowers  pink  or  white,  arranged  in  terminal  corymbs 
with  many  small,  lanceolate  floral  leaves;  calyx  tubular,  about  an 
inch  long;  petals  obcordate  with  a  scale  at  the  base  of  the  blade. 
General. 


1 84  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 


Vaccaria  Medic. 

Annual  herbs,  glabrous,  glaucous.  Flowers  in  corymbed 
cymes;  petals  pale  red  and  not  crowned,  longer  than  the  calyx; 
calyx  sharply  .5-angled  and  inflated  in  fruit;  sepals  -5;  stamens  10; 
styles  2. 

1.  Vaccaria  vaccaria  (L.)  Britt  Cow-herb.  Annual,  20  to 
24  inches  high;  calyx  5-ang1ed,  enlarged  and  wing-angled  in  fruit; 
leaves  ovate-lanceolate.     Lake,  Ashtabula. 

Dianthus.    L. 

Stiff    herbs.     Leaves    narrow;    flowers    terminal,    solitary    or 

cymose-paniculate,  generally  purple;  calyx  tubular,  with  several 

bracts  at  its  base;   sepals  5;    petals  5,  long    clawed,  dentate  or 

crenate;  stamens  10;  styles  2;  capsule  cylindric  or  oblong,  stalked, 

dehiscent  by  four  or  five  short  teeth  at  the  summit. 

L     Leaves  large,  ovate-lanceolate  or  broadly  lanceolate;  3  to  5  times  as 
long  as  broad;  flowers  clustered;  perennial.     D.  barbatus. 

1.  Leaves  narrowlv  lanceolate,  linear,  subulate;  8  to  12  times  as  long  as 

broad.     2. 

2.  Calyx  densely  pubescent;  leaves  2  to  2}  9  inches  long;  flowers  clustered; 

annual.     D.  anneria. 

2.  Calyx  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent.     3. 

3.  Plants  much  branched;  flowers  solitary;  perennial.     D.  delloides. 

3.     Plants  simple  or  with  few  erect  branches;  flowers  in  terminal  heads, 
rarely  solitary;  annual.     D.  prolifera. 

1.  Dianthus  prolifera  L.  Proliferous  Pink.  Annual,  gla- 
brous, G  to  12  inches  high.  Leaves  few,  linear  and  acute;  flowers 
small,  pink,  arranged  in  terminal,  oblong  or  obovoid  heads;  calyx 
concealed  by  bracts.     Cuyahoga  Count}-. 

2.  Dianthus  armeria  L.  Deptford  Pink.  Anntial,  minutely 
pubescent,  12  to  20  inches  high,  with  few  erect  branches.  Leaves 
linear,  about  \  inch  wide,  1>2  to  2}i  inches  long;  flowers  ar- 
ranged in  terminal  clusters  with  lanceolate,  subttlatc  bracts, 
u.sually  longer  than  the  calyx;  se]:)als  very  acute.  Licking,  Jef- 
ferson, Gallia. 

o.  Dianthus  deltoides  L.  Maiden  Pink.  Perennial,  4^  to  8 
inches  high.  Leaves  short,  narrowly  lanceolate,  glabrous  or 
.slightly  pubescent;  flowers  pink  or  white,  solitary,  with  toothed 
petals;  bracts  ovate  and  half  as  long  as  the  tube.     Lake  County. 

4.  Dianthus  barbatus  L.  Sweet  William.  Tufted,  glabrous 
and  erect,  Ki  to  IS  inches  high.  Leaves  lanceolate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate;  '2}i  to  ;j  inches  long,  ^^  inch  wide;  bracts  linear- 
filiform,  about  the  same  length  as  the  sharp,  pointed  sepals; 
flowers  pink  or  white  or  variegated,  in  large  terminal  clusters. 
Portage  County. 


June,  1913.]  The  Genus  Fraxinus  in  Ohio.  185 

THE  GENUS  FRAXINUS  IN   OHIO. 

Lillian  E.  Humphrey. 

Recent  investigations  of  the  genus  Fraxinus  show  a  diversity 
of  opinion  in  regard  to  the  hmits  of  certain  species.  A  study  was 
made  of  Ohio  forms  and  comparison  made  with  specimens  from 
other  regions  in  order  to  determine  a  suitable  disposition  of  local 
species. 

In  Fraxinus  lahceolata  a  very  great  diversity  in  the  size  and 
shape  of  the  leaflets  was  apparent.  Some  of  the  leaflets  from 
Ohio  specimens  measured  3  to  7^'  inches  in  length  and  }4  to  2}4 
inches  in  width.  vSpecimens  ranging  westward  to  western  Kansas 
have  smaller  leaves  and  fruit,  the  leaflets  of  those  from  Kansas 
measuring  3  to  4>2  inches  in  length  and  3  4  to  1  5-S  inches  in  width. 
The  samaras  of  those  from  Ohio  varied  from  l;f4  to  2}4  inches  in 
length,  while  the  Kansas  type  bore  fruit  measuring  7-8  to  1  o — 8 
inches  in  length;  both  were  of  about  the  same  width.  There  is 
an  uninterrupted  gradation  of  sizes  and  shapes  from  the  larger 
eastern  specimens  to  the  smallest  western  types.  Specimens 
from  Decatur  County,  Kansas,  had  the  shortest  samaras  of  any 
examined. 

Closely  resembling  Fraxinus  lanceolata  in  general  appearance 
is  Fraxinus  pennsylvanica,  which  differs  chiefl}'  in  having  velvety 
pubescent  twigs  and  more  or  less  velvety  pubescent  petioles  and 
under  sides  of  the  leaflets.  The  leaflets  are  generally  broader 
than  those  of  Fraxinus  lanceolata,  but  of  about  the  same  length, 
the  average  measurements  being  3^  to  0  inches  long  and  1  1-8  to 
2>2  inches  wide.  In  both  species  both  sides  of  the  leaflets  arc  a 
decided  green  and  the  wing  of  the  samara  is  decurrent  1-3  to 
^  the  length  of  the  body.  Practically  the  only  essential  difference 
between  the  two  forms  is  the  velvety  pubescence  of  the  twigs  and 
a  usually  greater  pubescence  of  the  leaves  of  Fraxinus  pennsyl- 
vanica. 

Parallel  with  these  two  forms  are  Fraxinus  americana  and 
Fraxinus  biltmoreana,  which  also  seem  to  be  separated  mainly 
by  the  degree  of  pubescence.  The  Fraxinus  americana  specimens 
had  leaflets  measuring  3  to  6^  inches  by  1  to  2}4  inches.  Fraxi- 
nus biltmoreana  had  leaflets  of  about  the  same  size.  The  samaras 
of  Fraxinus  biltmoreana  are  1>2  to  1^  inches  long,  while  those 
of  Fraxinus  americana  vary  from  1  1-8  to  1  7-16  inches.  Both 
have  plump,  terete  bodies  and  terminal  wings.  The  leaflets 
of  both  species  are  prevailingly  whitish  underneath.  As  stated, 
we  have  the  saine  conditions  as  between  Fraxinus  lanceolata 
and  Fraxinus  pennsylvanica.  The  velvety  pubescence  of  the 
twigs  may  be  used  to  segregate  the  two  types,  but  even  this 
character  is  not  very  sharply  limited.  Often  specimens  of  Frax- 
inus  americana   have   quite   pubescent   leaves. 


1 86  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8, 

Synopsis. 

I.     Flowers     bisporangiate,     imperfectly    bisoprangiate,     or    imperfectly 
monosporangiate;  calyx  none  or  very  minute. 

1.  Flowers    bisporangiate;    twigs   4-sided,    sometimes    sharply   four- 

angled;  wing  of  fruit  extending  around  the  body;  leaflets  green 
on  both  sides,  not  entirely  sessile;  calyx  a  minute  ring. 

F.  quadrangtdata. 

2.  Flowers  imperfectly  bisporangiate  or  imperfectly  monosporangi- 

ate; twigs  terete  or  nearly  so;  leaflets  sessile;  calyx  none. 

(1)  Leaflets  oblong-lanceolate  tapering  to  a  long  point.  F.  nigra. 

(2)  Leaflets   oblong   to   ovate-lanceolate,    short   pointed. 

F.  excelsior. 
IL  Flowers  monosporangiate;  calyx  evident;  leaflets  with  petiolules. 

L  Fruit   with   a   flattish   body   passing   perceptibly   into   the   wing; 

leaves  and  twigs  velvety  pubescent.     F.  profunda. 
2.  Fruit  with  a  terete  or  nearly  terete  body. 

a.  Wing  of  the  samara  extending  somewhat  down  the  sides  of  the 
body. 

(a)  Twigs  pubescent.     F.  pennsylvanica. 

(b)  Twigs  smooth  or  nearly  so.    F.  lanceolata. 
1).  Wing  of  the  samara  almost  entirely  terminal. 

(a)  Twigs  pubescent.     F.  hiltmoreana. 

(b)  Twigs  smooth  or  nearly  so.    F.  americana. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

L     Leaflets  more  or  less  petiolulate.     3. 
L     Leaflets  sessile.     2. 

2.     Leaflets  7 — 11,  long,  gradually  tapering  to  a  point,  oblong  lanceolate. 

F.  nigra. 

2.  Leaflets  short  pointed,  ovate  to  obovate.    F.  excelsior. 

3.  Twigs  not  quadrangular.    4. 

3.  Twigs    quadrangular;    stems    sometimes    sharply   four-angled;    leaflets 

^7 — 11,   green  on  both  sides,  upper  ones  usually  sessile,  lower  one.s 
short  petiolulate.     F.  qiiadrangulata. 

4.  Twigs  pubescent,  often  velvety.     5. 

4.  Twigs  smooth  or  nearly  so.     7. 

5.  Leaflets  ovate  to  ovate  lanceolate;  base  usually  trimcate  or  rounded, 

unsymmetrical;   upper   surface   dark   3'ellow   green,    soft   pubescent 
beneath,  calyx  large.    F.  profunda. 

5.  Leaflets  ovate,   ovate-lanceolate,   or  lanceolate,   usuall}'   acute  at   the 
3l      base;  calyx  minute.     6. 

6.  Leaflets  pale  beneath,  ovate  to  ovate  lanceolate,  7 — 11;  wing  of  samara 

terminal  or  nearly  so.     F.  hiltmoreana. 
G.     Leaflets    green    or    greenish    beneath,    ovate-lanceolate    to   lanceolate, 
5 — 9;  samara  with  a  decurrent  wing.     F.  pennsylvanica. 

7.  Leaflets  pale  beneath,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  indefinitely 

serrate,     abruptly    acute    or    acuminate,     glabrous    or    somewhat 
pubescent;  wing  of  samara  terminal.     F.  americana. 
7.     Leaflets  green  on  both  sides,  glaI)rous  or  somewhat  pubescent,  usually 
serrate,  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate;  wing  of  samara 
decurrent  on  the  sides  of  the  slender  body.    F.  lanceolata. 

Fraxinus     L.     Ash. 

Deciduous  trees  usually  with  a  furrowed  bark;  lij^ht,  tough 
wood;  large,  light-colored,  round  pith  and  large  terminal  buds. 
Lateral  buds  obtuse,  somewhat  flattened;  bundle  scars  crowded 
in  a  curved  line;  leaves  opposite,  usually  odd-pinnate;  flowers 
inconspicuous,  perfectly  or  imperfectly  monosporangiate,  some- 


June,  1910.]  The  Genus  Fraxinus  in  Ohio.  187 

times  bisporangiate,  usually  diecious,  in  bractless  pannicles, 
isobilateral,  usually  apetalous  and  dicyclic,  but  some  of  the 
primitive  forms  with  a  corolla;  cycles  usually  tetramerous  or 
dimerous;  calyx  when  present  usually  campanulate,  persistent 
or  deciduous,  sometimes  much  reduced;  stamens  united  with  the 
base  of  the  corolla  when  present;  pollination  usually  ancmapholus; 
ovulary  biocular,  ovules  two  in  each  cavity;  fruit  a  one  seeded 
samara;   seed  pendulous. 

1.  Fraxinus  quadrangulata  Mx.  Blue  Ash.  Twigs  glabrous 
or  very  slightly  pubescent  when  young,  4  sided,  sometimes  sharply 
4-angled  leaflets  7-11,  ovate  to  oblanceolate,  green  on  both  sides, 
sharply  serrate  or  serrulate,  long  acuminate,  upper  leaflets  usually 
sessile,  lower  ones  short  petioled;  flowers  bisporangiate;  corolla 
wanting,  calyx  reduced  to  an  obscure  ring;  samara  linear  oblong, 
l}i  to  2  inches  long,  3-8  to  ]/2  inches  wide,  blunt,  body  extending 
half  way  to  the  apex.  On  rich  limestone  hills  and  sometimes 
in  fertile  vallej^s.  Ottawa,  Hancock,  Auglaize,  Franklin,  Licking, 
Montgomery,  Highland,  Ross,  Brown.  Adams. 

2.  Fraxinus  nigra  Marsh.  Black  Ash.  Twigs  and  usually 
the  leaves  glabrous;  leaflets  7-11,  sessile,  green  on  both  sides, 
sometimes  quite  pubescent  along  the  mid-rib,  serrate  or  serrulate, 
2J4  to  6  inches  long,  1  to  IK  inches  wide,  ovate-lanceolate,  with 
a  long,  tapering  acuminate  apex  and  a  narrow  or  rounded  base ; 
flowers  imperfectly  bisporangiate ;  samara  oblong  to  linear-oblong, 

1  to  1  5-8  inches  long,  }i  to  3-8  inches  wide;  calyx  wanting; 
wing  all  around  the  flat  body  which  extends  to  beyond  the 
middle.  In  swamps  and  wet  woods.  General  in  northern  part 
of  the  state,  south  to  Preble,  Green,  Franklin  and  Harrison. 

3.  Fraxinus  pennsylvanica  Marsh.  Red  Ash.  Twigs,  petio- 
les, rachis  and  lower  surface  of  leaflets  velvety  pubescent;  leaflets 
5-9,  green  on  both  sides,  ovate  to  oblong,  margin  varying  from 
entire  to  serrate,  apex  acute  or  acmninate,  SJ/^  to  6  inches  long, 
1)4  to  2  inches  wide;  calyx  in  the  staminate  flower  obscurely 
toothed,  that  of  the  carpellate  flower  deeply  divided;  samara  1  to 

2  inches  long,  1-8  to  3-16  inches  wide,  wing  decurrent,  linear  to 
spatulate,  about  the  same  length  as  the  body.  Low,  rich,  moist 
soil.     General. 

4.  Fraxinus  lanceolata  Borck.  Green  Ash.  Twigs  and 
usually  the  leaves  glabrous;  leaflets  5-9,  green  on  both  sides, 
lanceolate  to  oblanceolate,  entire  to  denticulate,  3  to  7}^  inches 
long,  }4  to  2)4  inches  wide,  often  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath, 
apex  acute  to  long  tapering;  samara  1^  to  2J^  inches  long, 
1-8  to  14  inches  wide;  wing  somewhat  decurrent,  spatulate; 
body  terete.     Moist  soil.     General. 

5.  Fraxinus  biltmoreana  Beadle.  Biltmore  Ash.  Young 
twigs  very  pubescent;  leaflets  7-9,  pale  beneath,  more  or  less 
pubescent,  especially  along  the  veins  beneath,  ovate  to  ovate 
lanceolate,  margin  entire  or  sometimes  obscurely  serrate,  rachis 


1 88  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIII,  No.  8^ 

slightly  pubescent;  samara  1^  to  2  inches  long;  wing  almost 
entirsly  terminal,  linear,  two  or  three  times  as  long  as  the 
short,  stout,  terete  body.  Upper  part  of  river  banks  and  woods. 
Erie,  Hardin,  Franklin,  Montgomery,  Morgan,  Hamilton,  Brown, 
Lawrence,  A-Ieigs. 

6.  Fraxinus  americana  L.  White  Ash.  Twigs  and  petioles 
glabrous;  leaflets  5-9,  pale  beneath,  glabrous  or  somewhat  pubes- 
cent along  the  veins,  ovate  to  oblanceolate;  margin  more  or  less 
entire  or  sparsely  toothed;  samara  1  to  1  7-16  inches  long,  1-8  to 
5-16  inches  wide;  wing  entirely  terminal;  body  terete.  Rich 
woods.     General. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Ortox  Hall,  april  7,  1913. 

The  meeting  of  the  Biological  Club  was  called  to  order  by  the 
President  and  the  minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read  and 
approved. 

The  subject  of  the  evening's  program  was  "Regeneration  in 
Animals  and  Plants." 

The  first  speaker,  Prof.  Landacre,  took  up  the  work  of  Dr. 
Childs,  of  Chicago.  Dr.  Childs  does  not  accept  the  term"  re- 
generation,"  preferring  to  use  "form  regulation,"  which  means 
a  return  to  a  state  of  equilibrium  rather  than  to  nonnal  form. 
More  generalized  animals  do  return  to  normal  form,  while  in  the 
highest  animals  a  process  of  wound  healing  is  all  that  takes  place. 

Dr.  Childs  further  divides  fonn  regulation  into  two  main 
groups — regeneration,  or  production  of  new  tissue,  and  redif- 
ferentiation,  or  reorganization  of  old  tissue.  He  explains  these 
phenomena  by  a  process  of  "physiological  correlation"  in  growth, 
which  is  brought  about  b}'  "conduction"  or  the  influence  of  one 
cell  on  those  near  it. 

Dr.  Dachnowski,  the  next  speaker,  discussed  the  two  funda- 
mental [)hases  of  regeneration  in  plants.  There  are:  (1)  re- 
generation which  expresses  itself  in  latent  buds,  or  restitution; 
and  (2)  that  which  expresses  itself  in  differentiated  tissue.  The 
quality  of  regenerated  tissue  varies  with  age. 

He  also  noted  the  fact  that  Sachs  worked  on  the  i)h}'siological 
side  of  regeneration  and  em])hasized  the  conception  of  form  regu- 
lation which  Childs  uses. 

After  these  papers  a  discussion  was  opened  in  which  Profs. 
vSchaffner,   Lazenby,   Durrant  and  Barrows  took  part 

Prof.  Schaffner  emphasized  the  fact  of  polarity  in  plants,  which 
he  illustrated  and  by  various  illustrations  showed  that  regeneration 
usually  does  not  indicate  lines  of  i)hylogeny. 

After  the  discussion  was  finished,  Mr.  Walter  Marshall  was 
elected  to  membership.     The  meeting  then  adjourned. 

Marie  F.  McLellan,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  5,  1913. 


The  Ohio  ^JSCaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biologkal  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni-versity, 
Volume  XIV.  NOVEMBER,    1913.  No.  1. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

McAvoY— The  Reduction  Division  in  the  Microsporocytes  of  Oenothera  Biennis 189 

SCHAFFNER— The  Classification  of  Plantt^,  X 198 

Britten  and  Brown's  Illustrdted  Flora 203 


THE  REDUCTION  DIVISION  IN  THE  MICROSPOROCYTES 
OF  OENOTHERA  BIENNIS.* 

Blanche  McAvoy. 

While  making  a  study  of  the  reduction  division  in  Fuchsia  (8) 
it  became  necessary  to  review  the  Hterature  on  the  Oenotheras. 
Finding  that  Geertz  (7),  Gates  (3,  4,  5  and  6),  and  Davis  (1  and  2), 
did  not  entirely  agree  among  themselves  and  finding  also  that  my 
study  of  Fuchsia  (8)  did  not  agree  in  all  respects  with  that  of  any 
of  the  investigations  on  the  evening  primrose,  I  also  became 
interested  in  the  problem  presented  by  the  reduction  division 
of  Oenothera. 

Geertz  (7)  describes  the  threads  occurring  in  the  early  stages 
of  Oenothera  lamarckiana  as  being  irregular  in  thickness  and 
containing  small  discs  of  chromatin.  He  calls  the  contraction 
stage  synapsis  and  speaks  of  loops  extending  out  from  the  con- 
tracted knot.  He  says  the  fully  formed  chromosomes  are  found 
immediately  after  the  contraction  and  that  the  bivalent  chromo- 
somes are  produced  by  a  pairing  of  univalent  chromosomes,  but 
he  does  not  find  a  conjugation  of  two  threads  during  the  contrac- 
tion. He  also  observes  a  longitudinal  splitting  of  the  chromosomes 
just  after  the  transverse  split  occurs. 

Gates  has  made  various  studies  of  the  Oenotheras  namely 
O.  rubrinervis  (4),  O.  lata  xO.  gigas  (6),  O.  lata  xO.  lamarckiana 
(3),  and  0.  gigas  (5).  In  his  paper  on  O.  rubrinervis  (4)  he 
insists  that  the  contraction  stage  is  not  an  artifact  but  a  natural 
stage  leading  to  synapsis.  After  the  contraction  the  chromatin 
material  arranges  itself  in  threads  which  shorten,  contract  and 
finally  constrict  so  as  to  show  fourteen  univalent  chromosomes. 
These  break  apart  in  pairs,  each  pair  fusing  together  to  form  a 
bivalent  chromosome.  His  second  paper  (6)  is  a  study  of  the 
continuity  of  chromosomes.   He  claims  that  there  are  two  methods 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, No.  76. 


I90  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 

of  chromosome  formation,  one  involving  a  side  to  side  pairing, 
the  other  an  end  to  end.  He  finds  a  continuous  spirem  and  twelve 
chromosomes  but  makes  no  mention  as  to  how  the  chromosomes 
are  formed.  In  O.  gigas  (5)  he  notes  an  irregularity  in  the  way 
homologous  chromosomes  seem  to  pair. 

Davis  first  studied  the  reduction  division  in  O.  grandiflora  (1). 
In  the  early  sporocyte  he  describes  chromatin  material  around  the 
periphery  connected  by  delicate  strands.  These  strands  thicken 
by  what  seems  to  be  a  process  of  absorption  of  the  chromatin 
bodies  and  fill  the  nucleus  with  a  close  reticulum.  He  calls  the 
synizetic  contraction  synapsis.  At  the  end  of  the  contraction 
stage  the  spirem  has  assumed  the  shape  of  seven  bivalent  chromo- 
somes some  of  which,  he  says  are  linked  together.  These  rings 
are  later  pulled  apart  on  the  spindle. 

In  his  second  Oenothera  paper  on  0.  biennis  (2)  he  calls  the 
dark  staining  masses  found  around  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus 
prochromosomes.  He  finds  no  evidence  that  they  are  arranged 
in  pairs,  but  says  whenever  there  are  two  together  they  lie  end  to 
end.  Later  on  he  finds  a  spirem  out  of  which  is  constricted  a 
chain  of  fourteen  chromosomes.  He  speaks  of  a  longitudinal 
split  which  appeared  before  the  heterotypic  chromosomes  reach 
the  poles. 

The  buds  of  Oenothera  biennis  which  were  used  as  material 
for  this  study  were  collected  west  of  Cincinnati  during  the  summer 
of  1912.  They  were  killed  in  Schafi:ner's  weaker  chromacetic 
acid  and  run  up  through  the  grades  of  alcohols  to  absolute. 
The  imbedding  was  done  from  chlorofomi.  Sections  were  cut 
10  microns  thick  and  stained.  Both  Delafield's  and  Hcidenhain's 
haemotoxylin  were  used,  the  Hcidenhain's  giving  the  better 
results.  The  iron  was  used  for  four  hours  and  the  stain  over 
night. 

In  the  very  young  sporocytes  (Fig.  1)  there  is  a  reticulum  on 
which  can  be  seen  an  indefinite  number  of  chromatin  masses  or 
granules.  A  little  later  (Figs.  2  and  3)  this  chromatin  material 
collects  in  seven  little  masses  which  represent  the  protochromo- 
somes.  In  some  of  the  sporocytes  these  protochromosomes 
appear  dou]:)lc.  Their  double  nature  is  more  easily  studied  in 
the  preparation  than  reproduced  on  paper  for  the  two  parts  of  a 
single  protochromosomc  can  often  be  seen  best  by  focusing. 
The  masses  are  so  large  that  on  first  sight  they  might  .almost  be 
taken  for  the  bivalent  chromosomes  except  for  the  small  size  of 
the  young  sporocyte  and  the  condition  of  the  tapetum.  The 
ta])ctum  in  the  younger  stages  has  but  one  nucleus  to  each  cell 
while  in  the  later  phases  each  tapetal  cell  has  two  nuclei.  In 
l^assing  from  the  younger  to  the  older  stages  the  tapetum  retreats 
from  the  sporocyte  as  the  sj^orocyte  increases  in  size  and  rounds 
up.     The  nucleolus  is  quite  distinct  and  need  never  be  confused 


Nov.  1913.]         Microsporocytes  of  Oenothera  Biennis.  191 

with  the  chromatin  masses  since  there  is  a  difference  in  the  way 
the  two  stain.  The  protochromosomes  are  connected  by  dehcate 
strands. 

Figiires  4,  5  and  6  show  the  protochromosomes  in  various 
stages  of  transfoniiation,  while  their  chromatin  is  apparently 
being  distributed  in  the  fonn  of  granules  on  the  spirem.  In 
Fig.  4  there  are  still  six  good  sized  masses  although  part  of  the 
chromatin  has  already  been  distributed.  Fig.  5  shows  four  large 
masses  and  two  small  ones  with  a  spirem  fonning  in  the  cavity. 
By  the  time  the  sporocyte  is  as  far  advanced  as  the  one  shown  in 
Fig.  7  the  spirem  is  complete  and  the  protochromosomes  are 
entirely  gone.  All  this  time  the  sporocytes  are  gradually  growing 
larger. 

Somewhat  later  the  chromatin  material  becomes  loosened 
from  the  nuclear  wall  and  collapses  in  a  mass  in  the  nuclear 
cavity,  but  the  synizetic  knot  is  never  so  close  as  in  some  species. 
Figures  8^  9  and  10  show  synizesis  in  different  stages.  In  figure 
10  most  of  the  spirem  can  be  plainly  seen.  The  granules  along 
it  are  easily  made  out  and  the  whole  spirem  is  looped  and  twisted. 
The  nucleolus  is  not  confused  with  chromatin  material  on  account 
of  the  differentiation  of  the  stain.  The  nuclear  cavity  is  enlarged 
and  frequently  the  cytoplasm  is  contracted  away  from  the  cell 
wall.  The  spirem  after  the  synizesis  is  granular  and  looped, 
and  can  be  traced  for  some  distance.     (Fig.  11.) 

Figure  12  shows  a  continuous  spirem.  In  the  preparation 
the  spirem  could  be  traced  throughout  its  complete  distance 
without  a  break.  In  the  dra-wing  the  nucleolus  seems  to  cover 
the  spirem  and  obscure  its  continuity,  but  in  the  preparation, 
by  focusing,  the  spirem  could  be  seen  to  be  complete  throughout 
its  entire  length.  The  spirem  is  distincth'  granular  and  is  thrown 
into  loops  three  of  which  can  not  be  mistaken  and  four  more  can 
be  made  out  without  much  difficult^^  Figure  13  shows  loops 
while  figures  14  and  16  show  seven  definite  loops.  In  figure  14 
one  loop  is  filled  up  with  stain.  In  the  next  figure  (Fig.  15)  five 
definite  loops  show  and  two  masses,  one  smaller  than  the  other. 
Figure  16  is  probably  the  best  figure  to  show  that  the  spirem  is 
continuous  and  is  thrown  into  seven  definite  loops.  Two  of 
them  have  a  double  twist.  The  spirem  is  granular  and  lies 
between  the  nucleolus  and  the  nuclear  wall.  In  figure  13,  14  and  15 
the  loops  are  crossed  in  the  center  and  beneath  the  nucleolus 
and  so  the  continuity  of  the  spirem  can  not  be  observed.  The 
looping  of  the  thread  shows  plainl}^  also  in  figures  17  and  18,  but 
the  continuity  of  the  thread  can  not  be  seen  plainly  on  account 
of  the  nucleolus.  The  spirem  is  granular.  In  these  two  sporo- 
cytes (Figs.  17  and  IS)  the  nuclear  wall  seems  to  be  disappearing 
although  in  most  cases  the  nuclear  wall  does  not  go  until  the 
chromosomes  are  formed. 


192  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 

Gates  (4)  in  his  paper  on  Oenothera  riibrinervis  states  that 
the  spirem  constricts  into  fourteen  chromosomes  which  break 
apart  in  pairs  and  then  form  the  bivalent  chromosomes  by  a 
folding  together  and  fusion  of  the  parts  of  each  pair.  Davis 
says  there  are  ring-shaped  chroinosomcs,  some  of  which  are 
linlced  together  in  O.  grandiflora  (1).  He  says  these  are  present 
as  soon  as  the  sporocyte  passes  out  of  the  synizetic  stage.  In 
O.  biennis  (2)  he  finds  a  chain  of  fourteen  chromosomes  breaking 
into  seven  pair's  from  which  seven  chromosomes  are  formed  by 
fusion.  This  method  of  chromosome  foraiation  of  course  is 
essentially  the  same  as  that  of  loop  formation,  but  I  have  found 
the  loops  definitely  formed  and  just  as  definitely  contracting 
until  there  are  seven  chromosomes  formed  from  the  seven  loops. 
These  results  are  the  same  as  were  found  in  Fuchsia  (S).  The 
loops  frequently  form  quite  definite  rings  as  is  seen  in  figure  16. 

In  figure  19,  the  chromosomes  still  show  something  of  their 
ring  and  loop  character  and  there  are  two  nucleoli  shown.  The 
next  figure  (Fig.  20)  shows  a  certain  amount  of  loose  material  in 
the  nucleus  which  may  be  derived  from  the  nucleolus  although 
there  is  no  direct  evidence  for  this  conclusion.  The  next  two 
figtires  (Figs.  21  and  22)  show  the  chromosomes  broken  apart  and 
the  cytoplasm  flowing  into  the  nuclear  space.  The  nuclear  wall 
has  entirely  disappeared.  In  the  cytoplasm  are  seen  great  num- 
bers of  prominent  granules.  These  remain  in  the  cytoplasm 
throughout  the  reduction  process.  Whether  these  are  starch  or 
not  was  not  definitely  determined.  Figure  23  shows  the  beginning 
of  the  formation  of  the  spindle  with  the  chromosomes  being 
drawn  into  the  equitorial  plane.  Figure  24  is  the  mother  star 
stage  at  the  time  when  the  chromosomes  begin  to  be  segregated 
into  the  univalents.  The  next  two  figures  (Figs.  25  and  26)  do 
not  show  the  full  quota  of  chromosomes  but  show  the  beginning 
of  the  true  reduction  in  those  that  can  be  seen.  The  next  two 
drawings  (Figs.  27  and  28)  represent  nietakinesis  stages  with  the 
chromosomes  half  way  to  the  poles.  Figures  29  and  -30  are 
daughter  star  stages.  The  lower  pole  of  figure  30  shows  a  slight 
beginning  of  the  nuclear  wall.  The  seven  univalent  chromosomes 
arc  about  half  the  size  of  those  appearing  on  the  mother  star.  The 
number  can  be  easily  counted  at  this  stage. 

Following  this  stage  the  nuclear  membrane  develops  rapidly 
and  the  daughter  nuclei  swell  to  a  much  larger  size.  The  chromo- 
somes remain  as  distinct  bodies  although  there  is  some  distribu- 
tion of  the  chromatin  material  (Fig.  31).  Even  in  the  resting 
condition  the  chromosomes  in  the  two  daughter  nuclei  remain  as 
seven  distinct  bodies  and  there  is  no  real  reticulum  developed 
(Fig.  32).     At  this  stage  all  traces  of  the  spindle  have  disappeared. 

Soon  after,  the  second  division  begins  (Fig.  33)  and  the  chro- 
mosomes in  the  mother  star  are  again  distincth*  visible  as  small 


Nov.  1913.]         Mierosporocytes  of  Oenothera  Biennis.  193 

bodies  of  the  same  general  shapes  as  appear  in  the  first  division 
but  much  smaller.  The  tetrad  (Fig.  34)  appears  normal,  irregu- 
larities not  being  so  abundant  as  in  Fuchsia. 

SUMMARY. 

1.  In  very  early  stages  of  the  mierosporocytes  the  chromatin 
material  is  scattered  throughout  the  nucleus  on  a  loose  reticulum. 

2.  There  are  seven  jirotochromosomes  fornied,  some  of  which 
show  a  double  nature. 

3.  These  protochromosomes  are  transformed  into  a  spirem. 

4.  There  is  a  period  of  contraction  or  synizesis  during  which 
loops  of  the  spirem  project  out  from  the  contracted  mass.  The 
spirem  shows  a  granular  nature. 

5.  The  spirem  is  continuous  and  becomes  thrown  into  loops 
seven  of  which  are  shown  in  many  preparations. 

6.  These  seven  loops  contract  until  seven  separate  bivalent 
chromosomes  are  formed.  About  this  time  the  nuclear  mem- 
brane disappears. 

7.  The  univalent  chromosomes  remain  as  seven  distinct 
bodies  in  the  daughter  nucleus  and  are  easily  distinguishable  until 
the  beginning  of  the  second  division. 

8.  The  second  division  follows  and  results  in  the  formation 
of  normal  tetrads.  The  seven  chromosomes  are  again  easily 
counted  in  this  division  although  they  are  much  smaller. 

LITERATURE     CITED. 

1.  D.wis,  B.  M.     Cytological   Studies   in   Oenothera   I.     Pollen 

Development  of  Oenothera  grandifiora.  Ann.  of  Botany, 
23:  551-571.     1909. 

2.  Davis,  B.  M.     Cytological    Studies    of    Oenothera    II.     The 

Reduction  Division  of  Oenothera  biennis.  Ann.  of  Botany, 
24:631-651.     1910. 

3.  G.A.TES,  R.  R.     Pollen  Development  in  Hybrids  of  Oenothera 

lata  X  Oenothera  lamarckiana,  in  its  Relation  to  Mutation. 
Botanical  Gazette,  43:  81-115.     1907. 

4.  Gates,  R.  R.     A   Study   of   Reduction   in   Oenothera   rubri- 

nervis.     Botanical  Gazette,  46:  1-34.     1908. 

5.  Gates,  R.  R.     The  Stature  and  Chromosomes  of  Oenothera 

gigas  De  Vries.     Archiv.  fur  Zell  forschung.  3:  525-552.1909 

6.  Gates,  R.  R.     The  Behavior  of  Chromosomes  in  Oenothera 

lata  X  Oenothera  gigas.  Botanical  Gazette,  48:  179-199. 
1909. 

7.  Geertz,  J.  M.     Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  Cj'tologie  und  der 

parteilen  Sterelitat  von  Oenothera  Lamarckiana.  Rccueil 
des  Travaux  Botaniques  Neerlandais,  5:  93,  (Reprint  1-114) 
1909. 

8.  McAvoY,  Blanche.     The    Reduction    Division    in    Fuchsia. 

Ohio  Naturalist,  13:  1-18.     1912. 


194  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 


DESCRIPTION  OF   PLATES  IX,   X,    XI. 

Fig.    1.     Microsporocyte  in  early  stage  showing  the  chromatin  material. 
Figs.  2,  3.     Microsporoc^^tes  showing  7  protochromosomes. 
Fig.    4.     Microsporocyte  showing  6  protochromosomes  and  some  reticulum. 
Figs.  5,  6.     Microsporocytes  in  which  some  of  the  protochromosomes  have 

been  used  up  in  the  formation  of  the  spirem. 
Fig.    7.     Fully  formed  spirem  before  synizesis. 
Figs.  8,  9,  10.     Different  stages  of  synizesis. 
Fig.  11.     Spirem  beginning  to  show  a  disposition  to  loop. 
Fig.  12.     Microsporocyte  which  shows  a  continuous  spirem  that  is  thrown 

into  loops,  three  of  which  are  plainly  visible. 
Fig.  13.     Spirem  showing  loops. 
Figs.  14,  15,  16,  17,  IS.     Microsporocytes  showing  the  spirem  thrown  into 

loops. 
Fig.  16.     Spirem  thrown  into  seven  loops,  two  of  which  are  double. 
Fig.  19.     Microsporocyte  showing  the  contracted  loops  which  are  forming 

the  bivalent  chromosomes. 
Fig.  20.     Bivalent  chromosomes  still  fastened  together. 
Figs.  21,  22.     Microsporocytes   showing   the   seven   bivalent   chromosomes 

completely  formed. 
Fig.  23.     Chromosomes  being  drawn  into  the  equitorial  plane. 
Fig.  24.     Mother  star  stage. 

Figs.  2.5,  26.     Microsporocytes  in  which  the  chromosomes  are  separating. 
Figs.  27,  28.     Metakinesis  stages. 
Fig.  29.     Daughter  star  stages. 
~  Beginning  of  the  formation  of  the  nuclear  membrane  around  the 

lower  daughter  nucleus. 
Daughter  skein  stage  in  which  the  spindle  has  not  disappeared, 

showing  the  seven  daughter  chromosomes  in  each  nucleus. 
Daughter  nuclei  before  the  second  division  showing  the  chromo- 
somes as  seven  distinct  bodies. 
Mother  star  of  the  second  division. 
Microspore  tetrad. 


Fig. 

30. 

Fig. 

31. 

Fig. 

32. 

Fig. 
Fig. 

33. 
34. 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  IX. 


McAvov  on  "Oenothera  biennis." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  X. 


McAvoy  on  "  Oenothera  biennis." 


'Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XI. 


McAvoy  on  "Oenothera  biennis."' 


198  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 


THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  X.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  anatomy,  cytology,  and  life  history  of 
many  of  the  groups  of  Pteridophytes  is  still  far  from  satisfactory 
and  only  a  tentative  arrangement  is  at  present  possible.  How- 
ever, three  great  lines  of  development  are  clearly  marked  giving 
three  great  phyla  with  which  to  begin.  There  may  be  some  dis- 
pute as  to  the  true  relationship  of  a  few  isolated  groups  but  in  the 
great  majority  of  living  forms  the  connection  is  quite  evident. 
Some  of  the  recent  speculations  in  respect  to  the  Pteridophytes 
have  very  little  morphological  evidence  for  their  support.  The 
writer  believes  that  it  is  best  not  to  disturb  the  aiTangements  of  the 
various  groups  as  accepted  in  the  past  until  there  is  more  than  a 
mere  foundation  of  assumptions  based  on  doubtful  evolutionary 
hypotheses,  many  of  which  are  all  but  disproven  at  the  present 
time. 

There  is  a  notion  that  external  characters  are  less  stable  than 
internal  anatomy.  But  there  is  really  no  evidence  that  this  is  so. 
We  should  first  find  out  whether  there  is  any  ecological  response 
and  if  so  whether  one  set  of  structures  responds  more  readily  than 
another.  Even  if  it  could  be  shown  that  there  is  ecological  adap- 
tion by  direct  response  to  environment  or  by  natural  selection  this 
would  still  be  inconclusive,  for  the  internal  structure  would  neces- 
sarily have  to  be  co-ordinated  with  the  external.  A  given  type  of 
vascular  system  may  be  found  in  a  group  and  thus  indicate  rela- 
tionship, but  the  same  is  sometimes  tine  of  unimportant  external 
structures  like  the  ligule  in  Selaginella.  The  vascular  system  of 
the  Ptenophyta,  for  example,  shows  a  remarkable  diversity  and  it 
is  probably  because  of  this  very  plascity  that  some  of  the  groups 
related  to  this  phylum  have  evolved  into  the  higher  forms  of  seed 
plants. 

The  evolution  of  the  Pteridophytes,  in  general,  has  been  from  the 
homosporous  condition  to  the  heterosporous ;  from  the  independ- 
ent gametophytes  to  minute  semidependent  gametophytes ;  from 
low  erect  perennials  to  tree  forms  with  little  or  no  branching  to 
branched  forms  and  from  these  to  geophilous  perennials  and 
occasionally  to  annuals.  Several  types  of  leaf  venation  appear 
to  have  developed  independently  and  also  several  types  of  vascu- 
lar system.  What  the  true  relationshi])  between  the  several 
types  is,  is  at  present  largely  conjecture.  There  is  no  definite 
evidence  as  to  which  type  of  stele  is  the  oldest,  nor  has  there  yet 
been  much  progress  made  as  to  the  probable  evolution  and  dcrix^a- 
tion  of  the  several  types.  The  hiatus  between  the  primordial 
vascular  systems  of  living  Bryophytcs  and  the  highly  specialized 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, No.  77. 


Nov ,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  X.  igg 

steles  of  known  Pteridophytes  is  too  great  to  be  bridged  unless 
fossil  fomis  can  be  found  intennediatp  between  the  two.  Since 
these  forms  should  be  discovered  in  the  Ordovician,  Silurian,  or 
Cambrian  rocks  or  perhaps  in  deposits  of  even  earlier  age,  there  is 
no  immediate  prospect  of  their  coming  to  light  even  if  any  were 
preserved.  The  Silurian  and  Ordovician  should  be  thoroughly 
searched  for  Pre-Devonian  Pteridophytes  for  Ordovician  fossils 
might  give  a  clue  as  to  the  possible  path  along  which  the  vascular 
plants  evolved.  In  the  meantime  it  is  most  reasonable  to  classify 
our  living  species  on  the  basis  of  their  entire  morphology  both 
internal  and  external. 

Correction. 

Through  inadvertance  the  genus,  Microcycas  appeared  as  Micro- 
zamia  in  the  IX  paper  of  this  series  (Ohio  Naturalist  13:  106). 
Read  Microcycas  instead  of  Microzamia. 

In  the  following  synopsis  the  segregation  has  been  carried  as 
far  as  the  genus  except  in  the  complex  Polypodiaceae  which  well 
deserve  an  independent  treatment. 

Synopsis  of  the  Ptenophyta. 

I.  Sporophyte  homosporous,  having  only  one  kind  of  nonsexual  spores; 
leaves  usually  large  and  mostly  compound;  gametophytes  comparatively 
large,  hermaphrodite  or  unisexual.     Filices.     Ferns. 

1.   Plants   eusporangiate,    sporangia   developed   from   internal    cells. 

EUSPORANGIAT^-E. 

(1).  Sporangia  on  a  special  sporangiophore  distinct  from  the 
leaf-blade;  gametophvte  subterranean,  without  chlorophvll. 
OPHIOGLOSSALES'.     ophiogloss.\ce^. 

a.  With  reticulate  venation;  sporangia  in  a  single  row  on 
both  margins  of  the  sporangiophore.     Ophiogossum. 

b.  With  dichotomous  venation,  sporangia  clustered  on  the 
sporangiophore  or  the  sporangiophore  more  or  less 
branched. 

(a).  Sporangia  opening  transversely;  on  the  margin  of 

a  more  or  less  branched  sporangiophore.     Botrychium 

(b).  Sporangia  opening  longitudinally;  in  little  clusters. 

Helminthostachys. 

(2).  Sporangia  on  the  underside  of  foliage  leaves;  leaves  with 

two  stipules;  gametophytes  with  chlorophyll. 

MARATTIALES. 

a.  Sporangia  in  sori  but  free  from  each  other. 

ANGIOPTERIDACE.^. 

(a).  Sori  very  long,  with  80-160  sporangia;  leaves  simply 
pinnate.     Archangiopteris. 

(b).  Sori  short,  elliptical,  mostly  with  10  sporangia, 
sometimes  less  or  sometimes  as  high  as  20;  leaves 
two  or  more  times  pinnate.     Angiopteris. 

b.  Sporangia  united  forming  synangia. 

(a).  Each   loculus    or     sporangium    of     the    synangium 
longitudinally   dehiscent,     marattiace.e. 
((a)).  Synangia    elongated,     oval,     venation    not 
reticulate;    leaves    large    pinnately    com- 
pound.    Marattia. 


200  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 


((b)).  Synangia  round,  venation  reticulate;  leaves 
digitate.     Kaulfussia. 
(b).  Each  loculus  of  the  synangium  opening  by  a  termi- 
nal pore;  leaves  simple  or  simply  pinnate. 

DAN^ACE/E.     Danaea. 

2.  Plants  leptosporangiate,  sporangia  developed  from  superficial  cells. 

Leptosporangiat^.     FILICALES. 

(1).  Sporangia  without  a  true  annulus,  but  with  a  group  of  thick 

walled  cells  which  are  sometimes  arranged  in  a  ring  at  the 

apex  or  side;  sporangia  nearly  sessile;  sporophores  usually 

different  from  the  foliage  leaves  or  leaflets. 

a.  Sporangia  with  an  irrigular  group  of  dorsal  thick-walled 
cells,  not  arranged  in  a  definite  ring,  globular;  spores 
with  abundant  chlorophyll. 

OSMUNDACE^. 

b.  Sporangia  with  an  apical  ring  of  cells,  ovoid. 

SCHIZiEACE^. 

(2).  Sporangia  provided  with  a  true,   complete  or  incomplete 
annulus. 

a.  Annulus  usually  complete;  that  is  not  interrupted  by  the 
stalk  of  the  sporangium. 

(a).  Sporangia  mostly  2  to  8,  not  on  a  prolonged  or  pro- 
jecting receptacle;  dehiscence  vertical;  indusium 
none,  veins  free. 

GLEICHENIACE.E. 

(b).  Sporangia  on  a  convex,  projecting  or  thread-like 
receptacle;  dehescence  vertical,  diagonal,  or  trans- 
verse; indusium  usually  present. 

a.  Sori  round,  on  the  end  or  the  back,  or  in  the 

axils  of  the  veins. 

(a).  Sori  with  6  to  10  sporangia. 

MATONIACE.E.     Matonia. 
(b).   Sori  witli  numerous  sporangia. 

CYATHEACE^. 

b.  Sori  always  on  the  leaf  margin  at  the  end  of  a 

vein;  leaf  texture  filmy.       hymenophyll.a.ce.e. 

b.  Annulus  incomplete,  interrupted  by  the  stalk  of  the 
sporangium;  dehiscence   transverse;  stalk  usually  long. 

a.  Usually  perennial  terrestrial  plants. 

POLYPODI.\CE^. 

b.  Annual    hydrophytes;    sporangia    sessile,    scat- 

tered, covered  by  the  reflexed  margin  of  the 
leaf.     CERATOPTERiDACE/E.     Ceratopteris. 

II.  Sporophyte   heterosporous,   producing   two  kinds  of  nonsexual   spores; 
gametophytes  much  reduced,  unisexual. 

1.  Plants  leptosporangiate,    the    sporangia  in    sporocarps,    produced 

on  the  leaves;  leaves  without  ligules.     hydropterid^. 

a.  Plants  rooted,  mostly  perennial;  sporocarp  a  modified 
leaflet  with  a  thick,  hard  wall;  terminal  bud  with  a  3 
sided  apical  cell;  megasporangia  and  microsporangia  in 
the  same    sorus.     MARSILEALES.     maksile.vce.e. 

b.  Plants  floating,  mostly  annuals;  sporocarp  thin  walled, 
representing  a  sorus;  terminal  bud  with  a  two-sided 
apical  cell;  megasporangia  and  microsporangia  in  sepa- 
rate sporocarps.     SALVINIALES.     s.vlvixiace.-e. 

2.  Plants  eusporangiate;  sporangia  in  the  bases  of  the  grass-like  leaves 

not  in  sporocarps;  leaves  with  ligules. 

Isoete^.    ISOETALES.    isoftace.e.    Isoetes.    Quillwort. 


Nov.,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  X.  201 


Synopses  of  the  Families  of  Filic\les  Containing  More  Than 

One  Genus. 

No  complete  presentation  is  given  of  the  Polypodiaceae,  but  a  few  genera 
are  named  under  each  subfamily  to  indicate  the  general  trend  of  the  phyletic 
series. 

OSMUNDACE.E. 

1.  Fertile  leaflets  not  at  all  or  only  slightly  contracted. 

a.  Epidermis  with  stomata.      Todea. 

b.  Epidermis  without  stomata;  leafblade  thin. 

Leptopteris. 

2.  Fertile  leaflets  much  contracted.     Osmunda. 

SCHIZiEACE.E. 

1.  Vascular  strand  central. 

a.  Leaves  erect,  spores  bilateral.     Schizaea. 

b.  Leaves  twining,  spores  not  bilateral.     Lygodium. 

2.  Vascular  bundles  forming  a  net-like  hollow  cylinder  in  the  stem. 

a.  Sporangia  single   or  rarely  in   twos    at  the   end  of  the 
vein.     Mohria. 

b.  Sporangia   in   two  rows   along   the  midrib   of   the   leaf 
segment.     Ornithopteris. 

GLEICHENIACE^. 

1.  Rhizome  erect;  leaves  simply  pinnatified.     Stromatopteris. 

2.  Rhizome  creeping;  leaves  mostly  dichotomously  branched. 

Gleichenia. 

CYATHEACE/E. 

I.  Sori  at  the  ends  of  the  fertile  veins;  indusium  forming  a  cup-like  sheath 
together  with  the  more  or  less  modified  leaf  tip  around  the  sorus. 

1.  Annulus  of  the  sporangium  with  a  stoma  or  mouth  of  specialized 

cells. 
(1).  Fertile  lobe  of  the  leaflet  slightly  or  not  at  all  modified; 
forming  with  the  indusium  a  two-valved  cup. 

a.  Stem  not  raised  above  the  ground  or  only  slightly  so 

Balantium. 

b.  Aerial  stem  erect,  well  developed.     Dicksonia. 

(2).  Fertile  lobe  of  the  leaflet  highly  modified,  similar  to  the 
Indusium.     Cibotium. 

2.  Annulus  of  the  sporangium  with  cells  all  alike.     Thyrsopteris. 

n.  Sori  on  the  back  or  in  the  fork  of  the  fertile  veins;  indusium  inferior; 
annulus  of  the  sporangium  of  nearly  similar  cells,  the  mouth  only  slightly 
differentiated. 

1.  Sorus  without  indusium.     Alsophila. 

2.  Sorus  with  an  indusium. 

a.  Indusium  scale-like.     Hemitelia. 

b.  Indusium  cup-like,   with  a  smooth   margin  or  at  first 
closed  and  later  breaking  irregularly.     Cyathea. 

HYMENOPHYLLACE.^. 

1.  Receptacle  not  projecting  far  if  at  all  beyond  the  indusium. 

a.  Indusium  tubular  or  cup-shaped;  gametophyte  filamen- 
tous.    Trichomanes. 

b.  Indusium  two-lipped;  gametophj^te  flat  or  ribbon-like. 

Hymenophyllum. 

2.  Receptacle   projecting   far   beyond   the   indusium;   sori   marginal; 

indusium  urn-shaped.     Loxsoma. 


202  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 


POLYPODIACE^. 

I.  Sori  naked  or  with  marginal  indusia. 

1.  Sori  naked  or  at  least  without  a  typical  indusium  and  not  covered 

by  the  reflexed  margin  of  the  leaf-blade. 

POLYPODiAT^.     Acrostichum,  Polypodium,  Phegopteris,  Vittaria. 

2.  vSori  marginal  and  usually  covered  by  the  reflexed  margin  of  the 

leaf-blade. 

PTERiDAT.E.     Notholaena,    Adiantum,    Petris,    Pteridium,  Pellaea, 

Cryptogramma,  Cheilanthes. 

II.  Sori  with  special  indusia. 

1.  Sori  linear  or  oblong,  more  then  twice  as  long  as  broad. 

ASPLE\i.\T^.     Anchistea,     Lorinseria,     Asplenium,     Athyrium, 
Phyllites,  Comptosorus. 

2.  Sori  roundish,  not  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  usually  nearlj'' 

circular  in  outline,  dryopteridat.e.  Dryopteris,  Polystichum, 
Oleandra,  Nephrolepis,  Davallia,  Dennstaedtia,  Filix,  Woodsia, 
Matteuccia,  Onoclea. 

Synopses  of  Marsileace^  and  S.vlviniace^. 

MARSILE4CE^. 

a.  Leaves  with  4  leaflets;  sporocarp  bean-shaped,  with 
several  to  many  cavities.     Marsilea. 

b.  Leaves  grass-like;  sporocarp  globose,  with  2-4  cavities. 

Pilularia. 

SALVINIACE^. 

a.  With  true  water  roots;  sporocarps  (sori)  on  the  floating 
leaves.     Azolla. 

b.  Without  roots  but  with  root-like  dissected  leaves; 
sporocarps  (sori)  at  the  base  of  the  submerged  dis- 
sected leaves.     Salvinia. 

Synopsis  of  the  Calamophyta. 

I.  Sporophyte  homosporous;  leaves  united  into  a  sheath  with  teeth; 
sporophylls  shield-shaped,  with  sack-like  sporangia  on  the  lower  or 
inner  side;  stem  with  a  ring  of  vascular  bundles  and  central  pith  which 
is  usually  hollow.  Equisete.«,  EQUISETALES,  equisetace.e, 
Equisetum.  Horsetail,  Scouring-rush.  Note. — The  lowest  forms  are 
the  large  species  with  evergreen  aerial  stems  of  one  type;  the  most 
specialized  species  have  two  types  of  annual  aerial  stems. 
II.  vSporophyte  heterosporous;  leaves  in  whorls,  free  or  united  into  a  sheath; 
all  fossil;  some  of  the  groups  placed  here  are  still  imperfectly  known 
and  may  be  homosporous. 

1.  Stems  with  a  central  triarch  vascular  bundle;  leaves  not  fused  into 

a  sheath;  sporangia  stalked,  on  the  upper  side  of  the  sporophyll. 
Paleozoic  herbs  or  trees. 

Sphenophylle/E,  SPHENOPHYLLALES. 

a.  Leaves  small  or  medium  in  size,  usually  inure  or  less 
wedge-shaped.     Sphenophyll.^ce.e,  Sphenophyllum. 

b.  Leaves  large,  deeply  pinnatifid. 

psEUDORORNi.\CE>E.     Pseudobornia. 

2.  Stem  with  a  ring  of  vascular  bundles,  increasing  in  diameter  liy  a 

cambium  zone,  and  with  a  central  pith,  usually  hollow;  leaves 
whorled,  free  or  at  first  united;  Paleozoic  plants  often  tree-like 
Calamarie.e,  CALAMARIALES,  calamari.vce.e,  Calamodendron, 
Calamites,  and  other  genera  are  recognized. 


Nov.,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  X.  203 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  LEPIDOPHYTA. 

I.  Sporophyte  homosporous;  leaves  without  a  ligule. 

Lycopodie.^-,  LYCOPODIALES. 

1.  Sporangia  unilocular;  sporophylls  undivided,     lycopodiace.e. 

a.  Stems  branched,  with  numerous  leaves.     Lycopodium. 
Note — The  lower   species  are   without    terminal  cones 
but  with  zones  of  sporophylls  alternating  with  sterile 
foliage  leaves,  the  higher  have  definite  terminal  cones. 

b.  Stems  unbranched  with  a  few  basal  leaves  and  a  small 
cone  at  the  tip  of  a  naked  peduncle.     Phylloglossum. 

2.  Sporangia  bilocular  or  trilocular;  sporophylls  two-parted. 

psilotace.e. 

a.  Leaves  numerous,  rather  large  and  spreading,   with  a 
definite  midrib;  sporongia  with  two  cavities. 

Tmesipteris. 

b.  Leaves  small  and  rather  distant  without  a  definite  mid- 
rib; sporangia  with  three  cavities.     Psilotum. 

IL  Sporophyte  hetcrosporous;  leaves  with  a  ligule.     selaginelle.e. 

1.  Without  increase  in  thickness  of  stem,  herbs. 

SELAGINELLALES,     selaginellace.e,     Selaginella 

2.  With  increase  in  thickness  of  stem,  fossil  trees.     SIGILLARIALES, 

a.  Leaves  spirally  arranged,  but  the  bark  without  parallel 
vertical  flutings  or  ridges. 

lepidodendr.\ce/E,  Lepidodendron,  etc. 

b.  Leaves  spirally  arranged,  but   the  bark   with  parallel, 
vertical  flutings  or  ridges,  the  leaf-scars  thus  appearing 
in  vertical  rows,     sigillariace.^,    Sigillaria,   etc. 
Note — Several  other  imperfectly  known  families  belong 
to  this  order. 


Britton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora — The  appearance  of  the 
second  edition  of  Britton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora  marks 
another  stage  in  the  progress  of  American  systematic  botany. 
The  revision  was  made  at  an  opportune  time  and  has  been  well 
carried  out  to  meet  present  conditions.  A  commendable  conser- 
vatism is  shown  quite  generally  throughout  the  Avork  in  disregard- 
ing trivial  variations  and  fluctuations.  Much  improA^ement  is  also 
shown  in  some  new  illustrations. 

The  ''Illustrated  Flora"  will  be  indispensable  to  every  working 
botanist  in  the  region  covered.  It  will  be  the  book  to  which  one 
will  go  for  the  final  solution  of  difficitlt  systematic  problems.  It  is 
the  desire  of  the  reviewer  that  this  manual  shall  be  taken  as  the 
standard  reference  for  practical  work  on  the  local  flora,  and  the 
numerous  plants  submitted  from  various  sources  throughotit  the 
state  will  be  referred  to  its  nomenclature.  In  this  wa}'  alone  will 
confusion  be  avoided. 

The  present  work  appropriately  follows  the  rules  of  priority 
disregarding  the  legislation  of  recent  European  congresses,  which 
were  after  all  not  true  representative  bodies  of  the  botanists  of 
the  world.  Had  the  recent  congresses  been  held  in  New  York  or 
on  the  Pacific  coast  the  results,  would  no  doubt,  have  been  difter- 
ent.     Strict  priority  will  in  the  end  give  more  uniform  results  than 


204  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  1,. 

partial  authority.  But  there  can  be  no  unifomiity  of  plant  names 
until  botanist  have  discovered  the  nature  and  limits  of  species  and 
genera.  To  the  reviewer,  therefore,  the  retention  of  the  principle 
of  priority  in  the  present  manual  is  one  of  its  commendable  feat- 
ures, and  will  advance  rather  than  retard  the  progress  of  American 
botany. 

In  the  way  of  criticism  it  might  be  pointed  out  that  in  some  cases 
there  seems  to  be  too  great  a  tendency  toward  the  division  of 
genera  and  families  even  when  they  are  naturally  rather  com]3act. 
If  this  process  were  to  become  as  prevalent  as  species  splitting  has 
been  recently,  botanist  might  well  despair.  We  would  soon 
have  local  manuals  of  dictionary  size.  The  study  of  subgenera 
and  of  the  myriads  of  varieties  and  fluctuations  can  be  accomplished 
without  disturbing  the  names  which  are  of  importance  to  many 
who  do  not  devote  their  entire  lives  to  systematic  questions,  but 
who  neverthless,  have  daily  use  for  the  names  of  many  of  our  eco- 
nomic species. 

As  in  all  manuals  and  treaties  of  the  present  time,  there  are 
various  statements,  contrary  to  the  facts,  inherited  from  the 
superficial  past.  As  an  exam^ple,  the  stamens  of  the  Smilaceae  are 
rightly  said  to  be  "2-celled,"  but  the  same  statement  is  made  in 
regard  to  the  Liliaceae,  a  number  of  genera  of  which,  if  not  all,  are 
known  to  the  writer  to  have  four  microsporangia  and  to  be  quad- 
rilocular.  Neverthless,  taken  all  in  all,  the  "Illustrated  Flora" 
IS  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  and  accurate  botanical  works 
that  have  appeared  in  the  present  generation.  J.  H.  S. 


Correction. — In  the  April  number,  Juncus  gerardi  Lois  was 
inadvertently  omitted.  Add  this  species  in  the  synopsis  just 
before  J.  dudleyi. 

Juncus  gerardi  Lois.     Gerard's  Rush. 

Plant  rather  tall  and  slender,  tufted,  with  creeping  root- 
stock;  leaves  flat,  nonseptate,  with  membranous  auricles;  inflor- 
escence paniculate,  perianth  segments  obtuse;  stamens  0  barely 
exceeded  by  the  perianth;  capsule  longer  than  the  perianth, 
obovoid  and  mucronate,  trilocular;  seed  dark  brown,  acute  at  the 
base,  cons]:!icuously  ribbed.  In  salt  meadows  and  the  vicinity  of 
the  Great  Lakes.     Cuyahoga  County. 

Add  after  Smilax  pseudo-china  the  following: 
Smilax  hispida  Muhl.     Hispid  Greenbrier. 

A  glabrous,  climbing,  tendril-bearing  vine  with  branches  some- 
what angled.  The  stem  commonly  bearing  numerous,  slender 
prickles;  peduncle  1>2  inches  long;  leaves  thin,  ovate,  abruptly 
acute  and  cuspidate  at  the  a]^cx,  obtuse  or  sub-cordate  at  the  base; 
seven-nerved;  umbel  lU-25-flowercd;  fruit  a  bluish-black  berry. 
In  thickets.     General. 

Date  of  Publication,  November  18,  1913. 


The  Ohio  'i^Caturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biologkcil  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 


Volume  XIV.  DECEMBER.    1913.  No.  2. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

HiNE— The  Genus  Myiolepla 205 

ScHAFFNER— The  Classification  of  Plants,  XI 211 

BiLSiNG— Preliminary  List  of  the  Spiders  of  Ohio 215 

ScHAFFNER— The  Sprouting  of  the  Two  Seeds  of  a  Cocklehur 216 

Summer  iu  a  Bog 217 

McAvoY— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 217 

Philpott— An  Addition  to  the  Odouata  of  Ohio 219 

HiNE— A  Kote  on  Anax  longipes  Hagen  219 


THE  GENUS  MYIOLEPLA. 

(Family  Syrphidae.) 
Jas.  S.  Hine. 

The  insects  falling  in  this  genus  are  modest  colored,  medium 
sized  flies  usually  found  about  flowers  of  various  kinds  in  spring 
or  early  summer.  About  a  dozen  valid  species  have  been  described; 
three  or  four  from  the  old  world,  two  from  South  America  and 
seven  from  North  America.  M.  luteola  Gmelin,  from  Europe, 
is  the  type  species. 

The  marginal  cell  of  the  wing  is  open,  the  anterior  cross- 
vein  is  distinctly  before  the  middle  of  the  discal  cell;  antennas 
short,  but  located  on  a  distinct  prominence,  third  segment  rather 
large  with  a  long  bare  dorsal  arista  inserted  near  its  base;  legs 
rather  stout,  all  the  femora  enlarged,  and  serrate  towards  the  tip 
but  without  any  distinct  tooth,  tibiae  all  curved.  The  eyes  are 
holoptic  or  nearly  so  in  the  males  and  rather  widely  separated  in 
the  female,  bare  in  both  sexes.  Face  hollowed  out  beneath  the 
antenna  with  a  prominent  facial  tubercle  in  the  male  followed 
by  an  equally  prominent  oral  margin ;  in  the  female  the  concavity 
beneath  the  antennse  is  a  steady  curve  to  the  oral  margin. 

The  genus  was  founded  by  Newman  in  1838  in  his  Ento- 
mological Magazine,  Vol.  V,  p.  373,  as  Myolepta  to  receive  M. 
luteola  Gmelin.  In  1844  Rondani  proposed  the  name  Xylotaeja 
and  placed  in  it  Syrphus  valgus  Panzer.  These  two  species  are 
now  considered  as  belonging  to  the  same  genus  and  since  the 
former,  more  correctly  spelled  Myiolepta,  has  priority  it  is  used 
by  modern  students.  It  is  of  interest  that  Walker  has  referred 
to  this  genus  as  Leptomyia  in  Insecta  Britannica  Diptera  Vol. 
I,  p.  254.     The  species  do  not  appear  to  be  so  common  as  many 

205 


2o6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

other  species  of  Syrphida?.  The  usual  collection  does  not  contain 
very  many  specimens.  The  material  for  this  paper  was  procured 
entirely  from  Dury's  collection,  from  R.  C.  Osborn's  collection 
and  from  my  collection,  the  latter  now  largely  with  the  Ohio  State 
University  collection.  All  the  known  North  American  species 
are  represented,  but  none  of  them  by  more  than  a  dozen  specimens. 

Key  to  the  North  American  Species. 

1.  Whole  body  uniform  shining  black  without  yellow  tomentum 

or  ground  color.     2. 
Whole  body  not  shining  black  often  either  with  dense  yellow 
tomentum  or  yellow  ground  color.     3. 

2.  Legs  entirely  black,     hella. 

Middle  and  hind  legs  have  the  first  three  tarsal  segments  of 
each  white,     nigra. 

3.  Whole  body  uniform  brown  with  very  short  yellow  tomentum. 

Each  side  of  the  face  below  with  a  luteous  spot,     strigilata. 
Body  not  uniform  brown,  no  luteous  spots  on  the  face.     4. 

4.  Thorax  with  yellow  transverse  markings,     transversa. 
Thorax  without  transverse  markings.     5. 

5.  Ground  color  of  the  abdomen  marked  with  yellow  on  the  sides 

of  first  two  or  three  segments,     varipes. 
Ground  color  of  the  abdomen  not  marked  with  yellow,  body 
with  more  or  less  yellow  tomentum.     0. 

6.  Male.     Tomentum    of    the    thoracic    dorsum    long,    entirely 

hiding  the  ground  color,  abdomen  with  transverse  pollinose 

markings,     aurinota. 
Male.     Tomentum  of  the  thoracic  dorsum  short  and  in  rows, 

not  concealing  the  ground  color,  abdomen  without  pollinose 

markings,     auricaudata. 
Myiolepta  bella  Williston.  One  of  the  largest  species  of  its  genus, 
whole   body,    including   the   legs,    shining   black,    wings   slightly 
fumose.     Length  9  millimeters. 

Female:  Front  and  face  shining  black,  not  at  all  pollinose, 
face  longer  than  in  the  other  species  of  its  genus,  hollowed  out 
so  that  nearly  a  uniform  curve  extends  from  the  base  of  the 
antenna;  to  the  oral  margin.  Antenna  rather  short,  first  two 
segments  black  third  segment  nearly  round,  reddish  brown  with 
the  upper  margin  darker,  arista  dark  in  color  and  inserted  near 
the  base.  Thorax  with  sparse  hair  which  is  partially  light  in 
color,  but  mostly  black;  hair  of  the  legs  largely  pale,  but  some 
black  intermixed  in  places;  wings  uniform  pale  fumose  all  over, 
veins  nearly  black,  first  ]50sterior  cell  closed  a  little  way  from  the 
margin,  the  ])ctiolc  much  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  anterior 
cross-vein,  second  vein  nearly  straight  at  apex,  thus  forming  a 
distinct  acute  angle  with  the  costa  and  differing  in  this  respect 
from  the  other  North  American  species  of  its  genus.  Hair  of 
the  abdomen  pale. 


Dec,  1913.]  The  Genus  Myiolepla.  207 

Williston  reports  three  females  from  Washington  and  Momit 
Hood,  Oregon;  Coquillett  studied  a  male  collected  by  Kincaid 
at  Virgin  Bay,  Alaska,  and  R.  C.  Osborn  took  a  female  specimen 
at  Port  Renfrew,  British  Columbia,  June  30,  1901.  I  have  used 
the  latter  in  my  study  of  the  species. 

Myiolepla  nigra  Loew.  Rather  large,  black  with  the  exception  of 
the  middle  and  posterior  feet  which  are  partially  white,  wing 
hyaline  at  base,  unevenly  infuscated  on  distal  half;  maximum 
length  about  10  millimeters. 

Male:  Vertical  triangle  rather  small,  shining  black,  frontal 
triangle  and  face  largely  gray  poUinose,  a  patch  above  the  bases 
of  the  antennse,  one  on  middle  of  face,  including  the  tubercle 
and  extending  forward  to  the  oral  margin,  and  the  cheeks  mostly 
shining  black;  antennae  with  third  segment  rather  small,  brown, 
arista  basal  and  of  the  same  color  as  its  segment.  Thorax  with 
white  hair,  legs  shining  black  with  the  exception  of  the  first 
three  tarsal  segments  on  each  which  are  pale,  sometimes  the  front 
feet  are  entirely  black  or  the  first  three  segments  may  be  inter- 
mediate in  color,  wings  h\'aline  at  base,  apical  part  infuscated, 
but  paler  along  the  posterior  margin,  first  posterior  cell  closed, 
the  petiole  much  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  anterior  cross-vein, 
second  vein  abruptly  curved  at  the  apex  and  meeting  the  costa 
at  nearly  a  right  angle.  Abdomen  shining  black,  sparsely  clothed 
with  short  hair. 

Feinale:  Colored  like  the  male,  except  that  the  front  tarsi- 
are  unifomi  black  in  all  the  half  dozen  specimens  studied.  Eyes 
widely  separated,  front  narrowed  above;  face  not  tuberculate, 
gradually  concave  from  bases  of  antennae  to  the  oral  margin. 

Specimens  from  Medina  County,  Ohio  and  from  Montreal, 
Canada.  Former  writers  have  reported  the  species  from  Pennsyl- 
vania, New  York  and  North  Carolina. 

In  Wiener  Entomologische  Zeitung,  Volume  I,  1SS2,  pg.  250, 
Dr.  E.  Becher  has  described  a  species  of  Myiolepta  as  M.  obscura. 
There  are  pretty  strong  reasons  for  believing  that  this  is  a  synonym 
of  M.  nigra  Lw.  I  have  not  been  able  to  procure  examples  of 
obscura  from  Europe,  so  I  have  made  no  comparisons  of  speci- 
mens.    Becher's  type  was  procured  in  Austria. 

Myiolepta  strigilata  Loew.  Smaller,  rather  robust,  uniform 
brown,  wings  pale  yellowish,  legs  pale  from  the  apexes  of  the 
femora.     Length  5-7  millimeters. 

Male:  This  sex  differs  from  the  same  sex  in  other  American 
species  studied  in  having  the  eyes  narrowly  separated.  Williston 
characterized  this  species  by  the  luteous  spot  on  either  side  of 
the  face,  adjacent  to  the  cheek.  In  a  inale  before  me  and  in  other 
males  I  have  seen,  this  spot  is  very  obscure,  although  present. 
The  whole  face  and  frontal  triangle,  except  the  cheeks  and  tubercle 
with  a  narrow  extension  to  the  oral  margin,  is  rather  densely 


2o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

white  pollinose,  thus  the  spots  in  question  are  more  or  less  con- 
cealed. Facial  concavity  beneath  the  antenna?  not  very  pro- 
nounced, facial  tubercle  small,  round  and  shining  black.  Antenna 
brown,  third  segment  somewhat  elongate,  light  brown  with  the 
arista  of  the  same  color.  Thorax  brown,  with  very  short,  sparse 
light  colored  tomentum.  Wing  nearly  'uniforai  pale  yello\vish, 
first  posterior  cell  closed,  petiole  short;  second  vein  abruptly 
curved  at  apex  meeting  the  costa  at  nearly  a  right  angle.  All 
the  legs  colored  alike,  each  femur  dark  brown  to  apex;  apex  of 
femur,  whole  tibia  and  first  three  or  four  tarsal  segments  pale, 
last  one  or  two  tarsal  segments  darker  usually.  Abdomen 
unifonn  shining  brown  with  very  short  sparse,  light  colored 
tomentum. 

Female :  Like  the  male  in  color.  Facial  concavity  beneath  the 
antennas  not  very  pronounced;  luteous  spots  adjacent  to  the 
cheeks  more  conspicuous  than  in  the  male. 

vSpecimens  from  Cincinnati  and  Columbus,  Ohio  and  from 
Southern  Pines,  North  Carolina,  (Manee).  Previously  reported 
from  Texas  and  North  Carolina. 

Myiolepta  transversa  n.  sp.  Rather  small,  mostly  black 
in  ground  color,  anterior  part  of  thorax  with  two  transverse 
golden  bands  interrupted  at  the  middle.  Fourth  abdominal 
segment  and  sides  of  the  third  with  dense  golden  tomentum. 
Wings  somewhat  fumose.     Length  7  millimeters. 

Female:  Eyes  rather  widely  separated,  front  narrowed  above, 
front  and  face  with  a  rather  thin  layer  of  golden  pollen,  cheeks 
and  middle  of  face  shining  black,  antennee  brown,  third  segment 
oblong,  longer  than  the  other  two  segments  combined,  arista 
very  near  the  base  and  of  the  same  color  of  the  segment  that 
bears  it.  Thorax  black,  before  with  two  narrow,  golden  transverse 
markings  interrupted  at  the  middle  and  a  golden  transverse 
spot  before  the  scutellum,  pleurae  with  sparse  white  hair,  femora 
dark  brown  or  nearly  black,  tibiae  lighter,  especially  at  bases, 
middle  and  hind  tarsi  pale  brown,  front  tarsi  nearly  black,  wings 
slightly  fumose,  first  posterior  cell  closed,  the  petiole  about  as 
long  as  the  anterior  cross- vein,  second  vein  abruptly  curved  at 
apex,  meeting  the  costa  at  nearly  a  right  angle.  Abdomen 
black  in  ground  color,  fourth  segment  and  sides  of  third  with 
golden  vestiture. 

Type  female  taken  at  Puerto  Cortez,  Honduras,  March  23, 
1905. 

This  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  the  genera 
Myiolepta  and  Syritta.  The  concavity  beneath  the  bases  of 
the  antennae  is  very  short,  and  extending  from  this  concavity  to 
the  oral  margin  is  a  prominent  broadly  arched  carina,  a  character 
which  docs  not  exactly  agree  with  cither  genus.  The  hind  femur 
is  larger  than  those  of  the  outer  legs,  but  otherwise  agrees  with 


Dec,  1913.]  The  Genus  Myiolepla.  209 

Myiolepta ;  the  anterior  cross- vein  is  plainly  before  the  middle 
of  the  discal  cell  while  the  petiole  of  the  first  basal  cell  is  long 
agreeing  with  Syritta  and  with  Myiolepta  haemorrhoidalis  Philippi 
from    Chile. 

Myiolepta  varipes  Loew.  Dark  colored  species  with  the  sides 
of  the  first  two  abdominal  segments  more  or  less  yellow.  Length 
6-8  millimeters. 

Male:  Vertical  triangle,  a  spot  above  the  antennae,  cheeks 
and  facial  tubercle  and  oral  margin  adjacent  shining  black;  face 
and  front  otherwise  black  concealed  by  white  pollen,  antenna 
pale  brown,  third  segment  nearly  round,  arista  basal  and  of  the 
same  color  as  its  segment.  Thorax  shining  black  with  sparse 
white  tomentum;  wing  tinged  with  yellowish,  slightly  fumose 
on  anterior  part  near  middle  and  at  apex,  first  posterior  cell  closed 
near  the  margin,  the  petiole  not  half  as  long  as  the  anterior  cross- 
vein,  second  vein  abruptly  curved  near  the  apex  and  meeting  the 
costa  at  nearly  a  right  angle;  legs  variable  in  color,  femora  often 
dark,  nearly  black,  but  not  always,  remainder  of  legs  brown, 
although  not  always  of  the  same  shade.  Abdoinen  yellow  on 
the  sides  of  the  first  two  or  three  segments,  otherwise  black. 
The  extent  of  the  yellow  of  the  abdomen  is  variable  but  no  seg- 
ment either  dorsall}^  or  ventrally,  is  likely  to  be  unifomily  yellow. 

Female:  This  sex  appears  to  be  uniformly  larger  than  the 
male,  there  is  more  shining  space  on  the  face  and  front  and  not 
so  much  yellow  on  the  abdomen,  although  the  extent  of  this 
color  is   variable. 

Specimens  from  southern,  central  and  northern  Ohio.  Previous 
authors  have  reported  it  from  Colorado,  Washington  and  Oregon. 

Myiolepta  aurinota  Hine.  Male,  length  9  millimeters. 
Antennae  reddish,  first  two  segments  slightly  darker  and  more 
shining  than  the  third,  third  segment  slightly  narrower  than 
long,  arista  colored  nearly  like  the  segment  that  bears  it,  slightly 
darkened  toward  the  apex.  Region  surrounding  the  ocelli,  space 
above  the  bases  of  the  antennae,  a  triangular  spot  on  the  face, 
including  the  facial  collosity,  the  oral  margin  adjacent  to  the 
facial  spot  and  the  cheeks  shining  black,  remainder  of  front  and 
face  gray  pollinose,  with  sparse  white  hairs  near  the  eyes.  Meso- 
notmn  including  the  scutellum  entirely  golden  tomentose,  pluras 
with  white  tomentum ;  wing  nearly  hyaline,  slightly  darkened  on  an- 
terior part  more  especially  toward  the  apex ;  general  color  of  the  legs 
black  with  white  hair,  all  the  tibise  yellow  at  bases,  first  two 
segments  of  the  middle  and  hind  tarsi  yellow,  first  two  segments 
of  each  front  tarsus  dusky,  but  lighter  colored  than  the  three 
remaining  segments,  all  the  femora  swollen  and  with  short  black 
spines  below  on  apical  parts,  abdomen  black  clothed  on  the 
dorsuin  with  black  and  golden  vestiture,  on  sides  with  white 
vestiture;  the  black  vestiture  of  the  dorsum  is  very  short  and 


2IO  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

distributed  as  follows :  the  anterior  half  of  the  second  segment  a 
rectangular  patch  on  the  anterior  middle  of  the  third  segment 
occupying  two-thirds  of  the  length  and  over  half  the  width  of 
this  segment,  and  a  triangular  patch  on  the  anterior  third  of  the 
fourth  segment ;  the  golden  vestiture  is  longer  and  coarser  than  the 
black  and  most  dense  on  the  fourth  segment;  the  first  segment 
and  all  the  sutures  between  segments  are  thinly  gray  pollinose, 
giving   the   effect   of   gray   bands. 

Description  taken  from  the  type  male  which  was  taken  near 
Phoenix,  Arizona,  Jtme  ISth.  1902,  by  J.  T.  Lloyd. 

Myiolepta  auricaudata  Williston.  According  to  Williston's 
figure  and  description  this  is  a  dark  colored  species  with  short 
golden  tomentum  on  the  thorax  and  on  part  of  the  abdomen, 
especially  the  last  segment.  The  two  sexes  are  much  alike, 
but  the  tomentum  of  the  female  mesonotum  is  not  so  yellow. 
Length  6-7  millimeters.  Not  having  much  material  of  the 
species  I  reproduce  Williston's  description. 

"Male  allied  to  M.  strigilata  Loew.  Body  clothed  with 
sparse  white  or  yellow  tomentum,  this  being  longer,  dense  and 
brassy  on  the  terminal  abdominal  segments.  Vertical  triangle 
long,  opaque  white  in  front;  contiguity  of  the  eyes  short.  Face 
and  front  clothed  with  dense  white  pollen  and  some  golden  tomentum 
on  the  frontal  triangle;  a  broad  shining,  bare  spot  above  the  base 
of  the  antennae;  a  transverse  band  on  the  face,  extending  down  on 
tubercle,  and  the  cheeks  also,  bare  and  shining  black.  Tomentum 
of  the  mesonotum  golden-yellow,  arranged  in  indistinct  rows. 
Second  abdominal  segment  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  third 
with  the  tomentum  more  sparse,  apparently  bare  in  certain  lights; 
on  the  posterior  part  of  the  third  segment  and  on  the  fourth 
the  tomentum  is  longer,  dense,  bright  brassy-yellow,  concealing 
the  ground-color.  Legs  black;  the  base  of  the  middle  and  hind 
tibias,  the  middle  metatarsi,  and  the  hind  metatarsi  in  part, 
light  yellow  or  white;  femora  thickened  and  with  spinules  below. 
Wings  subhyaline,   clouded  with  brownish  distally. " 

"Female:  Front  black,  with  sparse  white  tomentum  and 
two  small,  ov^al,  white  pollinose  spots  on  each  side;  face  shining 
black,  with  an  infra-antennal  band  and  a  narrow  stripe  from  the 
eye  to  the  oral  margin  white-poUinose.  Tomentum  of  the  meso- 
notum more  white  than  in  the  male. " 

A  female,  a])]3arcntly  of  this  species,  before  me  was  taken 
in  the  Hauchuca  mountains,  Arizona.  Wilhston  studied  two 
specimens  from  the  state  of  Guerrero  and  Morelos,   Mexico. 

This  species  is  generally  darker  than  strigilata  and  according 
to  Williston,  the  antennas  are  darker  and  the  facial  spots  are 
lacking. 


Dec,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  XL  211 

THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  PLANTS,  XL* 

John  H.   Schaffner. 

The  various  groups  of  Bryophyta  are  apparently  closely 
related  and  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  tell  what  characters  are 
of  phyletic  importance.  There  are  no  fundamental  peculiarities 
or  structures  which  will  divide  the  group  into  two  or  three  main 
di\'isions  without  considerable  overlapping  of  equally  important 
structures  of  another  type.  Thus  one  is  compelled  in  certain 
cases  to  delimit  classes  and  orders  on  trivial  or  rather  unimportant 
structures.  Nevertheless,  the  complexity  of  the  group  as  a  whole 
demands  that  it  should  be  divided  into  a  number  of  classes. 

The  homologies  of  the  various  organs  are  quite  evident  among 
themselves  and  also  when  compared  with  the  plants  immediately 
above;  yet  we  often  find  a  very  illogical  tenninology  and  a  set 
of  names  applied  to  the  various  structures  which  makes  comparison 
with  other  phyla  impossible  until  special  explanations  have  been 
made.  If  we  apply  a  morphological  tenninology  to  the  mosses 
and  liverworts  similar  to  that  used  in  other  groups  no  difficulty 
of  presentation  is  experienced.  Such  an  attempt  has  worked  well 
for  the  writer  in  dealing  with  large  numbers  of  students  in  general 
botany. 

The  synopsis  of  the  Bryophyta  given  below  segregates  the 
main  groups  and  attempts  to  arrange  them  in  phyletic  series. 

SYNOPSIS    OF    THE    CLASSES    OF    BRYOPHYTA. 

A.  Archegonia  not  sunken  in  the  plant  body ;  sporophyte  without 
definite  intercallary  growth  between  the  foot  and  sporan- 
gium. 

I.  Gametophyte  thalloid  or  with  stem  and  scales,  the  scales 

always  without  a  midrib;  sporophyte  without  a  stalk  or 
differentiated  into  foot,  stalk  and  sporangium  mostly 
with  elaters,  never  with  a  columella,  opening  irregularly  or 
by  a  lid,  or  mostly  by  four  valves.  Hepaticae.  Liver- 
worts. 

II.  Gametophyte  with  stem  and  scales,   the  scales  mostly 

with  a  midrib;  sporophyte  usually  with  a  solid  stem; 
sporangium  mostly  opening  by  a  lid  (operculum)  or  if 
opening  by  slits  or  valves,  not  with  elaters;  columella 
present  in  the  sporangium,  complete  or  occasionally 
incomplete ;  archegonium  usually  developing  as  a  calyptra 
after  fertilization. 


*  Contributed  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  University, 
No.  78. 


212  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

1.  Sporophyte  borne  on  a  pseudopodium  developed  by 
the  gametophyte ;  columella  not  extending  through 
the  spore  cavity;  sporangium  without  air  ca\'ities; 
without  or  with  a  calyptra. 

a.  Gray-green  bog-mosses  with  two  kinds  of  cells 

in  the  gametophyte;  sporangium  opening 
by  a  lid;  archegonium  breaking  irregularly 
at  the  tip.     Sphagne^,  Bog-mosses. 

Sphagnales,  Sphagnaecce,  Sphagnum. 

b.  Dark  green  rock  mosses,  not  with  two  kinds  of 

cells;  sporangium  opening  by  four  or  more 
vertical  slits;  archegonium  developing  a 
calyptra.     Andre.e^,   Granite  Mosses, 

Andreaeales,  Andreaeaceae,   Andre^a. 

2.  Sporophyte  not  borne  on  a  pseudopodium,  usually  with  a 

prominent  stalk  or  seta ;  columella  usually  extending  thru 

the  spore  cavity ;  sporangium  with  an  air  cavity,  usually 

with  stomata;  archegonium  developing  a  calyptra. 

Musci,  True  Mosses. 

B.  Archegonia  having  their  venters  imbedded  in  the  thallus; 
gametopyhte  thalloid,  without  typical  scales;  its  cells 
usually  with  only  one  or  two  chloroplasts ;  sporophyte 
with  intercallary  growth  between  the  foot  and  the 
sporangium;  sporangium  with  a  central  columella,  open- 
ing by  two  valves,  sometimes  with  stomata. 
Anthocerote.e,  Hornworts,  Antocerotales, 
Anthocerotaceae,   Notothylas,  Anthoceros,   Dendroceros. 

SYNOPSIS    OF    THE    HEPATIC^. 

I.  Gametophyte  a  thalloid,  dorsi ventral  frond  composed  of 
several  distinct  tissue  layers;  mostly  with  air  passages; 
sporophyte  spherical  or  with  a  foot  and  short  stalk; 
sporangium  rarely  opening  by  4-S  valves. 

Marchantiales 

1.  Sporophyte  spherical,  without  foot  or  stalk,  remaining 

enclosed  in  the  venter  of  the  archegonium ;  no  sterile 
cells  in  the  sporangium.     Ricciace^,  Riccia, 

Ricciocarpus,  etc. 

2.  Sporophyte  differentiated  into  foot,  stalk  and  sporan- 

gium, breaking  thru  the  venter  of  the  archegonium 
at   maturity;   sporangium   with   spores   and   sterile 
cells  which  mostly  develop  as  elaters. 
Marchantiacca^,  Targionia,  Grimaldia,  Conocephalus 

Lunularia,  Marchantia,  etc. 


Dec,  1913.]  The  Classification  of  Plants,  XL  213 

II.  Ganietophyte  a  frond  with  stem  and  scales,  or  if  fiat  and 
thalloid  not  composed  of  several  distinct  tissue  layers, 
never  with  air  passages;  sporophyte  consisting  of  foot, 
stalk  and  sporangium,  nearly  always  opening  by  4 
valves.     Jungermanniales. 

1.  Archegonia  not  tenninating  the  growth  of  the  axis  on 

which  they  are  borne;  perigonium  not  consisting  of 
distinct  scales  but  of  a  continuous  sheath;  frond 
without  scales  or  with  imperfectly  developed  scales. 
Metzgeriaceffi.     Metzgeria,   Pallavicinia,   Pellia, 

Fossombronia,  etc. 

2.  Archegonia    terminating    the    growth    of    the    axis; 

perigonium  consisting  of  scales  or  occasionally 
wanting;  frond  nearly  always  with  2  or  3  rows  of 
scales.     Jungemianniaceffi.  Nardia,    Lophozia, 

Kantia,  Porella,  Frullania,  etc. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  ODRERS  AND  MAIN  FAMILY  GROUPS    OF   MUSCI. 

At  present,  only  a  partial  segregation  of  the  families  of  Hypna- 
les  and  Bryales  is  attempted. 

A.  Sporangium  without  a  columella,  the  sporogenous  and  vegeta- 

tive cells  commingled;  spores  very  large;  archegonium 

not  forming  a  calyptra  but  finally  rupturing  irregularly. 

Archidiales,  Archidiacese.     Archidium. 

B.  Sporangium  with  a  definite  central  columella. 

I.  Archegonia  situated  on  top  of  short,  special  lateral 
branches ;  peristome  when  present  usually  double,  develop- 
ed in  the  amphithecium  from  thickened  parts  of  the  cell 
walls;  teeth  transversely  barred,  the  outer  set  usually 
16,  alternating  with  the  inner;  frond  usually  of  creeping 
habit.     Hypnales. 

EropodiacccC,  Eustichiaccce,  Entodontacese,  Fabroniaceffi, 
Hedwegiacese,  Fontinalacese,  Climaciaceas,  Cryph^aceae, 
Leucodontaccce,  Prionodontaceae,  Crytopodace^, 
Echinodiaceae,  Ptychomniacese,   Spiridentaccce, 
LepyrodontaccEC,   Pleurophascacese,    Neckeracese, 
Lembophyllacese,    Pilotrichacese,    Hookeriaceae, 
Ephemeropsaceae,   Hypopterygiaceae,  Helicophyllaceas, 
Rhacopilaceae,   Leskeaceae,  Hypnaceae,  Leucomiaccce, 
Brachytheciaceae,  Sematophyllacese,  Rhegmatodontaceag, 
Hypnodendraceae. 


214  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

II.  Archegonia  situated  at  the  tip  of    the  main  stem  or  of 
ordinary  branches;  frond  usually  of  erect  habit. 

1.  Peristome    single    or    double  or    sometimes   absent, 

developed  in  the  amphithecium  from  thickened  parts 
■     of  the  cell  walls;  teeth  always  transversely  barred. 

Bryales. 

a.  Peristome  single,  seldom  wanting. 

Dicranaceae,  Leucobryacese,  Fissidentaceae, 
Calymperaceae,   Pottiaceae,  Grimmiaceae. 

b.  Peristome    double    at    least    in    its    inception, 

rarely   wanting,    the   endostome   thin   and 
membranous. 

(a.)  Teeth  of  the  endostome  alternating  with 
those  of  the  exostome. 
Orthotrichacese,   Mitteniaceae, 
Drepanophyllacese,  Schistostegaceae, 
Calomniacea?,  Rhizogoniacese, 
Bartramiace^,  Timmiaceae, 
Catoscopiaceae,  Aulacomniaceae, 
Meeseaceae,    Mniaceas,    LeptostomaceEe, 
BryacejE. 

(b).  Teeth  of  the  endostome,  when  present, 
opposite  those  of  the  exostome,  either  free 
or  united  with  the  outer  set. 
Funcriaceae,    Disceliace^,   Oedipodiacese, 
Voitiacete,  vSplachnaceae. 

2.  Peristome  single  or  double,  developed  from  two  tissue 

layers  of  the  sporangium;  teeth  consisting  of  entire 
cells,  not  transversely  barred,  or  if  developed  from 
thickened  parts  of  cell  walls  then  the  sporangium 
decidedly  dorsi ventral  and  zygomorphic. 

Polytrichales. 

a.  Peristoine  of  4-6  teeth;  sporangium  actinomor- 

phic.     Georgiaceae.     Georgia. 

b.  Peristome  with  numerous  teeth;  sporangium 

actinomorphic  or  zygomorphic. 

(a).  vSporangium   strongly   zygomorphic   and 
dorsiventral.     Buxbaumiaccffi. 
Buxbaumia,  Webera,  Dawsonia. 

(b).  Sporangium  actinomorphic,  usually  pris- 
matic.    Polytrichaceae.     Catharina, 
Atrichum,  Polytrichum,  etc. 


Dec,  1913.]         Preliminary  List  of  the  Spiders  of  Ohio.  215 

PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  THE  SPIDERS  OF  OHIO. 

S.    W.    BiLSING. 


LYCOSID^. 

Lycosa  carolinensis, 
Lycosa  scutulata, 
Lycosa  fatifera. 

ATTID^. 

Phidippus  audax, 
Phidippus  podagrosus. 

CLUBIONID^. 

Castianeira  descripta, 

tTLOBORID^. 

Misumena  vatia, 
Xysticus  gulosus. 

PISAURID^. 

Dolomedes  tenebrosus. 

DICTYNID^. 

Dictyna  frondea. 

AGELENID^. 

Agelena  naevia, 
Coras  medicinalis, 
Tegenaria  derhami. 

EPEIRID^. 

Metepeira  labyrinthea, 
Lecauge  hortorum, 
Epeira  stellata, 
Epeira  trivitatta, 
Epeira  domiciborum, 
Epeira  foliata, 
Epeira  trifolium, 
Epeira  trifolium  candicans, 
Epeira  gigas, 
Argiope  trifasciata, 
Argiope  riparia, 
Tetragnatha  laboriosa. 

THERIDID^. 

Theridium  tepidariorum, 
Pholcus  phlangoides, 
Steatoda  borealis. 


21 6  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [\ol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

THE  SPROUTING  OF  THE  TWO  SEEDS  OF  A  COCKLEBUR. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

In  1901,  Masterman  reported  some  observations  on  the  sprout- 
ing of  cocklebur  seeds,  showing  that  both  seeds  of  a  bur  usually 
sprout  in  the  same  year.  This  conclusion  was  at  variance  with 
Arthur's  experiments;  for  Arthur  had  reported  that  the  germina- 
tion of  both  seeds  of  a  bur  of  Xanthium  in  one  season  was  excep- 
tional. Crocker,  in  1906,  in  his  paper  on  the  role  of  seed  coats  in 
delayed  germination,  reported  tests  on  various  cockleburs  and 
stated  that  high  temperature  had  a  decided  effect  on  the  sprouting 
of  the  seed  of  the  "upper"  achene.  This  fact,  no  doubt  explains 
most  of  the  discrepancies  of  reported  observations  and  experi- 
ments. 

In  1909,  the  writer  studied  sprouting  cockleburs  on  the  sandy 
upper  beech  at  Cedar  Point,  Ohio.  A  great  majority  of  the  burs 
buried  in  the  sand  were  sprouting  both  embyros.  In  the  suminer 
of  1913,  further  observations  were  made.  Because  of  the  dry 
weather  very  few  seeds  of  any  kind  were  sprouting  on  the  upper 
beech  but  on  the  bay  side  of  the  Point  various  low,  moist,  sandy 
areas  contained  abundant  cocklebur  seedlings.  The  plants  all 
seemed  to  belong  to  the  species,  Xanthium  pennsylvanicum 
Wallr.  Most  of  the  burs  had  two  seedlings.  Of  those  juvenile 
plants,  one  was  usually  larger  than  the  other,  as  might  be  expected. 
Of  course,  it  was  not  possible  to  determine  whether  these  burs 
were  one  or  two  years  old.  But  there  is  no  question  that  in  sandy 
soil  with  abundant  heat  and  exposure  to  the  sun,  the  two  embryos 
sprout  in  the  same  season.  And  this  is  the  practical  side  of  the 
question  for  the  fanner.  In  a  cold  climate  under  certain  soil 
conditions  only  one  embryo  may  sprout  the  first  season  and  the 
other  one  the  second,  or  even  later. 

In  most  cases  the  one  seedling  is  considerably  larger  than  the 
other  as  noted  above.  This  would  be  expected  if  one  begins  to 
sprout  earlier  than  the  other.  But  there  is  frequently  a  difference 
in  size  and  perfection  of  the  two  achenes  in  the  bur.  This  dif- 
ference is  probably  often  simply  caused  by  abortive  development. 
The  cocklebur  has  evolved  from  a  small  flower  cluster,  only  two 
flowers  remaining.  There  is  little  room  in  the  bur  and  so  in  the 
struggle  for  space  and  food  one  achene  often  has  the  advantage 
and  develops  a  better  seed  than  the  other.  Probably  in  some 
species,  the  one  seed  is  becoming  vestigial  while  in  others  both 
achenes  still  have  room  to  develop  nonnally  under  ordinary  condi- 
ditions.  It  will  be  found  on  examination  that  even  for  nonnal 
burs,  a  certain  percent  have  only  one  achene  with  an  embryo 
capable  of  development. 


Dec,  1913.]  Meeting  of  Biological  Club.  217 

In  conclusion  it  might  be  stated  that  what  is  frequently  taken 
for  the  seed-coat  in  the  cocklebur  is  really  the  wall  of  the  achene 
and  quite  different  in  structure  from  a  true  seed-coat.  If  past 
experiments  have  correlated  this  pericarp  with  true  seed-coats  it 
may  be  that  further  investigations  might  be  of  advantage. 


Summer  in  a  Bog.  Mrs.  Katharine  D.  Sharp,  of  London,  O., 
has  published  an  interesting  little  volume  with  the  above  title.  In 
the  course  of  the  narative  many  Ohio  plants  are  mentioned  with 
some  of  their  peculiarities,  habits,  and  habitats.  There  are  also 
paragraphs  on  the  women  botanists  of  Ohio,  short  biographies  on 
Ohio  botanists  in  general  and  on  some  of  the  great  botanists  of  the 
world. 

Altogether  Mrs.  Sharp  has  produced  a  readable  book  which  will 
no  doubt,  lead  many  a  person  into  the  woods  and  bogs  to  discover 
some  of  the  interesting  plants  enumerated,  for  themselves.  If 
this  result  is  accomplished  and  even  a  few  brought  into  direct  con- 
tact with  nature  the  book  will  have  performed  its  mission.  There 
is  need  for  the  city  dwellers  especially,  who  have  mostly  been 
turned  to  the  merry-go-round  park  and  the  Sunday  picture 
show,  to  return  to  the  saner  types  of  recreation. 

J.  H.  S. 


Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club. 


Orton    Hall,    October    6,    1913. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  year  was  called  to  order  by  the  Pres- 
ident, Mr.  Stover,  at  7:45  P.  M. 

In  the  absence  of  the  Secretary,  Blanche  McAvoy  was  appointed 
Secretary  pro  tem.     Reports  of  summer  work  were  given. 

Prof.  Osbom  spent  the  first  part  of  the  summer  at  Lake 
Lab.  and  the  latter  part  collecting  leaf  hoppers  in  the  State 
of  Maine  for  economic  purposes.  He  collected  125  new  species 
for  the  State  of  Maine  and  extended  the  range  for  30  species. 
Prof.  Lazenby  spoke  of  the  effect  of  light  on  certain  introduced 
species  of  trees,  the  Norway  maple  for  instance.  He  also  spoke 
of  the  scarcity  of  flies  during  the  summer,  due  to  the  precautions 
used  in  the  different  neighborhoods. 

Prof.  Schaffner  told  of  his  observations  at  Cedar  Point.  Weeds 
and  introduced  species  are  more  plentiful  than  they  were  a  few 
years  ago.  Prof.  Schaffner  found  many  ecological  variations  of 
the  sand  bar  willow,  Salix  interior.  His  state  catalogue  of 
vascular  plants  has  been  finished.     There  are  2,065  species  of 


2i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

which  about  500  are  introduced.  Prof.  Hinc  talked  of  the  relation 
that  ants  bore  to  i^lant  lice  injury.  He  spoke  of  the  work  that 
Forbes,  of  Illinois,  has  done  with  corn  root  aphids. 

Prof.  Griggs  spent  his  summer  in  Alaskan  waters  in  a  fifty- 
six  foot  boat.  There  were  three  scientists  in  the  party  besides 
the  crew.  They  traveled  by  day.  From  Seattle  to  Cook's 
Inlet  is  entirely  forested.  Cook's  Inlet  is  a  meeting  place  for  all 
kinds  of  plants.  The  expedition  collected  kelps  for  the  govern- 
ment. 

Mr.  Sim  found  several  specimens  of  Lycopodium  obscurum  in 
which  there  were  leaves  above  the  cones.  Mr.  Kostir  found  the 
box-elder  bug  in  Sandusky  County  on  August  28,  1913.  This 
is  its  first  appearance  in  the  state.  In  September  they  were 
reported  on  the  campus.  Their  means  of  distribution  is  unknown. 
Miss  Detmers  observed  the  succession  of  plant  associations  in  the 
northern  peninsula  of  Michigan,  making  St.  Ignace  her  head- 
quarters. The  region  is  limestone  and  has  many  little  lakes  and 
bogs.  Sphagnum  grows  in  pools  with  chara  contrary  to  its 
usual  habit.  Mr.  Brown  reported  his  work  with  the  trees  of 
Michigan.  He  was  mapping,  photographing  and  working  up 
the  ecology  of  Wayne  County.  He  found  two  new  species  for 
the  state.  Mr.  Stover  told  of  his  work  with  the  leaf  mold  of 
tomato  which  he  did  at  Wisconsin. 

The  Committee  recommended  Prof.  Schaffner  for  editor  and 
Prof.  Hine  for  business  manager  of  the  Naturalist  for  the  present 
year.  A  vote  of  thanks  was  given  these  two  men  for  the  efficient 
way  in  which  they  have  run  the  paper  during  the  past. 

The  appointment  of  a  Committee  to  nominate  officers  was  left 
to  the  President.     The  meeting  then  adjourned. 

Blanche  McAvoy, 

Secretary    pro    tem. 


Dec,  1913.]  An  Addition  to  the  Odonata  of  Ohio.  219 

AN  ADDITION  TO  THE  ODONATA  OF  OHIO. 

Rees  Philpott. 

The  list  of  dragonflies  of  Ohio  given  by  Professor  Kellicott 
contained  98  species  acttially  collected,  and  mentioned  one, 
Anax  longipes  Hagen,  as  having  been  recognized  on  the  wing 
in  June,  1898,  by  Chas.  Dury,  of  Cincinnati. 

Records  for  this  species  might  lead  one  to  believe  that  it 
is  partial  to  coast  regions.  Hagen  and  Calvert  record  it  from 
Massachusetts,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  '  Maryland,  Georgia, 
Florida,  Mexico,  West  Indies  and  Brazil.  It  is  a  fact,  however, 
that  it  has  never  been  reported  as  common  in  any  region. 

This  past  summer  the  author  had  the  good  fortune  to  capture 
a  male  of  Anax  longipes  on  the  wing  while  at  the  Lake  Labora- 
tory, at  Cedar  Point,  Sandusky,  Ohio.  The  specimen  was  taken 
July  25th,  1913,  about  half  a  mile  south  of  the  laboratory,  midway 
between  Lake  Erie  and  vSandusky  Bay,  near  a  small  pool  of  stag- 
nant water.  This  capture  extends  the  known  distribution  of  the 
species  westward  and  suggests  the  possibility  of  its  presence 
over  a  much  wider  range  than  actual  records  would  indicate. 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University. 


A  NOTE  ON  ANAX  LONGIPES  HAGEN. 

Jas.  S.  Hine. 

Since  Mr.  Philpott  has  taken  a  specimen  of  Anax  longipes 
at  Sandusky,  there  can  be  no  further  discussion  as  to  whether 
or  not  it  is  a  member  of  the  Ohio  fauna. 

This  large  dragonfly  has  been  of  much  interest  to  me  ever 
since  Dury  related  his  observation  of  the  species  at  Cincinnati, 
in  June,  1898.  I  never  doubted  the  correctness  of  his  observation, 
but  as  he  did  not  procure  the  specimen,  there  was  nothing  in 
our  collections  of  the  state  to  convince  others.  Dury's  statement 
is  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural 
History,  Volume  XIX,  page  169,  and  is  as  follows:  "June  2, 
1898,  one  of  this  species  was  flying  over  Glen  Lake  in  Spring 
Grove.  I  watched  it  for  two  hours,  and  though  it  came  within 
a  few  feet  of  me,  I  was  unable  to  catch  it.  It  was  a  very  large 
specimen,  the  abdomen  bright  brick  red,  thorax  and  eyes  green. 
June  3rd,  I  went  again  to  this  lake,  but  did  not  see  it  until  I 
moved  down  to  Linden  Lake,  nearly  adjoining,  when  I  again 
saw  it,  but  failed  to  catch  it.     Its  flight  is  steady  and  in  regular 


2  20  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  2, 

beats  up  and  down  the  middle  of  the  lake,  seldom  coming  near 
shore.  I  made  careful  search  during  June,  1S99,  but  did  not 
see  any  at  these  lakes." 

Two  other  reports  of  observations  of  the  species  seen  on  the 
wing,  but  not  taken,  appear  in  literattire:  one  by  Mr.  Daecke, 
at  Lucaston,  New  Jersey,  another  by  Dr.  P.  P.  Cah'ert,  near 
Poyntelle,    Penns^dvania. 

The  specimen  taken  by  Mr.  Philpott  is  a  fine  male,  having 
a  total  length  of  81  millimeters  to  the  tip  of  the  appendages;  total 
expanse  112  millimeters;  third  femur  including  the  trochanter 
17  millimeters;  third  tibia  13  millimeters;  abdomen  exclusive 
appendages  53  millimeters;  superior  appendages  6  inillimeters ; 
hind  wing  53  millimeters  and  greatest  width  of  hind  wing  14 
millimeters.  The  frons  is  plain  green  all  over,  thorax  green, 
first  two  segments  of  the  abdomen  mostly  green,  somewhat 
reddish  in  parts,  abdomen  otherwise  brick  red,  membranule 
dark  gray,  paler  at  extreme  base,  hind  wing  widest  at  base  grad- 
ually narrowed  towards  apex.  Compared  with  Anax  Junius 
from  the  same  locality,  longpipes  is  slenderer,  the  wings  are 
narrower,  the  frons  is  unmarked  and  the  abdomen  is  colored 
very    differently. 

Anax  longipes  may  be  considered  a  tropical  species  by  pre- 
ference, for  most  specimens  have  been  taken  well  south,  however, 
its  range  is  from  Brazil  to  Massachusetts.  Its  capture  is  recorded 
from  Brazil,  15  degrees  south  of  the  Equator,  while  the  Massachu- 
setts locality  is  42  degrees  north  of  the  Equator.  It  does  not 
appear  that  more  than  a  score  of  specimens  are  in  the  collections 
of  the  world. 

Mr.  Philpott  has  donated  the  specimen  to  the  Ohio  State 
University  and  it  will  be  placed  in  the  Kellicott  collection  of 
Ohio  Odonata. 

Date  of  Publication,  December  IS,  1913. 


ne  Ohio  ^ACaturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biotogkat  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XIV.  JANUARY,    1914.  No.  3. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

■Williams— A  Starfish  Found  in  the  Whitewater  Division  of  the  Richmond  on  Blue 

(reek,  Adams  County,  Ohio 221 

HiNE— Taljanus  longus,  fulvulus  and  sagax 225 

Shidelee— The  Upper  Richmond  Beds  of  the  Cincinnati  Group 229 

Williams— Solanaeeae  of  Ohio 235 


A  STARFISH  FOUND  IN  THE  WHITEWATER  DIVISION  OF 

THE  RICHMOND  ON  BLUE  CREEK, 

ADAMS  COUNTY,  OHIO. 

Stephen  R.  Williams. 

The  fossil  to  be  described  was  not  found  in  place  but  the  shales 
nearby  yielded  Byssonychiarichmondensisand  Hebertella  sinuata. 
The  Clinton  boundary  was  located  on  the  same  branch  of  the 
stream  at  an  elevation  (estimated)  of  forty  feet  above  the  point 
of  discovery. 

The  specimen  consists  of  a  part  of  the  disc  and  of  two  neigh- 
boring arms  of  a  starfish.  The  arms  of  this  starfish  were  split 
vertically  along  the  middle  of  the  ambulacral  grooves,  separating 
the  pairs  of  ambulacral  plates  one  from  the  other.  Enough  of  the 
disc  remained  to  connect  the  two  half  arms  together  and  no  more. 
Fortunately  the  aboral  side  of  the  fragment  of  disc  contains  the 
madreporic  body. 

The  preservation  of  the  fossil  is  ideal.  Except  for  a  certain 
amount  of  crushing  of  the  aboral  skeletal  wall  together  the  skeleton 
shows  much  as  a  similar  section  of  a  recent  starfish  does. 

Using  the  dimensions  of  the  two  part-arms  and  disc  as  a  basis 
for  measurement  one  can  reconstruct  the  w^hole  animal.  I  esti- 
mate that  the  starfish  when  living  was  approximately  four  inches 
in  diameter  from  end  to  end  of  the  rays  on  opposite  sides. 

The  remains  of  the  disc  and  longer  ann  are  40  m.  m.  long,  the 
disc  and  shorter  arm  35  m.  m. 

The  pairs  of  ambulacral  pieces  which  formed  the  ambulacral 
grooves  in  the  specimen  must  have  been  directly  opposite  each 
other.  This  is  indicated  both  by  the  shaping  of  the  free  ends  of 
each  ambulacral  piece  and  by  some  fragmentary  remains  on  the 
tips  of  some  of  the  ambulacral  pieces  on  the  longest  ann.  These 
are  very  probably  ends  broken  from  the  plates  which  formed  the 
other  half  of  the  ambulacral  groove. 


222 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 


There  are  39  ambulacral  plates  on  one  half-arm  and  29  on  the 
other.  The  adambulacral  plates,  sometimes  called  the  inter- 
ambulacrals,  alternate  with  the  ambulacral  plates.  There  are 
forty  of  these  on  the  one  arm  and  twenty-seven  on  the  other.  The 
skeleton  is  complete  along  the  whole  of  the  inter-ray  in  which  the 
madreporite  lies  except  for  the  rows  of  the  movable  spines  which 
were  based  on  the  adanibulacral  plates. 


Ca.Y  in 


ai 


^^v- 


disc 


m 


,Tn«xclr£  Jporite 


a-mfciAJacrai  /oUie. 


Fig.   1.     Promo-palaeaster  dyeri  Meek  (?). 
part  of  disc  and  arms. 


Natural  size,  dorsal  view 


There  are  a  nmiiber  of  starfishes  described  in  the  publications  of 
the  Ohio  Geological  Survey.  Of  these  Palaeaster  dyeri  Meek, 
(Plate  4  Vol.  1  part  2  of  the  Palaeontology)  resembles  most  closely 
the  starfish  under  discussion.  The  specimen  there  figured  was 
of  a  larger  animal  than  this  one  but  as  Professor  Meek  says  in  his 
introductory  statement,  the  poor  preservation  of  the  parts  leaves 
much  to  be  desired  in  the  description. 

The  madreporite  of  P.  dyeri  is  trilobate.  Its  shortest  dimen- 
sion is  in  the  inter-ray  and  its  longest  at  right  angles  to  this  in  the 
horizontal  plane.  These  dimensions  arc  (>  m.  m.  vertically  and. 
9  m.  m.  horizontally. 

The  madrcporic  body  of  my  s])ccimcn  shows  a  trace  of  this 
lobation  only.  The  vertical  j^lane  dimension  is  7  m.  m.  while  the 
horizontal  diameter  is  (i  m.  m.  It  has  quite  a  different  general 
shape  then  from  the  madreporite  of  P.  dyeri  but  the  size  is  almost 
the  same  relatively,  in  view  of  the  sizes  of  the  animals.  The 
appearance  of  the  canals  on  the  surface  of  the  two  madrcporic 
bodies  is  very  similar,  though  the  pattern  of  the  lines  differs  with 
the  shape  of  the  bodies. 


Jan ,  1914.]  A  Starfish  found  in  Adams  County.  223 

The  aboral  side  of  the  rays  and  disc,  as  far  as  can  be  made  out, 
is  rather  less  regular  than  the  small  portion  of  the  aboral  side  of 
P.  dyeri  figured.  When  one  picks  out  the  dorsolateral  plates 
with  a  lens  however  many  of  them  are  of  the  same  quadrangular 
type  illustrated  for  P.  dyeri.  There  is  also  a  central  depression 
on  each  of  these  plates  for  the  insertion  of  the  spine  as  in  P.  dyeri. 
It  is  possible  that  there  are  some  shorter,  slighter  pieces  which  lay 
between  the  rows  of  quadrangular  or  triangular  plates. 


udambu  I acral  ^l cf'^ 


<n~ftYO-  mar^o-i^i 


t ambul  azYCxl 

plate. 


'^  "dCsc 


Fig.  2.     Promo-palaeaster  dyeri  Meek  (?)     Natural  size;  ventral  view 
part  of  disc  and  arms. 

The  crushing  down  of  the  arch  of  the  aboral  skeleton  and  the 
mixing  the  broken  spines  from  the  surface  in  with  the  plates 
makes  it  difficult  to  state  precisely  how  many  rows  of  dorsolateral 
plates  intervened  between  the  supero-marginal  plates  and  the 
indistinct  carinals  which  occupy  the  mid-dorsal  line.  The  modem 
starfish  does  not  have  as  many  dorsolateral  plates  as  another 
Richmond  starfish,  Palaeaster  magnificus  Miller,  has.  In  this 
respect  my  specimen  seems  more  like  the  recent  Asterias. 

The  ambulacral  plates  seen  from  below  are  naturally  partly 
covered  by  adambulacral  plates.  There  are,  however,  three 
ambulacral  plates  at  the  end  of  the  shorter  arm  which  have  lost 
their  adambulacrals.  These  are  5  m.  m.  long  and  a  little  more  than 
a  millimeter  wide.  The  locations  of  the  pores  through  which  the 
tube  feet  passed  are  easily  distinguishable.  These  ]3ores  seem  to 
alternate  so  that  each  half  of  the  ambulacral  groove  would  present 
two  rows  of  tube  feet.  This  alternation  is  only  apparent  as  there  is 
but  one  tube  foot  in  the  opening  between  two  consecutive  ambula- 
cral plates  and  one  plate  between  two  successive  pores.  The 
device  is  correlated  in  the  recent  starfish,  with  a  more  rapid  loco- 


224  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

motion  as  more  tube  feet  can  be  crowded  into  a  given  length  of 
arm.  We  can  assume  that  the  alternation  served  the  same  pur- 
pose in  the  fossil  form. 

The  adambulacral  plates  are  3  m.  m.  long  by  one  m.  m.  thick. 
Their  third  dimension,  in  the  vertical  plane  is  about  2  m.  m.  The 
aboral  ends  of  these  plates  fit  in  between  the  outer  ends  of  the 
ambulacral  plates.  For  this  reason  they  are  also  called  the  inter- 
ambulacral  plates. 

There  is  evidence  that  they  bore  a  double  row  of  movable 
spines  on  their  oral  or  ventral  aspect,  but  I  am  not  sure  that  any 
of  these  are  preserved.  There  are  a  few  spindle-shaped  spines 
3  m.  m.  long,  larger  near  the  outer  end  and  tapering  gradually  to 
the  point  of  attachment.  Spines  like  these  though  larger  are  the 
ones  which  Professor  Meek  calls  the  movable  spines  in  P.  dyeri. 
Other  fragments  of  starfishes  of  undetermined  species  lead  me 
to  think  that  these  might  have  been  the  spines  broken  from  the 
infero-marginal  row  of  plates  and  that  the  regular  movable  spine 
was  more  slender, 

The  infero-marginal  i^lates  are  elongate  near  the  disc  where 
the  arm  is  thicker  and  beconie  more  nearly  cubical,  corresponding 
to  the  shape  figured  for  P.  dyeri,  out  near  the  tip  of  the  arm. 

Some  of  these  plates  show  impressions  which  with  some 
uncertainty  I  consider  to  be  the  remains  of  pedicellaria  around 
their  outer  surface.  There  are  also  here  and  there  in  the  spaces 
between  plates  isolated  structures  which  might  be  the  larger 
pedicellaria  with  the  basal  plate  and  two  jaws  which  are  found 
singly  in  such  spaces  in  recent  starfishes. 

This  specimen  shows  so  many  similarities  to  Palaeaster  dyeri, 
the  canals  of  the  madreporite,  the  shapes  of  the  spines,  and  of  the 
infero-marginal  plates  that  in  spite  of  differences  and  pending 
the  publication  of  an  authoritative  monograph  on  the  Palaeozoic 
starfishes  by  Professor  Schuchert  of  Yale  University  I  refer  it  to 
this  species. 

In  a  letter  Professor  Schuchert  says  that  the  specimen  certainly 
belongs  to  his  genus  Promo-palaeaster  and  that  it  may  be  P. 
wykoffi,  P.  dyeri  or  a  new  species. 

In  all  events  and  whatever  its  name,  we  have  in  this  fragment 
of  a  starfish  from  the  Richmond  division  of  the  Ordovician  sea, 
millions  of  years  ago,  the  plates,  the  pores,  the  spines  and  probably 
the  pedicellaria  very  similar  to  those  which  are  found  in  the  star- 
fishes of  the  present  day. 

If  it  is  in  the  direct  line  of  ancestors  from  which  our  present  day 
Astcrias  has  deccnded  it  adds  one  more  to  the  list  of  fomis  which 
have  been  essentially  constant  for  ages  and  after  once  becoming 
fixed  have  varied  only  in  very  slight  degrees  around  the  type. 

Miami  University. 


Jan.,  1914.]  Tabanus  Longus,  Fulvulus  and  Sagax.  225 

TABANUS  LONGUS,  FULVULUS  AND  SAGAX. 

Jas.  S.  Hine. 

These  three  species  of  North  American  horseflies  have  proven 
more  or  less  troublesome  from  the  standpoint  of  determination  on 
account  of  their  resemblance  to  one  another  and  the  variation 
among  different  specimens  of  each  species  as  well  as  their  general 
aspect  which  corresponds  very  closely  with  several  other  species 
of  their  genus. 

The  following  combination  of  general  characters  will  serve  well 
to  group  the  three  species  in  question  and  separate  them  from 
others  similar  in  appearance:  the  wings  are  transparent  with  no 
vestiage  of  infuscation  on  the  cross  veins  or  furcation  of  the  third 
vein;  no  suggestion  of  a  stump  of  a  vein  on  the  anterior  branch 
of  the  third  vein  in  any  of  the  specimens  I  have  examined;  the 
costal  cell  is  transparent  or  very  pale  yellowish;  the  general  color 
of  all  specimens  is  yellowish  or  brown,  never  black;  the  abdomen 
has  a  middorsal  stripe  with  a  row  of  spots  on  each  side;  these 
spots  are  usually  rounded  and  do  not  reach  the  hind  margins  of 
their  respective  segments;  in  longus  the  dorsal  stripe  is  narrow 
and  nearly  always  abbreviated  posteriorly  and  in  rubbed  speci- 
mens may  disappear  altogether.  The  characteristic  thing  about 
the  middorsal  stripe  in  the  thrae  species  under  consideration  is 
its  widening  on  the  posterior  margin  of  each  segment  thus  pro- 
ducing an  irregular  stripe  quite  different  from  the  regular  stripe 
in  costalis,  linecla  and  a  long  list  of  other  North  American  species. 

With  the  material  at  hand  the  opportunity  is  given  for  a 
study  of  variation.  Each  of  the  three  species  has  been  divided 
into  series  mainly  from  the  standpoint  of  coloration  and  size  as 
not  much  variation  in  structure  is  apparent.  Coloratioti  appears 
to  be  largely  a  matter  of  locality  and  almost  invariably  specimens 
from  southern  regions  are  decidedly  smaller  than  those  taken 
well  north. 

The  following  key  should  be  of  use  in  separating  the  species 
here  considered: 

1.  Third  segment  of  the  antenna  narrow,  without  a  distinct  angle  near 
its  base  on  the  dorsal  side,     sagax. 

Third  segment  of  the  antenna  wider,  with  a  distinct  angle  near  its  base 
on  the  dorsal  side.     2. 

2.  Thorax  yellowish,  without  stripes,  middorsal  abdominal  stripe 
distinct,  front  in  the  female  narrow,     fulvulus. 

Thorax  brown,  often  faintly  striped,  middorsal  abdominal  stripe  narrow 
and  usually  more  or  less  abbreviated  posteriorly,  front  in  the  female  dis- 
tinctly wider,     longus. 


226  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

Tabanus  sagax  Osten  Sacken.  Middorsal  abdominal  stripe 
usually  quite  wide  and  extending  the  full  length  of  the  abdomen. 
Thorax  without  stripes,  uniformly  clothed  with  gray  pollen. 
Front  rather  wide,  sides  nearly  parallel;  frontal  collasity  brown, 
nearly  square  and  with  a  shining  spot  above  it.  Third  antennal 
segment  without  an  angulate  prominence  at  base. 

1.  Female.  This  appears  to  be  the  form  Osten  Sacken 
described  as  the  type  of  the  species.  Front  rather  wide,  frontal 
callosity  shining  brown,  nearly  square,  almost  as  wide  as  the  front 
and  with  a  more  or  less  connected  denuded  spot  above  it.  Face 
and  front  with  yellowish  gray  pollen,  the  former  partially  clothed 
with  white  down.  Palpi  stout,  pale  with  black  and  white  hairs 
intermixed.  Antenna  yellow  with  the  exception  of  the  annulate 
portion  of  the  third  segment  which  is  clear  black,  first  and  second 
segments  with  some  black  hair  above,  third  segment  rather  long 
and  narrow  and  without  a  pronounced  basal  prominence.  Thorax 
gray  or  with  a  shade  of  yellowish  and  without  stripes,  wings 
hyaline,  costal  border  pale  ^^ellowish;  legs  largely  yellow,  front 
tibia  darker  apically  on  account  of  the  presence  of  black  hairs, 
front  tarsus  and  tips  of  the  other  tarsi  more  or  less  brown.  Abdo- 
men brown  in  general  color,  dorsal  stripe  nearly  white,  wide, 
expanded  at  the  incisures,  lateral  rows  of  spots  not  very  con- 
spicuous but  apparent  on  segments  two  to  six  inclusive.  Length 
13-15  mm.  Specimens  from  Illinois,  Massachusetts  and  New 
Jersey. 

2.  Female.  A  second  series  is  composed  of  similar  specimens, 
the  thorax  is  yellower,  the  color  of  the  abdomen  is  lighter  brown, 
the  dorsal  stripe  usually  is  narrower  and  the  lateral  spots  are 
more  conspicuous,  while  the  tarsi  are  not  so  brown  and  in  some 
specimens  the  annulate  portion  of  the  third  antennal  segment  is 
yellow  like  the  basal  part  or  the  coloration  may  vary  thru  different 
shades  of  brown.  Length  11-12  mm.  Specimens  from  north 
western  Louisiana. 

3.  Female.  Specimens  of  a  third  series  are  smaller  still,  the 
width  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen  is  decidedly  less  than  in  the 
other  two  groups.  The  general  color  is  a  slightly  darker  brown. 
The  middorsal  stripe  is  quite  narrow  and  the  lateral  abdominal 
spots  arc  small  altho  pronounced.  The  antennae  arc  entirely  yel- 
low or  the  annulate  portion  of  the  third  segment  is  some  shade  of 
brown.  Length  9-11  mm.  Several  specimens  from  De  Soto 
Parish,  Louisiana. 

Tabanus  fulvulus  Wicrlcmann.  Middorsal  abdominal  strii)e 
running  the  entire  length  of  the  abdomen,  distinct,  widened  on  the 
posterior  border  of  each  segment  and  with  a  row  of  distinct  spots 
on  cither  side.  Thorax  uniformly  pollinose  so  that  no  stripes  are 
visible.     Front  plainly  narrower  than  in  cither  sagax  or  longus. 


Jan.,  1914.]  Tabanus  Longus,  Fulvulus  and  Sagax.  227 

1.  Female.  Front  and  face  yellowish  pollinose,  the  latter 
with  numerous  yellow  hairs,  frontal  callosity  shining  dark  brown 
with  an  unconnected  elongate  shining  spot  well  above  it,  antenna 
yellow  except  the  annulate  portion  of  the  third  segment  which  is 
black;  basal  portion  of  the  third  segment  with  a  well  marked 
anlge  above.  Front  narrow,  sides  nearly  parallel.  Thorax 
yellowish  gray  pollinose  concealing  the  ground  color,  wing  hyaline, 
costal  border  dilute  yellowish  as  far  as  the  stigma;  legs  in  large 
part  yellowish,  all  the  femora  dark  nearly  to  apex,  apical  part  of 
each  front  tibia  and  whole  of  each  front  tarsus  dark,  extreme 
apex  of  each  of  the  other  tibiae  slightly  brownish,  all  but  the  base 
of  each  of  the  other  tari  brown.  The  legs  may  vary  however  and 
in  some  specimens  before  me  are  almost  entirely  yellowish,  other 
specimens  are  intermediate  in  this  respect.  Abdomen  dark 
brown  and  yellow  or  black  and  yellow,  middorsal  stripe  well 
marked,  widened  on  the  posterior  margin  of  each  segment,  a  row 
of  spots  on  either  side,  each  spot  well  defined  and  more  or  less 
surrounded  by  dark  brown  or  black.  Length  13-16  mm.  Speci- 
mens from  District  of  Columbia,  Kentucky,  North  Carolina  and 
Tennessee.  This  appears  to  be  the  form  that  Osten  Sacken 
considered  as  fulvulus  in  his  Prodrome. 

2.  Female.  This  form  differs  from  the  above  mainly  in  the 
greater  intensity  of  color,  the  yellow  is  golden  and  the  dark  is 
nearly  black.  On  the  abdomen  the  row  of  spots  on  either  side 
of  the  middorsal  stripe  takes  more  or  less  the  form  of  a  zigzag 
stripe  on  account  of  each  spot  reaching  the  hind  border  of  its 
respective  segment.  Length  13-15  mm.  Specimens  from  St. 
Simon's  Island,  Georgia  and  from  Raleigh,  North  Carolina. 

3.  Female.  Colors  paler  than  in  either  of  the  two  forms 
given  above,  and  the  size  is  less.  Specimens  are  decidedly  gray 
in  general  appearance,  the  lateral  rows  of  abdominal  spots  are 
small  and  distinct  and  surrounded  by  hght  brown,  while  the 
frontal  callosity  instead  of  being  nearly  black  is  a  sort  of  faded 
brown.  Length  about  12  mm.  Specimens  taken  at  New  Roads 
Louisiana.  At  the  time  specimens  were  taken  it  was  the  only 
fonn  observed  and  it  appeared  to  be  plentiful.  Niimerous  exam- 
ples were  procured. 

4.  Female.  Size  about  the  same  as  number  3,  altho  some 
specimens  are  smaller  and  more  slender.  The  pale  legs  and  en- 
tirely yellow  antennae  are  most  characteristic  for  this  form.  The 
coloration  of  the  body  in  general  is  something  like  specimens  of 
nimiber  1.  Length  10-13  mm.  More  than  a  dozen  specimens 
from  various  localities  in  Louisiana  and  Georgia. 

Tabanus  longus  Osten  Sacken.  Middorsal  abdominal  stripe 
very  narrow  and  abbreviated  behind  in  most  specimens,  spots  in 
the  lateral  rows  small  but  distinct.  Front  in  the  female  wider 
than  in  the  same  sex  of  fulvulus,  widest  at  vertex  and  gradually 


228  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

narrowed  towards  the  antennae.  The  width  and  form  of  the  front 
and  the  modest  brown  and  gray  colors  overlaid  with  a  thin  coating 
of  gray  pollen  are  characters  which  easily  separate  longus  from 
the  other  two  species  considered  in  this  paper. 

1.  Female.  This  form  is  considered  as  corresponding  to 
the  typical  specimens  described  by  Osten  Sacken.  Front  widest 
at  vertex,  gradually  narrow  toward  antennae,  frontal  callosity 
pale  brown,  sometimes  darker  or  even  nearly  black,  higher  than 
wide,  with  an  unconnected  spot  above,  antenna  largely  yellowish, 
first  two  segments  clothed  with  short  black  hairs,  third  segment 
long  and  narrow  with  a  distinct  angle  near  the  base  on  the  dorsal 
side,  annulate  portion  clear  black,  cheeks  and  lower  part  of  the 
face  with  silky  white  hair,  palpi  white  with  white  and  black  hairs 
intermixed.  Thorax  brown  with  more  or  less  obscured  stripes 
and  gray  pollen,  wings  hyaline,  legs  largely  brown,  apex  of  front 
tibia,  whole  front  tarsus  and  apical  part  of  each  middle  and  hind 
tarsus  darkened.  Abdomen  brown  sometimes  rather  dark, 
middorsal  stripe  gray,  very  narrow,  usually  abbreviated  poster- 
iorly; lateral  rows  of  spots  gray,  each  spot  small  and  usually  not 
reaching  either  margin  of  its  segment.  Length  13-16  mm.  Speci- 
mens from  northern  Ohio  and  Eastern  Kansas. 

Male.  Very  much  like  the  female  in  color.  Markings  of  the 
abdomen  quite  distinct.  Large  and  small  facets  of  the  eyes 
plainly  differentiated.  Length  13-14  mm.  Specimens  from  the 
same  localities  as  the  female. 

2.  Female.  Smaller  and  of  a  clearer  brown  than  number  1. 
Annulate  portion  of  the  third  segment  of  the  antenna  usually 
brown  and  not  black.  In  some  specimens  the  middorsal  stripe 
is  visible  for  nearly  the  entire  length  of  the  abdomen  and  the 
lateral  spots  are  distinctly  larger.  Altho  structural  characters 
are  quite  uniform  thruout  this  form  and  the  next  appear  quite 
different  from  typical  longus.  I  have  noted  that  in  many  species 
of  Tabanus,  southern  examples  are  likely  to  be  smaller  and  of  a 
clearer  brown  than  northern  specimens  of  the  same  species. 
Length  11-14  mm.     Specimens  from  North  Carolina  and  Kansas. 

3.  Female.  This  iorm  appears  decidedly  small  but  measure- 
ment of  length  hardly  indicates  it  because  of  the  slendeniess  of 
the  specimens.  Coloration  and  appearance  are  suggestive  of 
form  nimiber  2.  The  atennae  are  yellowish  to  the  tip.  Length 
10-13  mm.     Specimens  from  southwestern  Georgia. 


Jan.,  1914.]         Richmond  Beds  of  the  Cincinnati  Group.  229 


THE  UPPER  RICHMOND  BEDS  OF  THE  CINCINNATI 

GROUP. 

W.  H.  Shideler. 

Perhaps  more  geologists,  amateur  and  professional,  have  been 
developed  upon  the  Cincinnati  arch  than  in  any  other  region  in 
America.  Yet  the  fact  that  the  beds  known  as  the  Saluda  have 
been  classed  sometimes  as  occurring  beneath  the  Whitewater  beds, 
and  sometimes  as  above,  shows  that  the  Cincinnati  stratigraphy 
is  not  yet  a  closed  question. 

With  the  hope  of  determining  the  exact  relationships  of  the 
Upper  Richmond  beds,  the  field  seasons  of  1912  and  1913  were 
spent  in  studying  the  upper  strata  of  the  northern  half  of  the 
Cincinnati  anticline.  The  second  season's  work  was  made  pos- 
sible by  a  grant  from  the  Emerson  McMillin  research  fund  of 
the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science. 

The  subdivisions  of  the  Richmond  in  ascending  order  have 
been  usually  given  as  Waynesville,  or  Lower  Richmond,  Liberty, 
or  Middle  Richmond,  and  Sakida,  Whitewater  and  Elkhom, 
constituting  the  Upper  Richmond.  We  are  not  concerned  here' 
at  all  with  the  Waynesville,  and  but  little  with  the  Liberty. 

Of  these  subdivisions,  the  Saluda  beds  were  the  first  to  be- 
defined*,  and  were  originally  termed  Madison,  from  the  typical 
locality  at  Madison,  Ind.  But  the  name  being  preoccupied,. 
Saluda  was  substituted. 

These  Saluda  beds  at  Madison  consist  of  massive,  often  decid- 
edly arenaceous  or  argillaceous  limestones  which  have  no  parallel 
elsewhere  in  the  northern  half  of  the  Cincinnati  arch.  These- 
heavy  strata  are  of  a  prevailing  grayish  color,  sometimes  bluish  or 
brownish,  but  weather  to  various  shades  of  brown.  In  texture, 
the  rock  is  smooth-grained  and  non-crystalline,  and  except  at  the 
top  is  almost  entirely  barren  of  fossils. 

The  "typical  Saluda"  of  Foerste  was  given  a  thickness  of  37',, 
being  based  at  the  top  of  3'  of  sandy  limestones  just  above  the  top 
of  a  conspicuous  2'  reef  of  the  coral  Columnaria  alveolota.  6'  below 
the  base  of  this  reef  is  the  top  of  another  Columnaria  reef,  1'  thick. 
Cumings  includes  both  reefs  in  his  Saludaf  and  identifies  the  lower 
one  with  the  reef  as  the  base  of  the  Saluda  farther  north.  But, 
as  will  be  presently  shown,  it  is  the  upper  reef,  not  the  lower,  that 
extends  toward  the  north  and  north-east.  Hence  it  seems  best 
here  to  consider  the  top  reef  as  the  base  of  the  Saluda. 


*Foerste,  Indiana  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Resources,  21st  Ann.  Rent.,  1896, 
p.  220. 

flndiana  Dept.  Geol.  &  Nat.  Resources,  32nd  Ann.  Rept.,  1907,  p.  640. 


230  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [V  ol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

The  Liberty  or  Strophomena  planumbona  beds  were  assigned 
a  thickness  of  about  35',*  and  the  base  was  defined  as  the  first  recur- 
rence of  Hebertella  insculpta.  The  top  was  not  definitely  located, 
but  by  general  agreement  seems  to  have  been  taken  as  the  base 
of  a  3'-4'  bed  of  shales  and  soft,  shaly,  blocky  limestones,  contain- 
ing Trochoceras  baeri,  and  many  characteristic  Whitewater  clams, 
and  with  Pachydictya  fenestellifomiis  just  above. 

The  Whitewater  or  Homotrypa  wortheni  beds  constituted  the 
remainder  of  the  Richmond,  until  the  distinct  and  even  bedded 
shales  and  limestones  at  the  top  were  separated  from  the  very 
characteristic  soft,  lumpy,  shaly  limestones  beneath,  and  called 
the  Elkhorn. 

Beginning  with  the  detailed  study  of  the  formation  at  Madison, 
the  lower  Columaria  reef  is  here  somatimes  underlain  by  as  much 
as  10'  of  the  general  type  of  Saluda  rocks,  only  rarely  massive  and 
with  more  shale.  These  strata  contain  a  few  poorly  preserved 
Liberty  fossils,  Homotrypa  wortheni,  etc.  It  may  be  said  here 
that  in  Indiana  the  Trochoceras  baeri  bed  is  generally  undefined, 
and  no  sharp  distinction  can  be  made  between  Liberty  and  White- 
water. These  undefined  strata  have  been  named  Versailles,  from 
Versailles,  Ind.f 

The  lower  reef,  like  the  upper,  is  quite  variable  in  thickness. 
Averaging  1'  at  Madison,  it  reaches  3^'  in  thickness  on  a  north 
branch  of  Razor  Creek,  five  miles  north,  and  then  thins  out  and 
occurs  intermittently  at  several  places  northward  before  disap- 
pearing. 

Between  the  reefs  at  Madison  are  6'  of  shale.  This  shale  is 
4^'  thick  along  the  road  following  the  valley  of  a  westward 
branch  of  Crooked  Creek,  three  miles  north  of  Madison.  Five 
miles  north  of  Madison  the  thickness  is  only  2'  4".  In  the  shale 
are  a  few  poorly  preserved  Hebertella  sinuata,  Platystrophia 
acutilirata,  and  Dystactospongia  madisonensis. 

The  second  reef  thins  from  2'  at  Madison  to  1'  toward  Hanover, 
where  it  has  quite  a  percentage  of  Calapoecia  cribriformis.  At 
the  locality  three  miles  north  of  Madison  it  averages  only  cS" 
thick,  and  five  miles  north  is  represented  only  by  a  hard,  tough, 
irregular  limestone  6"-10"  thick  with  no  distinct  colonies.  Like 
the  lower  reef,  the  second  occurs  intennittently  as  far  north  as  the 
exposures  below  the  road  on  the  West  Branch  of  Laughcry  Creek, 
four  miles  south  of  Batesville.  Huge  isolated  colonies,  sometimes 
4'  across,  were  seen  near  Versailles. 

Above  the  second  reef  are  3'-G'  of  shales  and  thin  limestones, 
in  some  places  carrying  a  prolific  mollusc  fauna.  Just  at  Madison 
this  fauna  is  almost  absent,  but  three  miles  north  were  collected 
Dystactospogenia    madisonensis,    Dowlsonia    cycla,    Tetradium 

*Nickles,  American  Geol.  Vol.  32,  1903,  Pp.  207-9. 
fFoerste,  Science,  N.  S.,  Vol.  22,  1905,  P.  150. 


Jan.,  1914,]         Richmond  Beds  of  the  Cincinnati  Group.  231 

minus,  Calapoecia  cribrifomiis,  Hebertella  sinuata,  Platystrophia 
acutilirata,  Ischyrodonta  truncata,  Losphospira  bowdeni,  Liospira 
sp.,  Bellerophon  sp.,  Endoceras  sp.,  Primitia  glabra,  Isochilina 
subnodosa,  Tetradella  simplex,  etc.,  etc. 

The  Tetradium  minus  is  rather  scarce  at  Madison,  but  is 
common  I'  above  the  second  Columnaria  reef  toward  Hanover, 
and  again  above  the  mollusc  layers  3  miles  north.  At  the  locality 
five  miles  north  it  is  very  abundant  through  7'  of  blocky,  shaly 
limestones,  immediately  above  the  limestones  representing  the 
second  reef.  From  here  on  this  Tetradium  horizon  is  very  con- 
stant, and  occurs  whereever  the  rocks  have  been  exposed  as  far 
north  as  Liberty,  Ind.  and  as  far  toward  the  east  as  Oxford,  O. 

A  mile  east  of  Liberty,  where  the  Oxford  pike  crosses  Hannah's 
Creek,  the  Tetradium  is  scattered  abundantly  through  the  whole 
4'  9"  of  Saluda  rocks.  Beneath  are  exposed  3'  of  shales  and  thin 
limestones  with  much  the  same  fauna  as  is  carried  by  the  same 
strata  at  Laurel. 

North  of  Liberty  only  three  miles,  at  the  last  long  exposure 
on  Richland  Creek,  the  Saluda  strata  have  almost  lost  the  Tetrad- 
ium, and  are  distinctly  shaly  except  at  the  top,  where  they  end 
in  two  heavy  limestones,  the  lower  one  1'  2"  thick  and  very  irregu- 
lar, the  top  one  10"  thick  and  more  even.  The  top  stratum  is 
composed  largely  of  fossil  "hash,"  and  in  this  are  water- worn 
Rhyncotrema  capax,  etc.  It  occurs  at  this  level  to  within  four 
miles  of  Oxford.  Immediately  above  it  are  the  characteristic 
Whitewater  strata  and  fauna. 

The  lower  shales  are  partly  replaced  by  evenbedded  limestones 
along  Elkhom  Creek,  and  at  the  quarries  along  the  Whitewater 
River  south  of  Richmond  are  represented  by  limestones  indistin- 
guishable from  those  below.  But  the  top  stratum  is  still  heavy 
and  characteristic. 

While  perhaps  not  strictly  the  equivalent  of  the  second  Colum- 
naria reef,  this  Tetradimn  reef  developed  immediately  above  it 
and  replaced  it  further  north.  Outside  the  Madison  region  it 
bases  the  Saluda  type  of  strata. 

Practically  whereever  this  reef  is  seen  it  is  closely  associated 
with  a  fauna  similar  to  the  one  three  miles  north  of  Madison. 
Sometimes  this  fauna  is  above  the  reef  or  in  it,  but  usually  is 
beneath.  Near  Versailles  the  Dystactospongia  is  especially  abun- 
dant and  just  below  it  are  found,  besides  the  molluscs  listed  above, 
Ptilodictya  magnificia,  Monticulipora  epidermata,  Leptaena 
rhomboidalis,  Agelacrinus  cincinnatiensis,  and  Lichas  sp. 

At  Oxford,  Ohio,  the  first  incursion  of  the  Whitewater  fauna  is 
preserved  in  the  3'  of  Trochoceras  shales,  and  among  the  clams 
are  such  characteristic  fonns  as  Byssonychia  grandis,  B.  richmond- 
ensis,  Ischyrodonta  elongata,  I.  truncata  Opisthoptera  casei, 
Ortonella  hainesi,  and  Whitella  obliquata. 


232  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

Between  the  top  of  this  bed  and  the  base  of  the  Tetradium 
reef  are  about  twenty  feet  of  more  or  less  even  bedded  limestones 
and  shales,  so  we  thus  see  that  there  are,  here  at  least,  as  much  as 
twenty-three  feet  of  Whitewater  strata  beneath  the  base  of  the 
Saluda.  Even  should  we  base  the  Saluda  with  the  lower  Colum- 
naria  reef  at  Madison,  the  result  would  be  but  little  change,  and 
nowhere  could  the  Saluda  be  said  to  be  beneath  the  Whitewater. 

Above  the  Tetradium  level  at  Madison  are  37'-40'  of  massive, 
typical  Saluda  strata,  almost  wholly  barren  of  fossils  except  near 
the  top.  As  one  goes  north  the  strata  immediately  above  the 
basal  reef  becomes  more  fossiliferous,  the  best  localities  for  collect- 
ing being  near  Hamburg,  Ind.,  and  Oxford,  O.,  at  the  latter  place 
being  3'  thick.  The  fauna  is  characterized  by  the  scarcity  of 
Brachiopoda  and  Bryozoa,  and  includes  Leperditia  appressa,  L. 
cylindrica,  L.  caecigena,  Ceratopsis  chamersi,  Eurychilina 
striatomarginata,  Primitia  glabra  and  Tetradella  simplex,  the 
first  four  of  these  ostracods  being  recurrent  Trenton  -species. 
Other  fossils  are  Byssonychia  grandis,  B.  richmondensis,  several 
species  each  of  Cyrtoceras  and  Orthoceras,  Tryblidium  indianense, 
etc.,  etc.  Fragments  of  a  large  Euryteroid  are  found,  and 
remains  of  plants  are  occasionally  found. 

Everything  in  these  strata  points  to  a  shallowness  of  the  sea, 
and  a  nearness  to  land,  and  it  is  hoped  that  there  will  be  found  in 
these  rocks  some  definite  information  as  to  the  nature  of  the  land 
life  of  the  closing  Ordovician. 

Above  the  Saluda  type  limestones  in  the  Oxford  region  are 
about  10'  of  thin  limestones  and  shales,  sometimes  just  crowded 
full  of  Bryozoa,  mostly  several  species  of  Homotrypa,  including 
H.  wortheni.  It  is  the  Bryozoa  from  these  beds  that  have  given 
the  name  Coral  Banks  to  the  dump  from  the  R.  R.  cut  above 
Oxford. 

West  of  Cross  Plains  about  one  and  a  half  miles,  nine  miles 
south  of  Versailles,  a  second  Tetradium  horizon  appears,  only 
this  "reef"  has  in  places  as  much  Labechia  as  Tetradium.  At 
Cooper's  Falls,  four  miles  south  of  Versailles,  it  occurs  in  the 
breast  of  the  first  little  fall  below  the  road,  is  only  1'  thick,  and 
is  about  30'  above  the  top  of  the  lower  reef. 

This  horizon  was  not  seen  at  Versailles,  but  doubtless  closer 
examination  would  show  it.  It  occurs,  however,  at  all  other  localities 
as  far  north  as  Laurel  and  as  far  eastward  as  a  number  of  exposures 
on  little  tributaries  of  Indian  Creek,  three  miles  west  of 
Oxford,  O.  In  this  latter  region  the  Labechia  is  absent,  and  the 
Tetradium  forms  a  definite,  hard,  massive  reef,  in  places  two  and 
one-half  feet  thick.  Most  of  the  colonies  are  upside  down,  giving 
evidence  of  wave  action  upon  this  ancient  reef,  much  as  upon  the 
reefs  in  the  present  coral  seas. 


Jan.,  1914.]        Richmond  Beds  of  the  Cincinnati  Group.  233 

Sometimes  2'-3'  below  this  second  Tetradium  reef  is  another 
V  of  Tetradium.  Between  these  Indian  Creek  exposures  and 
Oxford  this  reef  disappears  and  is  not  known  to  the  east. 

And  between  the  two  reefs  at  this  locahty  are  not  only  the  10' 
of  Bryozoa  beds,  but  about  20'  of  characteristic  soft,  lumpy, 
shaly  Whitewater  strata  with  the  characteristic  Whitewater 
fauna.  The  Rhynchotrema  dentata  beds  appear  just  above  the 
reef.  Hence  we  see  from  the  position  of  these  tw^o  reefs  that  the 
Saluda  is  in  part  the  equivalent  of  the  Whitewater. 

Returning  to  the  Madison  section  to  pick  up  another  marker 
and  trace  it  through,  we  find  that  the  extreme  to]3  of  the  Richmond 
is  again  fossiliferous.  Just  above  the  Hanging  Rock  these  fos- 
siliferous  strata  begin  with  S"  of  thin  limestones  and  dark  shale, 
with  Byssonychia  richmondensis,  Pterinea  demissa,  Orthoceras 
hammelli,  Labechia  ohioensis,  and  Tetradium  minus.  Next  is 
a  16"  massive  dark  limestone,  with  a  richly  fossiliferous  film  of 
rather  poorly  preserved  fossils  on  the  top.  These  fossils  constitute 
a  distinct  and  peculiar  fauna,  part  of  which  appears  to  have  no 
near  relationship  in  the  Cincinnati.  The  more  common  species 
are  Labechia  montifera,  Labechia  sp.,  Streptelasma  sp.,  Cteno- 
donta  sp.,  Pterinea  demissa,  Liospira  sp.,  Holopea  hubbardi, 
Lophospira  hammelli,  Orthoceras  hitzi,  O.  gorbeyi,  and  Cyrtocer- 
ina  madisonensis.  At  the  exposures  along  the  road  to  Hanover, 
three  miles  west  of  Madison,  there  are  added  Hebertella  sinuata, 
Platystrophia  acutilirata,  Leperditia  caecigena,  Labechia  ohioensis 
and  Tetradium  mintis,  there  being  no  distinction  here  between 
the  two  fossil  layers  as  at  Madison.  This  assemblage  of  fossils 
constitutes  the  so-called  "Hitz  fauna." 

Between  the  Hitz  fauna  proper  at  Madison  and  the  Ordovician- 
Silurian  contact,  is  a  2'  4"  limestone  with  all  of  the  ostracods  listed 
from  the  vSaluda  of  Oxford,  except  Leperditia  appressa,  and  with 
Entomis  madisonensis  added.  This  ostracod  limestone  is  not 
distinct  at  the  locality  three  miles  west. 

Between  Madison  and  Cooper's  Falls  the  Tetradium  and  Labe- 
chia become  consolidated  into  a  rather  definite  reef,  though  not 
of  great  thickness.  At  Cooper's  Falls  this  reef  is  13^'  thick.  It 
is  about  19'  above  the  second  Tetradium  reef  and  5'  beneath  the 
Silurian  contact.  These  5'  are  massive  limestones  much  like  the 
top  limestones  at  Madison,  and  carry  a  reduced  Hitz  fauna.  The 
Hitz  fauna  is  seen  no  farther  toward  the  north. 

This  third  reef  is  seen  constantly  at  about  this  level,  whereever 
it  is  exposed,  around  the  northern  edge  of  the  Cincinnati  outcrops 
as  far  east  as  the  vicinity  of  Waynesville,  O.  The  only  place 
where  it  was  not  seen  was  at  Laurel,  and  a  more  careful  examina- 
tion of  the  strata  would  doubtless  show  it  here. 

On  Elkhorn  Creek  the  total  thickness  of  the  beds  between  the 
level  of  the  lower  reef  and  the  Silurian  contact  is  about  125',  as 


234  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

contrasted  with  71'  at  Laurel  and  57'  at  Cooper's  Falls.  The 
presence  on  Elkhom  Creek  of  the  upper  reef,  S'  4"  below  that 
Silurian  contact,  shows  that  this  thickening  of  strata  is  due  to  the 
more  rapid  accumulation  of  sediments  toward  the  north.  In  the 
region  about  Camden,  O.,  which  is  as  far  eastward  as  the  Saluda 
can  be  traced,  the  thickness  of  strata  between  the  level  of  the 
lower  reef  and  the  upper  reef  is  about  100',  as  nearly  as  the  various 
exposures  can  be  correlated. 

It  is  not  the  usual  thing  to  have  limestones  and  calcareous 
shales  accumulating  more  rapidly  than  the  more  shallow  water 
sands  and  shales,  but  between  the  limits  of  the  lower  and  upper 
reefs  on  Elkhorn  Creek  the  calcareous  sediments  accumulated  over 
three  times  as  fast  as  the  argillaceous  and  arenaceous  sediments 
to  the  north.  The  land  evidently  was  so  low  as  to  suffer  from 
little  erosion,  and  the  sea  about  it  so  shallow  that  the  shifting  sands 
and  muds  were  kept  stirred  up  by  the  waves  when  not  exposed 
between  tides,  as  shown  by  the  ripple  marks  and  sun  cracks  at 
various  levels.  Thus  the  organic  accumulations  here  would  be 
reduced  to  a  minimum  while  to  the  north  the  usual  favorable 
conditions  would  prevail. 

Of  these  125'  of  strata  on  Elkhorn  Creek,  about  75'  at  the 
base  are  typical  Whitewater  sediments  with  the  typical  fauna. 
The  remaining  strata  are  15'  of  barren  shale  at  the  base,  with  pre- 
dominating shales  and  more  or  less  even-bedded  limestones  to 
the  Silurian  contact.  These  strata  constitute  the  Elkhorn  beds, 
and  bear  a  fauna  quite  distinct  from  the  Whitewater. 

The  change  from  the  Saluda  sediments  and  fauna  begins  at 
Cooper's  Falls.  Beneath  the  upper  reef  there  are  7'  of  heavy 
vSaluda  limestones,  and  beneath  those  about  10'  of  thin,  somewhat 
lumpy,  barren  shales  and  liinestones. 

At  Versailles  the  second  reef  was  not  seen  and  ■  the  sections 
studied  did  not  run  high  enough  to  show  the  upper  reef.  But  the 
10'  of  strata  at  Cooper's  Falls  are  represented  at  the  to]3  of  the 
Versailles  section  by  9'  of  strata  which  are  much  softer  and  more 
lumpy  than  at  Cooper's  Falls,  and  they  bear  quite  a  fauna  of  a 
Composite  Whitewater — Elkhorn  type. 

Three  miles  north  of  Osgood,  on  Big  Plum  Creek  and  in  that 
vicinity,  these  strata  are  thicker,  more  characteristically  White- 
water at  the  base,  then  with  even  bedded  shales  and  limestones 
up  to  the  u])i:)cr  reef,  which  is  2'  thick  and  5'  beneath  the  Silurian. 

On  a  north  fork  of  Big  Salt  Creek,  west  of  Oldenburg,  the 
Richmond  ends  with  40'  of  apparently  fossiliferous  strata.  (The 
middle  of  this  -10'  is  covered.)  At  the  base  are  about  10'  of  strata 
with  Rhynchotrcma  dentata,  Strophomena  sulcata,  S.  vetusta, 
Platystrophia  laticosta,  P.  acutilirata,  Monticulipora  epidcnnata, 
Batostoma  varians,  Rhombotrypa  quadrata  Byssonychia  rich- 
mondensis,  Ischyrodonta  truncata,  Conularia  sp.,  Cornvihtes  sp., 


Jan.,  1914.]  Solanacem  of  Ohio.  235 

Protarea  vetusta,  Streptelasma  msticum,  S.  divaricans,  etc.  etc. 
At  the  top  are  Schizolopha  moorei,  Salpingostoma  richmondensis, 
Platystrophia  lynx,  the  species  of  Platystrophia,  Strophomena,  and 
Streptelasma  listed  above,  Rhynchotrema  capax,  Protarea  vetusta, 
etc.  etc. 

On  Big  Sains  Creek  near  Laurel  the  55'  of  strata  between  the 
second  reef  and  the  Silurian  are  largely  barren.  No  good  exposures 
at  this  level  are  seen  between  Laurel  and  Elkhorn  Creek.  But 
between  these  places  the  fossils  become  differentiated  into  the 
distinct  Whitewater  and  Elkhorn  faunas. 

Nowhere  on  the  upper  half  of  the  Cincinnati  arch  was  more 
than  a  local  unconformity  seen  between  the  Richmond  and  the  Sil- 
urian. Usually  it  was  quite  difficult  to  tell  just  where  Ordovician 
ended  and  Silurian  began. 

The  upper  reef  varies  in  position  from  immediately  beneath 
the  contact  three  miles  west  of  Madison,  to  an  extreme  of  14'  be- 
neath it  near  Waynes ville.  In  this  latter  region  a  conspicuous 
band  of  purple  shale  appears  about  5'  above  the  reef  and  occurs 
constantly  at  about  this  level  ever>'^vhere  on  the  east  side  of  the 
arch. 

To  summarize  in  conclusion,  all  of  the  Elkhorn  and  nearly  all 
of  the  Whitewater  are  but  the  deeper  water  equivalents  of  the 
shoal  water  vSaluda  to  the  south. 

Second:  The  only  Saluda  in  Ohio  is  in  the  northern  part  of 
Butler  and  southern  part  of  Preble  Counties. 

Third:  The  third  coral  reef  and  the  purple  shale  together 
show  that  the  top  of  the  Ordovician  is  quite  uniform  and  that  any 
unconformity  is  but  slight,  and  close  examination  of  the  contact 
bears  this  out. 

Oxford,  Ohio. 


SOLANACE.^  OF  OHIO. 

Amy  Williams. 

In  the  following  study,  the  genera  and  species  have  been  ar- 
ranged in  what  appears  to  the  writer  to  be  their  phyletic  sequence. 
Easy  keys  for  identification  and  the  distribution  in  the  state,  so 
far  as  shown  by  specimens  in  the  state  herbarium,  should  make  a 
studv  of  the  family  readily  accessible  to  the  amateur  botanists 
of  Ohio. 

SOLANACE^.    Potato  Family. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  vines,  or  some  tropical  species  trees,  with  alter- 
nate or  rarely  opposite  leaves  without  stipules,  and  with  hypo- 
genous,  bisporangiate,  regular  or  nearly  regular  cymose  flowers. 
Calyx  mostly  5-lobed;  corolla  sympetalous,  mostly  5-lobed,  the 
lobes  induplicate-valvate  or  plicate  in  the  bud;  stamens  united 
with  the  corolla,  as  many  as  it's  lobes  and  alternate  with  them, 


236  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

all  equal  and  perfect  in  the  following  genera  except  Petunia. 
Gynecium  of  2  united  carpels,  rarely  3  or  5;  ovules  and  seeds 
numerous;  fniit  a  berry  or  capsule. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.     Corolla  funnelform,  fruit  a  capsule.     2. 

1.  Corolla  campanulate  to  rotate,  fruit  a  berry,  sometimes  nearly  dry.  4. 

2.  Flowers   in   large    terminal   racemes   or  panicles,    viscid-pubescent; 

calyx  tubular-campanulate  or  ovoid.     Nicotiana. 

2.  Flowers  axillary  or  in  simple,  leafy  racemes.     3. 

3.  Calyx  tube  \i  inch  long  and  with  long,  leaf-like  lobes.     Petunia. 

3.  Calyx  tube  an  inch  or  more  long.     Datura. 

4.  Stems  woody,  often  with  thorns,  leaves  lanceolate,  fruit  a  nearly  dry 

berry.     Lycium. 

4.  Stems  herbaceous,  or  if  woody  then  the  leaves  lobed  or  compound, 

and  fruit  a  fleshy  berry.     5. 

5.  Anthers  unconnected,   corolla  broadly  campanulate,   fruiting  calyx 

enlarged.     6. 

5.  Anthers  connivent  or  slightly  connate,  corolla  rotate,  fruiting  calyx 

not   enlarged.     7. 

6.  Ovulary  3-o-locular,  fruiting  calyx  deeply  5-parted,  corolla  pale  blue. 

Phy  sal  odes. 

6.  Ovulary  bi-locular,  calyx  5-lobed,  not  parted,  corolla  yellow  or  whit- 

ish, often  with  a  dark  centre.     Physalis. 

7.  Anthers  opening  by  terminal  pores  or  short  slits,  leaves  entire,  lobed 

or  pinnately  compound.     Solanum. 
7.     Anthers    longitudinally     dehiscent,     leaves     usually     bi-pinnatifid, 
or  bi-pinnate.     Lycopersicon. 

Petunia  Juss. 

Viscid-pubescent  herbs  with  entire  leaves.  Flowers  white, 
violet,  or  purple,  having  funnelform  corollas  with  plicate,  spreading 
or  slightly  irregular  limbs;  stamens  5,  united  with  the  corolla,  4 
of  them  didynamous,  perfect,  the  fifth  smaller  or  obsolete;  filaments 
slender;  ovtilary  bilocular. 

1.  Petunia  violacea  Lindl.  Common  Petunia.  Very  viscid, 
from  8  to  25  inches  high.  Leaves  ovate  or  obovate,  all  but  the 
uppennost  petioled,  mostly  obtuse;  corolla  commonly  violet- 
purple  with  a  campanulate  tube,  the  limb  plicate;  sepals  linear. 
Monroe,  Franklin.      Native  of  South  America. 

Nicotiana  L. 

Viscid-pubescent  narcotic  herbs  or  shrubs.  Leaves  entire  or 
slightly  undulate;  flowers  white,  yellow,  greenish  or  purplish;  in 
terminal  racemes  or  panicles;  calyx  tubular-campanulate  or 
ovoid,  o-cleft;  corolla-tube  usually  longer  than  the  limb,  5-lobed, 
spreading;  stamens  5,  united  with  the  corolla;  ovulary  bilocular, 
rarely  4-locular;  style  slender;  stigma  capitate. 

1 .  Nicotiana  tabacum  L.  Common  Tobacco.  Large,  showy 
herbs  about  '.'A)  or  m<  re  inches  high.  Leaves  lance-ovate,  decur- 
rent,  or  the  upper  ones  lanceolate;  flowers  rose-purple,  in  panicles 
with  funnelform  corolla,  with  somewhat  inflated  throat  and  short 
lobes.     Huron,  Adams.     Escaped  from  cultivation. 


Jan.,  1914.]  Solanacece  of  Ohio.  237 

Datura  L. 

Large  narcotic  herbs,  or  rarely  shrubs  or  trees.  Leaves 
petioled,  alternate;  flowers  large,  solitary,  erect,  short-peduncled 
and  white,  purple  or  violet;  calyx  elongated-tubular  or  prismatic, 
5-cleft;  corolla  funnelform,  5-lobed,  the  lobes  plicate,  broad,  acumi- 
nate; stamens  included  or  little  exserted,  with  long,  filiform 
filaments,  united  with  the  corolla  tube  to  about  the  middle. 

1.     Leaves  entire,  calyx  tubular.     D.  metel. 

1.     Leaves  lobed  and  angled,  calyx  prismatic,  flowers  white  to  purple. 

D.  stramonium. 

1.  Datura  metel  L.  Entire-leaf  Jimson-weed.  Annual; 
finely  glandular-pubescent,  3  to  9  feet  high.  Leaves  broadly 
ovate,  acute,  inequilateral,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base; 
flowers  white,  corolla  about  twice  the  length  of  the  calyx;  capsule 
nearly  globose,  obtuse,  prickly  and  pubescent.  Lake  county. 
From  tropical  America. 

2.  Datura  stramonium  L.  Common  Jimson-weed.  Annual, 
glabrous  or  the  young  parts  minutely  pubescent.  Stem  stout; 
leaves  ovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  often  with  a  tinge  of  purple, 
irregularly  sinuate-lobed,  the  lobes  acute;  flowers  white  or  violet; 
calyx  prismatic;  capsule  ovoid,  prickly.  General.  Naturalized 
from  the  tropics. 

Lycium  L. 

Shrubs  or  woody  vines,  with  small  leaves  and  with  smaller 
ones  in  fasicles  in  the  axils.  Flowers  white,  greenish  or  purple, 
solitar}^  or  in  clusters;  calyx  campanulate,  3  to  5-lobed;  corolla 
tube  short  or  slender,  the  limb  5-lobed  (rarely  4-lobed),  the  lobes 
obtuse;  stamens  5,  (rarely  4)  filaments  filiform. 

1.  Lycium  halmifolium  Mill.  Matrimony-vine.  Glabrous, 
with  thorns  or  unaraicd.  Leaves  lanceolate,  oblong,  or  spatulate, 
with  short  petioles;  stem  slender,  climbing  or  trailing;  thorns  when 
present  slender;  calyx  lobes  ovate;  corolla  purplish,  changing  to 
greenish;  stamens  slightly  exserted;  berry  oval,  orange-red. 
Rather  general.     From  Europe. 

Physalodes  Boehm. 

Annual,  erect,  glabrous  herbs.  Leaves  alternate,  petioled, 
sinuate-dentate  or  lobed;  flowers  large,  solitary,  light-blue, 
nodding;  calyx -segments  ovate,  connivent,  cordate  or  sagitate  at 
the  base,  netted-veined ;  corolla  broadly  campanulate,  slightly  5- 
lobed;  stamens  5,  included,  united  with  the  base  of  the  corolla. 

1.  Physalodes  physalodes  (L.)  Britt.  Apple-of-Peru.  Plant 
18  to  45  inches  high  with  angled  stem.  Leaves  ovate  or  oblong, 
acuminate  but  blunt,  narrowing  into  a  long  petiole;  limb  of  corolla 
almost  entire;  segments  of  the  fruiting-cah'x  temiinating  in 
cusps,  loosely  surrounding  the  berry.  Hamilton,  Clinton,  Clark, 
FrankHn,  Licking,  Gallia,  Montgomery,  Champaign.  From 
Peru. 


238  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

Physalis  L. 

Herbs  with  entire  or  sinuately  toothed  leaves.     Calyx  cam- 

panulate,  5-toothed,  when  in  fruit  much  enlarged  and  5-angled  or 

10-ribbed    and    reticulate,    wholly   enclosing   the    pulpy    berry; 

corolla  often  with  a  brownish  or  purplish  centre,  open-campanulate, 

or  rarely  campanulate-rotate,   plicate;  stamens  united  with  the 

base  of  the  corolla. 

1.     Stems  glabrous  or  only  slightly  pubescent,  pedimcles  usually  longer 
than  the  flowers,  leaves  usually  acute  or  acuminate  at  the  base.     4. 

1.  Stems  very  pubescent  or  wooly;  peduncles  usually  shorter  than  the 

flowers;  leaves  usually  shorter  than  the   flowers;   leaves  usually 
cordate  or  truncate  at  the  base.     2. 

2.  Leaves  with  long  hairs,  plants  perennial;  fruiting-calyx  pyramidal, 

5-angled  and  with  long  points.     P.  heterophylla 

2.  Leaves  with  short  pubescence,  plants  annual;   fruiting-calyx  rather 

small,  points  very  short.     3. 

3.  Plant  green,  leaves  ovate,  usually  only  slightly  cordate  at  the  base, 

nearly  entire  or  dentate.     P.  pruinosa. 

3.  Plant  somewhat  hoary;  leaves  cordate  at  the  base,  strongly  oblique, 

coarsely  sinuate.     P.  puhescens. 

4.  Leaves  ovate-lanceolate;  fruiting-calyx  green.     5. 

4.  Leaves  broadly  ovate,  acute;  fruiting-calyx  red.     P.  alkekengi. 

5.  Stem  usually  not  2-forked;  leaves  not  decidedly  dentate  toward  the 

tip;  fruiting-calyx  ovoid.     6. 

5.  Stem  noticeably  2-forked;  main-stem  erect;  fruiting-calyx  pyramidal, 

5-angled,  deeply  sunken  at  the  base;  leaves  usually  dentate  at  the 
outer  end.     P.  virginiana. 

6.  Peduncles  shorter  than  the  flower;  annual.     P.  ixocarpa. 

G.     Peduncles  longer  than  the  flower;  perennial  by  rootstocks  or  roots. 

P.   lanceolata. 

1.  Physalis  lanceolata  Mx.  Prairie  Ground-cherry.  Plant 
with  slender,  creeping  root-stock.  Young  stems  erect,  later 
spreading  or  diffuse,  slightly  angled,  somewhat  hirsute  with  flat 
hairs;  leaves  mostly  entire,  sometimes  slightly  lobed,  sparingly 
covered  with  short  hairs;  calyx  lobes  triangular-lanceolate,  when 
in  fruit  round-ovoid,  not  sunken  at  the  base,  indistinctly  10- 
angled;  corolla  dullish  yellow  with  a  brownish  centre.     General. 

2.  Physalis  ixocarpa  Brot.  Mexican  Ground-cherry.  When 
young  erect,  later  widely  spreading;  stem  angled,  glabrous  or  the 
younger  parts  slightly  hairy;  lea\'es  cordate  to  ovate  with  a  cuneate 
iDase,  sinuately  dentate  or  entire;  calyx  slightly  hairy;  corolla 
bright  yellow  with  purple  throat;  fruiting-calyx  round  ovoid, 
obscurely  10-angled,  often  ])urijle  veined;  berry  purple,  filling  the 
husk.     Franklin  county.     Nati\'e  of  Mexico. 

-J.  Physalis  virginiana  Mill.  Virginia  Ground-cherry.  Peren- 
nial; about  14  inches  high;  stems  slightly  angled,  strigose-hairy 
with  flat  hairs,  or  glabrous;  dichotomously  branched;  leaves 
ovate-lanceolate,  usually  sinuately  dentate;  peduncles  in  fruit 
curved  but  scarcely  reflexed;  calyx  lobes  triangular  or  broadly 
lanceolate,  nearly  equalling  the  tube;  flowers  sulphur-yellow  with 
purplish  spots.     Cu\'ahoga  county. 


Jan.,  1914.]  Solanacece  of  Ohio.  239 

4.  Physalis  alkekengi  L.  Chinese  Lantern  (Ground-cherry) 
Perennial.  Leaves  thin,  broadly  ovate,  entire  or  angled;  fruiting 
cah'x  much  enlarged,  veined,  scarlet  or  crimson.  Persistent  after 
cultivation.     Franklin,  Lake. 

5.  Physalis  heterophylla  Nees.  Clammy  Ground-cherry. 
Perennial  by  a  creeping  rootstock,  viscid  and  glandular,  12  to  18 
inches  high,  with  long,  spreading,  jointed,  flat  hairs;  leaves  acute, 
very  rarely  with  an  acumination,  thick,  sinuately  toothed  or  some- 
times subentire;  calyx  long-villous  with  triangular  lobes  usually 
not  as  long  as  the  tube;  corolla  greenish-yellow  with  a  brownish 
or  purplish  centre.     General  and  abundant. 

6.  Physalis  pubescens  L.  Low  Hairy  Ground-cherry.  Plant 
pubescent,  with  spreading  stems  slightly  swollen  at  the  nodes. 
Leaves  ovate,  acute,  or  acuminate,  slightly  cordate,  upward 
repand-denticulate  or  entire,  pubescent,  sometimes  becoming 
nearly  glabrous  except  along  the  veins;  corolla  yellow  with  a  dark 
centre;  calyx  lobes  narrow,  in  fruit  membranous,  pyramidal,  ovoid- 
acuminate,  retuse  at  the  base.     Shelby,  Morgan. 

7.  Physalis  pruinosa  L.  Tall  Hairy  Ground-cherry.  Stout, 
generally  erect,  quite  hairy.  Stem  finely  villous  or  somewhat 
viscid;  leaves  finely  pubescent,  ovate,  cordate,  and  deeply  sin- 
uately toothed;  calyx  villous  or  viscid,  its  lobes  as  long  as  the  tube, 
narrow  but  not  subulate-tipped;  fruiting  calyx  reticulate,  ovoid, 
cordate;  berry  yellow  or  green.     Franklin  county. 

Solanum  L. 

Herbs  or  shrubs,  often  stellate-pubescent,  sometimes  climbing. 
Flowers  cymose  umbelliform,  paniculate,  or  racemose;  calyx 
campanulate  or  rotate,  usually  5-cleft;  corolla  rotate,  the  limb 
plaited,  5-angled  or  5-lobed,  the  tube  very  short;  stamens  united 
with  the  corolla,  filaments  short. 

1.     Leaves  compound  or  divided.     2. 

1.  Leaves  entire,  toothed,  or  merely  lobed.     4. 

2.  Plants  not  prickly.     3. 

2.  Plant  and  enlarged  fruiting-calyx  very  prickly;  one  stamen  enlarged 

and  beaked.     5.  rostratum. 

3.  Herbs  with  tubers;  stems  prominently  wing-angled.     5.  tuberosum. 

3.  Climbing  vines,  more  or  less  woody;  stems  not  winged,  or  only  slight- 

ly angled.     5.   dulcamara. 

4.  Plants  prickly  or  if  only  slightly  so,  then  stellate-pubescent,  or  sil- 

very-canescent   all   over.     5. 

4.  Plants  glabrous  or  somewhat  pubescent,  not  prickly  or  silvery-canes- 

cent;  ripe  berries  black.     5.  nigrum. 

5.  Leaves  repand-dentate  or  entire;  densely  silvery-canescent. 

5'.  eleagnifolium. 
5.     Leaves  lobed  and  angled;  hirsute.     5.  carolinense. 

1.  Solanum  elaeagnifolium  Cav.  Silverleaf  Nightshade. 
Perennial,  silvery-canescent  all  over.  Stem  sometimes  with 
sharp  prickles;  leaves  lanceolate,  oblong  or  linear,  petioled,  mostly 
obtuse,  repand-dentate  or  entire;  flowers  cymose;  peduncles  short; 


240  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  3, 

calyx-lobes  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate,  acute.  Lucas  county, 
(a  waif.) 

2.  Solanum  carolinense  L.  Horse-nettle.  Stellate-pubes- 
cent with  4  to  <S  rayed  hairs,  erect,  branched,  prickly.  Leaves 
oblong  or  ovate,  repand,  lobed  or  pinnatifid;  flowers  cymose- 
racemose  with  pedicels  recurved  in  tmit;  petals  ovate-lanceolate, 
acute;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate,  acuminate,  about  half  the  length  of 
the  corolla,  persistent  at  the  base  of  the  berry;  berries  orange-yel- 
low, glabrous.     General. 

.3.  Solanum  tuberosum  L.  Potato.  Plant  erect,  finely 
pubescent.  Leaves  pinnate,  made  up  of  several  ovate  leaflets 
and  some  minute  ones  inter-mixed;  flowers  blue  or  white,  arranged 
in  cymes;  sepals  about  half  the  length  of  the  petals;  berries  round, 
green.       Franklin,  Ottawa,  Erie,  Tuskarawas,  Hocking,  Monroe. 

4.  Solanum  dulcamara  L.  Bitter-sweet.  Perennial;  stem 
climbing,  somewhat  woody  below.  Leaves  ovate  or  hastate; 
petioled,  acute  or  acuminate,  entire,  3-lobed,  or  3-divided  with  the 
terminal  segment  the  largest;  flowers  blue,  purple  or  white  in 
compound  lateral  cymes;  corolla  5-lobed,  petals  triangular-lanceo- 
late, sepals  short,  oblong,  obtuse,  persistent  at  the  base  of  the  berry; 
berry  oval  or  globose,  red.  General  in  northern  Ohio  as  far  south 
as  Clark,  Licking  and  Jefferson  counties;  also  in  Meigs  county. 

5.  Solanum  nigrum  L.  Black  Nightshade.  Annual,  glab- 
rous or  slight!}'  pubescent,  about  15  inches  high.  Leaves  ovate, 
petioled,  more  or  less  inequilateral,  acute,  acuminate  at  the  apex; 
flowers  broad,  3  to  10  on  an  umbel;  calyx-lobes  much  shorter  than 
the  corolla,  persistent  at  the  base  of  the  berry;  berries  glabrous, 
globose.     General  and  abundant. 

6.  Solanum  rostratum  Dun.  Buffalo-bur.  Densely  pubes- 
cent with  5  to  S  rayed  hairs  and  covered  with  yellow  subulate 
prickles.  Leaves  ovate  or  oval  in  outline,  irregularly  pinnately 
5  to  7  lobed  or  1  to  2  pinnatifid;  flowers  in  lateral  racemes;  pedi- 
cels erect  both  in  flower  and  fruit;  calyx  densely  prickly,  entirely 
covering  the  berry.  FrankHn,  Marion,  Ottawa,  Cuyahoga,  Sum- 
mit, Lake.    From  the  west. 

Lycopersicon  Mill. 

Annual,  or  rarely  perennial,  coarse  herbs  with  1  to  2  pinnately 
divided  leaves  and  flowers  in  lateral  irregular  racemose  cymes 
opposite  the  leaves.  Corolla  rotate,  the  tube  short,  the  limb  5- 
cleft  rarely  6-clcft,  plicate;  calyx  5-parted  rarely  (i-parted. 

1.  Lycopersicon  lycopersicon  (L).  Karst.  Tomato.  Viscid- 
pubescent,  much  branched,  one  to  several  feet  high.  Leaves 
petioled,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  mostly  acute,  dentate,  lobed  or 
again  divided  with  several  or  numerous  small  leaflets,  sepals  about 
equalling  the  petals.     Rather  general  as  an  csca])e. 

Date  of  Publication,  January  23,  1914. 


The  Ohio  VS(^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 


Volume  XIV.  FEBRUARY,    1914.  No.  4. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Dachnowski— Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growtii  and  to  tlie  Snccessional  and 

Geographic  Distribution  of  Plants 241 

Drake— An  Occurence  of  Atypus  Milberti  Walck.  in  Ohio 251 

Napper— Flood  Erosion  Along  Paint  Creek,  Fayette  County,  Ohio 252 

ScHAEFNER— Ecological  Varieties  as  Illustrated  by  Salix  Interior 255 


TRANSPIRATION  IN  RELATION  TO  GROWTH  AND  TO  THE 
SUCCESSIONAL  AND  GEOGRAPHIC  DISTRIBUTION 

OF  PLANTS.* 

Alfred  Dachnowski. 

In  former  publications  (Botanical  Gazette  49;  325-339,  1910; 
Ibid  54;  503-514;  Bulletin  16,  Geological  Survey  of  Ohio,  1912) 
the  writer  invited  a  closer  consideration  of  a  number  of  points 
of  interest  to  students  of  modem  phases  of  Botany.  Among 
other  matters,  attention  was  called  to  the  fact  that  while  the 
presence  of  structural  modifications  is  generally  regarded  as  a 
condition  in  favor  of  certain  plants  which  are  limited  to  habitats 
favorable  to  them,  the  more  noteworthy  characteristic  is  very 
likely  functional  variability,  when  plants  extend  the  areal  range 
beyond  their  typical  habitats.  It  is  a  well  known  fact  that 
plant  migrations  are  not  completed  as  yet,  and  that  vegetational 
limits  are  determined  more  frequently  by  developmental  than 
by  climatic  or  edaphic  conditions.  European  ecologists  especially 
have  furnished  notable  instances  of  this  character,  and  the  more 
important  results  of  the  several  International  Phytogeographic 
excursions  into  various  parts  of  the  world  tend  to  give  prominence 
to  the  problem  of  functional  plasticity  in  plants  of  the  same 
species,  but  of  ecologically  and  geographically  separate  regions. 
Relative  power  of  endurance  and  acclimatization  are  questions 
of  special  significance  also  in  the  existing  peculiarities  of  scattered 
geographical    distribution    as   well    as   in    physiological    ecology. 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  Ohio  State  University, 
No.  80. 

241 


242  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 

Examples  of  a  more  local  nature  are  cited  in  Bulletin  IG,  in  the 
chapters  dealing  with  the  historical  factors  of  bog  vegetation 
and  the  succession  of  vegetation  upon  peat  soils.  It  is  there 
shown  that  areal  movements  of  vegetation  during  remote  geo- 
logical periods  of  time  as  well  as  to-day,  arc  detennined  partly 
by  the  external  conditions  to  which  a  plant  or  the  social  aggregate 
is  exposed  and  partly  by  the  functional  limits  of  the  organic 
units,  these  two  sets  of  factors  themselves  progressively  changing 
as  vegetation  types  evolve.  A  further  consideration  of  importance 
is  the  theory  entertained  that  the  change  of  conditions,  in  the 
remote  past,  following  the  accumulation  of  organic  soil  (peat-like 
in  nature)  and  the  invasion  of  it  by  organisms  originally  aquatic, 
had  played  a  prominent  part  in  the  establishment  of  a  land 
flora  and  the  further  differentiation  of  it  into  those  alternating 
phases  of  the  life  cycle  which  are  so  characteristic  of  archegoniate 
plants. 

In  the  work  of  an  experimental  nature,  the  writer  brought 
out  the  fact  that  the  point  of  most  importance  which  should  be 
noted  in  this  connection  is  the  difference  in  the  water  require- 
ment of  plants.  The  experiments  cited  showed  clearly  that 
transpiration  is  not  a  measure  of  growth  even  under  the  same 
atmospheric  conditions,  and  can  not  be  looked  upon  as  the  most 
striking  criterion  for  such  colonists  among  plants  as  are  steadily 
coming  into  a  new  habitat  and  succeed  to  establish  themseh'es 
as  dominants  or  in  competition  with  the  plants  constituting 
the  association. 

The  tenn  "water  requirement"  is  a  word  which  enjoys  the 
advantage  of  brevity  as  well  as  euphony,  but  it  is  also  another 
instance  of  the  rather  numerous  cases  in  the  literature  of  applied 
botany  of  the  misleading  use  of  terms.  It  is  assumed  by  many 
writers  that  a  definite  and  quantitative  relation  exists  between 
transpiration  and  growth,  and  that  hence  the  ratio  of  the  weight 
of  water  absorbed  and  transpired  by  a  plant  during  its  growth 
to  the  green  or  dr}^  substance  produced  is  an  adequate  and  simple 
measure  of  growth.  The  generalization  from  the  data  pre- 
sented by  them  is  too  broad;  it  is  seriously  inadequate  to  account 
for  numerous  exceptions  in  the  investigations  bearing  on  this 
subject,  and  is  certain  to  lead  to  error.  It  is  needless  to  say 
that  any  measure  of  "the  agricultural  duty  of  water,"  of  the 
water  economy  of  crops  or  of  native  vegetation  types;  any  action 
looking  toward  the  better  utilization  and  management  of  water 
resources  for  irrigation;  any  estimation  of  the  capacity  of  a 
land  area  for  crop  ])roduction  or  for  the  probable  future  population 
it  may  support;  any  study  of  the  geographical  mo\'ement  of 
vegetation,  if  made  on  the  basis  of  this  standard  of  water  use 
in  relation  to  plant  growth,  must  be  influenced  by  the  congruit}' 
of  the  rclationshi])   and   the  magnitude  of  the  value  involved. 


Feb.,  1914.]  Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growth.  243 

It  is  necessary  either  to  abandon  the  tenn,  because  investigators 
are  no  longer  certain  of  denoting  consistent  results  obtained  by 
means  of  the  value,  or  to  change  the  meaning  of  the  term  so  that 
it  may  carry  with  it  the  implication  which  appears  in  the  experi- 
mental results  of  various  workers. 

In  most  of  the  research  that  has  been  made  on  the  water 
recjuirement  of  plants  the  investigators  have  not  fully  considered 
the  relation  of  transpiration  to  growth.  Transpiration  is  un- 
doubtedly of  value  as  an  indicator  of  different  soil  and  climate 
conditions  and  in  exhibiting  differences  which  exist  between 
different  species  and  varieties  of  plants.  The  general  literature 
bearing  upon  transpiration  has  been  so  well  brought  together 
and  summarized  that  a  review  of  it  need  not  be  given  here. 
Among  the  different  factors  which  are  directly  related  to  the 
problem  and  which  affect  physically  the  transpiration  value  of 
plants  may  be  mentioned  the  water  content  of  the  soil,  the  satura- 
tion deficiency  of  the  air,  and  the  character  of  the  plant,  length 
of  active  period,  relative  size,  root  and  leaf  area,  morphological 
stnicture,  etc.  Of  these  factors  the  soil  water  content  is  con- 
sidered to  be  the  most  important  and  more  complex  variable. 
Its  value  is  a  function  of  the  structure,  type  and  amount  of  soil, 
tillage,  the  per  cent  of  humus  and  clay  content,  and  the  quantity 
of  mineral  salts  (here  considered  merely  as  affecting  the  vapor 
pressure  of  water).  These  conditions  modify  also  the  rate  of 
water  movement.  The  value  of  the  transpirational  water  loss 
may  be  determined  aj:'d  expressed  as  a  ratio  in  terms  of  any  one 
condition  affecting  it  directly,  but  which  of  these  is  the  better 
criterion  may  be  left  in  abeyance  for  the  present.  The  transpira- 
tion ratio  may  fittingly  be  called  the  ecological  water  require- 
ment. As  a  criterion  for  comparing  the  available  water  of 
agricultural  soils;  as  a  measure  of  the  quantity,  the  permanence 
or  the  fiuctation  of  the  water  relation  of  plants  in  their  habitat, 
transpiration  under  these  conditions  is  very  important,  and 
an  adequate  and  simple  index  of  habitat  conditions.  It  is  greatly 
increased  with  the  higher  soil  water  content  and  decreases  within 
limits  as  the  soil  moisture  is  lowered;  where  the  range  in  soil 
water  is  small  the  effect  is  not  marked.  The  loss  of  water  from 
plants  is  inappreciable  in  saturated  air,  is  greater  in  dry  than 
in  moist  atmospheric  conditions,  and  less  for  plants  nearer  the 
ground  stratum.  Under  these  conditions  (assuming  in  all 
cases  that  secondary  injurious  conditions  are  eliminated)  it 
indicates  the  continuity  of  the  water  relation  between  the  soil, 
the  plant  and  the  air — the  water  is  absorbed  without  greatly 
altering  or  expending  the  energy  of  cell  constituents.  The 
transpiration  ratio  indicates  the  magnitude  of  the  water  factor 
within  the  zone  of  shoot  and  root  activity  which  controls  the 
individual  plant  or  the  association ;  it  further  indicates  the  limiting 


244  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  IVol.  XIV,  No.  4, 

values  that  ijroduce  the  effect  of  wilting  and  drought,  and  deter- 
mine the  differentiation  of  the  vegetation  by  the  local  occurrence 
of  soil  types.  It  enables  to  that  extent  a  correlation  between  avail- 
able water  and  the  invasion,  succession  or  reversion,  under 
natural  conditions,  of  one  vegetation  type  to  another.  The 
formula  unquestionably  provides  values  which  are  sufficiently 
distinctive  to  characterize  diverse  plants  and  diverse  habitats, 
and  which  may  serve  also  as  a  criterion  for  the  range  of  deviation, 
the  maximum  and  minimum  transpiration  value  for  the  limits 
of  the  existence  of  plants  as  individuals  or  as  groups,  and  for 
the  geographical  distribution  of  plants  where  this  is  detennined 
physically  by  soil,  climate  or  competition.  However,  correlations 
of  transpiration  with  growth  or  green  and  dry  weight  of  plants 
are  by  no  means  as  clear  as  they  should  be;  they  must  be  more 
thoroughly  tested. 

Critical  researches  are  required  in  at  least  three  experimental 
fields  of  investigation  to  detemiine  (1)  how  far  the  observed 
results  in  growth,  structural  character,  size  and  weight  of  plants 
depend  on  differences  in  the  relation  subsisting  between  absorption 
from  the  soil  and  transpiration  into  the  air,  (2)  how  far  they 
are  due  to  the  differences  in  the  amount  of  water  present  and 
retained  within  the  plant,  i.  e.,  to  differences  in  the  ph^^siological 
water  balance  in  plants,  and  (3)  how  far  they  are  determined 
by  the  biochemical  relations  of  the  root-system  with  the  soil- 
water  constituents  and  with  metabolism.  Here  the  growth 
increment  is  the  important  criterion,  and  the  ratio  which  is 
used  as  the  index  of  the  physiological  water  requirement  (to 
distinguish  it  from  the  other  term  used  on  the  basis  of  the  environ- 
mental water  relation)  may  well  be  called  the  coefficient  of  growth. 
To  what  extent  the  values  of  the  coefficient  may  be  a  measure  of 
the  relative  nutrient  efficiency  of  any  salt,  or  may  be  determined 
in  terms  of  temperature  or  of  the  summation  of  atmospheric 
factors,  i.  e.,  character  of  climate,  and  how  far  they  hold  out  the 
promise  of  being  a  standard,  mathematically-expressed  index 
under  soil,  seasonal,  and  plant  variations,  and  how  far  the  range 
of  deviation  and  the  minimum  value  will  enable  in  detecting 
physiological  limits  to  plant  processes,  to  morphogenesis,  to 
geographic  distribution,  or  to  zonation  in  montane  regions, 
remains  to  be  detennined.  The  problem  is  decidedly  complex. 
It  is  not  the  purpose  of  the  present  pai)cr  to  enter  into  this  ]jhase 
of  the  discussion,  but  rather  to  confine  itself  more  closely  to  the 
relation  of  transpiration  to  green  and  dry  substance  produced  and 
to  growth. 

There  can  be  little,  if  any,  doubt  that  the  absorbing  power 
of  the  root  system  of  a  plant  is  not  regulated  by  the  amount 
of  water  transpired,  but  rather  by  the  differential  pemieability 
of  the  absorbing  epidermal  root  cells  and  the  metabolic  require- 


Feb.,  1914.]  Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growth.  245 

ments  during  the  life  cycle.  The  phenomena  of  selective  absorp- 
tion show  that  transpiration  does  not  detemiine  in  these  cases 
the  amount  of  salts  absorbed  during  metabohsm  and  growth,  that 
the  time  of  maximum  absorption  for  different  salts  varies,  and 
that  they  are  absorbed  at  independently  varying  rates.  Plants 
do  not  absorb  mineral  or  organic  constituents  in  the  same  con- 
centration as  exists  in  the  solution  in  which  the  roots  are  found. 
The  data  from  numerous  experiments  show  that  under  certain 
conditions  the  roots  of  plants  remove  the  solutes  from  a  solution 
faster  than  the  water,  and  in  a  different  ratio  than  exists  in  the 
solution.  The  process  of  absorption  of  inorganic  and  organic 
constituents  is  not  connected  with  transpiration,  but  with  the 
metabolism  of  the  plant.  Hence,  the  value  of  the  transpiration 
ratio  is,  under  these  conditions,  more  frequently  inversely  pro- 
portional to  the  amount  of  growth  and  the  luxuriance  of  vegeta- 
tion. The  marked  difference  exhibited  by  dift'erent  plants  in 
efficiency  of  growth  under  conditions  of  limited  water  supply 
is  particularly  a  characteristic  and  striking  feature  of  variability 
in  nutritive  metabolism,  not  in  transpiration.  It  is  unnecessary 
to  review  such  cases  as  include  the  action  of  mineral  fertilizers — ■ 
separately  and  as  antagonistic  or  balanced  solutions —  the  effects 
of  organic  compounds  from  peat  and  from  mineral  soils,  the 
action  of  inorganic  and  organic  acids  and  alkalies.  Such  investi- 
gations are  well  known.  They  are  extremely  important  as  they 
show  that  rapid  production  of  green  and  dry  substance  of  plants 
is  not  necessarily  accompanied  by  a  high  relative  or  total  trans- 
piration value.  The  conditions  of  water  loss  show  extreme 
variations  with  respect  to  the  total  quantity  of  water  available 
and  required,  and  the  amount  of  growth. 

Under  the  circumstances  it  is  unnecessar\'  to  discuss  the 
problem  as  to  what  special  demands  on  inorganic  materials 
individual  plants  may  make,  wherein  the  use  or  advantage  for 
necessary  essential  and  nonessential  constituents  lies,  or  to 
differentiate  nutritive  materials  froin  those  functioning  otherwise. 
The  specific  effects  produced  by  these  substances,  either  externally 
or  after  having  entered  the  cells  and  there  reacting  with  the 
contents,  differ  according  to  the  nature  of  the  compound  and  if 
derived  from  habitat  conditions  characteristic  of  unrelated 
vegetation  types,  e.  g.,  those  frequenting  organic  soils,  such  as 
peat,  may  even  interfere  with  growth  and  normal  development. 
The  specific  physiological  effects  produced  may  be  more  marked 
on  the  roots  than  on  the  green  parts  of  plants,  or  may  affect 
leaf  tissue  more  strikingly  than  that  of  the  stem.  These  different 
reactions  are  due  in  part  to  modifying  effects  upon  imbibition 
of  cell  colloids,  largely  to  changes  in  the  permeability  of  the 
protoplasmic  membrane  and  in  the  metabolism  accompanying 
the  direct   absorption  of   constituents  in   the   soil   solution.     In 


246  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 

some  cases  an  insufficiency  of  any  salt  will  operate  as  a  limiting 
factor,  the  plants  continue  to  transpire  and  yet  make  little  growth, 
or  may  even  show  a  loss  in  weight  accompanied  by  a  high  trans- 
piration; in  other  cases  the  conditions  retard  or  inhibit  growth 
as  well  as  transpiration  and  produce  the  effect  of  ph^-siological 
•drought;  still  other  cases  exhibit  no  detrimental  effect,  but  rather 
an  increase  in  growth  and  in  yield  of  plant  material  with  little 
or  no  change  of  transpiration ;  stimulation  may  accelerate  or 
diminish  the  rate  of  transpiration,  but  not  necessarily  that  of 
metabolism  or  growth.  These  phenomena  have  been  shown 
repeatedly  by  the  work  in  this  laboratory  (Bull.  16,  1912,  Geologi- 
cal vSurvey  of  Ohio)  and  by  the  experimentation  of  various  investi- 
gators elsewhere. 

Variation  in  green  and  dry  weight  of  plants  and  a  great 
expenditure  of  energy  often  indicated  by  a  loss  in  total  weight, 
commonly  occur  during  activity  in  spring  while  leaves  are  unfold- 
ing; the  inequalities  cannot  be  attributed  to  differences  in  rate 
or  amount  of  transpiration.  The  greater  absorption  and  dis- 
tribution of  mineral  salts  and  organic  material  which  has  been 
reported  under  conditions  of  increased  humidity,  of  shade,  or 
at  different  periods  of  growth  is  not  detemiined  by  an  accelerating 
effect  of  the  transpiration  current.  In  autumn,  following  the 
death  of  leaves,  when  there  is  a  relatively  rapid  migration  of 
mineral  and  organic  substances  to  other  parts  of  the  plant,  it 
becomes  obvious  that  the  transpiration  stream  is  not  the  medium 
by  means  of  which  a  plant  can  obtain  a  better  supply  of  the 
necessary  nutrients.  The  translocation  of  organic  or  inorganic 
material  to  leaves,  or  from  storage  regions  to  places  where  they 
are  used  up,  is  a  phenomenon  of  wide  occurrence  in  aquatic 
plants,  in  underground  parts  of  land  plants,  in  plants  occupying 
very  humid  and  very  dry  land  areas.  Maximum  growth  is 
correlated  with  a  large  movement  of  materials,  but  the  more 
vigorous  translocation  and  absorption  of  salts  and  organic  material 
can  rarely  be  referred  to  a  greater  transpirational  water  loss 
or  to  a  more  vigorous  transpiration  current;  the  rate  and  the  direc- 
tion of  the  movement  of  the  solutes  and  water  is  independent 
of  one  another.  The  causes  of  these  phenomena  are  identical 
with  those  recorded  for  the  selective  absorption  of  roots.  They 
are  conditioned  by  the  differential  permeability  of  the  proto- 
plasmic membranes  of  cells,  and  arc  related  and  dej^endcnt  upon 
the  more  complex  metabolic  influences  of  the  entire  organism. 
One  can  comprehend  the  advantage  which  plants  with  woody 
tissue  have  over  those  in  which  the  movement  is  wholly  in  the 
cortex,  but  the  reasons  advanced  in  .support  of  the  transpiration 
view  do  not  appear  quite  sound.  A  number  of  plants  show 
"preferences"  for  lime  soils  in  one  part  of  their  areal  range 
Avhich    are    not     typical    in    another    habitat.     Others   thrive, 


Feb.,  1914.]  Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growth.  247 

successfully  reproduce  themselves  and  constantly  extend 
their  range  of  distribution  largely  because  the  various  responses 
in  vegetative  characters  or  reproduction,  in  differences  in 
abundance,  in  effectiveness  of  competition,  are  more  frequently 
matters  concerned  with  inherent  vitality,  with  endurance  and 
acclimatization,  with  the  physico-chemical  complex  of  the  plant 
itself,  rather  than  with  favorable  habitat  conditions.  As  one 
travels  into  the  interior  of  a  continent  the  increasingly  con- 
tinental character  of  the  climate  is  accompanied  by  the  appearance, 
on  the  whole,  of  open  and  woody  plant  associations  which  do 
not  show  growth  or  the  strong  development  of  woody  tissue 
as  a  response  to  the  influence  of  greater  amounts  of  transpiration 
water.  As  has  been  pointed  out  elsewhere  by  the  writer,  the 
scattered  types  of  geographical  distribution  and  the  trend  of 
the  migratory  movement  of  individual  species  and  of  associations 
tend  more  frequently  to  indicate  the  importance  of  functional 
plasticity  and  the  nature  of  the  invasion  level,  i.  e.,  whether  the 
plants  become  dominant,  or  enter  as  dependent  species  and  either 
become  assimilated  with  the  vegetation  type  or  are  slowly 
exterminated.  At  all  events  the  facts  cannot  be  related  merely 
by  taking  into  account  the  transpiration  current  or  the  quantity 
of  water  evaporated.  The  rate  and  character  of  growth,  the 
demand  for  materials  and  the  destination  of  the  migratory 
materials  of  various  kind  are  conditioned  usually  upon  the  char- 
acter of  the  constructive  metabolism. 

That  no  direct  relation  exists  between  growth,  green  and 
dry  weight  of  plants  and  transpiration  even  under  the  same 
conditions  of  experiment  is  further  illustrated  by  an  examination 
of  the  quantity  of  water  associated  with  metabolism.  Water, 
in  addition  to  its  important  physical  influence  in  imbibition 
and  turgor  phenomena,  has  various  other  roles.  In  the  living 
plant  organisms  are  going  on  many  chemical  reactions  within 
limited  conditions  of  temperature  and  moderate  concentrations 
of  solutions.  All  these  energy  transformations  take  place  in  the 
presence  of  an  excess  of  water  within  the  plant.  They  come  to 
an  equilibrium  point  or  to  an  end  by  the  dilution  or  removal  of 
the  products  of  the  reaction;  the  velocity  of  these  reactions  is 
regulated  by  the  general  physical  factors  governing  such  changes 
within  a  colloidal  system.  The  most  important  reactions 
upon  which  the  life  and  the  growth  of  plants  depend  are  those 
by  which  water  is  held  and  fixed  in  organic  combinations  (1) 
in  the  synthesis  of  food  and  body  material,  and  (2)  in  hydrolytic 
reactions  whereby  water  unites  with  insoluble  carbohydrates  as 
well  as  with  fats  and  proteins  to  form  diffusible  products  for 
translocation  to  active  cells  and  to  the  growing  region. 

The  quantity  of  water  combined  in  synthetic  reactions  is  fairly 
well  known.   Assuming  that  as  much  water  is  set  free  in  the  breaking 


248  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol  XIV,  No.  4, 

down  as  is  fixed  in  the  construction  of  these  materials,  i.  e.,  that 
the  complete  oxidation  results  in  a  quantity  of  water  equal  to  that 
required  during  photosynthesis  and  chemosynthesis,  the  amount 
of  water  comprises  but  little  more  than  three-fifths  or  60  to  65 
percent,  of  the  weight  of  the  dry  matter  of  plants.  The  ecological 
water  requirement  it  will  be  seen  is  greatly  in  excess  of  the  actual 
quantity  of  water  used;  the  quantity  of  water  lost  by  transpira- 
tion is  not  related  to  the  synthetic  process.  Transpiration  aids 
the  gaseous  exchange,  but  the  rate  and  amount  of  COj  entering 
is  not  in  proportion  to  the  water  evaporating  through  the  stomata. 
The  dift'usion  of  the  gas  is  independent  of  it,  and  the  supply  of  COo 
is  usually  less  than  could  be  utilized  by  the  chloroplasts.  The 
results  obtained  in  green  and  dry  weight  of  plant  depend  upon  and 
vary  within  the  limiting  conditions  of  the  CO2  gradient  in  the  air, 
the  light  intensity,  and  the  general  temperature  conditions  as 
well  as  the  duration  of  period  of  the  growth. 

Unfortunately  the  number  of  investigations  on  hydrolytic 
reactions  in  plants  during  their  entire  life  cycle  is  small,  and  it 
would  be  therefore  unsafe  to  make  any  extended  discussion  of 
the  results.  The  greater  percentage  of  organic  matter  in  tissues 
is  often  due  to  hydrolytic  reactions,  but  the  total  quantity  of 
water  used  in  this  manner  is  unknown,  since  no  means  are  yet 
available  for  the  determining  the  extent  and  the  degree  of  hydra- 
tion, and  the  number  of  times  which  degradation  or  metabolic 
transition  products  function  in  hydrolytic  reactions.  In  many 
cases  the  action  consists  merely  in  an  absorption  of  water  which 
is  followed  by  a  splitting  up  of  the  substance.  The  difi^erent 
hydrolytic  enzymes  which  act  upon  glucosides,  and  such  catalytic 
agents  as  saccharase,  amylase,  cytase,  lypase,  protease  are  active 
in  this  stage  of  metabolism.  In  other  stages  the  h^^drolytic  pro- 
cesses are  reversible  and  accelerate  synthetic  combinations,  some 
of  the  products  showing  profound  differences  in  reaction  and  with 
relation  to  the  infiuence  of  external  factors.  The  number  of  such 
intermediate  compounds  is  large;  their  molecular  structure  is  not 
sufficiently  well  known,  and  the  knowledge  of  this  construction 
action  is  yet  very  scanty.  Hydrolytic  reactions  occur  in  all 
stages  of  growth,  from  gemiination  to  maturity  and  decay. 

The  attention  of  physiologists  has  been  attracted  thus  far 
especially  to  the  dependence  of  these  reactions  on  temperature. 
However,  the  principle  of  temperature  coefficients  fails  to  hold 
rigidly,  for  wherever  components  are  co-ordinated  into  a  system 
of  reciprocal  relations,  and  obscured  by  the  effects  of  limiting 
conditions,  such  as  in  the  cycle  of  changes  collectively  spoken  of 
as  growth,  the  character  and  the  rate  of  any  one  single  reaction 
is  not  that  of  more  elementary  chemical  processes.  Beyond  a 
certain  ])oint,  further  temperature  increases  do  not  cause  more 
growth.     The  favorable  range  of  temperature  has  not  as  yet  been 


Feb.,  1914.]  Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growth.  249^ 

correlated  with  the  various  functions  of  a  plant  or  cf  different 
plants.  On  the  other  hand,  plant  temperature  follows  very  close- 
ly that  of  the  environment;  hence,  it  seems  likely  that  the  effec- 
tiveness of  temperature  conditions  upon  the  general  development 
and  growth  of  plants,  from  the  time  of  germination  to  that  of  seed 
maturation,  and  the  limits  of  temperature  requirement  (for 
morphogenesis  and  for  plant  distribution  as  well)  may  be  meas- 
ured. Indeed,  values  have  been  obtained  in  various  ways  and 
used  as  a  fairh"  approxiniate  criterion.  But  much  needs  yet  to  be 
determined  empirically.  Inquiries  of  the  highest  importance 
concern  the  relations  between  reaction  activities  and  the  regulative 
functions,  and  their  degree  of  interdependence.  A  compact 
sturdy  growth  and  a  greater  yield  in  seed  can  be  obtained  in 
most  plants  only  over  a  comparatively  restricted  range  of  tem- 
perature, and  hence  only  over  a  limited  geographical  range, 
if  the  water  supply  increases.  Differences  in  the  ability  of 
species  or  of  associations  of  plants  to  grow  under  conditions 
widely  different  from  those  of  their  typical  habitat  and  thus 
the  increase  of  their  areal  range,  again  point  to  the  limit  finally 
set  by  the  relative  ability  of  the  protoplasmic  functions  in  accli- 
matization or  competition. 

It  seems  to  be  known  only  in  a  general  way  that  the  greater 
the  proportion  of  the  water  component  in  the  plant,  the  nearer 
is  the  equilibrium  point  to  the  position  of  complete  hydrolysis, 
thus  affecting  the  concentration  and  the  character  of  the  food 
materials.  It  is  well  enough  known  that  an  increased  water 
supply  prolongs  the  vegetative  period  of  growth  and  increases 
the  forage  value  of  the  crop  rather  than  the  yield  in  grain,  and  that 
the  less  water  used  in  growing  grain,  the  greater  is  the  percentage 
of  gluten  in  the  seed  and  the  higher  the  food  value.  In  recent 
years  the  tendency  all  over  the  western  United  States  is  toward 
a  more  economical  use  of  water,  even  in  localities  where  water  for 
irrigation  is  still  reasonably  low  in  price.  In  the  east  correlation 
studies  have  been  made  between  rainfall  and  the  yield  for  a  number 
of  agricultural  crops.  The  data  indicate  a  general  relation  be- 
tween yield  and  the  water  supply  during  the  months  of  July  and 
August, — during  the  intermediate  period  of  active  growth  when  the 
plants  are  undergoing  hydrolytic  changes  in  metabolism  prepara- 
tory to  building  up  seeds  and  fruit.  A  greater  water  content 
within  the  plant  is  required  during  this  period  for  such  purposes- 
than  is  needed  during  geniiination  or  ripening  or  at  any  other 
stage  in  growth,  and  the  danger  of  impairing  the  vitality  of  the 
plant  is  greater  at  this  time  if  it  lacks  this  physiological  water 
requirement.  It  must  be  present  in  a  certain  minimum  quantity 
before  maturity  and  ripening  can  take  place;  otherwise  the  ripen- 
ing processes  are  retarded  and  growth  results  in  a  small  yield,  in 
dwarfing  of  the  whole  plant,  and  in  injuries  when  the  inaximum 


250  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 

quantity  of  water  is  exceeded.  The  entire  structure  of  land  plants 
inhabiting  dry  climates  shows  the  resistance  to  transpirational 
water  loss  and  how  far  such  limitations  may  go;  and  the  plants 
possessing  special  body  features  for  accelerating  transpiration  or 
for  exuding  water  where  transpiration  is  out  of  the  question, 
indicate  how  fundamentally  important  is  the  maintenance  of  the 
water  balance  within  the  plant.  Artifical  defoliation,  an  increased 
water  supply  or  decreased  transpiration  are  known  to  affect  in  a 
number  of  trees  the  thickening  of  cell  walls  during  the  formation 
of  autumn  wood ;  this  is  caused  partly  by  inferior  nutrition,  largely 
by  the  increased  amount  of  water  in  the  plant.  The  dearth  of  both 
exact  knowledge  and  laboratory  experiment  make  it  impossible 
to  state  the  amount  of  water  involved  in  hydrolytic  reactions  and 
necessary  as  a  constant  quantity  in  the  plant  during  its  life  cycle 
for  vegetative  or  reproductive  growth. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  brief  remarks  above  that  the  rate  of 
growth,  the  amount  of  it  and  the  final  size  attained  by  a  plant 
depend  in  part  on  favorable  conditions  of  temperature,  light  in- 
tensity, food  supply,  and  on  the  amount  of  water  present  in  the 
plant.  The  rate  or  the  total  amount  of  water  transpired  gives  no 
indication  as  to  the  quantity  which  normally  is  required  for  meta- 
bolic processes  and  for  growth.  Moreover,  the  chemical  reac- 
tions associated  with  the  growth  of  cells  throughout  the  forma- 
tive phase,  the  phase  of  enlargement  of  cells  and  that  of  matura- 
tion, by  which  food  inaterials  and  other  substances  become  in- 
corporated into  body  tissue,  are  largely  dehydrating  in  character. 
At  the  growing  point  it  is  chiefly  a  local  production  of  originally 
combined  water  set  free  by  dehydration  processes  and  by  respira- 
tion rather  than  the  transpiration  water  which  induces  turgor  and 
the  elongation  of  new  cells.  Many  plants,  aside  from  those  carry- 
ing water  in  a  special  storage  tissue,  are  able  by  means  of  dehy- 
drating processes  to  withstand  long  periods  of  drought  without 
pemianent  injury;  and  numerous  cases  are  known  of  fruits,  seeds 
and  severed  portions  of  hving  plant  tissue  which  are  able  to  main- 
tain a  certain  quantity  of  intracellular  water  in  this  manner 
indefinitely,  and  for  some  time  a  constant  loss  of  water  incurred 
through  transpiration. 

It  would  certainly  be  quite  wrong  to  conclude  that  transpir- 
ation is  not  essential  to  plants,  merely  because  it  is  not  directly 
related  to  absorption  and  translocation  of  solutes,  to  green  and 
dry  weight  of  plants,  and  not  a  measure  of  metabolism  and  growth 
or  vegatative  luxuriance.  The  quantity  of  transpiration  water 
in  most  plants  is  certainly  not  co-ordinated  with  or  related  to 
these  functions.  The  retention  of  water  is  the  physiological 
function  indisijcnsablc  to  growth  in  general,  and  to  sur\'ival 
and  greater  areal  distribution  in  regions  of  a  continental  climate. 
But  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  transpiration  is  indicative  of 


Feb.,  1914.]  AtypiLS  Milberti  Walck.  in  Ohio.  251 

the  water  relation  of  diverse  habitats  and  diverse  plants.  The 
incidental  advantages  associated  with  transpiration  are 
undoubtedly  these:  the  water  loss  reduces  the  temperature  of 
the  plant  itself  to  that  of  the  air  about  it,  thus  preventing  injury 
by  overheating  in  direct  sunlight;  and  it  aids  in  the  gaseous 
exchange.  The  significance  of  transpiration  as  one  of  the  forces 
which  bring  about  the  ascent  of  water  in  plants  cannot  be  ascer- 
tained as  yet.  Data  required  for  the  solution  of  the  question  are 
wanting.  Other  forces  must  be  involved  to  effect,  in  humid 
areas  or  during  periods  of  defoliation,  the  lifting  of  water  in  the 
stem  to  a  certain  height,  and  in  sufficient  quantity.  Transpira- 
tion may  be  to  a  certain  extent  a  factor  in  detennining  the  form 
of  the  plant.  The  variability  especially  of  the  higher  plants  in 
growth  fonn  and  in  anatomical  structure  has  been  shown  to  be 
far  greater  in  this  respect  than  hitherto  supposed;  among  all  the 
agencies  that  affect  shape  and  structure  in  the  plant  none  has  more 
formative  influence  than  water.  But  here  also  critical  researches 
are  still  required  to  determine  how  far  differences  in  the  requisite 
water  content  of  the  plant — the  water  equilibrium  of  the  entire 
plant — rather  than  differences  in  the  rate  or  the  amount  of  tran- 
spiration are  the  causal  conditions.  The  examination  of  these 
relations  must  be  more  quantitative  than  has  heretofore  been 
attempted  to  be  of  value  to  scientific  agriculture  and  to  plant 
geography. 


AN  OCCURENCE  OF  ATYPUS  MILBERTI  WALCK. 

IN  OHIO. 

Carl  J.  Drake. 

While  working  on  the  food  of  frogs  at  Cedar  Point,  Ohio  this 
■summer  I  found  in  the  stomach  of  Rana  pipiens  Shreber  the  rare 
purse-web  spider,  Atypus  milberti  Walck.  This  is  the  first  record 
of  its  occurence  in  the  Central  States  and  the  second  time  it  has 
been  taken  north  of  Washington,  D.  C.  The  frog  was  caught 
August  15,  about  one  and  one-half  iniles  southeast  of  the  Lake 
Laboratory,  close  to  Sandusky  Bay. 

Prof.  W.  M.  Barrows  recognized  the  spider  as  Atypus  and  sent 
it  to  Dr.  Banks  at  the  National  Museum,  who  sent  the  following 
reply:  "This  is  the  Atypus  milberti  Walck.  as  you  suspect,  and 
far  north  for  it.  Last  summer  Emerton  took  one  half  way  up  the 
Hudson  River.  The  high  cost  of  living  is  evidently  not  affecting 
frogs,  when  they  take  such  rare  thing  as  Atypus." 


252 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 


FLOOD    EROSION   ALONG    PAINT    CREEK,    FAYETTE 

COUNTY,  OHIO. 

Charles  W.  Napper. 

A  little  more  than  two  miles  above  Greenfield,  Ohio,  a  crossroad 
connects  the  Washington  C.  H.  and  Good  Hope  Pikes  that  have 
run  parallel  for  that  same  distance  on  the  eastern  and  western  sides 
of  Paint  Creek.  This  cross  road  traverses  the  creek  by  what  is 
known  in  this  locality  as  the  First  Iron  Bridge. 

At  this  place  Paint  Creek  is  a  rather  deep  stream  flowing  in  a 
well-defined  bed  with  a  distinct  flood  plain  on  either  side.  The 
soil  of  this  plain  is  thin,  and  in  many  instances  the  underlying  rock, 
the  Greenfield  dolomite,  comes  to  the  surface  and  projects  into 
the  creek. 


Fig.  1.     General  view  of  cut  from  the  southern  end. 

For  a  short  distance  above  the  Iron  Bridge,  Paint  Creek  runs 
due  north  and  south.  Below  the  bridge  a  rocky  ledge  causes  it  to 
swing  to  the  eastward.  As  is  usual  in  stream  life,  when  bends  are 
made,  the  stream  will  endeavor  to  straighten  its  channel  under 
certain  favorable  conditiotis.  In  the  instance  we  are  describing 
these  favorable  conditions  came  with  the  high  waters  that  pre- 
vailed over  southern  Ohio  in  the  latter  part  of  March,  1913. 

At  this  time  Paint  Creek  rapidly  rose  to  its  highest  stage  and 
completely  filled  and  covered  its  entire  flood  plain.  The  cut  made 
by  the  stream  where  it  broke  out  of  its  accustomed  channel  has 
a  mean  measurement  of  ;i")()  feet  long,  47  feet  wide,  and  G  feet  deep. 


Feb.,  1914.] 


Flood  Erosion  Along  Paint  Creek. 


253 


At  the  extreme  southern  end  it  terminates  by  narrowing  into  a 
small,  shallow  gulley,  a  foot  wide.  The  sides  are  perpendicular 
and   appear  as  if  trimmed  by  hand  as  is  shown  in  the  photograph. 


Fig.  2.     Exposure  of  the  cut  wall  and  the  dolomite. 

The  walls  show  characteristic  glacial  drift  overlain  b\'  a  thin,  black 
soil.  Beginning  at  the  northern  end  for  nearly  half  the  length  of 
the  cut  all  the  material  has  been  removed  down  to  the  Greenfield 
dolomite. 


Fig.  3.     Re-deposited  drift  in  the  pasture. 


254 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 


On  the  uppermost  layer  of  the  limestone  are  seen  splendid 
striations.  In  places  the  rock  surface  is  worn  smooth,  polished, 
and  clearly  striated.  The  striae  run  in  a  northeastward  direction. 
The  exposure  shows  the  thin,  rough,  undulating,  uneven  bedding 
of  the  upper  layers  of  the  Greenfield  dolomite.  The  beds  dip 
rapidly  to  the  southwest  and  pass  under  the  overlying  drift  abotit 
the  middle  of  the  cut.  There  is  an  interval  of  possibly  30  feet 
between  the  southern  end  of  the  cut  and  the  place  where  the 


Fig.  4.     Map  of  the  Paint  Creek  cut. 

material  was  deposited.  This  interval  is  free  from  deposits 
except  some  very  large  glacial  bowlders.  vSomc  variation  in  the 
velocity  of  the  stream  held  the  material  in  suspension  only  to  drop 
and  spread  it  out  lower  down.  The  re-deposited  drift  material 
is  spread  over  a  heavily  sodded  pasture  to  a  thickness  of  three  feet, 
covering  a  space  3.50  feet  long  and  100  feet  wide.     Comparing 


Feb.,  1914.]     Ecological  Varieties  Illustrated  by  Salix  Interior.         255 

measurements  it  will  be  seen  that  the  deposit  is  the  same  length, 
about  twice  the  width,  and  one-half  the  depth  of  the  cut.  There- 
fore this  material  will  fit  in  the  excavation  already  described. 

The  deposit  has  been  washed  clean  and  stands  out  in  very 
strong  contrast  with  the  sod  on  which  it  has  been  laid.  An  exam- 
ination of  the  material  shows  igneous,  metamorphic,  and  sedi- 
mentary rocks  mixed  in  hopeless  confusion. 

The  top  layers  of  the  Greenfield  dolomite  were  loose  and  shat- 
tered in  many  places.  The  force  of  the  water  tore  away  slabs  of 
this  rock  and  carried  them  along  with  its  load  of  drift.  Hence  in 
the  deposit  finely  glaciated  pieces  are  to  be  found. 

From  the  sketch  it  can  he  seen  that  the  deposit  extends  toward 
the  southwest.  This  results  from  a  gulley  running  beside  the 
railroad  track  which  served  to  maintain  the  water  volume  and 
velocity. 


ECOLOGICAL    VARIETIES    AS    ILLUSTRATED    BY    SALIX 

INTERIOR. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  recent  advances  in  our  knowledge  of  fluctuations,  muta- 
tions and  Mendelian  phenomena  of  inheritance  have  given  a  new 
conception  of  the  nature  of  a  species  and  its  subordinate  groups. 
It  is  perfectly  clear  to  any  one  who  has  studied  Mendelian  phen- 
omena that  no  individual  can  contain  all  of  the  characters  present 
in  our  ordinary  species  and  that  no  description  of  a  species  based 
on  a  single  individual  is  adequate.  The  description  of  a  type 
individual  is  no  doubt  desirable  to  fix  specific  names,  but  it  should 
be  regarded  as  the  description  of  the  individual  which  may  or  may 
not  give  a  fairly  reliable  picture  of  the  species  to  which  it  belongs. 

The  fact  of  necessary  fluctuation  is  firmly  established  and  it  is 
quite  evident  that  no  amount  of  selection  of  a  fluctuating  unit  will 
advance  or  degrade  the  character  involved.  There  are,  however, 
fluctuations  or  adaptations  related  definitely  to  the  environment 
which  still  present  one  of  the  important  and  fundamental  problems 
of  biology.  The  fluctuation  induced  by  environment  may  be 
quantitative  or  qualitative.  In  mere  quantitative  fluctuation 
there  may  develop  enormous  difterences  between  individuals  of 
the  same  variety  or  species.  For  example,  in  the  wild  variety 
of  the  western  Helianthus  annuus,  the  mature  plant  may  be  3 
inches  high  with  a  single  small  head  at  the  top  or  it  may  be  1 7  feet 
high  with  a  multitude  of  branches  and  heads,  with  a  corresponding 
thickness  of  stem.  In  various  species  of  plants  belonging  to 
different  orders,  the  individual  may  develop  as  a  tall,  strictly  erect 
plant  in  one  environment  and  in  another  may  assume  a  perfectly 
prostrate,  mat  fonn. 


256  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  4, 

The  fluctuation  I  wish  to  call  attention  to  is  of  a  somewhat 
different  character  and  involves  morphological  peculiarities  of 
form  and  quality.  The  common  sandbar  willow,  Salix  interior, 
is  typically  a  rather  smooth  plant  with  long  linear  lanceolate 
leaves.  For  several  seasons  I  have  had  this  plant  under  considera- 
tion at  Cedar  Point,  Ohio,  and  last  suminer  collected  a  series  of 
forms  ranging  from  the  water's  edge  on  the  bay  side  to  the  dry  est 
sand  dunes  and  blowouts  on  the  lake  side.  There  is  a  perfect  grad- 
ation from  nearly  glabrous  plants  at  the  water's  edge  to  very 
white-hairy  individuals  in  the  hot  dry  sand,  and  from  the  long 
linear-lanceolate  leaves  of  the  hydrophytic  plants  to  the  long  oval- 
lanceolate  leaves  of  the  individuals  growing  in  the  extreme  xero- 
phj^tic  conditions.  The  latter  fomi  has  been  called  Salix  wheeleri, 
being  regarded  by  some  as  a  species  and  by  others  as  a  variety. 
When  one  compares  the  two  extremes,  there  is  a  most  striking 
differences — a  much  greater  difference  than  exists  between  a 
very  larger  number  of  recently  manufactured  species.  Now  why 
is  there  such  a  gradation  from  plants  growing  in  one  extreme  to 
the  other?  The  final  answer  cannot  be  given  until  breeding 
experiments  are  carried  on.  It  might  be  mentioned  that  carpellate 
plants  are  more  abundant  in  the  wet  soil  while  the  dry  sand  plants 
are  nearly  all  staminate.  The  observations  in  the  field  indicate 
that  the  individual  responds  in  its  growth  to  its  environment. 
Either  the  same  hereditary  factors  can  respond  so  as  to  produce 
diverse  structures  or  there  are  factors  latent  under  one  set  of  con- 
ditions and  active  in  another.  If  a  complex  hereditary  constitu- 
tion is  involved  it  should  be  possible  to  segregate  at  least  part  of 
the  factors  involved  and  thus  establish  distinct,  pure  varieties 
which  would  no  longer  be  able  to  respond  in  such  an  extreme 
manner.  But  if,  as  is  probable  in  this  case,  it  is  merely  the  response 
of  factors  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  to  environmental  causes, 
•during  growth,  than  no  such  segregation  could  be  brought  about. 
Whether  the  one  or  the  other  extreme  could  be  established  as  a 
permanent,  hereditary  variety  would  depend  on  whether  it  is 
possible  to  produce  hereditary  responses  of  the  same  nature  as 
arc  shown  in  the  individual  response  during  growth.  This  is  an 
open  question  far  from  being  settled  at  the  present  time.  There 
is  no  object  in  asserting  the  one  or  the  other  hypothesis.  But  so 
far  we  have  no  direct  evidence  that  the  individual  response  can 
influence  the  hereditary  constitution  thru  which  it  acts.  It  is 
important,  however,  to  recognize  the  reality  of  the  diversity  of 
individual  response  leading  to  indivddual  adajitation  to  the  en- 
vironment. Some  who  have  speculated  along  these  lines  have 
evidently  not  had  a  very  thoro  systematic  and  morphological 
knowledge  of  the  plants  in  the  field  with  which  they  were  dealing. 

Date  of  Publication,  February  23,  1914. 


The  Ohio  ^h[^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity, 
Volume  XIV.  MARCH,    1914.  No.  5. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Deake— The  Food  of  Rana  Pipieiis  Schreber 257 

Sterki— Ohio  MoUusca,  Additions  and  Corrections 270 

Field  Manual  of  Trees 'J72 

Sewell— Soil  Bacteria 273 

Plant  Life  and  Plant  Uses  278 

McAvoY— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 279 


THE  FOOD  OF  RANA  PIPIENS  SHREBER. 

Carl  J.  Drake. 

The  frogs,  Rana  pipiens  Shreber,  dissected  for  this  paper  were 
collected  on  the  peninsula  of  Cedar  Point,  Ohio,  at  various  times 
during  the  day  and  evening,  between  August  eighth  and  August 
twenty-second  inclusive.  My  notes  are  entirely  derived  from 
the  two  hundred  and  nine  specimens  collected  here  in  the  low, 
wet  depressions  between  the  sand  dunes,  in  the  weeds  and  grasses 
southeast  of  the  Lake  Laboratory,  and  one  evening  under  the 
electric  lights  at  the  Summer  Resort. 

The  object  of  this  paper  is  to  determine  the  food  of  our  common 
leopard  frog,  Rana  pipiens  Shreber,  and  its  relation  to  nature  in 
the  neighborhood  of  its  habitat.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
frog's  skin  must  always  be  kept  moist  in  order  that  cutaneous 
respiration  may  take  place,  its  habitat  is  always  in  close  proximity 
to  water,  or  among  wet  weeds  and  grasses.  Water  also  affords 
the  means  of  escaping  from  its  enemies;  one  who  walks  along  the 
margin  of  a  pond  or  stream  will  notice  that  a  frog  when  startled 
almost  invariably  makes  a  jump  for  the  water.  In  this  way  the 
creature  has  a  ready  mode  of  escaping,  not  only  from  man,  but 
from  anv  other  creature  which  might  easily  overtake  it  in  an  open 
field. 

The  frog's  food  consists  of  almost  any  kind  of  an  animal  small 
enough  to  be  seized  and  swallowed.  It  has  an  instinct  to  snap  at 
all  moving  objects  that  come  sufficiently  near,  and  will  not  take 
dead  or  motionless  animals.  Only  living  and  moving  creatures 
are  devoured.  The  frog's  tongue  is  the  only  organ  used  for  seizing 
food.     It  is  soft,  extensile,  attached  in  front,   but  free  behind, 

257 


258 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


V 

-ItO 

CNJ 

— 

- 

? 

^ 

- 

T 

■0 

— 

~ 

*- 

CM 

cv 

CM 

T 

^ 

"•i 

CNi 

— 

— 

— 

f) 

C^j 

n 

— 

~ 

— 

- 

^ 

V 

n 

- 

— 

— 

^ 

■o 

cv 

— 

— 

- 

u 

V" 

N-l 

— 

- 

^ 

10 

^ 

- 



— 

D 

•^ 

CnJ 

n 

- 

CNJ 

^ 

\ 

^ 

— 

— 

T 

cv 

i^i 

- 

— 

~ 

o 

0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

o 

t^ 

— 

^ 

CNi 

fo 

- 

— 

— 

— 

6 

o 

c-J 

to 

- 

C\i 

CNi 

ON 

CM 

N 

n 

^ 

- 

ro 

n 

CO 

•0 

— 

CO 

— 

- 

- 

CM 

03 

\^ 

!M 

- 

— 

\0 

CM 

fs. 

O 

C^i 

ro 

'-- 

in 

>0 

— 

C\] 

CNi 

e~j 

^ 

C\i 

cv 

— 

- 

— 

CM 

T 

- 

^ 

— 

CM 

C^ 

CM 

— 

— 

1 — 1 

C^ 

CM 

CNi 

<M 

(- 

CM 

'-O 

T 

— 

— 

— 

1 

ON 

Q 

— 

ON 

Cvi 

[\ 

^ 

n 

00 

CM 

CNi 

CNi 

h~ 

- 

— 

— 

^ 

O 

o 

O 

n 

o^ 

— 

— 

in 

— 

— 

— 

5: 

•^ 

■^ 

^ 

■^ 

o 

^ 

10 

•^ 

— 

— 

c\ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

~~ 

ro 

ro 

CNi 

— 

— 

o 

N 

n 

-r 

— 

n 

to 

CA 

iV 

n 

^ 

— 

— 

C>i 

C\i 

CO 

C\J 

C\i 

— 

— 

— 

t^ 

01 

n 

C\i 

n 

— 

— 

— 

NO 

— 

— 

— 

— 

lO 

c\i 

C^i 

C\2 

— 

— 

"^ 

-» 

n 

■0 

— 

rv 

CNi 

Oi 

ir 

'o 

— 

— 

— 

— 

cv 

- 

\o 

— 

10 

-* 

— 

± 

10 

0 

c 

c 

< 

3 
o 

"o 

2 

10 

"5 

0 

i. 

U 

i. 

'd 
<0 

0 

c* 

(0 

cy 

0 

£ 

a 
U 

C 

1. 
y 
'a 

0 

? 
N 

0 

-a 
< 

0 
"0 

I. 
O 

ci 
0 

1. 
1. 
O 

O 

cy 
0 

-0 

o 

a 

-Q 

£ 

Cy 

z 

U5 

i. 

a 
a 

0 

s. 
a 

a. 

0 
0 

U 

0 
"D 

5 

i. 
0 

u 

0 
0 
•5 

a 

E 

G 
*-» 
o 
O 

cy 
0 
73 

Q. 
0 

cy 

0 
T3 

"r 

TJ 

C 
0 

a. 
I/O 

d 

L 

o 
a. 

0 

j: 
-J 
c 

q: 

cy 
0 
> 

s. 
0 
_l 
a 

c 
o 

£0 

0 

U 

"l 

L 

l2 

01 

0 
£ 

0 

3 
cy 

c 

-C 

o 

c 
o 

C 


C 

CD 
O 

o 


a 


0 

0 

0 

Tl 

s 

cti 

d 

(3 

!^ 

0 

0 

r^ 

>— 1 

0 
(3 

t3 
G 
n1 

(N 

0 

a 

(1) 

^ 

d. 

-i-j 

(— 1 

n 

0 

' 

00 

CO 

o 

I— I 

ti 

< 


O 

O 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber. 


259 


and  covered  with  a  sticky  secretion  which  adheres  firmly  to  the 
food  seized.  So  rapid  is  the  protrusion  of  this  weapon  that  a 
careful  watch  is  necessary  in  order  to  see  the  animal  feed. 

The  material  contained  in  the  stomachs  examined  can  be 
divided  into  two  classes,  animal  and  foreign.  All  the  evidence 
indicates  that  the  presence  of  substances  other  than  those  of  an 
animal  nature  is  merely  incidental,  and  due  to  the  mode  and  con- 
ditions of  feeding. 

Foreign  Matter.  Nothing  can  be  more  natural,  since  the 
frog  captures  the  greater  part  of  its  prey  on  the  ground  by  means 
of  its  tongue,  than  that  a  small  amount  of  foreign  substance 
should  be  swept  into  the  mouth  along  with  the  animals  upon 
which  it  feeds.     In  the  stomachs  examined,  this  foreign  substance 


LOT  II 

h  rog  Number 

1 

2 

J 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

A  r\  1  in  a  1 5 

5 

8 

9 

3 

2 

12 

7 

6 

6 

9 

6 

2 

9 

2 

3 

6 

18 

11 

8 

7 

2 

Mollusca 

1 

I 

2 

1 

1 

1 

Isopoda 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3pi  dcrs 

2 

2 

4 

1 

4 

2 

3 

2 

4 

4 

1 

1 

3 

4 

4 

1 

Insects 

3 

5 

4 

2 

2 

8 

4 

3 

5 

6 

2 

2 

5 

1 

2 

3 

12 

6 

6 

4 

2 

Acrididac 

2 

Coi-i-idoc 

I 

1 

1 

1 

3 

Meftibfoc  idoe 

1 

1 

1 

Caterpillars 

2 

2 

1 

2 

4 

2 

5 

2 

1 

2 

1 

3 

1 

Colcoptera 

2 

3 

2 

1 

4 

2 

3 

4 

1 

1 

2 

1 

2 

II 

2 

1 

1 

Carabtdac 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

1 

1 

Staph  c(litiidae 

1 

2 

Rhtinc^ophora 

2 

2 

2 

1 

3 

2 

0 

4 

1 

2 

3 

2 

D<ictlc  Larvae 

3 

r  ormt  c  i  na 

/ 

Bembeciolae 

1 

Collected  Aug.  11,  191.3,  between  2:00  p.  m.  and  3:.30  p.  m. 

consisted  of  vegetable  and  animal  matter.  Very  Httle  vegetable 
matter  was  found.  In  four  stomachs,  it  consisted  of  bits  of  rotten 
wood,  in  eight  stomachs,  seeds  of  Washingtonia  claytoni  Britton, 
in  two  stomachs,  pieces  of  Hnden  leaves  (TiHa  americana  L.), 
and  in  two  stomachs,  a  little  spirogyra,  the  latter  being  found 
in  stomachs  containing  aquatic  insects.  The  mineral  matter, 
which  consisted  of  pebbles  and  sand,  composed  the  greater  part 
of  the  foreign  material.  Four  small  pebbles  were  found  in  four 
stomachs,  and  about  fifteen  per  cent  of  the  stomachs  contained 
sand,  three  being  completely  filled  with  the  latter  only.  Almost 
invariably,  in  the  stomach  containing  sand,  the  frog  had  been 
feeding  or  preying  on  animals  found  on  the  ground.  As  the  frog 
swalJpws  its  prey  entire  and  the  stomach  does  the  whole  process 
of  trituration,  it  is  probably  that  the  sand  aids  in  grinding  the 
animals,  especially  insects  like  beetles  with  hard  chitinous  bodies. 


26o 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


fO 

(M 

(\ 

— 

— 

— 

O 

00 

— 

[^ 

T 

n 

■^; 

v«9 

Oi 

— 

ro 

n 

0 

00 

lO 

— 

V 

— 

n 

ro 

CM 

o 

C\2 

W 

W 

w 

— 

— 

■t— 

n 

n 

^ 

— 

— 

— 

s 

o 

n 

— 

— 

^■^ 

— 

n 

— 

W 

CM 

00 

00 

— 

sS) 

Csi 

— 

— 

CVi 
CM 

^ 

— 

n 

CM 



— 

<M 

fO 

— 

c^ 

C\^ 

O 

^ 

^ 

— 

ro 

c\ 

r 

ro 

^ 

w 

Cv^ 

cv 

CO 

^ 

w 

cv 

— 

— 

r^ 

CVi 

cv 

— 

— 

\0 

^ 

N 

c\l 

cv 

— 

^ 

l£2 

lO 

lO 

— 

^ 

^ 

~ 

^ 

— 

— 

— 

h 
o 

ro 

n 

n 

— 

<M 

CM 

cv 

cv 

~ 

n 

— 

Cvi 

cc 

— 

— 

O 

lO 

w 

n 

Oi 

— 

— 

Gn 

^ 

— 

T 

— 

^ 

— 

"^c 

OD 

^ 

Oi 

fO 

0^ 

— 

— 

N 

K) 

ro 

— 

0^ 

— 

— 

^0 

— 

— 

— 

yn 

^ 

— 

ro 

— 

— 

— 

— 

^ 

^ 

c\i 

0>i 

— 

— 

— 

n 

N 

— 

^ 

cv 

— 

— 

— 

c\i 

Oj 

cv 

— 

— 

— 

— 

^ 

— 

ro 

cv 

— 

— 

£ 
2 

I/) 
0 

£ 

< 

0 
u 

(0 

D 

0 

-D 
0 

a 

0 
w 

10 

L 

u 
w 

c 

0 

E 
0 

0 

u 

0 

L 

£ 

2 

(0 

'6 
If) 

3 
i. 

U 

10 

I. 
d 

i. 

4 — 

c 

u 

0 

I. 

"a 

0 

o 

;5 

0 
0 

L 
0 

O 

0 

"O 

'J 

c 

o 

CI 

o 
U 

0 

r 

_c 
a 
0 

CO 

0 

(a 
£ 
0 

i- 

0 

s. 
o 

-rr 

a 
o 

o 

c 

0 

> 
s. 
0 

-i 

cy 

CQ 

0 
_r 

u 

i. 

0 

0 

-a 
a 

CD 

o 

CO 

c 


O 
o 

C 


/3 

CO 

T— t 

o 

(N 

iia 

CD 
O 

o 

1 — I 

o 
O 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber. 


261 


Since  the  greater  number  of  stomachs  contained  no  sand,  and 
since,  as  a  rule,  sand  was  found  only  in  stomachs  containing 
ground  animals,  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  its  ingestion  was 
merely  incidental. 

LOT  W 


^ro^  Number 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

Animals 

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

I 

4 

2 

3 

2 

2 

2 

3 

4 

Spiolcrs 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

3 

2 

2 

1 

3 

[n-sects 

2 

1 

2 

I 

2 

2 

/ 

Act-idiolcic 

1 

/ 

Membra  cidac 

1 

Cote  rpi  Mors 

2 

1 

ColQopt(zra 

1 

1 

1 

Cicindclidac 

/ 

1 

Rh4r\chopf;^oroi 

1 

Pom  pi  lidae 

1 

J  This  stomach  contained  sand  only. 


Collected  Aug 

13, 

1913, 

between  4:00  p 
^OTY, 

.  m 

an 

do: 

00  F 

.  m 

• 

Frog  Number 

1 

2 

3 

4 

3 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

1  1 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

Am  mals 

6 

7 

3 

-^ 

G 

6 

3 

5 

4 

3 

2 

2 

5 

C3 

3 

1 

MolluscQ 

2 

1 

Mqriapodo 

2 

Spiders 

3 

4 

2 

3 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

\ 

1 

Insects 

3 

3 

1 

2 

2 

6 

4 

4 

2 

3 

2 

4 

/ 

J 

AcrididoG- 

1 

1 

1 

Caterpillars 

1 

1 

J 

1 

( 

2 

1 

1 

Diptera 

I 

Coleopfera 

2 

1 

I 

1 

1 

2 

3 

3 

1 

2 

2 

Carabidac 

1 

1 

1 

I 

Cicind<?lidae 

1 

1 

RhqnchopKot-a 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

Z 

£ 

Fo  r  m  i  c  i  h  a 

1 

1 

2 

Bcmbccidac 

2 

J 

Collected  Aug.  15,  1913,  between  10:30  a.  m.  and  1:00  p.  m. 

Animal  Matter.  The  frog's  food  consists  of  mollusks, 
crustaceans,  myriapods,  spiders,  and  insects;  in  fact  any  sort  of 
living  creature  is  acceptable  to  it  as  both  sense  of  taste  and  of  smell 
are  apparently  obtuse.     In  a  few  stomachs,  a  small  amount  of 


262 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


u. 

- 

^ 

CM 

c^ 

— 

\0 

w 

— 

— 

— 

CM 

-t-+ 

S 

C\l 

C\^ 

n 

ro 

c\^ 

— 

— 

n 

— 

CM 

?^ 

Cvi 

cvj 

CM 

CM 

o 

^ 

^ 

^ 

T 

a\ 

^ 

(\2 

N 

-— 

— 

TO 

^ 

CM 

Cv] 

— 

c\^ 

— 

— 

N 

c\i 

CM 

— 

— 

vQ 

a 

On 

C\ 

On 

LO 

n 

ro 

— 

CM 

c\i 

2: 

•t-t- 

ro 

ro 

n 

— 

CM 

CNi 

> 

^ 

CM 

— 



— 

h 

— 

w 

C^^l 

— 

— 

— 

u 
_J 

o 

'^ 

— 

n 

ro 

— 

c\i 

C\ 

\o 

n 

c\i 

CM 

Cvi 

00 

+-V 

F" 

— 

— 

— 

VD 

n 

n 

LO 

— 

— 

I 

^ 

n 

CM 

— 

— 

— 

r> 

n 

— 

C\2 

— 

— 

— 

C\2 

(M 

CM 

CM 

c\l 

— 

C\i 

— 

— 

L 
£ 

z 
^ 

o 

it 

JO 

c 

'r 
< 

0 

u 

C 

'f) 

i. 

a 

If) 

0 

i. 

o 

< 

0 

0 

o 

'u 

0 

i. 

£ 

0 

1. 
y 

a 

0 
2 

_o 

Q 
L 

I — 
0 
0 

0 

4— 

a 
Q 

0 

s. 

4— 

a 

0 
0 

(J 

0 

C 

O 

0 

c 

I. 

a 
u 

0 

i. 

0 

-C 

a 
o 

u 

a: 

0 

c 

0 

£ 

cy 

C 

o 

0 
'V 

'a 

o 

CO 


c 
o 


c 

o 


o 


p 

<; 


^  0 


o 
o 


J3 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber, 


263 


partially  digested  animal  matter  was  present  that  could  not  be 
placed  in  its  proper  phylum  and  I  will  make  no  further  reference 
to  it. 

Acknowledgment.  I  wish  to  express  here  briefly,  my 
sincere  appreciation  to  those  who  have  very  kindly  assisted  me  in 
the  determination,  as  follows:  Prof.  W.  M.  Barrows  and  Mr. 
W.  J.  Kostir  of  OhJo  State  University,  the  spiders  and  the  Orthop- 
tera;  Prof.  Stephen  R.  Williams  of  Miami  University,  the  Myria- 
poda;  Mr.  Chas.  Dury,  the  Rynchophora;  and  to  Doctors  Harriet 
Richardson,  A.  K.  Fisher,  and  J.  C.  Crawford  of  the  National 
Museum,  Washington,  D.  C,  the  Isopoda,  the  Lepidopterous 
larvae,   and  the  Hymenoptera. 


LOT 

vu. 

pr  05  N  u  mfc  c  I' 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

\o 

II 

12 

\^ 

14 

15- 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

Ah  i  rnals 

6 

I 

5 

5 

2 

13 

7 

5 

5 

3 

5 

2 

A 

2 

3 

2 

7 

2 

2 

X 

MolluscQ 

1 

Isopoda 

6 

2 

5pi  dcrs 

3 

2 

2 

3 

2 

2 

1 

z 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

Inse  cts 

2 

3 

10 

7 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2> 

2 

1 

5 

1 

1 

G  r  0  1  ( i  d  a  c 

1 

Act-i  d  1  dae 

1 

1 

1 

1 

CoterpiMcirs 

7 

2 

I 

1 

1 

2 

DipTcra 

1 

/ 

Cole  optera 

2 

2 

^ 

3 

2 

( 

2 

1 

1 

3 

C  oi-abi  a  ae 

1 

3 

2 

1 

1 

3 

Cicinde  lidae 

/ 

1 

1 

2 

Coccihclldae 

1 

\ 

Ce  i-am,b  4  c  idae 

1 

RhqhcKophoi-a 

2 

1 

Tenth  rediti'dcxe 

1 

portTvici  Ma 

1 

1 

1 

z 

X  This  stomach  contained  sand  only. 

Collected  Aug.  18,  1913,  between  10:00  a.  m.  and  1:00  p.  m. 

MOLLUSCA 29 

Gastropods  furnished  three  per  cent  of  the  entire  number 
of  animals  and  were  found  in  ten  per  cent  of  the  stomachs 
examined.  In  a  few  stomachs,  the  digestive  fluids  had  dis- 
solved the  shell  beyond  recognition.  The  species  that  could 
be  identified  were: 

Limacidce 3 

Zonitoides  arboreus  Say 3 

Strepomatidce 5 

Goniobasis  informis  Lea 5 

Limneaidce 11 

Galba  humilis  modicella  Lea 4 

Physa  heterostropha  Say 7 

Gastropoda,  not  further  identifiable 10 


264 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


> 

h 
o 


^ 

« 

n 

in 

n 

W 

^ 

^- 

^ 

N 

to 

^ 

1 — 

10 

10 

to 

ro 

cv 

- 

10 

-^ 

'^ 

^ 

N 

(X 

to 

ro 

fO 

ro 

ro 

0 

to 

't 

^ 

^ 

N 

CVi 

0\ 
CM 

vD 

CM 

^ 

CVi 

cv 

— 

- 

00 

vO 

V3 

— 

t 

— 

01 

C< 

— 

— 

— 

0 

0 

0 

CV 

to 

- 

N 

— 

— 

0< 

fQ 

- 

c^ 

C\! 

C\i 

^t 

""i- 

ro 

CM 

— 

— 

01 

— 

- 

— 

— 

CM 

^ 

— 

ex 

— 

CV 

CM 

— 

- 

- 

0 

CM 

— 

— 

— 

0 

0 

in 

in 

N 

n 

5 

0 

<NJ 

■0 

CV 

CV 

(\ 

N 

CO 

0 

c\ 

N 

— 

— 

£ 

to 

0 

ro 

OJ 

- 

LP 

o\ 

— 

CO 

C^ 

IT) 

CM 

— 

^ 

■»-» 

2 

10 

^t- 

— 

— 

f\ 

lO 

cv 

fo 

'TJ 

- 

CV 

- 

'T 

— 

K> 

n 

n 

0 

vO 

CV 

^^ 

- 

"0 

ro 

CN 

CO 

CNJ 

'5- 

w 

— 

- 

— 

00 

cv 

<NJ 

IS 

n 

— 

CV 

- 

— 

— 

vo 

!> 

— 

0 

— 

lO 

0 

ro 

— 

- 

lO 

(M 

— 

— 

— 

- 

— 

^0 

cs 

■<r 

<^^ 

^ 

4- 

:o 

0 

so 

c\J 

- 

— 

n 

r\ 

_ 

— 

- 

r) 

r) 

W 

— 

— 

0- 

r 
< 

0 
0 
If) 

Z) 

"0 
5 

-e 
0 
a 
0 

0 
■0 
0 

Q. 
0 

1. 
T 

2 

» 

a 

w 

r 

0 

Q. 

0 

N 

0 
0 

0 

0 

0 

2 

3- 

in 

i. 
0 

Q. 

1- 
t» 

*0 
0 

0 

L 

a 

a. 
Q 

0 

X. 

a 
0 
0 

"0 
0 

0 

-0 

c 

0 

0 

0 
i. 
3 
U 

u 
0 

a 
0 

L 

i: 

c< 
C 
-0 

r 

_E 

a 

a 

0 

TJ 

u 

c 

<J 
u 
0 

0 

T 
*0 

0 

z 

U 

a 
0 
-0 

T 

£ 
0 

0 
0 

£ 

0 
0 

0 
0 

r 
0 

1 
JB 

r 

0 

i. 
0 

X 

a 
0 

X 

0 

c 

X 

(J 
£ 

l2 

a 

0 

T3 

u 

£ 

iy 

J3 


p. 


d 
<u 

o 

(4 


3 


o 
o 

a 
a- 


o 

CO 

ci 
C 

CD 
CD 

& 

CO 
1—1 


< 

o 
-i-j 
0 

0) 

"o 
O 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber.  265 

CRUvSTACEA 87 

AstacidcB 2 

Only  two  crayfish  were  found,  these  were  in  a  large  frog 
caught  in  Beimiller's  Cove. 

Cambarus  sp 2 

Isopoda 85 

Members  of  this  suborder,  commonly  called  "sow  bugs," 
fonn  about  ten  per  cent  of  the  animals,  twenty-seven  being 
in  a  single  stomach. 

OniscidcE 85 

Porcellio  scaber  Latreille 2 

Porcellio  rathkei  Brandt 47 

Isopoda,  not  further  identifiable 36 

MYRIAPODA 3 

Lithobius  forficatus  L 2 

Geophilus  rubens  Say 1 

ARACHNIDA 249 

Spiders  were  found  in  one  hundred  and  nineteen  stomachs 
and  constitute  about  twenty-seven  per  cent  of  the  entire 
number  of  animals.  Their  bodies  are  so  extremely  soft  and 
fragile  that  in  many  stomachs  they  were  ground  up  beyond 
specific  recognition  and  only  a  few  specimens  could  be  identified. 

Theraphosida 1 

Atypus  milberti  Walck.* 1 

ClubionidcB 1 

Trachelas  tranguilla  Hentz 1 

Lycosidce 6 

Lycosa  sp.  cf 2 

Lycosa  sp.  9 1 

Lycosa  sp.  cf  (young) 1 

Pardosa  sp.  (young) 2 

Epeiridce 3 

Metepeira  labyrinthea  Hentz  c^ 2 

Meta  menardi  Latreille  9 1 

Spiders,  not  further  identifiable 238 

INSECTA 563 

Insects  composed  over  sixty  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
animals  and  were  present  in  the  stomachs  of  one  hundred  and 
seventy-eight  frogs.  Twenty-five  per  cent  of  the  frogs  had 
eaten  nothing  but  insects.  They  are  represented  by  nine 
orders:  Ephemeridse,  Odonata,  Orthoptera,  Hemiptera,  Neu- 
roptera,  Lepidoptera,  Diptera,  Coleoptera,  and  Hymen- 
optera. 


* 


Ohio  Nat.,  14:  251. 


266 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


Ephemerida .9 

Only  nine  mayflies  were  found;  these  were  in  the  stomachs 
of  four  frogs  taken  one  evening  under  the  electric  lights  at 
the  Summer  Resort. 

Ephemerida 9 

Hexagenia  sp 9 

Odonata  (Zygoptera) 4 

Agrionidce 4 

Argia  sp 4 


SUMMARY 

f 

Lot  Number 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

Total 

oVo  rr^o4c\i^LxorTiin«d 

45 

2\ 

31 

K 

16 

27 

20 

35 

209 

Ahimals 

187 

141 

133 

29 

68 

74 

80 

219 

93! 

MolluscQ 

4 

7 

9 

3 

«3 

1 

2 

29 

Cra.  tJ\SisK 

2 

2 

Isopoda 

5 

4 

8 

68 

85 

Mqriapoola 

2 

1 

3 

Spiders 

53 

42 

25 

18 

2:5 

21 

2:5 

09 

249 

Insects 

123 

87 

9^ 

1  ( 

40 

30 

48 

109 

563 

EpKemo'iolae 

9 

9 

Odonala 

4 

1 

5 

OrThoptcra 

7 

2 

2 

3 

^. 

^ 

C3 

26 

Hcmiptcra 

\5 

10 

5 

2 

0 

1 

36 

Ne  uroptcrci 

1 

( 

Lepidoptera 

24 

30 

30 

3 

1  1 

2 

14 

9 

123 

Diptera 

1 

( 

2 

1  1 

15 

Coleopfcra 

57 

43 

49 

3 

19 

33 

22 

74 

502 

Htj|VrvcnopTei-0| 

7 

2 

1  1 

1 

6 

4 

3 

10 

46 

Orthoptera 26 

Blatlidce 3 

Blatella  germanica  Linn 1 

Periplaneta  americana  Linn 1 

Ischnoptera  pennsylvanica  DcG 1 

AcrididcB 17 

Melanoplus  differentialis  Uhler ■ 2 

Melanoplus  femur-rubrum  DeG 12 

Conocephalus  (Xiphidum)  sp 3 

GryllidcB 6 

Gryllus  pennsylvanicus  DeG 6 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber.  267 

Hemiptera 36 

Notonectidce 1 

Notonecta  undulata  Say 1 

GerridcB 20 

Gem's  marginatus  Say 20 

Pentatomidce 1 

Cosmopela  cornifix  Pen 1 

Membracida 14 

Ceresa  bubalus  Say 14 

Neuroptera 1 

MyrmeleonidcB 1 

Mynneleon  iinniaculatus  De  Geer 1 

Lepidoptera 123 

Insects  of  this  order  were  found  in  the  stomachs  of  seventy- 
three  frogs,  consisting  of  one  imago,  one  chrysalis,  and  one 
hundred  and  twenty-one  caterpillars.  These  larvae  were 
eaten  indiscriminately  and  constitute  one  of  the  most  import- 
ant foods.  Such  hairy  caterpillars  as  the  larvce  of  the  Tiger- 
moths  and  Fall  Web-worms  were  present  in  several  stomachs. 
Frogs  taken  at  night  or  in  the  morning  contained  such  noc- 
turnal larvae  as  cutworms  (Agrotinae). 

Lepidopterous  larvee  are  so  easily  digested  that  in  many 
stomachs  they  were  ground  up  beyond  specific  recognition 
and  could  not  be  identified  beyond  the  family. 

PyromorphidcE 1 

Harrisina  americana  Guer.-Men 1 

PyralididcB,  not  further  identifiable 9 

Geometridcc,  not  further  identifiable 14 

N  otodontidcB 28 

Datana  ministra  Drury 16 

Datana  sp , 12 

NoctuidcB 39 

Apatela  sp 5 

Agrotinse  (cutworms) 11 

Arsilonche  albovenosa  Goeze 2 

Catocala  sp 7 

Plusiodonta  compressipalpis  Guenee 2 

Noctuidae,  not  further  identifiable 11 

Arctiid(B 2S 

Hyphantria  cunea  Dmry 1 

ArctiidaD  (chrysalis) 1 

Arctiidae,  not  further  identifiable 11 

SphingidcB 1 

Hemaris  thysbe  Fahr 1 

Hesperiidce 2 

Eudamus  tityrus  Fabr 2 

NymphalidcB 1 

Euvanessa  antiopa  Linn.     (Adult) 1 


268  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

Diptera 15 

TipulidcB,  not  further  identifiable  (larvae) 1 

MuscidcB 12 

Chrysoniyia  macellaria  Fabr 4 

Musca  domestica  Linn 8 

Dipterous  larvae,  not  further  identifiable 2 

Coleoptera 302 

The  beetles  found,  belonged  to  fourteen  different  familes 
and  were  present  in  the  stomachs  of  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
five  frogs,  eleven  being  found  in  a  single  stomach.  They 
constitute  thirty-three  per  cent  of  the  whole  number  of  animals 
and  fifty-four  per  cent  of  the  insects. 

Coleoptera    Genuina 176 

Carabidce 89 

Carabids  were  found  in  fifty-two  stomachs,  composing 
about  ten  per  cent  of  the  animals.  Because  of  their  preda- 
ceous  habits,  these  insects  form  a  constant  food  for  frogs. 

Omophron  americanum  Dej 2 

Bembidium  variegatum  Say 5 

Callida  punctata  Lee 4 

Calathus  gregarius  Say 5 

Platynus  rubripes  Zimm 3 

Chlaenius  sericeus  Forst 1 

Chlaenius  impunctifrons  Say 1 

Harpalus  pennsylvanicus  Dej 68 

CicindelidcB 44 

Cicindcla  punctulata  Oliv 16 

Cicindela  hirticollis  Say 5 

Cicindela  repanda  Dej 23 

HydrophilidcB 1 

Hydrophilus  triangiilaris  Say 1 

Staphylinidce 8 

Creophilus  villosus  Grav 8 

Coccinellidce 13 

Hippodamia  13-punctata  Linn 4 

Coccinella  novemnotata  Herbst 1 

Megilla  maculata  DeG 8 

Erotylida 1 

Languria  mozardi  Lat 1 

Elatcrida 1 

Alaus  oculatus  Say 1 

S  pond  yJ  idee 2 

Parandra  Ijrunnea  P^ab 2 

Cerambycidcc 4 

Leptosylus  parvus  Lcc 4 


March,  1914.]         The  Food  of  Rana  Pipiens  Shreber.  269 

CkrysomelidcB 2 

Calligrapha  scalaris  Lee 1 

Diabrotica  12-punetata  Fabr 1 

TenebrionidcB 1 

Only  one  of  the  darkling  beetles  was  found.  This  has  been 
pronounced  by  Mr.  Dury  as  being  a  new  record  for  Ohio. 
Paratenetus  gibbipennis  Mots 1 

StaphylinidcB  (larvae) 4 

Creophilus  villosus  Grav 4 

Beetle  larvae,  not  further  identifiable 6 

Rhynchophora 126 

Weevils  were  taken  from  seventy  different  stomachs.  The 
habit  of  these  insects  of  dropping  to  the  ground  when  dis- 
turbed gives  the  frog  a  chance  to  capture  them. 

OtiorhynchidcE 120 

Otiorhynchus  oratus  Linn 120 

Calandridce 1 

Sphenophorus  costipennis  Horn 1 

Curculionidce 5 

Sitones  hispidulis  Linn 5 

Beetle  larvae 10 

Hymenoptera 46 

TenthredenidcB 1 

Cimbex  americana  Leach 1 

Pompilidce • 1 

Priocnemis  alienatus  Smith 1 

TchneumonidcB 5 

Compoplex  sp 1 

Glypta  sp 1 

Itoplectis  annulipes  Br 2 

Itoplectis  conquisitor  Say. . ; 1 

Bembecidce 13 

Microbembex  fascicta  Fabr 13 

Vespidce 1 

Hahctus  sparsus  Robt 1 

Formicina  (Hymenoptera)   25 

Componotus  sp 5 

Formicina,  not  further  identifiable 20 

TABLES.  In  the  tables,  the  frogs  are  grouped  into  eight  lots 
as  collected  and  are  numbered  in  the  order  of  dissection.  Under 
each  frog's  number,  the  animals  found  in  its  stomach  are  placed 
in  their  respective  classes. 


270  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 


OHIO  MOLLUSCA. 

Additions  and  Corrections. 
V.  Sterki. 

Since  the  preliminary  catalogue  of  the  Ohio  Mollusca  was 
pubHshed*,  a  good  deal  of  collecting  has  been  done,  principally 
in  northern  Ohio,  by  Dr.  R.  C.  Rush,  John  A.  Allen,  Calvin  Good- 
rich, and  myself.  The  fauna  of  the  southern  part  of  the  State  is  still 
very  insufhciently  known,  outside  of  the  vicinity  of  Cincinnati, 
and  the  Ohio  River,  and  in  that,  mainly  the  naiades.  It  is  desir- 
able that  thorough,  systematic  collecting  be  done  there,  and  also 
that  at  least  one  collection  of  the  Ohio  Mollusks  be  secured,  as 
com]Dlete  as  possible,  before  it  is  too  late.  Then,  a  revised  cata- 
logue may  be  prepared. 

Species  and  varieties  added,  up  to  the  present  time,  are  given 
in  the  following  list,  and  also  some  alterations.  A  number  of 
fonns  are  doubtful;  with  more  good  material,  their  affinities  may 
be  ascertained.  Additional  localities  of  species  enumerated  in 
the  catalogue,  are  noted  only  in  a  few  instances. 

The  Naiades  have  been  carefully  studied  by  Dr.  A.  E.  Ortmann, 
during  the  last  years,  and  their  arrangement  and  nomenclature 
have  been  changed  considerably.  These  changes  cannot  be  in- 
cluded here.  Additional  species  and  varieties  of  Lymnaea,  and 
some  changes,  are  cited  partly  from  Dr.  Frank  C.  Baker's  mono- 
graph.    The  old  generic  name  is  retained. 

Gastrodonta  lasmodon,  (Phillips),  from  Rootstown,  are  G.  sup- 
pressa  Say;  "G.  suppressa,"  from  Tuscarawas  Co.,  are  of  an 
undescribed  species,  known  also  from  Virginia. 

Polygyra  fastigiata  (Say):  Millville,  Butler  Co.!  (t.  Bryant 
Walker). 

Philomycus  biseriatus  Sterki:  Summit  Co.!  (Dr.  R.  C.  Rush), 
Tuscarawas  Co.  (St.) ;  distinct,  or  a  var.  of  carolinensis. 
(Bosc.) 

Bifidaria  armifera  similis  Sterki.     Kelley's  Id.!     (Allen). 

B.  armifera  affinis,  Sterki:  dunes  at  Fairport  (St.);  Hartwell, 
Cincinnati !     (Goodrich) . 

Vertigo  pygmaea:  (Draparnaud) :  Hudson,  woods,  and  abundant 
in  town  lawns!     (Rush). 

V.  pygmaea  albidens  Sterki  (changed  from  callosa,  preoc),  Colum- 
bus. 

Succinea  retusa  magister  PiLsbry.     Lucas  Co.!  (Goodrich). 

Lymnaea  stagnalis   appressa  Say  is  the  typical  American  fomi. 


*  Proc.  Ohio  State  Acad.  Sc,  Vol.   IV,  Part  8,  Special  Papers  No.  12, 
1907. 


March,  1914.]     Ohio  Mollusca— Additions  and  Corrections.  271 

Lymnaea    columella    casta    Lea:     Poland    (type   locality);    Kent 

(Dean,  St.). 
Lymnaea  sterkii  Baker,  is  a  var.  of  parva  Lea,  t.  Baker. 
Lymnaea  dalli  Baker,  West  of  Cleveland!     (Allen). 
Lymnaea — modicella  Say,  is  a  var.  of  humilis,  Say,  not  of  obrussa, 

t.  Baker. 
Lymnaea  humilis  rustica  Lea:     Poland  (type  locality). 
Lymnaea  humilis  Say,  typical,  is  not  in  Ohio,  t.  Baker. 
Lymnaea  obrussa  vSay,  has  to  take  the  place  of  L.  desdiosa,  Say, 

which  is  a  var.  of  palustris,  t.  Baker. 
Lymnaea  elodes  Say,  distinct  from  palustris,  MuUer,  t.  Baker; 

various  parts  of  the  State. 
L.    elodes    jolietensis    Baker.     Poland,    Mahoning    Co.;    Akron 

(B.  Walker) ;  La  Grange,  Lorain  Co.     (B.  Walker). 
Lymnaea  reflexa  walkeri  Baker.     Near  Cincinnati.     (Lea). 
Lymnaea  exilis  Lea,   =  L.  zebra,  Tryon,  distinct  from  L.  reflexa 

Say,  t.  Baker;  Cincinnati;  Poland,  Mahoning  Co.;  pond  near 

Congress  Lake  (Walker);  Hudson  (Rush). 
Lymnaea  kirtlandiana    Lea,  a  distinct  species,  t.  Baker;  Portage 

Co.  (Dean);  Garrettsville,  Portage  Co.  (t.  Hinklcy,  Walker). 
Lymnaea  lanceata  Gould.     Hudson!  (Walker,  Rush);  Lucas  Co. 

(Goodrich.) 
Planorbis  trivolvis  binneyi  Tryon.     Near  Hudson,  Summit  Co.  I 

(Rush);  Alantua,  Portage  Co.  (Allen);  Lucas  Co.  (Goodrich). 
Planorbis  multilineatus  Vanatta,  appears  to  be  not  distinct  from 

dilatatus,  Gould. 
Planorbis  deflectus  vSay,  needs  revision. 
Segmentina  crassilabris  Walker.     Wood  Co.!  (Goodrich). 
Vivapara  contectoides  W.  G.  Binney.     A  specimen  is  said  to  have 

been  found  in  Sandusky  Bay. 
Campeloma  integrum  vSay  is  a  var.  of  decisum  Say. 
Ammicola    letsoni    Walker.     Toledo!    (Goodrich). — Amn. — "sp." 

is  still  undescribcd. 
Lampsilis  ovata  (Say)  is  a  form,  or  var.,  of  ventricosa  Barnes. 
Quadrula  hippopoea  Lea  is  a  fonii  of  undulata  Barnes,  not  of 

plicata  Say. 
Quadrula  schoolcraftensis  Lea  appears  to  be  distinct  from  pustu- 

losa;  Tifhn  Riv.  (Goodrich  ,St.);  Lake  Erie  at  Toledo  (Good- 
rich); Ohio  River,  rare  (St.). 
Quadrula  pustulosa  kleineriana  Lea  is  a  southern  form,  not  in 

Ohio. 
Sphaerium  simile  Say  must  be  S.  sulcatum  Lamarck. 
Sphaerium  acuminatum  Prime.     Lake  Erie  at  Toledo  and  Maumee 

Riv.!  (Goodrich). 
Sphaerium  ohioense  Sterki.     Ohio  Riv.  at  Cincinnati  (St.);  also 

in  W.  Va.  and  Ind. 


272  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

Musculium  jayense  Prime.     Big  Reservior,  Summit  Co.   (Rush 

&  St.);  Midvalc,  Tuscarawas  Co.;  rare  (St.). 
Musculium   sphaericum   Anthony.     Authentic   specimens   are  in 

the  T.  Prime  collection,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  and  in  the  National 

Museum.     A  small  pond  at  Wooster  (vSt.) ;  pools  near  Geauga 

Lake,  and  west  of  Lorain  (Allen). 
Musculium  parvum   Sterki.       Summit,    Stark  and   Tuscarawas 

Cos.  (St.). 
Musculium  "sp."  =  rosaceum  Prime.     Also:  Mishler,  Portage  Co. 

(Allen);  Hudson  (Rush);  Turkey  foot  Lake  (St.);  New  Phila- 
delphia (St.). 
Pisidium  minusculum  Sterki.     Navarre,  Stark  Co.  (St.). 
Pisidium  regulare  Prime.     Cuyahoga  and  Geauga  Cos.  (Allen) ; 

Lucas  Co.  (Goodrich);  Cincinnati  (Anthony  collection). 
Pisidium   subrotundum  Sterki.     Hudson   (Rush,   St.);   ditch  on 

Congress  Lake   (St.). 
Pisidium.  tenuissimum  Sterki.     Turkeyfoot  and  Springfield  Lakes 

(St.),  rather  different  from  the  typical  Michigan  fonn. 
Pisidium  trapezoideum  Sterki,  in  the  catalogue,  is  probably  a 

form  of  P.  neglectum.     (Typical  trapezoideum  is  eastern). 

Introduced  Species. 

Arion    hortensis        Ferusac.     Storrs    and    Harrison's    nurseries, 

Painesville  (St.). 
Stenogyra   octona   Chemnitz.     Greenhouses   at   Painesville,   and 

Akron   (St.) 
Lymnaea  (Radix)  auricularia  Linne.     Toledo!  (Goodrich). 


Field  Manual  of  Trees  by  John  H.  Schaffner,  is  a  convenient 
pocket  manual  for  the  study  of  trees  at  any  season  of  the  year. 
It  includes  in  its  area  Southern  Canada  and  the  Northern  United 
States  to  the  Southern  boundary  of  Virginia,  Kentucky,  and 
Missouri,  westward  to  the  limits  of  the  Prairie.  It  contains 
among  other  things  a  key  to  the  genera  of  trees  in  the  summer 
condition;  a  key  to  the  genera  of  trees  in  the  winter  condition;  a 
general  key  to  the  families  and  genera  based  on  the  flowers;  a 
key  to  the  fruits  and  a  general  classification  of  the  wood.  A 
unique  feature  is  the  brief  but  distinctive  characterization  of  each 
genus  by  vegetative  characters.  The  publishers  are  R.  G.  Adams 
&  Co.,  Columbus,  Ohio.  j.  h.  s, 


March,  1914.]  Soil  Bacteria.  275 


SOIL  BACTERIA. 

M.  C.  Sewell. 

To  one  interested  in  the  manifold  works  of  nature,  the  impor- 
tant factors  concerned  in  crop  production,  and  the  maintenance 
of  soil  fertility,  a  resume  of  present  day  knowledge  of  soil  bacteria, 
may  well  claim  attention. 

Scientists  have  demonstrated  the  presence  of  fossilized  bacteria 
in  the  beds  of  ancient  geological  periods.  We  may  then  believe 
that  long  ages  before  man  himself  came  to  this  earth,  their  existed 
microscopic  forms  of  life,  which  found  their  food  and  energy  in 
the  destruction  of  organic  matter. 

The  largest  numbers  of  bacteria  are  found  just  beneath  the 
first  three  inches  of  soil.  From  that  point,  with  increasing  depth, 
the  numbers  diminish,  until  at  a  depth  of  six  feet  but  few  bacteria 
exist.  At  the  surface,  bacteria  are  few  in  number  because  they 
are  destroyed  by  snow  and  dryness. 

Most  bacteria  require  organic  matter  as  a  source  of  food,  a 
certain  degree  of  moisture,  and  a  condition  of  aeration.  The 
factors  then  influencing  their  growth  are : 

The  character  of  the  soil; 

Tilth  of  the  soil; 

Percentage  of  moisture ; 

The  reaction  of  the  soil. 

The  pathogenic  bacteria  in  the  soil  are  present  only  tem- 
porarily. They  do  not  increase  in  numbers  and  tend  at  all  times  to 
disappear,  due  to  the  lack  of  proper  environment  and  the  compe- 
tition of  soil  bacteria. 

The  normal  soil  inhabitants  are  those  which  are  particularly 
active  with  reference  to  nitrogen;  carbon;  sulphur;  hydrogen;  and 
iron. 

Reaction  of  Bacteria  to  Nitrogen  of  the  Soil. 

Plants  absorb  nitrogen  most  readily  in  the  form  of  a  nitrate. 
To  what  extent  they  can  absorb  nitrogen  in  the  form  of  amido- 
compounds  we  do  not  know.  Nitrogen  compounds  are  unstable. 
They  are  derived  from  organic  sources,  excepting  such  small 
amounts  as  may  be  combined  by  atmospheric  electrical  discharges 
and  the  larger  amounts  of  ammonia  vapor  which  some  bacteria 
take  from  the  air. 

Four-fifths  of  the  atmosphere  is  composed  of  nitrogen,  so  bac- 
teria that  can  use  this  free  nitrogen  as  it  circulates  with  the  air 
in  the  porespaces  of  the  soil,  have  an  abundant  source. 

There  are  present  in  the  soil,  two  classes  of  bacteria,  which, 
independently  of  green  plants,  absorb  free  nitrogen.  They  are 
nonsymbiotic  and  are  unlike  the  well  known  leguminous  bacteria. 


274  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

One  of  these  classes  of  nitrogen-absorbing  bacteria  is  aerobic, 
requiring  the  presence  of  air  in  the  soil.  These  bacteria  are  called 
Azotobacter.  They  require  an  abundance  of  lime,  phosphoric  acid, 
an  optimum  condition  of  moisture,  and  a  soluable  form  of  organic 
matter,  namely,  a  carbohydrate. 

The  other  classes  of  nonsymbiotic  bacteria  which  absorbs 
free  nitrogen,  grows  in  the  absence  of  oxygen,  so  is  an  aerobic. 
These  bacteria  are  called  Clostridium  pastorianum.  They  are 
not  as  active  nitrogen  absorbers  as  the  Azotobacter. 

Azotobacter  and  Clostridium  can  both  absorb  nitrogen  from 
other  sources  than  the  free  nitrogen  of  the  air.  That  is,  if  nitrates 
are  abundant  in  the  soil,  then  these  bacteria  will  talce  their  re- 
quired nitrogen  from  this  source.  Bacteria  contain  some  proteid 
material,  as  do  plants,  hence  nitrogen  is  needed  by  them  to  build 
up  proteid  compounds. 

Nature,  when  undisturbed  in  her  processes,  is  able  to  main- 
tain a  sufficient  supply  of  nitrogen  in  the  soil  by  means  of  these 
absorbing  bacteria.  However,  for  man's  improved  cropping 
methods,  the  amount  of  nitrogen  added  by  nature  is  not  adequate. 

Bacteria  and  the  Decomposition  of  vSoil  Humus. 

Soil  humus  is  the  decaying  re^nains  of  plants  which  in  their 
life  process  lacking  in  their  body  substance,  large  amounts  of 
carbon,  combined  chiefly  with  oxygen,  hydrogen,  and  nitrogen. 
All  of  these  elements  have  been  obtained  from  the  atmosphere. 
Deposits  of  peat  and  beds  of  coal  have  likewise  been  fonned  from 
the  atmospheric  air.  By  the  burning  of  peat  and  coal,  carbon- 
dioxide  is  restored  to  the  atmosphere.  Other  means  of  the  restor- 
ation of  carbon  dioxide  is  the  respiration  of  animals,  of  plants,  and 
the  production  of  carbondioxide  by  bacterial  action  in  decomposi- 
tion processes. 

The  organic  matter  in  the  soil  furnishes  food  for  bacteria  and 
the  bacteria  in  turn  furnish  food  for  green  plants.  Humus  may 
be  said  to  contain  practically  all  of  the  combined  nitrogen  in  the 
soil.  An  exception  being  the  nitrogen  contained  in  the  bodies  of 
free  nitrogen  absorbing  bacteria.  The  term  humus  would  include 
the  nitrogen  derived  from  the  decay  of  leguminous  plants. 

While  chemical  changes  take  place  in  the  process  of  decay  and 
putrefaction,  the  process  is  biological  in  character.  There  would 
be  no  decay  in  the  absence  of  bacteria  and  other  micro-organisms. 

Carbon. 

In  the  form  of  carbon  dioxide,  carbon  is  taken  by  plants  from 
the  air  and  built  into  cellulose,  starches,  and  proteins.  Some  of 
the  carbon  is  oxidized  directly  by  cells  of  the  plant  and  returned 
to  the  air.  Plants  die  and  are  returned  to  the  soil  or  the  ]3lant 
becomes  food  for  animals.     Both  within  the  plant  and  the  animal, 


March,  1914.]  Soil  Bacteria.  275 

the  carbon  is  built  into  fats,  protein,  carbohydrates,  or  directly 
oxidized  and  returned  to  the  air.  The  waste  products  are  sub- 
jected to  bacterial  action  and  \Yhere  the  action  is  complete,  carbon 
is  converted  into  carbondioxide  again  or  into  carbohydrates. 
Bacteria  are  thus  the  agents  which  conserve  the  carbon  supply. 

The  cellulose  of  woody  tissue  of  plants  is  acted  upon  by  many 
organisms — namely,  molds  and  Streptothrix,  which  are  higher 
bacteria  and  look  like  mycelial  threads  of  mold.  The  nitrogen 
absorbing  bacteria  and  denitrifying  organisms  are  also  active  in 
cellulose  decomposition.  Intermediate  products  of  the  process 
are  organic  acids  and  under  anaerobic  conditions,  (absence  of  air) 
the  production  of  hydrogen  and  methane.     (CH4). 

Nitrogen  is  present  in  organic  remains  in  the  fomi  of  complex 
proteins.  By  a  series  of  reductions,  decomposing  bacteria  reduce 
these  complex  proteins  to  the  fonn  of  ammonia  (NH3)  and  finally 
to  free  nitrogen.  The  nitrogen  waste  in  animals  and  birds,  in  the 
form  of  urea  and  uric  acid  especially,  is  reduced  likewise  to  the 
form  of  ammonia  (NH3). 

Nitrifying  Bacteria. 

Within  the  soil  a  class  of  nitrifying  bacteria  (nitrous  and 
nitric  bacteria)  convert  ammonium  salts  into  nitrates  or  salts 
of  nitric  acid.  It  is  important  that  a  base  such  as  lime  be  present 
in  the  soil,  in  order  to  unite  with  this  acid  form  of  nitrogen.  These 
bacteria  do  not  require  light  to  enable  them  to  grew  and  the 3^  can  ob- 
tain their  nitrogen,  carbon  and  other  food  elements  from  inorganic 
salts.  Plants,  on  the  other  hand,  take  their  carbon  from  carbon 
dioxide.  Thus  these  forms  of  bacteria  are  absolutely  independent 
forms  of  life  and  may  have  existed  before  the  period  of  higher  green 
plant  life  occured  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

The  work  of  these  bacteria  is  to  convert  nitrogen  into  the  form 
of  nitrates,  in  which  state  nitrogen  is  assimilated  by  plants. 

Deintrification  is  the  reverse  of  nitrification.  The  latter  is  an 
oxidation  process  by  which  oxygen  is  added  by  the  acti\aties  of 
bacteria  and  organic  nitrogen  converted  into  nitrates.  Denitri- 
fication  is,  on  the  other  hand,  a  reduction  process  whereby  the 
nitrate  is  made  to  part  with  its  oxygen  wholly  or  in  part  and  is 
•changed  to  a  nitrate,  to  ammonia,  or  to  nitrogen  gas.  The  re- 
duction to  a  nitrate  or  to  ammonia  does  not  remove  nitrogen  from 
the  soil,  as  it  may  again  be  oxidized  to  a  nitrate.  But  once  re- 
duced to  free  nitrogen,  it  is  returned  to  the  air  and  last  to  the  soil 
and  to  the  crops. 

The  denitrifying  bacteria  require  a  certain  amount  of  oxygen 
for  their  growth.  When  oxygen  is  absent,  they  take  it  out  of  the 
nitrate  (NO3).     Thus  denitrification  is  favored  b}^  an  exclusion  of 


276  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

air.  This  explains  the  reduction  of  nitrate  in  water-logged  surface 
soil  and  the  tendency  to  denitrification  in  heavy  compact  soils  as 
compared  with  the  more  open  sandy  loams. 

Drainage,  liming,  and  thorough  tillage,  greatly  lessen  the 
danger  from  denitrification  by  improving  the  circulation  of  air  in 
the  soil. 

The  Symbiotic  Root  Tubercle  Nitrogen 
Fixing  Bacteria. 

Much  has  been  written  regarding  the  relation  of  legumes  to 
the  tubercle  forming  bacteria  that  grow  upon  their  roots.  But 
because  of  their  importance  to  a  pennanent  system  of  agriculture, 
it  is  well  to  call  attention  to  them  in  this  short  review  of  the  soil 
bacteria. 

These  root  tubercle  bacteria  (Bacillus  radiciola)  are  parasites. 
They  require  carbohydrate  material  and  are  unable  to  manufacture 
it  from  the  elements  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen;  conse- 
quently they  derive  it  by  growing  upon  the  roots  of  leguminous 
plants.  The  agricultural  plants  included  under  the  term  legumes 
are:  alfalfa  or  lucerne;  clover;  melilotus  or  sweet  clover;  peas; 
beans;  and  vetches. 

The  bacteria  can  enter  the  roots  of  legumes  when  the  latter 
are  in  a  weakened  condition,  such  a  state  resulting  when  the 
nitrogen  supply  of  the  soil  is  deficient.  In  a  weakened  state, 
they  have  slight  power  of  resistence,  and  the  nodule  bacteria, 
seeking  carbohydrate  material,  gain  enterance  to  the  root  through 
the  tip  of  the  root  hairs.  The  bacteria  may  possibly  secrete  an 
enzyme  which  dissolves  the  substance  of  the  tip  of  the  root. 
After  they  have  entered  the  root,  the  bacteria  cause  excessive 
reproduction  of  the  plant  tissue  about  it,  which  results  in  the 
formation  of  the  tubercles.  The  bacteria  are  not  found  in  all 
parts  of  the  plants,  but  are  confined  to  the  nodules  and  rootlets. 
The  presence  of  bacteria  upon  seeds  results  from  the  contam- 
ination of  the  seed  with  soil. 

The  symbiotic  bacteria,  developing  in  the  nodules,  absorb 
nitrogen  from  the  air  circulating  in  the  porcspaces  of  the  soil. 
The  nitrogen  absorbed  by  these  bacteria  becomes  immediately 
available  to  the  plant.  Soil  fertility,  however,  is  only  increased 
when  these  plants  become  dead  and  have  passed  through  the 
cycle  of  decomposition  (humus,  ammonia,  nitrous  salts,  nitric 
salts) . 

Although  past  attempts  to  develop  these  bacteria  to  grow  upon 
non  leguminous  plants  have  been  unsuccessful,  it  may  yet  be 
possible  to  do  so. 


March,  1914.]  Soil  Bacteria.  277 


Action  of  Bacteria  upon  Potash  and  Other  Minerals. 

As  a  result  of  various  bacterial  activities,  there  is  a  production 
of  carbon  dioxide  (CO2)  which,  on  being  absorbed  by  soil  water, 
fomis  a  weak  carbonic  acid  solution;  it  thus  increases  the  solvent 
action  of  water,  and  in  this  manner  aids  in  rendering  plant  food 
in  an  available  form.  Silicates  of  potash,  unavailable  to  plants, 
may  be  decomposed  by  carbonated  water  and  in  the  presence  of 
lime  the  potassium  siHcate  may  be  converted  into  potassium 
carbonate,  a  fomi  of  potash  that  is  available  to  the  plant. 

Another  action  of  bacteria  in  dissolving  mineral  within  the 
soil  is  by  their  production  of  organic  acids  in  decomposing  htmius. 

The  bacteria  acting  upon  iron  are  not  true  bacteria,  but  be- 
long to  a  higher  thread  like  form.  They  deposit  in  the  sheaths  of 
their  cells  quantities  of  ferrous  hydroxide  or  ferrous  oxide.  They 
grow  in  water  charged  with  iron  carbonate  and  are  known  to 
•develop  to  such  an  extent  in  water  pipes  as  to  clog  them  with 
ferrous  hydroxide. 

When  decomposition  of  anJmal  and  vegetable  remains  goes 
on  under  anoerobic  conditions,  iron  occurs  as  the  sulphide  when 
under  aerobic  conditions,  it  occurs  as  ferrous  carbonate. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  these  organisms  are  essential  in^  main- 
taining a  circulation  of  iron  in  the  soil. 

Action  of  Bacteria  in  Relation  to  Sulphur. 

Usually  sulphates  are  present  in  sufficient  amounts  within  the 
soil.  They  are  taken  by  plants  and  converted  into  protein  ma- 
terial. Plants  either  die  and  decompose  or  are  eaten  by  animals. 
In  the  former  case,  as  a  result  of  bacterial  decomposition  of  pro- 
teids,  hydrogen  sulphide  is  produced.  A  group  of  sulphur  oxidiz- 
ing bacteria  (Beggiatoa),  which  are  thread  hke,  oxidizes  the 
hydrogen  sulphide  (HoS)  to  furnish  energy,  and  store  up  sulphur 
in  its  cells.  When  the  hydrogen  sulphide  becomes  diminished, 
these  bacteria  oxidize  the  sulphur,  which  then  becomes  sulphur 
dioxide  (SO,).  They  do  this  without  the  aid  of  light  or  any 
pigment.     Another  colorless  group  of  sulphur  bacteria  is  Thiotrix. 

Other  forms  of  sulphur  bacteria  are  red  pigmented,  the  red 
pigment  being  analogous  to  the  action  of  chlorophyll  in  plants. 
These  bacteria  require  light  for  growth.  They  occur  abundantly 
in  sea  water  near  the  shore.  The  red  color  occasioned  by  the  de- 
velopment of  bacteria  has  given  the  Red  Sea  its  name. 

There  probably  are  certain  bacteria  that  act  upon  phosphorous. 
In  the  decomposition  of  proteid  material  (of  which  phosphorous 
is  a  component)  there  are  two  end  products,  under  anaerobic 
conditions  the  end  product  is  phosphein  (H3P) ;  under  aerobic 
conditions  the  end  product  is  phosphoric  acid  (P2O5). 


278  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

Generally  the  practises  of  modern  agriculture  are  advantageous 
to  the  development  of  bacteria  within  the  soil. 

The  amount  of  moisture  in  the  soil  and  the  degree  of  aeration 
are  controlled  by  the  mechanical  operations  of  plowing,  discing, 
harrowing,  and  rolling.  The  resulting  condition  of  moisture  and 
aeration  affects  the  rate  of  increase  of  the  soil  bacteria. 

The  application  of  manures  and  fertilizers  and  the  turning 
under  of  green  manures  produce  changes  in  the  soluble  salts  as 
well  as  modifying  the  conditions  of  moisture  and  aeration.  Barn- 
yard manure  contains  bacteria  to  the  extent  of  one-third  of  its 
dry  weight.  Though  a  large  percentage  of  bacteria  in  foeces  are 
dead,  the  application  of  several  tons  of  barnyard  manure  per  acre 
to  soils,  introduces  many  millions  of  bacteria. 

Applications  of  lime  affect  the  rate  of  development  of  bacteria 
by  the  neutralization  of  acid  conditions  and  improvement  of 
texture  of  heavy  soils. 

The  same  amounts  and  proportions  of  plant  nutrients  are  not 
taken  b}^  different  crops.  As  this  causes  difference  in  composition 
of  the  soil,  there  occurs  an  unequal  change  in  the  number  and 
character  of  the  bacteria.  A  rotation  of  crops  that  includes  a 
legume  is  advantageous  to  the  proper  maintenance  of  an  available 
store  of  plant  food  constitutents  and  the  economical  use  of  the  soil 
humus. 

Ohio  State  University. 


Plant  Life  and  Plant  Uses  b}^  John  G.  Coulter,  published  by 
the  American  Book  Company,  represents  a  new  type  of  elementary 
botany  for  the  high  school.  It  is  a  very  interesting  book  and  its 
method  if  intelligently  followed  will  go  far  to  place  elementary 
botany  on  a  firm  basis  in  the  high  school  curriculum.  The 
author  has  presented  a  book  that  corresponds  to  the  capacity  of 
high  school  children.  Too  often  college  professors  who  have 
written  high  school  texts  have  lost  sight  of  the  fact  that  the}'  were 
addressing  immature  minds  that  needed  direction  and  a  S}Tnpa- 
thetic  attitude  rather  than  the  dry  facts  and  abstractions  of  a 
science  suitable  for  the  mature  college  student  or  graduate.  This 
book  followed  by  a  course  in  elementary  agronomy  should  make 
an  ideal  course  in  what  some  arc  now  pleased  to  call  "agriculture.  " 
If  the  new  "elementary  agriculture"  now  being  exploited  is  to  be 
taught  without  a  basis  of  knowledge  of  plants  it  ^\ill  accomplish 
little  of  value.  But  even  an  elementary  knowledge  of  agriculture 
based  on  an  elementary  knowledge  of  plants  should  give  us  a  far 
better  practice  on  the  fami,  and  in  the  garden  than  we  have  had 
in  the  past.  In  city  schools  the  course  outlined  in  the  book 
might  well  be  followed  by  special  courses  on  trees,  gardening  and 
household  and  food  i^lants  in  which  all  city  people  should  have 
an  interest.  J.   n.   s. 


March,  1914.]  Meeting  of  Biological  Club.  279 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  November  3,  1913. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Mr.  Stover, 
The  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  corrected. 
The  following  persons  were  elected  to  membership:  Lawrence  W. 
Durrell,  Gustav  A.  Meckstroth,  Carl  J.  Drake,  Frank  H.  Lathrop. 

In  the  absence  of  a  report  from  the  nominating  committee  it 
was  moved  and  seconded  that  the  nominations  for  the  officers  for 
the  ensuing  year  be  made  from  the  floor.  Those  nominated  were : 
W.  J.  Kostir,  for  president,  Clara  G.  Mark  for  vice-president  and 
Blanche  McAvoy  for  secretary. 

The  Secretary  was  instructed  to  cast  a  vote  for  these  persons. 

Mr.  Kostir  took  the  chair  and  introduced  the  speaker,  Mr. 
Stover,  who  gave  the  presidential  address  on  the  Present  Aspects 
Phytopathology. 

The  meeting  adjourned  at  9:10. 

Blanche  W.  McAvoy,  Secretary. 


Orton  Hall,  December  8,  1913. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  promptly  at  seven-thirty  by 
Mr.  Kostir.  The  meeting  was  well  attended,  there  being  a  few 
more  than  one  hundred  present.  The  minutes  of  the  previous 
meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

Benj.  H.  Repp,  Dan  G.  Tear,  and  Mary  Blanche  Howe  were 
elected  to  membership. 

Prof,  Griggs  had  the  first  paper  of  the  evening.  It  was  a 
record  of  his  trip  to  Alaska  and  was  entitled  "The  eruption  of 
Katmi,  an  Alaskan  Volcano,  and  its  Effect  on  the  Vegetation." 
Katmi  is  on  the  peninsula  and  erupped  on  June  6,  1912.  So  far 
as  is  known  there  were  no  warning  eruptions.  The  noise  was 
heard  750  miles  and  the  steam  from  the  volcano  was  seen  for  100 
miles.  At  Kodiac  which  is  100  miles  awa^^  the  ashes  fell  to  the 
depth  of  one  foot  and  the  darkness  lasted  for  sixty  hours.  There 
was  approximately  4.9  cubic  miles  of  material  thrown  up.  Great 
quantities  of  pumice  were  floating  on  the  water.  Soon  after  the 
eruption  it  rained  and  the  lava  became  mud  which  washed  down 
off  the  mountains  and  hills  and  filled  up  the  valleys  and  covered 
the  houses.  To  illustrate  the  effect  of  all  this  on  the  vegetation 
he  showed  pictures  of  places,  that  he  had  taken  similar  to 
the  region  around  Katmi.  The  pictures  showed  great  meadows 
and  forests  and  quantities  of  flowers.     The  pictures  taken  around 


2So  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  5, 

Katmi  showed  devastation  every  where.  The  eruption  occured 
just  after  the  leaves  on  the  trees  had  opened.  As  the  result  the 
growth  for  1912  and  the  leaf  buds  that  would  have  opened  in  1913 
were  killed  so  the  trees  looked  dead  altho  the  wood  was  not  injured 
and  probably  in  another  year  many  of  the  trees  will  put  out  leaves 
and  go  on  growing.  Equisetum  seemed  to  be  the  plant  that  came 
up  first  thru  the  lava.  The  Indians  thought  that  it  had  been 
thrown  up  by  the  volcano. 

Prof.  Barrows  showed  a  number  of  guinea  pigs.  The  agoute 
type  is  black  haired,  tipped  with  red.  If  the  agoute  is  absent 
black  results.  He  has  had  trouble  in  getting  pure  black.  Among 
others  he  showed  a  silver  agoute.  If  the  chocolate  is  absent  in 
the  color  coat  red  results  and  if  red  is  absent  yellow  results.  If 
yellow  is  modified  cream  results.  He  had  a  tricolor  in  which  the 
inheritance  is  hard  to  work  out.  The  other  color  coats  are  strictly 
Mendelian  but  the  spots  are  seemingl}^  not. 

Mr.  Meckstroth  reviewed  two  papers  on  plant  variation  from 
the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  One  was  on  the  leaf  variation 
in  hybrid  violets  and  the  other  a  bud  variation  of  the  white  mar- 
gined Pelargonium.  He  had  a  number  of  slides  to  illustrate  his 
review.  The  cross  in  the  violets  was  made  between  the  bird-foot 
and  several  entire  leafed  species.     The  result  was  intemiediate. 

Observations  were  made  of  a  wheel  bug  sent  to  Prof.  Osborn 
and  new  for  the  state.  The  report  of  wild  pigeons  found  in  Mich- 
igan was  spoken  of  and  criticized.  Prof.  Alfred  R.  Wallace's 
death  was  noted.  A  Zamia  that  is  in  bloom  in  the  green  house 
was  mentioned.  L.  W.  Durrell  told  of  his  new  stippeling  machine 
and  said  that  he  would  demonstrate  it  after  the  meeting. 

The  meeting  was  then  adjourned. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  March  23,  1914. 


The  Ohio  ^h[^atiiralist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XIV.  APRIL,    1914.  No.  6. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Melchers— A  Preliminary  Report  ou  Raspberry  Curl  or  Yellows 281 

Wells— Some  Unreported  Cecidia  from  Connecticut 289 

Humphrey— The  Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio 299 


A    PRELIMINARY    REPORT    ON    RASPBERRY    CURL    OR 

YELLOWS  * 

Leo  E.  Melchers 

Raspberry  curl,  or  "yellows,"  can  probably  be  regarded  as  the 
most  serious  of  raspberry  diseases.  This  malady  was  first  re- 
ported by  Green  in  Minnesota  (ISQ-i),  and  is  apparently  the  same 
trouble  as  mentioned  by  Stewart  and  Eustace  (1902),  who  called 
it  "raspberry  yellows."  The  writer  believes  that  the  original 
name,  raspberry  leaf  curl,  or  raspberry  curl,  is  descriptively  more 
appropriate  and  lessens  the  possibilities  of  a  misconception  re- 
garding its  undetermined  cause. 

Although  this  malady  has  been  known  for  some  years,  little 
work  seems  to  have  been  done  upon  it.  Green  (1895),  reported 
raspberry  leaf  curl  as  the  worst  raspberry  disease  in  the  state. 
Stewart  and  Eustace  (1902),  reported  raspberry  yellows  as  occur- 
ring in  New  York ;  they  regarded  it  as  distinct  from  raspberry  cane 
blight  caused  by  Coniothyrium  fuckelii  Sacc,  (Leptosphaeria 
coniothyrium  (Fckl.)  Sacc,  and  the  description  of  its  field  char- 
acteristics show  it  to  be  entirely  different.  Clinton  (1903,  p.  35), 
mentioned  cane  blight  of  raspberries,  but  from  the  symptoms 
given,  namely,  that  "the  foliage  of  the  infected  cane  is  usually 
streaked  with  yellow  and  crinkled,"  he  appears  to  have  been 
describing  the  raspberry  curl  disease,  for  the  above  s}'mptoms 
are  not  characteristic  of  cane  blight  caused  by  Leptosphaeria 
coniothyrium  (Fckl.)  Sacc.  Paddock  (1914-5),  stated  that  rasp- 
berry yellows  attacked  the  Malboro  in  Colorado.  Sackett  (1910), 
merely  mentions  raspberry  yellows,  without  giving  any  descrip- 

*  Department  of  Plant  Pathology,  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College, 
Manhattan,  Kansas. 

2S1 


282 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


tion  of  its  symptoms.  In  a  later  report  (1911,  p.  IS),  he  speaks 
of  spraying  experiments  in  connection  with  "Project  III  Rasp- 
berry Yellows." 

He  does  not  clearly  distinguish  between  raspberry  "yellows" 
and  raspberry  cane  blight.  Interpretation  of  his  results  indi- 
cates that  spraying  with  Bordeaux  mixture  controlled  both 
diseases — a  conclusion  which  is  not  in  accord  with  the  writer's 
experience  with  raspberry  curl. 


Fig.  1.     Plants  affected  with  raspberry  curl  showing  the  stunted  growth 

and  bushy  appearance. 

Lawrence  (1911),  assigns  various  factors  as  a  possible  cause 
of  raspberry  yellows,  among  them  fungi,  poor  grainage,  lack  of 
soil  fertility  etc.  A  "bacterial  disease"  of  raspberries  was  re- 
ported by  Detmers  (1S91)  in  Ohio.  From  the  description  of  the 
disease,  the  malady  is  undoubtedly  the  one  under  discussion. 

The  name  "raspberry  yellows"  has  been  and  is  used  indiscrim- 
inately to  cover  a  multitude  of  syinptoms.  In  some  instances 
in  which  people  have  heard  that  there  is  such  a  disease  as  "rasp- 
berry yellows,"  a  case  definitely  diagnosed  as  such,  because  a 
few  yellow  leaves  happen  to  be  ])rcsent.  The  true  ras])berry  curl,  or 
"yellows",  has  very  definite,  striking,  characteristic  symptoms 
and  should  not  be  confused  with  unthriftiness  of  plants  due  to 
cultural  conditions  nor  to  a  drying  or  blighting  of  the  leaves  and 
canes  as  brought  about  by  raspberry  cane  blight. 


April,  1914.]        Report  on.  Raspberry  Curl  or  Yellows.  283 

Occurrence  of  Raspberry  Curl.  Raspberry  curl  is  found  main- 
ly on  Cuthbert,  Marlboro,  Golden  Queen,  Early  King  and  Her- 
bert, the  varieties  being  susceptible  in  the  order  named.  Cuthbert 
and  Marlboro  are  probably  the  most  susceptible  varieties,  and  at 
present  are  being  discarded  entirely  for  commercial  purposes. 
The  disease  is  found  occasionally  in  other  varieties  of  red  raspber- 
ries, but  very  rarely  on  black  caps  or  purple  kinds. 

Besides  occurring  in  Minnesota  and  New  York,  it  has  been 
reported  in  Connecticut  and  Colorado.  The  writer  has  found 
this  disease  in  Ohio,  Michigan,  Cahfomia,  and  Washington,  and 
it  is  probable  that  this  same  trouble  occurs  in  Canada,  Massachu- 
setts, Pennsylvania,  and  Kansas,  while  not  improbable  that  it 
could  be  found  in  most  localities  where  the  red  raspberry  is  grown 
extensively. 


Fig  2.     Current  year's  growth  showing  premature  flowering. 

Economic  Importance.  The  writer  has  made  a  study  of  rasp- 
berry curl  in  Ohio,  especially  in  Lucas  and  Cuyahoga  counties, 
two  localities  which  have  grown  raspberries  extensively.  In 
these  regions  red  raspberries  were  at  one  time  a  very  important 
crop.  Today  there  is  grown  only  one-fifth  the  acreage  of  eight 
years  ago.  This  falling  off  has  been  due,  as  far  as  can  be  ascer- 
tained, entirely  to  the  raspberry  curl  disease.  A  number  of  grow- 
ers conservatively  estimate  an  annual  loss  of  $200  per  acre  due  to 
this  disease. 

Symptoms  of  Raspberry  Curl.  Generally  the  disease  does  not 
make  its  appearance  until  the  second  3^ear  after  planting,  while 
sometimes  three  season  elapse  before  it  becomes  severe  enough 
to  attract  attention.  When  it  once  appears  in  a  plant,  it  invari- 
ably reappears  annually  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  and  as  long  as 


284 


The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


Fig.  3.     Showing  comi)ara1ivc  size  of  healthy  and  diseased  leaves,  also  the 
sunken  vascular  system  and  the  arching  uwpard  of  the  intcrvenal  tissues. 


April,  1914.]        Report  on  Raspberry  Curl  or  Yellows. 


285 


that  plant  happens  to  live.  According  to  some  of  the  older 
growers  in  Lucas  county,  raspberry  plants  twelve  years  old  are 
said  to  have  produced  this  "curly  foliage"  annually  for  nine  years. 

One  of  the  more  striking  symptoms  of  this  disease  is  the 
stunted  or  dwarfed  appearance  of  the  plant.  See  fig.  1,  compare 
with  fig.  5.  A  withering  or  blighting  of  the  canes  or  leaves  never 
occurs  in  the  case  of  this  disease.  There  are  no  indications  of  a 
lack  of  turgescence  in  any  of  the  tissues  of  an  affected  plant. 

The  canes  are  short,  and  when  the  fruiting  laterals  are  formed 
the  plant  has  a  compact,  bushy  appearance.  The  internodes 
both  in  the  canes  and  in  the  laterals  are  very  short.     We  may  have- 


Fig.  4.     Mottled  effect  of  the  leaves  of  raspberry  curl. 

apparently  healthy  and  diseased  canes  arising  from  the  same 
crown.  Premature  flowering  of  the  current  years'  growth  is 
not  uncommon,  terminal  inflorescence  being  frequently  present, 
as  shown  in  flg.  2.  Diseased  sprouts  emerge  from  the  soil  with  a 
sickly,  pale  yellowish-green  color,  the  leaflets  being  small  and  more 
or  less  curled.  The  writer  has  observed  such  sprouts  arising  at  a 
distance  of  three  feet  from  the  parent  crown.  As  these  canes  grow 
older,  the  leaflets  become  darker  green  and  noticeably  revolutely 
curled.     See  flg.  3. 

The  most  striking  characteristic  of  the  diseased  leaflet  blade^ 
is  the  arching  upward  of  the  intervenal  tissues,  which  cause  the 
vascular   system   to    appear    sunken.       See    fig.    3.       It   is   this 


286 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


uneven  expansion  cf  tissues  which  brings  about  the  revolutely 
curled  condition  of  the  diseased  foliage.  During  the  summer 
months  the  foliage  may  acquire  a  mottled  appearance,  at  first  a 
light  yellow,  gradually  changing  to  darker  shades  of  green  and 
yellow  and  eventually  transforming  into  a  reddish-bronze  hue. 
See  fig.  4.  The  severity  of  curl  and  variations  and  intensities  of 
color  depend  very  greatly  upon  soil  and  climatic  conditions.  An 
abundance  of  rain  is  unfavorable  to  the  development  of  the  above 
symptoms,  while  hot  and  dry  weather  produce  the  more  con- 
spicuous cases.  All  diseased  foliege,  besides  being  curled  and  mot- 
tled, is  considerably  smaller  and  never  attains  its  natural  size. 
See  fig.  3.     In  September  or  October  it  is  not  uncommon  to  find 


Fig.  5.     Two-year-(il(l  healthy  Cuthbcrt  rasjibcrry  plants. 

considerable  mottled  foliage;  the  spots  may  vary  from  a  yellowish 
tinge  to  a  bronze,  in  many  cases  not  unlike  mosaic  disease  in  their 
color,  size,  shape  and  location  with  reference  to  the  vascular 
system.     See  fig.  4. 

The  berries  mature  from  ten  days  to  two  weeks  earlier  than  the 
normal  crop.  They  are  small,  often  dcfonncd,  lighter  in  color 
than  the  normal  berry,  and  when  apparently  rijjc  are  bitter,  later 
becoming  in.sipid.  If  allowed  to  remain  on  the  cane  until  they 
become  "dead  ripe",  they  acquire  a  slight  flavor,  which  is,  however, 
far  from  pleasant.  In  fa.ct  the  berries  are  so  small  and  poor  in 
quality  that  berry  pickers  refuse  to  pick  at  the  coistomary  price 
l)er  quart  and  commission  men  will  not  handle  the  fruit  on  ac- 
count of  its  inferior  qualities. 


April,  1914.]        Report  on  Raspberry  Curl  or  Yellows.  287 

From  general  appearances,  the  root  system  of  diseased  plants 
seems  normal.  This  disease  is  peculiar  in  that  we  may  have 
diseased  and  healthy  plants  of  the  same  or  different  varieties  grow- 
ing side  by  side.  This  has  often  been  observed  by  the  writer  where 
Cuthbert  and  Early  King  were  growing  in  the  same  row,  the  former 
variety  always  being  the  more  susceptible.  It  is  also  of  interest 
to  note  that  raspberry  curl  may  make  its  appearance  in  a  plot 
even  though  cane  blight  has  never  been  known  to  occur  among 
such  plants.  The  writer  has  likewise  noticed  that  although  cane 
blight  may  be  very  severe  in  a  patch  of  berries,  a  careful  search  did 
not  reveal  the  presence  of  a  single  case  of  raspberry  curl. 

Cause  of  Raspberry  Curl.  As  yet  no  definite  cause  can  be 
assigned  to  this  disease.  Stewart  and  Eustace  (1902),  intimated 
that  it  might  be  related  to  the  so-called  physiological  diseases, 
such  as,  peach  yellows,  while  others  are  attacking  this  problem 
with  the  expectation  of  locating  a  pathogen.  Paddock  (1904-5), 
noticed  that  the  disease  was  more  pronounced  where  plants  were 
growing  in  a  soil  which  had  a  high  water  table.  This  in  part  agrees 
with  the  observations  made  by  the  writer,  particularly  where 
plants  were  growing  in  a  heavy  soil.  It  was  thought  at  one  time 
that  insects  might  be  contributing  factors  toward  the  production 
of  these  curled  leaves.  The  opinions  of  entomologists  which  the 
writer  has  at  hand,  however,  do  not  substantiate  this. 

The  writer  has  made  numerous  attempts  at  isolating  a  causal 
organism,  selecting  different  parts  of  diseased  tissue  of  various 
ages,  but  up  to  the  present  time  no  organism  has  been  obtained 
which  has  been  conclusively  shown  to  be  the  cause  of  this  disease. 
Old  crowns  frequently  contain  various  fungi,  but  their  connection 
with  the  appearance  and  production  of  raspberry  curl,  in  the  writ- 
er's opinion,  is  problematical.  An  attempt  was  made  to  corre- 
late this  disease  with  the  occurence  of  crown  gall  on  raspberry 
plants,  but  of  the  hundreds  of  plants  examined,  no  relationship 
was  found  to  exist. 

At  present  the  writer  is  making  a  histological  study  of  diseased 
tissues.  vSo  far,  he  has  been  unable  to  locate  bacteria  or  fungi  in 
typical  specimens  which  have  been  examined.  This,  however,  is 
not  to  be  interpreted  as  meaning  that  a  pathogen  does  not  exist 
in  the  diseased  tissues  of  the  raspberry  plant.  Inabihty  to  dis- 
cover an  organism  up  to  this  time  may  be  due  to  various  factors, 
such  as  the  size  of  the  organism  concerned  or  the  difhculty  in 
properly  staining  and  differentiating  the  very  fine  mycelia  within 
the  host  tissue.  Further  studies  are  being  made  along  this  line, 
and  a  more  detailed  report  will  be  published  later. 

The  writer  has  had  occasion  to  observe  that  heavy,  compact 
soils,  lacking  proper  drainage,  are  more  liable  to  have  plants 
afifected  with  raspberry  curl,   than  lighter  soils  which  are  ade- 


288  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

quately  drained  and  aerated.  During  rainy  seasons  we  apparently 
have  less  of  this  disease  than  during  hot  and  dry  weather.  Indi- 
cations are  that  the  soil  fertility  question  is  not  directly  involved. 

Recommendations.  In  planting  red  raspberries,  secure  plants 
from  localities  where  raspberry  curl  does  not  occur.  Grow  varie- 
ties which  do  best  in  your  locality  and  which  seem  adapted  to 
your  soil  conditions.  St.  Regis  seems  to  be  a  promising  variety 
not  so  susceptible  to  this  disease.  Early  King  and  Herbert  are 
standard  varieties  doing  well  in  some  locahties.  The  former  is 
is  the  only  red  variety  which  can  be  economically  grown  in  Lucas 
county,  Ohio,  and  is  entirely  rei^lacing  all  other  varieties. 

Plant  on  a  rather  light  or  medium  heavy  soil  which  is  provided 
with  adequate  drainage.  The  addition  of  barnyard  manure  well 
incorporated  into  the  soil  is  of  value  in  producing  vigorous  and 
thrifty  plants.  Where  irrigation  is  possible,  it  is  highly  beneficial 
and  is  advisable,  especially  during  adverse  seasons. 

Plants  affected  with  raspberry  curl  are  best  removed  and 
destroyed,  as  they  are  worthless  for  the  production  of  marketable 
fruit.     Never  use  disease  plants  for  propagation  purposes. 

The  application  of  fungicides  is  useless  in  controlling  raspberry 
curl. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Clinton,  G.  P.  1903.     Report  of  the  Station  Botanist.     Conn. 

Ag.  Expt.  Sta.  Rpt.  pt.  4.  pp.  354-.355. 
Detmers,  F.,  1891.     Diseases  of  the  Blackberry  and  Raspberry. 

Ohio  Expt.  Sta.  4:  128-129.     No.  0.  Oct.  1891. 
Green,  S.  B.,  1894.     Leaf  Curl  of  Raspberrv.     Minn.  Sta.  Ann. 

Rept.    1894:  2.30. 
,    189.5.       Small  Fruits,  Variety  Tests.     Minn.  Sta.  bul. 

4.5:321-32.3. 
Lawrence,  W.   H.,   1912.     Insect  Pests  and   Diseases  of  Bush 

Fruits.     Better  Fruit  Magazine,  7:18. 
Melchers,   L.   E.,    1913.     Mosaic  Disease  of  the  Tomato  and 

Related  Plants.     Ohio  Naturalist,  13:169.     No.  8.     pi.  3. 
Paddock,  W.,  1904-.5.     Eighteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Colo- 
rado Agricultural  Experiment  Station.     1904-5:44-45. 
Sackett,  W.  G.,  1910.       Thirty-second  Annual   Report  of   the 

Colorado  State  Board  of  Agriculture.     1910:93. 
,  1911.     Twenty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  Colorado 

Agricultural  Experiment  Station.     1911:18. 
Stewart,   F.   C.  and  Eustace,   H.   J.,   1902.     Raspberry  Cane 

Blight  and  Raspberry  Yellows.     New  York  Station  bul. 

220:302:364. 


April,  1914.]        Unreported  Cecidia  from  Connecticut.  289 


SOME    UNREPORTED    CECIDIA     FROM     CONNECTICUT 

B.  W.  Wells 

Thru  the  winter  of  1912-1913  and  the  summer  of  1913,  in  pre- 
paring for  some  work  on  abnoniially  developed  plant  parts,  the 
writer  made  a  collection  of  insect  galls  in  the  eastern  highland 
region  of  Connecticut.  Most  of  the  field  work  was  done  in  the 
town  of  Mansfield  in  the  vicinity  of  Storrs  and  Spring  Hill.  The 
extreme  northern  part  of  the  eastern  half  of  the  state  was  visited 
a  few  times  as  well  as  the  southern  portion  bordering  on  Long 
Island  Sound.  In  the  course  of  eleven  months  residence  in  the 
eastern  Connecticut  region,  204  galls  were  found,  22  of  which  are 
believed  to  be  as  yet  unreported  in  the  United  States. 

The  object  of  the  present  paper  is  thus  to  present  descriptions 
and  illustrations  of  some  heretofore  undescribed  cecidia  pro- 
duced by  insects  and  mites  in  the  eastern  Connecticut  highland 
region.  A  bibliography  of  the  more  important  literature  con- 
sulted, is  appended. 

The  writer  wishes  to  express  his  appreciation  of  valuable 
assistance  rendered  by  Mr.  Billings  T.  Avery  of  Ledyard,  Conn. 
who  not  only  materially  assisted  in  enlarging  the  collection  of 
previously  described  galls  but  found  a  nimiber  of  the  new  ones 
described  in  the  present  paper. 

It  is  self  evident  that  such  a  report  as  the  present  one  in  which 
the  galls  only  are  adequately  described,  is  an  imperfect  report. 
Yet,  a  list  of  these  newly  discovered  definite  hypertrophies  and 
hyperplasies  of  plant  parts  should  be  set  forth  as  a  basis  for  future 
work,  in  which  the  whole  of  the  subject  entomological  as  well  as 
botanical  may  be  elucidated.  Such  a  paper  as  the  present  one 
may  perhaps  act  as  a  stimulus  to  the  collection  of  cecidia  by  show- 
ing the  unworked  condition  of  the  field.  The  animal  induced 
pathologic  structures  developed  on  plant  parts  have  not  been  col- 
lected with  any  degree  of  completeness;  and  no  full  and  extended 
systematic  studies  have  been  made  of  those  collected  in  America. 
Careful  search  in  any  locality,  particularly  among  herbaceous 
plants  is  bound  to  bring  to  light  some  little  known  or  entirely  new 
cecidia. 

The  writer  has  left  the  matter  of  naming  the  causal  organisms 
to  future  workers,  beheving  that  specific  names  should  be  origin- 
ated by  the  first  describer  of  the  mite  or  insect  concerned.  The 
custom  on  the  part  of  some  of  applying  a  specific  name  to  an  in- 
sect or  mite  merely  on  the  basis  of  the  intimately  associated  gall , 
is  to  be  deplored.  New  names  of  gall  producing  fomis  should 
appear  only  with  adequate  descriptions  of  the  arthropods  con- 
cerned. 


290  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

The  galls  herein  described  and  believed  to  be  heretofore  unre- 
ported, are  arranged  on  the  basis  of  the  plant  affected.  The  plant 
genera  are  arranged  alphabetically,  Gray's  Manual  being  followed 
in  the  matter  of  nomenclature. 

Acer  saccharum.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  not  found. 

A  small,  monothalamous,  laterally  flattened  gall  on  the  under- 
side of  the  leaf  veins.  3-4  mm.  dia.  Semicircular  in  outline  as 
seen  from  the  side.  The  vascular  tissue  traverses  the  edge  of  the 
gall.  Gall  opens  above  by  a  slit  which  is  bounded  by  definite 
lips.  No  pubescence  present.  Green  in  summer,  brown  in  dried 
condition.     Fig.  1. 


^t5- 


Amelanchier  canadensis.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  not  found. 

A  small,  monothalamous,  smooth,  cone-shaped  gall,  promi- 
nently curved  at  the  tip,  occurring  on  cither  side  of  the  leaf.  On 
the  side  opposite  the  gall  is  a  short  narrow  slit,  definitely  lip- 
bordered,  which  leads  into  the  small  chamber.  In  mid-summer 
the  galls  are  yellowish  at  the  base  to  red  or  brown  black  at  the  tip. 
Under  lens  the  surface  is  finely  striate.  No  pubescence.  When 
found  they  occur  in  great  numbers  on  the  leaves  of  the  shad-bush, 
where  they  are  distributed  heterogeneously ;  bearing  no  relation 
to  the  venation  system.     Common  locally.     Fig.  2. 

Possibly  the  gall  described  by  Hagen  (33)  and  Chadwick  (22) 
as  "similar  to  a  Phrygian  cap,  the  tip  rolled  down;  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaf,  rarely  below." 

Amelanchier  canadensis.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  unknown. 

A  flattened,  monothalamous,  pocket  gall  occurring  in  numbers 
on  the  underside  of  the  leaf.  3-4  mm.  long.  Distal  edge  toothed, 
rarely  more  than  three  pointed.  Ivory  white,  smooth  as  tho 
polished.  Cavity  confined  to  the  proximal  two  thirds  of  the  gall. 
Wall  smooth.  Opens  on  the  opposite  or  upper  side  of  the  leaf  by 
a  narrow  slit  sunken  in  a  depression  of  the  blade.  Galls  are  locally 
abundant. 

Undoubtedly  an  insect  gall,  whose  larva)  leave  the  cecidia  by 
mid-summer.  The  material  described  was  collected  in  Aug.  and 
showed  no  inhabitants  of  any  kind.     Fig.  3. 

Possibly  the  same  as  Felt's  (29)  "flattened,  white,  pouch  gall 
on  leaf  margin,  denticulate.  Cccidomyia  sp."  The  galls,  how- 
ever, are  scattered  over  the  leaf  blade. 

Betula  lenta.     Leaf  (jail.     Gall  maker,  undctennined. 

A  monothalamous,  closed  vein  gall  on  the  principal  veins  of 
the  leaf.  5-10  mm.  long,  often  merging  into  each  other.  Narrow, 
not  over  ^^  mm.  wide.  Smooth  ancl  color  of  the  normal  vein. 
Tubular  cavity  small.     Larvae  not  found.     Not  common.     Fig.  4. 


April,  1914.]        Unreported  Cecidia  from  Connecticut.  291 

Carya  ovata.     Leaf  Gall. 

A  bright  red,  sub-globular,  monothalamous,  fleshy  gall  on  the 
under  side  of  the  leaflet.  At  flrst  white,  later  red  (July  16)  3  mm. 
high,  5  mm.  broad.  A  slight  papilla  terminates  the  apex.  Wall 
of  larval  chamber  white,  rest  of  tissue  reddened.  Larva  white. 
Fig.  5. 

Castanea  dentata.  Leaf  Gall.  Gall  maker,  an  undetermined  aphid. 
A  marked  wrinkling  and  crumpling  of  the  leaf  particularly  in 
the  region  of  the  mid-vein.  No  definite  cavities  formed.  Aphids 
numerous,  scattered  in  the  folds  of  the  distorted  intervenal  tissue. 
Not  common.     Fig.  6. 

Castanea  dentata.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  Eriophyes  sp. 

This  gall  consists  of  a  yellowish  erineum  developed  between 
the  secondary  veins  of  the  leaf,  chiefly  on  the  upper  side.  Ex- 
hibits a  shallow  concavity  above. 

Clematis  virginiana.      Bud  gall.      Gall  maker,  Eriophyes  sp. 

A  gall  of  the  terminal  leaf  bud  made  up  of  the  greatly  hyper- 
trophied  and  rigid  leaf  petioles.  These  assume  the  fonn  of  ir- 
regular flattened  scales.  On  each  of  the  outermost  ones  the  three 
minutes  leaflets  can  be  readily  seen  borne  on  the  summit  of  the 
highly  expanded  petiole.  The  sub-spherical  galled  bud  measures 
about  1  cm.  in  dia.  The  irregular  cavities  within  are  nearly 
filled  by  the  dense  growth  of  filamentous  trichomes.  This  white 
pubescence  chokes  up  the  entrance  way  between  the  outermost 
scales. 

This  gall  often  develops  irregularly  and  the  enlarged  semi- 
woody  petioles  are  so  compactly  pressed  together,  that  its  essen- 
tial morphology  might  be  missed  in  a  hasty  examination.     Fig.  7. 

Evidently  the  same  gall  as  one  produced  on  C.  Flammula  and 
described  by  Frank,  A.  B.  (30). 

Decodon  verticillatus.  Bud  Gall.  Gall  maker,  a  cecidomyid  insect. 
A  gall  formed  by  the  thickening  of  the  two  or  three  uppermost 
minute  bud  leaves  of  the  terminal  or  lateral  buds.  Galled  bud 
3-5  mm.  long.  Green.  The  two  or  three  modified  leaves  neatly 
overlap  fonning  a  well  protected  chamber  within,  which  contains 
a  single  salmon  colored  larva.     Rather  common.  Fig.  8. 

Dulichium  arundinaceum.  Stem  Gall.  (Rachilla.)  Gall  maker, 
a  cecidoinyid  insect. 
A  monothalamous,  open,  "groove"  gall  of  the  rachilla.  One 
or  generally  two  internodes  involved.  The  normal  rachilla  is 
grooved  both  sides  and  the  gall  chamber  is  an  enlargement  of  the 
deeper  one  whose  edges  are  the  membranaceous,  decurrent  bract 
base.  The  galled  rachilla  is  so  prominently  hypertrophied  that 
the  affected  spikelets  can  be  picked  out  at  a  glance  due  to  their 
greater  width. 


292  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

Larvae  bright  salmon  color,  breast  plate  prominent.  Evidently 
mature  Sept.  1.  Galls  common  on  Dulichium  in  the  Conn,  region. 
Figs.  9,  10  and  10a. 

Hamamelis  virginiana.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  unknown. 

A  monothalamous,  "groove"  vein  gall  opening  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaf.  Affecting  principal  veins.  Variable  in  length, 
1-3  cm.  long.  Surface  minutely  roughened,  green,  turning  black 
when  old.  Not  common.  Possibly  the  same  as  Felt's  (29) 
"fleshy  vein  folds.     Cecidomyia  sp."     Fig.  11. 

Juncus  canadensis.  Bud  and  Stem  Gall.  Gall  maker,  not 
determined. 

Elongated  bud-like  galls  made  up  of  overlapping  leaves. 
The  branch  axes  are  very  much  shortened  causing  the  leaves  to 
tightly  enfold  one  another.  From  fotir  to  seven  of  these  affected 
branches  or  galls  occur  together  in  a  cluster.  Average  length  of 
gall,  4  cm.     Green.     Fig.  12. 

A  gall  exactly  similar  to  this  is  pictured  by  Connold  (23)  who 
states  that  the  gall  is  formed  by  the  larva  of  Li  via  juncorum, 
Latr.     Reported  from  Hastings,  England.     Fig.  12. 

Mikania  scandens.     Stem  Gall.     Gall  maker,  undertermined. 

A  large,  monothalamous,  fusiform  gall  of  the  stem  internode. 
1-2^  cm.  long,  j^  as  wide.  Six  longitudinal  low  ridges  divide  the 
surface  area  into  as  many  faces.  Surface  smooth,  color  of  the 
normal  stem.  Texture  tough  almost  woody.  Cavity  large  (as 
wide  as  the  wall  is  thick)  extending  the  length  of  the  gall.  A 
single  white  larva  found  within.     Fig  13. 

Muhlenbergia  mexicana.     Bud  Gall.     Gall  maker,  undetermined. 

A  lateral  bud  gall  formed  by  an  extreme  shortening  of  the 
axis  resulting  in  a  compact  structure  made  up  of  overlapping 
leaves.  The  leaves,  tho  greatly  reduced  in  length  and  much 
broadened  still  show  the  sheath  and  blade  portions  definitely 
divided  by  the  minute  ligule.     4  cm.  long,  1  cm.  wide. 

The  larvae  (Aug.  20th)  just  visible  distributed  in  the  spaces  at 
the  very  base  of  the  sheaths.     Fig.  14. 

Myrica  asplenifolium.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  Eriophyes  sp. 

A  gall  formed  by  the  thickening  and  folding  of  the  mid-vein, 
with  which  it  associated  an  incurling  of  the  leaf  edges.  If  the 
entire  mid-vein  is  affected,  the  whole  blade  is  much  contorted. 
Reddish  and  smooth  without.  A  thick,  white  pubescence  fills 
the  cavity  within.  The  trichomes  are  highly  elongated.  Not 
common.     Fig.  15. 


April,  1914.]        Unreported  Cecidia  from  Connecticut,  293 

Ostrya  virginiana.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  Eriophyes  sp. 

A  small,  sub-spherical  pocket  gall  generally  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaf.  1-2  mm.  dia.  Red  tinged,  smooth.  Opening 
below  marked  by  a  tuft  of  white  hairs.  Few  or  many  on  leaf. 
Not  common.     Fig.   16. 

Rhus  copallina.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  Eriophyes  sp. 

A  terminal  mass  of  dwarfed  branches,  bearing  abortive  leaves, 
the  leaflet  margins  of  which  are  strongly  inrolled.  In  addition 
the  leaflets  are  more  or  less  contorted.  No  definite  erineum  present. 

A  gall  identical  to  this  has  been  collected  on  R.  glabra. 

Fig.  17  illustrates  merely  one  of  the  numerous  dwarf  branches. 
Fig.  17. 

Jarvis,  39th  Ann.  Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  of  Ont.  19US.  p.  90  (35)  a 
similar  gall  on  Rhus  typhina. 

Salix  sericea.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  undeteniiined. 

A  monothalamous,  elongate,  irregular,  tubular  gall  formed  in 
the  blade  of  the  leaf  near  to  and  paralleling  the  margin.  The 
edge  of  the  leaf  is  turned,  simulating  the  nest  of  a  leaf  roller  insect. 
There  is,  however,  a  marked  hyperplasia  of  tissue.  1-1 K  cm. 
long.  Smooth,  light  green  above.  Thin  walled.  The  escape- 
ment pore  is  below  at  the  distal  end.  No  larv£e  or  pupa;  present 
Sept.  1.     Fig.  18. 

A  similar  gall  is  found  in  England  on  Salix  viminalis  caused  by 
Cecidomyia  marginem-torquens,  Wtz.  See  Connold,  (23)  British 
Vegetable  Galls,  p.  194.     1902. 

Solidago  odora.  Terminal  Bud  Gall.  Gall  maker,  undetermined. 
A  monothalamous  gall  probably  formed  by  the  transformation 
of  the  growing  point  of  the  terminal  bud  into  an  olive  shaped 
structure,  15  mm.  long,  11  mm.  wide.  Base  enveloped  by  an 
involucre  like  mass  of  overlapping  leaves.  Surface  reticulately 
marked.  Areas  brownish.  The  distal  region  surrounding  the 
mucronate  tip,  green  and  smooth.  The  single  elongate  flash- 
shaped  cavity  contains  one  large  white  larva.  In  long,  section 
the  walls  are  observed  to  be  composed  of  a  compact  pith,  thru 
which  more  or  less  prominent  vascular  bundles  are  distributed. 
Not  common.  Fig.  19.  A  longitudinal  median  section  is  shown 
in  Fig.  19,  a. 

Spirea  latifolia.     Bud  Gall.     Gall  maker,  a  cecidomyid  insect. 

Galled  terminal  and  lateral  buds.  The  leaf  primordia  deve- 
lope  into  thick  green  scales,  which  overlapping  form  the  large 
larval  chamber  within.  7-10  mm.  in  length.  Many  larvae  (pos- 
siblv  inquilines)  to  a  gall  chamber.  Possiblv  one  of  the  following: 
Fig."  20. 

Jarvis,  "A  bud-hke  sessile  gall  in  the  axil  of  the  leaf."  "Un- 
described)"  39th  Ann.  Rept.  of  the  Ent.  vSoc.  of  Ont.  1908.  p.  90. 

Felt,  (29)  reports  a  "terminal  globular  bud  gall,  4  mm.  Hor- 
momyia  clarkei.  Felt." 


294  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

Tilia  americana.     Leaf  Gall.     Gall  maker,  undetermined. 

A  monothalamous,  fusiform  hypertrophy  at  the  base  of  the 
petiole,  10  mm.  long,  5  mm.  wide.  Surface  and  color  same  as 
the  normal  petiole  base.  Texture  tough,  almost  wood^^  Cham- 
ber, elongate,  narrow,  flattened  lying  centrally.  A  single  white 
larva  present.     Fig.  21. 

Vitis  aestivalis.  Leaf  Gall.  Gall  maker,  an  undetemiined  insect. 
A  small,  monothalamous,  sub-cylindric  gall,  extending  both 
sides  of  the  leaf.  Hairy  on  both  sides  with  reddish  brown  hairs 
below,  lighter  above.  2-3  mm.  Walls  rather  thick.  Pupa 
present  July.     Not  corhmon.     Fig  22.     Plate  II. 

1.  AsHMEAD,    W.    H.       A    Bibliographical    and    Synonomical 

Catalog  of    N.  Am.   Cynipidte  with    descriptions  of   new 
species.     Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  Vol.  12:  291-304.     '85. 

2.  AsHMEAD,  W.  H.     New  Cvnipidous  Galls  and  Gall  Wasps 

in  the  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.    "Proc.  U.  vS.  Nat.  Mus.  Vol.  19: 
113:136.     '96. 

3.  Bassett,  H.  F.     Description  of  several  new  species  of  Cynips 

and  a  new  species  of  Diastrophus.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil. 
Vol.  3:  679-691.     '64. 

4.  Bassett,  H.  F.     Description  of  several  supposed  new  species 

of  Cynips  with  remarks  on  the  fomiation  of  certain  galls. 
Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  Vol.  2;  323-333.     '63. 
.5.     Bassett,  H.  F.     New  Cynipidae.     Can.  Ent.  Vol.  13:  74-79, 
92-113.     '81. 

6.  Bassett,  H.  F.     New  Species  of  N.  Am.  Cynipidae.  Trans. 

Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  Vol.  26:  310-336.     '00. 

7.  Bassett,  H.  F.     New  Species  of  N.  Am.  CvnipidcC.  Trans. 

Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  Vol.  17:  59-92.     '90. 

8.  Brodie,  Wm.     Lei^idopterous  Galls  collected  in  the  vicinity 

of  Toronto.  Can.  Ent.  Vol.  41 :  7-8.     '09. 

9.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.   Species  of  Aulacidea 

and  their  Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  28,  art.  22: 
253-258.     '10. 

10.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.  Species  of  Aylax  and 

their  Galls.     Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  28,  art.' 11:  137- 
144.     '10. 

11.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.  vSpecies  of  Diastrophus 

and  their  Galls.     Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.     Vol.  2(5,  art.  11: 
135-145.     '09. 

12.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.  Species  of  Ncuroterus 

and  their  Galls.     Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  28,  art.  10: 
117-136.     '10. 

13.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.  Species  of  Dryophanta 

and  their  Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  30,  art.  15: 
343-3()9.     '11. 


April,  1914.]        Unreported  Cecidia  from  Connecticut,  295 

14.  Beutenmuller,   Wm.     The   N.   Am.    Species   of   Rhodites 

and  their  Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  23,  art.  27: 
629-651.     '07. 

15.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  N.  Am.  Species  of  Holocaspis 

and  their  Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  26,  art.  5: 
29-45.     '09. 

16.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     The  Species  of  Amphibolips  and  their 

Galls.     Amer.  Mus.  Hist.  Vol.  26,  art.  6;  47-66.     '09. 

17.  Beutenmuller,   Wm.     The   Species   of   Biorhiza,    Philonix 

and  allied  genera  and  their  Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist. 
Vol.  26,  art.  18:  243-256.     '09. 

18.  Beutenmuller,  Wm.     Some  N.  Am.   Cynipidse  and  their 

Galls.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  26,  art.  22:  277-281. 
'09. 

19.  Beutenmuller,    Wm.     New    Species    of    Gall    producing 

Cecidomyidai.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  23:  385-400. 
'07. 

20.  Beutenmuller,    Wm.     Catalog    of    the     Gall    producing 

Insects  found  within  fifty  miles  of  New  York  City  with 
descriptions  of  their  Galls  and  of  some  new  species.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Vol.  4:  245-278.     '92. 

21.  Buckhout,    Wm.    A.     On    the    Gall    Mites,     Phytoptus. 

Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  31st  meeting,  1882,  pp. 
473-476. 

22.  Chad  WICK,  Geo.     H.  A.  Catalog  of  the  "Phytoptid"  Galls 

of  N.  America.  New  York  State  Mus.  23rd  Rep't.  of 
State  Ent.       '07. 

23.  CoNNOLD,  E.  T.     British  Vegetable  Galls.       Hutchinson  & 

Co.  London,  Eng.  1902. 

24.  Cook,  Mel  T.     Galls  and  Insects  producing  them.     Ohio 

Nat.  Vol.  2:  263-278,  vol.  3:  419-436,  vol.  4:  115-147. 

25.  Cook,  Mel  T.     The  Insect  GaUs  of  Indiana.     29th  Ann. 

Rep't.  Dep't.  Geol.  and  Nat.  Res.  Ind.  1904.  pp.  801- 
867. 

26.  Felt,    E.    P.     Studies    in    the    Cecidomyid^e.     23rd    Rep't 

State  Ent.  of  New  York,  1907,  pp.  307-342. 

27.  Felt,  E.  P.     New  Species  of  Cecidomyidae.     22nd  Rep't  of 

the  State  Ent.  of  New  York,  1906.     53  pages. 

28.  Felt,   E.   P.     New  Species  of  Cecidomyidse.      23rd  Rep't 

of  the  State  Ent.  of  New  York,  1907.     23  pages. 

29.  Felt,  E.  P.     Hosts  and  Galls  of  American  Midges.     Jour. 

Econ.  Ent.  Vol.  4:  451-475,  1911. 

30.  Frank,    A.     Die    Krankheiten    der    PIfanzen.     Die    durch 

tierische  Feinde  hervorgerufenen  Krankheiten,  dritter  Band. 
Breslau,  '9(). 

31.  Garman,     H.     Amer.     Phvtoptocecidii.     Psvche,     Vol.     6: 

241-246.     '92. 


296  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

32.  Gar  MAN,    H.     The    Phytoptus   and   other   injurious    Plant 

Mites.     Trans.  Dep't  Agr.  111.  n.  s.  Vol.  12:  123-143,  '82. 

33.  Hagen,  H.  a.     The  collection  of  Phytoptocecidia  or  mite 

galls  in  the  Cambridge  museum.     Can.  Ent.  Vol.  17:  21-29. 
'85. 

34.  Hunter,  W.  D.     The  Aphidida;  of  N.  America.     Iowa  Agr. 

Coll.  Ex.  Sta.  Bull.  60,  1901. 

35.  Jarvis,  T.  D.     a  Catalog  of  the  Gall  Insects  of  Ontario. 

39th  Ann.  Rep't  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.  pp.  70-98.     '08. 

36.  Shimer,  H.     a  summer's  study  of  the  Hickory  Galls  with 

descriptions    of    supposed    new    insects    bred    therefrom. 
Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc.  Vol.  2:  386-398,     '69. 

37.  Stebbins,   Fannie  A.     Insect   Galls  of  Springfield,   Mass. 

and  vicinity.     Bull.     2  Springfield,  Mass.  Mus.  1910. 

38.  Walsh,  B.  D.     On  the  insects,  coleopterous,  hymenopterous 

and  dipterous  inhabiting  the   galls   of  certain   species  of 

willow.     Proc.    Ent.   Soc.    Phil.   Vol.   3:   543-644,    vol.  6: 
223-288.     '64-'67. 

39.  Walsh,  B.  D.     On  Genera  of  Aphidaj  found  in  the  U.  S. 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  Vol.  1:  294-311.     '62. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
PLATE  XII. 
Acer  saccharum.     Vein  gall.     x4. 

Amelanchier  canadensis.     Leaf  with  galls,     xl.     Single  gall.     x5. 
Amelcanchier  canadensis.     Leaf  with   galls,     xl.     Single  gall  in 

section  slightly  enlarged. 
Betula  lenta.     Vein  gall.  x^. 
Carya  ovata.     Leaf  gall.  x%. 
Castanea  dentata.     Aphid  leaf  gall.  x}4- 
Clematis  virginiana.     Bud  gall.  xl. 
Decodon  verticillatus.     Bud  gall.  xl. 

Dulichium     arundinaceum.     Opened     spikelet     showing     galled 
rachilla. 

Fig.  10.     Dulichium  arundinaceum.     Normal  spikelet. 
Fig.  10a.   Dulichium  arundinaceum.     Galled  spikelet.     See  Fig.  9. 
Fig.   13.     Mikania  scandens.     Stem  gall.  xl. 
Fig.   15.     Myrica  asplenifolium.     Mite  leaf  gall.  x3^. 
Fig.  18.     Salix  sericca.     Leaf  gall.  x3^. 

PLATE  XIII. 

Fig.  11.     Hamamelis  virginiana.     Leaf  with  vein  galls,  xj^. 

Fig.   11a.  Hamamelis  virginiana  Vein  gall  from  upper  side.  x^^. 

Fig.  12.     Juncus  canadensis.     Bud  and  stem  galls.  x}/2- 

Fig.  14.     Muhlenbergia  mexicana.     Bud  and  stem  gall.  x}-^. 

Fig.  16.     Ostrya  virginiana.     Leaf  with  galls,  xg. 

Fig.  17.     Rhus  copallina.     Galled  leaflets,  xl. 

Fig.  19.     vSolidago  odora.     Terminal  bud  gall.  x}4- 

Fig.   19a.   Solidago  odora.     Long.  med.  section  of  19.  x3^. 

Fig.  20.     Spirea  latifolia.     Bud  gall.  x'^. 

Fig.  21.     Tilia  americana.     Petiole  gall.  xf. 

Fig.  22.     Vitis  aestivalis.     Leaf  gall.  xl. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4. 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8. 

Fig. 

9. 

Ohio  Naturai^ist. 


Plate  XII. 


Wells  on  "Cecidia." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIII. 


Wells  on  "Cecidia." 


April,  1914.]  The  Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio.  299 


THE  HONEYSUCKLE  FAMILY  IN   OHIO. 

Lillian  E.  Humphrey. 

Caprifoliaceae.      Honeysuckle  Family. 

Shrubs,  trees,  or  perennial  herbs  with  opposite  leaves,  with  or 
without  stipules;  flowers  axillary  or  temiinal,  sympetalous,  usually 
pentamerous  except  the  gynecium,  epigynous,  actinomorphic  or 
zygomorphic,  often  2-lipped,  stamens  united  with  the  corolla, 
alternating  with  its  lobes;  ovulary  1-6-locular;  styles  slender, 
ovules  anatropous;  fruit  a  berry,  drupe  ,or  capsule;  seeds  oblong, 
globose,  or  angular;  embryo  rather  small  situated  near  the  hilum; 
endosperm  fleshy. 

Synopsis. 

I.     Style  deeply  5-2-lobed;  corolla  rotate. 

1.  Ovulary  5-3-locular;  drupe  5-3-seeded;  leaves  pinnate.     Samhuctts. 

2.  Ovulary  3-1-locular;  drupe  1-seeded;  leaves  simple.      Viburnum. 

II.     Style  single,  slender;  corolla  more  or  less  tubular. 

1.  Stigma  5-3-lobed;  ovulary  5-3-locular,  ovules  one  in  each  cavity. 

Triosteum. 

2.  Stigma  capitate  or  nearly  so;  ovulary  3-2-locular,  ovules  several 
to  many  in  each  cavity,  or  at  least  several  in  some  cavities. 

a.  Fruit  a  berry. 

(a).  Ovulary  with  four  cavities;  corolla  campanulate. 

Symphoricarpos . 
(b).  Ovulary  with  3-2  cavities;  corolla  short  or  long  tubular. 

(1).  Stamens  5;  fruit  fleshy.     Lonicera. 

(2).  Stamens  4;  fruit  dry.     LinncEa. 

b.  Fruit  a  capsule.     Diervilla. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.     Leaves  simple.     2. 

1.  Leaves  compound,  pinnate.     Sambiicus. 

2.  Woody  shrubs  or  vines.     3. 

2.     Herbs  with  sessile  axillary  flowers;  leaves  connate  or  sessile,  glandular, 
pubescent,  perennial.     Triosteum. 

2.  Trailing  somewhat  woody  plants  with  evergreen  leaves;  flowers  on  long 

peduncles,  geminate;  fruit  tri-locular  but  one-seeded.     Linncca. 

3.  Flowers  with  rotate  corolla;  inflorescence  cymose.      Viburnum. 

3.  Flowers  with  tubular  to  campanulate  corollas;  inflorescence  a  terminal 

spike  or  in  axillary  clusters.     4. 

4.  Leaves  entire  or  nearly  so.     5. 

4.  Leaves  serrate,  long-acuminate;  ovulary  elongated;  stems  ridged  lat- 

erally; corolla  funnelformed,  calyx  tube  long,  slender.     Diervilla. 

5.  Corolla  almost  actinomorphic,  short,  more  or  less  campanulate;  leaves 

normally  entire;  fruit  a  4-locular  2-seedcd  berry.     Symphoricarpos. 
^.     Corolla  zygomorphic,  2-lipped,  tubular;  fruit  a  several  seeded  berry 

Lonicera. 


300  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


Sambucus  L.  Elderberry. 

Shrubs  or  small  trees  with  opposite  pinnate  leaves  often  with 
stipules  and  stiples;  leaflets  serrate,  acuminate;  flowers  white  or 
pinkish -white,  actinomorphic,  bisporangiate ;  trimerous  to  pen- 
tamerous,  corolla  rotate  or  campanulate;  calyx  tube  ovoid  or 
turbinate;  stamens  five  united  with  the  base  of  the  corolla,  fila- 
ments slender,  anthers  long;  inflorescence  a  compound  or  depressed 
cyme;  ovulary  tri-locular  to  quinque-locular;  ovules  one  in  each 
cavity,  pendulous;  fruit  a  berry-like  drupe  containing  3  to  5  one- 
seeded  nutlets;  embryo  long. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.  Leaflets  glabrous  above,  sometimes  pubescent  beneath,  5  to  11,  ovate 
or  oval;  pith  large,  white;  cyme  convex.     5.  canadensis. 

1.  Leaflets  and  twigs  commonly  pubescent,  5  to  7;  pith  in  the  young 
branches  a  reddish  brown;  inflorescence  a  coinpact  panniculate  cyme. 

5.  racemosa. 

1.  Sambucus  canadensis  L.  Common  Elderberry.  A  shrub 
2  to  13  feet  high;  stem  often  but  slightly  woody,  containing  a 
large  soft  white  pith  when  young;  leaflets  5  to  11 ;  ovate  to  obovate, 
acuminate  or  acute,  short  petioled,  glabrous  above  more  or  less 
pubescent  along  the  mid-rib  beneath,  2  to  5  inches  long,  f  to  2 
inches  broad,  serrate;  cymes  broad,  flat  convex;  flowers  white 
|-  to  I  inches  broad;  drupe  |  inch  in  diameter,  purplish  black; 
nutlets  roughened.     In  moist  soil.     General. 

2.  Sambucus  racemosa  L.  Red  Elderberry.  A  shrub  2  to 
13  feet  high;  twigs  and  leaves  more  or  less  pubescent;  stems  woody 
with  a  reddish  brown  pith;  leaflets  5  to  7;  ovate  to  oblanceolate, 
acuminate,  inequalateral,  1  j  to  5  inches  long,  |  to  1|  inches  broad, 
sharply  serrate;  cymes  elongated,  flowers  white  turning  brown; 
drupe  red,  f  to  |  inch  in  diameter;  nutlets  slightly  roughened.  In 
rocky  places.     General. 

Viburnum  L. 

Shrub  or  trees  with  entire  or  lobed  simple,  sometimes  stipulate 
leaves;  flowers  white  or  sometimes  slightly  pink,  actinomorphic; 
corolla  rotate  or  campanulate;  calyx  tube  ovoid  or  turbinate; 
stamens  five,  anthers  long  cxserted;  inflorescence  a  compound 
cyme;  outer  flowers  sometimes  radiant  and  sterile;  ovulary  1-3 
-locular;  style  short;  three  cleft;  fruit  an  ovoid  drupe,  sometimes 
flattened,  one  seeded;  seed  compressed;  embryo  minute. 


Key  to  the  Species. 
1.     Leaves  palmatcly  veined,  3-lobed,  the  two  lateral  veins  prominent.     2. 

1.  Leaves  pinnately  veined,  not  3-lobed,  lateral  veins  5-11.     3. 

2.  Leaves  glabrous  al)ovc,  i)ul)esccnt  along  the  veins  beneath;  outer  flowers 

of  the  cyme  enlarged  and  flat.      V.  opuitis. 
2.     Leaves  more  or  less  pubescent  on  both  sides;  cymes  not  radiant. 

V.  acerijolium. 


April,  1914.]  The  Honeymdde  Family  in  Ohio.  301 

3.     Outer  flowers  of  the  cyme  large  and  flat.      V.  alnifolium. 

3.  Outer  flowers  not  enlarged.     4. 

4.  Leaves  coarsely  dentate.     5. 

4.  Leaves  serrate  or  denticulate.     7. 

5.  Leaves  sessile  or  the  petioles  not  exceeding  3^  inch;  oval  to  ovate, 

acuminate,  pubescent;  stipules  long,  slender,  prominent. 

V.     pubescens. 

5.  Leaves  with  petioles  3^  to  I3/2  inches  long,  broadly  oval,  obtuse  to  long 

acute.     6. 

6.  Leaves  pubescent  beneath,  more  or  less  stellate;  cyme  pubescent. 

V.     scabrellum. 

6.  Leaves  glabrous  beneath  sometimes  with  tufts  of  hair  in  the  a.xils;  cyme- 

glabrous  or  nearly  so.      V.  dentatum. 

7.  Leaves  very  pubescent,  denticulate,  cyme  stalked.      V.  lantana. 

7.  Leaves  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  serrate  or  crenulate.     8. 

8.  Leaves    ovate-lanceolate,    usually    crenulate;    petioles    rather    stout; 

peduncles  about  the  length  of  the  cyme  or  shorter.      V.  cassinoides. 

8.  Leaves  ovate  or  broadly  oval,  margin  serrate;  petioles  slender;  cyme 

sessile  or  nearly  so.     9. 

9.  Leaves  long-acuminate;  petioles  often  wavy  margined.      V.  lentago. 
9.     Leaves  obtuse  or  sometimes  acute,  oval;  petioles  rarely  margined. 

V.    prunifolium. 

1.  Viburnum  pubescens  (Ait)  Prush.  Downy  Arrow-wood. 
A  shrub  IS  to  46  feet  high  with  straight  gray  branches;  leaves 
ovate  or  obovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  rounded  or  scinewhat 
cordate  at  the  base,  sessile  or  short  petioled,  margin  dentate, 
upper  surface  sparsely  pubescent,  under  surface  velvety  pubescent, 
1|  to  2|  inches  long,  f  to  1|  inches  broad;  cyme  peduncled,  1|  to 
2|  inches  broad,  all  flowers  bisporangiate;  fruit  an  oval  drupe 
about  2^  inches  long;  stone  somewhat  2-grooved  on  both  sides.  In 
rocky  woods.     Lorain,  Erie,  Wyandot,  Auglaize,  Wilhams. 

2.  Viburnum  dentatum  L.  Toothed  Arrow-wood.  A  shntb 
about  15  feet  high  with  glabrous  branches;  leaves  1^  to  4f  inches 
long,  1  to  3  inches  wide,  ovate  to  broad  ovate  or  orbicular,  base 
rounded  or  somewhat  cordate,  acute  or  short  acuminate,  petioles 
^  to  1^  inches  long,  veins  prominent,  margin  coarsely  dentate, 
both  surfaces  glabrous  except  a  slight  pubescence  in  the  axils  on 
the  under  surface;  cymes  with  long  peduncles,  2  to  3  inches  broad. 
In  moist  soil.  Ashtabula,  Geauga,  Lorain,  Summit,  vStark, 
Wayne,  Ashland,  Tuscarawas. 

3.  Viburnum  scabrellum  (T  &  G)  Chapm.  Roughleaf 
Arrow-wood.  A  shrub  with  inore  or  less  densely  tomentose 
twigs;  leaves  1|  to  5  inches  long;  |  to  3f  inches  broad,  usually 
tomentose  on  both  sides,  crenate  or  dentate;  petioles  short  and 
stout;  fruit  an  ovoid,  globose,  blue  drupe.  Along  river  banks 
and  in  moist  woods.     Adams,  Brown.  Hocking,  Madison. 

4.  Viburnum  cassinoides  L.  Withe-rod.  A  shrub  2  to  12 
feet  high  with  ascending  branches,  more  or  less  gray,  often  scurfy 
or  glabrate;  leaves  ovate  to  obovate,  thick,  base  often  narrowed 
but  sometimes  rounded,  apex    acute,  margin    crenulate,  f  to  3j 


J 


02  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


inches  long,  ^  to  If  inches  wide,  both  surfaces  glabrous  or  nearly 
so;  penduncle  shorter  or  somewhat  shorter  than  the  cyme;  fruit  a 
pink  drupe  wliich  turns  dark  blue,  globose  to  ovoid,  |  to  h  inch 
long;  stone  rounded  or  oval  flattened.  In  swamps  and  moist 
places.  Ashtabula,  Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Lorain,  Summit,  Hocking. 

5.  Viburnum  lentago  L.  Sheepberry.  A  shrub  or  small 
tree;  leaves  lanceolate  to  oblanceolate  and  oval,  acuminate, 
rounded  at  the  base,  sharply  serrulate,  glabrous  or  only  slightly 
pubescent  beneath,  2  to  4  inches  long,  ^  to  2  inches  wide ;  petioles 
widened  often  with  a  wavy  margin;  c\ane  several-rayed,  2  to  5 
inches  broad;  fruit  an  oval  bluish-black  drupe  with  a  bloom, 
^  to  f  inches  long,  stone  flattened,  circular  or  oval.  In  rich  fields 
and  woods.     Rather  general. 

6.  Viburnum  prunifolium  L.  Black  Haw.  A  shrub  or  small 
tree  with  reddish-brown  pubescence,  rather  small  flattened  winter 
buds;  leaves  ovate  to  broad  obovate,  obtuse  to  somewhat  acute, 
finely  serrulate,  usually  glabrous,  f  to  3j  inches  long,  ^  to  2  inches 
wide;  petioles  usually  not  margined;  cyme  several-rayed,  2  to  4 
inches  broad;  fruit  a  bluish-black  glaucous  drupe,  f  to  f  inches 
long;  stone  flattened  on  one  side,  somewhat  convex  on  the  other, 
ovoid.     In  dry  field  and  along  roadsides.     General. 

7.  Viburnum  lantana  L.  V^ayfaring-tree.  A  shrub  about 
12  feet  high;  branches  densely  stellate  pubescent;  leaves  1|  to  3| 
inches  long,  f  to  2  inches  wide,  ovate,  serrulate,  upper  surface 
dark  green,  glabrous  or  only  slightly  pubescent,  lower  surface 
lighter,  more  or  less  stellate  pubescent  beneath,  base  subcordate; 
petioles  short  and  stout;  cyme  short  peduncled,  many  flowered. 
Escaped  in  Lake  County. 

S.  Viburnum  acerifolium  L.  Mapleleaf  Arrow-wood.  A 
shrub  3  to  G  feet  high  with  smooth  gray  branches  and  pubescent 
twigs;  leaves  ovate,  deeply  3-lobed,  2|  to  4^  inches  long,  2^  to  4 
inches  wide,  lobes  acute  or  acuminate,  orbicular,  base  cordate  or 
somewhat  truncate,  both  sides  pubescent  when  young  later 
becoming  glabrate,  coarsely  dentate;  petioles  ^  to  1|  inches  long, 
pubescent;  cymes  with  long  peduncles,  1|  to  3  inches  broad; 
flowers  all  bisporangiate,  |  to  j  inch  broad;  fruit  an  oval  nearly 
black  drupe  about  ^  inch  long;  stone  lenticular,  slightly  two- 
ridged  on  one  side,  two-grooved  on  the  other  side.  In  dry  woods. 
General. 

9.  Viburnum  opulus  L.  Cranberry-tree.  A  shrub  some- 
times reaching  12  feet  in  height;  branches  smooth;  leaves  broadly 
ovate,  glabrous  above,  more  or  less  pubescent  along  the  veins 
beneath,  dcejily  three-lobcd,  2j  to  3|  inches  long,  1|  to  3^  inches 
wide,  the  lobes  acuminate,  base  truncate  or  cordate,  3-ribbed; 
margin  coarsely  dentate;  petioles  ^  to  2\  inches  long;  cyme  with 
sterile  outer  flowers,  large,  radiant,   peduncled,  3^  to  4  inches 


April,  1914.]  The  Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio.  303 

broad;  fruit  a  red  globose  or  oval  dnipe  f  to  |  inch  in  diameter, 
very  acid,  translucent;  stone  not  groo\'ed,  flat,  orbicular.  Low 
fields  and  woods.     Lake,  Geauga,  Champaign. 

10.  Viburnum  ainifolium  Marsh.  Hobblcbush.  A  shrub 
with  smooth  purplish  bark,  branches  often  procumbent,  irregular 
and  wide  spreading;  young  twigs  often  scurfy;  leaves  orbicular  or 
very  broadly  ovate,  apex  short  acuminate  or  acute,  base  usually 
cordate,  upper  surface  usually  becoming  glabrous,  lower  covered 
with  a  stellate  pubescence  especially  along  the  veins,  margin 
finely  serrate,  \\  to  2|  inches  broad,  1|  to  3  inches  long,  petioles 
I  to  H  inches  long;  cymes  sessile,  3|  to  oh  inches  broad,  outer 
flowers  large  usually  about  one  inch  in  diameter;  fruit  a  red  drupe, 
becoming  purple,  oblong,  |  to  1|  inches  long;  stone  three-grooved 
on  one  side,  one-grooved  on  the  other.  In  low  woods.  Ashtabula 
and  Lake  Counties. 

Symphoricarpos  [Dill.]  Ludw. 

Shrubs  with  opposite  branches;  leaves  mostly  entire,  simple, 
short  petioled,  flowers  mostly  white  or  pink,  bisporangiate, 
usually  somewhat  zygomorphic,  tetracyclic  or  pentacyclic;  corolla 
campanulate  or  salverform,  often  somewhat  lipped,  and  gibbous  at 
the  base;  cal3^x  nearly  globular;  stamens  as  many  as  the  corolla 
lobes;  inflorescence  axillary  or  in  terminal  clusters;  ovulary 
4-locular,  two  cavities  containing  vestigial  ovules,  the  other  two 
each  containing  a  single  suspended  ovule;  style  slender;  fruit  a 
2-seeded  berry;  seeds  oblong  with  a  small  embryo. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.  Leaves  usually  glabrous,  sometimes  slightly  pubescent  beneath;  flowers 
in  few-flowered  axillary  and  terminal  clusters;  style  glabrous;  berries 
snow  white.     5.  racemosus. 

1.  Leaves  glabrous  above,  usually  soft  pubescent  beneath;  flowers  in  dense 
axillary  clusters;  style  bearded;  berries  purplish  red. 

5.  symphoricarpos. 

1.  Symphoricarpos  racemosus  Mx.  Snowberry.  An  erect 
alrncst  glabrous  shrub;  leaves  oval,  obtuse  at  both  ends,  glabrous 
above,  sometimes  slightly  pubescent  beneath,  f  to  1|  inches  long, 
I  to  1|  inches  wide,  margin  entire,  wavy,  or  slightly  dentate  when 
young;  petioles  |  inch  long;  flower  clusters  terminal  and  axillary, 
the  terminal  one  irregularly  spicate;  corolla  campanulate,  base 
gibbous,  bearded  within,  style  glabrous;  fruit  a  white  globose 
berry  about  i  to  |  inch  in  diameter.  In  waste  places  and  along 
river  banks.     Rather  general. 

2.  Symphoricarpos  symphoricarpos  (L.)  MacM.  Ccral-bcrry. 
A  shrub  1  to  o  feet  in  height  with  purplish  usually  pube'scent 
twigs;  leaves  oval  to  ovate,  entire  or  undulate,  glabrous  above, 
usually  soft  pubescent  beneath,  f  to  If  inches  long,  |  to  1  inch 


304  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

wide;  petioles  |  to  J  inch  long;  flower  cluster  dense,  many  flowered 
becoming  spicate;  corolla  campanulate,  pink,  somewhat  pubescent 
within,  about  j  inch  in  length;  stamens  included;  fruit  a  pur- 
plish-red globose  berry  ^  to  J  inch  in  diameter.  In  rocky  fields 
and  along  river  banks.     General. 

Lonicera  L.     Honeysuckle. 

Erect  shrubs  or  woody  cliinbing  vines  with  oval  or  ovate, 
usually  entire  leaves;  flowers  often  in  pairs,  spicate,  or  clustered, 
bisporangiate,  pentamerous,  usually  zygomorphic;  corolla  com- 
monly gibbous  at  the  base,  somewhat  2-lipped;  ovulary  2-3-locu- 
lar,  sometimes  1-locular;  ovules  many,  pendulous;  style  slender, 
stigma  sometimes  capitate;  fruit  a  fleshy  berry;  embryo  terete. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     All  the  leaves  distinct,  flowers  in  pairs  on  axillary  peduncles.     2. 

1.  Upper  leaves  connate-perfoliate,  flowers  in  heads  or  interrupted  spikes. 6 

2.  Shrubs,  not  twining;  cluster  small  with  small,  linear  to  subulate  bracts; 

flowers  small,  f  to  f  inch  long.     3. 

2.  Twining  vines;  flowers  large,  1|  to  If  inches  long,  white  or  pink  fading 

to  yellow.     L.  japonica. 

3.  Corolla  almost  actinomorphic;    twigs    glabrous;    leaves  green  on  both 

sides.     4. 

3.  Corolla  zygomorphic,  more  or  less  2-lipped;  twigs  pubescent  when  young, 

sometimes  becoming  glabrous  when  mature;  leaves  pale  green,  lighter 
beneath  than  above.     5. 

4.  Leaves  not  ciliate;  bracts  linear;  corolla  with  wide  spreading  lobes  about 

as  long  as  the  tube,  white  to  rose  colored.     L.  tartarica. 

4.  Leaves   strongly    ciliate;  bracts  small  subulate;  corolla  lobes  shorter 

than  the  tube,  greenish  yellow.     L.  canadensis . 

5.  Leaves  glabrous  or  nearly  so  when  mature,  not  ciliate;  peduncles  \  to  \\ 

inches  long,  slender.     L.  oblongifolia. 

5.  Leaves  persistantly  pubescent  beneath,  ciliate;  peduncles  j  to  5  inch 

long.     L.  xylosteiim. 

6.  Corolla   tubular,   nearly  regular,   glabrous;   leaves   dark  green   above, 

slightly  glaucous  beneath;  stamens  and  style  little  exserted. 

L.    sempervirens. 

6.  Corolla  2-lipped;  upper  lip  consisting  of  four  lobes.     7. 

7.  Corolla  glabrous  within;  terminal  cluster  sessile.     L.  caprijolium. 

7.  Corolla  pubescent  within;  flower  cluster  more  or  less  stalked.     8. 

8.  Leaves  pubescent  on  both  sides,  very  strongly  so  beneath,  only  slightly 

glaucous.     L.  hirsuta. 

8.  Leaves  glabrous  on  both  sides  or  only  slightly  pubescent  beneath;  very 

glaucous.     9. 

9.  Leaves  glabrous  above   but  pubescent  beneath  especially  along  the 

veins;  corolla  strongly  gibbous  at  the  base.     L.  glaucescens. 

9.  Leaves  glabrous  on  both  sides;  corolla  tube  somewhat  gibbous.     10. 

10.  Corolla  tube  not  much    exceeding   j   inch  in    length;   uppermost  leaf- 

disks  oblong.     L.  dioica. 
10.  Corolla  tube  usually  ^  inch  long;  uppermost  leaf-disks  orbicular. 

L.    sullivantii. 


April,  1914.]  The  Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio.  305 

1.  Lonicera  canadensis  Marsh.  American  Fly  Honeysuckle. 
A  shrub  3  to  5  feet  high  with  glabrous  twigs;  leaves  ovate  to  ob- 
ovate,  acute,  base  rounded  or  somevv^hat  cordate,  upper  surface 
glabrous,  under  surface  soft  pubescent  when  young  becoming 
glabrous  when  mature,  Ij  to  3|  inches  long,  1|  to  2  inches  wnde, 
margins  ciliate;  petioles  slender,  i  to  f  inch  long,  flowers  in  axillary 
pairs,  yellowish  green,  about  |  inch  long,  with  small  subulate 
bracts,  actinomorphic ;  corolla  lobes  short;  fruit  a  scarlet  ovoid 
berry  about  |  inch  thick.  In  moist  shaddy  places.  Lake, 
Summit,  Cuyahoga,  Lorain. 

2.  Lonicera  oblongifolia  (Goldie)  Hook.  Swamp  Fly  Honey- 
suckle. A  shrub  with  grayish  branches;  leaves  ovate,  acute, 
sometimes  rounded,  nearly  glabrous  when  mature,  downy  pube- 
scent when  young,  margin  ciliate;  flowers  in  pairs,  axillary,  yellow 
with  purple  tints  within,  |  to  f  inches  long,  gibbous  at  the  base, 
zygomorphic,  bracts  very  small  or  wanting;  ovularies  distinct  or 
sometimes  united;  fruit  a  red  berry.  Li  wet  places  and  swamps. 
Cuyahoga  County. 

3.  Lonicera  tartarica  L.  Tartarian  Honeysuckle.  A  shrub 
with  glabrous  grayish  branches,  5  to  10  feet  high;  leaves  1  to  2f 
inches  long,  ^  to  1|  inches  wide,  thin,  ovate,  acute,  base  truncate 
or  cordate,  not  ciliate,  flowers  in  pairs,  axillary;  corolla  pink  or 
white  I  to  f  inch  long,  gibbous  at  the  base,  deeply  five  parted, 
somewhat  2-lipped;  peduncles  |  to  1|  inches  long;  bracts  linear, 
rather  long;  stamens  and  style  somewhat  exserted;  fruit  of  sepa- 
rate berries.  Along  roadsides  and  meadows;  mostly  escaped 
from  cultivation.  Ashtabula,  Lake,  Cuyahoga,  Lorain,  Licking, 
Franklin,  Auglaize. 

4.  Lonicera  xylosteum  L.  European  Fly  Honeysuckle.  A 
shrub  3  to  7  feet  high  with  pubescent  twigs;  leaves  ovate  to  obovate 
upper  ones  acute,  lower  ones  sometimes  rounded  or  obtuse  at  the 
base,  margin  entire,  f  to  1|  inches  long,  |  to  |  inch  wide,  densel}'- 
pubescent  on  both  sides  when  young,  and  beneath  when  mature; 
petioles  short,  pubescent;  flowers  axillary  with  peduncles  about 
as  long  as  the  flowers,  i  to  f  inch  long,  yellowish  white,  bracts 
linear- subulate;  fruit  a  scarlet  berry.  In  fields  and  along  road- 
sides where  it  has  escaped  from  cultivation.     Lake  County. 

5.  Lonicera  japonica  Thunb.  Japanese  Honeysuckle.  A 
climbing  or  trailing  vine;  leaves  ovate,  acute  with  rounded  base, 
glabrous  above,  somewhat  pubescent  beneath,  1  to  3  inches  long, 
I  to  1|  inches  wide,  margin  entire;  flowers  axillary  in  pairs  at  the 
ends  of  the  vines;  bracts  large  and  leaf -like;  peduncles  |  to  f  inch 
long,  white  or  pink  fading  to  yellow,  pubescent  without,  2-lipped; 
stamens  and  style  exserted;  fruit  a  black  berry  j  to  |  inch  in 
diameter.     Escaped  from  cultivation.     Adams,  Brown,  Auglaize. 


3o6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 

(3.  Lonicera  sempervirens  L.  Trumpet  Honeysuckle.  A 
glabrous  high  climbing  vine;  leaves  oval,  obtuse,  |  to  2  inches 
long,  1  to  1|  inches  wide,  lower  ones  somewhat  smaller,  sessile, 
and  more  ovate  than  the  upper  connate-perfoliate  ones,  upper 
surface  dark  green,  glaucous,  lower  surface  sometimes  rather 
!)ubescent;  inflorescence  a  terminal  interrupted  verticilate  spike; 
corolla  scarlet  or  yellow,  usually  glabrous  sometimes  slightly 
pubescent,  1  to  1|  inches  long,  its  tube  narrow,  somewhat  expanded 
above  the  stamens;  stamens  and  style  little  exserted;  fruit  a  scarlet 
berry  about  \  inch  in  diameter.  In  moist  fields  or  on  hillsides. 
Cuyahoga  County. 

7.  Lonicera  caprifolium  L.  Italian  Honeysuckle.  A  high- 
climbing  glabrous  or  glaucous  vine ;  leaves  oval  to  obovate,  rounded^ 
the  entire  upper  ones  connate-perfoliate,  the  lower  ones  sessile  or 
.nearly  so,  glaucous  beneath;  flowers  in  terminal  sessile  clusters- 
corolla  glabrous  and  white  within,  purple  without,  1  to  1|  inches 
long,  2-lippcd,  upper  hp  4-lobed,  lower  one  narrow,  reflexcd; 
corolla  tube  curved;  stamens  and  style  much  exserted;  fruit  a 
red  berry.     In  thickets.     No  specimens. 

S.  Lonicera  hirsuta  Eaton.  Hairy  Honeysuckle.  A  hairy- 
pubescent,  long,  climbing  vine;  leaves  1|  to  4  inches  long,  ^  to  1| 
inch  wide;  lower  ones  sessile  or  very  short  petioled,  the  upper 
pairs  larger  and  connate-perfoliate,  dark  green  and  appresscd- 
pubescent  above,  lighter  and  soft-pubescent  beneath,  ciliate, 
obtusish,  base  rounded  or  somewhat  cordate  or  narrowed;  flowers 
verticillate  in  terminal  interrupted  spikes;  corolla  orange-yellow 
turning  reddish,  clammy  pubescent  without,  2-lipped,  slightly 
gibbous,  narrow;  filaments  hirsute  below;  stamens  and  filaments 
exserted.  In  swamps,  woods,  and  copses.  Ottawa,  Lorain, 
Monroe. 

9.  Lonicera  glaucescens  Rydb.  Glaucescent  Honeysuckle. 
A  vine  with  glabrous  branches;  leaves  dark  green  and  glabrous 
above,  lighter  and  pubescent  beneath  especially  along  the  veins, 
1|  to  5  inches  long,  1  to  3  inches  wide,  upper  pair  perfoHate, 
forming  a  rhombic  disk,  obtuse  or  acute,  margin  entire,  papery; 
verticillate  flowers  in  temiinal  interrupted  spikes;  ccrolla  pale 
yellow  changing  to  a  reddish  color,  usually  pubescent  without  and 
within;  tube  one  inch  long,  gibbous,  2-li])ped;  stamens  nearly 
glabrous,  exserted;  ovulary  sometimes  hirsute.  In  fields,  meadows 
and  woods.     General. 

10.  Lonicera  sullivanti  Or.  Sullivant's  Honeysuckle.  A 
very  glaucous  vine;  leaves  1^  to  3  inches  long,  f  to  2|  inches  wide, 
ovate  to  obovate,  upper  surface  dark  green  and  glaucous,  lower 
lighter  and  slightly  pubescent,  obtuse;  inflorescence  a  terminal 
cluster;     corolla  pale  yellow,   tube   2   to  f  inch  long,  2-lipped,. 


April,  1914,]  The  Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio.  307 

slightly  gibbous;  fnut  a  yellow  berry  about  \  inch  in  diameter. 
In  woods.  Stark,  Muskingum,  Franklin,  Madison,  Clark, 
Highland. 

11.  Lonicera  dioica  L.  Smooth  leaf  Honeysuckle.  A  trailing 
or  shrubby  plant  3  to  10  feet  high;  leaves  oval  to  obovate,  1|  to  3 
inches  long,  |  to  \\  inches  wide,  usually  glaucous  beneath,  upper 
pair  connate-perfoliate,  lower  ones  sessile,  obtuse,  base  truncate 
or  cordate ;  inflorescence  a  terminal  cluster ;  corolla  yellowish  green 
tinged  with  purple,  gibbous,  2-lipped,  glabrous  without,  pubescent 
within,  tube  I  to  f  inch  long,  stamens  and  style  cxserted;  frviit  a 
red  berry  \  to  -3-  inch  in  diameter.  In  dry  rocky  fields  and  along 
roadsides.     Champaign,  Franklin. 

Triosteum  L.     Horse-gentian. 

Perennial  herbs  with  simple,  terete,  pubescent  stems;  leaves 
opposite,  perfoliate  or  sessile,  ovate,  oblong,  or  oblanceolate, 
constricted  below  the  middle,  usually  pubescent;  flowers  solitary 
or  in  clusters,  bisporangiate,  2-bracted,  sessile;  corolla  yellowish, 
green,  or  purple,  tube  narrow,  gibbous  at  the  base,  campanulate; 
calyx  lobes  elongated,  linear-lanceolate,  leaf -like,  persistant; 
filaments  short,  anthers  linear,  included;  ovulary  3-5-locular 
containing  a  single  ovule  in  each  cavity;  fruit  a  coriacious,  orange 
or  red  drupe  containing  2-3  one-seeded  nutlets,  embryo  small. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     Stem  slender,  hirsute  pubescent,  1|  to  85  feet  high;  leaves  rough  pube- 
scent,  corolla  yellowish.     T.  angustifolium. 

1.     Stem  erect,  stout,  finely  glandular-pubescent,  1  to  3  feet  high;  leaves 
soft  pubescent,  some  connate-perfoliate;  corolla  purple  or  dull  red. 

T.    perfoliatum. 

1.  Triosteum  angustifolium  L.  Yellow  Horse-gentian.  Stem 
slender,  very  pubescent,  1  to  3  feet  high;  leaves  lanceolate  to 
oblanceolate,  acute  to  long  acuminate,  2|  to  5  inches  long,  ^  to  1|- 
inches  wide,  tapering  below  the  middle  to  an  acute  sessile  base, 
roughly  pubescent;  corolla  yellowish,  about  ^  inch  long;  flowers 
axillary,  solitary.    In  fertile  places.    Cuyahoga,  Warren,  Clermont. 

2.  Triosteum  perfoliatum  L.  Common  Horse-gentian.  Stems 
1|  to  3|  feet  high,  covered  with  short  glandular  hairs;  leaves 
3|  to  S|  inches  long,  1|  to  5  inches  wide,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  tapering  to  a  narrow  base,  often  somewhat  con- 
nate, upper  surface  appressed  pubescent  to  glabrous,  lower  quite 
pubescent;  flowers  not  solitary',  ^  to  f  inch  long,  corolla  lobes 
rather  large,  somewhat  spreading;  stamens  and  style  moderately 
exserted;  calyx  lobes  linear,  obtuse;  fruit  an  orange-red  drupe 
about  f  to  I  inch  long.     In  rich  soil.     General. 


3o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  6, 


Linnaea  L. 

Small  creeping  rather  woody  herbs;  leaves  evergreen,  petioled, 
obovate  to  orbicular;  flowers  in  pairs,  long  peduncled,  pink  or 
purple,  bisporangiate,  campanulate  to  funnelformed,  actinonior- 
phic;  andrecium  pentamerous,  united  with  the  base  of  the  corolla, 
included;  ovulary  3-locular,  one  cavity  containing  a  perfect  ovule 
while  the  others  have  several  rudimentary  ovules;  fruit  almost 
globose,  containing  a  single  long  seed. 

1.  Linnaea  americana  Forbes.  American  Twinflower. 
Branches  woody,  slender,  somewhat  pubescent,  trailing;  leaves 
J  to  ^  inch  long,  i  to  f  inch  wide,  usually  somewhat  crenate, 
slender,  petioled,  erect;  peduncles  about  3  inches  long,  2-bract- 
eolate  at  the  tip;  flowers  funnelform,  fragrant,  f  to  |  inch  long; 
ovulary  subtented  by  two  glandular  ovate  scales  which  often 
cover  the  fruit  and  are  attached  to  it.  In  cool  places.  Stark 
County. 

Dier villa  [Tourn.]  Mill.     Bush-honeysuckle. 

Shrubs  with  opposite  leaves  and  yellow  cymose  or  solitary 
bisporangiate  flowers;  corolla  narrow  funnelform,  nearly  actino- 
morphic,  base  somewhat  gibbous;  calyx  tube  slender  narrow  below; 
stamens  five,  anthers  linear,  o\ailary  bilocular;  ovules  many,  seed 
coat  minutely  reticulate;  fruit  a  glabrous,  slender,  beaked,  septi- 
cidal,  many  seeded  capsule;  embryo  minute. 

1.  Diervilla  diervilla  (L.)  MacM.  Bush-honeysuckle.  A 
shrub  1^  to  3  feet  high;  branches  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  terete 
usually  with  two  pubescent  ridges;  leaves  short  petioled,  ovate  to 
obovate,  acuminate,  irregularly  crenate,  sometimes  slightly 
cilia te;  flowers  terminal  or  in  upper  axils  in  1-5-flowered  clusters; 
corolla  about  f  inch  long,  pubescent,  \^ery  slightly  2-lipped.  In 
rocky  dry  woods.  Lucas,  Lorain,  Summit,  Wayne,  Stark, 
Frankhn. 


Date  of  PublicatiDn,  April  24,  1914. 


The  Ohio  H^aturalist, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 
Volume  XIV.  MAY.    1914.  No.  7. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

Mote— The  Cheese  Skipper 309 

BROWN-Starch  Reserve  in  Relation  to  the  Productiou  of  Sugar,  Flowers,  Leaves,  and 

Seed  in  Birch  and  Maple 317 

Lathrop— Esg-layiug  of  the  Rice  Weevil,  Calandra  oryzae  Linn  321 

DURRELI  — The  Iridales  of  Ohio 327 

McAvoY— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 331 


THE  CHEESE  SKIPPER.     (Piopliila  casei  Linne.)*     1. 

An  Account  of  the  Bionomics  and  the  Structure  of  Dip- 
terous Larvae  Occuring  in  Human  Foods  with  Particu- 
lar Reference  to  those  which  have  been  Recorded 
AS  Accidental  Parasites  of  Man. 

Don  C.  Mote. 

The  cheese  skipper,  Piophila  casei  Linne,  is,  because  of  its 
habits,  of  considerable  economic  importance  to  man.  Manufac- 
turers of  cheeses  and  smoked  meats  have  sustained  large  losses 
from  the  ravages  of  the  larva  of  this  fly.  Cases  are  on  record 
where  from  $1500  to  $2000  have  been  lost  in  one  season.  The 
possible  relation  of  this  fly  to  myiasis  increases  its  importance. 
The  Bureau  of  Entomology,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  has 
one  record  of  its  occurence  in  man.  Alessandrini  reports,  as  a 
result  of  experiments  with  this  species  on  dogs,  that  it  passes 
through  the  digestive  tract  uninjured  and  that  it  may  cause  in- 
testinal lesions  in  the  dog.  It  is  therefore  desirable  that  medi- 
cal men,  public  health  officers,  meat  inspectors,  and  parasitolo- 
gists have  a  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  and  breeding  habits  of 
this  fly.  The  investigations  upon  which  this  account  are  based 
were  begun  at  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station  in  September  1912, 
when  the  larval  stage  of  the  cheese  skipper  was  brought  to  the 
laboratory  in  some  bacon  that  had  been  purchased  of  a  local 
meat  dealer.  The  bacon  was  placed  in  a  jar  and  has  with  an  ad- 
ditional quota  of  bacon,  nourished  many  broods  of  larvae. 

*  Determined  by  Professor  J.  S.  Hine.  •'''CvGi^  C/ 

309  /S^oO^*  * 


3IO  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 

The  Egg.  Figs.  3  and  4. 

The  egg  is  cyhndrically  oval,  slightly  narrowed  posteriorly; 
dorsal  side,  concave;  ventral  side,  convex;  lateral  sides,  somewhat 
parallel.  A  gelatinous  cap  covering  the  micropyle  is  situated  up- 
on the  anterior  end.  Length  .68  mm  to  .75  mm.  Width  .IS  mm 
to  .2  mm.     (10  eggs). 

The  chorion  is  smooth,  partially  transparent,  pearly  white. 
A  delicate  mosaic  work  of  regular  pentagonal  facets  was  observed 
upon  a  small  portion  of  the  chorion  of  one  egg.  The  others  were 
covered  with  some  material  which  probably  obscured  the  sculptur- 
ing. 

In  the  breeding  jars  the  eggs  were  found  on  bacon,  sweitzer 
cheese,  ham  and  slightly  putrid  beef-steak,  rarely  in  clusters,  be- 
ing, as  a  rule,  scattered  singly  over  the  surface  pointing  in  various 
directions.     No  eggs  were  ever  found  upon  the  sides  of  the  jars. 

Duration  of  the  egg  stage  23  to  54  hours.  Temperature' range 
60°  to  80°  F.  Normal  saline  solution  will  hasten  the  hatching 
process.     The  chorion  collapses  after  the  larva  emerges. 

The  Larva.     Figs.  6-14. 

The  Larva  may  be  observed  through  the  partially  transparent 
chorion  several  hours  before  hatching.  When  ready  to  emerge 
the  anterior  end  of  the  egg  shell  is  pulled  back  slowly,  receding  about 
4:^2  t^,  and  is  then  suddenly  shoved  forward.  After  several  of  these 
backward  and  forward  movements,  the  egg-shell  splits  across 
the  anterior  end  and  back  on  the  sides  a  distance  of  about  .2  mm. 
(Fig.  5.)  Through  the  opening  thus  made  the  larva  emerges. 
The  larvte  arc  active  immediately  after  they  emerge  from  the 
shell. 

The  newly  hatched  larvae  measure,  when  fully  extended,  from 
.8  to  .88  mm.  long;  when  contracted  .7  to  .75  mm.  long.  Width 
.1  to  .15  mm.  To  the  unaided  eye,  the  young  larvae,  except  for 
the  black  chitinous  mouth  parts,  are  white.  Under  the  binocu- 
lar they  have  a  dusky  granular  appearance.  Through  the  partial- 
ly transparent  integument  the  two  main  tracheal  tubes,  for  their 
entire  length,  are  visible. 

In  shape,  the  larvse  are  cylindrical,  blunt  at  the  posterior  end, 
tapering  gradually  toward  the  anterior  end.  The  segments  are 
as  distinct  and  of  the  same  number  as  in  the  mature  larvae.  The 
integument  is  smooth  and  devoid  of  vestiture,  except  for  three 
faint  transverse,  irregular  rows  of  black  chitinous  teeth  or  spines 
on  the  antero — ventral  portion  of  each  of  the  7  segments,  posterior 
to  and  including  the  sixth  segment. 

The  cephalic  segment  is  bilobed,  each  lobe  bearing  on  its 
antero — dorsal  surface  an  antennal  tubercle.  Between  the  oral 
lobes  extend  the  paired  falcate  mouth-hooks.  The  cephalo- 
pharyngeal  skeleton  extends  nearly  the  length  of  the  first  two 


May,  1914.]  The  Cheese  Skipper.  311 

segments.  Except  for  its  slendemess  and  smaller  size,  the  cephalo- 
pharyngeal  skeleton  is  similar  to  that  in  the  adult  larva.  The 
tracheal  trunks  open  to  the  exterior  through  two  anterior  and  two 
posterior  spiracles,  similar  in  structure  and  position  to  those  of 
the  mature  larva.  On  the  caudal  segment  are  found  the  two 
posterior,  two  dorsal,  and  the  paired  angular  lateral  projections 
present  in  the  adult.  The  paired  angular  lateral  projections  are 
not  so  promiinent  as  in  the  mature  larva. 

The  full  grown  larva  (Fig.  7)  measures  9  to  10  mm.  in  length, 
and  about  1  mm.  in  width  (5  live  specimens).  Preserved  specimens 
measure  S  to  9  mm.  in  length,  1.17  mm.  in  width,  and  .9  to  1.17 
mm.  in  height.  General  shape  of  larva  is  cylindrical;  truncate 
at  posterior  end;  tapering  gradually  to  a  bilobed,  narrower  an- 
terior end.  Widest  portion  in  the  region  of  the  7th  and  Sth  seg- 
ments. To  the  unaided  eye  the  general  color  is  white  to  yellowish 
white;  under  the  binocular  yellowish- white  to  brown,  especially 
in  the  regions  posterior  to  the  4th  segment.  The  tracheal  trunks, 
the  black  chitinous  mouth  parts,  and  viscera  are  visible  through 
the  integument.  Except  for  the  three  irregular  transverse  rows 
of  spines  already  mentioned,  the  integument  is  smooth.  The  body 
of  the  larva  is  divided  into  thirteen  segments. 

The  bilobed  cephalic  or  pseudocephalic  segment  is  .15  mm.  wide. 
The  antennal  tubercle  (Fig.  13)  located  on  the  antero-dorsal  sur- 
face of  each  of  the  oral  lobes  consists  of  three  segments  and  meas- 
ures .026  mm.  long  by  .017  mm.  wide  at  its  base.  The  cephalo- 
pharyngeal  skeleton  (Fig.  14),  visible  through  the  integument,  ex- 
tends from  the  ventral  middle  portion  of  the  pseudo-cephalic 
segment  to  the  posterior  part  of  the  second  segment.  It  con- 
sists of  two  uncinate  mandibular  sclerites  (m.  s.).  These 
articulate  posteriorly  with  the  hypostomal  sclerite  (h.  s.). 
The  hypostomal  sderite  consists  of  two  irregular  lateral  bars 
united  by  two  ventral  bars  of  chitin.  Posteriorly  the  hypostomal 
sclerite  articulates  with  two  processes  on  the  anterior  edge  of 
the  lateral  pharyngeal  sclerites  (1.  p.).  Each  of  the  lateral 
pharyngeal  sclerites  are  wider  posteriorly  than  anteriorly,  and 
the  posterior  is  deeply  incised.  They  are  united  dorsally  at  the 
anterior  end  by  a  dorsal  sclerite  (d.  p.  s.)  and  ventrally  they  are 
continuous  with  the  floor  of  the  pharynx. 

The  caudal  end  of  the  larva  (Fig.  8)  measures  .77  mm.  wide  and 
.71  mm.  high  (preserved  specimens).  On  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  last  segment  and  ventral  to  the  caudal  spiracles  are  located 
two  fleshy  tubercles  .17  mm.  apart  (p.  t.);  each  tubercle  measures 
.13  to  .17  mm.  long  and  .068  wide  at  base.  On  the  dorsal 
surface  of  each  spiracular  lobe  is  a  fleshy  tubercle  (d.  t.)  measuring 
.05  mm.  in  length  by  .025  mm.  in  width.  On  the  lateral 
surfaces  of  the  last  segment  are  located  paired  angular-like  pro- 
jections, (1.  an.)  measuring  about  .05  mm.  long  by  .068  to  .085  mm. 
wide  at  the  base. 


o 


12  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 


The  tracheae  open  to  the  exterior  through  two  anterior  and 
(a.  s.  p.)  two  posterior  (p.  s.  p.)  spiracular  processes.  The  an- 
terior or  prothoracic  spiracles  (Fig.  13)  are  situated  laterally  at 
the  posterior  of  the  second  body  segment.  Each  spiracle  con- 
sists of  from  8  to  10  short,  rounded  lobes.  The  posterior  spiracle 
(Figs.  8,  9,  12)  are  each  situated  at  the  ends  of  two  very  short 
fleshy  projections  from  the  dorsum  of  the  terminal  body  segment. 
They  are  .12  mm.  apart  and  so  situated  that  they  face  each  other. 
When  the  caudal  segments  are  retracted,  the  spiracular  lobes 
become  less  prominent  and  the  stigmata  become  closely  apposed. 
The  posterior  end  of  the  tracheal  trunk  divides  into  three  parts, 
each  part  possessing  a  stigmatic  orifice.      (Figs.  8,  9.). 

The  larval  instar  extended  over  a  period  of  fourteen  days, 
(average  temperature  67  deg.  F.)  hawse  were  reared  on  bacon, 
sweitzer  cheese,  ham,  fresh  lean  or  fat  beef  possessing  a  slight 
putrid  odor.  Murfeldt  and  others  report  that  it  occurs  in  cheese, 
ham,  especially  the  fatty  parts,  and  oleomargarine.  In  addition 
to  the  usual  method  of  locomotion  of  the  eruciform  larva,  these 
larvce  at  times  leap  or  skip  through  the  air.  They  accomplish 
this,  to  use  the  apt  description  of  Prof.  Putnam,  by  "bringing  the 
under  side  of  the  abdomen  toward  the  head  while  lying  on  their 
sides  and  reaching  forward  with  their  head  and  at  the  same  time 
extending  their  inouth  hooks,  grapple  by  means  of  them  with  the 
hinder  edge  of  the  truncature,  and  pulling  hard,  suddenly  with- 
draws them,  jerking  its  self  to  a  distance  of  4  or  5  inches."  The 
larvtC  do  not  necessarily  in  preparing  for  the  jump,  have  to  lie 
on  their  sides.  They  may  form  the  loop  wth  only  the  tips  of 
the  caudal  and  cephalic  ends  touching  the  surface  of  the  sub- 
stance upon  which  they  are  feeding.  One  lar\^a  under  observation 
sprung  at  least  -1  inches  high  and  a  linear  distance  of  about  6 
inches. 

Prior  to  pupation,  the  larvae  left  the  substances  upon  which 
they  were  feeding  and  crawled  in  between  the  cotton  plug  and 
sides  of  the  vial.  This  took  place  about  32  hours  before  the  pale 
to  dark  brown  coarctate  puparia  were  fonned.  The  puparium 
(Fig.  15)  mesaures  4  to  5  mm.  long  b}'  1  to  1.7  mm.  wide.  Its 
general  shape  is  ovate,  with  the  caudal  end  obliquely  truncate, 
and  the  antero-dorsal  surface  convexly  and  gradually  depressed 
from  about  the  Gth  segment.  The  ventral  trans\^erse  spines  are 
observable  as  one  hea\'y  dark  regular  row  and  two  ixiler  less 
regular  rows.  The  cc]:)halic  segment  is  slightly  bilobed.  The 
anterior  spiracles  are  lateral  to  this  segment.  The  posterior  tu- 
bercles are  very  prominent.  Above  these  arc  the  stigmatal 
lobes,  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  which  are  the  dorsal  tubercles. 
The  pupal  instar  extended  over  a  ])eriod  of  12  days.  Se\"cral 
entomologists  have  observed  shorter  periods  than  this,  from  1 
week  to  10  days,  and  it  is  not  unlikely  that  under  adverse  condi- 


May,  1914.]  The  Cheese  Skipper.  313 

tions  longer  periods  occur.  In  fact,  it  is  probable  that  larvee  de- 
veloping late  in  the  season  pass  the  winter  in  the  pupal  stage. 
The  imago  emerges  by  splitting  off  the  antero-dorsal  depressed 
area.     (Fig.    16.) 

The  Adult.     (Figs.  1,2.) 

The  specific  description  of  Piophila  Casei  Linne  is  inaccessible 
to  the  writer.  The  following,  therefor,  is  a  redescription  of  the 
species  based  upon  only  a  dozen  or  so  specimens  and  consequently 
is  not  as  complete  as  it  should  be. 

Male: — The  dominant  color  is  bronzy  black;  length  to  tip  of 
abdomen  3.4  mm.  to  3.9  mm.;  to  tip  of  wings  4.4  mm.  to  4.5  mm. 

Head  (Fig.  2) :  Palps  and  proboscis  fuscous,  covered  with 
many  bristles.  Face,  yellow  to  fuscous,  excavated;  antennse 
short,  not  reaching  to  oral  margin,  fuscous,  non-porrect;  non- 
setose  arista;  short  bristle  on  second  segment  of  antenna;  cheeks, 
yellow  to  fuscous.  Front  fuscous  immediately  above  the  anten- 
nae to  bronzy  black  beyond ;  vertical  triangle  smooth,  shiny  black, 
bears  three  ocelli  and  a  pair  of  ocellar  bristles  just  posterior  and 
lateral  to  anterior  ocellus;  compound  eyes  bare,  color  red.  Bris- 
tles: vibrissae  present;  also  several  bristles  on  lower  edge  of  each 
cheek ;  post  orbital  bristles  present ;  vertical  bristles  2  pair,  anterior 
pair  erect  convergent,  posterior  not  as  erect,  divergent;  post- 
vertical  bristles  extend  over  thorax,  slightly  divergent;  fronto- 
orbital,  a  series  of  short  bristles  extending  from  a  point  just 
anterior  to  the  vertical  bristles  to  a  point  above  and  opposite  the 
base  of  the  antennae.  Row  of  very  short  bristles  on  ridge  around 
antennal  pit  extending  from  vibrissae  on  the  left,  around  base  of 
antennae  to  the  vibrissas  on  the  right. 

Thorax:  Bronzy  black  with  3  distinct  rows  of  regularly 
placed  short  setae;  Scutellum,  same  color,  bears  2  pairs  of  long 
setae  or  bristles  and  several  transverse  parallel  rows  of  short  setas, 
not  easily  observed.  Sides, — same  color,  each  bearing  several 
long  setae.  Legs:  Covered  with  short  spines;  coxa  yellow  to 
fuscous;  femur,  fuscous  at  joints,  middle  blackish-brown.  An- 
terior leg, — tibiae,  except  at  proximal  joints,  and  tarsi,  blackish- 
brown.  Middle  and  hind  legs, — Tibiae  blackish-brown  to  fuscous, 
fuscous  at  joints,  tarsi  fuscous. 

Abdomen:  Rectangular,  sides  somewhat  parallel,  tip  blunt. 
Same  color  as  thorax.  Six  visible  segments,  each  bearing  many 
short   spines. 

Wings:  Overlap  nearly  to  tips  when  fly  is  at  rest.  Wholly 
hyaline,  irri descent,  auxiliary  vein  indistinct  or  closely  apposed 
to  the  sub-costa;  halteres,  pale  yellow. 

Female: — Same  color  as  the  male.  Length  to  tip  of  abdomen 
3.9  inm  to  4.1  mm;  to  tip  of  wing  5  mm.  to  'y.'I  mm.  Abdomen, — 
six  visible  segments,  pyriform. 


314  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 

Miss  Murtfeldt  was  unable  to  get  the  female  to  oviposit  on 
flesh  meat  of  any  kind.  In  the  writer's  experience,  fresh  beef- 
steak with  a  slightly  putrid  odor  seemed  to  be  the  most  desirable. 
Copulation  was  observed  on  the  3rd  or  4th  day  after  emergence 
of  the  imago  and  egg  deposition  on  the  third  day  after  copulation. 
The  adults  lived  from  4  to  10  days,  the  fomier  being  the  length  of 
life  of  flies  without  food  and  moisture,  except  at  beginning;  the 
latter,  the  length  of  life  of  flies  in  a  small  vial,  containing  slightly 
putrid  steak  and  plenty  of  moisture.  The  females  outlived  the 
males. 

Because  of  its  breeding  habits  and  the  ease  with  which  it  is 
kept  in  captivity,  this  species  should  make  a  suitable  one  for  the 
experimental  zoologist.  A  few  observations  and  inconclusive 
experiments  were  made  en  the  reaction  of  the  fly  to  heat,  light, 
gravity  and  dift'erent  food  substances.  When  a  jar  of  flies  was 
placed  near  the  window  the  majority  gathered  on  the  lighter  side 
After  shaking  or  otherwise  disturbing  the  same  reaction  followed. 
They  also  almost  invariably  alight  with  head  pointing  upward. 
They  can  be  transferred  from  one  vial  to  another  by  holding  the 
bottom  of  the  empty  one  towards  the  light.  Deadened  by  cold, 
they  can  be  revived  by  heat. 

The  following  is  a  report  of  an  experiment  to  test  the  com- 
parative value  of  cheese,  bacon,  fresh  beef -steak  and  ham  as  an 
attraction  for  the  flies.  The  apparatus  consisted  of  7  vials  and 
corks  thru  which  were  fitted  glass  tubes  with  lumens  large  enuf 
for  the  admission  of  the  flies.  One  of  the  vials  contained  cheese; 
one  fresh  lean  steak;  one  fresh  fat  steak;  one  fat  bacon;  one  lean 
bacon,  one  fat  ham,  one  lean  ham.  The  vials  were  placed  in  holes 
in  a  circular  piece  cf  card-board  and  this  card-board  containing 
the  vials  was  placed  in  a  large  jar.  About  GO  flies  were  admitted 
from  the  stock  culture,  the  jar  was  then  covered  with  a  glass 
plate  and  placed  so  that  the  openings  of  the  tubes  leading  into 
the  vials  would  face  the  light.  The  flics  immediately  swanned 
upon  the  glass  cover  which  was  facing  the  window.  On  the  after- 
noon of  the  first  day  there  were  three  files  in  the  vial  containing  the 
cheese,  one  in  the  vial  containing  the  lean  ham  and  one  in  the 
vial  containing  the  fat  ham.  At  noon  on  the  second  day  there  was 
one  fly  in  the  fresh  lean  steak  vial,  one  in  the  fresh  fat  steak  vial, 
four  in  the  cheese  vial,  six  in  the  fat  ham  vial  and  three  in  the  lean 
ham  vial.  On  the  afternoon  of  the  second  day  there  were  five 
in  the  fresh  lean  steak  vial,  two  in  the  fresh  fat  steak  vial,  5  in  the 
cheese  vial,  7  in  the  fat  ham  vial  and  3  in  the  lean  ham.  The  steak 
from  which  the  fat  and  lean  pieces  in  the  vials  was  taken,  was 
observed  at  this  time  to  be  giving  off  a  slightly  putrid  odor.  At 
noon  on  the  3rd  day,  there  were  12  flies  in  the  lean  fresh  meat 
vial,  4  in  tlie  fat  fresh  meat  vial,  S  in  the  fat  ham  vial,  2  in  the  lean 
ham  vial  and  5  in  llie  cheese  vial.     At  noon  on  the  r)th  da\'  the 


May,  1914.]  The  Cheese  Skipper.  315 

experiment  was  closed  with  22  dead  flies  in  the  jar;  16  (one  of 
which  was  dead)  females  in  the  fresh  lean  meat  vial ;  6  live  flies  in 
the  fat  fresh  meat  vial,  none  in  the  fat  bacon  vial,  none  in  the 
lean  bacon  vial,  6  9  s,  3  cf  s,  (4  of  which  were  dead)  in  the  fat  ham 
vial,  2  dead  males  were  found  in  the  lean  ham  vial,  3  9s  and  1 
dead  male  in  the  cheese  vial.  Many  eggs  were  fomid  in  the  fresh 
lean  and  fat  steak  vials,  the  fat  ham  vial  and  the  cheese  vial.  It 
would  seem  from  this  experiment  that  the  lean  fresh  steak,  pos- 
sessing a  slightly  putrid  odor  has  a  greater  attraction  for  the  flies 
than  the  other  substances  used. 

SUMMARY. 

The  cheese  skipper  because  of  its  ravages  on  cheeses  and  smok- 
ed meats  and  its  possible  relation  to  myiasis  is  of  considerable 
economic  importance. 

The  fly  deposits  its  eggs  upon  bacon,  cheeses,  smoked  ham, 
slightly  putrid  beef -steak.     Duration  of  egg  stage  23  to  54  hours. 

Larvee  feed  upon  bacon,  cheese,  ham,  beef,  oleomargarine. 
This  insect  gets  its  common  name  from  the  peculiar  leaping  or 
skipping  habit  of  the  larva.     Duration  of  larval  instar  14  days. 

Pupation  occurs  in  dryer  places  than  those  in  which  the  larvee 
feed.     Duration  of  pupal  stage  12  days. 

The  flies,  in  an  experiment,  seemed  to  prefer  beef -steak  with 
a  slight  putrid  order,  in  preference  to  ham,  bacon  or  cheese,  for 
egg  deposition.  The  adult  flies  lived  longer,  and  the  larvse  fed  and 
matured  more  readily,  on  the  beef  steak  than  on  the  other  sub- 
stances. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XIV. 

Adult  iiv  about  8  times  natural  size. 

Profile  of  head  of  fly  X  20. 

Lateral  view  of  egg  X  50,  g.  c.  gelatinous  cap. 

Dorsal  view  of  egg  X  50. 

Egg  after  emergence  of  larva.  . 

Immature  larva  X  50. 

Mature  larva  X  5. 

Lateral  view  of  caudal  end  of  larva  X  40,  p.  t.,  posterior  tubercle; 

p.  sp.  posterior  spiracle,  d.  t.  dorsal  tubercle. 
Posterior  view  of  Caudal  spiracle  X  400. 
Dorsal  view  of  caudal   end  of  larva  X  35;  1.  an.  lateral   angular 

projections,  d.  t.  dorsal  tubercle,  p.  t.  posterior  tubercle. 
Ventral  view  of  caudal  end  of  larva  X  35. 
View  of  posterior  end  of  larva  X  40,  Sp.  t.  dorsal  tubercles,  p.  sp. 

posterior    spiracles,   1.   an.   lateral    angular    projections,    p.   t. 

posterior  tubercles. 
Lateral  view  of  anterior  end  of  larva  X  50,  a.  sp.  anterior  spiracle, 

a.  antenna. 
Mouth  parts  much  enlarged,  m.  s.  mandibular  sclerites,  h.  s.  hypo- 

stomal  sclerites,    1.    p.    lateral   pharyngeal    sclerites,    d.   p.    s. 

dorsal  pharyngeal  sclerites. 
Dorsal  view  of  puparium  X  8;  d.  t.  dorsal  tubercle,  p.  sp.  posterior 

respiratory  organ,  p.  t.  posterior  tubercle. 
Pupal  case  after  emergence  of  fly. 

Ohio  Experiment  vStation. 


Fig. 

1 

Fig- 

2 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4 

Fig. 

5 

Fig. 

6 

Fig. 

7 

Fig. 

8 

Fig. 

9 

Fig. 

10 

Fig. 

11 

Fig. 

12 

Fig. 

13 

Fig. 

14 

Fig. 

15 

Fig. 

16 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIV 


l.an. 


Mote  on  "The  Cheese  Skipper." 


May,  1914.]  Stai'ch  Reserve  in  Birch  and  Maple.  317 


STARCH  RESERVE  IN  RELATION  TO  THE  PRODUCTION 

OF  SUGAR,  FLOWERS,  LEAVES,  AND  SEED  IN 

BIRCH  AND  MAPLE. 

Forest  B.  H.  Brown. 

American  scientific  literature  is  lacking  in  a  standard  treatment 
of  subjects  dealing  with  the  stored  reserve  in  our  fitiit  and  forest 
trees,  such  as  have  been  made  by  Busgen  in  his  "Waldbaume," 
and  in  other  still  more  recent  GeiTnan  publications.  The  work  of 
Jones  and  others  of  Vermont  (Bull.  103,  1903)  contains  much 
infonnation  on  the  maples.  But  this  work  does  not  furnish  the 
drawings  essential  to  a  clear  presentation  of  starch  storage, 
and  the  description  is  inadequate.  Even  in  this  bulletin,  no  at- 
tempt is  made  to  show  in  what  way  the  vast  amount  of  potential 
energy  represented  in  the  stored  starch  is  used,  otherwise  than  in 
the  production  of  sugar,  while  the  authors  themselves  conclude 
that  rarely  is  there  used,  in  this  way,  more  than  4%  of  the  total 
starch  stored  in  a  tree. 

This  fact,  together  with  the  very  conflicting  statements  made 
in  the  available  published  records,  has  led  the  writer  to  publish 
these  few  preliminary  studies.  The  ease  with  which  such  studies 
may  be  carried  on,  together  with  their  direct  bearing  upon  many 
of  the  vital  problems  of  forestry  and  various  branches  of  agricul- 
ture, would  suggest  their  general  fitness  to  be  included  in  the  bot- 
any laboratory  course,  even  in  the  high  school  possessed  of  only 
one  microscope. 

Data  for  the  present  paper  were  taken  from  selected  trees  of 
birch  and  maple  growing  on  the  Ohio  State  University  campus. 
Particular  attention  was  given  to  a  sugar  maple,  Acer  saccharum 
Marsh.,  north-west  of  the  law  building.  From  a  1-year  twing  of 
this  tree,  a  cross-section  20  mic.  in  thickness  was  cut  April  1,  by 
means  of  a  sliding  microtome,  stained  one  minute  in  iodine,  and 
then  mounted  in  glycerine.  A  camera  drawing  was  made,  Fig.  1, 
the  magnification  being  shown  by  the  accompanying  scale.  vSimi- 
larly,  a  section  was  cut  from  a  root  8  mm.  in  diameter,  Fig.  2. 
The  granules  of  starch  have  been  indicated  in  solid  black.  In  the 
stem  the  starch  grains  are  shown  in  the  medullary  rays  (u.  m.  and 
b.  m.),  wood  parenchyma  fw.  p.),  and  in  all  the  primary  xylem 
tissues  except  the  vessels.  The  wood  fibres  were  empty  in  all  the 
sections  studied;  but  in  the  root,  the  wood  fibres,  as  well  as  the 
wood  parenchyma  and  medullary  rays,  are  filled.  Also,  many  of 
the  tissues  of  the  bark,  both  of  stem  and  root,  contain  starch. 
Beginning  with  the  first  layer  inside  the  cork,  they  are,  in  order, 
as  follows:  the  periderm,  collenchyma,  thin  walled  parenchyma, 
bast  parenchyma,  and  bast  rays.  The  maple,  however,  con- 
tained less  starch  at  this  period  in  the  bark  tissues  than  the  birch 


3i8 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 


and  other  starch  trees  examined.  In  the  sections  illustrated, 
it  is  apparent  that  more  starch  is  stored  in  the  root  tissue  than 
in  the  stem;  but  the  relative  volume  of  stem  and  root  would  have 
to  be  known,  before  it  would  be  possible  to  detemiine  whether 
a  greater  absolute  volume  of  starch  is  stored  below  than  above 
ground. 

It  is  now  the  purpose  to  record,  as  far  as  possible,  in  what  man- 
ner the  starch  thus  stored  is  used.  In  this  connection,  there  are 
at  least  five  considerations:  as,  (1)  the  amount  used  when  a  tree 
is  tapped,  (2)  the  amount  used  when  the  flowers  are  fonned,  (3) 
when  the  leaves  are  formed,  (4)  when  wood  is  formed,  (5)  when  a 
heavy  "seed  year"  occurs.  Of  these,  seed  production  is  to  be 
given  special  attention,  since  the  maple,  in  common  with  most  of 
the  Ohio  forest  trees,  is  known  to  have  regularly  recurring  periods 
of  heavy  seed  production.  The  particular  tree  chosen  is  a  car- 
pellate  tree,  and,  from  its  numerous  flower  buds,  it  is  predicted 
that  the  current  year  is  to  be  a  "seed  year."  (1)  and  (2)  are  now 
complete  and  it  seems  best  to  give  results  in  this  paper,  rather  than 
delay  until  all  is  finished. 

To  test  the  sugar  production,  the  seven  tree  species  tabulated 
below  were  tapped  in  a  manner  somewhat  similar  to  the  way  the 
birch  is  tapped  in  Russia.  Borings  1}4  inches  deep  were  made  by 
a  drill  I  inch  in  diameter,  and  a  straw,  cut  from  a  thrifty  stem 
of  wheat,  of  a  diameter  to  fit  the  hole  snugly,  was  inserted  far 
enoiigh  merely  to  penetrate  the  bark.  One-pint  Mason  jars  with 
water-proof  card  board  caps,  perforated  to  receive  the  straw,  were 
suspended  to  collect  the  sap.  500  to  1000  grams  of  sap  were  col- 
lected from  each  tree,  evaporated  in  a  large  porcelain  evaporating 
dish  in  the  laboratory,  and  the  following  percentages  of  sugar 
determined : 


Species 


1.  Acer  nigrum  Mx 

2.  Acer  saccharum  Marsh..  . 

3.  Acer  platanoides  L 

4.  Acer  saccharinum  L 

5.  Acer  negundo  L 

6.  Bctula  allsa  L 

7.  Betula  papyrifera  Marsh. 


Date 


April  6 
April  9 
April  9 
April  7 
April  6 
Mar.  31 
April  4 


Per  cent 
sugar  in  sap 


7% 
4% 
2/0 
1% 
7% 
2% 


1-1% 


Grams  sap 
per  hour 


250  g 
62  g 
3o  g 

125  g 

500  g 
62  g 

100  g 


Grams  sugar 
per  hour 


6 


7  g 

1.5  g 

.8g 

2.6  g 

8.5  g 

■7  g 

1.1  K 


The  birches  produced  a  clear,  amber  colored,  wax-like  .sugar, 
which  does  not  granulate.  The  ]jer  cent  is  less  than  in  any  of  the 
maples.  In  Ru.ssia,  the  birch  is  quite  generally  tapped.  Some- 
times this  sa]3  is  fermented  to  make  birch  wine.  Of  the  maples, 
Acernigrum  Mx.,  the  1)lack  maple,  had  the  greatest  concentra- 
tion of  sugar  in  the  sap,  which  confinns  the  statement  in  Bull. 
516,  U.  S.  Dept.  Ag.,  p.  8.     But  the  box  elder,  Acer  negundo,  a 


May,  1914.]  Starch  Reserve  in  Birch  and  Maple.  319 

small  tree  on  the  south  bank  of  "Mirror  Lake,"  while  producing 
a  sap  of  lowest  concentration,  yielded  more  sugar  per  hour  than 
any  other  of  the  inaples.  Under  the  varied  conditions  of  the 
experiment,  all  maples  produced  a  clear  creamy  white  sugar 
in  which  little  difference  in  taste  was  noticed,  although  the  silver 
maple.  No.  4,  was  in  flower  at  the  time.  The  average  concentra- 
tion of  sugar  in  the  sap  for  the  maples  was  2.2  %.  These  results, 
together  with  those  of  Professor  Jones,  make  it  probable  that  the 
Bonn  Text  Book  is  in  error  in  rating  the  average  %  for  the  North 
American  maple  at  yi  of  1%.  The  average  yield  of  maple  sugar 
per  hour  was  4  grams. 

At  the  close  of  the  sap  rvm,  April  10,  there  was  almost  no  corro- 
sion of  the  starch  granules  in  any  of  the  woody  tissues  of  the  sugar 
maple.  There  was  little  starch  in  any  of  the  tissues  of  the  bark 
of  the  young  twigs ;  but  starch  was  still  abundant  in  the  same  tis- 
sues of  the  root.  On  April  24,  the  flowers  ha,d  fairly  opened,  and 
were  so  numerous  as  to  give  the  crown  of  the  tree  a  general  green 
color.  Starch  had  been  used  from  the  branches  examined,  which 
showed  less  than  9  annual  rings  of  wood. 

In  summary,  it  may  be  stated  that,  previous  to  bud  growth, 
little  starch  had  been  used,  the  most  pronounced  changes  being 
confined  to  the  bark  of  the  stem.  While  buds  were  swelling,  the 
starch  was  used  from  twigs  showing  less  than  3  annual  rings  of 
wood.  By  the  time  flowers  were  fully  formed,  starch  had  been 
used  from  all  portions  of  the  stem  showing  less  than  0  annual  rings 
of  wood.  In  other  words,  starch  has  been  used  first  from  the  1- 
year  old  twigs;  then,  from  those  portions  of  the  branch  showing 
two  annual  rings  of  wood;  then,  from  portions  showing  3  annual 
rings,  and  so  on  progressively  down  to  that  portion  of  the  branch 
showing  10  years  of  wood.  Beyond  this,  as  in  the  root,  no  mark- 
ed changes  have  occurred  as  yet. 

I  am  indebeted  to  Mr.  H.  Udovitch,  who  has  generously  aided 
in  collecting  data  in  the  flow  of  sap,  and  who  has  supplied  the  in- 
formation concerning  the  use  made  of  the  birch  in  Russia. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XV. 

Figure  1.     Cross-section  of  1-year  old  twig. 
Figure  2.     Cross-section  of  root. 

11.  m.     uniseriate  medullary  raj'. 

h.  m.     biseriate  medtillary  ray. 

/.     trachea. 

d.  p.     differentiated  pith  zone. 

p.     undifferentiated  pith  cell. 

w.  /.     wood  fibre. 

■w.  p.     wood  partnchyma. 

h.  p.     bordered  pit  in  section. 

5.  p.     simple  pit  in  section. 


Ohio  Naturawst. 


Plate  XV. 


1. 


SCALE  iSo'"" 

Brown  on  "Starch  Reserve." 


May,  1914.]  Egg-Laying  of  the  Rice  Weevil.  321 


EGG-LAYING  OF  THE  RICE  WEEVIL,  CALANDRA 

ORYZAE  LINN. 

Frank  H.  Lathrop. 

The  Rice  Weevil,  Calandra  oryzce  Linn.,  is  well  known  through- 
out the  United  vStates  as  a  stored  grain  pest.  It  is  especiall}^  de- 
structive in  the  South,  however,  where  it  is  known  chiefly  because 
of  its  injury  to  corn  (1,  4).  In  fact,  it  is  often  locally  called 
the  Com  Weevil. 

While  studying  the  pest,  the  writer  was  impressed  by  its  high- 
ly adaptive  method  of  oviposition,  and  the  belief  that  a  study 
of  the  habit  would  be  interesting  and  of  some  economic  impor- 
tance led  to  the  observations  included  in  this  paper. 

The  work  was  performed  at  Clemson  College,  South  Carolina, 
during  the  winter  of  1912-1913,  under  the  direction  of  Professor 
A.  F.  Conradi,  State  Entomologist,  to  whom  the  writer  is  indebted 
for  valuable  suggestions  and  assistance.  The  cuts  are  used  through 
courtesy  of  the  South  Carolina  Experiment  Station. 

WHERE    THE    EGGS    ARE    DEPOSITED. 

Each  egg  is  deposited  singly  in  a  cavity  previously  dug  in  the 
grain  by  the  female  beetle.  Preparatory  to  oviposition,  the 
weevil  moves  over  the  surface  of  the  com  several  times,  examining 
it  thoroughly  by  means  of  the  tip  of  the  proboscis  and  the  antennfe 
before  a  suitable  place  is  decided  upon.  When  the  place  has  finally 
been  chosen,  the  excavation  of  the  cavity  is  immediately  begun  by 
gnawing  the  material  with  the  mandibles.  Unless  disturbed,  the 
weevil  will  usually  finish  the  cavity  when  once  started,  but  its 
completion  is  by  no  means  certain,  for  the  weevil  often  becomes 
apparently  dissatisfied  with  the  location  even  after  the  cavity  is 
well  started,  and  a  new  location  is  sought. 

The  place  selected  is  usually  near  the  edge  of  the  corn,  and, 
when  in  position  to  excavate,  the  weevil  is  almost  invariably 
straddling  the  edge  of  the  kernel.  Nearly  all  of  the  eggs  observed 
were  deposited  in  the  soft  starch  or  in  the  germ.  Only  rarely 
was  one  placed  in  the  homy  starch,  while  a  favorite  location  was 
at  the  junction  of  the  germ  with  the  soft  starch,  and  also  at  the 
junction  of  the  soft  starch  with  the  homy  starch. 

In  order  to  facilitate  observation,  the  weevils  were  provided 
with  grains  of  corn  that  had  previously  l3een  cut  in  two  longi- 
tudinally. The  eggs  were  deposited  on  the  broken  siirfaces  of 
these  half -grains,  except  in  a  few  cases  where  they  were  deposited 
in  the  germ  at  the  point  where  it  had  been  attached  to  the  cob. 
The  outer,  homy  surface  of  dry  com  is  apparently  too  hard  for 
the  weevils  to  penetrate,  for  no  eggs  were  observed  in  this  region, 
and,  even  when  only  whole  grains  were  provided,  the  eggs  were 
deposited  either  in  the  gcmi  or  in  the  soft  .starch  at  the  outer  end 
of  the  kernel. 


322  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 

EXCAVATING    THE    CAVITY. 

While  excavating  the  cavity,  the  insect  retains  a  firni  attach- 
ment to  the  com  by  clasping  the  surface,  chiefly  with  the  spines 
on  the  distal  ends  of  the  tibiae.  During  the  entire  process,  one  of 
the  fore  legs  is  in  almost  constant  motion  as  though  endeavoring 
to  obtain  a  better  foothold.  The  operation  of  digging  is  accom- 
plished by  giving  an  oscillating  motion  to  the  thorax  on  the  first 
pair  of  legs  as  an  axis,  which  results  in  an  up-and-down  movement 
of  the  proboscis.  At  the  same  time,  the  head  is  turned  from  side 
to  side,  thus  adding  a  rotary  motion  to  the  proboscis.  This 
operation  continues  until  the  hole  is  partially  dug,  when  the 
proboscis  is  lifted  nearly  to  the  surface,  after  which  the  sides  are 

■'■■■■■  ::'.\.r: r. ■■■■'■  yz-rM'"-  ■;■^■^li^i^}^'•^■■■^j?•ii'^^^ 


■''.■■■■ft'^:'.> 


Figure  1.     Longitudinal  section  of  cavity  showing  egg  and  plug  in  place. 

cut  down,  enlarging  the  excavation.  When  the  bottom  is  again 
reached,  the  fomicr  movements  are  resumed.  These  movements 
often  end  with  sharp  jerks  as  though  pieces  of  the  material  were 
being  broken  off.  The  work  of  excavating  is  continued  until  the 
depth  of  the  cavity  is  equal  to  the  length  of  the  proboscis,  when 
the  weevil  stops  digging,  and  prepares  to  deposit  the  egg.  During 
the  process  of  digging,  that  part  of  the  proboscis  that  extends  into 
the  cavity  is  clean,  but  chewed  material  collects  about  the  mouth 
of  the  cavity  and  on  the  portion  of  the  proboscis  above. 


May,  1914.]  Egg-Laying  of  the  Rice  Weevil.  323 

The  insects  are  quite  easily  disconcerted.  They  discon- 
tinue operations  and  remain  still  a  few  moments  when  disturbed 
by  noise  or  by  the  movement  of  a  nearby  object,  and  frequently 
quit  the  place  entirely.  This  sensitiveness  abates  as  the  cavity 
deepens,  until,  during  the  operation  of  depositing  the  egg,  the  grain 
on  which  the  weevil  is  at  work  may  be  handled  without  disturbing 
the    insect. 

The  time  required  in  making  the  cavities  varies  greatly.  Out 
of  six  operations  of  which  the  time  was  taken,  the  shortest  was 
thirty  two  minutes,  while  the  longest  period  observed  was  one 
hour  and  forty  five  minutes,  and  this  time  was  spent  in  completing 
a  cavity  which  was  apparently  one-half  finished  when  observation 
began. 

DEPOSITING    THE    EGG. 

When  the  cavity  is  finished,  the  proboscis  is  slowly  and  hesitat- 
ingly withdrawn.  The  weevil  then  turns  around  over  the  opening, 
and  walks  slowly  forward  a  few  steps,  at  the  same  time  swinging 
the  abdomen  from  side  to  side,  thus  searching  for  the  mouth  of 
the  cavity.  When  the  tip  of  the  abdomen  comes  in  contact  with 
the  opening,  the  weevil  stops,  and  places  the  ovipositor  in  posi- 
tion. During  egg-laying,  the  ovipositor  may  be  observed  some- 
what distended  by  the  passage  of  the  egg.  There  is  a  slight  move- 
ment of  the  tip  of  the  abdomen,  probably  aiding  in  forcing  the 
egg  into  the  cavity. 

In  one  instance  it  was  observed  that  a  weevil,  when  the  cavity 
was  finished,  turned  al^out  as  usual,  but  failed  to  find  the  opening 
with  the  ovipositor.  The  insect  then  moved  backward  until  the 
proboscis  was  over  the  cavity,  facing  in  the  opposite  direction 
from  that  when  the  cavity  was  dug.  After  a  little  additional 
digging,  the  weevil  successfully  inserted  the  ovipositor,  and  depos- 
ited the  egg. 

The  time  consumed  in  depositing  the  egg  varies  from  three  to 
seven  minutes,  the  average  being  4.3  minutes.  The  average  num- 
ber of  eggs  laid  per  day  by  a  single  weevil  was  found  to  be  1.2. 
This  was  determined  from  records  including  twenty  weevils 
laying  a  total  of  378  eggs.  The  largest  number  of  eggs  deposited 
by  a  weevil  in  one  day  was  9,  while  03  eggs  in  46  days  was  the 
greatest  total  number  of  eggs  deposited  by  one  weevil.  This  does 
not  represent  the  total  number  of  eggs  laid  during  the  life  of  the 
insect.  The  rate  of  oviposition  as  well  as  the  total  number  of 
eggs  deposited  varies  with  the  conditions  under  which  the  eggs 
are  laid.  Probably  the  most  important  factors  are  the  degree 
of  hardness  of  the  corn  and  the  temperature  and  moisture  condi- 
tions. Hinds  and  Turner  (3)  found  that  a  single  weevil  is  capable 
of  laying  as  many  as  417  eggs  during  a  period  of  110  days. 


324 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 


The  act  of  preparing  the  cavity  and  depositing  the  egg  appar- 
ently requires  considerable  energy,  for,  after  depositing  an  egg, 
the  weevil  requires  a  ]jeriod  of  rest  before  repeating  the  operation. 

SEALING    THE    CAVITY. 

After  the  egg  has  been  deposited,  but  before  the  ovipositor  has 
been  withdrawn,  the  substance  with  which  the  cavity  is  sealed 
may  be  seen  flowing  through  the  translucent  ovipositor  into  the 
cavity.  The  ovipositor  is  then  withdrawn,  and  its  trowel-like 
tip  is  used  to  work  the  fluid  into  place.  This  consists  of  a  thorough 
tamping  of  the  material  and  smoothing  of  the  surface,  and  con- 
tinues until  the  fluid  solidifies.  This  process  being  completed, 
the  weevil,  without  changing  position,  usually  deposits  a  second 


,•'■.••.•    .■■  :  ■--.&,;■  ■.-.-tt<i  V-  •■■-.^j.f.t 
•  •     •"  -.  '     ■•  -.  "'.C-'  *''■■  "  "•"'•."i.r'Aj'.'vsi"! 


Fi-.  2.     Egg. 


Fig.  3.     Plug  with  two  or  more  discharges  of 
material,  viewed  in  normal  position  in  corn. 


mass  of  material  over  the  first.  The  second  discharge  is  mvich 
less  i^lastic  than  the  first,  and  is  not  tisually  very  thoroughly  worked 
with  the  ovipositor,  except  when  the  vSurface  of  the  first  discharge 
lies  below  the  surface  of  the  corn.  Frequently  a  third  mass  of 
material  similar  to  the  second,  but  much  smaller,  is  discharged. 
This  is  rarely  tamped.  After  this,  the  weevil  pays  no  further  at- 
tion  to  the  egg,  but  immediately  abandons  the  place. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    PLUG. 

The  plug  that  seals  the  cavity  may  be  described  as  a  rallier 
uneven  disc-shai)ed  body  about  .12  mm.  thick,  the  diameter  cor- 
responding to  the  diameter  of  the  mouth  of  the  cavity.  The  inner 
surface  is  somewhat  hemispherical,  with  a  minute  pit  in  the  centre 


May,  1914.]  Egg-Laying  of  the  Rice  Weevil.  325 

into  which  the  tip  of  the  egg  extends.  In  some  cases  there  is  also 
a  depression  in  the  outer  surface.  As  the  second  and  third  dis- 
charges are  usually  not  well  tamped,  they  are  seen  as  rough  and 
uneven  masses  above  the  first  discharge.  When  the  latter  dis- 
charges are  not  present,  the  stirface  of  the  plug  has  a  smooth  ap- 
pearance, and  in  the  rather  exceptional  cases  when  the  other  dis- 
charges are  well  tamped,  they  also  present  a  fairly  smooth  surface. 
The  top  of  the  first  discharge  usually  lies  even  with  the  surface 
of  the  corn.  However,  it  not  infrequently  happens  that  the  egg 
is  set  so  far  into  the  cavity  that  the  top  of  the  plug  lies  some  dis- 
tance below  the  surface  of  the  corn,  but  it  never  extends  much 
above  the  surface  unless  more  than  one  discharge  has  been  added. 


i 


^^^^^M^0^^  : ;  ■;■;  ■•;•  \  ^■^-:■  •  '" ;  ;^-^" 

Fig.  4.     Plug  showing  pit  v  j' >"-^'v"\:^  '  •" -v^- !■v^^'•■:"^:  ;.'\,.'',-^: 

in  inner  surface.  ■'".'•':^  \^'-''{'^-^ .■■:.\  'J^'-^-^kV'^'^-. 


Fig.  5.      Plug  consisting  of  a  single  discharge  of 
material,  viewed  in  normal  position  in  corn. 

The  plug  may  readily  be  picked  from  the  corn  by  means  of  a 
needle.  The  several  discharges  are  usually  very  loosely  coherent, 
but,  if  the  second  and  third  discharges  have  been  thoroughly 
tamped  down  upon  the  first,  all  are  more  or  less  firmly  united. 
Usually  it  is  not  difficult  to  separate  the  plug  from  the  egg,  but 
frequently  they  are  so  firmly  joined  that  the  egg  is  torn  in  separat- 
ing the  two. 

The  materia]  of  the  first  discharge  is  colorless  and  translucent, 
while  tliat  of  the  second  and  third  discharges  is  opaque,  and  varies 
in  color  from  greenish  or  yellowish  to  a  starchy  white,  and  closely 
resembles  foecal  material.  Hence,  if  the  plug  consists  of  only  the 
first  discharge,  its  apparent  color  varies  mth  the  color  of  the  part 
of  the  com  in  which  it  is  situated.  There  often  appears  to  be  a 
dark  area  in  the  center  of  such  a  plug,  which  is  no  doubt  caused 


326  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 

b}^  the  dark  cavity  beneath.  The  plug  often  so  closely  resembles 
the  surrounding  surface  as  to  be  very  difficultly  distinguished,  and 
some  practice  is  required  to  locate  these  eggs.  If  more  than  one 
discharge  is  present,  however,  the  plug  is  easily  seen. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    EGG. 

The  egg  is  a  small,  glistening,  opaque,  somewhat  "pear-shaped" 
body  of  a  creamy  white  color.  The  size  varies  somewhat,  but  the 
average  dimensions  are  about  .643  mm.  long  by  .289  mm.  in  dia- 
meter at  the  largest  ]5art.  It  consists  of  an  outer,  comparatively 
tough  membrane,  filled  with  an  opaque,  sticky  fluid.  The  large 
end  of  the  egg  is  placed  toward  the  inner  end  of  the  cavity,  while 
the  small  end  is  attached  to  the  plug  in  the  mouth  of  the  cavity, 
which  does  not  agree  with  the  observations  of  Hinds  and  Turner 
(3)  who  describe  the  egg  as  having  the  "larger  end  outward  as  it 
rests  in  the  grain."  On  the  small  end  of  the  egg  is  a  small  pro- 
tuberance that  fits  into  the  pit  in  the  inner  surface  of  the  plug. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    CAVITY. 

The  cavity  is  somewhat  larger  than  the  egg,  there  being  an 
unoccupied  space  around  the  sides  and  bottom.  The  bottom  is 
evenly  rounded,  the  sides  drawing  gradually  together  at  the  mouth, 
the  diameter  of  \'\'hich  is  smaller  than  at  any  other  part  of  the 
cavity.  The  mouth  of  the  cavity  being  smaller  than  the  larger 
end  of  the  egg,  it  is  necessary  to  enlarge  the  opening  in  order  to 
remove  the  egg. 

SIGNIFICANCE    OF    THE    HABIT. 

It  is  interesting  to  conjecture  the  uses  of  this  careful  and 
laborious  method  of  oviposition.  The  point  of  ]:)rime  importance 
is  that  the  eggs  are  placed  in  such  a  position  that  the  larva;  pro- 
duced are  surrounded  by  an  abundance  of  food,  and  are  in  a  posi- 
tion where  they  are  protected  during  the  helpless  period  of  life. 
By  being  deposited  beneath  the  surface  of  the  corn,  the  eggs  are 
protected  to  a  large  extent  from  external  injury,  from  excessive 
drying,  and  from  sudden  changes  in  temperature.  While  serving 
to  increase  the  protection  from  external  injur3^  excessive  drying, 
and  change  in  tem])erature,  the  sealing  of  the  cavity  is  undoubtedly 
useful  as  a  protection  against  predaccous  and  jjarasitic  enemies. 
Incidentally,  this,  probably,  is  quite  effective  as  a  ])rotection  to  the 
eggs  and  larvag  against  gases  iised  in  fumigation. 

As  a  protection  against  natural  enemies,  the  i^lug  is  no  doubt 
serviceable,  but  it  is  not  an  absolute,  and  possil^ly  not  a  very  highly 
efficient  safeguard,  for,  while  making  these  observations,  the 
writer  noted  numerous  instances  in  which  the  predaccous  mite, 
Pediculoides  vcntricosus    Ncw]3ort  (2),  successfully  attacked  and 


May,  1914,]  The  Iridales  of  Ohio.  327 

destroyed  the  eggs  and  larvae  as  well  as  the  adult  weevils.  The 
method  by  which  the  mites  gained  access  to  the  eggs  was  by  bur- 
rowing between  the  plug  and  the  surrounding  corn,  which,  appar- 
ently, was  not  a  difficult  task. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  1897,  Chittenden,  F.  H.  Some  Insects  Injurious  to  Stored 
Grain.     Famiers'  Bull.  No.  45,  U.  S.  D.  A.  pp.  5-6,  fig.  1. 

2.  190-1,  Banks,  Nathan.  A  Treatise  on  Acarina  or  Mites. 
Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  XXVIII,  pp.  74-7(3. 

3.  1911,  Hinds,  W.  E.  and  Turner,  W.  F.  Life  History  of 
the  Rice  Weevil  (Calandra  oryza  L.)  In  Alabama.  Jour.  Econ. 
Ent.,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  230-23G,  pi."  1. 

4.  1912,  Gee,  W.  P.  The  Com  Weevil,  (Calandra  orvza 
Linn.),  Bull.  170  S.  C.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  pp.  1-13. 


THE  IRIDALES  OF  OHIO. 

Lawrence  W.  Durrell. 

Trees,  herbs,  and  vines  with  sword-shaped  or  sometimes  broad, 
netted  veined  leaves.  Flowers  bisporangiate  or  monosporangiate ; 
usually  showy  though  sometimes  small  and  inconspicuous,  with 
perianth  often  united;  epigynous,  pentacylcic,  or  reduced  to  tetra- 
C3^clic  or  tricyclic;  trimerous,  usually  actinomorphic ;  andrecium 
in  two  cycles  or  either  the  inner  or  outer  cycle  wanting  or  vestigial. 
Ovulary  trilocular;  seeds  with  endosperai;  fruit  usually  a  capsule. 

Synopsis  of  the  Families  and  Genera. 

I.     Herbs  with  erect  aerial  stems  and  parallel  veined  usually  narrow  leaves; 
flowers  bisporangiate. 

1.  Stamens  6.     Amaryllidaceae. 

(1.)     Fruit  a  3-valved  loculicidal  capsule;  plant  glabrous. 

a.  Flowers   in   long   spikes   or   racemes;   perianth    without    a 

crown.     Manfreda  {Agave.) 

b.  Flowers  solitary  or  in  umbels  with  a  crown.     Narcissus. 
(2.)     Fruit  indehiscent;  plants  villous.     Hypoxsis. 

2.  Stamens  3,  alternate  with  the  inner  corolla  segments.     Iridaceae. 
(1).     Style  branches  very  broad  and  petal-like,  opposite  the  sta- 
mens.    Iris. 

(2.)     Style  branches  not  petal  like,   slender  or  filiform,  alternate 
with  the  stamens. 
a.     Stamen  filaments  not  united. 

(a).     Flowers  not   tubular,   in   terminal  bracted   clusters. 

Gemmingia. 
(b).     Flowers  single,  perianth  united  in  a  long  tube. 

Crocus, 
h.     Stamen  filaments  united.     Sisyrinchium. 
II.     Twining   vines   with   netted-veined,    petioled  leaves,  mostly   cordate. 
Flowers  diecious.     Stamens  6.     dioscore.^ceae.     Dioscorea. 


328  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 


Amaryllidaceae.     Amaryllis  Family. 

Geophilous,  perennial  herbs  with  bulbs  or  rhizomes  and 
scapose  or  aerial  stems,  or  some  tropical  species  trees.  Leaves 
sword-shaped  sometimes  fleshy.  Flowers  iDisporangiate,  epigy- 
nous,  pentacyclic,  actinomorphoric,  trimerous;  ovulary  trilocular; 
fruit  usually  a  capsule. 

Key. 

1.     Inflorescence  a  spike  or  raceme;  plants  glabrous.     Manfreda. 

1.  Inflorescence  umbellate  or  flowers  solitary.     2. 

2.  Perianth  tubular  with  a  crown;  plants  glabrous,  cultivated. 

A^arcissHS. 
2.     Perianth  spreading,  star-shaped,  without  a  crown;  plants  villous. 

Hy  pox  sis. 

Manfreda  Salisb. 
Fleshy  herbs  with  bulbiferous  rootstalks  and  bracted  scapes, 
the  leaves  basal  and  the  flowers  in  terminal  spikes  or  racemes. 
Perianth  tubular  or  funnelform  withering  persistent;  sepals  and 
petals  of  nearly  equal  length,  united  below  into  a  tube.  Stainens 
inserted  on  the  perianth,  exserted,  filaments  flattened.  Ovulary 
trilocular,  style  slender,  exserted;  ovules  numerous;  capsule  ovoid. 

1.  Manfreda  virginica  (L.)  Salisb.  False  Aloe.  Perennial 
geophilous  herbs  J/2  to  2  feet  high;  leaves  sword-shaped,  fleshy, 
with  smooth  or  denticulate  edges.  Flowers  borne  in  a  loose  spike 
on  a  scape  2  to  G  feet  tall,  greenish-yellow  in  color,  solitary  in  the 
axils  of  bracts.  Perianth  nearly  tubular,  f  to  1  inch  long.  Cap- 
sule I  to  f  inch  diameter,  slightly  longer  than  thick.  Lawrence 
cotmty. 

Narcissus     L. 

Bulbous  herbs  with  leafless  scapes  and  linear,  basal  leaves. 
Flowers  solitary  or  several  substended  by  a  deciduous  spathe; 
Perianth  6-partcd  bearing  a  cup-like  crown  in  the  throat.  Sta- 
mens united  with  perianth  tube.  Ovulary  trilocular,  capsule 
thin- walled. 

1.  Narcissus  pseudo-narcissus.  L.  Daffodil.  Scape  about 
1  foot  high;  leaves  linear;  flowers  bright  yellow  2  to  'S  inches  broad, 
crown  serrate.     Cultivated. 

Hypoxis.     L. 

Perennial,  villous  herbs  with  short  rootstocks  and  grass-like 
leaves.  Flowers  borne  on  slender  scapes,  regular;  stamens  united 
with  the  bases  of  the  perianth  segments.  Ovulary  trilocular; 
capsule  oblong,  not  dehiscent  by  valves. 

1 .  Hypoxis  hirsuta  (L.)  Covillc.  Yellow  Stargrass.  Leaves 
linear  .J  to  12  inches  long,  |-  to  j  inch  wide.  Flowers  1  to  6 
umbellate,  bright  yellow  within,  greenish  without,  plant  villous. 
General. 


May,  1914.]  The  Iridales  of  Ohio.  329 

Iridaceae.     Iris  Family. 

Perennial  geophilous  herbs  with  narrow  two  ranked  leaves. 
Flowers  mostly  clustered,  subtended  by  bracts,  regular  or  ir- 
regular, bisporangiate  epigynous,  tetracyclic  by  reduction,  tri- 
merous.     Ovulary  trilocular  and  dehiscent. 

Key. 

1.  Style  branches  very  broad  and  petal-like,  opposite  the  stamens; 
petals  recurved.     Iris. 

1.  Style  branches  not  petal-like, slender  or  filiform;  sepals  widely  spread- 
ing or  erect.     2. 

2.  Flowers  solitary;  leaves  with  revolute  margins.     Crocus. 

2.  Flowers  several  on  a  long  scape  or  leafy  stem.     3. 

3.  Flowers  crimson  mottled;  leaves  sword-shaped.     Gemmingia. 
3.     Flowers  blue  or  white;  leaves  grass-like.     Sisyrinchium . 

Iris.     (Tourn.)     L. 

Perennial  herbs  with  horizontal,  often  woody  or  sometimes 
tuber-bearing  rootstocks  and  erect  stems  with  sword-shaped  leaves. 
Flowers  large,  borne  singly  or  panicled;  sepals  dilated  or  reflexed, 
st^de  branches  petal-like,  arching  over  the  stamens.  Ovulary 
trilocular. 

Key. 

1.     Stems  tall;  leaves  glaucous;  none  of  the  perianth  segments  crested. 

I.  versicolor. 
1.     Stems  low;  leaves  not  glaucous;  outer  perianth  segments  crested; 
perianth  tube  very  slender.     /.  cristata. 

1.  Iris  versicolor  L.  Large  Blue-flag.  Stems  straight,  2  to 
3  feet  tall,  often  branched,  leafy.  Leaves  erect,  somewhat  glau- 
cous, 17  to  30  inches  long,  }4  to  1  inch  wide.  Flowers  several, 
violet  blue,  varigated  with  yellow,  green  and  white;  perianth 
segments  glabrous  and  crestless.  Capsule  obscurely  three-lobed. 
General. 

2.  Iris  cristata  Ait.  Crested  Dwarf  Iris.  vStems  1  to  3  inch 
high,  leaves  -1  to  12  inches  long  and  ^  to  1  inch  wide.  Flowers 
blue,  sepals  crested;  perianth  1  to  1>^  inches  long.  Capsule 
sharply  triangular.  Lawrence,  Adams,  Scioto,  Pil:e,  Ross,  Jack- 
son, Vinton,  Hocking,  Cuyahoga,  TrmnbuU. 

Gemmingia     Fabr. 

Erect  perennial  herbs  with  stout  rootstocks  and  Iris-hke  leaves. 
Flowers  in  terminal  clusters,  purple  mottled.     Capsule  figshaped. 

1.  Gemmingia  chinensis  (L.)  Ktz.  Blackberry-hly.  Stem 
iy2  to  4  feet  tall,  leafy;  leaves  erect,  sword-shaped,  S  to  14  inches 
long  and  >^  to  1  inch  wide.  Flowers  several,  IJ^  to  2  inches  long, 
perianth  segments  mottled  with  crimson  and  purple  on  the  upper 
side,  obtuse  at  the  apex  and  narrow  at  the  base,  persistent  and 
coiled  together  on  the  ovulary  after  flowering.  From  Asia. 
Escaped  in  Franklin  county. 


330  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 


Crocus  L. 

Perennial  tufted  herbs,  with  narrow  leaves  arising  directly 
from  the  corm;  leaves  with  revolute  margins;  flowers  solitary, 
perianth  united  in  a  long  tube. 

1.  Crocus  vernus  All.  Crocus.  Leaves  2  to  4,  equalHng 
the  flower,  glaucous  beneath;  perianth  segments  1  to  1^  inches 
long,  lilac  or  white,  often  striped  with  purple,  throat  pubescent, 
not  yellow.     Escaped  in  Lake  county. 

Sisyrinchium     L. 

Perennial  slender  tufted  herbs,  with  short  rootstocks;  stems 
simple  or  branched,  two  winged;  leaves  grass-like;  flowers  small, 
terminal  umbellate,  usually  blue  in  color;  capsule  globose. 

Key. 

1.  Stems  simple  with  sessile  terminal  spathc;  flowers  with  perianth  3^ 
inch  long;  pedicles  erect  and  shorter  than  the  inner  bracts;  capsules  pale. 

5.  angustifolium. 

1.     Stems   slender  and   ascending,   mostly   branched,    broadly   winged; 

flowers  perianth  less  than  H  inch  long  on  recurved  pedicles.     Capsules  dark. 

5.  graminoides. 

1.  Sisyrinchium  angustifolium  Mill.  Pointed  Blue-eyed- 
grass.  Stem  stiff,  erect,  pale  and  glaucous,  winged,  edges  minute- 
ly serrulate,  4  inches  to  2  feet  high;  leaves  4  to  9  inches  long,  1-16 
to  yi  inch  broad,  serrulate;  spathes  green  or  slightly  purplish; 
flowers  deep  violet,  blue,  }4  inch  long.     General. 

2.  Sisyrinchium  graminoides  Bickn.  Stout  Blue-eyed-grass. 
Light  green,  somewhat  glaucous;  stems  broadly  winged,  stout, 
erect  or  reclined,  S  to  18  inches  tall;  leaves  4  to  11  inches  long  and 
1-12  to  ^  inch  broad;  umbels  2  to  4  flowered,  pedicels  thread-like; 
flowers  >2  to  ^  inch  broad,  ^  to  1  inch  long,  petals  sparsely 
pubescent  on  the  outer  surafce.     General. 

DioscoREACEAE.     Yam  Family. 

Slender  twining  vines  slightly  woody,  with  fleshy  rootstocks; 
leaves  petioled  and  netted-veined.  Flowers  diecious,  epigynous 
and  trimerous;  ovulary  trilocular. 

Dioscorea      Plum.)     L. 

Slender  twining  vines  with  heart  shaped  or  halbard-shaped 
leaves.  Flowers  inconspicuous  and  borne  on  pendulous  spikes, 
panicles  or  racemes. 

1.     Leaves  heart-shaped,  abruptly  acute  or  acuminate;  without  bulblets. 

D.  villosa. 
1.     Leaves  usually  cuspidate  and  often  halbard-shai)cd;  with  bulblets 
in  the  axils  of  the  leaves.     D.  bulbifera. 


May,  1914.]  Meeting  of  Biological  Club.  331 

1.  Dioscorea  villosa  L.  Wild  Yam.  Stems  slender  and 
twining,  G  tc  15  feet  long;  rootstocks  slender,  horizontal,  woody; 
leaves  heart-shaped,  9  to  13  nerved,  acmninate  at  the  apex,  thin 
green,  glabrous  on  top,  sometimes  pubescent  beneath,  2  to  6  inches 
long,  1  to  4  inches  wide,  petioled;  petiole  often  longer  than  the 
blade.  Flowers  greenish-yellow,  the  staminate  1-16  to  |  inch 
long  in  drooping  panicles  3  to  (i  inches  long;  the  carpellate  3-16 
inch  long  in  drooping  racemes.  Capsules  membranous,  strongly 
3  winged.     General. 

2.  Dioscorea  bulbifera  L.  Air  Potato.  Twining  vines; 
leaves  about  2  inches  long  and  2  tc  3  inches  broad,  petioled,  the 
petiole  longer  than  the  blade,  halbard-shaped ,  acuminate  at  the 
apex,  thin,  green,  9-nerved.  Flowers  greenish,  in  loose  axillary 
racemes.  Tubers  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves.  Tropical  Asia. 
Escaped  from  gardens  in  Aladison  county. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  January  12,  1914. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President  at  7:30 
and  the  minutes  were  read  and  approved.  The  following  were 
elected  to  membership:  Norman  Sherer,  Floyd  De  Lashmut, 
Clayton  Long,  Maxwell  Scarff,  Margurite  Ickes,  Francis  E. 
Piper,  Harold  Peebles  and  Christian  R.  Gaiser. 

The  first  paper  of  the  evening  was  by  Prof.  Durrant,  on  the 
Biology  of  the  Guinea  Pig.  Prof.  Durrant  kept  Prof.  Barrows' 
Guinea  pigs  during  the  summer  when  the  observations  presented 
were  made.  The  Guinea  pig  belongs  to  the  order  of  Rodentia, 
to  which  order  also  belongs  the  water-pig  of  South  America,  which 
sometimes  reaches  a  length  of  five  or  six  feet  and  a  height  of 
eighteen  or  twenty  inches.  The  Guinea  pig  is  very  prolific,  the 
period  of  gestation  being  66  or  67  days.  The  time  of  mating 
after  birth  is  from  five  days  to  several  weeks.  The  female  is 
from  42  to  62  days  old  at  the  time  of  mating.  As  to  the  number 
of  young  in  a  litter.  Prof.  Durrant  made  several  observations 
of  which  the  following  are  the  results: 

Four  litters  of  two  each,  twelve  litters  of  three  each,  three 
litters  of  four  each. 

There  is  a  great  variation  in  the  size  of  the  young,  but  no 
relation  between  the  size  and  the  number  in  the  litter. 

In  one  case  he  had  a  rough  coat  female  crossed  with  a  white 
male,  which  produced  a  white,  red  and  black  oft'spring.  The 
same  parents  at  a  later  time  had  a  yellow  rough  coat  young 
one. 


332  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  7, 

The  next  paper  on  the  program  was  a  review  of  Hcrrick's 
paper,  "The  Origin  and  Evolution  of  the  Cortex,"  by  Miss 
Ickes.  Instincts  are  present  because  the  tracts  have  been 
inherited;  a  dilema  is  the  cause  of  consciousness.  Consciousness 
is  not  a  simple  element,  but  is  a  cirucit.  One  of  the  basic  paths 
into  the  cortex  is  from  the  thalamus  and  the  thalamus  is  already 
complex.  The  physical  state  has  much  to  do  with  the  path  that 
the  impulse  takes.  A  lower  form  must  depend  on  its  reflexes, 
while  a  higher  form  may  detemiine  the  solution  of  its  difficulties 
by  means  of  its  cortex. 

The  rest  of  the  evening  was  given  over  to  the  discussion 
of  the  meetings  at  Atlanta  and  Philadelphia.  Prof.  Osbom 
reported  on  the  zoological  meeting  at  Atlanta.  There  was  a 
discussion  on  the  teaching  of  sex  hygiene  and  another  as  to 
whether  it  was  not  of  more  importance  to  teach  life  actions 
rather  than  morphology  in  the  first  year  course  of  zoology. 

Professor  Griggs  gave  a  report  of  the  papers  read  before  the 
botanical  society.  Professor  Barrows  reported  a  good  attendance 
at  Philadelphia  and  especially  mentioned  Riddle's  work  on  the 
control  of  sex  in  pigeons. 

Professor  Barrows  reported  that  he  had  two  tailless  cats  from 
which  he  is  trying  to  breed  a  race  of  tailless  animals.  Mr.  King 
reported  on  some  tree-hoppers  which  hibernate  on  peach  twigs. 
Mr.  Shadle  reported  that  a  fish-hawk  had  been  taken  at  Lock- 
bourne.  Professor  Griggs  tcld  of  a  collection  of  trees  of  Georgia 
that  he  saw  while  at  Atlanta. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  May  21,  1914. 


The  Ohio  S\^a/wrafc/, 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni'versity. 
Volume  XIV.  JUNE.    1914.  No.  8. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

HiNE— Diptera  of  Middle  America .- 333 

Lamb— Middle  Mishissippian  Unconformities  and  Conglomerates  in  Xorthern  Ohio  . .  344 

McAvoY— The  Panicums  of  Ohio 347 

McAvoY — Meetings  of  the  Biological  Clnb , 355 

Rice— Meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science 356 


DIPTERA  OF  MIDDLE  AMERICA. 

JFAMILY    SYRPHID^. 
JAS.    S.    HiNE. 

A  large  number  of  species  of  diptera  from  southern  localities 
have  accumulated  in  the  collections  at  the  Ohio  State  University. 
The}"  have  been  procured  from  various  sources  and  come  from 
many  localities,  ha^'ing  been  taken  by  different  collectors.  In 
working  up  this  material  it  is  my  purpose  to  consider  one  family  at 
a  time.  Having  quite  fully  studied  the  Syrphida^  I  offer  for  pub- 
lication the  following  notations  on  the  included  species.  For  the 
purposes  of  this  paper  and  those  of  the  same  series  to  follow  the 
temi  "Middle  America"  may  be  taken  to  include  a  wide  stretch 
of  territory  from  Southern  United  States  to  points  in  South 
America  several  degrees  beyond  the  Equator. 

MiCRODON  Meigen. 

Microdon  angustus  Macquart.  This  name  is  applied  to 
two  specimens  from  Bartica,  British  Guiana.  The  body  is  elon- 
gate, face,  legs,  scutellum  and  base  of  abdomen  pale  yellowish; 
disk  of  thorax  greenish  black  with  a  transverse  narrow  golden 
band ;  toward  the  apex  the  abdomen  gradually  shades  into  brown ; 
antennas  long,  scutellum  with  spines.  Total  length  14  mm. 
Microdon  angustiventris  Macquart  must  be  very  close  to  this 
species. 

Microdon  baliopterus  Loew.  One  specimen  from  Gualan, 
Guatemala,  January  20th,  1905. 

Microdon  bidens  Fabr.  Thorax  greenish  black,  scutellum 
with  the  extreme  apex  and  two  spines  pale  brown.  Abdomen 
and  legs  mostly  reddish.  Wings  unifoiTnly  fumose.  Five  speci- 
mens from  Bartica,  British  Guiana,  April  and  May. 

■  '     -  333 


334  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

Microdon  coarctatus  Loew.  A  small  bright  green  species 
with  many  of  the  wing  veins  margined  with  dark  brown.  Three 
specimens  from  Louisiana. 

Microdon  flavitibia  Walker.  Thorax  and  abdomen  purplish 
black.  Wings  fumose.  Of  the  same  form  and  size  as  bidens.  Six 
specimens  from  Bartica,  British  Guiana. 

Microdon  ruiiventris  Rondani.  Face,  front  and  thorax 
shining  green  clothed  with  golden  pile;  antennae  brown;  abdomen 
reddish  yellow  with  the  exception  of  a  triangular  green  spot  near 
the  scutcllum.  Legs  pale,  wings  nearly  hyaline.  Length  11 
mm.     One  specimen  from  Bartica,  British  Guiana. 

MixoGASTEn   Macquart. 

Fiv^e  American  species  have  been  described  in  this  genus. 
Some  of  them  might  well  be  placed  in  Microdon  were  it  not  for 
the  discinctly  clavate  abdomen  but  others  do  not  show  such  close 
relationshi]j  with  that  genus.  M.  breviventris  Kahl  is  the  only 
species  that  has  been  taken  as  far  north  as  the  LTnited  States. 
An  additional  species  was  taken  at  Los  Amatcs,  Guatemala,  and  is 
here  described  as  new.  The  following  key  for  the  separation  of 
the  known  species  has  been  compiled  in  large  measure  from 
descriptions  and  figures  that  have  appeared  in  various  publications. 

1.  Thorax  with  a  middorsal  yellow  stripe,     conopsoides  Macq. 
Thorax  not  with  a  middor.sal  yellow  stripe.     2. 

2.  The  third  longitudinal  vein  emits  a  stump  into  the  first  posterior 

cell.     3. 
The  third  longitudinal  vein  does  not  emit  a  stump  into  the  first 
posterior  cell.     4. 

3.  Wing  clear  hyaline,  legs  brown,     claripennis  n.  sp. 

Base  of  marginal  cell  and  a  cloud  along  the   third   vein  brown, 
bases  of  all  the  tibia;  light  yellow,     hellulu  Will. 

4.  The  vein  closing  the  distal  end  of  the  first  ])r)sterior  cell  ahuost 

straight,     breviventris  Kahl. 
The  vein  clo.sing  the  distal  end  of  the  first  i)Osterior  cell  distinctly 
angulated.     5. 

5.  Face  extraonlinarily  arcuate,     diniidiald  G.    Tos. 
Face  normal,     mexicana   Macq. 

Mixogaster  claripennis  n.  s]).  Lcngtli  about  10  mm.,  l)ody 
black  with  yellow  bands,  legs  generally  brownish.  Face  yellow 
on  each  side  and  black  at  middle,  clothed  with  yellow  ajjpressed 
hairs,  cheeks  black;  front  largely  shining  black  narrowed  near 
lower  third  where  there  is  a  transverse  space  clothed  with  short 
yellow  hairs,  vertex  tumid,  also  a  prominence  just  above  base 
of  antenna?.  Antennre  long,  first  segment  long  and  slender, 
second  segment  short,  third  segment  thickened  and  about  as  long 
as  the  first,  whole  antenna  black  except  the  extreme  base  of  first 
segment  which  is  yellow.  Thorax  black  in  ground  color,  humerus 
with  a  very  small  pale  s]jot,  suture  with  a  ver>'  narrow  band  of 
yellow    pile.     Scutcllum    golden    pilose.     Wings    clear    hyaline. 


June,  1914.]  Diptera  of  Middle  America.  335 

Legs  brown,  coxse  and  parts  of  the  femora  darker,  bases  of  the 
tibiae  somewhat  paler.  Abdomen  generally  black,  second  seg- 
ment narrow  and  elongate,  on  basal  half  with  two  transparent 
spots  separated  by  a  black  interval,  apex  of  the  same  segment 
with  a  narrow  pale  band,  apex  of  the  third  segment  with  a  narrow 
band  of  golden  yellow  pile,  apex  of  the  fourth  segment  and  all 
of  the  fifth  brownish.  A  male  type  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala, in  February,  lOOo. 

This  species  is  related  to  Willistons'  bellula  but  differs  from  it 
in  having  enlirely  hx'alinc  wings,  and  the  coloration  of  the  legs 
and  abdomen  is  quite  different.  Also  the  elongation  of  the 
stump  of  a  vein  from  the  third  k^ngitudinal  almost  dividing  the 
first  posterior  cell  appears  to  be  an  important  characteristic  of 
claripennis. 

B.vccHV  Fabricius. 

Baccha  callida  n.  sp.  Length  about  10  mm.  Front  with  a 
slight  prominence  for  the  insertion  of  the  anenucX,  front,  face  and 
antennae  yellow,  a  small  geminate  black  spot  on  the  middle  of  the 
front  near  the  antenna;.  Thorax  largely  yellow  with  four  black 
stripes  separated  by  yellow  on  the  dorsum,  and  an  irregular  greenish 
brown  marking  passes  beneath  the  scutellum  to  the  bases  of  the 
middle  legs;  wings  narrowly  at  base  and  along  the  anterior  border 
pale  yellowish,  otherwise  clear  hyaline;  legs  all  yellow  with  the 
exception  of  the  hind  pair,  each  of  which  have  a  pale  brown  band 
around  the  apical  third  of  the  femur  and  a  wider  band  of  the  same 
color  on  the  basal  half  of  the  tibia.  Abdomen  black,  brown  and 
yellow,  first  segment  yellow  with  a  l)lack  marking  beneath  the 
scutellum  and  a  clear  brown  l)and  on  the  posterior  margin,  second 
segment  brown  on  anterior  half,  this  followed  by  an  area  of  yel- 
lowish somewhat  intermixed  with  brown  and  this  by  a  black  band 
occupying  more  than  the  apical  fourth  of  the  segment,  third 
segment  with  a  middorsal  stripe  slightly  abbreviated  before,  an 
apical  band  and  an  oblique  marking  on  each  side  connected  with 
a]3ical  band  black,  fourth  segment  like  the  third,  fifth  segment 
with  three  black  stripes,  all  the  segments  behind  the  second  are 
yellowish  where  they  are  not  black. 

The  male  tvpe  collected  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March 
5,  1905. 

This  species  is  somewhat  suggestive  of  lineata  but  is  colored 
quite  differently. 

Baccha  capitata  Loew.  A  female  example  of  this  fine  species 
was  taken  at  Holguin,  Cuba,  by  H.  S.  Parish.  The  species  has 
been  reported  from  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico  by  previous  writers. 
Loew's  type  is  a  male.  From  reading  the  original  description  and 
comparing  my  specimen  with  it  I  find  the  two  sexes  are  very 
similar  in  coloration. 


336  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

Baccha  conjuncta  Wiedemann.  Two  female  specimens  of  this 
species  were  taken  at  Bartica,  British  Guiana.  The  head  is  short 
and  the  antenna^  are  attached  high  up  and  much  elongated  for  a 
species  of  Baccha.  The  front  is  wide  with  the  sides  parallel  gi\'- 
ing  quite  a  different  appearance  from  that  present  in  many  s])ecies 
where  the  front  is  distinctly  narrowed  aboA-e.  The  two  specim.ens 
differ  in  having  the  submarginal  cell  h\-alino  in  one  and  plainly 
yellowish  in  the  other. 

Baccha  cultrata  Austin.  A  female  specimen  from  Puerto 
Barrios,  Guatemala,  agrees  well  with  Austin's  figure  and  descrip- 
tion in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for 
1S03,  page  151.  Austin's  specimens  were  taken  in  Brazil  and  this 
record  extends  the  range  for  the  species  much  to  the  northward 
and  establishes  it  as  a  member  of  the  North  American  fauna.  The 
general  fonn  is  quite  different  from  most  s^^ecies  of  Baccha,  but 
the  characters  of  the  head  are  nearly  nonual. 

Baccha  clavata  Fabricious.  Specimens  of  this  common 
species  are  before  me  from  many  localities  ranging  from  South 
America  to  Wisconsin.  I  have  taken  it  plentifully  in  Ohio. 
Louisiana  and  in  several  localities  in  Guatemala  and  Honduras 
where  it  occurs  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific. 

Baccha  lineata  Macquart.  This  is  a  very  common  species  iii 
Guatemala  and  numerous  specimens  are  at  hand  from  Honduras 
and  British  Guiana.  The  coloration  of  the  body  and  wings  varies 
somewhat  in  a  series  of  specimens.  Williston  suggests  that  livida 
Schiner  may  be  the  same  as  lineata  Macquart  and  from  my  stud\' 
of  more  than  a  score  of  specimens  of  both  sexes  I  am  convinced 
that  the  species  should  be  called  lineata  and  that  li\'ida  should 
drop  into  synonomy.  Macquart  describes  and  figiires  the  female 
and  my  specimens  of  that  sex  are  as  near  to  the  fip;urc  certainly 
as  most  identifications  are  to  his  reproductions. 

OcYPTAMUs  Macquart. 

Ocyptamus  dimidiatus  Fabricius.  Plentiful  in  a  number  of 
localities  in  Guatemala  and  Honduras. 

Ocyptamus  funebris  Macquart.  Three  s])ccimens.  A 
male  from  Puert(^  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March  oth,  and  a  male  and 
female  from  San  Pedro,  Honduras,  February  21,  lOU.'). 

Ocyptamus  fuscipennis  vSay.  Numerous  s])ecimens  from 
Slidell,  Louisiana.     The  species  is  common  in  all  i)arts  of  Ohio. 

Ocyptamus  scutellatus  Locw.  Four  specimens  from  Boniato, 
Culja.  It  is  much  like  dimidiatus  Ijut  the  wings  are  more  suffu.sed 
and  the  body  is  not  so  highly  colored. 

Salpingog.\ster  Schiner. 
Salpingogaster   pygophora    Schiner.     A   male   specimen   from 
Boniato,  Cuba,  appears  to  be  this  species.     The  mcsonotum  is 
dark,    seutellum    light,    slighth'    darkened    across    the   disk,    legs 
wholly  yellow  and  abdomen  reddish-brown  throughout. 


June,  1914.]    .  Diptera  of  Middle  America.  337 

Melanostoma  Schiner. 

Melanostoma  fenestra  turn  Macquart.  Three  specimens  from 
La  Paz,  Bolivia. 

Syrphus  Fabriciiis. 

Syrphus  bisinuatus  Williston.     Taken  at  Laguna,  Guatemala. 

Syrphus  poecilogaster  PhiHppi.  From  Arequipa,  Peru;  La 
Paz,  Bolivia  and  from  Valparaiso,  Chile. 

Syrphus  similis  Blanchard.  From  Santiago,  Chile.  This 
species  is  very  similar  to  S.  ribesii,  but  the  markings  are  paler  and 
the  wings  are  slightly  fumose. 

Mesogramma  Loew. 

Mesogramma  basilaris  Wiedemann.  From  Puerto  Barrios 
and  Los  Annates,  Ouateniala  and  Boniato,  Cuba. 

Mesogramma  bidentata  Giglio-Tos.  From  Puerto  Barrios, 
Los  Amates  and  Santa  Lucia,  Guatem.ala. 

Mesogramma  ciliata  Gigilo-Tos.  From  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala. 

Mesogramma  confusa  Schiner.  From  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala . 

Mesogramma  diversa  Giglio-Tos.  From  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala. 

Mesogramma  duplicata  Wiedemann.  From  Puerto  Barrios 
and  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Mesogramma  laciniosa  Loew.  From  Gualan  and  Los  Amates, 
Guatemala;  vSan  Pedro,  Hondurus,  and  Holguin  and  Bonioto, 
Cuba. 

Mesogramma  linearis  van  der  Wulp.  From  Los  Amates, 
Guatemala  and  Boniato,  Cuba. 

Mesogramma  marginata  Say.  From  Los  Amates,  Guatemala 
and  Shdell,  Louisana. 

Mesogramma  polita  Say.  From  Panzos,  Gualan,  and  Puerto 
Barrios,  Guatcmal;;. 

Mesogramma  rombica  Giglio-Tos.  From  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala and  Boniato,  Cuba. 

Mesogramma  saphridiceps  Bigot.  From  Georgetown,  British 
Guiana. 

Mesogramma  subannulata  Loew.  From  Boniato,  Cuba  and 
Los  Amates  and  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala. 

Mesogramma  variabilis  xan  der  Wulp.  From  Los  Amates 
and  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala. 

Sph^rophoria  St.  Fargeau  and  Serville. 

Sphcerophoria  picticauda  Bigot.  Numerous  specimens  from 
Los  Amates,  Guatemala  and  from  San  Pedro,  Honduras.  The 
San  Pedro  specimens  were  collected  by  E.  B.  Williamson. 


338  The  Ohio  Naturalht  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

VoLi^CELLyV  Geoffroy. 

Volucella  abdominalis  Wiedemann.  Three  specimens  of  this 
conspicuous  species  have  been  recei\'ed  from  Cuba,  a  female  from 
Holguin  and  a  pair  froni  B'^miato.  The  large  size,  the  unifomi 
l^lue-black  abdomen,  yellow  scutellum  and  face  and  plain  black 
cheeks  characterize  it.     Length  Hi  mm. 

Volucella  azurea  Philipi^i.  A  brilliant  green  species,  wings 
clear  hyaline  with  a  cons])icuons  dark  spot  at  the  stigma.  Length 
1.'^  mm.     One  female  from  Santiago,  Chile. 

Volucella  boliviana  n.  sp.  Body  dark  colored,  front  and  face 
prominent  making  the  head  api^x^ar  unusually  large,  wings  hyaline. 
Length  12  mm.  Front  and  face  wide,  pale  \'cllowish  green;  front 
tumid,  antenna'  rather  small,  reddish;  face  concave  beneath  the 
antenna?,  quite  prominent  above  the  oral  margin;  eyes  pilose. 
]Mlosity  of  the  face  and  front  largely  dark  colored.  Thorax, 
dark,  scutellum  paler,  legs  black  with  the  exception  of  the  bases  of 
all  the  tibiae  which  are  red,  wings  hyaline.  Abdomen  dark  with 
mostly  dark  hair,  some  tufts  of  white  hair  on  the  outer  margins 
of  each  segment  behind  the  incisiu^es. 

Type  female  from  La  Paz,  Bolivia.  Also  a  female  from 
Arequipa,  Peru. 

At  fir.st  glance  this  species  much  resembles  a  Goniops  of  the 
famih'  Tachinidae,  l^ut  it  has  all  the  structure  characters  of  Volu- 
cella. 

Volucella  dichroica  Giglio-Tos.  Entirely  piu"plish-green  with 
unevenh^  infuscated  wings.  Length  close  to  10  mm.  A  male 
from  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Volucella  esuriens  Fabrieius.  A  large  violet  colored  species 
with  the  base  of  the  Vv^ng  distinctly  brown  before.  The  species 
is  widely  distributed  and  has  many  synonyms.  Length  IH  mm. 
Taken  at  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala. 

Volucella  eugenia  Williston.  A  specimen  from  Boniat;:),  Cuba 
seems  to  be  this  species.  Face  and  front  pale,  cheeks  black,  thorax 
dark  on  the  disk,  sides  and  scuteUum  pale.  A  row  of  prescutcllar 
bristles  and  another  row  at  the  apex  of  the  scutellum.  Wings 
nearly  hyaline,  crossveins  narrowly  margined  with  fuscus.  Legs 
dark,  tibiae  partially  pale.  Abdomen  black  with  \-ellow  on  sides 
of  first  and  second  segments.     Length  13  mm. 

I  have  made  this  identification  with  .some  hesitation  mainly  on 
account  of  the  yellow  at  Ixise  of  abdomen  which  Williston  does  not 
mention  in  his  description. 

Volucella  guianica  n.  sp.  Length  7  mm.,  entire  body  shining 
dark  green,  antenna>  and  face,  including  the  cheeks,  yellow,  wings 
with  dark  markings. 

Face  .strongly  i^roduced  forward  and  downward,  tubercle 
prominent,  front  brown  below,  black  at  vertex.  Thorax  including 
scutellum  dark  green,  a  row  of  spines  at  the  apex  of  the  scutellum 


June,  1914.]  Diptera  of  Middle  America.  339 

and  one  before  the  scutellum;  wing  largely  hyaline  and  brown, 
base  largely  hyaline,  anterior  border  pale  yellowish,  first  basal 
cell  \^dth  a  small  oblique  dark  marking;  a  large  dark  marking  at 
stigma  sending  out  three  prominent  extensions,  one  backward 
along  the  veins  which  close  the  second  basal  and  anal  cells,  another 
obliquely  along  the  vein  which  separates  the  second  and  third 
posterior  cells  and  one  outward  along  the  costa.  The  first  second 
and  third  posterior  cells  also  have  more  or  less  dark  color  at 
their  apexes.  Legs  dark  with  the  exception  of  the  apical  two- 
thirds  of  each  front  femur  and  all  the  tarsi  which  are  pale. 
Abdomen  very  dark  shining  green.  Type  female  from  Bartica, 
British  Guiana,  collected  by  H.  S.  Parish. 

Volucella  macula  Wiedemann.  General  color  metallic  red- 
dish, wings  nearly  hxaline  with  a  well  defined  quadrate  black  spot 
near  the  middle  of  the  costal  border.  Length  !)  mm.  Four 
specimens  from  Rartica.  British  Guiana. 

Volucella  obesa  Fabricus.  This  is  the  most  common  species  of 
the  genus  in  middle  America.  Body  shining  green,  wings  nearly 
hyaline  with  a  black  stiginatic  spot  and  a  black  point  at  the  apex 
of  the  marginal  cell.  Length  12  mm.  one  specimen  a  little  smaller. 
Our  collection  contains  specimens  from  Mexico,  Cuba,  Guatemala, 
Honduras,  British  Guiana  and  Bolivia. 

Volucella  perlata  n.  sp.  Face  and  front  bright  shining  green. 
Thorax  bright  green,  scutellum  and  abdomen  pale  with  shining 
irridescent  reflections,  wings  yellowish,  more  intense  on  apical 
half.     Length  9  mm. 

Face  produced  largely  downward,  green,  and  obscure  yellow 
markings  on  the  cheek,  antenna  including  the  arista  yellow,  eyes 
hairy.  Thorax  green,  scutellum  pale  with  an  apical  depression, 
three  weak  bristles  on  each  side:  legs  dark  with  purplish  or  green- 
ish reflections,  knees  pale;  wings  yellowish,  most  intense  in  the 
marginal  and  first  second  and  third  posterior  cells.  Abdomen 
pale  with  a  very  bright,  shining  irridescent  reflection.  Type  male 
taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Volucella  picta  Wiedemann.  Very  close  to  fasciata  and 
pusilla  from  the  United  States.  In  fact  Williston  suggests  that 
the  latter  may  be  a  synonym  of  picta.  Length  S  mm.  Speci- 
mens from  Gualan,  Guatemala.  The  larva  probably  lives  in  the 
stems  of  some  species  of  cactus. 

Volucella  praescutellaris  Williston.  A  modest  colored  species. 
Dorsum  of  th<jrax  green  with  \x'llow  and  black  pile  intermixed, 
scutellum  pale,  a  row  of  prescutellar  bristles  and  eight  rather 
strong  bristles  on  the  posterior  border  of  the  scutellum;  wings 
infuscated,  not  quite  so  dark  on  posterior  border;  legs  black;  ab- 
domen yellow  and  brown,  the  tip  shining.  Length  between  11  and 
12  mm.     A  male  specimen  from  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 


340  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

Volucella  scutellata  Bigot.  Mostly  plain  black,  front  and  face 
pale,  scutelluni  brown  with  stout  spinifcrous  tubercles.  Alany 
of  the  veins  adjacent  to  the  costal  border  of  the  basal  jjart  of  the 
wing  margined  with  brown.  Length  lo  mm.  Santiago,  Otiillota 
and  \'arious  other  localities  in  Chile. 

Volucella  tympanitis  Fabricus.  A  rather  small  pale  species 
with  the  abdomen  banded  with  brown.  Wing  hyaline  with  a 
brown  spot  at  stigma  and  another  near  the  apex.  Volucella 
ardua  Wiedemann  seems  to  be  a  synonym.  True  Wiedemann 
recognizes  both  as  valid  species  in  the  same  publication  but  the 
descriptions  read  so  near  alike  that  I  cannot  make  the  distinction. 
Length  9  mm.  A  specimen  from  Bartica,  British  Guiana  and  one 
from  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala. 

Phalacromyia  Rondani. 

Phalacromyia  nigrifrons  n.  sp.  A  small  dark  colored  species. 
Thorax,  including  the  scutcllum,  shining  purple,  abdomen  brown, 
front  black,  face  yellow.     Length  G  mm. 

Face  much  produced  forwaid  but  not  so  much  downward, 
yellow  without  black  markings,  antenna  yellow,  proboscis  near 
the  length  of  the  front  femora;  front  shining  black,  the  color 
changing  at  the  insertion  of  the  antennae  producing  a  pronounced 
contrast  with  the  yellow  of  the  face.  Thorax  shining  purple, 
scutellum  of  the  same  color  as  the  thorax  and  v/ith  a  distinct  im- 
pression just  before  its  apex.  Legs  all  dark  brown  with  the 
exception  of  the  posterior  tibiae  which  are  pale.  Wings  very  pale 
yellowish,  costal  border  more  intense,  a  dark  brown  point  at 
stigma.  Abdomen  dark  ycllowirh  brown,  slightly  darker  at  the 
incisures. 

The  tvpe  female  taken  at  Bartica,  British  Guiana,  Ma\^  28, 
1901,  by  H.  S.  Parish. 

Phalacromyia  virescens  Williston.  A  pale  green  species  with 
yellowish  wings.  Anterior  part  of  the  thorax  yellowish,  a  small 
dark  spot  in  front  of  the  scutellum  and  another  in  the  trans\'erse 
impression  just  l^eforc  its  apex.  Front  pale  green,  face  yellow. 
A  female  specimen  from  Bella  Vista  Yungas,  Bolivia. 

The  locality  is  some  distance  from  where  Williston's  type  was 
procured  but  the  specimen  answers  the  description  in  detail. 

Eristalts  Latreille. 

Eristalis  aemulus  Williston.  Five  specimens  from  Bartica, 
British  Guiana.  Williston  has  reported  the  species  from  Mexico  and 
Central  America. 

Eristalis  albifrons  Wiedemann.  Wo  ha\-c  the  sj^ecics  from 
Louisana,  Yucatan  and  Guatemala. 

Eristalis  assimilis  Macquart.  Numerous  examples  of  both 
sexes  from  Arequii)a  and  Puno,  Peni. 


June,  1914.]  Diptera  of  Middle  America.  341 

Eristalis  atrimanus  Loew.  vSpecimens  from  Cuba  are  con- 
sidered as  this  species.  This  and  Wiedemann's  fasciatus  must  be 
much  ahke. 

Eristalis  bogotensis  Macquart.  From  La  Paz,  Bolivia  and 
Puno,  Peru. 

Eristalis  conicus  Fabricus.  Numerous  specimens  from  Bartica, 
British  Guiana  and  one  which  is  typical  for  the  species  from  Liv- 
ingston, Guatemala.  This  is  the  first  North  American  record 
so  far  as  I  can  find. 

Eristalis  cubensis  Macquart.  So  far  as  I  am  aware  this  species 
has  not  been  recognized  since  Macquart  named  it,  but  there  are 
nearly  fifty  specimens  in  our  collection  from  various  places  in 
Louisiana  and  Guatemala  and  one  each  from  Honduras  and 
Jainaica  agreeing  well  with  its  description.  C.  W.  Johnson  says 
he  has  the  same  from  Cuba,  the  type  locality,  and  my  opinion  is 
that  WiUiston  referred  to  the  same  under  "21",  Biologia  Vol.  Ill, 
page  65. 

The  species  is  much  like  alibifrons  but  the  markings  of  the 
abdomen  are  distinctly  yellower  and  the  pile  of  the  front  is  mostly 
black  instead  of  pale. 

Eristalis  fasciatus  Wiedemann.  Numerous  specimens  from 
Bartica,  British  Guiana. 

Eristalis  furcatus  Wiedemann.  Specimens  from  various  places 
in  Guatemala.  Common  on  the  west  shore  of  Lake  Amatitlan 
in  low  ground  February  7th. 

Eristalis  minutalis  WiUiston.  A  single  example  from  San 
Pedro,  Honduras,  February  25,  1905.  Collected  by  E.  B.  William- 
son. 

Eristalis  obsoletus  Wiedemann.  Taken  at  several  stations 
in  Guatemala  during  the  first  part  of  February. 

Eristalis  philippi  Schiner.  Three  specimens  from  Chile. 
The  type  came  from  Chile. 

Eristalis  pusillus  Macquart.  Said  to  be  the  same  as  Eristalis 
tricolor  of  Jaennicke.     From  several  places  in  Guatemala. 

Eristalis  ruficeps  Macquart.  A  specimen  from  Coroico 
Yungas,  Bolivia  has  many  characters  with  ruficeps  although  it 
may  not  be  that  species. 

Eristalis  rufiventris  Macquart.  Rather  common,  flying  near 
the  margin  of  a  stagnant  pond  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  January 
IS,  1905.     Other  specimens  from  vSan  Pedro,  Honduras. 

Eristalis  scutellaris  Fabricius.  From  Los  Amates,  Sanarate 
and  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala  and  from  Bartica,  British  Guiana, 
more  than  a  dozen  specimens. 

Eristalis  triangularis  Giglio-Tos.  Collected  at  Los  Amates, 
Gualan,  Mazatenango  and  Santa  Liicia,  Guatemala.  Others 
have  taken  the  species  at  several  stations  in  Mexico  and  Brazil. 


342  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

Eristalis  vinetorum  Fabricius.  Widely  distributed  and  com- 
mon from  southern  United  States  southward.  Lynch  reports 
it  from  Argentina  and  Macquart  claimed  to  have  it  from  Phila- 
delphia. We  have  abundance  of  specimens  from  Cuba,  Guate- 
mala, British  Guiana  and  Louisiana. 

Lycastrirhyncha  Bigot. 
Lycastrirhyncha  nitens  Bigot.     One  specimen  of  this  extra- 
ordinary species  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala  near  the  middle 
of  January  1905. 

Meromacrus  Rondoni. 

Meromacrus  acutus  Fabricius.  One  specimen  from  Los 
Amates,  Guatemala.  The  front  margins  of  the  wings  are  widely 
infuscated. 

DoLTCHOGYNA  Macquart. 

A  genus  somewhat  related  to  Helophilus.  The  latter  genus 
is  listed  from  South  America  but  all  my  specimens  belong  to 
Dolichogyna  on  account  of  the  wide  and  prominent  front,  and  the 
exserted  sexual  organ  of  the  male.  There  may  be  some  question 
whether  or  not  it  is  advisable  to  separate  the  two  genera  on  such 
small  characters.  I  have  four  species  which  is  more  than  is  recog- 
nized usually,  but  surely  the  four  are  congeneric.  The  bibliog- 
raphy of  the  species  of  the  genus  is  given  by  Williston  in  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Entomological  vSociety,  Vol.  XIII,  page 
320  and  Vol.  XV,  page  392. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 

1.  Specimens  10-12  mm.  in  length.     2. 

Spcimens  less  than  9  mm.  in  length,     abrupta  ti.  sp. 

2.  Legs  largely  black,  face  much  produced,     nigripes  Bigot. 
Legs  largely  yellow,  face  not  so  much  produced.     3. 

3.  Markings  of  the  abdomen  bright  yellow,  at  most  only  a  trace  of 

pale  color  near  the  middorsal  line.     Legs  all  yellow. 

fascia ta  Macquart. 
Markings  of  the  abdomen  largely  pale  gray.     Legs  often  partially 
black,  variable,     chilensis  Guerin. 

Dolichogyna  abrupta  n.  sp.  Small  sized  species,  markings  of 
the  abdomen  mostly  bright  yellow.  Length  a  little  less  than 
9  mm. 

Male.  Ocelli  widely  separated  and  located  within  a  black 
area  at  vertex,  all  the  front  except  the  vertex,  yellow,  a  crescent 
shaped  area  immediately  above  the  antenna;  devoid  of  pile, 
from  thence  to  where  the  black  ground  color  begins  with  pronii- 
nent  dark  pile;  the  black  vertex  and  rear  of  the  head  with  yellow 
pile.  Front  prominent  with  the  antennrc  inserted  on  the  most 
prominent  part.  Face  yellow,  mostly  naked,  cheeks  slightly 
brown  on  posterior  margin.  Dorsum  of  the  thorax  dark  and 
clothed  with  yellow  pile;  margins  next  the  insertions  of  the  wings, 
two  stripes  near  the  mid-dorsal  line  and  scutcllum  yellow;  wings 
hyaline;  legs  mostly  reddish  yellow,  some  or  all  of  the  femora 
black  or  blackish  on  basal  parts.     Abdomen  dark  above,  second 


June,  1914.]  Diptera  of  Middle  America.  343 

segment  with  a  large  yellow  triangular  marking  on  each  side,  third 
with  a  similar  shaped  marking  which  is  yellow  outwardly  and  gray 
inwardly,  fourth  with  a  similar  shaped  marking  which  is  nearly 
all  gray;  venter  mostly  pale.  Hypopygium  exserted  and  pro- 
truding forward  under  the  abdomen  to  about  the  middle  of  the 
third  segment. 

Female.  Like  the  male  but  the  markings  of  the  dorsiim  of  the 
abdomen  are  more  plainly  yellow. 

Type  male,  alotype  female  and  four  paratype  males  from 
Arequipa,  Peru,  October  28,  1S9S. 

Dolichogyna  chilensis  Guerin.  This  species  was  described 
as  Helophilus  but  if  I  have  made  a  correct  determination  it  should 
be  placed  in  this  genus.  Helophilus  pictus  Philippi  I  consider  a 
probable  synonym.  Nearly  a  dozen  specimens  from  Arequipa 
and  Puno,  Peru,  have  been  placed  here. 

Dolichogyna  fasciata  Macquart.  Helopnilus  chilensis  Walker 
and  Dolichogyna  hahni  Bigot  have  been  placed  as  synonyms  by 
Williston.  This  is  the  type  of  the  genus.  Five  specimens  from 
Santiago,  Valparaiso  and  Chiloe,  Chile,  are  determined  as  fasciata. 
The  markings  of  the  abdomen  are  mostly  bright  yellow  and  nearly 
the  whole  body  is  clothed  with  prominent  yellow  pile. 

Dolichogyna  nigripes  Bigot.  A  male  specimen  with  the  face 
produced  and  legs  mostly  black  is  placed  here.  The  middle  and 
front  tarsi  are  flattened  and  the  comers  at  the  apex  of  each  seg- 
ment are  produced  into  rather  long  appendages  thus  forming  a 
pronounced  type  of  foot  very  different  from  that  present  in  the 
other  species.  The  knees,  bases  of  all  the  tibiae  and  all  the  tarsi 
are  yellowish  while  the  other  parts  of  the  legs  are  shining  black. 
One  specimen  from  Puno,  Peru. 

ASEMOSYOPHUS   Bigot. 

Asemosyophus  bicolor  Bigot.     Two  specimens  taken  at  Lake 

Amatitlan  Fel^ruary  7,  11)05. 

Asemosyophus  mexicanus  Macq.  Two  males  and  a  female 
from  San  Antonia  Canyon,  California,  July  25,  1907. 

Xylota  Meigen. 

Xylota  chloropyga  Schiner.  A  specimen  from  Bartica,  British 
Guiana. 

Xylota  coerulea  Rondani.  Same  as  Strephus  antennalis 
Philippi.     One  specimen  from  Alhue,  Chile. 

vStilbosoma  Philippi. 
Stilbosoma    cyanea    Philippi.     This    shining    green    species 
with  red  front  and  face  and  black  antennae  is  one  of  the  most 
striking  spryphides  I  have  seen.     Three  specimens  from  Santiago 
and  Quillota,  Chile. 

Ceria  Fabricius. 
Ceria  tricolor  Loew.     Two  specimens  from  Holguin,  Cuba, 
collected  by  H.  S.  Parish,  December  23,  1904. 


344  Tke  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 


MIDDLE   MISSISSIPPIAN   UNCONFORMITIES   AND   CON- 
GLOMERATES IN  NORTHERN  OHIO. 

By  G.  F.  Lamb. 
(Published  by  permission  of  the  Ohio  Geological  Survey). 

In  northern  Ohio  there  are  two  unconformities  with  a  con- 
glomerate associated  with  each  which  occur  in  rock  of  about 
middle  Mississipian  age.  The  area  in  which  the  unconformities 
and  conglomerates  have  been  observed  include  portions  of  five 
contiguous  quadrangles — West  Salem,  Wooster,  Massillon,  Medina 
and  Akron. 

Two  conglomerate  beds  have  long  been  known  in  central 
Ohio  and  which  Herrick  recognized  as  extending  northward  into 
this  part  of  the  state.  His  conclusion  would  appear  to  be  correct, 
but  it  is  not  yet  known  that  these  beds  at  the  north  lie  at  exactly 
the  same  horizon  as  those  in  central  Ohio. 

In  his  report  on  Wayne  county  (Ohio  Geol.  Surv.  Vol.  Ill,  p. 
539)  Read  incidentally  mentions  a  stratum  filled  with  quartz 
pebbles  which  he  observed  in  a  quarry  at  Wooster.  In  the  sum- 
mer of  1912,  the  writer  examined  this  outcrop  and  noted  the 
presence  of  the  unconformity.  Later  study  at  other  points  led 
to  the  discovery  of  another  imconfonnity  at  the  base  of  the  lower 
conglomerate.  The  presence  of  these  stratigraphic  breaks  is 
evidence  of  crustal  movement  in  this  region  in  middle  Mississip- 
pian  time  that  may  have  involved  a  larger  area  than  is  at 
present  known. 

The  principal  facts  may  be  noted  briefly:  The  lower  con- 
glomerate. The  best  exposures  of  the  base  of  this  stratum  occur 
on  either  side  of  the  Killbuck  Valley  in  the  western  part  of  the 
Wooster  and  eastern  part  of  the  West  Salem  quadrangles.  The 
conglomerate  varies  in  thickness  from  about  two  feet  to  eighteen 
or  twenty  feet  as  found  along  the  Killbuck,  but  thickens  eastward 
and  is  thirty  to  forty-five  feet  before  it  passes  under  cover.  The 
basal  one  to  three  feet  is  virtually  a  bed  of  loosely  cemented 
quartz  pebbles  ranging  in  size  from  shot  to  nearly  an  inch  in  di- 
ameter. They  are  usually  ^  to  ^  inch  in  diameter,  well  rounded, 
and  quite  even  in  size  at  any  given  place.  Cobble  stones  from 
hard  layers  of  the  underlying  shale  are  frequent  and  often  lenticu- 
lar in  shape,  ranging  in  size  from  two  to  six  inches.  The  largest 
one  found  measured  two  and  one-half  feet  long  by  one  and  one- 
half  feet  wide,  and  over  five  inches  thick,  and  completely  embed- 
ded in  quartz  pebbles. 

At  every  point  where  the  base  was  well  exposed,  the  pebble 
and  cobble  bed  rests  upon  blue  shale  with  the  contact  sharp  and 
generally   with   very   conspicuous   undulations.     The   remainder 


June,  1914.]  Middle  Mississippian  Unconformities.  345 

of  the  conglomerate  stratum  is  largely  a  coarse  grained  standstone 
with  streaks  of  fine  pebbles.  This  is  followed  b}^  shale  and  fine 
grained  clayey  sandstone  up  to  the  next  unconfomiity. 

The  lower  conglomerate  three  miles  east  of  Wooster  lies  about 
six  hundred  and  twenty  feet  above  the  Berea  sandstone  and  about 
two  hundred  feet  below  the  lowest  Coal  Measure  rock  in  the 
same  locality.  These  figures  would  appear  to  put  the  time  of 
these  movements  in  the  late  Mississippian,  but  this  system  of 
rocks  is  known  to  have  been  deeply  eroded  in  tliis  region  in  Missis- 
sippian time.  To  double  or  treble  the  two  hundred  feet  would 
seem  quite  permissible,  and  it  ma}^  have  been  much  more.  For 
the  above  reasons,  the  time  of  the  movements  is  assigned  to  mid- 
dle Mississippian. 

At  Berea,  Ohio,  the  top  of  the  Berea  Sandstone  lies  at  760  feet 
above  sea,  42  miles  due  south  at  Apple  Creek  Village  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  Wooster  quadrangle,  it  lies  at  300  feet  above, 
dipping  11  feet  per  mile.  The  dip  of  the  lower  conglomerate  in 
the  same  direction,  is  almost  exactly  the  same.  This  would  indi- 
cate not  merely  a  local  upHft,  but  an  uplift  of  considerable  extent 
so  far  as  a  north-south  direction  is  concerned.  There  is  reason 
to  think  it  extended  much  farther  southward. 

The  upper  conglomerate.  This  bed  lies,  as  found  so  far,  from 
45  to  85  feet  above  the  base  of  the  lower  conglomerate.  The 
lesser  measurement  applies  in  the  southern  part  of  Wooster 
quadrangle,  and  the  interval  increases  northward.  The  dip  of 
this  stratum  southward  is  13  feet  to  the  mile  and  lies  nearly 
horizontally  from  east  to  west.  It  is  apparent  that  it  departs 
somewhat  from  a  parallel  to  the  lower  conglomerate  and  the 
Berea  due  to  differential  movement.  It  is  a  remarkably  uniform 
stratum  in  thickness,  in  composition,  and  in  tmifonnity  of  size  of 
pebbles.  From  east  to  west  it  has  been  observed  across  nearly 
its  entire  belt  of  outcrop,  and  about  twenty-five  miles  along  the 
belt.  It  is  only  one  to  three  feet  in  thickness,  is  always  largely 
and  often  purely  a  bed  of  quartz  pebbles  ranging  in  size  from  shot 
to  pebbles  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  notably  even 
in  size  at  any  one  point.  Cobblestones  from  under  rock  three  to 
five  inches  in  diameter  are  found  in  places.  Overlying  the  pebble 
bed  occurs  rather  soft,  fine  grained  clayey  sandstone  and  shale, 
typical  of  the  Logan  shale  to  the  southward,  and  carrying  the  same 
fauna. 

It  was  marine  laid  as  shown  by  brachiopods  and  crinoid  frag- 
ments. These  occur  mingled  with  the  pebbles.  The  persistency 
of  the  bed,  the  uniformity  of  its  thickness,  the  assortment  of  its 
pebbles,  and  their  well  rounded  form,  the  writer  ascribes  to  the 
work  of  waves  in  a  sea  slowly  advancing  upon  the  land.  The 
character  of  the  lower  conglomerate  indicates  that  it  was  laid 
down  in  the  same  way.     Both  appear  to  be  basal  conglomerates. 


346  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

Where  was  the  land  from  which  these  pebbles  came?  One 
would  be  inclined  to  answer  at  once,  from  the  west  and  north 
where  older  rocks  now  occur.  But  this  leaves  a  structural  feature 
observed  in  both  conglomerates  rather  hard  to  explain.  At  dif- 
ferent points  south-east  of  Wooster,  the  upper  conglomerate  is 
found  to  be  cross  bedded  with  bedding  planes  dipping  sharply 
toward  the  north.  In  the  northwestern  part  of  the  Massillon, 
the  southwestern  part  of  the  Akron,  and  the  eastern  part  of  the 
Medina  quadrangles,  the  lower  conglomerate  shows  conspicuous 
crossbedding,  either  toward  the  west  or  toward  the  north.  It  is 
hard  to  see  how  this  structure  can  occur  in  any  other  way  than 
dipping  away  from  a  shore,  whether  produced  by  stream  current 
or  undertow  from  waves.  If  one  would  assign  the  structure  in 
this  case  to  northward  flowing  currents  along  shore,  another 
difficulty  is  met.  In  the  last  named  region  where  twenty  to  thirty 
feet  of  the  conglomerate  is  exposed  in  one  outcrop,  various  levels 
of  crossbedding  occur  in  different  directions  varying  from  west 
to  north.  This  would  seem  to  be  more  like  a  delta  deposit  of  a 
stream  flowing  from  the  southeast.  No  case  of  crossbedding  has 
been  found  which  would  indicate  that  the  shore  was  to  the  west 
or  north,  but  rather  to  the  south  and  east.  If  the  interpretation 
of  this  structure  be  correct,  it  points  to  the  presence  of  a  land 
mass  where  we  have  thought  there  was  open  sea. 

The  existence  of  these  unconformities  in  middle  Mississippian 
rock  would  seem  to  throw  light  on  the  time  of  the  very  numerous 
small  folds  found  in  the  Medina  quadrangle  and  only  less  numerous 
in  a  number  of  other  quadrangles  eastward  to  the  Pennsylvania 
state  line.  They  rarely  occur  where  the  Pennsylvanian  is  exposed 
above,  hence  the  uncertainty  of  assigning  them  to  that  age  or 
later.  Some  of  them  very  lilcely  belong  to  post  Mississippian 
time,  but  it  should  be  stated  that  so  far  as  observed  they  are  much 
less  numerous  in  the  Pennsylvanian  than  in  the  Mississippian  and 
particularly  in  the  Mississippian  below  the  conglomerate  horizons. 
One  very  clear  case  occurs  in  an  outcrop  in  the  north-cast  comer 
of  the  Medina  quadrangle  in  a  ravine  one-half  niilc  southwest 
of  Hinckley  village,  where  the  horizontal  beds  of  the  Sharon 
conglomerate  (base  of  Pennsylvanian)  rest  upon  the  upturned 
edges  of  the  Mississippian.  The  top  of  the  latter  here  is  about  430 
feet  above  top  of  the  Berea,  or  more  than  150  feet  below  the  hori- 
zon of  the  lower  conglomerate.  The  contact  is  sharp  and  the 
layers  of  shale  are  inclined  about  twenty-fi\-c  degrees. 

If  these  conglomerates  described  above  are  the  same  beds 
found  in  the  central  part  of  the  state  and  southward,  which  would 
appear  to  be  true,  it  implies  the  presence  of  associated  uncon- 
formities wherever  they  occur. 


June,  1914.]  The  Panieums  of  Ohio.  347 

THE  PANICUMS  OF  OHIO. 

Blanche  McAvoy. 

This  study  of  the  Panieums  of  the  state  and  the  distribution 
as  given  for  each  species  are  based  on  specimens  in  the  state 
herbarium  at  the  Ohio  State  University.  All  of  the  Panieums 
in  the  herbarium  were  studied  and  their  identification  revised 
b}^  Hitchcock  and  Chase  of  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  while  the}"  were  preparing  their  material  for  "The 
North  American  Species  of  Panicum."  It  was  thought  advisable 
not  to  include  any  records  of  plants  not  so  identified  as  it  is  some- 
times difficult  to  discover  the  exact  species  from  the  older  names 
used  a  few  }'ears  ago. 

Panicum  L. 

Perennial  or  annual  grasses;  inflorescence  usually  a  panicle, 
rarely  a  raceme;  spikelet  two-flowered,  but  the  upper  flower  either 
staminate,  sterile  or  reduced;  the  empty  glumes  unequal,  the  outer- 
most one  often  minute;  lemma  and  palet  of  the  perfect  flower 
indurated;  margin  of  the  lemma  inrolled;  grain  freely  inclosed 
within  the  flowering  glumes. 

Key. 
1.     Basal  leaves  like  those  of  the  stem.     2. 

1.  Basal  leaves  unlike  those  of  the  stem.     10. 

2.  Basal  leaf-sheaths  compressed,  often  keeled.     3.     (Agrostia). 

2.  Basal  leaf-sheaths  roimd,  little  flattened,  never  keeled.     4. 

3.  Fnht  stipitate.     Panicum  stipitatunt.     (2). 

3.  Fruit  not  stipitate.  -  Panicum  agrostoides.     (1). 

4.  Leaf-sheaths  smooth,  panicle  smooth;  tall  perennials  having  long  root- 

stocks  or  stolons  with  numerous,  small,  broad,  scale-leaves. 

Panicum  virgatum.     (3). 

4.  Leaf-sheaths  pubescent,    or   if   smooth,    then   the   branches   of   the 

panicle  pubescent;  annuals.     5. 

5.  Leaf-sheaths  smooth,  panicle  branches  rough  pubescent. 

Panicum  dichotomiflorum.     (4). 

5.  Leaf-sheaths  pubescent.     6. 

6.  Spikelets  ovate,  more  than  3^  inch  long,  spikelets  close. 

Panicum  miliacium. 

6.  Spikelets  lanceolate  or  ellii)tic,   less    than  3^  inch    long;   spikelets 

distant.     7. 

7.  Panicle  narrow,  branches  of  the  panicle  ascending;  spikelet  less  than 

3^  inch  long.     Panicum  flexile.     (8). 

7.  Panicle  spreading  when  mature;  spikelet  xe  infh  or  l<?ss  long.     8. 

8.  Panicle  very  large,  usually  3^  the  plant.      Panicum  capullare.     (6.) 

8.  Panicle  not  so  large,  usually  \  of  the  plant.     9. 

9.  Stem  delicate;  leaf  blade  less  than  3^4  inch  wide. 

Panicum  philadelphicuni.     9. 
9.     Stem  stout;  leaf-blade  usually  3^  to  %  inch  wide. 

Panicum  gattingeri.     (7). 
10.     Leaf-blades  3^  way  up  the  stem  less  than  3^  inch  wide,  attenuate  to 

cordate  at  the  base.     IL 
10.     Leaf-blades  3^  way  up  the  stem  3^   inch  or   more  wide,  usually  cor- 
date to  clasping  at  the  base.     30. 


348  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

11.     Spikelets  3^  inch  long  or  more.     12. 

11.  Spikelets  less  than  J^  inch  long,  usually  about  re  inch.     22. 

12.  Leaves  less  than  j^  inch  wide  and  about  18  times  as  long  as  wide. 

Paniciim  depauperatnm.     (10). 

12.  Leaves  more  than  3-:4  inch  wide,  and  not  elongated.     1.3. 

13.  Upper  surface  of  the  leaves  glabrous.     14. 

13.  Upper  surface  of  the  leaves  pubescent.     Panicum  leibergii.     (24). 

14.  Outer  empty  glume  \  as  long  as  the  spikelet.  short  acute. 

Panicum  scrihnerianum.     (25). 

14.  Outer  empty  glume  J^  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  long  acuminate. 

Panicum  xanthophysum.     (26). 

15.  Stem  siinple  or  with  basal  branches  only.     16. 

15.  Stem  at  length  faciately  branched.     22. 

16.  Hairs  on  the  leaf  sheath  almost  an  3^  inch  long  or  longer,  spreading, 

usually  dense.       Panicum  linearifolium.     (11). 

16.  No  hairs  on  the  leaf  sheath,  or  with  hairs  less  than  j^  inch  long, 

sometimes  ciliate  on  the  margin.     17. 

17.  Leaf  blade  xs  inch  or  less  wide,  usually  18  or  more  times  as  long 

as  wide;  spikelets  usually  glabrous.     18. 

17.  Leaf-blade  usually  much  more  than  34  inch  wide,  never  more  than 

8  times  longer  than  wide;  spikelets  more  or  less  pubescent.     20. 
IS.     Leaves  much  elongated;  often  6  to  10  inches  long,  attenuate  at  the 
base.     Panicum  zverneri.     (12). 

18.  Leaves  not  elongated;  generally  less  than  33^  inches  long,  not  at- 

tenuate at  the  base,  spikelet  less  than  }/$  inch. 

Panicum  bicknellii.     (13). 

19.  Spikelets  roundish,  not  over  j^  inch  long.     20. 

19.  Spikelets  oblong-eliptic  oreliptic,  usually  j^  inch  or  more  long.    21. 

20.  Nodes  pubescent  with  appressed  hairs,  base  of  the  leaves  ciliate, 

panicle  nearly  as  wide  as  long.     Pafiicum  sphaerocarpon.     (14.) 

20.  Nodes  glabrous,  base  of  the  leaves  not  ciliate,  panicle  not  more  than 

3^2  wide  as  long.     Panicum  polyanthes.     (15). 

21.  Stems  pubescent.     Panicum-  tsugetorum.     (23). 

21.  Stems  glabrous.     Panicum  horeale.     (18). 

22.  Spikelets  glabrous.     23. 

22.  Spikelets  pubescent.     24. 

23.  Nodes  densely  bearded.      Panicum  microcurpon.     (17). 

23.  Nodes  not  bearded.     Panicum  dichotomum.     (16). 

24.  Ligule  at  the  top  of  the  leaf  sheath  minute  or  al^sent.     25. 

24.  Ligule   present.     26. 

25.  Nodes  of  the  main  stein  glabrous  or  with  a  few  hairs. 

Panicum  boreale.     (18). 

25.  Nodes  of  the  main  stem  crisp  pubescent. 

Panicum  ashei.     (27). 

26.  Upper  sheaths  glalirous  (ciliate  on  the  margin). 

Panicum  lindheimcri.      (19). 

26.  All  of  the  sheaths  pubescent.     27. 

27.  Upper  surface  of  the  leaves  glabrous,  except  for  a  few  long  hairs 

near  the  base.     Panicum  tsugetorum.     (23). 

27.  Upper  surface  of  the  leaves  pilose.     28. 

28.  Outer  empty  glume  acute;  spikelet  xe  inch  long  pubescence  on  the 

sheath  more   than  xg-  inch   long.      Panicum.  viUosissimum.     (21). 

28.  Outer  empty  glume  blunt;  spikelet  less  than  -^  inch    long;  pubes- 

cence on  the  sheaths  not  so  dense  and  less  than  j^  inch  long.     29. 

29.  Upper  surface  of  the  leaf-blade  long-pilose;  plants  yellowish-green. 

Panicum  hauchucae.     (20). 
29.     UpiK'r  surface  of  tlie  leaf-blade  long-appressed  i)ul)escent. 

Panicum  im plicatum.     (22). 


June,  1914.]  The  Panicujns  of  Ohio.  349 

30.     Spikelet  }/s  inch  or  more  long.     32. 

30.  Spikelet  less  than  J/g  inch  long.     31. 

31.  Spikelet  less  than  j^  in  long.     Panicum  polynnthes.     (1.5.) 

31.  Spikelet  more  than  yg  inch  long.     Panicum  commutatum.     (2S). 

32.  Leaf    sheaths    mostly   pappilose-hispid;    nodes    glabrous    or    short 

pubescent.      Panicun:   clanJcslinum.      (31). 

32.  Leaf-sheaths  glabrous  or  soft-pubescent.     33. 

33.  Nodes  glabrous.     Panicum  latifolium.     (29). 

33.  At  least  the  lower  nodes  pubescent  or  bearded.     34. 

34.  Lower   surface   of   the   leaf   blade   velvety-pubescent;   leaf-sheaths 

hairy.     Panicum  bosrii  molJe.     (.30a). 

34.  Lower  surface  of  the  leaf  blade  not  velvety-pubescent.     .35. 

35.  Panicle  narrow,  its  branches  appressed,  rarely  a  little  spreading; 
upper  nodes  at  least,  not  bearded.     Panicum  xanthophysum.    (26). 

35.     Panicle  open,   its  branches  spreading;  the  nodes  appressed-pubes- 
cent.      Panicum   hoscii.      (30). 

SPECIES    DESCRIPTIONS. 

1 .  Panicum  agrostoides  Spreng.  Agrostis-like  Panic-grass. 
An  erect,  rather  stout,  glabrous,  perennial,  1/4-33^  feet  high; 
sheathes  loo.se;  blades  flat,  >i-lK  inches  long,  %-H  inch  wide; 
inflorescence  a  panicle,  ])urplish,  oblong-ovate,  6-12  inches  long, 
stiffly  ascending,  parts  of  tne  panicle  denseh'  flowered ;  spikelets 
crowded,  a  few  hairs  on  the  short  pedicel;  second  empty  glume  and 
lemma  of  the  stamina te  flower  sul^-equal.  Along  shores.  Erie 
county. 

2.  Panicum  stipitatum  Nash.  Long  Panic-grass.  A  branch- 
ed perennial  ."j-.'i  feet  high;  leaf-blade  1  foot  long,  often  purplish, 
acuminate,  and  scabrous;  inflorescence  a  pyramidal,  purplish 
panicle,  4-12  inches  long,  more  open  than  in  the  proceeding 
species;  spikelets  secuud,  acuminate,  crowded,  second  empty 
glume  and  lemma  of  the  staminate  flower  equal;  the  outer  empt}- 
glume  about  \  as  long  as  the  second;  no  hairs  at  the  base  of  the 
spikelet.  North-eastern  Ohio  to  Loraiti,  Fairfield  and  Colum- 
biana. 

o.  Panicum  virgatum  L.  Tall  Smooth  Panic-grass.  A 
tall  tufted  perennial  from  a  creeping  rootstock;  1-2/X  feet  tall, 
glabrous.  Leaves  long-acuminate,  flat,  1  foot  long,  yi-Yi  inches 
wide,  narrowed  toward  the  base,  rough  on  the  margin ;  panicle 
erect  or  spreading,  (3-20  inches  high  and  about  as  wide;  spikelets 
ovate,  acuminate;  ottter  empty  glume  acuminate,  half  as  long  as 
the  spikelet,  .3-.")  ner\'ed;  second  empty  glume  longer  than  the 
other  glumes,  .")-7  ner\-ed,  and  exceeding  the  fruit.  Low  ground, 
salt   marshes  or  prairies.     Variable.     General. 

4.  Panicum  dichotomiflorum  Mx.  Spreading  Panic-grass. 
A  glabrous,  branching  annual,  becoming  decumbent  and  geni- 
culate. Sheathes  loose,  glabrous  and  somewhat  flattened;  leaves 
(5-20  inches  long,  M-^  inch  wide,  scabrous  above  or  on  the 
margin;  panicle  diffuse  4-16  inches  long,  spikelet  crowded  1-8  itich 
long;  lanceolate,  acute,  glabrous,  sometimes  purplish;  outer 
empty  glume  %  as  long  as  the  spikelet.     General. 


350  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 


7).  Panicum  miliaceum  L.  Millet  Panic-gfass.  An  erect 
or  decumbent  annual  S-'lO  inches  high,  hispid  or  sometimes  gla- 
brous. Sheathes  papillose-hirsute;  leaves  .3-10  inches  long,  ;j-S 
-1  inch  wide,  generally  pubescent;  ])anicle  dense,  erect  or  spreading 
and  droo]jing  at  maturity;  spikelets  ovoid-acuminate;  outer 
-empty  glume  |  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  .'3-7  nerved;  second  empty 
glmne  1.']  nerved,  slightly  longer  than  the  other  glumes.  In 
waste  i^laces.     Lawrence,  Eric,  Richland  introduced. 

().  Panicum  capillare  L.  Tumble  Panic-grass.  A  stout  spar- 
ingly branched,  erect  or  decumbent  annual,  very  si)aringl\-  branch- 
ed; sheaths  papillose-hirsute;  leaves  pubescent,  ()-12  inches  long; 
A  to  f  inches  wide;  ])aniclc  very  large  and  diffuse,  included  until 
maturity;  sjnkelcts  about  ^  inch  long;  outer  empty  glume 
,' 4 -/■2  as  long  as  the  spikelet;  second  empty  glume  exceeding  the 
fruit.     In  dry  soil  as  a  bad  weed.     General  and  abundant. 

7.  Panicum  gattingeri  Nash.  Gattinger's  Panic-grass.  Sim- 
ilar to  P.  capillare  bnt  branching  from  all  the  nodes.  Panicles 
more  numerous  Init  not  so  spreading  or  diffuse,  lca^'es  less  hirsute. 
Moist  open  ground.     Rather  general. 

<S.  Panicum  flexible  (Gatt.)  Scril).  Wiry  Panic  grass.  A 
slender  erect  annual  yi  to  2  feet  high  with  a  few  erect  branches. 
Bearded  at  the  nodes;  sheaths  papillose-hirsute;  leaves  4-10  inches 
If^ng;  ife  fo  ^  inches  wide  or  wider;  more  or  less  pubescent; 
panicle  narrow,  4-9  inches  long,  about  half  the  entire  length  of  the 
])lant;  sjjikelets  less  than  |  inch  long,  solitary  at  the  ends  of 
the  branchlets;  outer  emuty  glume  ^4  as  long  as  the  spikelet; 
second  empty  glume  long  acuminate.  Adams,  Champaign, 
Madison,  Franklin,  Erie,  Cuyahoga. 

i).  Panicum  philadelphicum  Beruh.  Philadeli)hia  Panic- 
grass.  A  slender  erect,  frceh'-branching  annual,  decumbent  at 
the  base,  (i-lO  inches  high.  Leaves  less  than  4  inches  long,  yV 
to  1^  inch  wide;  ])anicle  \  the  entire  length  of  the  plant,  few 
flowered,  spikelet  ^^  inch  long,  solitary  or  in  2's  at  the  end  of  the 
divergent  branchlets,  eliptic,  acute,  smooth;  outer  empty  glume 
\  the  length  of  the  spikelet;  inner  empty  glume  and  lemma  of  the 
sterile  flower  equal  and  barely  longer  than  the  fruit.  In  dry 
woods  or  sandy  shores.     Ottawa  count)'. 

10.  Panicum  depauperatum  Muhl.  Slar\ed  Panic-ura.ss. 
An  erect  or  ascending  dichotomous  perennial,  S-Hl  inches  high. 
Nodes  ascending  pubescent;  u]j])er  sheaths  shorter  than  the 
internodes,  glabrous  or  pilose;  leaves  erect,  elongated,  iV  to  | 
inch  wide;  ])rimary  j)anicle  nuich  exserted,  lower  panicle  often 
hidden  in  the  leaves;  spikelets  \  inch  long,  glabrous,  acute;  the 
.second  empty  glume  extending  beyond  the  fruit.  In  dry  soil. 
Cu\-ahoga  countw 

1  1 .  Panicum  linearifolium  Scrib.  Linear-leaf  Panic-grass. 
A  densely  tufted  jierennial,  S-22  inches  high;  culms  glabrous,  erect, 


June,  1914.]  TJw  Panicums  of  Ohio.  351 

very  slender,  spreadin.tj  or  drooping;  sheaths  as  long  or  longer  than 
the  intemodes;  leaves  glabrous  or  pilose,  especially  on  the  lower 
surface;  4-10  inches  long,  re  to  |  inch  wide;  primary  |)anicle 
l(X)sc  and  open;  spikelets  obtuse  or  acutish,  pubescent  with  sijread- 
ing  hairs;  outer  empty  glume  J'4  to  ^  as  long  as  the  spikelet.  In 
woods.     Rather  general. 

12.  Panicum  werneri  Scrib.  Werner's  Panic-grass.  A 
smooth,  light  colored,  tufted,  sparingly  l)ranched  or  simple 
perennial  (5-1 S  inches  tall.  Leaves  erect,  linear,  acuminate  2-4 
inches  long,  |  to  A  i^^ch  wide;  panicle  loose  and  open  and 
iTsually  included  within  the  leaves;  spikelets  1^  inch  long, 
somewhat  pubescent;  cuter  empty  glume  ^4  as  long  as  the  spike- 
let,  1  nerved;  the  second  empty  glume  7  nerved.  In  the  dryer 
parts  of  swam] )s.     Lake,  Cuyahoga,  Franklin,  Athens. 

13.  Panicum  bicknellii  Nash.  Bricknell's  Panic-grass.  A 
slender,  erect  or  decumbent  perennial  8-1  (>  inches  tall.  Lower 
intemodes  puberulent;  sheaths  ciliate  on  the  margins,  the  lower 
ones  pubescent;  leaves  ciliate  and  narrow  at  the  base,  erect,  linear- 
lanceolate,  primary  leaves  3-7  inches  long,  |  to  fa  "ich  wide; 
panicle  3-4  inches  or  less  long,  the  primary  ones  longer  than  the 
.secondary  ones ;  spikelet  oval,  or  ovate,  pubescent,  hairs  ascend- 
ing; outei  empty  glume  1 -nerved;  the  second  empty  glume  9- 
nerved.     Dry  worlds.     Oallia  cmnty. 

14.  Panicum  sphaerocarpon  Ell.  Round -fruited  Panic- 
grass.  An  almost  simple,  usually  erect  perennial  with  somewhat 
pubescent  nodes.  vSheaths  shorter  than  the  intemodes,  ciliate 
on  the  margin,  glabrous;  leaves  1-4  inches  long,  |  to  |  inch  wide, 
acuminate,  ciliate  toward  the  base;  panicle  ovoid,  long-ex serted, 
\-'S}4  inches  long,  loosely  flowered;  spikelets  greeni.sh  to  purplish, 
j^  inch  or  less  long.  Dry  or  sandy  soil.  Cuyahoga,  Summit, 
Tnunbull,  Hocking,  Scioto. 

15.  Panicum  polyanthes  Schultes.  Many-flowered  Panic- 
grass.  An  erect,  smooth,  light-green  ]jerennial  1  to  ;>  feet  tall. 
Sheaths  usually  longer  than  the  intemodes;  leaves  ciliate  toward 
the  base,  long-acuminate,  all  of  about  the  same  size,  5  to  S  inches 
long;  y2  to  1  inch  wide;  panicle  3  to  9  inches,  longer  than  wide, 
l-iranches  slender;  spikelets  rs  i'lch  long,  numerous,  ovoid  to 
sijhcrical;  outer  emjjty  glume  minute;  .second  em]jty  glume  7 
nerved.     Woods.     Fairfield.  Hocking,  Jackson. 

16.  Panicum  dichotomum  L.  Forked  Panic-grass.  A 
smooth  perennial  or  having  the  lower  nodes  barked,  erect,  purjjlish 
from  a  rootstock.  Sheaths  about  l^  the  length  of  the  intemodes; 
leaves  light  green  to  purplish,  spreading,  2  to  4  inches  long,  I  to 
J  inch  wide;  panicle  ij^  to  3^^  inches  long,  primary  ])anicle 
much  cxsertcd,  secondary  panicle  included;  few  spikelets  borne  at 
the  ends  of  the  long,  flexuous  branches  of  the  panicle;  spikelets 
^  inch  long,  glaln'ous,   or  rarely  pubescent;   outer  empty  glume 


352  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

minute,  second  empty  glume  shorter  than  tho  fruit,  faintly  nerved. 
Woods.  Rather  general.  No  specimens  from  the  nonhwestcrn 
counties. 

17.  Panicum  microcarpon  Aluhl.  Small  fiaiited.  Panic- 
grass.  A  perennial,  simi)le  at  first,  later  densely  branched, 
prostrate  or  leaning,  reflexed  barbs  at  the  nodes.  The  primary 
leaves  3  to  4J^^  inches  long,  1-2  inch  wide,  secondary  leaves  1  to  2 
inches  long,  re  to  |  inch  wide,  smooth;  prmary  ])anicle  long 
exserted,  rigid,  .'!  to  4K  inches  long;  secondary  panicle  smaller, 
lax  and  included;  spikelets  about  ^  inch  long,  purplish,  glab- 
rous; outer  empty  glume  ^  as  long  as  the  spikclet;  second  empty 
glume  slightl\'  longer  than  the  spikelct.  Aloist  soil.  Cuyahoga, 
Lorain,  Erie,  Fairfield,  Hocking,  Jackson,  Adams. 

IS.  Panicum  boreale  Nash.  Northern  Panic-grass.  An 
erect,  simple,  ])erennial  1-2  feet  tall,  later  becoming  somewhat 
branched  and  decumbent.  Leaves  erect,  glabrous  or  rarely 
puberulent  beneath,  sparingh'  ciliate  toward  the  base;  Panicle 
2  to  -f  inches  long;  narrow,  ascending  and  spreading  loosely  flower- 
ed; spikelets  ^  inch  or  slightly  longer,  outer  empty  glum(>  | 
as  long  as  the  second  empty  glume;  second  empty  glume  as  long^ 
as  the  fruit.     Moist  open  ground  or  woods.     Fulton  county. 

19.  Panicum  lindheimeri  Nash.  Lindheimer's  Panic-grass. 
An  erect  or  spreading  dichotomous  perennial,  glabrous,  or  pubes- 
cent below.  Nodes  swollen,  internodes  longer  than  the  slieaths 
ligulc  of  hairs  at  the  top  of  leaf  sheath  i^  to  ^/,s2  inches  long; 
leaves  2  to  3>4  inches  long,  ^'  to  i^  inches  wide;  ascending  when 
young  with  a  few  hairs  on  the  margin  of  the  base,  glabrous  above 
and  glabrous  or  puberulent  below;  primary  ])anicle  long-exserted 
1  to  2}4  inches  long,  about  as  broad  as  long,  loosely  flowered,  as- 
cending or  s])reading;  spikclet  somewhat  ])ubescent,  purplish,  less 
than  i^o  hich  long;  outer  empty  glume  minute;  second  empty 
glume  shorter  than  the  fruit.  vSandy  woods  and  oi)cn  grounds. 
Ashtabula,  Hocking. 

20.  Panicum  hauchucae  Ashe.  Hair\-  Panic-grass.  A  pw- 
ennial,  erect  and  simple  at  first,  later  profusely  branched  and  some- 
what decumbent.  Nodes  barbed;  sheaths  pa])illo.se-hirsule; 
ligule  of  hairs  ^  inch  or  less  long;  leaves  erect  or  spreading,  thin. 
lax  or  firm,  u])]jer  .surface  pilose,  lower  surface  apj^rcsscd-pubes- 
cent  with  a  luster;  panicle  2  to  4  inches  long,  .secondary  shorter 
than  the  jjrimary,  branches  ascending  or  spreading;  spikelets 
pubescent,  l-Ki  inch  or  less  long;  outer  empty  glume  minute; 
second  empty  glume  papillose-pilose,  slightly  .shorter  than  the 
fruit.     Prairies  or  open  ground.     General. 

21.  Panicum  villosissimum  Nash.  Villous  Panic-gra.ss.  A 
villous,  olix'c  green,  erect  or  ascending  slender  perennial.  Sheaths 
villous  with  spreading  hairs,  ligule  at  the  top  of  leaf  sheath  I  to 
^   inch    long;   leaves   firm,   ascending,    2^4   ^<^    '    inclies   long,    I 


June,  1914.]  The  Panicums  of  Ohio.  353 

to  f  inch  wide,  slightly  involute  toward  the  end,  pilose  on  both 
surfaces,  hairs  appressed  on  the  upper  surface;  primary  panicle 
long-exserted  or  equaled  by  the  uppermost  leaf,  loosely  flowered ; 
spikelets  a  little  more  than  ^  inch  long,  obovate  to  eliptic, 
densely  pubescent  with  short  spreading  hairs;  outer  empty  glume 
a  little  less  than  ^  as  long  as  the  second  empty  glume;  second 
empty  glume  a  little  shorter  than  the  fruit.  Sand}'  or  dry  soil. 
Cuyahoga,  Eric,  Licking. 

22.  Panicum  implicatum  Scrib.  Slender  stemmed  Panic- 
grass.  A  slender,  more  or  less  pubescent  tufted  and  erect  peren- 
nial. Sheaths  shorter  than  the  intemodes,  papillose-pilose;  ligule 
at  the  top  of  the  leaf  sheath  j^  inch  or  less;  leaves  1  to  3  inches 
long,  i  to  J  inch  wide,  erect,  lanceolate,  fimi,  upper  surface 
pilose,  hairs  erect,  hairs  on  the  lower  siirface  appressed;  ])anicle 
open,  wide-spreading,  flcxuous,  1^4  to  2  inclK^s  long,  branches 
sometimes  tangled;  spi]<:elets  about  ^  inch  long,  obovoid, 
obtuse,  papillose-pilose;  outer  empty  glume  almost  ^^  as  long  as 
the  spikelet,  pubescent;  second  empty  glume  equaling  the  fruit. 
Wet   soil.     Gallia   county. 

23.  Panicum  tsugetorum  Nash.  Hemlock  Panic-grass.  A 
iDluish-green  or  purplish,  sbnder  perennial,  10  to  20  inches  ascend- 
ing or  spreading,  often  geniculate  below.  Sheaths  appressed 
pubescent,  shorter  than  the  intemodes;  leaves  2  to  2^4  inches  long, 

1  to  J  inch  wide,  minutely  appressed-pubescent  beneath, 
glabrous  above  or  with  a  few  hairs  near  the  base  or  margin;  panicle 
loosely  flowered,  branches  ascending  or  spreading;  spikelets  about 
1^  inch  long,  broadly  ovate,  pubescent;  outer  empty  glunie  | 
as  long  as  the  spikelet;  second  empty  ghrnie  equalling  the  fruit. 
Sandy  woods.     Defiance,  vStnnmit. 

24.  Panicum  leibergii  (Vasey)  Scril3.  Leiberg's  Panic-grass. 
A  perennial  1  to  2>2  feet  tall,  scabrous  at  least  below  the  nodes. 
Sheaths  sometimes  longer  than  the  intemodes,  papillose-hispid, 
hairs  spreading;  ligule  minute;  leaves  ascending,  lanceolate,  ciliate 
near  the  base,  pa]jilose-hispid  on  both  sides  or  almost  glabrous 
above,  3  to  (>  inches  long;  panicle  3  to  0  inches  long,  less  than  ^ 
as  wide,  branches  ascending;  spikelets  |  inch  long,  papillose- 
hirsute  with  spreading  hairs;  outer  empty  glume  ^2  as  long  as 
the  spikelet,  1  to  '.]  nerved;  second  empty  glume  oval,  V  to  9  nerved. 
Dry  soil.     No  specimens. 

25.  Panicum  scribnerianum  Nash.  Scribner's  Panic-grass. 
An  erect  perennial  (i  to  14  inches  high,  in  clumps.  Sheaths 
ipapillosc-hispid  or  nearly  glabrous;    ligule  ^'32  inch  long;   leaves 

2  to  4  inches  long;  |  to  iV  inch  wide,  sometimes  ciliate  toward 
the  base;  panicle  short-exserted,  \}4  to  3 J/2  inches  long;  spikelets 
I  inch  long,  turgid,  obtuse,  slightly  pubescent,  outer  empty 
glume  minute,  second  empty  glume  shorter  than  the  fruit.  Sandy 
or  dry  soil.     Cuyahoga,  Erie,  Wood,  Franklin. 


354  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 

26.  Panicum  xanthophysum  Gr.  Slender  Panic-grass.  A 
tufted,  yellowish-green  ascending  jjercnnial  1  to  2  feet  tall,  simple. 
Sheaths  loose,  sparing!}'  i)apillose-pubescent ;  ligule  minute ;  lea\'cs 
3  to  G  inches  long,  j  to  f  inch  wide,  often  widest  at  the  middle, 
strongly  nerved,  glabrous  excejjt  near  the  ciliate  base;  panicle 
short  to  long  cxscrtcd,  few  flowered,  branches  erect;  spikclets  | 
inch  long,  or  slightly  more,  obovate,  turgid,  pubescent,  or  rarely 
glabrous;  cuter  empty  glume  about  ^a  as  long  as  the  spikelet, 
second  em])ty  glume  and  Icinma  of  the  sterile  flower  cqiial.  Dry 
soil.     Rare.     I>akc  county. 

27.  Panicum  ashei  Pear.  A.she's  Panic-grass.  An  erect, 
stiff,  usually  sparingly  branched,  purplish  jjcrennial,  in  loose 
clumps  10  to  20  inches  high.  Sheaths  short-ciliate  on  the  margin, 
pubescent,  shorter  than  the  internodes;  leaves  2  to  o}^  inches  I'mg, 
j^  to  J-2  inch  wide,  rigid,  spreading  or  ascending,  glabrous,  ciliate 
near  the  base;  panicle  2  to  4  inches  long,  branches  ascending; 
spikelets  jmrplish,  a  little  more  than  |  inch  long,  obtuse;  outer 
empty  ghmie  minute.  Dry  woods.  Cuyahoga,  Lake,  TrumljuU, 
Fairfield. 

2<S.  Panicum  commutatum  Schultes.  Variable  Panic-grass. 
A  stout,  erect,  i)v.'rennial,  glaljrous,  except  for  the  puberulent  nodes, 
<S  to  30  inches  high,  dichotomously  branched  above.  vSheaths 
glabrous  or  pubenilent  toward  the  summit,  ciliate  on  the  margin, 
sheaths  generally  shorter  than  the  internodes;  leaves  firm,  corclate 
clasping,  glal)rous  or  puberulent  2  to  4^^  inches  long,  |  to  f 
inches  wide;  jjanicle  2  to  5  inches  long,  spreading;  spikelets  less 
than  I  inch  long,  eliptic,  obtuse;  outer  empty  glume  minute; 
second  emi:»t\'  glume  as  long  as  the  fruit,  7  nerved,  pubescent. 
Dry  woods.     Ivawrence,  Gallia,  Fairfield,  Wayne. 

29.  Panicum  latifolium  L.  Broad-leaf  Panic-grass.  An  erect 
smooth,  ])erennial,  simple  or  branched  above,  1  to  .']  feet  high. 
vSheaths  smooth  and  glabrous,  ciliate;  leaf-blades  2  to  7  inches  long, 
J  to  1^2  inch  wide,  cordate,  clasping  at  the  Imse,  acuminate, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  ciliate,  panicle  2^-2  to  (5  inches  long,  short 
or  long  exserted,  rarely  included,  ascending,  rather  few  flowered  ; 
outer  empty  glume  almost  ,'2  as  long  as  the  s])ikelet,  acuminate; 
second  emjjty  glume  oval,  obtuse  9  nerved,  jjubescenl.  In 
woods.     General. 

30.  Panicum  boscii  Poir.  Bosc's  Panic-grass.  A  gla])rous 
or  minutely  ]nibescent  jjcrennial  1  to  2^  feet,  bearded  with  re- 
flexed  hairs  at  least  at  the  lower  nodes.  The  sheaths  usualh' 
glabrous  (jr  jnibescent  on  the  margin  and  at  the  summit,  leaves 
ovate  to  broadly  lanceolate,  2  to  o  inches  long,  j^  to  1}4  inches 
wide,  pubescent  l)elow,  slightl\'  pubescent  or  glabrous  abo\'e; 
panicle  2j/2  to  4  inches  long,  usually  nearly  as  wide;  spikelets  | 
to  3-16  inch  long,  ovate;  outer  empt\'  glume  ^  to  |  as  long  as 
the  spikelet.     Wan-en,  Adams,  Jackson  and  Belmont. 


June,  1914.]  Meeting  of  Biological  Club.  355 

30  a.  Panicum  boscii  molle  ( Vasey)  Hitche,  and  Chase.  Much 
like  P.  boscii  except  not  quite  so  tall  and  downy  pubescent  thm- 
out.     Hamilton,  Lawrence,  Cuyahoga. 

31.  Panicum  chandestinum  L.  Hispid  Panic-gra.ss.  An 
erect  or  ascending  rather  stout  perennial,  simple  at  first  but  much 
branched  laler  in  the  season.  Sheaths  longer  than  the  internodcs, 
papillose-his])id.  especially  the  upper  ones;  leaf-blades  2  to  S  inches 
long,  ^2  to  lJ-4  inches  wide,  cordate,  clasping,  glabrous,  ciliate  at 
the  base;  primary  panicle  o  to  o  inches  long,  branches  ascending, 
often  long-c.xserted.  secondary  ]janicles  often  inclined;  spikelcts 
I  inch  long,  pubescent,  eli]jtic;  outer  empty  glume  |  as  long- 
as  the  spikelct ;  the  second  empty  gltmie  9  nerved.  In  moist 
thickets.     General. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  February  2,  191  1. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  7:30  by  the  President, 
Mr.  Kostir.  The  minutes  were  read  and  approved.  The  fol- 
lowing were  elected  to  membership:  Eric  S.  Cogan,  Fred  Pcrr\', 
Gertrude  Bartlett,  Malon  Yoder,  Rudolf  Pintner  and  Newton 
T.  Miller. 

The  first  paper  of  the  evening  was  a  review  of  the  thesis  on 
the  study  of  "Capillary  Movement  of  Soil  Moisture,  "  by  Malcolm 
Sewell.  There  are  three  reasons  why  a  plant  may  not  get  suf- 
ficient water.  First  the  soil  water  may  be  gone,  second  the 
transpiration  may  be  greater  than  the  absorption  and  thirdly 
the  transpiration  may  be  greater  than  the  ca]Dillary  action  of  the 
roots.  A  })lant  niay  draw  water  from  a  much  larger  area  than 
that  in  which  the  roots  are,  due  to  capillary  action.  Mr.  Sewell 
then  showed  a  dozen  or  more  slides  showing  pictures  of  his  tanks 
in  which  he  grew  the  corn  on  which  he  leased  his  conclusions. 
One  tank  had  no  concrete  bottom.  The  others  had  concrete 
bottoms  in  which  he  kept  the  water  levels  at  three  and  five  feet, 
respectively.  He  found  that  the  best  results  were  obtained  in  the 
tank  without  a  concrete  bottom. 

Prof.  Osborn  next  gave  an  illustrated  talk  on  his  trip  to 
Maine.  He  said  that  there  is  little  known  about  Maine  and  that 
much  of  the  State  is  unexplored.  Much  of  the  timber  is  wasted 
by  poor  means  of  lumbering.  The  path  that  he  took  up  Mt. 
Katahden  was  that  of  an  old  avalanche.  The  trip  up  was  a  hard 
one  due  to  the  rough  out-crop  of  huge  rocks.  The  purpose  of 
his  trip  was  to  collect  leaf  hoppers. 

Mr.  Reed  gave  a  review  of  some  papers  read  at  the  meeting 
of  physiologists  held  in  Philadelphia. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secretary. 


356  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XIV,  No.  8, 


MEETING  OF  THE  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE  OF  THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY   OF  SCIENCE. 

On  the  call  of  President  Mendenhall,  a  meeting  of  the  Executive 
Committee  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  was  held  on  May  2, 
in  the  Biological  Building  of  the  Ohio  vState  University.  The 
invitation  was  extended  to  the  officers  of  the  Academy  to  meet 
with  the  Committee. 

Professors  Mendenhall,  Hine,  Walton  and  Rice,  of  the  Com- 
mittee, were  present;  also  Professors  Osborn,  Lazenby,  Mills, 
SchafCncr  and  Cole. 

It  was  unanimously  voted  that  the  invitation  of  the  Ohio 
State  University  to  hold  the  next  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Academy 
in  Columbus,  be  accepted  with  thanks.  Voted  that  the  Executive 
Committee  recommend  to  the  Annual  IN.Ieeting  of  the  Academy 
the  holding  of  a  field  meeting  during  the  month  of  May  of  1915. 

Voted  that  the  President  and  Secretary  be  authorized  to 
appoint  a  representative  to  consult  with  the  Secretary  of  State 
of  Ohio  and  to  take  such  steps  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure 
the  change  of  the  corporate  name  of  the  Academy  from  "The 
Ohio  State  Academy  of  Science"  to  '"The  Ohio  Academy  of 
Science"  in  conformity  with  the  revised  constitution  and  the 
general  usage  of  the  Academy.  Prof.  Lazcnljy  was  appointed 
after  the  meeting. 

Voted  that  the  President  be  requested  to  communicate  with 
Go\  emor  Cox  with  a  view  to  securing  closer  mutual  relations 
between  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  the  State  Government. 

A  careful  discussion  of  the  relations  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of 
Science  and  the  Ohio  NaturaHst  showed  a  general  sentiment 
in  favor  of  a  broadening  of  both  scope  and  title  of  the  Naturalist 
to  corres])ond  with  the  broadening  scope  of  the  Academy,  as 
shown  especially  in  the  recent  organization  of  a  Section  for 
Physics.  As  the  result  of  this  discussion,  it  was  voted  that  the 
recommendation  be  presented  to  the  publishers  of  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  that  the  nnme  of  that  journal  be  changed  for  tb.e 
year  191 -t-lOlo  to  "The  Ohio  Naturalist  and  Journal  of  Science,  " 
with  a  view  to  the  further  change  in  U)15-U)!(i  to  "The  Ohio 
Journal  of  Science;"  also  voted  that  the  Editor  and  Business 
"Manager  of  the  Naturalist  be  requested  to  report  to  the  Annual 
Meeting  concerning  the  advisability  of  the  financial  co-operation 
of  the  Academy  in  the  publication  of  the  Naturalist. 

Edward  L.  Rict;,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  II,  1914. 


The  Ohio  ^aturalisf^ 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBI^ISHED   BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 
Volume  XV.  NOVEMBER,    1914.  No.   1. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

Humphrey— A  Cytologieal  Study  of  the  Stamens  of  Srailax  herbacea 357 

KOSTIR— Additions  to  the  Known  Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Ohio 370 

Jennings— Publications  of  the  Ohio  Biological  Survey  374 

McAvoY— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 376 


A  CYTOLOGICAL  STUDY  OF  THE  STAMENS  OF  SMILAX 

HERBACEA* 

Lillian  E.   Humphrey. 
INTRODUCTION. 

There  seems  to  be  a  general  agreement  among  the  various 
investigators  of  the  reduction  division,  that  there  is  a  pairing 
and  conjugating,  in  the  first  reduction  division,  of  the  univalent 
chromosomes  to  form  bivalents,  but  there  is  a  considerable 
diversity  of  opinion  as  to  the  time  of  the  pairing  and  fusion. 
Allen,  Gregoire,  Overton  and  many  others  hold  the  view  that  there 
is  a  side  to  side  pairing  of  the  chromatic  elements  occurring  usually 
about  the  time  of  "synapsis."  De  Vries  also  claimed  that  there 
is  a  side  to  side  pairing,  but  was  not  certain  when  it  occurred, 
although  it  was  some  time  before  the  separation  of  the  halves 
of  the  bivalent  chromosomes.  As  a  proof  of  this  theory  it  was 
held  that,  since  a  longitudinal  split  of  the  spirem  is  discernible  in 
the  early  stages  of  the  reduction  division,  the  double  spirem  was 
the  result  of  a  conjugation  of  two  simple  spirems.  But  according 
to  Schaffner,  Farmer  and  Moore,  Mottier  and  others  the  early 
split  js  a  longitudinal  division  of  the  same  nature  as  that  which 
occurs  at  each  vegetative  karyol-dnesis.  The  pairing  of  the 
univalents  according  to  this  view  must  occur  very  early,  before 
the  formation  of  the  spirem;  and  the  protochromosomes,  which 
in  some  species  are  rather  definite  masses  and  approximate  the 
reduction  number  of  chromosomes,  probably  represent  the  end 
of  the  stage  when  the  pairing  occurs. 

*  Contribution   from   the    Botanical     Laboratory   of    the    Ohio    State 
University,  No.  85. 

357 


358  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

In  rti}''  studies,  therefore,  careful  observations  of  the  spirem 
were  made  with  the  view  of  detennining  whether  there  is  a  con- 
tinuous thread  or  whether  there  are  a  number  of  short  individual 
threads  interwoven  but  distinct  as  described  by  Lawson  and  others 
in  a  number  of  cytological  studies  of  plants  more  or  less  closely 
related  to  S.  herbacea. 

The  exact  manner  of  chromosome  formation  was  also  studied 
to  determine  whether  they  were  the  result  of  a  looping  and  a 
later  longitudinal  folding,  or  if  there  was  simply  a  transverse 
constricting  and  breaking  apart  of  the  spirem  to  form  the  chromo- 
somes as  described  by  Miss  Elkins  in  Smilax  herbacea. 

It  was  with  these  points  in  view  that  this  study  and  review 
of  the  necessary  literature  was  taken  up  under  the  guidance  of 
Prof.  John  H.  vSchaffner,  whose  assistance  and  advice  was  found 
to  be  of  inestimable  help  in  all  work  undertaken  with  him. 

GENERAL  CONSIDERATION  OF  PAST  LITERATURE  ON  THE  SUBJECT. 

Since  in  recent  years  all  except  the  latest  papers  have  been 
repeatedly  reviewed,  it  is  not  considered  necessary  to  refer  to  any 
except  such  as  have  a  very  direct  bearing  on  the  matter  in  hand. 
Those  dealing  with  plants  closely  related  to  Smilax  herbacea  are 
however  included  so  far  as  they  are  available  for  study. 

Miss  Elkins  in  her  paper,  "The  Maturation  Phases  in  Smilax 
herbacea, "  states  that  she  did  not  find  a  distinct  reticulum  in  the 
microsporocytes,  and  often  the  chromatin  bodies  were  in  pairs 
or  fours  scattered  through  the  finely  granular  meshes.  According 
to  her  account  the  multinucleolate  condition  is  the  rule  rather 
than  the  exception  and  often  the  nucleoli  have  papillate  pro- 
jections which  are  present  quite  late.  At  "synapsis"  or  contrac- 
tion there  is  nevermore  than  one  nucleolus  present  which  condition 
is  brought  about  by  the  union  of  the  nucleolar  elements,  but  often 
there  are  dark  staining  bodies  left  in  the  nuclear  cavity.  She 
also  found  that  the  nucleolus  disappears  at  the  metaphase  just 
as  Gates  found  for  Oenothera  rubrinervis.  In  the  presynaptic 
stages,  the  linin  ineshes  are  said  to  contract,  drawing  the  chro- 
matin material  together,  while  the  nucleolus  is  at  one  side  pro- 
jecting from  a  mass  of  threads.  It  is  during  this  period  that 
she  found  the  chromatin  becoming  arranged  into  an  interwoven 
beaded  filament.  The  appearance  of  the  nucleus  after  synizesis 
is  stated  to  be  quite  different  from  its  previous  condition,  the 
chromatin  emerging  as  a  homogeneous  fiJanient.  It  is  also 
vaguely  suggested  that  this  may  facilitate  proper  placing  of 
the  paired  parental  elements  in  the  chromosomes  in  the  spirem. 
She  says  that  the  chromosomes  do  not  appear  as  definitely  united 
until  the  segmentation  of  the  spirem.  After  synizesis  the  spirem 
is  a  fairly  thick  thread,  slightly  beaded,  but  in  a  short  time  becomes 
homogeneous.     She  observed  that  the  double  character  of  the 


Nov.,  1914.]  Stamens  of  Smilax  herbacea.  359 

spirem  was  discernible  at  this  time  and  at  intervals  the  spirera, 
which  is  made  up  of  previously  paired  chromatin  elements,  was 
constricted  in  some  places  to  a  narrow  thread  and  finally  separated 
into  irregularly  shaped  double  segments.  These  pieces  continue 
to  thicken  and  shorten,  forming  X  and  V-shaped  chromosomes. 
She  says  that  the  first  division  is  merely  a  separation  of  the 
chromosomes,  but  the  second  is  a  true  mitosis.  A.t  the  telophase, 
she  observed  that  the  spirem  was  disposed  about  the  periphery 
of  the  newly  formed  membrane.  The  nuclear  membrane  dis- 
appears and  the  spirem  is  spread  out  over  the  spindle  and  in  a 
short  time  the  spirem  contracts  into  the  equatorial  plane,  dividing 
into  chromosomes  which  become  attached  to  the  spindle  with 
the  open  ends  outward.  She  could  not  determine  the  exact 
number  of  chromosomes,  but  decided  that  there  were  either 
twelve  or  thirteen. 

Schaffner  found  in  his  study  of  Er^'thronium  that  the  spirem 
was  at  first  long,  slender,  with  chrornatin  granules  that  are  not 
prominent  before  the  looping.  The  spirem  undergoes  a  contrac- 
tion and  a  preceptible  thickening,  and  is  thrown  into  twelve 
loops  which  are  apparently  broken  apart  by  the  twisting  and 
contracting.  The  chromosomes  are  said  to  be  of  various  sizes 
and  seem  to  be  double.  They  are  attached  to  the  spindle  near 
the  free  ends  and  during  metakinesis  are  uncoiled  and  pulled 
apart  in  the  middle. 

In  Lilium  tigrinum,  (13),  he  found  the  chromatin  network 
forming  a  thin  spirem  with  a  single  row  of  spherical  granules. 
There  were  no  free  ends  so  this  would  point  to  the  fact  that  the 
spirem  is  continuous  and  is  also  free  in  the  cavity.  The  spirem 
was  then  found  to  be  in  a  condition  of  contraction  and  there 
was  not  any  apparent  change  in  the  spirem  after  it  had  come  out 
of  this  condition.  After  this  the  linin  thread  is  said  to  elongate. 
The  spirem  also  has  a  tendenc}^  to  form  into  loops.  Twelve 
loops  are  formed  which  break  up  into  twelve  chromosomes. 
These  are  attached  to  the  spindle  fibers  near  the  free  ends  in  the 
iTLOther  star  and  are  separated  by  a  transverse  division.  The 
split  in  the  second  division  is  a  longitudinal  one. 

When  working  with  Agave  virginica  (15),  he  found  that 
there  was  a  course  chromatin  net  present  and  the  cytoplasm 
was  dense  and  spongy.  The  chroinatin  net  stretched  out  and 
formed  bivalent  protochromosoines  which  in  turn  formed  a 
delicate  spirem  with  a  single  row  of  granules.  Synizesis  fol- 
lowed, and  in  a  study  of  the  living  material  no  contraction  of  the 
chromatin  material  was  noticeable.  After  synizesis  a  transverse 
division  of  the  chromatin  granules  takes  place  with  a  shortening 
and  thickening  of  the  spirem  which  is  thrown  into  loops  of  various 
sizes  and  pressed  against  the  wall  of  the  nuclear  cavity.  With 
the  breaking  of  the  spirem  there  results  three  ring  chromosornes, 


36o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

five  smaller,  and  four  large,  long  ones,  which  are  rather  well 
individualized.  The  chromosomes  are  attached  to  a  bipolar 
spindle  and  are  said  to  undergo  a  transverse  splitting  or  breaking 
at  the  loop  end  in  the  first  division  and  a  longitudinal  separation 
occurs  in  the  second. 

Lawson  made  a  study  of  the  microspores  of  several  plants  and 
arrived  at  a  number  of  new  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  relation 
of  "Osmosis  as  a  Factor  in  Mitosis,"  (5).  He  said  that  the 
nuclear  membrane  did  not  break  down  or  disappear  during  the 
development  of  the  spindle,  but  acted  as  any  permeable  mem- 
brane would  under  varying  osmotic  conditions.  He  gave  drawings 
showing  that  when  the  amount  of  nuclear  sap  became  very 
much  reduced,  the  membrane  drew  close  to  each  chromosome 
and  finally  there  were  as  many  osmotic  systems  as  there  were 
chromosomes  and  each  chromosome  has  its  own  sphere  of  "kino- 
plasm. "  He  holds  that  the  achromatic  spindle  is  simply  an 
expression  of  the  tension  of  the  cytoplasm  and  is  not  an  active 
factor  in  mitosis. 

In  his  paper,  "The  Phase  of  the  Nuclevis  known  as  vSynapsis, " 
(4),  he  states  that  the  condition  described  is  not  a  contraction 
at  all  and  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  fusion  of  maternal  and 
paternal  chromatin,  so  was  not  a  critical  stage  in  reduction. 
In  his  study  of  Smilacina  he  did  not  find  protochromosomes, 
but  the  reticulum  was  found  to  be  made  up  of  a  number  of  linin 
threads  which  approximate  the  diploid  number  of  chromosomes. 
Since  he  found  no  vacuoles  in  the  cytoplasm  he  concluded  that 
the  nuclear  cavity  itself  was  acting  as  a  vacuole,  since  the  spcro- 
cytes  were  still  enlarging  and  also  on  account  of  the  turgid  appear- 
ance of  the  nucleus.  By  the  stretching  of  the  nuclear  membrane, 
the  space  within  was  increased  causing  a  great  osmotic  pressure, 
which  he  concluded  facilitated  growth.  This  condition  is  probabl}^ 
synonymous  with  that  described  by  many  authors  as  "synaptic 
contraction,"  By  actual  measurements  he  stated  that  he  was 
able  to  determine  that  there  was  no  contraction  whatever.  Thus 
the  conclusion  reached  in  the  paper  was,  that  "synapsis"  is 
simply  a  period  of  growth  during  which  the  great  amount  of 
nuclear  sap  causes  the  nuclear  membrane  to  distend  and  with- 
draw from  the  chromatin  material.  This  was  all  explained  as 
occurring  before  reduction  division,  because  all  the  sporocytcs 
had  merismatic  activity  which  manifests  itself  in  the  two  divisions 
immediately  following. 

Schaffncr  in  his  paper,  "Synapsis  and  vSynizesis"  (14),  defines 
synapsis  as  the  formation  of  bivalent  chromosomes  from  uni- 
valent ones  by  an  end  to  end  fusion  and  a  subsequent  folding. 
McClung's  term  Synizesis  was  accepted  as  appropriate  for  the 
contractions  usually  observed  in  prepared  sections  showing  early 
stages  in  reduction.  Synizesis  was  explained  as  an  artifact 
probably  due  to  plasmolysis. 


Nov.,  1914.]  Stamens  of  Smilax  herbacea.  361 

Sauer,  when  investigating  Convallaria  majalis  (10),  found  that 
there  was  a  resting  period  after  the  last  archesporial  division, 
but  that  in  a  short  time  a  chromatin  network  was  fonned.  The 
nucleous  described  as  being  visible  from  the  beginning,  fragments 
in  the  later  stages  forming  several  micronucleoli.  He  sa^^s  that 
there  is  a  clear  area  in  the  nucleus  and  that  the  continuity  of  the 
spirem  is  very  evident.  After  synizesis  a  loosening  and  unwinding 
of  the  thread  begins.  The  linin  thread  becomes  thicker  and  the 
chromatin  granules  elongate.  Altho  the  spirem  is  shorter  it 
occupies  the  whole  cavity  and  the  division  of  the  granules  is 
apparent.  After  this  stage  the  doubleness  of  the  spirem  is  no 
longer  visible.  The  spirem  is  next  thrown  into  sixteen  loops 
which  later  divide  into  sixteen  chromosomes.  The  first  division 
of  the  chromosomes  in  the  microsporocytes  is  transverse  and 
therefore  qualitative. 

Miss  Hyde  found  in  Hyacinthus  orientalis  (3),  a  definite 
network  in  the  microsporocyte,  but  fails  to  discover  any  accumula- 
tion of  chromatin  material  that  might  be  interpreted  as  proto- 
chromosomes.  She  determined,  however,  that  the  complicated 
spirem  was  continuous,  undergoing  synizesis,  looping,  and  finally 
breaking  into  eight  well  individualized  chromosomes. 

Miss  McAvo3%  in  her  observations  of  the  reduction  division 
in  Fucshia  (7),  found  protochromosomes  which  seemed  to  stretch 
out  and  form  a  continuous  spirem  with  chromatin  granules. 
The  spirem  undergoes  synizesis  after  which  the  delicate  thread 
soon  begins  to  thicken  and  in  a  short  time  shows  loops  which 
lie  along  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus.  These  loops,  fourteen  in 
number,  break  apart  to  form  fourteen  chromosomes. 

The  study  that  she  made  of  Oenothera  biennis  (8),  served 
to  confirm  the  results  stated  in  her  previous  paper  in  as  much 
as  she  found  a  retici.ilum  and  protochromosomes  which  in  turn 
formed  a  continuous  spirem  that  could  be  traced  its  entire  length. 
The  synizetic  knot  is  not  so  tight  as  in  some  plants  and  even 
in  this  stage  she  was  able  to  trace  out  much  of  the  spirem.  Loops 
were  formed  which  break  apart  forming  seven  chromosomes. 

MATERIALS   AND   METHODS. 

The  primary  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  observe  the  reduc- 
tion division  in  the  microsporocytes  of  Smilax  herbacea  and 
also  to  incidentally  consider  any  peculiarities  in  relation  to  the 
degeneration  of  normal  stamens  to  vestigal  structures  or  to 
their  complete  disappearance.  It  was  found,  however,  that  the 
material  available  did  not  give  the  more  critical  stages  bearing 
upon  the  second  part  of  the  problem. 

The  material  used  in  the  investigation  was  collected  from  the 
first  week  in  May,  1913,  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  to  the  middle  of 
June,    1913,   near  the   Lake  Laboratory  at   Cedar  Point.     The 


362  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

buds  were  killed  in  Schaffner's  weaker  chrom-acetic  acid  with  a 
trace  of  osmic  acid  added,  being  left  in  this  for  twenty-four 
hours.  After  being  thoroughly  washed  in  water,  the  material 
was  dehydrated  by  passing  it  through  the  various  grades  of 
alcohol  to  70%,  where  it  was  left  until  September,  when  it  was 
passed  through  the  higher  grades  into  chloroform,  from  which 
it  was  gradually  passed  into  pure  ]3arafine  and  imbedded.  Sections 
10/x  to  13^1  thick  were  cut. 

Several  methods  of  staining  were  used.  The  first  tried 
was  analin  safranin,  which  was  a  fairly  good  stain,  but  it  did 
not  make  enough  differention  between  the  chromatin  material 
and  the  cytoplasm  to  be  easily  studied.  Next  Heidenhain's 
iron-alum  haemotoxyhn  was  used  and  found  to  be  very  good, 
staining  the  chromatin  material  black  and  the  surrounding 
tissues  brownish.  In  using  this  stain,  the  slides  were  passed 
through  turpentine,  xylol,  the  different  grades  of  alcohol  to 
water,  then  passed  into  iron-alum,  where  they  were  left  for  two 
hours;  after  being  well  washed  in  water  they  were  left  four  hours 
or  longer  in  Heidenhain's  haemotoxylin  after  which  they  were 
washed  and  placed  in  iron-alum  to  clear,  and  after  dehydrated 
they  were  mounted  in  Canada  balsam.  The  most  satisfactory 
stain  was  Delafield's  Haemotoxylin.  The  slides  were  passed 
through  the  alcohols  to  25%,  then  into  Delafield's  Haemotoxylin 
where  they  were  left  for  two  hours,  after  which  they  were  washed 
in  water  and  passed  up  through  the  alcohols  and  mounted. 

INVESTIGATION. 

The  earliest  preparations  show  the  resting  cells  after  the  last 
archesporial  division,  but  before  the  tapetum  has  become 
differentiated.  In  the  youngest  sporocytes  the  nuclei  are  small, 
measuring  9^  or  1(3^,  and  the  cells  fit  closely  together  forming  a 
compact  mass.  In  many  nuclei  there  are  several  nucleoli  present 
which  do  not  appear  spherical,  but  have  one  or  more  finger-like 
projections.  In  the  youngest  sporocytes  the  chromatin  material 
seems  to  be  arranged  in  a  loose  reticulum  (Fig.  1),  which  is  not 
unifonnly  spaced  throughout  the  nuclear  cavity,  and  is  easily 
distinguished  in  it.  Following  this  reticular  stage  the  chromatin 
material  has  a  tendency  to  draw  together  in  masses  which  are 
rather  definite  in  shape,  spongy  and  flaky  in  appearance,  and  have 
fine  threads  radiating  in  all  directions  from  the  central  lumps. 
(Fig.  2). 

There  is  a  tendency  for  these  spongy  masses  to  become  more 
compact  and  definite  in  shape,  approximating  the  reduced  number 
of  chromosomes,  (Fig.  3),  and  without  doubt  these  are  the  pro- 
tochromosomes  described  by  various  authors,  and  designated 
as  "prochromosomes"  by  Overton  and  Strasl^urgcr.  It  is  prob- 
ably at  this  stage  that  the  univalent  chromosom.es  are  paired  in 


Nov.,  1914.]  Starnens  of  Smilax  herbacea.  363 

order  that  they  may  have  a  definite  position  in  the  spirem  during^ 
the  synaptic  stages  when  the  bivalent  chromosomes  are  formed 
by  an  end  to  end  pairing  and  later  longitudinal  folding  of  the 
chromatic  elements.  By  many  investigators  "synapsis"  is  used 
to  designate  the  period  of  contraction  which  very  generally 
appears  in  the  earlier  stages  of  reduction.  But  it  is  much  better 
to  use  the  term  synizesis  as  was  suggested  by  McClung  and 
adopted  by  Schaft'ner  in  the  more  recent  of  his  cytological  papers. 
By  eliminating  this  confusion  of  terms  such  expressions  as  "synaptic 
mates,"  etc.  in  relation  to  the  chromosomes,  become  intelli- 
gible without  further  explanations. 

The  protochromosomes  do  not  retain  a  definite  shape,  but  in 
a  short  time  there  is  an  apparent  elongation  of  each  mass  and 
a  tendency  for  the  delicate  connecting  linin  threads  to  become 
thicker  as  the  elongation  continues.  (Figs,  -i,  5,  6).  vSoon  no- 
traces  of  the  flaky  masses  are  left,  but  instead  there  is  a  very 
delicate  continuous  spirem  which  can  be  traced  for  long  distances- 
in  many  of  the  sporoc3^tes  without  finding  any  free  ends.  The 
free  ends  in  most  cases  can  all  be  accounted  for  by  their  having 
been  cut  in  sectioning.     (Fig.  7). 

There  is  now  a  perceptible  enlargement  of  the  nucleus,  which 
appears  very  turgid;  as  a  result  of  this  enlargement  the  very 
delicate  spirem  becomes  loosened  from  the  nuclear  membrane 
and  does  not  appear  to  be  so  uniformly  arranged  about  the 
periphery  as  before,  but  has  the  appearance  as  if  it  had  been 
treated  with  some  plasmolizing  reagent.     (Fig.  S). 

By  this  time  there  is  usually  one  large  nucleolus  present, 
which  very  seldom  appears  in  a  central  position  and  sometimes 
there  are  also  dark  staining  gratiules  in  the  nuclear  cavity  which 
in  all  probability  are  minute  nucleoli.  Miss  Elkins  noted  this 
same  fact  in  her  study  of  Smilax  herbacea. 

The  spirem  and  granules  in  the  earlier  division  stages  show  no 
evidence  of  a  double  character.  Soon  after  the  spirem  has 
become  loosened  from  the  nuclear  wall,  there  is  an  irregular 
massing  of  the  thread,  which  either  may  or  may  not  e.iclose  the 
nucleolus.  (Figs.  9,  10,  11).  The  types  of  contraction  are  not 
always  the  same  and  there  was  no  evidence  that  synizesis  is  an 
actual  stage  in  the  reduction  division.  As  previously  mentioned 
Lawson  considered  this  condition  to  be  due  to  a  period  of  growth 
in  the  nucleus,  there  would  be  thus  no  actual  shrinking  of  the 
chromatin,  but  there  can  be  no  question  that  in  the  preparations 
studied  there  was  a  considerable  actual  contraction.  Schaffner 
(15)  regarded  this  condition  as  an  artifact  on  account  of  experi- 
ments tried  with  living  material  of  Agave  virginica  and  the 
reactions  also  obtained  by  the  treatment  with  different  reagents 
which  caused  plasmolysis  to  take  place  in  the  vegetative  cells, 
giving  the  spirem  much  the  same  appearance  that  was  found  in 


364  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

many  reduction  preparations  of  apparently  the  same  age.  Miss 
Elkins  regards  this  "synapsis"  as  a  natural  stage  in  the  reduction 
division  and  not  as  an  artifact  as  the  many  types  of  synizetic 
masses  lead  the  writer  to  beheve.  The  synizetic  knot  is  not 
necessarily  found  to  one  side  of  the  nuclear  cavity,  but  is  often 
in  the  center  in  which  case  the  nucleolus  is  usually  found  to  be 
lateral  in  position.  Often  threads  with  numerous  granules  are 
seen  projecting  from  the  greater  mass  of  chromatin  material 
toward  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus.  Before  the  contraction 
of  the  spirem,  there  were  no  double  granules  observed  and  the 
spirem  was  single,  but  following  synizesis  a  heavy  spirem  extends 
throughout  the  nuclear  cavit}'  touching  the  periphery  at  various 
points.  (Figs  12,  13,  14).  No  evidence  whatever  in  favor  of 
the  theory  that  the  double  spirem  is  the  result  of  the  conjugation 
of  two  simple  spirems  was  found.  The  evidence  rather  points 
to  a  longitudinal  splitting  instead  of  a  conjugation.     (Fig.  14). 

The  heavy  spirem  which  often  showed  very  plainly  its  double 
character  is  thrown  into  loops  around  the  periphery  of  the  nuclear 
cavity  and  in  an  older  sporocyte  each  incipient  loop  appeared 
to  have  twisted  more  tightly  together,  shov.dng  as  definite  bodies 
still  connected  together  so  that  almost  the  entire  length  of  the 
spirem  may  be  traced  by  following  the  twists  of  the  loops.  Miss 
Elkins  described  the  chromosomes  as  being  formed  by  the  halves 
of  the  double  spirems  constricting  at  inter\'als  until  only  a  very 
slender  thread  united  the  segments,  but  the  writer  found  a  number 
of  preparations  which  showed  well  defined  loops  in  which  the 
twisted  condition  ai:)peared  plainly  just  at  the  time  when  they 
were  pulling  apart,  as  seen  in  Figure  17.  Often  large  granules 
are  seen  upon  the  linin  thread  even  after  well  twisted  loops  are 
formed  and  the  double  character  of  the  thread  is  seen  even  in  the 
fully  formed  chromosome,  if  one  focuses  carefully. 

By  the  transverse  pulling  apart  of  the  heavy  looped  spirem, 
there  results  rather  indefinitely  shaped  chromosomes  which  are 
joined  together  for  some  time  by  very  delicate  threads.  (Figs. 
18,  H),  20,  24).  The  irregular  masses  tend  to  shorten  and  thicken 
forming  twelve  rather  well  individualized  chromosomes.  (Figs. 
21,  22,  23).  In  many  of  the  preparations  of  this  stage  it  is  impos- 
sible to  count  the  chromosomes  because  of  their  proximity  and 
the  irrcgularit}"  of  shape. 

After  the  chromosomes  have  acquired  their  individual  shape 
they  arc  still  connected  by  fine  threads  (Fig.  24)  and  the  nuclear 
membrane  becomes  indistinct  while  the  incipient  spindle  ap])ears 
about  it.  (Figs.  24,  25).  The  membrane  disappears  and  a 
definite  bipolar  spindle  is  apparent  from  the  beginning  with  the 
chromosomes  and  their  connecting  threads  arranged  over  it. 
The  chromosomes  appear  to  be  gradually  ])nlled  into  an  equatorial 
position  by  a  shortening  of  the  connecting  threads.     During  this 


Nov.,  1914.]  Stamens  of  Smilax  herbacea.  365 

change  the  nucleous  disappears.  It  is  not  possible  to  discover 
whether  it  was  dissolved  or  disintegrated  into  smaller  bodies  and 
ejected  into  the  cytoplasm.  The  cytoplasm  at  this  stage  has  a 
very  spongy  appearance,  but  no  micronucleoli  were  seen  in  it. 

In  the  mother  star  of  the  first  division  the  chromosomes 
are  attached  to  the  spindle  fibers  near  their  free  ends  with  the 
head  of  the  loop  extending  outward  as  found  by  Schaffner  in 
Lilium  philadelphicum  (11)  and  by  Miss  Hyde  in  Hyacinthus 
(3).  There  is  a  gradual  shortening  of  the  spindle  fibers  and  at  the 
same  time  the  chromosomes  uncoil  and  pull  apart  at  the  outer 
head  of  the  loop  or  at  the  point  where  fusion  took  place  during 
synapsis.  From  drawings  of  metakincsis  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  transverse  splitting  of  the  chromosomes  of  Smilax  herbacea 
is  not  simultaneous  as  is  found  in  many  plants.  (Fig.  27).  After 
metakincsis  the  chromosomes  are  arranged  around  the  poles 
forming  the  daaghter  stars  of  the  first  division.  (Fig.  2S).  There 
is  also  a  perceiptible  increase  in  the  density  of  the  cytoplasm  in 
the  ec|uatorial  region  where  in  a  short  tJme  a  distinct  cell  plate 
is  seen.  By  the  time  of  the  complete  formation  of  the  cell  plate, 
the  spindle  is  no  longer  visible  and  a  new  nuclear  membrane 
is  laid  down  around  the  daughter  masses  of  chromatin  material 
thus  forming  two  new  cells  very  similar  to  the  parent  cell,  but 
much  smaller.  With  the  formation  of  the  new  nuclear  membrane, 
it  is  also  foimd  that  the  nucleoh  of  the  daughter  cells  are  beginning 
to  appear.  The  chromatin  material  in  these  daughter  cells 
does  not  undergo  such  changes  as  were  evident  in  the  nuclei  of 
the  sporocyte,  but  the  newly  formed  chromosomes  are  massed 
together  not  to  form  a  continuous  spirem,  but  an  irregularly 
shaped  mass  in  which  the  individual  chromosomes  may  be 
distinguished.     (Fig.  29). 

The  daughter  cells  do  not  immediately  separate,  but  may  be 
seen  still  clinging  together  after  the  second  division  is  well 
advanced.  In  the  second  division  the  chromosomes  are  attached 
to  the  spindle  fibers  in  the  equatorial  plane  by  the  head  of  the 
chromosome,  having  the  free  ends  extending  outward.  (Fig.  30). 
The  separation  of  the  chromosomes  at  this  division  is  along  the 
longitudinal  split.  After  the  second  metakincsis  we  find  the 
two  daughter  stars  with  the  distinct  chromosomes  (Fig.  31) 
which  were  readily  counted  in  several  preparations  from  the 
polar  views.     The  number  was  found  to  be  twelve.       (Fig.  32). 

The  cell  plates  of  this  division  soon  appear  and  a  new  nuclear 
membrane  is  evident  in  each  daughter  cell  around  the  rather 
small  chromosomes  which  become  more  or  less  crowded  together 
and  connected  by  fine  connecting  strands.  All  the  tetrads 
appeared  to  be  normal,  there  being  no  such  irregularities  found 
as  shown  by  Fullmer  in  Hemerocallis  and  by  Miss  McAvoy  in 
Fuchia. 


366  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 


LITERATURE    CITED. 

1.  Elkins,    Marion    G.     The    Maturation    Phases   in    Smilax 

herbacea.     Botanical  Gazette,  57:  32-53,  1914. 

2.  Fullmer,  E.  L.     The  Development  of  the  Microsporangia  and 

the  Microspores  of  Hemerocallis  fulva.  Botanical  Ga- 
zette, 28:  81-88,  1899. 

3.  Hyde,    Edith.     Reduction    Division    in    Hyacinthus.     Ohio 

Naturalist,  Vol.  IX.  No.  8,  1909. 

4.  Lawson,  a.  a.     The  Phase  of  the  Nucleus  known  as  Synapsis. 

Trans.  Rov.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  Vol.  XLVH,  Part  III,  No.  2, 
1911. 

5.  ■ .     Nuclear  Osmosis  as  a  Factor  in  Mitosis.  Trans. 

Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  Vol.  XLVIII,  Part  I,  No.  7, 
1911. 

6.  McAllister,    Frederick.     On   the   Cytolog}'   and   Embry- 

ology of  Smilacina  Racemosa.  Trans,  of  the  Wis.  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences,  Arts,  and  Letters,  Vol.  XVII,  Part  I, 
1913. 

7.  McAvoY,  Blanche.     Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia.     Ohio 

Naturahst,  Vol.  XIII,  No.  1,  1912. 

8.  — ■ — — .     Reduction    Division   in    Microsporocytes   of 

Oenothera  biennis.  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  XIV,  No.  1, 
1913. 

9.  McClung,  C.  E.     The  Chromosome  Complex  of  Orthopteran 

Spermatocytes.     Biol.  Bull.  9:  304-340,   1905. 

10.  Sauer,  Louis  W.     Nuclear  Divisions  in  the  Pollen  Mother- 

cells  of  Convallaria  majalis.  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  IX, 
No.  7,  1909. 

11.  SciiAFFNER,    J.    H.     Contributions   to   the   Life   History   of 

Lilium  philadelphicum.  The  Division  of  the  Macrospore 
Nucleus.     Botanical  Gazette,  23:  430-449,  1897. 

,12.  .     A    Contribution    to    the    Life    History    and 

Cytology  of  Erythronium.  Botanical  Gazette,  31:  369- 
387,  1901. 

13.  .  Chromosome  Reduction  in  the  Microsporo- 
cytes of  Lilium  tigrinum.  Botanical  Gazette,  41:  183-191, 
1906. 

14.  .     Synapsis    and    Synizesis.     Ohio    Naturalist, 

Vol.  VII,  No.  3,  1907. 

:15.  .  The  Reduction  Division  in  the  Microsporo- 
cytes of  Agave  virginica.  Botanical  Gazette,  47:  198-214; 
1909. 


Nov.,  1914.]  Stamens  of  Smilax  herbacea.  367 


Explanation  of  Plates  XVI  and  XVII. 

The  plates  were  reduced  f  in  reproduction.  All  the  drawings 
were  made  with  a  compensating  ocular  12  and  a  1-lG  oil  immersion 
lens.     An   Abbe    camera    lucida    was   used. 

Fig.  1.  Microsporocyte  before  the  beginning  of  the  division  of  the  chro- 
matin network. 

Fig.  2.  Microsporocyte  showing  tlie  flaky  and  spongy  appearance  of  the 
chromatin  material. 

Fig.  3.     Masses  of  chromatin  material  which  are  the  protochromosomes. 

Figs  4,  5.  Later  stages  showing  the  elongation  of  the  protochromosomes 
in  their  tendency  to  form  a  spirem  by  stretching  out  along  the 
linin  thread. 

Fig.  6.     Early  spirem  with  irregular  flakes  along  its  sides. 

Fig.  7.     Early  spirem  with  small  granules. 

Fig.  8.  Microsporocytes  showing  the  spirem  free  from  the  nuclear  mem- 
brane and  collapsing. 

Figs.  9,  10.     Sporocytes  showing  different  types  of  synizesis. 

Fig.  11.     Sporocyte  in  synizesis  with  the  projecting  strands  showing  granules. 

Fig.  12.     A  synizetic  knot  with  rather  heavy  projecting  loops. 

Fig.  13.     Heavy  spirem  showing  granules  and  beginning  of  looping. 

Fig.  14.     Sporocyte  showing  the  double  nature  of  the  spirem  and  granules. 

Fig.  15.     Sporocyte  showing  the  early  looping  stage  and  double  spirem. 

Fig.  16.     Sporocyte  showing  well  formed  loops. 

Fig.  17.     Chromatin  loops  completely  formed  and  just  breaking  apart. 

Figs.  18,  19,  20.  Sporocytes  showing  the  prominent  chromosomes  that 
have  not  completely  separated,  but  still  show  some  connecting 
threads. 

Figs.  21,  22,  23.  Sporocytes  showing  the  twelve  mature  chromosomes; 
the  looped  nature  of  the  chromosomes  is  still  evident  in  most 
cases. 

Fig.  24.  Sporocyte  showing  the  delicate  connections  between  the  chro- 
mosomes and  the  incipient  spindle. 

Fig.  25.  Chromosomes  in  the  spindle  being  drawn  into  the  equatorial 
plane. 

Fig.  26.     Early  stage  of  metakinesis  showing  the  chromosomes  dividing. 

Fig.  27.  Later  stage  of  metakinesis  showing  most  of  the  chromosomes 
divided.  ^  . 

Fig.  28.     Daughter  star  of  the  first  division. 

Fig.  29.  Daughter  cells  showing  the  more  or  less  distinct  chromatin  masses 
in  the  nuclei. 

Fig.  30.     Mother  star  of  the  second  division. 

Fig.  31.     Daughter  star  of  the  second  division. 

Fig.  32.  Polar  view  of  the  twelve  chromosomes  of  a  daughter  star  of  the 
second  division. 

Fig.  33.  Normal  tetrad  within  the  old  sporocyte  wall  still  showing  the 
more  or  less  distinct  daughter  chromosomes. 


Ohio  Naturaust. 


Plate  XVI. 


iO,"*^'^  If.-.-,'; 


■^^^ 


Humphre}^  on  "Stamens  of  Smilax." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XVII. 


Humphrey  on  "Stamens  of  Smilax." 


370  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 


ADDITIONS   TO   THE   KNOWN    ORTHOPTEROUS   FAUNA 

OF  OHIO. 

\V.    J.    KOSTIR. 

The  first  attempt  to  catalog  the  known  Orthoptera  of  Ohio 
was  made  by  Charles  S.  Mead  in  1904.  His  Hst  was  published  in 
the  Ohio  Naturalist  for  March  of  that  year.  It  was  based 
upon  the  collection  of  Orthoptera  of  the  Ohio  vState  University 
and  the  results  of  his  own  collecting  in  several  parts  of  the  state. 
The  list  contained  nearly  one  hundred  names.  No  additions 
to  this  list  have  been  published  up  to  the  present  time. 

At  intervals  during  the  past  three  years  the  writer  has 
collected  in  various  parts  of  the  state,  and  has  also  examined  all 
the  private  and  college  collections  of  Orthoptera  that  were  avail- 
able. The  literature  has  been  carefully  gone  over  for  possible 
Ohio  records,  though  little  information  was  obtained  in  this  way. 
Much  help  was  received  through  the  kind  co-operation  of 
numerous  friends,  and  for  this  the  writer  wishes  here  to  express 
his  deep  obligation.  As  a  result  of  this  work  the  species  and 
varieties  listed  below  have  been  added  to  the  known  Orthopterous 
fauna  of  Ohio.  Much  has  also  been  learned  about  the  distribu- 
tion within  the  state  of  many  of  the  other  forms,  and  this  informa- 
tion the  writer  hopes  to  incorporate  in  a  short  descriptive  catalog 
of  Ohio  Orthoptera,  upon  which  he  is  at  present  working. 

Records  of  exotic  species  taken  in  the  state  have  not  been 
included  in  this  list,  except  in  cases  where  they  seem  to  have 
become  established. 

Acknowledgment  should  here  be  made  of  assistance  in  identi- 
fication kindly  given  by  Mr.  A.  N.  Caudell,  Prof.  A.  P.  Morse, 
and  Mr.  Morgan  Hcbard.  Except  where  otherwise  noted,  all 
identifications  have  been  made  or  verified  by  the  writer. 

Family   FORFICULIDAE. 

Vostox  (vSpongiphora)  brunneipennis  Serv. 

One  d^,  taken  by  Mr.  Charles  Dury  at  Cincinnati. 

Family   BLATTIDAE 

Ischnoptera  borealis  Brunn. 

All  but  one  of  the  specimens  referred  by  Mead  to  I.  uhleriana 
belong  to  I.  boreahs.  This  one  exception  is  the  only  specimen 
of  I.  uhleriana  from  Ohio  that  the  writer  has  seen.  It  is  a  typical 
cf ,  and  was  taken  at  Vinton,  Vinton  County,  by  Prof.  James  S. 
Hine.     I.  borealis  has  been  taken  in  various  parts  of  the  state. 

Ischnoptera  couloniana  Sauss. 

One  9  ,  taken  by  Prof.  J.  vS.  Hine  at  Hanging  Rock,  Lawrence- 
County. 


Nov.,  1914.]  Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Ohio.  371 

Ischnoptera  (Temnopteryx)  deropeltiformis  Brunn. 

One  cf ,  taken  by  Mr.  F.  W.  Cowles  at  Sugar  Grove,  Fairfield 
County. 

Ischnoptera  johnsoni  Rehn.  (I.  intricata  Blatch.) 

One  9  ,  taken  at  Castalia,  Erie  County,  by  Miss  Blanche  Howe. 

Family    MANTIDAE. 

(?)  Paratenodera  (Tenodera)  sinensis  Sauss. 

This  species  was  introduced  in  Cincinnati  about  1905  by  Miss 
Annette  Braun,  the  egg-masses  having  been  brought  from  Phila- 
delphia. Specimens  were  seen  each  summer  for  several  years 
afterward.  It  has  not  been  seen  for  the  past  three  summers 
and  may  have  died  out. 

Stagmomantis  Carolina  Linn. 

Numerous  specimens  of  this  common  southern  species  have 
been  taken  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state.  1  9  was  taken  by 
Mr.  M.  M.  McLeish,  in  Franldin  County,  just  east  of  Columbus. 

Family  PHASMIDAE. 

(?)  Diapheromera  velii  Walsh. 

Scudder,  in  his  paper  on  the  genus  Diapheromera  (Psyche, 
vol.  IX,  (1901),  pp.  187-189),  records  this  species  as  present 
in  Ohio.  Until  Scudder's  material  can  be  examined,  however, 
it  would  seem  to  be  doubtful  whether  he  did  not  have  at  hand 
specimens  of  the  later-described  Manomera  blatchleyi  Caudell, 
9  s  of  which,  according  to  Caudell,  are  scarcely  separable  from 
those  of  D.  velii. 

(?)  Manomera  (Bacunculus)  blatchleyi  Caud. 

Numerous  specimens,  all  9  s,  agreeing  with  the  descriptions 
of  the  9  of  both  Manomera  blatchle3d  and  Diapheromera  velii, 
have  been  taken  by  the  writer  at  Cedar  Point  in  the  past  three 
summers.  Since  no  cf  s  were  taken,  certain  identification  is  hardly 
possible,  but  as  D.  \'elii  is  a  species  of  distincth^  southern  range, 
it  is  very  probable  that  they  belong  to  M.  blatchleyi. 

Family  GRYLLIDAE. 

EUipes  minutus  Scudd. 

The  specimens  referred  by  Mead  to  Tridactylus  apicalis 
Say  belong  to  this  species.  They  were  collected  in  Columbus. 
The  writer  has  also  taken  this  species  at  Cedar  Point,  Erie  County, 
and  at  Sugar  Grove,  Fairfield  County. 

Myrmecophila  pergandei  Brun. 

This  interesting  myrmecophilous  species  was  taken  b}''  Mr. 
Dury  in  thick  woodland,  near  Cincinnati.  It  was  found  in 
ant-nests  which  had  been  exposed  by  overturning  logs  and  stones. 


372  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

Nemobius  bruneri  Heb. 

Several  specimens,  cf  and  9  ,  taken  by  the  writer  among 
the  pebbles  and  stones  along  the  Olentangv  River,  Columbus. 
(Id.  M.  Hebard). 

Gryllus  pennsylvanicus  arenaceus  Blatch. 

One  9  ,  collected  by  Mr.  Mead  at  Cedar  Point. 

Gryllus  pennsylvanicus  firmus  Scudd. 

Four  specimens,  collected  by  the  writer:  One  cf,  two  9  s,  at 
Ironton,  Lawrence  Cotinty,  and  one  9  ,  at  Sugar  Grove. 

Gryllus  pennsylvanicus  integer  Scudd. 

Two  9  s,  taken  bv  the  v/riter  at  Cedar  Point.  (Id.  A.  N. 
Caudell). 

Oecanthus  exclamationis  Dav. 

A  number  of  specimens  have  been  taken  by  the  writer  at 
Cedar  Point. 

Hapithus  (Apithes)  agitator  Uhl. 

One  d^,  taken  by  Prof.  Herbert  Osborn  at  Rupels  Station, 
Ross  County. 

Orocharis  saltator  Uhl. 

Taken  by  Prof.  Osborn  at  Rupels  Station,  Ross  Count}^ 
and  by  Mr.  Dury,  at  Cincinnati. 

Family  TETTIGONIIDAE  (LOCUSTIDAE). 

Amblycorypha  uhleri  Stal. 

One  c^,  taken  by  the  writer  at  Hanging  Rock,  Lawrence.  Co. 

Neoconocephalus  (Conocephalus)  triops  Linn. 

One  cf,  taken  at  Etna  Junction,  Lawrence  County. 

Orchelimum  agile  DeG. 

Two  d^s,  taken  bv  the  writer  at  Hanging  Rock,  Lawrence 
County.     (Id.  A.  N.  Caudell). 

Orchelimum  glaberrimum  Bumi. 

Specimens  taken  Ijy  Mr.  Dury  at  Cincinnati  and  by  the 
writer  at  Cedar  Point  and  Columbus. 

Orchelimum  gladiator  Brun. 

One  9  ,  taken  by  the  writer  at  Cedar  Point. 

Camptonotus  carolinensis  Gcrst. 

One   9  ,  taken  liy  Prof.  Osborn  at  Rupels  Station,  Ross  County. 

Diestrammena  marmorata  Haan. 

This  interesting  Ceuthophilus-like  fonn  was  introduced 
into  this  country  some  years  ago  from  Japan.  vS|)ecimens  have 
been  taken  in  an  cmi)ty  dwelling  at  Clintonville,  Franklin  County 
and  in  a  greenhouse  at  Springfield.  In  the  latter  place,  at  least, 
it  seems  to  have  established  itself  permanently. 


Nov.,  1914,]  Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Ohio.  373 

Ceuthophilus  ensifer  Pack. 

Two  specimens  are  in  the  Ohio  State  University  collection, 
one  cf  from  Sugar  Grove  and  one  9  from  Columbus. 

Ceuthophilus  gracilipes  Hald.     * 

One  d^,  taken  by  Mr.  Dury  at  Cincinnati,  and  one  9  ,  taken 
by  Dr.  Morrey  at 'Chester  Hill.  Morgan  County.  (Id.  A.  N. 
Caudell). 

Ceuthophilus  heros  Scudd. 

One  cf ,  taken  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Drake,  at  Tiffin,  Seneca  County, 
and  several  specimens,  cfs  and  9  s,  collected  by  the  writer 
near  Clyde,  Sanduskv  County  and  at  Rocky  River,  Cuyahoga 
County.     (Id.  A.  N.  Caudell)." 

Ceuthophilus  neglectus  Scudd. 

Several  specimens,  cfs  and  9  s,  taken  by  Mr.  R.  J.  Sim, 
at  Jefferson,  Ashtabula  County. 

Ceuthophilus  pallidipes  Walk. 

Two  d^s,  one  9  ,  taken  by  Mr.  R.  J.  Sim,  at  Jefferson. 

Ceuthophilus  tenebrarum  Scudd. 

In  his  paper  on  the  North  American  Ceuthophili,  (Proc. 
American  Academy,  vol.  XXX  (N.  S.  XXII)  (1894),  p.  72), 
Scudder  says  of  this  species:  "Two  d^,  two  9  ,  from  Ohio  are  in 
the  collection  of  Riley.  (U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.). 

Family  ACRIDIIDAE. 

Neotettix  femoratus  Scudd. 

One  specimen  of  this  southern  species,  a  cf,  was  taken  by  the 
writer  near  S.  Bloomingville,  Hocking  County. 

Acrydium  (Tettix)  hancocki  Morse. 

One  cf ,  taken  by  the  writer  at  Ironton. 

Tettigidea  lateralis  Say. 

One  cf  and  two  9  s  of  this  southern  form  were  taken  by  the 
writer  at  Ironton.  A  few  fairly  typical  specimens  from  Hanging 
Rock,  Sugar  Grove  and  Columbus  are  in  the  University  col- 
lection. A  number  of  specimens  taken  in  the  southern  half 
of  the  state  are  plainly  more  or  less  intermediate  between  T. 
lateralis  and  T.  parvipennis,  through  a  perfect  connecting  series 
between  the  two  is  lacking. 


^ft- 


Trachyrhachis  thomasi  Caud.  (Mestobregma  cincta  auct.) 

Several    specimens,    cf  s   and    9  s,    have   been   taken   by   the 

writer  at  Ironton,  and  near  S.  Bloomingville,  Hocking  County. 

One  9  was  picked  up  on  the  University  campus,  Columbus. 

Trimerotropis  citrina  Scudd. 

Taken  by  Mr.  Dury  on  sand    bars  along  the  Ohio  River  at 

Cincinnati,  where  it  is  common. 


374  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1, 

Schistocerca  alutacea  rubiginosa  Harr. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Athens,  Athens  County.  In  the  Ohio 
State  University  Collection. 

Schistocerca  damnifica  Sauss. 

Taken  by  Mr.  Dury  at  Cincinnati  and  by  the  writer  at  Sugar 
Grove. 

Melanoplus  minor  Scudd. 

One  cf,  two  9  s,  taken  by  the  writer  near  Newark,  Licking 
County. 

Melanoplus  morsei  Blatch. 

Two  9  s,  taken  by  Mr.  B.  B.  Fulton  and  the  writer  near 
S.  Bloomingville,  Hocking  Count^^ 

Melanoplus  obovatipennis  Blatch. 

Numerous  specimens,  d^s  and  9  s,  have  been  taken  by  the 
writer  at  Hanging  Rock,  Lawrence  County,  at  Cincinnati,  at 
Sugar  Grove,  and  near  S.  Bloomingville,  Hocking  County. 

Melanoplus  punctulatus  Scudd. 

Two  specimens  of  this  arboreal  grasshopper  have  been  taken 
at  Cedar  Point  in  different  years,  by  Miss  E.  D.  Faville  and 
Mr.  J.  L.  King. 

Melanoplus  similis  Morse. 

One  cf ,  one  9  ,  taken  at  Vinton,  Vinton  County.  In  the 
Ohio  State  University  collection.     (Id.  A.  P.  Morse). 


Publications  of  the  Ohio  Biological  Survey. 

The  writer  has  before  him  two  botanical  bulletins  of  great 
interest  as  relating  to  the  flora  and  vegetation  of  Ohio.  The 
biilletins  are  2  and  3  of  the  Ohio  Biological  Survey. 

Bulletin  2,  a  "Catalog  of  Ohio  Vascular  Plants,"  by  Prof. 
J.  H.  Schaffner,  is  a  well-printed  pamphlet  of  120  pages,  con- 
taining entries  for  2065  species  and  a  number  of  varieties  and 
hybrids.  The  State  Herbariiun  has  been  taken  as  the  basis  for 
the  citation  of  species,  although  certain  other  reliable  sources 
have  been  drawn  upon.  The  Hst  is  a  conservative  one,  quite 
a  large  niimber  of  species  noted  in  former  lists  having  been  dropped, 
a  thorough  investigation  having  failed  to  show  their  occurrence 
in  the  state.  The  method  of  entry  for  such  species  is:  Serial 
nimiber,  scientific  name,  common  name,  and  distribution  by 
counties.  If  the  distribution  is  general  the  names  of  the  counties 
are  omitted,  the  occurrence  being  indicated  as  "General,  "  "Rather 
general,"  etc. 


Nov.,  1914.]         Publications  of  Ohio  Biological  Survey.  375 

The  nomenclature  used  is  that  of  Britton  &  Brown's  Illustrated 
Flora,  second  edition,  the  sequence  of  species  following  strictly 
the  author's  phyletic  classification.  With  reference  to  TipuJaria 
unifolia  we  would  suggest  that  reference  should  have  been  made 
to  its  occurrence  in  Ashtabula  County  as  discovered  in  1911  by 
R.  J.  Sim.     (Torreya  12:107-110.     May,  1912. 

Bulletin  3,  ''A  Botanical  Survey  of  the  Sugar  Grove  Region," 
by  Prof.  Robert  F.  Griggs,  is  an  excellent  treatment  of  the  eco- 
logical relations  of  the  vegetation  of  the  "vSugar  Grove  region," 
a  rolling  upland  cut  up  with  numerous  deep  ravines,  and  extending 
in  a  north  and  south  direction  for  about  twenty  miles  in  Fairfield 
and  Hocking  counties,  south  central  Ohio.  The  region  is  imme- 
diately south  of  the  glaciated  region  and  ma}^  be  considered  as 
an  outlier  of  the  Appalachian  Plateau. 

To  one  familiar  with  the  vegetation  of  the  Appalachian 
Plateau  in  western  Pennsylvania  the  Botanical  Survey  of  the 
Sugar  Grove  Region  reads  almost  like  a  survey  of  some  of  the 
quite  similar  areas  to  be  found  in  the  first-named  region.  The 
less  important  place  occupied  in  the  Sugar  Grove  Region  by 
Rhododendron,  Kalmia  latifolia,  Castanea  and  Robinia  Pseudacacia 
and  the  absence  of  Pinus  Strobus  and  Azalea  nudiflora,  is  balanced 
by  the  presence  of  Hypericum  Drummondil,  Napaea  dioica  and  the 
greater  prominence  of  Oxydendrum,  Acer  Negundo,  SulUvantia, 
Quercus  macrocarpa,  Dodecatheon,  Diospyros,  etc.  Altogether  the 
associations  could  be  applied  almost  as  well  in  the  one  region  as 
in  the  other,  but  with  the  eastern  species  thinning  out  westward 
and  a  number  of  more  northern  species  reaching  into  the  Sugar 
Grove  Region.  Prof.  Griggs  is  to  be  complimented  upon  the 
excellent  manner  in  which  he  has  accomplished  this  survey.  It  is 
to  be  regretted  very  much,  however,  that  the  proof-reading  was 
not  more  carefully  done.  In  a  rather  causal  examination  errors 
were  noted  in  the  scientific  names  to  the  number  of  sixty-six;  on 
page  280,  six  out  of  twenty-seven  names  in  one  list  being  incor- 
rectly spelled.  We  sincerely  hope  that  more  attention  may  be 
paid  to  the  proof-reading  in  the  future  nimibers  of  the  survey, 
the  present  numbers  being  otherwise  printed  in  a  highly  satis- 
factory manner. 

O.  E.  Jennings. 
Carnegie  Museum,  October  9,  1914. 


376  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  1^ 

MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  March  2,  1914. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  7:30  by  the  President,. 
Mr.  Kostir;  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and 
approved. 

C.  J.  Reed,  R.  R.  Robinson  and  Percy  Wiltberger  were  elected 
to  membership.  The  First  paper  of  the  evening  was  by  Prof. 
A.  P.  Weiss  on  "the  Nature  of  Inhibition  as  a  Nervous  Function." 

The  paper  considered  a  way  in  which  the  modification  which 
occurs  in  all  human  instinctive  reflexes  as  maturity  is  reached, 
could  be  explained  by  assuming  that  a  nervous  current  may  deflect 
a  weaker  one  and  thus  bring  about  a  combination  of  reflexes  not 
present  at  birth,  but  which  results  in  characteristically  adult 
behavior.  In  this  paper,  inhibition  (usually  described  as  a  check- 
ing or  blocking  mechanism)  is  considered  as  being  a  condition 
in  which  one  nervous  process  deflects  another  and  thus  brings 
about  a  modification  of  the  original  response. 

The  next  part  of  the  program  was  a  symposium  on  "The 
Determination  of  Sex."  Prof.  Schaffner  talked  on  sex  detemiina- 
tion  as  demonstrated  in  plants.  In  some  plants  the  sex  can  be 
changed;  Equisetum  for  example,  in  which  both  gametophytes 
are  produced  from  spores  that  look  to  be  identical.  In  the  higher 
plants  the  sex  has  been  determined  before  reduction  takes  place. 

Miss  Ickes  explained  the  chromosome  theory  of  sex  determina- 
tion. According  to  this  theory  there  is  an  accessory  chromosome, 
the  presence  or  absence  of  which  detennines  the  sex.  Guyer 
found  the  accessory  chromosome  in  guinea  fowls,  in  chickens  and 
in  man.     Nematodes  and  insects  show  the  accessory  chromosome. 

Prof.  Barrows  gave  a  short  report  of  Dr.  Riddle's  work  with 
Dr.  Whitman's  pigeons.  If  the  eggs  are  taken  away  as  soon  as 
laid  and  a  long  series  of  eggs  obtained,  those  at  the  beginning  of 
the  series  will  produce  males  while  those  toward  the  end  of  the 
series  will  produce  females.  In  the  middle  of  the  series  the 
individuals  show  graded  psychological  attributes. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secy. 


The  twenty-fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of 
Science  will  be  held  on  November  26-28,  at  The  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity,  Columbus. 


Date  of  Publication,  November  5,  1914. 


The  Ohio  ^J^aturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBI.ISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 
Volume  XV.  DECEMBER,    1914.  No.  2. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Sears— The  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point  and  Vicinity 377 

Bartlett— The  Native  and  Cultivated  Vioie;e  and  Phaseolete  of  Ohio 393 


THE  INSECT  GALLS  OF  CEDAR  POINT  AND  VICINITY. 

Paul  B.  Sears. 

(Department  of  Botany,  University  of  Nebraska.) 

The  following  list  is  based  on  rather  careful  collections  made 
during  the  summer  of  1914.  Since  the  list  contains  many  forms 
€ommon  throughout  Ohio,  I  have  aimed  to  make  the  synonymy 
fairly  complete  to  date,  as  an  aid  to  students,  while  the  biblio- 
graphy has  been  limited  to  original  description  (where  possible) 
and  some  more  recent  notice  which  should  be  helpful. 

In  the  course  of  this  work  I  have  become  deeply  indebted  to 
Mr.  W.  J.  Kostir,  of  Ohio  State  University,  while  Prof.  Herbert 
Osborn,  Prof.  B.  W.  Wells,  Prof.  Myron  Swenk,  Miss  Edith 
Patch,  Mr.  Nathan  Banks  and  others  have  shown  me  various 
kindnesses. 

Figure  1.  Salix  longifolia  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes 
aenigma.     Walsh. 

Cecidomyia  salicis-aenigma  Walsh. 

Acarus  salicis-aenigma  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  111:608. 

Stebbins,  Bull.  2  Springfield  Museum:  10. 

Terminal  bud-gall,  made  up  of  an  irregular  cluster  of  yarn- 
hke  masses,  each  about  1-2  mm.  in  diameter,  the  whole  2x3  cm. 
Whitish  tomentose,  turning  brown  and  remaining  in  situ.  July. 
Fairly  common. 

Fig.    2.     Salix    longifolia    affected    by    the    mite    Eriophyes 

salicicola  Garman. 

Phvtoptus  salicola  Garman.  12th  Rep.  Ills.  Ent.  X. 
Cook,  Ins.  Cialls  Ind.:862. 

Leaf-gall,  tiny,  globular  to  irregular,  often  massed,  on  either 
surface  of  leaf,  at  times  projecting  through.  .25-3  mm.  across. 
Light  green  to  completely  crimson.     July.     Common. 

377 


378  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  3.  Salix  longifolia  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Rhabdophaga 
brassicoides  Walsh; 

Cecidomyia  salicis-brassicoides  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  111:577. 
Cecidomyia  brassicoides  Beutenmueller. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2  Springfield  Museum :11. 

Twig-gall,  evident  as  telescoping  of  terminal  twig-structures, 
with  abnormal  down-production,  and  great  broadening  of  leaves, 
whole  extending  back  10  cm.  or  more.     Frequent. 

Fig.  4.  Salix  longifolia  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Rhabdophaga 
strobiloides  O.  S. 

Cecidomyia  strobiloides  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  N.  A.  Dipt.  pt.  1:203. 
Cecidomyia  salicis-strobiloides  Walsh. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.:ll. 

Terminal  bud-gall,  showing  as  a  rounded  conical  mass  of 
closely  appressed  scale-like  leaves.  Green,  with  a  whitish  silky 
covering.     2.5-3  x  4  cm.     Usually  abundant,  but  scarce  this  year. 

Fig.  5.  Salix  sp.  affected  by  a  saw-fly,  probably  Crypto- 
campus  nodus  Walsh. 

Eiiura  salicis-nodus  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  VI:253. 
Cryptocampus  salicis-nodus  Rohwer. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.:12. 

Twig-gall,  being  a  spindle-shaped  enlargement  of  the  herba- 
ceous or  young  woody  twigs,  concentric  with  the  stem  as  a  rule, 
about  1  cm.  in  diameter,  and  ranging  up  to  3.5  cm.  in  length. 
Color  that  of  normal  twig. 


'^fc.* 


Fig.    G.     Salix   longifolia    affected   by    the   saw-fly   Pontania 

pomum  Walsh. 

Nematiis  salicis-pomum  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  VI:255. 

Nematus  pomum  Beut. 

Cook,  Appendix  to  Ins.  Galls  Ind.:5. 

Leaf-gall,  spherical  to  spherical  constricted,  on  lower  surface, 
and  projecting  slightly  through.  5-10  mm.  diameter.  Color 
ranging  from  light  green  to  red,  depending  upon  light  relation. 
Minute  cork-specks  frequently  present.     Very  common.     July  1st. 

Fig.    7.     Salix   longifolia    affected   by    the   saw-fly   Pontania 

desmidoides  Walsh. 

Nematus  salicis-desmidoides  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  wSoc.  Phil.  VI:257. 
Nematus  inquilinus  Walsh. 
Pontania  inquilina  Marlatt. 
Cook,  App.  Ins.  Galls  Ind.:5. 

Leaf -gall,  flattened  bean-shaped,  bisected  b}^  leaf,  usually 
centered  on  a  lateral  vein,  one  to  several  galls  on  a  leaf.  5-S  mm. 
long,  4-5  mm.  broad  and  thick.  Color  various,  usually  crimson. 
Abundant  in  a  restricted  area.     July  23. 


Dec,  1914.]  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point.  379 

Fig.  8.  Populus  deltoides  affected  by  the  louse  Pemphigus 
popuUcauUs  Fitch. 

Bvrsocrvpta  populicaulis  Walsh. 
Fitch,  Rep.  N.  Y.  Ent.  V:845. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.:849. 

Dome-shaped  gall  at  junction  of  leaf  and  petiole,  the  opening 
at  base  of  dome  being  a  spiral  slit  caused  by  the  complete  curving 
of  the  petiole  on  itself.  5-10  x  10-15  mm.  Color  normal,  with 
gray  flecks  of  cork.     Very  common.     July. 

Fig.  9.  Populus  deltoides  affected  by  the  louse  Pemphigus 
populitransversus  Riley,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  V:15. 

Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.:850. 

Petiole  gall,  being  a  spherical,  subspherical,  or  spindle-shaped 
enlargement,  rarely  involving  base  of  leaf,  and  developing  a 
small  transverse  median  slit  for  emergence  of  the  lice.  8-12  mm. 
diameter,  color  being  that  of  normal  petiole.  July.  Very 
common. 

Fig.  10.  Populus  deltoides  affected  by  the  louse  Pemphigus 
vagabundus  Walsh. 

Byrsocrypta  vagabunda  Walsh.     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  1:306. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.:850. 

Terminal  bud-gall  of  leathery  texture,  flatly  saccate,  but  very 
irregularly  lobed  and  branched,  developing  labiate  openings  at 
peripheral  points  for  emergence  of  parasites.  Size  varies  greatly 
up  to  1  dm.  in  diameter.  Color  light  yellow-green,  with  tinges  of 
red,  rapidly  discoloring  on  maturity.     July  1.     Very  common. 

Fig.   11.     Betula  sp.  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes  brevi- 
tarsus  Focksu  (?),  Rev.  Biol.  Nord.  France  111:3. 
Banks,  Cat.  N.  A.  Acarinae. 

Tiny  pouch-gall,  irregularly  scattered  over  leaf,  and  opening 
on  under  surface.  .5-1.  mm.  diameter.  Green,  rapidly  dis- 
coloring. 

Fig.    12.     Betula    sp.    affected   by   the   louse    Hamamelistes 

spinosus    Shimer. 

Hormaphis  papyraceae  Oestlund. 
Shimer,  Trans.  Am.  Soc.  1:284. 
Patch,  Bull.  220,  Me.  Ag.  Exp.  Sta.:279. 

Leaf-gall,  being  a  fold  along  the  lateral  veins,  opening  on 
under  side  of  leaf,  which  is  often  seriously  deformed  by  the  presence 
of  one  or  more  such  galls.  Fold  filled  with  white  flocculent 
excreta.  This  louse  is  found  on  the  witch  hazel  an  alternate  host, 
hence  the  generic  name  of  the  insect. 


38o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  13.     Hicoria  ovata  affected  by  an  unknown  gall-gnat. 

Leaf-gall  on  under  surface,  having  the  forni  of  a  stout  inverted 
cone,  attached  by  its  apex,  and  with  the  free  base  surrounded  by  a 
conspicuous  fringe.  3-4  mm.  high,  4-5  mm.  in  diameter.  Green 
to  light  yellow-green.  Huron,  July  25.  Quite  rare,  and,  I  believe, 
hitherto  unreported. 

Fig.  14.  Hicoria  ovata  affected  by  an  undetermined  gall- 
gnat,  doubtless  the  same  figured  by  Miss  Stebbins  as  Cecidomyia 
caryaecola,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  :13,  70. 

Leaf-gall,  conical,  on  underside,  with  a  sharply  pointed  tip, 
which  is  elongated  and  curved  as  a  rule.  The  broad  base,  as 
gall  matiu"es,  developes  a  thin  wide  flange  parallel  and  close  to 
plane  of  leaf.     4x5  mm.     Common  at  Huron  in  late  July. 

Fig.  15.  Hicoria  ovata  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Caryomyia 
persicoides  O.  S. 

Cecidomvia  persicoides  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Am.  pt.  1:193. 
Felt,  Joum.  Sc.  Ent.  IV:456. 

Globular  leaf-gall,  on  lower  surface,  along  mid-vein,  and 
heavily  covered  with  silken  down,  "like  that  of  a  peach  and 
looking  like  a  very  diminutive  fruit  of  this  kind.  "  (Beutenmueller). 
2-4  mm.  diameter.     Light  brown.     Huron,  late  July.     Common, 

Fig.  16.  Hicoria  ovata  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Caryomia 
holotricha  O.  S. 

Cecidomyia  holotricha  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Am.  pt.  1:193. 
Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:456. 

Leaf -gall,  on  underside,  sub-globular,  papillate  on  flattened 
free  end,  and  finely  pubescent  over  all.  Single-chambered.  About 
4  mm.  diameter.     Yellow-green  to  red-brown. 

Fig.  17.  Hicoria  glabra  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Caryomyia 
caryaecola  O.  S. 

Cecidomvia  Caryaecola  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Am.  pt.  1:192. 
Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:456. 

Leaf -gall,  smooth,  conical,  attached  to  under  surface  of  leaf 
by  rounded  base,  and  lying  close  to  veins.  "Onion-shaped" — 
Beutm.;  "elongate  onion-shaped," — Ost.  Sack.  5x3  mm.  Thin- 
shelled,  glaucous  green,  becoming  brown  and  brittle  in  August. 
Huron,  late  July.     Common. 

Fig.  IS.  Hicoria  glabra  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Caryomia 
inanis  Felt. 

Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:456. 

Leaf-gall,  on  upper  surface,  globular  flattened  with  tenninal 
nipple,  and  false  chamber  at  free  end.  Thin-shelled,  green, 
rapidly  discoloring.     4x3  mm.     Huron,  late  July.     Common. 


Dec,  1914.]  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point.  38 1 

Fig.  19.  Hicoria  ovata  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Caryomyia 
tubicola  O.  S. 

Cecidomyia  tubicola  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  Dipt.  N.  Am.  pt.  1:192. 
Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:456. 

Leaf-gall,  on  underside.  Cylindrical,  set  in  a  socket  from 
which  it  readily  detaches.  1.5x6  mm.  Light  green  to  red. 
Fairly  common.     Huron,  late  July. 

Fig.  20.  Quercus  velutina  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Ceci- 
domyia oruca  Walsh  (?)  in  company  with  an  undetermined  mite. 

Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:467. 

Leaf -gall,  evident  as  a  fold  snug  alongside  veins  on  under 
surface.  Pouches  isolated  at  times,  but  usually  confluent  and 
present  in  great  numbers.  Brownish  opening  on  upper  surface, 
resembling  swollen  lips  of  a  knife-cut.  In  southern  Ohio  I  have 
seen  every  leaf  on  a  good-sized  tree  dying  from  this  gall,  as  early 
as  June.  (The  figure  shows  what  are  doubtless  galls  of  Ceci- 
domyia foliora  Russ.  &  Hook.,  evident  as  infoldings  of  the  edge.) 

Fig.  21.  Quercus  imbricaria  affected  by  the  gall-wasp 
Andricus  futilis  0.  S. 

Cynips  futilis  Osten  Sacken,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phi].  1:63. 
Andricus  (Callirhytis)  futilis  Bassett. 
Beutenmueller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  IV,  No.  1:254. 

Leaf-gall,  woody,  flattened  spherical,  resembling  a  wart  on  the 
upper  surface  and  showing  as  a  slight,  nippled  projection  on 
lower  surface.  Usually  present  in  great  numbers,  on  both  Q. 
imbricaria  and  Q.  velutina.  2-4  mm.  diameter,  often  confluent. 
Dark  brown.     Quite  common.     July- August. 

Fig.     22.     Quercus    imbricaria    affected    by    the    gall-wasp 

Andricus  singularis  Bassett. 

Cytiips  quercus-singidaris  Bassett,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  11:326. 

Cynips  singularis  O.  S. 

Cook,  Appendix  Ins.  Galls.  Ind.,  p.  3. 

Leaf-gall,  globular,  about  IS  mm.  diameter  and  showing 
greater  part  of  its  bulk  on  under  surface  of  leaf.  Larval  chamber, 
2-3  mm.  diameter,  is  supported  in  center  by  slender  branching 
filaments,  radiating  in  all  directions.  Light  brown  and  papery 
when  old.     June  25.     Fairly  common. 

Fig.  23.  Quercus  alba  affected  by  the  gall-wasp  Andricus 
clavula  Bassett. 

Cynips  arbor  Fitch. 

Cynips  clavula  Bassett,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  111:686. 
Andricus  {Callirhvtis)  clavula  Bassett. 
Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  IV,  No.  1:255. 

Twig-gall,  being  a  club-shaped  swelling  of  the  extreme  tip. 
1.5  X  2-3  cm.  Green,  single-chambered,  becoming  woody  and 
dark  after  emergence  of  insect  in  midsummer.  Surface  often 
corrugated  and  covered  with  cork  spots.  Cedar  Point  and 
Huron.     Common. 


382  .     The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  24.  Quercus  imbricaria  affected  by  the  gall-wasp 
Amphibolips  nubilipennis  Harris. 

Cynips  nubUipennis  Harris,  Rep.  Ins.  Mass.  Inj.  Veg.  1841:399. 

Cal/aspidea  nubilipennis  Fitch. 

Cynips  quercus  sctdptus  Bassett. 

C.  quercus  sculpta  Walsh. 

Amphibolips  sculpta  Mayr. 

Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXVI. 

Leaf-gall,  globular,  succulent,  translucent,  "about  12-20  mm. 
in  diameter  and  has  a  very  striking  resemblance  to  a  large  white 
grape,"  (Beutm.)     Not  common. 

Fig.  25.  Quercus  rubra  affected  by  the  gall-wasp  Amphibolips 
confluens — form  spongifica  O.  S. 

Cynips  confluens  Osten  Sacken,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  1:56. 

C.  quercus  coccinea  O.  S. 

Amphibolips  cocciniae  Ashmead. 

C.  Q.  spongifica  O.  S.  (and  Riley  later). 

Amphibolips  spongifica  Reinhard. 

Amphibolips  confluentus  Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXVI. 

Leaf -gall,  globular,  suppressing  part  or  all  of  leaf,  at  first 
green,  soon  becoming  light  brown,  with  shiny,  papery  wall,  con- 
taining a  spongy  mass  of  radiating  fibres  covered  with  down, 
which  hold  in  place  the  oblong  central  larval  chamber.  3-5  cm. 
in  diameter.  Common  at  Huron.  This  insect  shows  an  alter- 
nation of  generations,  hence  the  long  list  of  synonyms. 

Fig.  26.  Quercus  macrocarpa  affected  by  the  gall-wasp 
Holcaspis  mamma  Walsh. 

Cynips  q.  mamma  Walsh,  Am.  Ent.  1:102. 

Holcaspis  duricoria  Mayr. 

Cynips  duricaria  Packard. 

Holcaspis  duricaria  Beutenm. 

Diplolepis  q.  macrocarpa  Karsch. 

Cynips  macrocarpae  Dalla  Torre. 

Andrictis  macrocarpae  Dalla  Torre  and  Kieflfer. 

Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXVI  :31. 

Twig  gall,  acorn-like,  globular  to  elongate,  with  prominent 
conical  projections  at  end.  Single  larval  chamber  in  center  of  a 
brown,  wood}^  mass.  Diameters  variable,  5-12  mm.  Common  at 
Huron  late  in  July. 

Fig.     27.     Quercus    imbricaria    affected    by    the    gall-wasp 

Holcaspis  globulus  Fitch. 

Callaspidca  globulus  Fitch,  5th  Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  1858:811. 

Cynips  globulus  O.  S. 

Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXVI. 

Twig  gall,  spherical,  5-15  mm.  diameter,  u.sually  in  clusters. 
Yellow  and  pink-flushed,  tough  in  texture  when  young,  brown  and 
corky  when  old.     Common  in  Huron.     July. 


Dec,  1914.]  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point.  383 

Fig.  2<S.  Quercus  macrocarpa  affected  by  the  gall-wasp 
Neuroterus  floccosus  Bassett. 

Cynips  floccosa  Bassett,  Can.  Ent.  XIII:111. 

Neuroterus  exiguissima  Bassett. 

N.  exigiiissimus  Dalla  Torre  and  Kieffer. 

BeutenmiUler,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXVIII :123. 

Leaf  gall,  single-chambered,  evident  as  a  yellow-green  bHster 

on  upper  surface,  and  especially  as  a  circular,  convex,  rust-colored 

patch    of    pubescence    on    lower    surface.     3-4    mm.    diameter. 

Common.     Huron,  late  July. 

Fig.  29.     Ulmus  racemosa  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes  ulmi 

Ganiian. 

Phvtoptus  ulmi  Garman,  12th  Rep.  Ills.  State  Ent.  1882. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  861. 

Leaf  gall  on  upper  surface,  showing  as  a  tiny  spherical  pouch 
with  narrow  constricted  neck.  Green  Island,  July  20    Uncommon. 

Fig.  30.  Ulmus  americana  affected  by  the  louse  Colopha 
ulmicola  Fitch. 

Byrsocrypta  ulmicola  Fitch,  5th  Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  1858:843. 

Thelaxes  ulmicola  Walsh. 

Pemphigus  ulmicola  Packard. 

Glyphina  ulmicola  Thomas. 

Colopha  compressa  Koch. 

Colopha  eragrostis  Middleton. 

Patch,  Bull.  181  Me.  Ag.  Exp.  Sta.  196. 

Leaf  gall  on  upper  surface,  of  the  well-known  cock's-comb 
type,  being  an  elongated  pouch  or  fold,  dorsally  crested.  10-30 
mm.  long  x  5-10  mm.  high.     Green,  soon  discoloring. 

Fig.  31.  Ulmus  americana  affected  by  the  louse  Schizoneura 
lanigera  Riley. 

Schizoneura  americana  Rilev  in  part. 
Patch,  Bulls.  203  and  217  Me.  Ag.  Exp.  Sta. 

Leaf  gall,  being  a  worm-like  inrolling  of  the  edge  toward  the 
under  side,  quite  variable  in  size.  Found  empty  in  midsummer, 
and  hence  assumed  to  be  caused  by  S.  lanigera,  which,  as  Miss 
Patch  has  found,  differs  from  S.  americana  in  migrating  to  the 
apple  after  the  spring  brood  has  formed  galls  on  the  elm. 

Fig.  32.     Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  a  mite  Eriophyes  sp. 

Phvtoptus  sp.  with  fungus  Sphaerotheca  phytoptophila  Kell  et  al.     Kan. 
Ag.  Exp.  Sta.  Rep.  1888:302. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  862. 

"Witch-broom"  gall,  evident  as  a  multiplication  of  twigs 
from  a  single  source,  accompanied  by  profusion  of  buds  which 
often  telescope  and  abort,  giving  base  of  tuft  a  scaly  appearance. 
Confined  mainly  to  smaller  branches,  less  than  yi  in.  diameter. 
Common.  The  fungus  which  formerly  shared  blame  with  the 
insect  is  now  thought  by  many  to  be  merely  a  secondary  and 
incidental  affair,  the  real  culprit  being  the  mite. 


384  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  33.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  a  gall-gnat,  unde- 
termined. 

Leaf  gall,  on  under  side,  stoutly  conical  and  nippled  at  tip. 
Succulent,  pale  green,  and  covered  with  fine  bloom  when  young. 
3x4  mm.     Present  in  great  numbers.     Larva  white. 

Fig.  34.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  a  gall-gnat,  unde- 
termined. 

Stoutly  acorn-shaped  gall,  crowded  along  sides  of  green 
twig  and  on  either  surface  of  leaf.  Lower  third  ridged,  whole 
finely  bristled,  light  green  and  3-6  mm.  diameter.  Very  abundant. 
Larva  light  orange. 

Fig.  35.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  a  gall-gnat,  unde- 
termined . 

Leaf  gall,  present  in  great  numbers  on  underside.  A  "peg- 
shaped"  gall,  cylindrical  when  young,  and  developing  a  thickened 
base  as  it  grows.  Pale  green,  stragglingly  hirsute,  2-3  mm. 
long.     Very  common.     Larva  red. 

Fig.  36.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  the  gall-gnat, 
Cecidomyia  unguicula  Beutenm. 

Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXIII:388. 

Leaf  gall  of  unmistakable  "carpet-tack"  fonn,  usually  found 
on  lower  surface.  Tip  breaks  off  clean  for  emergence  of  insect. 
Green  to  straw-color,  1..5-4  x  3-5  mm.  Quite  abundant,  often  in 
company  of  one  or  more  of  the  three  preceding  forms. 

Fig.  37.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  the  psyllid  Pachyp- 
sylla  celtidis-gemmae  Riley. 

Riley,  5th  Rep.  U.  S.  Ent.  Com.  618. 
Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  IV,  No.  1:275. 

Bud  gall,  being  a  rounded  swelling  and  deformation  of  woody 
consistency  and  about  5-10  mm.  diameter.     Rare. 

Fig.  38.  Celtis  occidentalis  affected  by  the  psyllid  Pachyp- 
sylla  celtidis-mamma  Riley. 

Riley,  Johnson's  Univ.  Encyc.  1876. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  844. 

Leaf  gall,  evident  as  a  pit  in  upper  surface,  and  as  a  sub- 
spherical  gall  with  constricted  base  on  lower  surface.  Green- 
glaucous,  often  brown-mottled.  3-5  x  4-6  mm.  Abundant. 
June-July. 

Fig.  39.     Rosa  sp.  affected  by  the  gall-wasp  Rhodites  rosaefoli^ 

Cockercll. 

Rhodites  lenticularis  Bassctt. 
Cockerell,  Ent.  M.  Mag.  XXV:.324. 
Beutenmuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXI 1 1:646. 

Leaf  gall,  convex  discoidal,  projecting  from  both  surfaces. 
White  and  fairly  hard.     .5  x  4-5  mm.     Common  in  July. 


Dec,  1914.]  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point  385 

Fig.  40.     Rosa  sp.  affected  by  the  gall- wasp  Rhodites  nebu- 

losus  Bassett. 

Lvtorhodites  nebulosiis  Kieffer. 

Bassett,  Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  XVIII :63. 

Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  XXIII:644. 

Leaf  gall  on  under  side,  globular,  light  green  to  golden  brown, 
and  covered  with  short  spines.  Diameter  5-S  mm.  Castalia, 
July.     Rather  scarce. 

Fig.  41.  Rubus  nigrobaccus  affected  by  the  gall-wasp 
Diastrophus  nebulosus  O.  S. 

Osten  Sacken,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  11:36. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  36. 

"Cane  gall,"  being  an  irregular  sweUing  of  varying  length 
(5-S  cm.)  and  showing  several  longitudinal  ridges,  each  forming 
the  abode  of  an  individual  larva.     Occasional  at  Castalia. 

Fig.  42.  Prunus  serotina  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes 
serotinae  Beutenm. 

Acarus  serotinae  Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  IV:278. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  40. 

Leaf  gall,  usually  on  upper  surface,  showing  as  a  small  pouch 
with  long,  slender  neck,  opening  below.  5-10  mm.  long,  1-3  mm. 
wide,  leaf-green  to  rose.  Chalcid  inquilines  are  frequently 
present. 

Fig.  43.     Prunus  virginiana  aft'ected  by  a  mite,  Eriophyes  sp. 

The  gall  is  very  like  the  preceding,  undergoing  a  simultaneous 
cycle,  but  is  very  much  smaller,  1-2  mm.  in  length.  Either 
the  well-known  chemical  differences  of  the  two  kinds  of  leaves 
cause  them  to  respond  differently  to  the  attacks  of  the  same 
species  of  mite,  or  what  is  more  probable,  two  species  or  varieties 
of  mites  are  indicated. 

Fig.  44.  Prunus  virginiana  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Con- 
trinia  virginiana  Felt. 

Cecidomyia  virginiana  Felt. 

Flower  of  fruit  gall,  evident  as  an  abnormal  swelling  of  the  green 
fruit.  On  June  29,  when  normal  fruits  were  4-5  mm.  diameter, 
galled  specimens  were  7-10  mm.  and  of  a  sickly  yellow-green 
color.     Quite  common. 

Fig.   45.     Gleditschia   triacanthos   affected  by  the  gall-gnat 

Dasyneura  gleditschiae  O.  S. 

Cecidomyia  gleditschiae  Osten  Sacken,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  VI:219. 
Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:461. 

Pod-like  gall,  caused  by  the  closure  and  subsequent  dis- 
tension of  leaflets.  Of  varying  size  and  extent  within  each 
leaflet.     Frequently  showing  inqttiline  mites  and  aphids.  Common. 


386  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  46.  Rhus  toxicodendron  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes 
rhois  Stebbins. 

Phytoptus  sp.  Garman,  12th  Rep.  St.  Ent.  Ills.  138. 

Eriophyes  sp.  Cook. 

Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  41. 

Leaf  gall  on  either  surface  made  up  of  tiny  bulges  and  occa- 
sional pouches,  giving  the  leaf  a  granular  appearance.  The 
open  side  of  the  gall  shows  considerable  down — or  trichome- 
production.     Very  abundant. 

Fig.  47.     Rhus  aromatica  affected  by  a  mite,  Eriophyes  sp. 

Leaf  gall,  differing  from  preceding  in  always  consisting  of  one 
pouch,  or  several  fused,  on  upper  surface  of  leaf.  Usually  red- 
tipped  or  entirely  red,  and  about  1  x  3  mm.  A  form  hitherto 
unreported,  I  believe. 

Fig.  48.     Impatiens  biflora  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Lasioptera 

impatientifolia  Felt. 

Cecidomvia  im patientis  O.  S.  in  part. 
Felt,  22nd  Rep.  Ins.  N.  Y.  105. 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  43. 

Leaf-gall,  frequently  involving  stems  or  buds,  sub-spherical, 
several  chambered.  4-12  mm.  diameter.  Greenish  translucent, 
becoming  tinged  with  pink.     Common. 

Fig.    49.     Vitis    vulpina    affected    by    the    louse    Phylloxera 

vastatrix  (Fitch)  Planchon. 

Phylloxera  vitifoliae  Fitch,  1st  Rep.  Ins.  N.  Y.  158. 
Pemphigus  vitifoliae  Fitch. 
Brvsocrvpta  vitifoliae  Walsh. 
Stebbins,  Bull. "2,  Springfield  Mus.  44. 

Leaf  gall,  present  in  great  numbers  on  under  side,  and  being 
very  rough  and  irregularly  spherical,  usualh'  bristle-tipped. 
Leaf-green,  single-chambered  and  often  showing  inquilinc  arach- 
nids and  cecidomyid  larvae.  2-5  mm.  diameter.  This  is  the 
louse  so  destructive  to  grapes  in  France,  by  virtue  of  its  root- 
infesting  proclivities.     Frequent. 

Fig.  .If).     Vitis  vulpina  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Schizomyia 

coryloides  Walsh  &  Riley. 

Cecidomyia  vitis-coryloides  Walsh  and  Rilcv,  Am.  linl.  1:10(). 
Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  44. 

Bud  gall,  being  a  spherical  mass  l.l-5()  mm.  diameter,  of 
small,  lozcngc-shapcd  galls,  each  about  5  x  15  mm.  Lcaf-grccn, 
covered  with  a  felty  yellow  or  orange  pubescence.     Infrequent. 

Fig.  5L  Vitis  vulpina  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Cecidomyia 
viticola. 

Cecidomvia  viticola  Osten  Sacken,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Dipl.  p(.  1:202. 
Beutenniuller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  IV,  pt.  1:272. 


Dec,  1914.]  Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point.  387 


Leaf  gall  on  lower  surface,  straight,  conical,  narrowly  tapering. 
Light  yellow-green,  red  or  black  tipped.  3-10  x  2  mm. 
Uncommon. 

Fig.  52.  Vitis  vulpina  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Schizomyia 
petiolicola  Felt. 

Felt,  Journ.  Ec.  Ent.  IV:47o. 

Petiole  gall,  more  or  less  elongated  or  spindle-shaped,  and 
mainly  on  outer  (lower)  side  of  petiole.  Color  normal.  5-10  x 
15-30  mm.     Not  common. 

Fig.    53.     Tilia   americana   affected   by   the   mite   Eriophyes 

abnormis  Garman. 

Phytoptus  abnormis  Garman,  12th  Rep.  Ills.  St.  Ent. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  860. 

Leaf  gall,  being  a  small  pouch  with  constricted  neck  and 
fissured  tip,  usually  on  upper  surface  of  leaf.     Fairly  common. 

Fig.  54.  Tilia  americana  affected  by  a  gall-gnat  (?),  unde- 
tennined. 

"Undetermined"— Wells,  Oh.  Nat.  XIV,  No.  6:294. 

Bulbous  enlargement  of  the  petiole,  more  or  less  elongated, 
usually  eccentric  and  near  the  base.  Normal  color,  5-8  mm. 
long,  2-3  mm.  diameter.     Seldom  found. 

Fig.  7)0.     Tilia  americana  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Cecidomyia 
verrucicola  Osten  Sacken,  Can.  Ent.  VII  :200. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  838. 

Leaf-gall,  flattened,  spherical,  projecting  about  equally  from 
both  surfaces  of  leaf.  Green  and  red,  becoming  brown  when 
mature,  and  providing  for  emergence  of  insect  by  means  of  a 
hinged  lid,  which  is  usually  below.     Common. 

Fig.  56.  Cornus  stolonifera  affected  by  the  gall-gnat  Ceci- 
domyia (?)  tuba  vStebbins. 

Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  46. 

Leaf  gall  on  underside,  tubular,  with  swollen  base  and  cleft 
tip,  not  unlike  a  kettle-spout.  Bright  red  and  finely  pubescent 
like  underside  of  leaf.      1-2  x  5-S  mm.     Very  rare. 

Fig.    57.     Acer   saccharum   affected   by   the   mite  Eriophyes 

crumena  Riley. 

Acarus  aceris-criimena  Riley,  Am.  Ent.  11:339. 

Phytoptus  acericola  Garman. 

Eriophves  acericola  Cook. 

Stebbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  42. 

Leaf  gall,  being  a  very  slender,  spindle-formed  pouch  on  the 
upper  surface.  Green,  rapidly  discoloring.  Abundant  in  a 
restricted  area.     .5  x  4-6  mm.     Green  Island.     July. 


388  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Fig.  58.     Fraxinus  americana  affected  by  the  mite  Eriophyes 

fraxini  Garman. 

Phxtoplus  fraxini  Garman,  12th  Rep.  St.  Ent.  Ills. 
Cook,  Ins.  Galls  Ind.  862. 

Leaf  gall,  hemispherical,  projecting  on  upper  surface  and  show- 
ing trichomatous  (fuzzy)  opening  below.  Heavily  clustered. 
Green,  later  discoloring.  1-2  mm.  diameter.  Not  common. 
Rye  Beach,  July  19. 

Fig.  59.     Stachys  aspera  affected  by  a  gall-gnat,  undetermined. 

Bulbous  stem  enlargement,  usually  at  base  of  petioles,  which 
are  often  involved.  Size  various,  5-20  mm.  diameter.  Color 
normal.  The  gall  is  thoroughly  tunneled  by  the  orange  larvae 
before  they  emerge.     Common.     Late  July. 

Fig.  60.  Teucrium  canadense  affected  by  a  gall-gnat, 
undetermined. 

Stem  gall  of  the  same  general  character  as  the  preceding,  and 
like  it,  probably  unreported.  May  be  on  main  stem,  petiole 
or  peduncle,  singly  or  in  chains.  5-8  x  8-20  mm.  Fairly  com- 
mon.    July   22. 

Fig.  Gl.  Cephalanthus  cornutus  affected  by  the  mite 
Eriophyes  cephalanthi  Cook. 

(Identification  by  Mr.  Nathan  Banks). 

Leaf  gall  of  minute  size,  usually  so  abundant  as  to  give  leaf 
a  granular  appearance.  Evident  as  small  hemispherical  pro- 
jection from  upper  surface,  open  beneath  and  lined  copiously 
with  fine  fuzzy  (trichomatous)  growth.  Young  leaves  are  fre- 
quently seriously  deformed  and  stunted  by  these  galls.  Common. 
Mid-July. 

Fig.  62.  Solidago  canadensis  affected  by  the  trypetid  fly 
Eurosta  solidaginis  Fitch. 

Acinia  solidaginis  Fitch,  1st  Rep.  Ins.  N.  Y.  771. 
Tephritis  asteris  Harris. 
Trypeta  solidaginis  Cook  et  al. 
Stcbbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  51. 

Spherical  stem  gall,  with  a  single  central  larval  chamber, 
containing  a  maggot.  Green,  smooth,  2  cm.  in  diameter.  Fairly 
abundant,  esi)ccially  at  Huron. 

Fig.  63.  Solidago  canadensis  affected  by  the  moth  Gonori- 
moschema  gallae-solidaginis  Riley. 

Gelechia  gallae-solidaginis  Riley,  1st  Rep.  Ins.  Mo.  173. 
Stcbbins,  Bull.  2,  Springfield  Mus.  .51. 

Stem  gall,  being  an  elongate  spherical  to  spindle-shaped 
swelling,  nonnal  color,  containing  single  Icpidopterous  larva  in 
large  central  chamber.  30-40  mm.  long,  and  10-20  mm.  wide. 
Common. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XVIin. 


Sears  on  Insect  Galls. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XIX. 


Sears  on  Insect  Galls. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XX. 


Sears  on"]  Insect  Galls. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXL 


Sears  on   Insect  Galls. 


THE  NATIVE  AND  CULTIVATED  VICIEiE  AND 
PHASEOLE^  OF  OHIO. 

Gertrude  Bartlett. 

In  the  following  study  of  the  native,  introduced  and  cul- 
tivated Vicieae  and  Phaseole^  of  Ohio,  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  find  the  most  evident  differences  so  that  the  species  may  be  the 
most  easily  determined,  and  also  to  give  a  phyletic  arrangement 
in  so  far  as  this  is  possible  in  plants  so  closely  related. 

The  species  of  the  Ohio  State  Herbarium  were  studied  for 
characters  and  distribution,  and  most  of  the  cultivated  species 
were  grown  in  the  greenhouse,  in  order  that  definite  data  might 
be  obtained,  both  of  the  vegetative  parts  and  flowers.  The 
actual  measurements  were  taken  from  herbarium  specimens  and 
from  the  living  plants  and  compared  with  those  of  Britton's 
Manual.  The  keys  are  based  upon  leaf,  stem  and  flower  char- 
acteristics present  at  the  time  of  flowering.  The  habitat  is 
usually  given,  also  the  distribution  by  Counties  as  represented 
in  the  Ohio  State  Herbarium.  Economic  notes  and  other  miscel- 
laneous facts  are  added,  because  of  the  great  importance  of  these 
plants  in  agriculture  and  household  economy. 

FABAT^,     VICIE^     AND     PHASEOLE^, 

Erect  or  trailing  herbs,  or  climbing  vines  either  twining  or 
with  tendrils,  ours  always  herbaceous. 

Leaves  compound,  pinnate  or  trifoliate,  rarely  reduced  to 
one  leaflet,  alternate  with  stipules  frequently  having  nectar 
glands.  Leaves  often  ending  in  a  simple  or  branched  tendril, 
or  in  a  short  point.  Roots  with  large  or  small  tubercles.  Flowers 
bisporangiate,  hypogynous,  pentacyclic  pentamerous  except  the 
gynecium,  zygomorphic,  the  two  outer  lower  petals,  more  or  less 
united  forming  a  structure  called  the  keel,  which  encloses  the 
stamen  column.  Calyx  of  five  united  sepals,  its  lobes  sometimes 
obscured.  Stamens  diadelphous,  sometimes  monadelphous.  Car- 
pel one  with  two  lateral  sutures,  one  of  which  is  the  placenta. 
Ovules  one  to  many.  Fruit  a  legume,  dehiscent  by  two  valves, 
often  twisting  spirally  or  indehiscent.  Seeds  with  little  or  no 
endospemi.     Cotyledons  large  and  thick. 

KEY    TO    THE    TRIBES. 

1.  Leaves  evenly  pinnate  with  tendrils  or  bristles,  or  if 
odd-pinnate,  then  the  stem  4-angled  or  with  leaflets  9-25  and 
deeply  serrate.     Vicieae. 

1.  Leaves  odd-pinnate  without  tendrils,  the  leaflets  not 
serrate  and  the  stem  round,  or  roundish,  frequently  twining. 
Phaseolese. 

393 


394  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 


ViciE^. — Pea  Tribe. 

Herbs  or  vines  erect  or  climbing  by  tendrils,  usually  glabrous 
and  gray-green.  Leaves  pinnately  compound,  leaflets  two  to 
many;  flowers  axillary  usually  racemose  though  sometimes 
capitate  or  solitary;  cotyledons  remaining  underground  during 
the  sprouting  and  growth  of  the  seedling. 

Many  of  the  Vicieas  are  cultivated  for  soiling,  pasture,  hay  and 
seed. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.     Leaves  with  terminal  leaflet.     2. 

1.  Leaves  ending  in  a  tendril,  spine  or  bristle;  style  usually  more  or  less 

hairy.     3. 

2.  Peduncle  one  flowered,  leaves  serrate.     Cicer.     (1). 

2.  Peduncle  two  to  several  flowered,  leaves  not  serrate.     Vicia  (2). 

3.  Stamen  tube  diagonal  at  the  summit;  stjde  slender  with  a  tuft  of  hairs 

or  merely  pubescence  at  the  summit;  veining  of  the  leaves  not  promi- 
nent, veins  pinnate.     4. 

3.  vStamen  tube  with  a  flat  top;  style  flattened,  bearded  along  the  inner 

side;  stipules  usually  large;  veins  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf  promi- 
nent; veins  branched  or  parallel.     5. 

4.  Calyx  lobes  elongated;  style  flat;  pod  2-seeded.     Ervum  (3). 

4.  Calyx  lobes  short;  style  threadlike;  pod  generally  more  than  2-seeded. 

Vicia    (2). 

5.  Style  without  a  groove;  stipules  mostly  much  smaller  than  the  leaflets. 

Lathyrus  (4). 
5.     Style  grooved  on  the  underside;  stipules  nearly  as  large  or  larger  than 
the  leaflets.     Pisum  (5). 

1.     Cicer   L.     Chick-pea. 

Pubescent  herbs  or  shrubs  with  evenly  or  odd  pinnate  leaves 
and  more  or  less  serrate  leaflets.  Flowers  pedicelled,  few  or 
solitary,  white  to  purple. 

There  are  several  species  of  Cicer,  but  only  one  has  been 
generally  introduced  into  the  United  States. 

.1.  Cicer  arietinum  L.  Chick-pea.  An  upright,  ver}^  glandular 
pubescent  annual,  9-20  in.  high.  Leaves  odd-pinnate;  leaflets 
9-25,  /4-K  in.  long,  /,s-/;i  in.  wide;  stipules  ovate-lanceolate,  toothed 
Peduncle  one  flowered;  flowers  Yr/i  in.  long,  white  to  purple; 
pods  very  pubescent,  1-2  in.  long;  the  seed  light  brown,  angular, 
the  micropylar  point  very  prominent. 

2.     Vicia  (Toum.)  L.     Vetch. 

Herbs  or  vines  usuallj^  tendril-bearing,  but  sometimes  with  a 
terminal  leaflet.  Leaves  nearly  sessile  evenly  or  odd-pinnate. 
Stipules  sometimes  with  nectar  glands.  Flowers  axillary,  in 
twos  or  threes  or  racemose;  style  filifonn,  pod  dehiscent,  two  to 
many  seeded. 


Dec,  1914.]  Viciece  and  Phaseolece  of  Ohio.  395 


Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     Stem  erect,  quadrangular.      Vicia  faba  (1). 

1.  Stem  climbing,  weak  or  trailing.     2. 

2.  Peduncle  very  short  or  wanting,  flowers  1  or  2,  axilliary.     3. 

2.  Peduncle  elongated,  flowers  racemed  or  spicate.     4. 

3.  Leaflets  oblong,  oval  or  obovate;  stipules  broad;  flowers  }^-%  in.  long, 

bluish  purple.      Vicia  saliva.     (8). 

3.  Leaflets  except  those  of  the  lower  leaves,  linear  or  linear  oblong. 

Vicia  angustifolia   (9). 

4.  Spikelike  raceme,  dense,  secund,  or  one-sided,  15-40  flowered.     5. 

4.  Flowers  in  a  loose  raceme,  not  one-sided,  1-20  flowered.     6. 

5.  Stem,  leaves  and  flowers  villous  pubescent;  annual  or  biennial.     Cul- 

tivated.     Vicia  villosa.     (3). 

5.  Plant  glabrous  or  ver}'^  finely  pubescent;  perennial.    Vicia  cracca.  (2). 

6.  Stipules  rather  broad,   foliaceous,   triangular  ovate,   sharply  toothed. 

Vicia  americana.     (4). 

6.  Stipules  linear  or  linear  oblong,  entire.     7. 

7.  Flowers  8-24;  white,  keel  tipped  with  blue.      Vicia  caroliniana.     (5). 

7.  Flowers  1-6;  bluish  purple.     8. 

8.  Calyx  glabrous,   ovules  3-6,   flowers  g  to  j  in.  long. 

Vicia  tetrasperma.  (6). 
8.     Calyx  pubescent  ovules  2;  flowers  \  in.  long.      Vicia  kirsuta  (7). 

1.  Vicia  faba  L.  HorvSe  Vetch.  An  erect  cultivated  annual 
with  a  green,  more  or  less  reddish,  4-angled  stem,  2-6  ft.  high  and 
Vi-Yi  in.  in  diameter.  Leaves  with  a  terminal  leaflet  or  bract; 
leaflets  oval,  2  in.  long,  1}^  in.  wide,  stipules  %  in.  broad,  having 
prominent  nectar  glands.  Flowers  sessile,  light-blue  to  purple; 
pods  thick,  broad,  curved,  pendent,  the  reddish  brown  seeds 
usually  nearly  circular,  1  inch  broad,  and  the  hilum  )i  of  the 
circumference.  Some  varieties  resemble  the  common  bean  in 
shape. 

Vicia  Faba  is  the  bean  of  Roman  history.  It  was  often  used  as 
a  counter  in  their  mathematical  calculations.  The  cool,  wet 
climate  of  England  is  well  suited  for  its  cultivation,  and  it  is  there 
used  for  the  food  of  man  as  well  as  for  horses  and  cattle.  It 
is  cultivated  in  Ohio  as  an  ornamental  plant  and  occasionally 
for  food.  The  seeds  are  used  green  or  dried,  boiled  or  roasted. 
It  is  also  called  Horse  Bean,  Broad  Bean,  Broad  Windsor,  English 
Broad  Bean  and  English  Dwarf  Bean. 

2.  Vicia  cracca  L.  Cow  Vetch.  A  weak  trailing  glabrous, 
or  very  finely  pubescent  perennial,  2-4  ft.  long  and  Ke  in-  in 
diameter.  Leaflets  4-12  pairs,  linear  %-%  in.  long,  K2-%  in.  wide, 
tendrils  branched,  the  stipules  linear,  K2-/3  in.  long.  Flowers 
bluish-purple  to  white,  %  in.  long,  arranged  in  a  dense,  secund, 
15-40  flowered  raceme  1-4  in.  long;  pods  /4-I  in.  long;  seeds  3-8, 
round  and  velvety  black. 

It  is  generally  found  in  dry  soil.  Columbiana,  Wayne,  Lake, 
Huron,  Seneca,  Cuyahoga.  The  Cow  Vetch  is  also  called  Bird 
Vetch,  Blue  Vetch  and  Tufted  Vetch. 


396  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

3.  Vicia  villosa  Roth.  Hairy  Vetch.  A  villous  pubescent 
much  branched,  weak  and  trailing,  cultivated  annual,  or  biennial, 
with  a  stem  2-6  ft.  long  and  Ke  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  S-24, 
linear,  %-K  in.  long,  ^Hle  in.  wide,  obtuse  at  the  base,  acute  at  the 
apex;  tendrils  branched.  Peduncle  shorter  than,  or  equalling 
the  leaves;  the  flowers  purple  to  white;  the  pod  %  to  1  in.  long; 
)i-)i  in.  wide;  seed  round  and  black. 

The  seed  of  Vicia  villosa  may  be  distinguished  by  the  lemon - 
yellow  beneath  the  outside  coating  from  the  Vicia  sativa,  which  is 
an  orange-yellow.  Vicia  villosa  is  able  to  withstand  the  northern 
climate,  while  Vicia  sativa  is  often  winter-killed,  so  the  ability 
to  distinguish  the  seed  is  of  importance.  The  Hairy  Vetch  is 
being  experimentally  used  by  many  farmers  over  Ohio,  as  a  soiling 
and  hay  crop. 

4.  Vicia  americana  Muhl.  American  Vetch.  A  glabrous,  or 
very  finely  pubescent  weak  trailing  perennial,  2-3  ft.  long  and  /ie 
in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  1  in.  long,  %-%6  in.  wide,  the  tendrils 
branched,  the  stipules  broad  and  foliaceous,  or  triangular-ovate 
and  sharply  toothed.  Flowers  in  a  loose  raceme,  with  1-20 
flowers,  blue  to  purple;  pod  glabrous,  /^-/4  in.  long,  seeds  2-5. 

It  has  been  reported  only  from  the  northern  part  of  the  State. 
Cuyahoga,  Geauga,  Erie,  Ottawa  and  Lucas.  It  is  also  called 
Purple  Vetch. 

5.  Vicia  caroliniana  Walt.  Carolina  Vetch.  A  weak  trailing 
glabrous  perennial  with  the  stem  1-2  ft.  long  and  Kb  in.  in  diameter. 
Leaflets,  4-9  pairs,  /s-1  in.  long,  X-^s  in.  wide,  the  tendrils  simple 
or  compound,  the  stipules  linear  or  linear-oblong  entire.  Racemes 
loose,  S-20  flowered,  with  a  white  keel  tipped  with  light  blue, 
pod  glabrous,  %  in.  long,  Xe  in.  wide,  the  seed  round  and  brown. 

Washington,  Gallia,  Lawrence,  Jackson,  Scioto,  Ross,  Pike, 
Darke,  Williams,  Lorain,  Ottawa  and  Cuyahoga.  It  is  also 
called  Pale  Vetcli. 

6.  Vicia  tetrasperma  (L)  Moench.  Slender  Vetch.  A  small 
trailing  glaljrous  annual,  the  stem  6-24  in.  long  and  Ke  in.  in 
diameter. Leaflets  6-12,  %  in.  long,  ]i  in.  wide;  the  tendrils  branched, 
the  stipules  linear  or  linear  oblong,  entire.  Peduncle  eqvialling 
or  shorter  than  the  leaves,  raceme  loose  with  1-6  flowers,  %-){  in. 
long,  pale  blue  to  puri)le;  calyx  glabrous,  pod  glabrous,  Yi  in. 
long,  the  seeds  3-6,  spherical,  dark  brown.     Lake  County. 

7.  Vicia  hirsuta  (L)  Koch.  Hirsute  Vetch.  A  small  glabrous 
or  finely  pubescent  annual,  1-2  ft.  long,  the  diameter  of  the 
stem  Kg  in.  Leaflets  S-16,  K-%  in.  long,  Yxi-Ys  in  wide,  linear  or 
linear  oblong,  cmarginate,  the  tendrils  branched,  the  stipules 
linear.  Flowers  in  a  loose  raceme  with  1-6  flowers  )i  in.  long, 
pale  blue  to  pur])le,  the  calyx  pubescent;  pod  slightly  pubescent, 
%  in.  long,  Yn  in.  wide,  .seeds  2,  1:)rown. 

Introduced  from  Europe.     Lake,  Sandusky  and  Knox. 


Dec,  1914.]  Viciece  and  Phaseolece  of  Ohio.  397 

8.  Vicia  sativa  L.  Common  Vetch.  A  three  to  five-branched 
climbing  annual,  1-4  ft.  high,  with  the  stem  Ys  in.  m  diameter. 
Leaves  4-6  in.  long,  oval  or  obovate,  %-)^  in.  long,  %-%  in.  wide, 
mucronate;  tendrils  branched;  stipules  broad.  Peduncle  short 
or  wanting;  flowers  axillary  1-2,  %-%  in.  long,  purple,  pod  pubes- 
cent, 2-3  in.  long,  %&  in.  wide,  the  5-10  seeds  brown  to  black. 

Beneath  the  outer  coat  the  seed  of  Vicia  sativa  is  orange- 
yellow.  It  may  readily  be  distinguished  from  Vicia  villosa,. 
which  is  lemon-yellow  under  the  seed  coat.  Vicia  sativa  has  been 
introduced  from  Europe,  and  is  used  as  a  forage  or  cover  crop. 
Care  must  be  observed  in  feeding  this  plant  to  pigs  as  cases  of 
poisoning  have  been  reported.  It  is  also  called  Spring  Vetch 
and  Smooth  Vetch. 

9.  Vicia  angustifolia  L.  Narrow-leaf  Vetch.  A  small  climb- 
ing  glabrous  annual,  1-2  ft.  long,  the  diameter  of  the  stem  Me  in. 
Leaves  2  in.  long,  leaflets,  except  the  lower  ones  hnear  or  linear 
oblong,  Ys-l  in.  long,  Ke  in.  wide;  tendrils  branched,  the  stipules 
half -sagittate,  entire.  Peduncle  very  short  or  wanting  the 
flowers,  1-2  in  the  upper  axils,  purple;  pods  linear,  glabrous, 
1-2  in.  long,  %-%  in.  broad. 

Vicia  angustifolia  has  been  introduced  from  Europe  and  is- 
found  escaped  in  Lake  County. 

3.     Ervum   L.     Lentil. 

Weakly  erect  herbaceous  annuals  with  angled  stems.  Leaves- 
pinnate,  the  leaves  two  to  many;  tendrils  simple  or  compound, 
stipules  semi  sagittate.  Flowers  small,  racemose  or  soHtary  on 
axillary  peduncles;  calyx  lobes  elongated;  style  usually  more  or 
less  hairy,  flat;  stamen  tube  diagonal  at  the  summit;  pod  two- 
seeded. 

1.  Ervum  lens  L.  Lentil.  A  glabrous  or  finely  pubescent 
annual  with  a  4-angled  stem  1-2  ft.  high  and  K2-/8  in.  in  diameter. 
Leafiets  oblong,  %-l  in.  long,  %&-%  in.  wide;  tendrils  branched, 
stipules  semi-sagittate.  Flowers  %-%  in.  long,  white  to  purple; 
pod  2-seeded,  the  seeds  orbicular,  gray  or  red. 

The  lens  of  optical  instruments  is  named  from  its  resemblance 
to  this  seed.  The  mess  of  pottage  for  which  Esau  sold  his  birth- 
right to  his  brother  Jacob  is  said  to  have  been  made  of  lentils. 
They  are  very  commonly  used  for  soup. 

4.     Lathyrus  L. 

Climbing  or  trailing  vines  with  tendril-bearing  leaves  and 
often  with  a  winged  stem.  Leaves  ending  in  a  simple  or  branched 
tendril;  the  leaflets  1-6  pairs;  veining  on  the  underside  prominent; 
stipules  generally  smaller  than  the  leaflets.  Flowers  racemose  or 
solitary,  generally  showy,  purple,  yellow  or  white;  stamen  tube 
with  a  flat  top;  style  without  a  groove,  bearded  along  the  inner 
side;  pods  dehiscent,  the  seeds  brown  to  black. 


398  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Key  to  the  Species. 
1.     Leaflets  1  pair.     2. 

1.  Leaflets  2-6  pairs.     3. 

2.  Stems  wingless,  flowers  yellow.     Lathyrus  pratensis.     (6). 

2.  Stems  winged,  flowers  usually  purple  to  white.     4. 

3.  Flowers  purple.     5. 

.'3.     Flowers  yellowish-white.     Lathyrus  ochroleucus.     (.5). 

4.  Stems  broadly  winged  glabrous,  perennial.     Lathyrus  latif alius.     (7). 

4.  Stems  narrowly  winged,  annual  Lathyrus  odoratus.     (8). 

5.  Stipules  broad,  foliaceous,  regularly  halberd  shaped,  leaflets  ovate. 

Lathyrus  maritimus.   (1). 

5.  Stipules  narrow,  half  sagittate  or  wanting  leaflets  obovate.     6. 

6.  Inflorescence  with  10-20  flowers.     Lathyrus  venosiis.     (2). 

6.  Inflorescence  with  2-6  flowers.     7. 

7.  Leaflets  linear  or  linear  oblong,  stems  winged.     Lathyrus  palustris.   (3). 
7.     Leaflets  oblong  or  oval,  stems  wingless.     Lathyrus  myrtifolius.     (4). 

1.  Lathyrus  maritimus  (L)  Bigel.  Beach  Pea.  A  glabrous 
•climbing  or  erect  perennial  with  a  grooved  angled  stem,  1-2  ft. 
high  and  %  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  2-6  pairs,  oval,  1)2  in.  long, 
1  in.  wide,  tendrils  branched,  stipules  broad,  foliaceous,  and 
regularly  halberd  shaped.  Peduncle  shorter  than  the  leaves; 
flowers  6-10,  racemose,  purple,  %-l  in.  long;  pod  glabrous,  IjiS  in. 
long,  Yi-ji  in.  wide,  seeds  3-10,  light  brown. 

Ashtabula,  Lake,  Cuyahoga  and  Erie.  It  is  also  called 
Sea-pea,  Sea-side-pea  and  Everlasting-pea. 

2.  Lathyrus  venosus  Muhl.  Veiny  Pea.  A  trailing  or 
climbing  glabrous,  or  finely  pubescent  perennial,  with  a  4-angled 
stem,  2-3  ft.  long  and  }s  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  2-6  pairs, 
obovate,  1-2  in.  long,  %,-!  in.  wide;  tendrils  compound,  stipules 
narrow,  half  sagittate  or  wanting.  Peduncles  shorter  than  the 
leaves;  flowers  10-20,  72-/8  in.  long,  purple;  pod  hnear,  1-3  in.  long, 
Ke-K  in-,  wide;  seeds  3-8,  brown. 

The  Veiny  Pea  usually  grows  near  rivers  or  lakes.  Erie  and 
Williams. 

3.  Lathyrus  palustris  L.  Marsh  Pea.  A  climbing,  slightly 
pubescent  or  glabrous  perennial  with  an  angled,  usually  winged 
stem,  1-3  ft.  long  and  Ke  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  2-6  pairs, 
linear  or  linear  oblong,  1-2)^  in.  long,  /8-/8  in.  wide;  tendrils 
branched,  stipules  narrow,  half  sagittate  or  wanting.  Flowers 
2-6,  ji  in.  long,  purple;  pod  linear,  2-2%  in.  long,  %-%  in.  wide, 
the  seeds  3-6,  brown. 

The  Marsh  Pea  is  found  in  moist  or  wet  soil.  Lake,  Cuyahoga, 
Summit,  Eric,  Madison  and  Greene.     It  is  also  called  Wild  Pea. 

4.  Lathyrus  myrtifolius  Muhl.  Myrtle-leaf  Marsh  Pea.  A 
slender  climbing,  glabrous,  or  slightly  pubescent  perennial,  with  a 
wingless,  angled  stem,  1-3  ft.  long,  and  Xe  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets 
2-6  pairs,  oblong  or  oval,  1-2  in.  long,  ji-ji  in.  wide;  tendrils 
branched ;  stipules  K-/8  in.  long,  narrow,  half  sagittate  or  wanting. 
Flowers  2-6,  purple,  %-%  in.  long;  pod  linear,  2  in.  long,  Ke  in. 
wide,  the  seeds  3-8,  brown. 

This  species  is  found  in  moist  or  wet  localities.  Lake,  Stark, 
Erie,  Lucas,  Defiance  and  Auglaize. 


Dec,  1914.]  ViciecB  and  Phaseolece  of  Ohio.  399 

5.  Lathyrus  ochreoleucus  Hook.  Cream-colored  Pea.  A 
climbing,  or  trailing  glabrous  perennial,  the  winged  angled  stem, 
1-3K  ft.  long,  and  ji  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  6-10  acuminate  or 
mucronate  at  the  apex,  rounded  at  the  base,  1-3  in.  long,  ji-l  in. 
wide;  tendrils  simple  or  compound;  stipules  broad,  foliaceous. 
Peduncles  shorter  than  the  leaves,  the  flowers  5-10,  yellowish 
white,  K-/4  in.  long;  pod  linear,  glabrous,  1-2  in.  long. 

Lake,  Cuyahoga,  Lorain  and  Ottawa. 

6.  Lathyrus  pratensis  L.  Meadow  Pea.  A  weak  trailing 
or  climbing  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  perennial  with  an 
angled  stem  1-3  ft.  long,  and  Ke  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  1  pair, 
lenear-oblong,  acute,  1^-2  in.  long;  tendrils  usually  .simple; 
stipules  foliaceous,  halberd-shaped.  Flowers  4-12,  }^-/s  in.  long, 
yellow,  seeds  small,  brown. 

The  Meadow  Pea  is  found  in  Lake  County.  It  is  also  called 
Mouse  Pea,  Tom  Thumb  and  Crow-peas. 

7.  Lathyrus  latifolius  L.  Everlasting  Pea.  A  climbing, 
glabrous  perennial,  with  a  broadly  winged  stem  3-10  ft.  high  and 
%  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  1  pair,  2-4  in.  long,  ji  in.  wide,  with 
prominent  veining;  tendrils  branched;  stipules  lanceolate,  1  in. 
long.  Peduncles  stout,  curved,  longer  than  the  leaves;  the 
flowers  purple  to  white,  1  in.  long;  pod  2-3  in.  long,  %  in.  wide, 
the  seeds  4-8,  dark  brown. 

This  plant  is  cultivated  thruout  Ohio  for  the  beauty  of  the 
foliage  and  flowers,  and  is  of  especial  value  for  ornamental 
gardening. 

8.  Lathyrus  odoratus  L.  Sweet  Pea.  A  rough  hairy  annual, 
with  an  angled,  narrowly  winged  stem,  2-6  ft.  long  and  Ys  in.  in 
diameter.  Leaflets  1  pair,  obovate  acuminate,  2-4  in.  long, 
K-1  in.  wide;  tendrils  many  branched;  stipules  narrow.  Flowers 
showy,  /4-IK  in.  long,  white  to  purple  and  often  with  many  com- 
binations of  color;  pod  1^-2  in.  long,  %  in.  wide,  the  seeds  3-6 
globular,  brown. 

The  Sweet  Pea  is  much  cultivated  on  account  of  the  beauty  and 
odor  of  its  flowers.  They  are  raised  in  great  ntmibers  in  green- 
houses in  winter,  as  well  as  in  gardens  in  the  summer.  The 
cut  flowers  are  used  for  general  decoration  and  are  universal 
favorites. 

5.     Pisum  L.     Pea. 

Erect  or  climbing,  glabrous,  glaucous  annuals  with  angled 
stems.  Leaves  ending  with  branching  tendrils,  the  veining 
prominent;  stipules  larger  or  equalling  the  leaflets;  flowers  white 
to  purple,  the  style  usually  more  or  less  hairy,  flattened,  grooved 
on  the  under  side,  the  stamen  tube  with  a  flat  top;  pod  glabrous, 
the  seeds  globular  or  angular,  smooth  or  wrinkled. 

The  Pea  is  cultivated  to  a  large  extent  as  a  food  for  man  and 
animals. 


400  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     Flowers  white,  seeds  globular.     Pistim  sativum.     (1). 
1.     Flowers  bluish  to  dull  white  with  purple  on  the  wings,  seeds  slightly 
angular,  usually  gray.     Pisiim  arvense.     (2). 

1.  Pisum  sativum  L.  Common  Pea.  An  erect  or  climbing 
glabrous  annual  with  a  hollow  angular  stem  /2-6  ft.  high  and  }i  in. 
in  diameter.  Leaflets  1-3  pairs,  1-2  in.  long,  K-/4  in.  wide, 
the  stipules  as  large,  or  larger  than  the  leaflets.  Flowers  %-/^ 
in.  long,  white;  pods  2-3  in.  long,  K-/4  in.  wide,  the  seeds  globular, 
green  to  yellow,  smooth  or  wrinkled. 

The  Common  Pea  has  been  cultivated  for  food  for  many- 
hundred  years.  The  seed  is  used  in  the  green  or  dry  condition. 
By  the  use  of  a  machine  called  the  viner,  the  green  peas  are 
ready  for  the  cans  in  a  few  hours  after  being  cut,  making  it  pos- 
sible for  the  canned  product  to  be  in  good  condition.  The  ripe 
seed  is  used  for  split-pea  soup. 

2.  Pisum  arvense.  L.  Field  Pea.  A  climbing  or  erect 
glabrous  annual  with  an  angular  stem,  2-5  ft.  high  and  )i  in.  in 
diameter.  Leaflets  1-3  pairs,  1-2  in.  long,  )^-%  in.  wide,  the 
stipules  as  large  or  larger  than  the  leaflets.  Flowers  /4-}2  in. 
long,  blue  to  dull  white  with  purple  on  the  wings;  pods  lK-2  in. 
long,  K-%  in.  wide,  the  seed  angular,  usually  gray. 

The  Field  Pea  is  cultivated  in  Ohio  for  soiling,  pasturage  and 
dry  feed.  It  thrives  best  in  a  cool,  moist  climate.  For  this 
reason,  Canada  has  made  the  greatest  advance  in  Field  Pea 
culture.     It  is  often  called  Canada  Pea. 

Phaseole^.  Bean  Tribe. 

Dark-green  herbs  or  vines  usually  pubescent,  the  stem  round 
or  roundish,  erect  or  twining  counter-clockwise.  Leaves  odd- 
pinnate,  usually  trifoliate,  but  leaflets  sometimes  1-7.  Flowers 
axillary,  usually  racemose,  but  sometimes  capitate  or  solitary. 

The  cotyledons  are  usually  pushed  above  ground  during 
sprouting.  The  Phaseoleae  are  cultivated  for  soiling,  hay  and 
seed.     They  supply  an  important  part  of  the  food  of  man. 

Key  to  the  Genera. 

1.     Leaves  pinnate  with  5-7  leaflets.     Glycine.     2. 

1.  Leaves  trifoliate  or  uniofoliate.     2. 

2.  Style  bearded  along  the  inner  side.     3. 

2.  vStyle  glabrous  or  pube.scent  only  at  the  upper  end  or  at  the  base.     4. 

3.  Flowers  racemed,  the  keel  of  the  corolla  spirally  coiled.  Phaseohis.   (5). 

3.  Flowers  capitate,  or  if  somewhat  racemose,  then  the  keel  of  the  corolla 

only  slightly  incurved.     G. 

4.  Style  bearded  at  the  summit  about  the  stigma.     Dolichos  (1). 

4.  Stjde  glabrous  at  the  upper  end,  sometimes  pubescent  at  the  lower  part. 5. 
.5.  Stem  erect;  annual;  cultivated.     Soja.     (3). 

5.  Stem  trailing;  perennial;  native.     Falcata.     (4). 

6.  Flowers  capitate  or  in  peduncle  heads;  corolla  purple,  keel  of  the  corolla 

strongly  incurved;  native.     Strophostyles.     (6). 
6.     Flowers    capitate    or    somewhat    racemose,    corolla    yellow,    white    or 
purple.     Keel  of  the  corolla  short,  slightly  incurved;  cultivated. 

Vigna.     (7). 


Dec,  1914.]  Viciece  and  Phaseolece  of  Ohio.  401 


1.  Dolichos  L. 

Sparsely  pubescent,  erect,  or  twining  annuals,  the  stem 
round,  the  leaves  trifoliate,  the  stipules  small.  Flowers  racemose, 
purple  to  white,  the  style  bearded  at  the  summit  about  the  stigma; 
pod  broad,  the  seeds  black  with  a  white  raphe. 

There  is  only  one  species  generally  cultivated  in  Ohio. 

1.  Dolichos  lablab  L.  Hyacinth  Bean.  A  pubescent  twining 
annual  with  a  reddish  or  green  stem  2-8  ft.  long  and  %  in.  in  diam- 
eter. Leaflets  2-3  in.  long,  1/^-2  in.  broad,  minutely  stipellate. 
Flowers  showy,  light  purple,  }^-l  in.  long;  pods  broadly  incurved, 
1K~2/^  in-  long,  1  in.  broad;  the  seeds  black  with  a  prominent 
white  raphe. 

The  Hyacinth  Bean  is  cultivated  for  the  showy  flowers.  It  is 
very  hardy  and  will  grow  in  almost  any  kind  of  soil.  Escaped 
in  Franklin  County. 

2.  Glycine  L. 

Trailing  or  climbing  pubescent  or  glabrous  perennials.  Leaf- 
lets 5-7.  Roots  tuberous  or  having  prominent  tubercles.  Flowers 
axillary,  racemose,  capitate,  showy,  brownish  purple  to  red. 

1.  Glycine  apios  L.  Ground-nut.  A  slender  trailing  peren- 
nial, 2-10  ft.  long  and  Ke  in.  or  less  in  diameter.  Leaflets  5-7, 
1-1:  in.  long,  Yo-lji  in.  wide.  Flowers  /4-K  in.  long,  loosely  racemose; 
pod  linear,  3-5  in.  long,  %  in.  wide,  the  seeds  5-9,  reddish  brown. 

The  roots  are  tuberous  necklace-hke,  hence  the  name  Ground- 
nut. Stark,  Auglaize,  Clark,  Harrison,  Cuyahoga,  Adams, 
Warren  and  Wayne.     It  is  also  called  Wild  Bean. 

3.     Soja  Moench. 

Erect  pubescent  annuals.  Leaves  trifoliate.  Roots  with 
many  tubercles.  Flowers  greenish-white  to  purj^le,  minute  and 
inconspicuous;  style  glabrous  at  the  upper  end,  sometimes  pubes- 
cent at  the  lower  part;  pods  brown,  very  pubescent. 

1.  Soja  soja  (L)  Karst.  Soy  Bean.  A  pubescent  annual 
2-5  ft.  high,  the  stem  %  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  2}i-S%  in. 
long,  1^-2}^  in.  wide.  Flowers  axillary,  very  minute,  the  parts 
€arly  deciduous,  greenish  white  to  purple;  pods  l/^-2K  in.  long, 
very  pubescent;  seeds  white,  green,  yellow,  brown,  black  or 
variegated,  elliptical  to  spherical,  %-%  in.  in  diameter. 

The  Soy  Bean  has  been  introduced  into  the  United  States 
from  China  and  is  cultivated  to  a  large  extent  for  forage,  haj?", 
soiling  and  seed.  The  beans  are  now  used  both  in  the  green  and 
in  the  dry  state,  as  food  for  man  and  animals. 


402  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 


4.     Falcata    Gmel. 

Slender,  glabrous  or  pubescent  twining  perennials.  Leaves 
trifoliate.  Flowers  axillary  racemose,  white  to  purple,  the 
style  glabrous;  pods  linear  oblong  or  obovoid,  many  to  one  seeded. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.     Glabrate  or  somewhat  pubescent,  the  bracts  small.  Falcata  comosa.   (1). 
1.     Villous-brown  pubescence,  the  bracts  prominent.   Falcata  pitcheri.     (2). 

1.  Falcata  comosa  (L)  Ktz.  Hog-Peanut.  A  slender,  twin- 
ing, glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  perennial,  the  stem  )«  ft.  long, 
and  less  than  Xe  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  thin,  acute  at  the 
apex,  rounded  at  the  base,  2/^  in.  long,  1)^  in.  wide,  the  bracts 
small.  Flowers  K-/4  in.  long,  purple  to  white;  pod  1  in.  long, 
%  in.   broad,   the   seeds  3-6,   dark  brown. 

This  plant  is  found  in  moist  thickets.  General.  It  is  also 
called  Pea  Vine. 

2.  Falcata  pitcheri  (T.  &  G.)  Ktz.  Pitcher's  Hog-peanut. 
Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  generally  stouter  and  villous- 
pubescent  thruout,  with  reflexed  brown  hairs;  leaflets  larger  and 
thicker;  subterranean  fruit  less  abundantly  produced.  In  moist 
thickets ;  rather  general  in  the  State. 

5.     Phaseolus  (Toum.)  L.     Bean. 

Twining  or  erect  annuals,  or  perennials,  leaves  trifoliate. 
Flowers  racemose  axillary,  white  to  purple,  the  style  bearded 
along  the  inner  side,  the  keel  of  the  corolla  spirally  coiled;  pod 
linear  with  a  persistent  style;  the  seed  generally  rounded  at  the 
ends. 

Beans  are  almost  universally  cultivated  for  food  of  man.  The 
dry  and  the  green  seed,  as  well  as  the  green  pods  are  used. 

Key  to  the  Species. 
1.     Flowers  in  racemes  longer  than  the  leaves.     2. 

1.  Flowers  in  racemes  shorter  than  the  leaves.     3. 

2.  Flowers  small,  1-3  in.  long,  purple;  native.    Phaseolus  polystachyus.     (1). 

2.  Flowers  large,  3^  to  1  in.  long,  bright  scarlet  to  white;  cultivated. 

Phaseolus  coccincus.     (5). 

3.  Flowers  greenish,  white,  pods,  broad,  seeds  flat.  Phaseolus  lunatus.   (4). 

3.  Flowers  white  to  purple,  pods  linear,  straight,  seed  usually  oval.     4. 

4.  Stem  erect.     Phaseolus  nanus.     (3). 

4.     Stem  twining,  Phaseolus  vulgaris.     (2). 

1.  Phaseolus  polystachyus  (L)  B.  S.  P.  Wild  Bean.  A 
trailing  or  climbing  perennial  with  the  stem  4-15  ft.  long  and 
K()  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  broadly  ovate,  2  in.  long,  1)^  in. 
wide,  the  stipules  lanceolate.  Flowers  loosely  racemose  vipon 
peduncles,  longer  than  the  leaves,  the  pedicels  with  minute- 
bracts,  each  flower  }i-)i  in.  in  length,  purple;  pods  curved,  droop- 
ing, stalked  flat  1/^-2}^  in.  long;  the  seeds  chocolate-brown. 


Dec,  1914.]  Viciece  and  Phaseolece  of  Ohio.  403. 

2.  Phaseolus  vulgaris  L.  Common  Pole  Bean.  A  twining 
annual  with  the  stem  4-10  ft.  long,  }{&-%  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets 
2-4  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide.  Flowers  in  racemes  shorter  than  the 
leaves,  Yr-Yi  in.  in  length,  white  to  purple;  pods  linear,  2-10  in. 
long,  /4-l%  in.  wide,  the  seeds  generally  rounded  at  the  ends^ 
white,  purple,  brown,  black  and  many  combinations  of  color. 

There  are  two  general  classes,  green  pod  varieties  and  yellow 
or  wax  pod  varieties.  The  common  names  for  the  different 
varieties  are  so  confused  that  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  seed- 
house  from  which  they  come  in  order  to  know  what  they  actually 
represent.  Green  snaps,  green  shelled  and  dry  shelled  are  dif- 
ferent forms  used  as  food. 

3.  Phaseolus  nanus  L.  Common  Bush  Bean.  An  erect ,- 
much  branched  annual,  1)2-3  ft.  high,  }{&-%  in.  in  diameter.  Leaf- 
lets 2-4  in.  long,  lK-3  in.  wide.  Flowers  in  racemes,  shorter  than 
the  leaves,  K-K  in.  in  length,  white  to  purple;  pods  linear,  2-8  in. 
long,  %-iy2  in.  wide,  green  or  yellow  when  young,  the  seeds  oval 
tumid,  white,  purple,  brown,  black  or  variegated. 

There  are  two  general  types,  green  pod  and  wax  or  yellow 
pod  varieties.  The  extensive  cultivation  of  the  green  pod  varieties 
as  a  field  crop  for  the  dry  seed  probably  accounts  for  the  fact  that 
many  of  these  are  of  the  tough  shelled  type.  Beans  are  a  popular 
article  of  diet,  and  owing  to  their  high  proteid  content  are  used  as  a 
substitute  for  meat,  but  they  should  probably  not  be  employed 
as  a  continuous,  daily  diet. 

4.  Phaseolus  lunatus  L.  Lima  Bean.  An  erect  or  twining 
annual,  1-10  ft.  high,  K6-/12  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  usually 
acute  at  the  apex,  broad  at  the  base,  some  linear,  usually  2-4  in. 
long,  1-3  in.  wide.  Flowers  ji-Y  in.  in  diameter,  greenish  white 
pods,  3-7  in.  long,  1-lK  in.  wide,  somewhat  pubescent,  never 
edible  at  any  stage  of  development;  seeds  generally  flat,  moon- 
shaped,  the  veining  usually  prominent,  generally  white,  but  some 
varieties  with  purple  markings;  K-/4  in.  long,  in  the  small  bush 
varieties,  to  1-2  in.  in  the  large  bush  or  climbing  varieties. 

The  Lima  Bean  is  widely  cultivated  for  the  seed  as  food 
in  the  green  and  the  dry  state. 

5.  Phaseolus  coccineus  L.  Scarlet  Runner  Bean.  A  twining 
annual  with  a  reddish-brown  stem,  4-12  ft.  long,  /i6-/s  in.  in 
diameter.  Leaflets  2-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide.  Flowers  in 
racemes,  longer  than  the  leaves,  prominently  scarlet,  each  flower 
ji-l  in.  long;  pods  2-5  in.  long,  /i-lVi  in.  wide,  the  seeds  3^,. 
purple  with  black  markings. 

In  sprouting,  the  cotyledons  generally  remain  underground^, 
altho  in  a  few  cases  they  are  pushed  above.  It  is  usually  culti- 
vated on  account  of  the  beauty  of  the  foliage  and  the  flowers. 
The  beans  are  said  to  be  eaten  by  people  of  Europe  and  South 
America. 


404  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  2, 

6.     Strophostyles  Ell. 

Twining  pubescent  annuals,  or  perennials  in  pedunculate 
lieads  or  sessile,  purple;  the  keel  of  the  corolla  strongly  incurved; 
style  bearded  along  the  inner  side,  the  pods  linear  and  straight. 

1.  Strophostyles  helvola  (L.)  Britt.  Trailing  Wild  Bean.  A 
twining  pubescent  annual  with  the  stem  2-8  ft.  long  and  Ke  in.  in 
diameter.  Leaflets  lobed  or  regular,  ovate  at  the  base,  acute 
at  the  apex,  1-3  in.  long,  1-2  in.  wide.  Peduncles  longer  than  the 
leaves,  axillary;  flowers  3-10,  capitate,  Js-}^  in.  long,  purple;  pod 
pubescent,  the  seed  brown  to  black. 

The  range  of  territory  from  which  this  species  is  reported  shows 
the  distribution  general  over  the  state.  Erie,  Ottawa,  Cuyahoga, 
Tuscarawas,  Washington,  Athens,  Meigs,  Hocking  and  Scioto. 

7.  Vigna  Savi. 
Twining  or  erect  annuals.  Leaves  trifoliate.  Flowers  capi- 
tate or  somewhat  racemose,  the  keel  of  the  corolla  short,  slightly 
incurved,  yellow  or  white  to  purple;  pods  long,  hnear,  the  seeds 
small,  light  or  dark,  usually  with  a  different  coloring  about  the 
hilum. 

Key  to  the  Species. 

1.  Stem  erect  or  slightly  twining,  2-4  ft.  long,  pod  6-9  in.  long. 

Vigna  sinensis.     (1). 

2.  Stem  twining,  5-10  ft.  long,  pod  10-36  in.  long.    Vigna  sesquipedalis .   (2). 

1.  Vigna  sinensis  (L)  Endl.  China  Bean.  A  twining  or 
erect  herbaceous  annual,  2-4  ft.  high,  Ke-zs  in.  in  diameter.  Leaf- 
lets 2-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide,  the  stipules  ovate  or  ovate  lanceolate. 
Flowers  73-/^  in.  long,  capitate  or  racemose,  white  or  yellow  to 
purple;  pods  6-9  in.  long,  the  seeds  white  to  brown,  having  a 
contrasting  ring  of  color  around  the  hilum;  seeds  4-20,  separated 
in  the  pod  by  a  coriaceous  tissue. 

The  China  Bean  is  being  cultivated  in  Ohio  for  pasturage  and 
as  a  soiling  crop.  It  is  also  used  for  the  food  of  man  in  the  green 
and  dry  state.  The  China  Bean  has  recently  been  called  Cow 
Pea  quite  generally,  especially  in  Agricultural  Literature.  But 
this  name  is  confusing,  since  the  plant  is  a  typical  sj^ecies  of  the 
beans  and  is  not  at  all  like  any  of  the  peas. 

2.  Vigna  sesquipedalis  (L)  Wight.  Yard  Bean.  A  climbing 
annual  5-10  ft.  long,  )i6-}8  in.  in  diameter.  Leaflets  2-6  in.  long, 
1-3  in.  wide.  Flowers  73-I  in.  long,  yellow  or  white  to  purple; 
pod  10-36  in.  long,  )^  in.  wide;  seeds  10-20,  light  brown. 

The  Yard  Bean  is  often  cultivated  for  an  ornament  or  curiosity, 
on  account  of  its  long  pods.  It  is  now  generally  used  for  food, 
when  in  the  snap  stage.     It  is  also  called  Asparagus  Bean. 

Date  of  Publication,  December  18,  1914. 


The  Ohio  iJSCaturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State   University. 
Volume  XV.  JANUARY,    1915.  No.   3. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Smith— Predicting  Minmum  Temperatures  for  Frost  Protection 405 

ScHAFFNER— A  Preliminary  Survey  of  Plant  Distriljution  in  Ohio -409 

GoRMLEY— The  Roses  of  Ohio 419 

ScHAFFNER— New  find  Rare  Plants  Added  to  the  Ohio  List  in  1914 432 

Rice— The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science 433 

McAvoY— Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club  436 


PREDICTING    MINIMUM    TEMPERATURES    FOR    FROST 

PROTECTION. 

J.  Warren  Smith 

(Professor  of  Meteorology,  Columbus,  Ohio.) 

The  question  of  protecting  fruit  and  truck  crops  from  frost 
damage  by  building  fires  of  oil,  coal,  or  wood,  is  receiving  consider- 
able attention  in  Ohio  and  some  40  to  50  of  the  most  jDrogressive 
fruit  and  truck  men  are  now  practicing  orchard  heating. 

The  United  States  Weather  Bureau  has  encouraged  these 
efforts  by  establishing  special  frost-fruit  stations  for  the  purpose 
of  studying  local  temperature  conditions  and  for  giving  informa- 
tion as  to  the  probable  temperatures  that  may  be  expected  on 
nights  when  frost  damage  is  likely. 

It  is  known  that  fruit  buds  will  stand  lower  temperatures  at 
some  periods  of  their  growth  than  at  others  and  that  the  ininimum 
temperature  will  vary  greatly  under  different  topographic  con- 
ditions. The  ability  to  determine  approximately  the  lowest 
temperature  for  any  night  when  fruit  buds  or  truck  crops  are  in  a 
critical  condition  will  detennine  whether  plans  must  be  laid  for 
starting  the  fires. 

The  officials  of  the  Weather  Bureau  by  studying  the  approach- 
ing weather  conditions  from  the  daily  weather  maps  and  by  a 
knowledge  of  the  average  daily  range  in  temperature,  the  dew 
point  temperature,  and  the  varying  temperature  under  different 
elevations  makes  very  close  temperature  forecasts  and  sends  this 
infonnation  to  a  large  number  of  places  in  the  State  where  heating 
is   practiced. 

405 


4o6 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


o 


i- 

Q 


c 

'S 

^< 
o 
o 
<u 
;-. 


03 


o3 
P 

13 
u 
O 
o 


Jan.,  1915.]  Predicting  AH iiimum  Temperatures.  407 

It  seems  important,  however,  that  some  plan  be  devised 
whereby  a  fruit  man  not  in  tcuch  with  the  Weather  Bureau  and 
its  maps  and  forecasts  can  closely  estimate  the  probable  lowest 
temperature  at  critical  periods. 

In  investigating  this  point  in  connection  with  our  special  fruit 
service  in  Ohio,  we  have  found  that  the  prediction  of  the  minimum 
temperature  from  the  time  of  the  a^-crage  afternoon  median 
temperature  gives  very  close  results. 

Figure  1  is  a  copy  of  the  temperature  record  made  b}^  a  self 
recording  thermometer  at  Delaware,  Ohio,  from  May  11  to  May 
17,  1914.  This  shows  a  rapid  fall  in  temperature  beginning  at 
about  10  a.  m.  of  the  12th.  This  was  due  to  a  shift  of  the  wind 
to  northwesterly  and  the  small  change  that  occurred  in  the  tem- 
perature from  the  afternoon  of  the  12th  to  the  early  morning  of 
the  14th  was  because  of  continued  northerly  winds  and  rainy 
weather. 

Beginning  on  the  14th,  however,  and  continuing  through  the 
balance  of  this  week  and  most  of  the  following  week,  there  was  a 
period  of  clear  and  comparatively  still  weather  when  an  area  of 
high  barometer  pressure  was  centered  over  this  district.  Under 
these  conditions  the  temperature  rises  high  during  the  daytime 
under  strong  sunshine,  and  then  falls  quite  low  at  night  under 
free  radiation.  It  is  under  conditions  of  this  kind  that  frosts 
may  be  expected  in  the  spring  and  fall.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
the  rise  in  temperature  is  rapid  in  the  early  forenoon  and  that  the 
thennograph  curve  has  a  decidedly  convex  shape. 

The  highest  temperature  will  be  reached  at  about  3  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon.  The  temperature  will  fall  slowly  for  two  or 
three  hours,  then  there  will  be  a  rapid  fall  in  the  evening  and 
a  slower  fall  until  the  lowest  point  just  before  sunrise.  The 
afternoon  curve  has  a  decided  concave  shape.  There  is  a  marked 
similarity  in  the  curves  during  these  days  when  frosts  threaten. 

This  being  true  the  question  was  raised  whether  the  half  way 
point  in  the  temperature  fall  from  the  maximum  of  one  day  to 
the  minimum  of  the  next  morning  might  not  occur  at  about 
the  saine  time  each  evening. 

A  study  of  available  records  showed  that  in  May  the  half 
way  temperature  occurred  at  Delaware  on  an  average  at  7:36 
p.  m.  and  that  the  variations  on  either  side  of  this  time  was  less 
than  20  minutes  in  either  1913  or  1914. 

For  example  the  highest  temperature  at  Delaware  on  May  14, 
1914,  as  shown  by  the  thermograph  record  in  Figure  1,  was  65. 
The  temperature  at  7 :36  p.  m.,  the  average  time  of  the  median,  was 
51.  vSubtracting  this  from  the  maximum  leaves  14.  If  we  take 
14  from  51  then  we  shall  have  37  as  the  predicted  minimum 
temperature  during  the  coining  night,  by  this  method.  The 
lowest  temperature  that  actually  occun-ed  was  36  or  only  1  lower 
than  estimated. 


4o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

On  the  15th  the  predicted  temperature  would  be  34,  while 
the  thermometer  reached  33.  On  the  16th  and  17th  the  exact 
minimum  would  have  been  predicted. 

Rules  to  follow.  The  average  time  of  this  median  hour  will 
vary  under  different  weather  conditions,  at  different  seasons  of 
the  year,  and  in  different  localities.  Outside  of  the  cities,  in  cen- 
tral Ohio,  under  conditions  of  clear  skies  and  comparatively  still 
air,  it  will  be  close  to  the  following. 

April,  7:15  p.  m. ;  May  and  June,  7:30  p.  m.;  September, 
6:30  p.  m.;  October  and  November,  6  p.  m.  In  July  it  is  about 
7 :30  p.  m.,  and  in  August,  7  p.  m. 

If  a  strong  wind  is  blowing  in  the  afternoon  or  if  the  afternoon 
is  cloudy  or  partly  cloudy,  and  the  wind  goes  down  and  it  clears 
off  in  the  night  the  time  of  the  median  temperature  will  be  from 
30  to  45  minutes  later  than  the  average  given. 

If  it  should  cloud  up  during  the  night  after  a  clear  afternoon 
and  evening  the  minimum  temperature  will  not  be  quite  so  low 
as  is  indicated  by  the  median. 

In  cloudy  and  stonny  weather,  or  when  strong  southerly  winds 
prevail,  or  if  the  wind  is  high  from  the  northwest  the  time  of  the 
median  varies  so  much  that  no  attempt  should  be  made  to  make 
predictions  from  it. 

This  is  especially  true  when  after  a  period  of  wann  weather 
the  wind  shifts  to  northwesterly  and  the  temperature  begins  to 
fall  rapidly.  This  indicates  the  approach  of  a  cool  area  and  the 
only  way  to  estimate  the  probable  minimum  temperature  is  from 
the  daily  weather  maps. 

But  after  the  windy  front  of  this  cool  wave  has  passed  by  and 
the  air  is  clear  and  still  and  the  days  are  warm  and  the  nights 
cool  and  frosts  threaten  then  the  plan  can  be  used. 

Reliable  maximum  and  minimum  thermometers  should  be 
obtained  and  exposed  in  a  lattice  work  shelter  where  the  air 
circulates  freely  and  the  sun  will  not  strike  the  instruments. 

The  difference  in  temperature  between  that  at  the  average 
half-way  or  median  hour  should  be  subtracted  from  the  highest 
during  the  day  and  the  difference  subtracted  from  the  reading  at 
the  half  way  hour.  The  remainder  will  show  the  approximate 
lowest  temperature  during  the  coming  night. 

Records  that  are  at  hand  indicate  that  the  average  time  of 
median  will  be  slightly  later  in  the  valleys  than  at  higher  elevations, 
but  each  man  interested  should  be  able  to  determine  his  own 
median  hour  by  careful  records  of  the  temperature. 

The  Weather  Bureau  office  at  Columbus  will  continue  its  study 
during  the  coming  year  at  a  larger  number  of  stations  than  were 
in  operation  last  year. 


A  PRELIMINARY  SURVEY  OF  PLANT  DISTRIBUTION  IN 

OHIO.* 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  following  data  are  presented  as  a  preliminary  basis  for 
field  work  in  determining  the  natural  plant  areas  of  Ohio.  It 
is  hoped  that  the  botanists  of  the  State  will  begin  active  study  of 
local  conditions  with  a  view  to  determine  natural  or  transition 
boundaries  as  well  as  cataloging  local  associations.  The  distri- 
bution lists  are  based  on  herbarium  material  and  more  than  15 
years  of  sporadic  botanizing  in  the  state.  Of  course,  distribution 
at  present  indicates  to  a  considerable  extent  merely  the  distri- 
bution of  enthusiastic  botanists  and  their  favorite  collecting 
grounds.  Nevertheless,  enough  has  been  done  to  indicate  in  a 
rough  way  the  general  character  of  our  plant  geography. 

The  kind  of  data  most  important  in  indicating  characteristic 
areas  are  as  follows: — 

1.  Meteorological    data. 

2.  Geology,  including  the  nature  of  the  surface  rock  and  soil. 

3.  Physiography  and  topography. 

4.  The  actual  distribution  of  characteristic  species  of  plants 

and  to  some  extent  of  animals. 
In  Ohio,  the  following  important  maps  may  be  stu:died  in  this 
connection : — 

Meteorologv. 

By  Otto  E.  Jennings  in  Ohio  Naturalist  3:  339-345,  403-409, 
1903.     Maps  I-XII. 

By  J.  Warren  Smith  in  Bull.  Ohio  Agr.  Exp.  Station  No.  235, 
1912.     Figs.  3-14. 

Geology. 

By  J.  A.  Bownocker,  A  Geological  Map  of  Ohio.     1909. 
Topography. 

The   maps   of   the    topographic   survey,    not   yet    completed. 

Various  geological  reports. 

The  eastern  half  of  Ohio  is  a  part  of  the  Alleghany  Plateau. 
The  western  half  belongs  to  the  great  interior  plain.  In  Ohio, 
the  Alleghany  Plateau  consists  of  a  northern  glaciated  region  and 
a  southern  non-glaciated  region.  The  latter  apparently  again 
divides  into  an  eastern  and  western  plant  area. 

The  interior  plain  consists  of  a  southern  glaciated  calcarious 
region  up  to  the  Ohio  River — Lake  Erie  water  shed,  and  north  of 
this  of  the  very  flat  Great  Black  Swamp  region  and  its  margin. 
The  northwestern  corner  apparently  has  a  characteristic  flora 
differing  in  many  respects  from  the  Black  swamp  area,  and  is 
probably  to  be  regarded  as  a  distinct  region  mostly  beyond  our 
borders. 


*Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State  Univer-f 
sity.  No.  8G. 

409 


4IO 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


The  region  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  the  islands  is  peculiar  in 
many  respects,  being  a  meeting  place  of  many  species.  The 
Sandusky  area  is  apparently  a  biological  island  containing  num- 
erous species  heretofore  not  discovered  in  any  other  part  of  the 
state.  The  Sugar  Grove  area  also  contains  a  number  of  unusual 
isolated  species  but  is  not  so  sharply  defined  as  the  Sandusky 
Bay   area. 


Important  Geographic  Boundaries  in  Ohio. 

There  is  a  general  transition  belt  between  the  eastern  and 
western  portions  of  the  state,  situated  between  the  eastern  limit 
of  the  Ohio  Shale  on  the  one  hand  and  the  glacial  boundary  and 
the  limit  of  the  higher  hill  country  on  the  other.  See  Map  I. 
The  lake  shore  may  also  be  considered  as  a  more  or  less  distinct 
l)lant  area,  but  such  details  arc  not  considered  in  this  paper. 


Jan.,  1915.]  Plant  Distribution  in   Ohio.  411 

According  to  Merriam,  the  northeastern  part  of  Ohio  belongs 
to  the  Transition  Zone  and  all  the  rest  of  the  state  to  the  Upper 
Austral  Zone. 

In  map  I  are  indicated  some  of  the  more  important  physio- 
graphic lines  in  Ohio  as  follows: 

a-a,  Western  boundary  of  the  Alleghany  Plateau,  following 
closely  the  eastern  limit  of  the  Ohio  Shale. 

b-b,     The  terminal  moraine  or  glacial  boundary. 

c-c,     Lake  Erie  Ohio  River  divide. 

d-d,  North-west  beach  of  glacial  Lake  Erie;  the  country 
beyond  this  is  deeply  covered  with  drift  underlain  with 
shale. 

e,     Edge  of  the  higher  hill  country. 

According  to  all  the  data  available  and  the  lists  of  plants 
given  below,  Ohio  apparently  falls  into  four  general  regions  or 
areas  and  for  a  preliminary  survey  seven  natural  plant  regions 
may  be  recognized.  These  areas  will  at  present  not  receive 
final,  distinctive  phytogeographic  names  but  be  indicated  simply 
by  their  physiographic  character  or  their  geographic  position  as 
follows:     (See  Map  II.) 

I.  Glaciated  Alleghany  Plateau,  belonging  to  the  "Tran- 
sition Zone." 

II.  Non-glaciated  Alleghany  Plateau,  eastern  division, 
including  most  of  the  Muskingum  river  basin,  and  the 
counties  to  the  east. 

III.  Non-glaciated  Alleghany  Plateau,  western  division, 
containing  the  highland  between  the  Muskingum  and 
Scioto. 

IV.  The  Miami  Area,  mainly  a  glaciated  calareous  region. 

V.  The  Great  Black  Swamp  Area  and  contiguous  country. 

VI.  The  Williams  County  Area. 

VII.  Sandusky  Bay  and  Lake  Erie  Islands  Area. 

The  seven  areas  may  be  briefly  delimited  and  characterized 
as  follows: — 

I.  The  Glaciated  Alleghany  Plateau  has  its  southern  bound- 
ary in  the  terminal  moraine  and  its  western  boundary  at  or  a  little 
beyond  the  limits  of  the  Appalachian  highland  which  approaches 
the  eastern  line  of  the  Ohio  Shale.  As  stated  this  area  is  recog- 
nized as  a  part  of  the  Transition  Zone  of  Merriam.  Interesting 
plants  found  in  this  part  of  the  state  are : 

Pinus  strobus 
Calla  palustris 
Xyris  flexuosa 
Lysias  orbiculata 
Pyrola  secunda 
Andromeda  jjolifolia 


412 


The  Ohio  Naturaiid. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


Others  are  named  in  the  list  given  below  of  "Northeastern  and 
northern  plants  having  a  north-eastern  distribution  in  Ohio." 

II.  The  Eastern  Division  of  the  non-glaciated  Alleghany 
Plateau  extends  eastward  from  an  undetermined  transition  line 
west  of  the  Muskingum  valley.  This  area  apparently  lacks  the 
white  pine  and  tamarack  present  to  the  north  and  also  the  pitch 


OHIO 

MAPJI. 


Pr(.)visiunal  Phylogeographic  Areas  of  (3hio. 

pine  and  sorrel  tree  of  the  rougher  highland  to  the  west.  The 
scrub  pine  is  also  apparently  absent  except  on  the  western  edge. 
Isolated  localities  have  Juniperus  virginiana  and  Tsuga  canadensis. 
III.  The  Western  Division  of  the  non-glaciated  Alleghany 
Plateau  included  in  this  area  has  its  western  Iwundary  following 
closely  the  eastern  limit  of  the  Ohio  Shale  in  southern  Ohio  and 
the  terminal  glacial  moraine.     It  is  a  rugged  hilly  upland  cut  by 


Jan.,  1915.] 


Plant  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


413 


numerous  deep  ravines.  Pine  barrens,  mostly  consisting  of 
Pinus  virginiana  are  frequent.  The  distribution  of  the  more 
important  Ohio  species,  which  are  mostly  if  not  entirely  confined 
to  this  area  and  are  rather  generally  distributed  in  a  considerable 
part  of  it  are  as  follows: 


OHIO 

fNAAPlir. 


Distribution  of  Nine  Species  in  the  Western  Part  of  the  Non-glaciated 

Alleghany  Plateau. 


Rather  Generally  Distributed  in  a  Considerable  Part  of  the  Area. 

Pinus  rigida  Betula  nigra. 

Pinus     virginiana.     Extends  some-       Oxydendrum  arboreum. 

what  beyond.  Dasystoma  laevigata. 

Aristida  dichotoma.  Salvia  lyrata. 

Stylosanthes  bi flora.  Solidago  erect. 


414 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


Other  Plants  Apparently  Confined  to  the  Area  and  of 
Rarer  Distribution. 


Selanginella  rupestris. 
Manfreda  virginica. 
Magnolia  tripetala. 
Viola  hirsutula. 
Viola  pedata. 
Silene  rotundifolia. 
SuUivantia   suUivantii. 
Quercus  marilandica.  , 

Quercus   triloba. 
Azalea  lutea. 
Rhododendron  maximum. 
Epigaea    repens.     Its    southern    ex- 
tension in  Ohio. 


Gaultheria  procumbens.     Its  south- 
em  extension  in  the  State. 
Chionanthus  virginica. 
Anisostichus  capreolata. 
Lobelia    puberula. 
Coreopsis  major. 
Chrysopsis  mariana. 
lonactis  linariifolius. 
Eupatorium  rotundifolium. 
Eupatorium  aromaticum. 


IV.  The  Miami  Area  is  a  glaciated  area  mainly  calcareous.  It  is 
drained  by  the  big  and  little  Miami  rivers  and  small  tributaries  of 
the  Scioto  and  Ohio.  The  Ohio-Erie  divide  may  be  taken  as  its 
northern  boundary.  Juniperus  virginiana  is  its  only  conifer  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  isolated  records  of  hemlock,  except  in  the 
eastern  part  where  Thuja  occidentalis  occurs  in  isolated  groups, 
from  Franklin  county  southward  to  Adams  county.  The  arbor- 
vitae  is  not  known  to  be  native  of  any  other  part  of  the  state. 
Juniperus  virginiana,  which  is  the  only  conifer  of  general  dis- 
tribution in  the  central  deciduous  forest  region  and  the  prairie  of 
the  Um'ted  States,  is  rather  common  especially  toward  the  south- 
west. A  number  of  southwestern  plants  occuriing  in  this  area 
are  listed  below. 

V.  The  Great  Black  Swamp  Area  is  a  great  level  tract,  in- 
cluding most  of  northwestern  Ohio  except  the  extreme  corner. 
It  is  drained  mainly  by  the  Maumee  and  Sandusky  Rivers. 
The  typical  black  swamp  is  characterized  by  the  entire  absence 
of  conifers  except  Larix  laricina  which  occurs  on  its  margins. 
Originally  there  were  a  number  of  edaphic  prairies  in  this  region 
like  the  "Big  Spring  Prairie"  in  Hancock,  Seneca  and  Wyandot 
counties. 

VI.  The  Williams  County  Area  may  be  bounded  in  Ohio  by 
the  ancient  Lake  Erie  beach,  extending  in  a  southwesterly  direc- 
tion. It  includes  also  a  small  part  of  Fulton  and  Defiance  coun- 
ties. The  surface  is  generally  rolling  with  marshes  and  water- 
basins,  often  without  natural  drainage,  presenting  the  usual  fea- 
tures of  moraine  districts.  There  are  a  number  of  tamarack 
bogs  with  the  accompanying  vegetation.  This  characteristic 
area  extends  westward  into  Indiana  and  northward  into  Michigan 
and  is  probably  the  southern  part  of  the  Ann  Arbor  flora  quite 
distinct  from  the  contiguous  Maumee  flora. 

VII.  The  Sandusky  Bay  and  Lake  Erie  Islands  Area  is  a 
distinctive  region  where  eastern,  western,  and  northern  plants 
meet.     In  many  respects  it  is  an  island  where  isolated  species  of 


Jan.,  1915.] 


Plant  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


415 


plants  and  animals  are  common.  There  are  numerous  peculiar 
plant  associations  on  sand  hills  and  prairies  and  on  the  lime-stone 
islands  to  the  north  and  west  of  Sandusky  Bay.  Of  interest  are 
fields  of  Opuntia  near  Sandusky,  the  Meibomias  of  Margaretta 
Ridge,  and  the  prairie  plants  south  of  Lakeside.  Stipa  spartea  is 
aboundant  on  Cedar  Point  and  such  plants  as  Bearberry  (Uva- 
ursi)  and  Prunus  pumila  are  represented  by  a  few  individuals. 
The  flora  of  the  entire  region  is  probably  strongly  influenced  by 
the  climatic  conditions  of  the  Bay.  A  list  of  distinctive  species 
is  given  below. 

Northern  Plants  With  Northern  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


Botrychium  simplex. 
Botrychiiim  neglectum. 
Matteuccia  struthiopteris. 
Equisetum  variegatum. 
Equisetum  sylvaticum. 
Lycopodium  obscurum. 
Larix  laricina. 
Juniperus  communis. 
Juniperus  sibirica. 
Taxus  canadensis. 
Sagittaria  ctineata. 
Potamogeton  amplifolius. 
Potamogeton  friesii. 
Potamogeton  robbinsii. 
Vallisneria  spiralis. 
Sparganium  simplex. 
Cyperus  schweinitzii. 
Eleocharis  ovata. 
Scirpus  torreyi. 
Carex  sartwellii. 
Carex  siccata. 
Carex  setacea. 
Carex  diandra. 
Carex  disperma. 
Carex  trisperma. 
Carex  straminea. 
Carex  commtmis. 
Carex  pedunculata. 
Carex  richardsonii. 
Carex  aurea. 
Carex  gracillima. 
Carex  arctata. 
Carex  virescens. 
Carex  buxbaumii. 
Carex  lacustris. 
Carex  atherodes. 
Carex  oederi. 
Carex  monile. 
Carex  retrorsa. 
Carex  lupuliformis. 
Panicularia.  grandis. 
Poa  debilis. 
Koeleria  cristata. 
Triplasis  purpurea. 


Beckmannia   erucaeformis. 
Sporobolus    cryptandrus. 
Calamagrostis   canadensis. 
Ammophila  arenaria. 
Lilium  philadelphicum. 
Vagnera  trifolia. 
Juncus  balticus. 
Juncus  alpinus. 
Juncus  articulatus. 
Juncus  scirpoides. 
Pogonia  ophioglossoides. 
Coptis  trifolia. 
Anemone   cylindrica. 
Actaea  rubra. 
Sarracenia  purpurea. 
Capnoides  aureum. 
Arabis  brachycarpa. 
Cakile   edentula. 
Robertiella  robertiana. 
Chamaesyce   polygonifolia. 
Hibiscus  moscheutos. 
Hypericum  kalmianum. 
Hypericum  ellipticum. 
Hypericum  boreale. 
Hypericum  majus. 
Hypericum  canadense. 
Tracaulon  arifolium. 
Persicaria  careyi. 
Potentilla  paradoxa 
Rubus  neglectus. 
Sorbus  scopulina. 
Pnmus  pumila. 
Lathyrus  maritimus. 
Lathyrus  ochroleucus. 
Lepargyraea  canadensis. 
Nemopanthus  mucronata. 
Comptonia   peregrina. 
Populus  balsamifera. 
Salix  lucida. 
Salix  adenophylla. 
Salix   Candida. 
Salix  petiolaris. 
Salix  bebbiana. 
Salix  humilis. 


4i6 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


Salix  pedicellaris. 
Ribes  lacustre. 
Chamaenerion  angustifolium. 
Epilobium  adenocaulon. 
Oenothera  oakesiana. 
Chamaedaphne  calyculata. 
Uva-ursi   uva-ursi. 
Vaccinium  canadense. 
Vaccinium  atrococcum. 
Oxy coccus   macrocarpus. 
Gentiana  flavida. 
Apocynum  sibiricum. 
Asclepias  pulchra. 
Dasystoma  pedicularia. 
Otophylla  auriculata. 
Melampyrum  lineare. 

Northeastern  and  Nqrthern  Plants 

Botrychium  lanceolatum. 
Phegopteris  dryopteris. 
Drytoperis  cHntoniana. 
Drytoperis  dilatata. 
Isoetes  braunii. 
Isoetes  foveolata. 
Lycopodium  inundatum. 
Lycopodium  clavatum. 
Sclaginella  apus. 
Pinus   strobus. 
Scheuchzeria  palustris. 
Potamogeton   epihydrus. 
Potamogeton  praelongus. 
Potamogeton  obtusifolius. 
Calla  palustris. 
Eriphorum  viridicarinatum. 
Carex  deweyana. 
Carex  alata. 
Carex  flexuosa. 
Carex   flava. 
Panicularia  canadensis. 
Panicularia   torreyana. 
Danthonia  compressa. 
Deschampsia   flexuosa. 
Milium   effusum. 
Panicum  xanthophysum. 
Lilium   umbellatum. 
Trillium  undulatum. 
Clintonia  borealis. 
Xyris  flexuosa. 
Limnorchis  hyperborea. 
Lysias  orbiculata. 
Lysias  hookeriana. 


Utricularia  intermedia. 
Myosotis  laxa. 
Lithospermum  carolinense. 
Aralia  nudicaulis. 
Panax  trifolium. 
Galium  boreale. 
Viburnum  pubescens 
Campanula  rotundifolia. 
Megalodonta  beckii. 
Gnaphalium  decurrens. 
Anaphalis   margaritacea. 
Antennaria  neodioica. 
Solidago  hispida. 
Solidago  arguta. 
Aster  ptarmicoides. 
Hieracium  canadense 

Having  a  Northeastern  Distribution  in  Ohio. 

Ibidium  strictum 
Ibidium  plantagineum. 
Trollius   laxus. 
Aconitum  noveboracense. 
Cardamine  pratensis. 
Lechea  stricta. 
Viola  rotundifolia. 
Blitum  capitatum. 
Comarum  palustre. 
Dalibarda  repens. 
Alnus  incana. 

Grossularia  oxyacanthoides. 
Hottonia  inflata. 
Pyrola  secunda. 
Hypopitys  lanuginosa.    ■ 
Ledum  groenlandicum. 
Azalea  viscosa. 
Andromeda  polifolia. 
Chiogenes  hispidula. 
Menyanthes   trifoliata. 
Aralia  hispida. 
Conioselium  chinense. 
Hydrocotyle  americana. 
Cynoxylon  canadense. 
Viburnum  dentatum. 
Viburnum  cassinoides. 
Viburnum  ainifolium. 
Lonicera  canadensis. 
Lonicera  oblongifolia. 
Linnaca  americana. 
Solidago  squarrosa. 
Aster  phlogifolius. 
Doellingeria  infirma. 


The  Plants  Having  a  General  Distribution  East  and  South  of  the  State  Which 
Should  Have  a  Southeastern  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


Andropogon  virginicus. 
Acalypha  ostryaefolia. 
Ilex  opaca. 
Kalmia  latifolia. 
Scutellaria  intcgrifolia. 


Cunila  origanoides. 
Salvia  lyrata. 
Chrysopsis   mariana. 
Solidago  erecta. 


Jan.,  1915.] 


Plant  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


417 


Eastern  Plants  Having  Mostly  an  Eastern  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


Asplenium  pinnatifidum. 

Asplenium  montanum. 
Lycopodium  complanatum. 
Tsuga   canadensis. 
Clintonia  umbellulata. 
Cardamine  rotundifolia. 
Dentaria  diphylla. 
Linum  virginianum. 
Viola  hastata. 
Silene   caroliniana. 
Rubus  odoratus. 
Spiraea  tomentosa. 


Chrysosplenium  americanum. 
Castanea  dentata. 
Betula  lenta. 
Betula  lutea. 
Kneiffia  pumila. 
Chimaphila  maculata. 
Epigaea  repens. 
Polycodium  stamineum. 
Galium  pilosum. 
Vernonia  noveboracensis. 
Hieracium  paniculatum. 
Hieracium   venosum. 


Plants  Mainly  South  of  the  State  and  Which  Should  Have  a  Rather  General 

Southern  Distribution  in  Ohio. 


Asplenium  resiliens. 
Woodsia  obtusa. 
Pinus  rigida. 
Pinus  virginiana. 
Aristida  dichotoma. 
Panicum  bicknellii. 
Pancium  implicatum. 
Panicum  boscii. 
Manfreda  virginica. 
Corallorrhiza  wisteriana. 
Magnolia  tripetala. 
Delphinium  tricorne. 
Viorna  viorna. 
Stylophorum  diphyllum. 
Phyllanthus    carolinensis. 
Hypericum  virgatum. 
Viola  pedata. 
Passiflora   lutea. 
Sagina  decumbens. 
Alsine  pubera. 
Silene  rotundifolia. 
Amaranthus  spinosus. 
Porteranthus  stipulatus. 
Chamaecrista  nictitans. 
Psoralea  onobrychis. 
Stylosanthes  biflora. 
Rhamnus  lanceolota. 
Rhamnus  caroliniana. 
Ampelopsis  cordata. 


Aesculus  octandra. 
Liquidambar  styraciflua. 
Quercus  stellata. 
Quercus  marilandica. 
Quercus  triloba. 
Betula  nigra. 
Hydrangea  arborescens. 
Phoradendron  flavescens. 
Oxydendrum  arboreum. 
Diospyros  virginiana. 
Ipomoea   lacunosa. 
Chionanthus  virginica. 
Gentiana  villosa. 
Gonolobus  laevis. 
Vincetoxicum  obliquum. 
Anisostichus  capreolata. 
Trichostema   dichotomum. 
Scutellaria  serrata. 
Stachys  cordata. 
Aralia  spinosa. 
Houstonia   purpurea. 
Viburnum  scabrellum. 
Lobelia  puberula. 
Lobelia  leptostachys. 
Coreopsis  major. 
Antennaria  solitaria. 
Elephantopus   carolinianus. 
Mesadenia  reniformis. 
Lactuca  villosa. 


Plants  of  the  Southwestern  and  Western  U.  S.  Which  Should  Have  a  South- 
western Ohio  Distribution.     Such  a  distribution  is  at  present 
indicated  by  specimens. 


Polypodium  polypodioides. 
Hordium  nodosum. 
Tradescantia   pilosa. 
Ranunculus  micranthus. 
Arenaria  patula. 
Trifolium  stoloniferum. 
Lavauxia  triloba. 
Cuscuta  indecora. 


Synthyris  Imllii. 
Orobanche  ludoviciana. 
Phacelia  bipinnatifida. 
Phaetliusa  helianthoides. 
Boebera  papposa. 
Grindelia   scjuarrosa. 
Eupatorium  serotinum. 


4i8 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 


Plants  From  the  West  Which  Should  Show  a  General  Western  Distribution. 

Zanthoxylum  americanum.  Mesadenia   tuberosa. 

Gymnocladus  dioica.  Lactuca   floridana. 

Valeriana  pauciflora. 

Plants  of  Distinctly  Northwestern  Distribution  and  Which  Apparently  Have 
Advanced  Into  Ohio  From  the  West. 


Stipa  spartea. 
Chamaesyce  serpens. 


Viola  pcdatifida. 
Salix  glaucophylla. 


Plants  Known  Only  From  the  Sandusky  Bay  Region,  Many  of  Which  May  Have 
a  Wider  Distribution  in  the  State. 


Botrychium  simplex. 
Juniperus   sibirica. 
Sagittaria  cuneata. 
Potamogeton  hillii. 
Potamogeton  friesii. 
Potamogeton  interruptus. 
Sparganium  simplex. 
Wolffia  punctata. 
Eleocharis  ovata, 
Rynchospora  cymosa. 
Mariscus  mariscoides. 
Scleria  triglomerata. 
Scleria  pauciflora. 
Carex  sartwellii. 
Carex   siccata. 
Carex  setacea. 
Carex  disperma. 
Carex  richardsonii. 
Carex  aurea. 
Carex  meadii. 
Carex   crawei. 
Carex  haydeni. 
Carex  atherodes. 
Carex  oederi. 
Melica  nitens. 
Panicularia  pallida. 
Poa  debilis. 
Koeleria  cristata. 
Ammophila  arenaria. 
Stipa  spartea. 
Panicum  agrostoides. 
Panicum  philadelphicum. 
Lilium  supcrlnim. 
Juncus  balticus. 
Juncus  scirpoides. 
Capnoides  aureum. 
Arabis   brachycarpa. 
Linum  medium. 

Interesting  Plants  in  the  Licking, 

Selaginclla  ru])esLris. 
Wolffit'lla   floridiana. 
Poa   autumnalis. 
Stenanthium  robustum. 
Ibidium  beckii. 
Viola  hirsutula. 
Meibf)mia  marylandica. 
Epilobium  slrictum. 
Hypopitys  americana. 


Linum  sulcatum. 

Chamaesyce  serpens. 

Hypericum  gymnanthum. 

HypericuiTL  majus. 

Hypericum  canadense. 

Persicaria  careyi. 

Polygonum  tenue. 

Potentilla  paradoxa. 

Prunus  pumila. 

Meibomia  illinoensis. 

Lespedeza  nuttallii. 

Lespedeza  stuvei. 

Ammannia  coccinea. 

Rhexia  virginica. 

Salix   adenophylla. 

Opuntia    humifusa    (also    in    Scioto 

County. ) 
Ribes  lacustre. 
Oenothera  oakesiana. 
Myriophyllum  verticillatum. 
Uva-ursi  uva-ursi. 
Gentiana  puberula. 
Gratiola  sphaerocarpa. 
Otophylla  auriculata. 
Houstonia  angustifolia. 
Galium  claytoni. 
Campanula  rotundifolia. 
Bidens  discoidea. 
Tetraneuris  hcrbacea. 
Solidago  arguta. 
Aster  dumosus. 
Aster  ptarmicoidcs. 
Vernonia  fasciculata. 
Vernonia  missurica. 
Artemisia  caudata. 
Senecio  pauijcrculus. 
Nabalus  asper. 

Fairfield,  Hocking  County  Area. 

Azalea  lutea. 
Rhododendron  maximum. 
Phlox  stolonifera. 
Phacelia  dubia. 
Utricularia   minor. 
Eupatorium   rotundifoliuni. 
Eupatorium  aromaticum. 
Lactuca   sagittifolia. 


THE  ROSES  OF  OHIO. 

Rose  Gormley. 

RosACEiE — Rose  Family. 

Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees  with  bisporangiate,  rarely  diecious, 
actinomorphic,  perigynous  flowers,  and  alternate,  simple  or 
compomid,  usually  stipulate  leaves;  perianth  usually  pentam- 
erous,  the  calyx  often  bracteolate;  stamens  usually  numerous, 
anthers  with  four  microsporangia;  carpels  one  to  many,  distinct 
or  united  with  each  other  and  the  hypanthium;  ovulary  uni- 
locular or  in  cases  of  united  carpels  2-10-locular;  style  terminal 
or  lateral;  ovules  one  to  several,  anatropous;  fruit  usually  follicles, 
achenes,  drupes  or  pomes ;  endosperm  usually  none,  rarely  copious. 

Subfamily,  Rosat^e. 

Carpels  several  or  numerous  or  occasionally  only  one  and 
then  the  fruit  a  dry,  one-seeded  achene ;  hypanthium  free  from  the 
carpels,  usually  membranous,  but  sometimes  becoming  dry  or 
fleshy  in  the  fruit,  fruit  follicles,  achenes,  aggregates  of  drupelets, 
or  with  fleshy  receptacle. 

SYNOPSIS.  [ 

I.     Carpels  not   enclosed   in   the   hypanthium;   calyx   not   enclosing   the 
carpels. 

a.  Carpels    numerous,     ripening    into     1-2-seeded    achenes    or 
drupelets. 

1.  Style  persistent;  fruit  an  achene. 

1.  Geum.   (1). 

2.  Style  deciduous;  fruit  an  achene. 

2.  Dasiphora.    (2). 

3.  Potentilla.    (3). 

4.  Argentina.    (4). 

5.  Comarum.    (5). 

6.  Drymocallis.    (6) 

7.  Waldsteinia.    (7). 

8.  Fragaria.    (8). 

3.  Style  persistent;  fruit  a  drupelet. 

9.  Rubus.    (9). 

b.  Carpels  usually  not  more  than  10,  ripening  into  1-4-seeded 
follicles. 

1.  Flowers  bisporangiate. 

10.  Porteranthus.    (10). 

11.  Schizonotus.    (11). 

12.  Fihpendula.    (12). 

13.  Opulaster.    (13). 

14.  Spiraea.    (14). 

2.  Flowers  diecious. 

15.  Aruncus.    (15). 

II.     Carpels    at    length   enclosed    in    the    connivant,    zygomorphic    calyx 
segments;  styles  deciduous;  with  normal  or  cleistogamous  flowers. 

16.  Dalibarda.    (16). 

419 


420  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

III.     Carpels   enclosed   in   the   persistent   hypanthium;   achenes  numerous 
to  one. 

a.  Achenes  numerous,  enclosed  in  a  fleshy  hvpanthium. 

17.  Rosa.    (17). 

b.  Achenes  1-2,  enclosed  in  the  dry  hypanthium. 

18.  Agrimonia.    (18). 

19.  Sanguisorba.    (19). 

20.  Poterium.    20). 

Genus  Key. 

1.     Carpels  not  enclosed  in  the  hypanthium.     2. 

1.  Carpels  enclosed  in  the  hypanthium.     17. 

2.  Carpels  numerous,  ripening  into  1-2-seeded  achenes  or  drupelets,     3. 

2.  Carpels  usually  not  more  than  10.     11. 

3.  Plants  woody,  usually  prickly,  or,  if  not,  with  shreddy  bark.     4. 

3.  Plants  herbaceous,  rarely  slightly  woody  at  the  base.     5. 

4.  Flowers  white  or  rose;  shrubs  usually  prickly:  fruit  an  aggregate  of 

drupelets.     Rubiis.     (9). 

4.  Flowers  yellow;  not  prickly  or  bristly;  bark  shreddy,  achenes  pubescent. 

Dasiphora.  (2). 

5.  Leaves  trifoliate;  flowers  corymbose  on  a  scape.     6. 

5.  Leaves  pinnate  or  lobed  or,  if  trifoliate,  then  the  flowers  solitary  in  the 

axils  or  cymose  at  the  end  of  leafy  branches.     7. 

6.  Flowers  yellow;  achenes  on  dry  receptacles.     Waldsteinia.  (7). 

6.  Flowers  white;  achenes  on  fleshy  edible  receptacles.     Fragaria. 

7.  Style  terminal  or  nearly  so;  achenes  glabrous  or  pubescent.     8. 

7.  Style  lateral  or  nearly  basal;  achene  glabrous.     9. 

8.  Seed  erect;  style  persistent,  jointed  near  the  tip,  becoming  hooked. 

Geum.  (1). 

8.  Seed   pendulous;   style   deciduous,  articulated  with  the   ovulary,   not 

becoming  hooked.     Potentilla.  (3)- 

9.  Flowers  red  or  purple.     Comarum.  (.5). 
9.     Flowers  yellow  or  white.     10. 

10.     Flowers  white;  style  nearly  basal.     DrymocaUis.  (6). 

10.  Flowers  yellow;  style  lateral;  plant  silvery  pubescent.     Argentina.  (4). 

11.  Leaves  entire  or  only  slightly  lobed.     15. 

11.  Leaves  compound  or  deeply  palmately  lobed.     12. 

12.  vShrubs  with  odd  pinnate  leaves,  stipules  small.     Schizonotus.  (11). 

12.  Erect  perennial  herbs.     13. 

13.  Leaves  2-3  times  pinnate;  stipules  minute  or  wanting.  Arimcus.  (15). 

13.  Leaves  palmately  lobed,  3-foliate  or  simply  pinnate;  stipules  large.  14. 

14.  Leaves  .3-parted  or  3-foliate;  flowers  in  loose  terminal  panicles;  follicles 

dehiscent  along  both  sides.     Porteranthiis.  (10). 

14.  Leaves  pinnately  .3-9-lobed  or  foliate;  flowers  in  dense  cymose  panicles; 

follicle-like  fruit  indehisccnt.     Filipendula.   (12). 

15.  Low  herbs  with  orbicular,  cordate  leaves;  hypanthium  zygomorphic 

enclosing    the    carpels;    with    normal    and    clcistogamous    flowers. 
Dalibarda.  (16). 

15.  Siirubs;    leaves    ovate    orbicular,    ovate    or    lanceolate;    hypanthium 

enclosing  the  carpels.     16. 

16.  Leaves    somewhat    3-lobed;    follicles    dehiscent    along    both    .sutures; 

carpels  united  below.     Opidaster.  (13). 

16.  Leaves  entire;  follicles  dehiscent  along  one  suture,   carpels  distinct. 

Spiraea.  (14). 

17.  Shrubs;     stems    usually    prickly;     carpels    enclosed     in     the     fleshy 

hypanthium.     Rosa.  (17). 
17.     Herbs;  stems  not  prickly;  carpels  enclosed  in  a  dry  hypanthium.     18. 


Jan.,  1915,]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  421 

18.  Leaves  pinnate  with  smaller  leaf  segments  between  the  larger  ones; 
calyx  with  hooked  prickles;  flowers  with  petals  in  narrow  racemes. 
Agrimonia     (18). 

18.  Leaves   pinnate   without   the    smaller   leaf   segments;    calyx   without 

prickles;  flowers  without  petals  in  heads  or  spikes.     19. 

19.  Leaves  ^-23^  in.  long;  stamens  4;  inflorescence  a  spike.  Sangtiisorba .{\Q) 
19.     Leaves    YirY2    in.    long;    stamens    numerous;    inflorescence    a    head. 

Poterium.   (20). 

1.     Geum.  Avens. 

Perennial  herbs  with  pinnate  or  pinnatified  leaves  with  stipules ; 
flowers  solitary  or  cymose — corymbose;  perianth  segments  5 
each;  stamens  numerous;  achenes  numerous  on  a  dry  receptacle, 
the  persistent  styles  being  straight  or  jointed,  naked  or  plumose; 
seed  erect,  testa  membranous. 

1.  Flowers  purple;  calyx  lobes  erect  or  spreading;  style  plumose  below. 
G.  rivale.  (1). 

1.  Flowers  white  or  yellow;  calyx  lobes  strongly  reflexed  in  fruit;  style 

not  plumose.     2. 

2.  Calyx  without  bracts;  flowers  less  than  }/i  in.  broad,  yellow;  head  of 

fruit  long  stalked.     G.  vernum.  (6). 

2.  Calyx  bracteolate;  flowers  34~%  in.  broad.     .3. 

3.  Petals  white.     4. 

3.  Petals  yellow  or  cream  yellow.     5. 

4.  Plants  glabrate  or  softly  pubescent;  receptacle  bristly.  G.  canadense.  (2). 

4.  Plants  rough-pubescent;  receptacle  glabrous  or  downy.  G.  virginia7ittm.{4:) 

5.  Stems  bristly-hairy,   13^-3  ft.  tall;  petals  cream-yellow,  small,  rarely 

exceeding  the  sepals.     G.  flavum.  (3). 
5.     Stems  pubescent,  2-5  ft.  tall;  petals  yellow,  large,  much  exceeding  the 
sepals.     G.  strictum.  (5). 

1.  Geum  rivale  L.  Purple  Avens.  Erect  herbs,  l'^-2}4  ft. 
high;  basal  leaves  pinnate,  the  side  leaflets  being  much  smaller 
than  the  tenninal  leaflets,  irregularly  lobed  and  dentate;  stem 
leaves  simple  or  3-parted;  flowers  purple,  styles  becoming  plumose 
in  the  fruit.     Geauga,  Champaign. 

2.  Geum  canadense  Jacq.  White  Avens.  Erect,  softly 
pubescent  or  glabrate  herbs,  branched  at  the  top,  l^^-S  ft.  high; 
leaves  3-parted,  ovate  or  obovate,  velvety  pubescent  or  glabrate 
beneath;  flowers,  white.     General. 

3.  Geum  flavum  (Port.)  Bickn.  Cream-colored  Avens. 
Stems  erect,  l>^-3  ft.  tall,  bristly-hairy  below;  stipules  large, 
foliaceous;  leaves  usually  pinnate,  those  above  sometimes  entire; 
flowers  cream-yellow;  head  of  fruit  sessile.     No  specimens. 

4.  Geum  virginianum  L.  Rough  Avens.  Stems  with  bristly 
hairs  ll4-2  ft.  high;  petals  creamy-white,  rather  inconspicuous, 
being  exceeded  by  the  sepals;  receptacle  glabrous  or  down^^ 
Lorain,  Wyandot,  Highland,  Wayne,  Fulton,  Madison,  Mercer, 
Licking,  Richland,  Knox,  Clinton,  Huron,  Gallon,  Defiance, 
Harrison,  Fayette,  Morrow,  Tuscarawas,  Williams. 


42  2  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

5.  Geum  strictum  Ait.  Yellow  Avens.  Stems  hairy,  l>^-2^ 
ft.  high.  Stem  leaves  pimiate,  much  incised,  leaflets  3-5,  rhombic- 
ovate;  stipules  large,  foliaceous;  flowers  yellow;  petals  longer  than 
the  sepals,  orbicular  in  shape.  Knox,  Ashtabula,  Summit,  Wayne, 
Lake,  Stark,  Lorain,  Cuyahoga,  Fairfield,  Geauga,  Preble. 

6.  Geum  vernum  (Raf.)  T.  &  G.  Spring  Avens.  Stem 
erect,  glabrous,  or  with  a  few  scattered  hairs ;  basal  leaves  orbicular 
or  cordate,  3-5  lobed,  sometimes  pinnate;  stem  leaves  narrowly 
pinnate  or  pinnatified;  flowers  yellow,  head  of  fruit  long  stalked. 
Hancock,  Montgomery,  Clark,  Warren,  Lucas,  Erie,  Lorain, 
Delaware,  Greene,  Hamilton,  Pickaway,  Crawford,  Hardin, 
Clermont,  Preble,  Huron,  Licking,  Franklin,  Pike,  Auglaize, 
Washington,  Madison,  Morrow. 

2.     Dasiphora. 

Stems  shrubby,  erect,  with  dry  sheathing  stipules  and  pinnate 
leaves;  flowers  solitary  or  in  small  cymes;  petals  and  sepals  5; 
stamens  about  25  in  5  festoons  on  the  thickened  margin  of  the 
disk;  achenes  numerous,  densely  covered  with  hairs. 

1.  Dasiphora  fruticosa  (L.)  Rydb.  Shrubby  Cinquefoil. 
Shrubs  Yi-iyi  ft.  high,  with  shaggy  bark;  leaflets  5-7,  oblong, 
entire,  with  long,  silky  hairs;  flowers  yellow,  f-|  in.  broad. 
Erie,  Champaign,  Wyandot,  Clarke,  Montgomery,  Summit, 
Portage,  Stark,  Logan. 

3.     Potentilla.     Cinquefoil,  Five-finger. 

Herbs  or  shrubs  with  digitate  or  pinnate,  compound  leaves; 

flowers  cymose  or  solitary,  yellow  in  ours;  calyx  5-lobed  (rarely 

4-lobed),  5-bracteolate  (rarely  4-bracteolate) ,  persistent;  petals  5, 

rarely  4) ;  carpels  inserted  on  a  dry,  usually  pubescent  receptacle. 

1.     Flowers  cymose;  erect  or  ascending  herbs.     2. 

1.  Flowers  solitary,  axillary;  prostrate  or  creeping  herl:)s.     5. 

2.  Leaves  pinnately  3-11-foliate.     P.  paradoxa.  (Ij. 

2.  Leaves  palmately3-7-foliate.     3. 

3.  Leaflets  3.     P.   monspeliensis.    (4). 

3.  Leaflets  5-7.     4. 

4.  Leaflets  crenate,   green  beneath;   lower  stipules  leaf-like;  petals  dark 

yellow.     P.  recta.   (3). 

4.  Leaflets    laciniate   or   incised,    while-i albescent    beneath;    stipules   not 

leaflike.     P.  argenlea.  (2). 

5.  Flowers  4-parted,  upper  leaves  3-parted.     P.reptans.     (7). 

5.  Flowers  .o-parted;  leaves  usually  all  5-foliate.     6. 

G.     Stems  long,  a.scending  at  first,  5-14  in.  high,  later  decumbent;  pubescence 
of  petioles,  stems  and  peduncles  spreading.     P.  canadensis.     (5). 

6.  Plants    low,    not   more    than    4    in.    high    with   very    slender   runners; 

pubescence  of  petioles,  stems  and  peduncles  oppressed.  P.  pnmila.  (6). 

1.  Potentilla  paradoxa  Nutt.  Bushy  Cinquefoil.  Plants 
stout,  bushy;  stems  decumbent  or  erect;  leaves  pinnately  5-11- 
foliate;  leaflets  obovate  or  oval,  deeply  incised;  flowers  borne 
in  leafy  cymes.     Erie  County. 


Jan.,  1915.]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  423 

2.  Potentilla  argentea  L.  Silvery  Cinquefoil.  Stems  3-10 
in.  high,  ascending,  rather  woody  at  the  base;  leaflets  usually  5, 
incised,  oblanceolate,  or  obcordate,  green  and  glabrous  above, 
silvery  white  beneath,  calyx  white,  wooly.  Licking,  Erie, 
Cuyahoga. 

3.  Potentilla  recta  L.  Upright  Cinquefoil.  Stems  erect, 
1-1^  ft.  high,  villous;  flowers  yellow,  about  ^4  in.  broad,  leaves 
5-7-parted;  leaflets  oblanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  sparingly 
pubescent.     Hocking,  Franklin,  Erie,  Lake. 

4.  Potentilla  monspeliensis  L.  Rough  Cinquefoil.  Stems 
erect,  1-2/-^  ft.  high,  often  much  branched  above;  leaflets  1^-2  in. 
long,  obovate,  obtuse,  pubescent;  flowers  about  f  in.  broad, 
yellow;  sepals  exceeding  the  petals  in  length.  General  in 
distribution. 

5.  Potentilla  canadensis  L.  Common  Five-finger.  Plants 
decumbent,  often  rooting  at  the  tip;  stems  5-14  in.  high;  leaves 
usually  5-parted;  leaflets  oblong,  serrate,  silky  hairy  beneath; 
flowers  yellow,  |— f  in.  broad.     General. 

6.  Potentilla  pumila  Poir.  Dwarf  Five-finger.  Plants  very 
low,  with  slender  prostrate  runners;  flowering  stems  upright  at 
first,  later  producing  prostrate  runners;  leaves  5-parted,  silky 
pubescent;  leaflets  obovate,  lighter  beneath,  sharply  dentate; 
flowers  |-f  in.  broad,  yellow.  Lawrence,  Monroe,  Vinton, 
Lake. 

7.  Potentilla  reptans  L.  European  Five-finger.  Prostrate 
herbs  with  very  slender,  almost  filifomi  stems;  leaves  five-parted; 
leaflets,  cuneate-oblanceolate,  dentate  almost  to  the  base;  flowers 
yellow,  petals  obcordate,  one-half  longer  than  the  sepals.  Lake 
County. 

4.  Argentina.     Silverweed. 

Low  perennial  herbs  with  pinnate  leaves  and  producing  long 
runners;  flowers  yellow,  solitary,  appearing  from  the  axils  of  the 
leaves;  bracts,  sepals  and  petals  5  each;  stamens  numerous;  style 
lateral;  mature  achenes  with  a  thick,  corky  pericarp. 

1.  Argentina  anserina  (L.)  Rydb.  Silverweed.  Leaves  2-9 
in.  long;  leaflets  f-1  in.  long,  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  obtuse, 
under  surface  white,  silky  pubescent;  flowers  yellow,  ^-1  in. 
broad.     Lorain,  Lucas,  Ottawa,  Hamilton,  Erie,  Cuyahoga. 

5.  Comarum.     Marshlocks. 

Herbs  with  alternate,  pinnate  leaves  and  large  purple,  solitary 
or  cymose  flowers,  either  terminal  or  axillary;  calyx  5-lobed  with 
5  bracts;  petals  5,  shorter  than  the  calyx  lobes,  stamens  numerous, 
inserted  on  a  pubescent  receptacle  which  is  spongy  in  fruit. 


424  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

1.  Comarum  palustre  L.  Purple  Marshlocks.  Plants  1-1  >^ 
ft.  high;  leaves  pinnate,  5-7-foliate;  leaflets  oblong  or  oblanceolate, 
sharply  serrate  above  the  middle,  narrowing  at  the  base  ^-3  in. 
long;  stipules  large,  usually  membranous;  flowers  large,  }4~H  in. 
broad,  purple.  Lorain,  Summit,  Ashland,  Portage,  Licking, 
Stark,   Ashtabula. 

6.  Drymocallis. 

Erect  herbs  with  more  or  less  glandular  or  viscid  stems  and 
pinnate  leaves;  calyx  5-practeolate ;  sepals  and  petals  5;  stamens 
20-30  in  number  in  5  festoons  on  a  thick  glandular  disk;  style 
nearly  basal. 

1.  Drymocallis  agrimonioides  (Pursh)  Rydb.  TaU  Cinque- 
foil.  Erect,  stout  herb,  1-3  ft.  high;  leaflets  oval  or  ovate,  sharply 
incised-serrate,  terminal  one  cuneate,  the  others  rounded  at  the 
base;  flowers  white,  cymose.     Cuyahoga,  Erie,  Lake. 

7.  Waldsteinia. 

Perennial  herbs  resembling  strawberries,  with  3-parted  leaves 
and  yellow  corymbose  flowers;  sepals,  petals  and  bractlets  5; 
stamens  many,  inserted  on  the  throat  of  the  hypanthium;  carpels 
usually  2-(5  on  a  short,  villous  receptacle,  style  deciduous, 
terminal. 

1.  Waldsteinia  fragarioides  (Mx.)  Tratt.  Dry  Strawberry. 
Low  herb  with  creeping  rootstalk;  leaflets  obovate,  broadly 
cuneate,  crenate,  sometimes  incised,  }4-iy^  in.  long;  flowers 
yellow,  |-f  in.  broad.  Cuyahoga,  Clarke,  Franklin,  Ashtabula, 
Greene,  Medina,  Portage. 

8.     Fragaria.     Strawberry. 

Perennial  herbs  with  runners,  three-parted  leaves,  and  mem- 
branous sheathing  stipules;  flowers  white,  corymbose  or  racemose, 
pedicels  often  recurved;  calyx  5-bracteolate ;  petals  5;  stamens 
many;  carpels  indefinite;  leaflets  obovate,  cuneate,  serrate;  fruit 
consisting  of  a  fleshy  receptacle  in  which  are  inserted  the  achenes, 
seed  ascending,  amphitropous. 

1.  Achenes  in  pits  of  the  pulpy  receptacle;  inflorescence  unilelliform  or 
a  flattish  topped  cyme,  with  subequal  primary  branches;  sepals 
lanceolate,  appres.sed  abotit  the  fruit;  hairs  spreading  or  sub-appressed 
on  scape  and  petiole.     F.  virginiana.  (3). 

1.  Achenes   superficial;   inflorescence   irregular,   the  primary   1  rarches   of 

the  cyme  being  distinctly  unecjual;  sepals  loosely  spreading  cr  reflexed, 
shorter  than  the  early  exposed  fruit;  hairs  appres.sed  on  the  petiole, 
.spreading  on  the  scape.     2. 

2.  Plants  slender;  fruit  conical  or  subcylindric-ovoid.  red.  Fjuiicriiana.  (1). 
2.     Plants   stoutish;   fruit    ovoid-conic   or   sul  globose,    white   in   cur   form. 

F.  vesca.  (2). 


Jan.,  19 15.]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  425 

1.  Fragaria  americana  (Porter)  Britt.  American  Wood 
Strawberry.  Leaves  thin,  light  green,  pubescence  usually  closely 
appressed  and  silky  or  sparse;  inflorescence  irregular  and  some- 
what raceme-Hke  primary  branches  of  the  cyme  distinctly  unequal; 
fruit  ovoid  to  conic.  Butler,  Greene,  Cuyahoga,  Ottawa,  Auglaize, 
Crawford,  Summit. 

2.  Fragaria  vesca  L.  European  Wood  Strawberry.  The 
white-fruited  variety.  Low  herbs,  with  the  pubescence  of  the 
petioles  wide-spreading,  that  of  the  pedicels  closely  appressed; 
inflorescence,  a  cyme ;  fruit  ovoid  or  hemispherical,  white.  Hocking, 
Belmont. 

3.  Fragaria  virginiana  Duch.  Virginia  Strawberry.  Taller 
than  the  above  species,  rather  stout,  villous  pubescent;  leaves 
5-12  in.  tall;  leaflets  thick,  ovate,  light  gray-green  below,  1-3^ 
in.  long;  inflorescence  a  flat-topped  cyme;  achenes  in  pits  in 
the  receptacle.     General  in  distribution. 

9.     Rubus.     Blackberry,  Raspberry,  Dewberr3\ 

Perennial  shrubs  with  erect  or  trailing  stems,  usually  prickly; 
leaves  alternate,  simple  or  3-7-parted,  with  stipules  adnate  to 
the  petiole;  flowers  terminal  or  axillary,  solitary,  racemose  or 
panicled;  calyx  5-parted,  without  bracts;  petals  5;  stamens 
many;  carpels  many,  inserted  on  a  convex  or  elongated  receptacle, 
ripening  into  drupelets,  usually  edible;  styles  nearly  tenninal. 

1.     Flowers  purplish,  rose  or  light  pink;  stems  bristh'.     2. 

1.  Flowers  white,  or  if  not,  then  not  bristly.     3. 

2.  Leaves   simple,    3-5-lobed   or   angled,    not   white   beneath;    stems   not 

prickly;  petals  purple-rose.     R.  odoratus.     (10). 

2.  Leaves  usually  3-parted;  white-downy  beneath;  petals  pale  pink;  fruit 

enclosed  in  a  bur.     R.  phoenicolasius.     (9). 

3.  Leaves  white-downy  beneath;  stems  more  or  less  glaucous;  fruit  easih^ 

separated  from  the  dry  receptacle.     4. 

3.  Leaves  sometimes   lighter  green  below",   not  white-downy;   stems  not 

glaucous;  fruit  persistent  on  the  receptacle  or  not  easily  separated 
from  it.     6. 

4.  Stems  ver}^  glaucous  all  over,  with  rather  stout  recurved  prickles,  not 

bristly;  fruit  purple-black.     R.  occidentalis.     (5). 

4.  Stems  slightly  glaucous;  bristly;  fruit  red.     5. 

5.  Stems  bristly,  not  prickly;  fruit  light  red.     R.  strigosus.     (7). 

o.     Stems  both  bristly  and  prickly;  fruit  a  dark  red.     R.neglectus.     (6). 

6.  Canes    erect    or    arched    ascending;    inflorescence    elongated,    many- 

flowered.     7. 

6.  Canes  trailing  or  with  a  tendency  to  be  prostrate  toward  the  end; 

inflorescence  loose,  few-flowered,  racemose,  or  flowers  solitarj-.     8. 

7.  Inflorescence  with  few  (4-6)  or  several  unifoliate  leaves.  R.frondosiis.  (1). 

7.  Inflorescence  not  leafy.     R.  alleghaniensis.     (2). 

8.  Stems  herbaceous,   usually   anarmed,    but   sometimes   with   occasional 

prickles;  fruit  red  purple.     R.   trifionis.    (8). 

8.  Stems  shrubby;  with  prickles  or  bristles;  fruit  black  or  nearly  black 

when  ripe.     9. 

9.  Stems  with  few  prickles;  leaves  dull  above;  fruit  black. 

R.  procitmbens.    (3). 
9.     Stems  slender,   densely   set   with  weak   Ijristles;   leaves  shining;  fruit 
reddish-black.     R.  hispidus.     (4). 


426  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

1.  Rubus  frondosus  Bigel.  Leafy-flowered  Blackberry.  Erect, 
about  3  feet  high,  villous  when  young;  leaves  3-parted,  lighter 
beneath;  prickles  slender  and  straight;  inflorescence  dense,  usually 
with  unifoliate  leaves;  flower  about  1  in.  broad.  Coshocton, 
Gallia,  Hancock,  Lake,  Columbiana. 

2.  Rubus  alleghaniensis  Port.  High  Blackberry.  Plants 
shrubby,  branched,  glandular-pubescent,  3-10  ft.  high,  leaves 
3-5-parted,  inflorescence  temiinal,  racemose-paniculate;  flowers 
1-1  fi  in.  broad.     General. 

3.  Rubus  procumbens  Muhl.  Common  Dewberry.  Trail- 
ing shrubs  with  few  or  no  prickles;  branches  erect,  3-9  in.  tall; 
leaves  3-7-foliatc;  leaflets  oval,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base, 
rather  finely  and  sharply  dentate,  sometimes  serrate.     General. 

4.  Rubus  hispidus  L.  Hispid  Dewberry.  Stems  slender, 
densely  set  with  weak  bristles;  branches  slender,  3-9  in.  long; 
leaves  3-foliate;  leaflets  ovate  or  obovate,  sharply  serrate;  flowers 
cor3^mbose,  small,  about  }i  hi.  broad;  fruit  red,  small,  about 
}4  in.  long.  Ashtabula,  Lucas,  Cuyahoga,  Portage,  Geauga, 
Logan,  Summit,  Lake. 

5.  Rubus  occidentalis  L.  Black  Raspberry.  Stems  recurved, 
very  glaucous,  sometimes  12  ft.  long,  armed  with  stout  recurved 
prickles,  which  are  usually  in  pairs;  leaves  3-5-parted;  leaflets 
ovate,  acumenate,  serrate,  inflorescence  corymbose;  fruit  black, 
hemispheric.     General. 

6.  Rubus  neglectus  Peck.  Purple  Raspberry.  Stems  1-3 
ft.  long,  glaucous,  sparingly  bristly  and  prickly;  leaflets  ovate, 
sharply  serrate,  very  white  beneath;  inflorescence  corymbose, 
terminal;  flowers,  white;  fruit  dark-red  or  purple.  Williams, 
Stark,  Defiance,  Ashtabula. 

7.  Rubus  strigosus  Mx.  Wild  Red  Raspberry.  Branched 
biennial  shi*ub,  3-6  ft.  high  with  many  weak  glandular  bristles, 
leaves  3-5-foliate,  white,  velvety-pubescent  beneath  leaflets, 
ovate  to  ovate  oblong,  acuminate,  rounded  at  the  base;  inflores- 
cence racemose;  flowers  |-|  in.  broad;  fruit  red.  Sunimit, 
Erie,  Clarke. 

8.  Rubus  triflorus  Richards.  Dwarf  Raspberry.  Stems 
trailing  or  ascending;  leaves  3-5-foliate;  leaflets  ovate-lanceolate, 
acute,  rather  coarsely  serrate;  flowers  1-3  on  a  peduncle,  pink  or 
white;  fruit  red-purple,  rather  large,  acid.  Sandusky,  Stark, 
Lorain,  Brown,  Wyandot,  Crawford,  Vinton,  Wood,  Champaign, 
Lake,  Lucas,  Fairfield. 

9.  Rubus  phoenicolasius  Max.  Wineberry.  Stems  densely 
co\'ered  with  reddish-brown  prickles  and  gland-tipped  hairs; 
leaves  3-5-parted,  white  pubescent  beneath;  leaflets  broadly 
ovate;  fruit  red,  enclosed  in  the  bur-like  calyx.     Lake  County. 


Jan.,  1915.]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  427 

10.  Rubus  odoratus  L.  Rcse-flowered  Raspberry.  Shrubby 
covered  with  glandular  hairs;  leaves  simple,  3-5-lobed;  peduncles 
many-flowered;  flowers  purple-red;  fruit  red,  not  edible.  Ashta- 
bula, vStimmit,  Jefferson,  Belmont,  Cuyahoga,  Monroe,  Mus- 
kingum, Lake. 

10.     Porteranthus. 

Perennial  herbs;  leaves  nearly  sessile,  stipulate,  3-foliate; 
flowers  white  or  pink,  in  loose  terminal  panicles;  calyx  cylindric, 
5-toothed;  petals  5,  lance-linear;  stamens  10-20;  carpels  5,  oppo- 
site the  calyx  lobes ;  follicles  2— 1-seeded. 

1.     Stipules  narrow,  usually  entire.     P.  trifoliatiis.     (1). 

1.     Stipules  broad,  foliaceous,  incised.     P.  stipulatus.     (2). 

1.  Porteranthus  trifoliatus  (L.)  Britt.  Indian-physic.  Erect, 
branching  herbs,  2-4  ft.  high,  usually  glabrous  though  sometimes 
pubescent;  leaves  with  narrow  entire  stipules;  leaflets  ovate  or 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate,  2-3  in.  long;  flowers  few,  in  panicles, 
pink  or  white;  follicles  pubescent.     No  specimens. 

2.  Porteranthus  stipulatus  (Muhl.)  Britt.  American  Ipecac. 
Less  pubescent  than  the  above  species;  stipules  broad,  foliaceous, 
sharply  serrate;  leaves  usually  narrower  than  in  the  above; 
follicles  usually  glabrous.  Ross,  Gallia,  Pike,  Clinton,  Muskingum 
Adams,  Guernsey,  Belmont. 

11.  Schizonotus. 

Shrubs  with  pinnately  divided  leaves;  flowers  in  terminal 
panicles;  calyx  campanulate,  5-parted;  petals  5,  white;  stamens 
numerous,  carpels  5,  united  at  the  base. 

1.  Schizonotus  sorbifolius  (L.)  Lindl.  Mountain-ash  Spiraea. 
An  erect  shrub,  pubescent  when  young;  leaves  3-12  in.  long, 
13-21-parted;  leaflets  lanceolate  acuininate,  doubly  serrate; 
panicle  large,  white.     Harrison,  Lake. 

12.  Filipendula. 

Tall  perennial  herbs  with  pinnately  divided  leaves;  flowers 
small,  borne  in  large  cymose  panicles;  sepals  and  petals  5;  stamens 
numerous  on  a  flat  or  slightly  concave  receptacle;  carpels  5-15; 
fruit  resembling  a  follicle,  indehiscent. 

1.  Filipendula  rubra  (Hill.)  Rob.  Queen-of-the-prairie.  Stem 
tall,  often  more  than  S  feet,  branched,  leaves  pinnately  3-7 
foliate;  leaflets  lighter  green  beneath,  irregularly  serrate;  temiinal 
leaflet  palinately  7-9-parted;  flower  %  in.  broad.  Champaign, 
Madison,  Erie,  Cuvahoga,  Holmes 


428  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

13.     Opulaster.     Ninebark. 

Branched  shrubs,  with  simple  lobed  leaves ;  calyx  campanulate, 
5-parted;  petals  5,  in  the  throat  of  calyx;  stamens  20-40;  carpels 
1-5;  pods  1-5,  dehiscent  longitudinally. 

1.  Opulaster  opulifolius  (L.)  Ktz.  Ninebark.  Shrub  3-10 
ft.  high,  the  bark  peeling  off  in  strips;  leaves  ovate-orbicular, 
3-lobed,  coarsely  dentate;  flowers  white  or  purplish,  in  terminal 
corymbs;  follicles  dehiscent  along  two  sides.     General. 

14.  Spiraea. 

Shrubs  with  bisporangiate,  pink  or  white  flowers,  borne  in 
panicles,  racemes,  cymes  or  corymbs;  sepals  and  petals  4  or  5; 
stamens  20-60,  distinct;  carpels  usually  5,  alternate  with  the 
sepals;  follicles  5;  seed  pendulous,  testa  dull. 

1.     Leaves   finely   serrate,   not   tomentose;    flowers   borne   in   tomentulose 

panicles.     S.  alba.     (1). 
1.     Leaves  unequally   and   coarsely   serrate,   tomentose;   flowers   borne   in 

narrow,  dense,  brownish  tomentose  panicles.     S.  tomentosa.     (2). 

1.  Spiraea  alba  DuR.  Narrow-leaf  Spiraea.  Tall  shrub, 
sometimes  6  ft.;  leaves  narrowly  lanceolate,  sharply  and  finely 
serrate;  flowers  white,  borne  in  narrow  panicles;  fruit  glabrous. 
General. 

2.  Spiraea  tomentosa  L.  Steeple-bush  (Spiraea).  Erect, 
shrubby,  usually  tomentose;  leaves  ovate,  1-2  in.  long,  unequally 
serrate,  glabrous  and  dark  green  above,  wooly  pubescent  below; 
flowers  pink  or  pttrple,  in  dense  terminal  panicles.  Stark,  Hocking, 
Cuyahoga,  Summit,  Portage,  Lucas,  Gallia,  Wayne,  Fairfield, 
Jackson. 

15.  Aruncus. 

Perennial  herbs,  leaves  usually  2-pinnate,  flowers  diecious, 
almost  sessile  in  panicled  spikes;  calyx  usually  5-lobed;  petals 
white,  as  many  as  the  lobes  of  the  calyx;  carpels  usually  3;  style 
persistent;  follicles  reflexed,  splitting  on  the  ventral  suture. 

1.  Aruncus  aruncus  (L.)  Karst.  Aruncus.  Herb,  erect, 
glabrous,  3-0  ft.  high;  leaflets  ovate,  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base;  sharply  and  doubly  serrate. 
Monroe,  Columbiana,  Tuscarawas,  Gallia,  Licking,  Fairfield, 
Lawrence,  Hocking,  Jackson,  Belmont,  Vinton,  Scioto. 

10.     Dalibarda. 

Low  perennial  herb  with  creeping  stems  and  simple,  orbicular, 
cordate,  crcnatc  leaves,  flowers  1  or  2,  borne  on  a  scape-like 
petiole,  of  two  kinds,  a  few  upright  sterile  ones,  the  others  fertile, 
cleistogamous  and  without  petals. 

1.  Dalibarda  repens  L.  Dalibarda.  Low  downy  herbs; 
sepals  of  the  sterile  flowers  spreading,  those  of  the  cleistogamous 
flowers  converging  and  enclosing  the  fruit.     Ashtabula  County. 


Jan.,  1915.]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  429 

17.     Rosa.     Rose. 

Erect  or  climbing  shrubs,  usually  with  prickly  stems;  leaves 
odd-pimiate;  stipules  adnate  to  the  leaves ;  flowers  showy,  bisporan- 
giate;  hypanthium  urn-shaped,  becoming  fleshy  in  the  fruit; 
ovularies  hairy,  ripening  into  bony  achenes. 

1.     Leaflets  mostly  3;  styles  united  in  a  slender  exserted  column;  prickles 
very  stout,  almost  as  broad  at  the  base  as  long.     R.  setigera.     (6). 

1.  Leaflets  5-9;  styles  distinct;  prickles  recurved  or  straight  and  slender, 

not  nearly  so  broad  as  long.     2. 

2.  Leaflets  small,   V2-%  in-   long,   orbicular  to  ovate,   pale  beneath   and 

very  glandular.     R.  riibiginosa.     (4). 

2.  Leaflets  larger,  %-2  in.  long,  ovate  to  narrowly  oblong,  not  glandular,  -i. 

3.  Leaflets   ovate,   rounded   at   the   base,   doubly   and  glandular  serrate; 

flowers  deep  pink  to  crimson,  2-3  in.  broad.     R.  gallica.     (5). 

3.  Leaflets  oblong,  acute  at  the  base,  not  prominently  glandular,  serrate; 

flowers  pink,  1-2  in.  broad.     4. 

4.  Stems   smooth   or  with   very  few   weak  prickles;   flowers   on   smooth 

peduncles;  sepals  erect  on  the  fruit,  not  deciduous.  R.  blayida.  (1). 

4.  Stems  with  straight  prickles,  usually  in  pairs;  sepals  spreading,  decid- 

uous.    5. 

5.  Prickles  stout  and  recurved;  leaflets  finely  serrate;  stipules  convolute; 

hypanthium  bristly.     R.  Carolina.     (2). 
5.     Prickles  slender  and  straight;  leaflets  coarsely  dentate;  stipules  flat. 

R.   virginiana.    (3). 

1.  Rosa  blanda  Ait.  Smooth  Rose.  Stems  1-5  ft.  high, 
usually  without  prickles;  leaflets  5-7,  ovate  or  9blong-lanceolate, 
thin;  flowers  pink,  about  2  in.  broad.  Lorain,  Mercer,  Clennont, 
Erie,  Clinton,  Wilhams,  Lake. 

2.  Rosa  Carolina  L.  Swamp  Rose.  Stems  l-8>2  ft.  tall 
with  stout,  straight  or  curved  prickles;  leaflets  5-9,  usually 
7,  dark  green,  narrowly  oblong,  flnely  serrate,  usually  pubescent 
beneath;  flowers  pink,  1^  in.  broad,  corymbose  or  rarely  solitary. 
Franklin,  Holmes,  Trumbull,  Hocking,  Stark,  Logan.  Defiance, 
Gallia,  Crawford,  Shelby,  Monroe,  Ottawa,  Huron,  Lake,  Ash- 
tabula, Auglaize,  Cuyahoga,  Tuscarawas,  Fairfield,  Geauga, 
Clarke,  Medina,  Licking,  Miami,  Knox,  Fulton,  WilHams,  Lorain, 
Summit,  Brown. 

3.  Rosa  virginiana  Mill.  Virginia  Rose.  Stems  >^-6  ft. 
high,  densely  set  with  long,  straight  prickles;  leaflets  5-7,  small, 
obovate,  sharply  serrate;  flowers  pink.     General. 

4.  Rosa  rubiginosa  L.  Sweetbrier  (Rose).  Stems  3-Q}4  ft. 
high,  with  stout,  recurved  prickles;  leaflets  5-7,  ovate  or  oval, 
doubly  serrate,  very  glandular  beneath;  frtiit  oval,  glandular. 
Ottawa,  Lorain,  Highland,  Ashtabula,  Madison,  Hancock,  Brown, 
Preble,  Jefferson,  Morrow,  Monroe,  Morgan,  Licking,  Miami, 
Greene,  Wayne,  Ross,  Montgomery,  WilHams,  Warren,  Coshoc- 
ton, Noble,  Guernsey,  Knox. 


430  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

5.  Rosa  gallica  L.  French  Rose.  Stem  with  straight 
slender  prickles;  leaflets  usually  5,  elliptic,  cordate  at  the  base, 
doubly  glandular-serrate;  flowers  double,  red  and  large.  Lake 
County. 

6.  Rosa  setigera  Mx.  Prairie  Rose.  Stems  climbing,  with 
stout,  rather  straight  prickles;  leaflets  3-5,  usually  3,  ovate, 
sharply  serrate;  petals  rose-colored,  sometimes  white.  Clarke, 
Fayette,  Jefferson,  Greene,  Williams,  Hocking,  Eric,  Perry, 
Clermont,  Muskingum,  Montgomery,  Lucas,  Madison,  Tuscara- 
was, Harrison,  Butler,  Lorain,  Highland,  Auglaize,  Defiance, 
Gallia,  Logan,  Shelby,  Miami. 

18.     Agrimonia.  Agrimony. 

Erect  perennial  herbs,  leaves  with  large  stipules,  odd  pinnate, 
with  smaller  leaf  segments  between  the  larger  ones;  flowers 
yellow,  borne  in  narrow  racemes;  sepals  5;  petals  5;  stamens 
5-15;  carpels  2;  fruit  with  1-2  dry  achenes. 

1.     Leaflets  11-17,  lanceolate  to  narrowly  lancelinear,  bristles  radiate. 

A.    parviflora.     (1). 

1.  Leaflets  5-11,  ovate  to  obovate  or  elliptic-oblong.     2. 

2.  Fruit  with  few  erect,  ascending  or  comivant  bristles.     3. 

2.  Fruit  with  many  radiating  bristles.     A.  gryposepala.     (2). 

3.  Under  surface  of  leaves  usually  glabrous  or  with  few  scattered  hairs, 

minutely  glandular.     A.  rostellata.     (3). 

3.  Under  surface  of  leaves  closely  and  softly  pubescent.     4. 

4.  Leaves    glandular-dotted    beneath;    leaflets    5-11;    fruit    wnth    slender 

ascending  bristles  nearly  in  a  single  row;  roots  tuberous.  A.  mollis.  (4). 
4.     Leaves   not   glandular-dotted   beneath;    leaflets   7-9;   fruit   with    short 
comivant  or  inflexed  bristles;  roots  not  tuberous.     A.  striata.     (5). 

1.  Agrimonia  parviflora  Sol.  Small-flowered  Agrimony.  Erect 
herb,  1-4  ft.  high;  stems  brownish,  hirsute;  flowers  small,  in 
long,  slender  racemes;  leaflets  11-17,  lanceolate  to  narrowly 
lance-linear,  actiminate,  sharply  serrate;  flowers  |-j  in.  broad; 
fruit  top-shaped,  ridges,  with  reflexcd  radiate  bristles.  Auglaize, 
Belmont,  Cuyahoga,  Putnam,  Montgomery,  Huron,  Franklin, 
vScioto,  Trumbull,  Carroll,  Ottawa,  Logan,  Wood,  Union, 
Wyandot. 

2.  Agrimonia  gryposepala  Wallr.  Hair}'  Agrimon>'.  Plants 
l-(5  ft.  tall  with  few  Ijrislly  hairs,  minutely  glandular;  leaves 
usually  7-foliate,  leaflets  large,  1^-5  in.  long,  elliptic  or  oblong, 
coarsely  serrate;  flowers  less  than  %  i"-  broad,  yellow;  fruit 
top-shaped,  deeply  ridged.  Stark,  Logan,  Belmont,  Madison, 
Summit,  Fayette,  Erie,  Ashtabula,  Wayne,  Harrison,  Highland, 
Defiance. 

3.  Agrimonia  rostellata  Wallr.  Woodland  Agrimony.  Stems 
about  1  5  ft.  tall,  mintitcly  glandular;  leaflets  mostly  5,  ovate- 
oblong,  crcnate  or  dentate;  flowers  |-f  in.  broad;   bristles  erect 


Jan.,  1915.]  The  Roses  of  Ohio.  43 1 

or    ascending,    short    and    weak.     Madison,    Cuyahoga,    Lake, 
Montgomery,  Miami,  Wayne. 

4.  Agrimonia  striata  Mx.  Striate  Agrimony.  Plants  2-6  ft. 
tall;  leaflets  thick,  dull  green,  softly  pubescent  below,  glabrate 
above;  flowers  >'4->^  in.  broad;  fruit  with  short,  often  purphsh 
bristles  which  are  inflexed  or  connivant.     Huron,  Clinton. 

5.  Agrimonia  mollis  (T.  &  G.)  Britt.  Soft  Agrimony.  Stem 
pubescent  or  villous;  leaves  thick,  dark  green  above,  pubescent 
below;  leaflets  obovate  cuneate;  flowers  |-f  in.  broad;  fruit 
top-shaped,  deeply  furrowed.  Morgan,  Highland,  Williams, 
Erie,  Huron,  Tuscarawas,  Meigs,  Clermont,  Licking,  Scioto. 

19.     Sanguisorba. 

Erect  perennial  herbs  with  odd-pinnate  leaves;  flowers  borne 
in  a  dense  tenninal  spike;  calyx  4-parted,  stamens  4,  inserted  on 
the  hypanthium;  carpels  enclosed  in  the  hypanthium. 

1.  Sanguisorba  canadensis  L.  American  Burnet.  Stems 
slender,  glabrous,  1-6  ft.  high,  with  leaflike  stipules;  leaflets 
}i-2}4  in.  long,  oblong,  cordate,  coarsely  serrate;  flowers  greenish- 
yellow,  borne  in  a  dense  spike.  Lake,  Champaign,  Cuyahoga, 
Clarke,  Franklin,  Miami,  Stark. 

20.     Poterium. 

Erect,  slender,  perennial  herbs  with  odd-pinnate,  stipulate 
leaves;  flowers  borne  in  dense  heads,  bisporangiate  or  mono- 
sporangiate;  calyx  4-angled;  petals  4;  stamens  numerous;  carpels 
2;  achene  enclosed  in  the  hypanthium. 

1.  Poterium  sanguisorba  L.  Garden  Burnet.  Herbs  10-20 
in.  high;  leaves  pinnate;  leaflets  7-19,  ovate,  deeply  incised, 
yi-yi  in.  long;  flowers  greenisli,  borne  in  a  head.     Lake  County. 


NEW  AND   RARE  PLANTS   ADDED   TO   THE   OHIO   LIST 

IN  1914. 

John  H.   Schaffner. 

The  following  records  of  new  and  rare  plants  have  been  made 
for  the  year  and  are  to  be  added  to  the  new  "Catalog  of  Ohio 
Vascular  Plants."  Additions  are  inserted  with  decimal  fractions; 
records  of  new  distribution  with  the  appropriate  numbers  from 
the  list  as  published. 

170.  vScirpus  planifolius  Muhl.  Flat-leaf  Club-rush.  In 
woods;  Strasburg,  Tuscarawas  County.     V.  Sterki. 

597.  Tipularia  unifolia  (Muhl.)  B.  S.  P.  Crane-fly  Orchis. 
Reported  from  Ashtabula  Count}^     R.  J.  Sim. 

701.1.  Lepidiiim  perfoliatum  L.  Perfoliate  Peppergrass. 
Naturalized  at  Kent,  Portage  County.  From  Europe.  L.  S. 
Hopkins. 

1393.  Ledum  groenlandicum  Oedr.  Labrador  Tea.  From 
"May  Swamp"  in  Portage  County.     L.  S.  Hopkins. 

1760.  Diodia  teres  Walt.  Rough  Buttonwood.  East  Cleve- 
land, Cuyahoga  County.     Edo  Claassen. 

Three  species  were  added  while  the  catalog  was  going  thru 
the  press  and  therefore  have  fractional  numbers.  These  are  the 
following : 

563.1.     Dioscorea  bull^ifera  L.  Air  Potato  (Yam). 
1053.1.     Sorbus  aucuparia  L.     European  Mountain-ash. 
1273.1.     Quercus  triloba  Mx.     Spanish  Oak. 

As  is  usual  with  linotype  printing,  a  number  of  errors  appear 
in  the  catalog.  Mistakes  can  readily  be  corrected  by  reference 
to  Britton  &  Brown's  "Illustrated  Flora,"  Second  Edition. 
The  first  line  numbered  1043  should  be  erased.  The  following 
species  were  lost  out  bodily  in  the  final  forms: 

1045.  Rosa  setigera  Mx.  Prairie  Rose.  General,  but  no 
specimens  from  the  Northeastern  Counties. 

1520.  Scrophularia  marylandica  L.  Mar^dand  Figwort. 
General. 

2024.  Cirsium  odoratum  (Muhl.)  Britt.  Fragrant  Thistle. 
Ashtabula  Countv. 


432 


THE  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE. 

The  twenty-fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  Ohio  Academy  of 
Science  was  held  at  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  on 
November  26,  27  and  28,  1914,  tmder  the  presidency  of  Dr. 
T.  C.  Mendenhall,  of  Ravenna. 

The  address  of  the  President  was  delivered  Friday  evening, 
on  the  subject  "Some  Pioneers  of  Science  in  Ohio,"  and  on  Satur- 
day morning  the  Academy  listened  to  a  very  timely  lecture  upon 
"Foot  and  Mouth  Disease"  by  Dean  D.  S.  White  of  the  College  of 
Veterinary  Medicine  of  Ohio  State  University. 

The  trustees  of  the  research  fund  announced  a  further  gift  of 
$250.00  from  Mr.  Emerson  McMiUin,  of  New  York,  for  the 
encouragement  of  the  research  work  of  the  Academ3\ 

In  accordance  with  the  report  of  a  committee  appointed  a  year 
ago,  the  Academy  voted  to  deposit  the  library  of  the  Academy 
with  the  library  of  Ohio  State  University — an  arrangement  which 
may  be  terminated  by  either  party  on  suitable  notice. 

The  matter  of  the  celebration  of  the  annual  meeting  of  1915 
as  a  Quarter  Centennial  Anniversary  was  referred  to  the  Execu- 
tive Committee. 

Twenty-three  new  members  were  elected,  making  the  total 
membership  of  the  Academy  two  hundred  and  fifty  four. 

The  officers  of  the  Academy  for  the  year  1914-15  are  as  fol- 
lows. 

President — Professor  J.  Warren  Smith,  Ohio  State  University 
and  Ohio  Section  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau. 

Vice-Presidents — (Zoology)  Professor  F.  C.  Waite,  Western 
Reserve  University;  (Botany)  Professor  F.  O.  Grover,  Oberlin 
College;  (Geology)  Professor  C.  G.  Shatzer,  Wittenberg  College; 
(Physics)  Professor  J.  A.  Culler,  Miami  University. 

Secretar}^ — Professor  Edward  L.  Rice,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity. 

Treasurer — Professor  J.  S.  Hine,  Ohio  State  University. 

Librarian — Professor  W.  C.  Mills,  Ohio  State  University. 

Executive  Committee,  together  with  the  President,  Secretary, 
and  Treasurer,  members  ex-officio, — Professor  C.  D.  Coons, 
Denison  University;  Professor  T.  M.  Hills,  Ohio  State  University. 

Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Research  Fund — Professor  W.  R. 
Lazenby,  Ohio  State  University;  Professor  M.  M.  Metcalf, 
Oberlin  College;  Professor  N.  M.  Fenneman,  University  of  Cin- 
cinnati. 

Publication  Committee — Professor  J.  H.  Schaffner,  Ohio 
State  University;  Professor  C.  H.  Lake,  Hamilton;  Professor  L. 
B.  Walton,  Kenyon  College. 


433 


434  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

The  complete  scientific  program  follows : 

PRESIDENTIAL    ADDRESS. 

Some  Pioneers  of  Science  in  Ohio Dr.  T.  C.  Mendenhall 

LECTURE. 

The    Foot    and    Mouth    Disease Dean    D.    S.    White 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  Ohio  State  University. 

PAPERS. 

Efficacy  of  Lightning  Rods J.  Warren  Smith 

Thunderbolt  from  WhiteclJff  Bay Katherine  Doris  Sharp 

A  Preliminary  Survc}^  of  Plant  Distribution  in  Ohio 

John  H.  Schaffner 

Akron    Fishbait     Industry Chas.     P.     Fox 

The  Physiographic  Provinces  which  meet  in  Ohio 

N.  M.  Fenncman 

Color  and  Coat  Inheritance  in  Guinea  Pigs W.  M.  Barrows 

Note  on  a  New  Nematode  Parasite  of  Cryptobranchus 

F.  H.  Krecker 
Prediction  of  Minimum  Temperatures  for  Frost  Protection 

J.  Warren  Smith 
Is  a  Dry  Summer  and  Autumn  Apt  to  be  Followed  by  a  Wet 

Winter  With  Possible  Floods? J.  Warren  vSmith 

Comparative  Rate  of  Growth  of  Certain  Timber  Trees 

William  R.  Lazenby 
Inheritance  of  Taillessness  in  the  Cat 

W.  M.  Barrows  and  C.  A.  Reese 

The  Cause  of  Milk  Sickness  and  Trembles E.  L.  Moseley 

Notes  on  Euglenoidina L.   B.   Walton 

Recent  Eruptions  of  Mount  Lassen Thos.  M.   Hills 

Glaciation  in  the  High  Sierras Thos.  M.  Hills 

Inheritance  of  Weights  in  Tomatoes Fred   Perry 

The  Municipal  Care  of  Shade  Trees J.   S.   Houser 

Influence  of  Glaciation  on  Agriculture  in  Ohio.  .Edgar  W.  Owen 
The  Reflection  of  X-rays  and  Gaiuma  Rays  from  Crystals.     (In- 
troducing  discussion.) S.    M.    J.    Allen 

A  Class  Demonstration  of  the  Peltier  Effect J.  A.  Culler 

Behavior  of  the  Arc  in  a  Longitudinal  Magnetic  Field 

R.  F.  Earhart 
Effect  of  Heat  Treatment  on  the  Physical  Structure,  Pcrmeabilit\', 

and  Hysteresis  of  Steel R.  J.  Webber 

The    Electron    Theory    of    Metallic   Conduction.     (Introducing 

discussion.) A.  W.  vSmith 

The  Effect  of  Changes  in  Water  Resistance  and  Dielectrics  on  the 

Vibrations  of  a  Lecher  System Geo.  W.  Gorrell 

Exhibit  of  Apparatus  for  Electric  Waves:  (1)  Drude  Apparatus 
for  Refractive  Index  of  Electric  Waves.  (2)  A  Wavcmeter 
for    Wireless    Frequencies A.    D.    Cole 


Jan.,  1915.]  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.  435 

Some  Additions  to  the  Known  Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Ohio 

W.  J.  Kcstir 

Ohio  Spiders W.  M.  Barrows 

The  Egg  Capsules  of  a  Bdellodrilled  on  the  Crayfish 

Stephen  R.  Williams 
Observations  on  the  Life  Histories  of  Jassidae  and  Cercopidae 

Herbert   Osborn 

Habits  and  Food  of  the  American  Toad Rees  Phillpott 

Note  on  the  Occurrence  of  Demodex  folliculorum  var.  bovis  in 

Ohio D.    C.    Mote 

Arrangement   of  the   Muscles  in  the   Mouth   Parts   of  Embryo 
Cockroaches  and  its  Bearing  on  the  Phylogeny  of  the  Hexa- 

poda L.  B.  Walton 

Winter  Record  of  King  Rail  in  Ohio Edward  L.  Rice 

On  the  Synthesis  of  Proteins A.  M.  Bleile 

Additions  to  the  List  of  Heteroptera  of  Ohio Carl  J.  Drake 

The  Cranial  Nerves  of  an  Embryo  Shark F.  L.  Landacre 

Myxomcytes  of  Northern   Ohio E.    L.   Fullmer 

The  Forest  Types  of  the  Columbus  Quadrangle 

Forest  B.  H.  Brown 
New  and  Rare  Plants  Added  to  the  Ohio  List  in  1914. 

John  H.  Schaffner 
A  Provisional  Arrangement  of  the  Ascomycetes  of  Ohio 

Bruce  Fink 

The  Collemaceae  of  Ohio Bruce  Fink 

Notes  in  Ohio  Higher  Fungi AVilmer  G.  Stover 

The  Leaf  Mold  Disease  of  Tomato  (Cladosporium  fulvum). 

Wilmer  G.  StOA"er 

Summit  County  Marl Chas.  P.  Fox 

History  of  the  Olentangy  River  Below  Delaware,  Ohio 

L.  G.  Westgate 

The  Physiography  of  Mexico Warren  N.  Thayer 

Notes  on  Some  Richmond  Fossils : W.  H.  Shideler 

The  Classification  of  the  Niagaran  Formations  of  Western  Ohio 

Charles  vS.  Prosser 
The  Defiance  Moraine  in  Relation  to  Pre-Glacial  Lakes 

Frank  Carney 
Some  of  Dr.  H.  Herzer's  Last  Fossil  Descriptions.  .  . .  N.  Speckman 

On  the  Origin  of  OoHte Walter  N.  Bucher 

Magnetic   Rays.     (Introducing   discussion.) L.    T.    More 

On  the  Free  Vibration  of  a  Lecher  System 

F.  C.  Blake  and  Charles  Sheard 

Measurements  of  the  Magnetic  Field Samuel  R.  Williams 

On  the  Radioactive  Deposit  from  the  Atmosphere  on  an  Uncharged 

Wire S.   M.  J.  Allen 

Demonstration  of  Simple  Hannonic  Motion  on  Rotation  Apparatus 

Charles  Sheard 


436  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  3, 

DEMONSTRATIONS. 

A  Nematode  Parasite  of  Cryptobranchus F.   H.   Krecker 

Cross  Sections  Illustrating  Rate  of  Tree  Growth 

William  R.  Lazenby 
Varieties  of  Domestic  Guinea  Pigs.     (Room  55.) .  .  W.  M.  Barrows 

Tailless  Cat W.  M.  Barrows 

Orthoptera  Not  Hitherto  Recorded  from  Ohio W.  J.  Kostir 

A  Scale  of  Ohio  Forest  Types  to  Indicate  the  Fertility  of  Soil  for 

Agricultural  Crops Forest  B.  H.Brown 

Photographs  of  Leaf  Hoppers  and  Frog  Hoppers .  .  Herbert  Osborn 

Edward  L.  Rice,  Secretary. 
Delaware,  Ohio,  December  5,  1914. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  April  20,  1914. 

This  meeting  was  held  in  conjunction  with  the  Natural  History 
Society  and  was  called  to  order  by  the  President  of  the  Natural 
History  Society,  Mr.  Meckstroth.  The  reading  of  the  minutes 
was  omitted. 

Prof.  Dachnowski  had  the  first  paper  of  the  evening  on  "Cer- 
tain Problems  of  Plant  Growth. "  In  his  experiments  he  found  that 
the  absorption  of  glycocoll  is  not  connected  with  the  transpi  ra- 
tional water  loss  but  with  the  efficiency  of  the  nutritive  metabolism 
and  with  the  amount  of  water  retained  within  the  plant  and 
involved  in  metabolism.  The  retention  of  water  and  not  the 
transpirational  water  loss  is  the  physiological  function,  correlated 
with,  and  indispensable  to  growth  in  general. 

Mr.  Reese  had  a  paper  on  Introduced  Insects  in  which  he 
discussed  the  various  introduced  pests  that  bother  American 
horticulturists  and  vegetable  gardners. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secy. 

Date  of  Publication,  January  14,  1915. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BV 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State   University. 
Volume  XV.  FEBRUARY,    1915.  No.  4. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Smith— Efficacy  of  Lightning  Rods 437 

LiNNELL— Wild  and  Cultivated  Cloveis  of  Ohio 443 

Essentials  of  College  Botany 448 

Waltox— Coll  Division  and  the  Formation  of  Paramylou  in  Euglena  oxyuris 

Sch marda " 449 

McAvoY— Meeting  of  the  Biologieal  Club  . .   452 

The  Ferns  of  Allegheny  County,  Pennsylvania 452 

EFFICACY  OF  LIGHTNING  RODS. 

J.  Warren  Smith. 

FIRE    LOSSES. 

It  is  stated  on  good  authority  that  in  the  United  States  fire 
costs  over  S500  a  minute.  The  National  Fire  Prevention  Associa- 
tion of  New  York  states  that  fire  losses  and  the  cost  of  fire  pro- 
tection amounts  to  $450,000,000  in  the  United  States  each  year. 
This  is  $850  a  minute. 

Fire  Losses  Due  to  Lightning. — The  Wisconsin  Fire  Marshal 
says  that  lightning  in  this  country  destroys  more  property  than 
matches,  sparks,  and  kerosene  together,  and  more  than  any 
other  cause,  except  defective  flues. 

Figures  gathered  from  the  reports  of  the  State  Fire  Marshals 
in  Iowa,  Indiana,  and  Ohio,  for  1913,  indicate  that  the  number  of 
fires  due  to  lightning  was  one-sixth  of  the  number  from  all  causes 
and  the  loss  by  lightning  one-eleventh  of  the  total  fire  loss. 

In  the  summer  of  1914,  the  writer  gathered  statistics  from 
121  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies  operating  in  15  different 
States,  largely  in  the  central  part  of  the  country.  These  statistics 
show  that  in  1913  the  total  number  of  buildings  burned  from  any 
cause  was  1,174.  During  the  same  year  S09  buildings  were 
struck  by  lightning  and  damaged  and  252  struck  by  lightning  and 
burned.  This  indicates  nearly  as  many  buildings  struck  by  light- 
ning as  were  burned  from  any  cause,  but  that  the  number  burned 

Read  at  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Meeting,  Columbus,  Ohio, 
November  27,  1914. 


437 


[uJ  1  L  I  B  R  A  i*v  Y  j  2c 


438  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 

by  lightning  was  less  than  one -fourth  of  the  total  lost  by  fire.  The 
loss  on  the  buildings  burned  or  damaged  by  lightning  was  about 
one-third  of  the  total  fire  loss. 

Loss  by  Lightning  Largely  in  Rural  Districts. — In  the  central 
part  of  the  country  the  loss  and  damage  by  lightning  is  far  greater 
in  the  country  than  in  the  cities.  The  Indiana  Fire  Marshal 
states  that  75%  of  all  lightning  losses  occur  in  the  country,  which 
contains  but  47%  of  the  population.  Also  that  in  1913,  92%  of 
all  bams  damaged  by  lightning  were  in  the  country  and  that 
69%  of  all  barn  losses  were  total.  The  Ohio  Fire  Marshal  says 
that  of  416  hghtning  fires  in  1913,  319  were  in  bams.  One 
insurance  agent  in  Missouri  reports  that  in  17  years  the  losess  due 
to  lightning  on  barns  has  been  $6,000  greater  than  by  fire  from 
other  causes. 

Lightning. — Lightning  is  an  electric  spark  on  a  tremendous 
scale.  It  occurs  between  clouds  more  frequently  than  between 
cloud  and  earth.  Flashes  last  from  one-one-hundred-thousandth 
to  one-five-thousandth  of  a  second. 

Damage  by  lightning  is  mechanical  as  well  as  thermal.  Not 
only  is  damage  done  by  main  discharges,  but  currents  are  induced 
in  near-by  metal  objects  and  conductors  and  these  often  produce 
additional  damage.  Fires  may  be  started  in  inflammable  material 
between  two  nearly  parallel  rods  or  wires  by  these  induction 
effects.  Cases  cited  are  between  a  fan  shaft  and  a  drive  shaft 
bearing  in  a  flour  inill.  Also  between  wires  on  baled  hay,  and 
between  telephone  wires  and  a  lightning  rod,  where  it  is  stated 
that  lightning  will  jump  10  to  15  feet  between  the  lightning 
rod  and  telephone  wire. 

Lightning  Rods. — There  was  a  time  when  lightning  rods  were 
a  fad  and  the  lightning  rod  agent  flourished  in  the  land  and 
waxed  fat.  Because  the  lightning  rod  agent  insisted  on  accu- 
mulating the  good  things  of  the  land  too  rapidly  there  soon  came  a 
second  period  when  shot  guns  were  kept  loaded  and  within  reach, 
because  the  lightning  rod  agent  was  more  to  be  feared  than  the 
lightning.  And  this  second  period  still  obtains  in  some  parts 
of  this  country  today. 

But  the  lightning  rods  that  were  up  staid  up  and  those  that 
had  been  installed  in  an  honest  and  correct  manner  apparently 
furnished  protection,  while  all  around  them  buildings  were  being 
destroyed  by  lightning  strokes. 

Fire  protection  agencies,  appalled  at  the  immense  fire  loss, 
have  in  more  recent  years  turned  to  the  lightning  rod  as  a  possible 
aid.  Honest  lightning  rod  manufacturing  companies  have 
insisted  that  properly  erected  lightning  rods  arc  a  protection, 
and  professors  of  physics  have  told  us  that  lightning  rods,  when 
continuous  from  the  moist  earth  to  the  top  of  buildings,  must  aid 


Feb.,  1915.]  Efficacy  of  Lightning  Rods.  439 

materially  in  the  quiet  interchange  of  electricit}^  that  is  constantly 
taking  place  between  the  atmosphere  and  the  earth,  and  that  the 
rods  should  lead  a  disruptive  discharge  safely  to  the  earth. 

As  a  result,  lightning  rods  are  being  put  up,  especially  on  bams 
in  the  country  districts  and  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Companies 
are  raising  the  question  as  to  their  efficacy. 

To  aid  in  answering  this  question  the  writer  was  directed 
by  the  Chief  of  the  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau  to  collect  infoiTiiation 
for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  National  Association  of  Mutual 
Fire  Insurance  Companies  held  in  Columbus,  in  September,  1914. 

Letters  were  therefore  sent  out  to  Mutual  Companies  in  nearly 
every  state  in  the  Union,  particularly  those  in  rural  districts.  A 
large  number  of  replies  have  been  received  and  these  have  been 
summarized  in  the  attached  table. 

This  table  shows  that  in  1912  and  1913  about  200  mutual 
companies  doing  a  business  of  fully  $300,000,000,  had  1,845 
buildings  struck  by  lightning.  And  of  the  number  struck  by 
lightning,  67  only  were  equipped  with  lightning  rods. 

Do  Lightning  Rods  Prevent  Lightning  Strokes? — The  best 
infomiation  obtainable  indicates  that  31%  of  the  buildings 
insured  by  these  companies  were  equipped  with  lightning  rods. 
This  being  the  case,  the  expectation  would  be  that  of  the  1,845 
struck  by  lightning,  31%  or  572  would  be  rodded,  but  in  fact 
only  67  had  rods  of  any  kind.  The  number  struck  is  therefore 
only  10%  of  the  expected  number,  and  the  efficiency  of  the  light- 
ning rod  in  actuallv  preventing  lightning  strokes  is  shown  to  be 
90%. 

In  a  report  covering  the  past  5  years,  51  different  companies 
having  nearly  95,000  buildings  insured,  had  660  buildings  struck 
by  lightning  and  only  21  of  these  had  lightning  rods.  Fully 
34%  of  their  buildings  are  rodded,  so  the  expectation  would  be 
that  34%  of  660,  or  224  would  be  rodded.  In  fact  only  21,  or  9% 
were  rodded,  showing  that  out  of  every  100  buildings  struck  by 
lightning,  91  of  them  were  without  lightning  rods  and  only  9  had 
rods. 

A  table  made  up  from  67  different  companies  in  Missouri, 
Illinois  and  Ohio,  showed  practically  the  same  efficacy.  Five 
companies  doing  business  in  Illinois,  Missouri,  and  Nebraska 
with  over  18,000  buildings  insured,  with  reports  covering  a 
longer  period  of  years,  the  shortest  being  13  years  and  the  longest 
25  years,  never  have  had  a  building  burned  or  even  materially 
damaged  by  lightning  that  was  equipped  with  a  lightning  rod. 
And  they  report  over  50%  of  their  buildings  rodded.  This  is 
efficiency  of  100%o- 

If  we  should  omit  the  few  companies  who  have  had  damage 
on  rodded  buildings,  we  would  still  have  reports  from  over  100 
Farm  Mutual  Insurance  Companies  with  over  400,000  buildings. 


440  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 

insured  and  with  a  total  risk  of  not  far  from  $300,000,000,  most 
of  them  reporting  for  the  years  1912  and  1913,  quite  a  number 
covering  the  past  5  years,  and  5  for  between  13  and  25  years, 
with  not  one  building  ever  burned  or  damaged  to  any  extent  by 
lightning  that  had  a  lightning  rod  on  it. 

These  findings  of  the  efhcacy  of  the  lightning  rod  in  preventing 
lightning  stroke  are  contrary  to  the  general  opinion,  but  they 
substatiate  those  by  Professor  W.  H.  Day,  of  the  Ontario  Agri- 
cultural College,  as  published  in  their  Bulletin  220.  His  inquiry 
covered  Ontario,  Iowa  and  Michigan,  and  included  the  records 
for  several  years  and  found  the  efficacy  of  a  lightning  rod  in 
preventing  lightning  stroke  to  be  from  92%  to  99.9%. 

Damage  to  Rodded  Buildings. — In  addition  to  actually 
preventing  the  lightning  stroke,  the  properly  installed  lightning 
rod  is  of  very  great  value  in  preventing  damage  to  a  building 
when  it  is  struck  by  lightning. 

The  table  in  this  report  shows  that  the  total  claims  paid  on 
farm  buildings  due  to  lightning  in  1912  and  1913,  was  $336,171. 
Inasmuch  as  31%  of  the  buildings  insured  by  these  companies  were 
rodded,  we  would  expect  a  loss  on  rodded  buildings  of  31%  of 
$336,171,  or  $10-1:, 213,  but  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  total  claims 
paid  by  these  companies  by  lightning  damage  on  rodded  buildings 
during  the  two  years  was  only  $12,788.  In  other  words  the 
actual  loss  was  only  12%  of  what  would  have  occurred  if  the 
lightning  rods  did  not  serve  as  a  protection. 

The  total  number  of  buildings  burned  by  lightning  in  1912  and 
1913  as  reported  by  these  companies  was  407,  and  of  these  only  9 
were  equipped  with  lightning  rods,  or  only  2%.  Of  those  struck 
that  had  rods  only  5%  were  burned  and  the  other  95%  simply 
damaged.  Showing  that  the  danger  of  a  building  being  burned  by 
lightning  that  is  equipped  with  lightning  rods  is  exceedingly 
slight. 

A  further  study  of  the  reports  sent  shows  that  where  the 
buildings  were  struck  by  lightning  and  damaged,  but  not  burned 
down  the  average  damage  per  building  was  less  than  $10  on  those 
equipped  with  lightning  rods  and  \'er\'  nearly  $200  per  building 
where  not  equipped  with  lightning  rods. 

Imperfect  Rodding. — In  some  of  the  cases  where  rodded 
buildings  were  bunied  or  damaged  by  lightning,  the  rods  were 
recently  installed  and  appeared  to  be  in  good  condition.  But  in  a 
large  number  of  cases  the  rods  were  known  to  have  been  in  poor 
condition  or  improperly  installed.  Some  of  the  rods  were  old  and 
defective,  some  not  properly  grounded,  in  some  cases  the  lightning 
entered  the  building  on  a  clothesline,  in  others  the  lightning 
struck  a  nearby  building  and  the  fire  was  communicated  to  the 
rodded  one. 


Feb.,  1915.]  Efficacy  of  Lightning  Rods.  44i 

The  all  important  thing  seems  to  be  to  have  a  continuous 
conductor  from  the  highest  points  on  the  building  to  permanently 
moist  earth  beneath.  The  kind  of  material  does  not  seem  to  be 
so  important  as  to  be  sure  of  frequent  inspection,  good  grounds, 
and  constant  care  that  there  are  no  poor  or  broken  joints,  or  rusted 
and  broken  sections.  The  general  opinion  seems  to  be  that  the 
rods  should  be  fastened  directly  to  the  side  of  the  buildings  without 
insulators  and  that  all  heavy  masses  of  metal  like  hay  tracks, 
etc.,  should  be  fastened  to  the  lightning  rods. 

The  Installation  of  Lightning  Rods. — While  lightning  rods 
should  be  carefully  installed  yet  their  erection  involves  no  more 
wonderful  or  mysterious  process  than  building  a  fence  or  digging 
a  well. 

The  statement  by  some  lightning  rod  agents  that  no  one  but 
a  special  scientist  versed  in  all  the  laws  of  electricity  should_  do 
the  work  of  putting  up  lightning  conductors,  is  about  as  sensible 
as  to  say  that  no  one  but  a  professor  in  geometry  should  be  allowed 
to  lay  brick. 

And  not  only  that,  but  any  professional  in  the  lightning  rod 
business  who  advocates  that  his  system  is  the  only  one  that  is 
scientifically  correct  and  reliable,  while  all  others  are  worthless 
and  dangerous,  invites  the  suspicion  that  he  is  himself  a  faker  and 
charlatan. 

Iron  rods  have  some  advantages  over  copper,  but  iron  should 
be  used  only  where  it  will  be  frequently  inspected  and  kept 
painted.  A  3-8  inch  seven-strand,  double  galvanized  iron  cable 
is  recommended  and  may  be  put  up  by  the  owner  himself.  Copper 
conductors  should  be  soft  drawn  in  the  form  of  either  tape  or 
stranded  cable.  The  National  Beard  of  Fire  Underwriters 
for  Protection  Against  Lightning  make  definite  recommendations 
as  to  kind  and  form  of  rods. 

vSummary  of  answers  from  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Com- 
panies, received  by  J.  Warren  vSmith,  in  August  and  Septem- 
ber, 1914.  A  copy  of  the  letter  is  attached.  The  columns  are 
numbered  to  agree  with  the  questions : 

ITEMS  *  1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  f 

For  1912 92  191,009  469  756  588  154  24  14  3  31 

For  1913 121  328,565  1,174  1,089  809  252  43  33  6  31 

For5vears 51  94,797  465  600  456  155  21  11  1  34 

Misc.'     t  t  18,155  591  495  245  71  0  0  0  55 

ITEMS  9  10  11  12 

For  1912 $173,343,000  $362,009  $137,590  $8,104 

For  1913 249,883,000  572,344  198,581  4,949 

For  5  years 63,026,000  185,963  71,442  270 

Misc.  t 6,771,000  159,920  48,252  0 

*Total  number  of  insurance  companies  reporting. 
t  Percentage  of  buildings  rodded. 

X  vSummary  from  5  different  companies  covering  a  term  of  years,  Ihe 
shortest  being  13  and  the  longest  25  years. 


442  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 

August  3,  1914. 

CIRCULAR    LETTER. 

Dear  Sir: — This  letter  is  being  sent  to  a  large  number  of  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Companies  in  the  United  States  with  the  hope  of  being  able  to 
compile  valuable  statistics  as  to  the  efficacy  of  lightning  rods  on  farm 
buildings. 

The  answer  will  be  considered  confidential  and  the  only  matter  pub- 
lished will  be  averages  from  a  large  number  of  reports.  The  information 
collected  is  to  be  used  in  the  preparation  of  a  paper  to  be  read  at  the  Sep- 
tember meeting  of  the  National  Association  of  Mutual  Insurance  Companies 
in  this  city.  Therefore  please  give  the  questions  early  and  careful  attention 
and  make  the  answers  just  as  complete  as  possible,  even  at  the  expense  of 
some  labor.  Very  respectfully, 

J.  Warren  Smith, 

Professor  in  Meteorology. 

QUESTIONS  In  Year  .  Average  in 

1913  1912  5  years 

1.  Total     number     of     farm     buildings 

insured  by  your  company  

2.  Total     number     of     farm     buildings 

burned  from  any  cause  

3.  Total  buildings  struck  by  lightning 

4.  Total  struck,  only  damaged  


5.  Total  struck  that  were  burned  

6.  Of    those    struck    by    lightning    how 

many  had  lightning  rods  

7.  Of  those  struck  and  damaged  only, 

how  many  had  rods?  

8.  Of   those   burned    b}^   lightning   how 

many  had  rods?  

9.  Please     give     total     risks     on    farm 

buildings.  

10.  Give  total  claims  paid  from  all  fire 

loss  on  farm  buildings.  

11.  Give     total     claims     paid     due     to 

lightning.  

12.  Give  total  paid  due  to  lightning  on 

rodded  buildings.  

13.  Do  you  make  any  reduction  in  rate 

on  rodded  buildings?  

If  you  have  had  any  cases  where  rodded  buildings  have  been  burned 
or  damaged  b}^  lightning  kindly  give  any  information  that  you  may  have 
as  to  the  kind  of  lightning  rod,  when  put  up  and  whether  in  good  condition. 

Name   and   address   of   Company 

Date 


WILD  AND  CULTIVATED  CLOVERS  OF  OHIO. 

Mary  B.  Lixnell. 

Fabaceae — Bean  Family. 

Sub-family — fabatae. 
Tribe — Trifolieae — Clovers. 

Stamens   diadelphus,    anthers   all   alike.     Leaves   with   three 
leaflets,  rarely  with  one  leaflet;  leaflets  denticulate. 

Synopsis  of  Genera. 

I.     Corolla  falling  off  after  blossoming;  petal  claws  free. 

1.  Flowers  in  heads  or  short  racemes,   seldom  single;  pod  linear, 
curved  or  twisted. 

a.  Pod  linear,  straight,  or  somewhat  curved,  often  beaked. 

Trigonella. 

b.  Pod    mostly    spirally    twisted,    sometimes    curved,    or 
kidney-shaped.     Medicago. 

2.  Flowers  in  elongated  racemes;  pods  thick,   almost  spherical  or 
obovate.     Melilotus. 

II.     Corolla  mostly  drying  up  and  persistent  after  flowering;  petal  claws 
either  all  or  the  four  lower  ones  united  with  the  stamen  tube.  Trifolium. 

Key. 
1.     Petals  united  with  the  stamen  tube,  persistant;  flowers  in  globose  or 
elongated  heads,  or  umbellate.     Trifolium. 

1.  Petals  free  from  the  stamen  tube,  falling  off.     2. 

2.  Flowers  small,  yellow  or  white,   drooping;  inflorescence  an  elongated 

raceme.     Melilotus. 

2.  Flowers  single,  in  pairs,  or  in  a  dense  more  or  less  elongated  inflorescence. 3 

3.  Leaflets  denticulate  all  aroimd,   seldom  almost  entire-margined;  fruit 

linear,  beaked,  often  somewhat  curved. 

Trigonella. 
3.     Leaflets  denticulate  only  at  the  outer  end;  fruit   strongly  curved  or 
spirally  twisted.     Medicago. 

Trigonella   L. 

Annual  plants  with  yellow  or  blue  flowers.  Stipules  united 
with  the  petiole  at  the  base.     Flowers  linear,  straight  or  curved. 

1.     Trigonella  foenum-graecum  L.     Fenugreek. 

Annual  fodder  plants;  flowers  single  or  in  pairs;  pod  linear, 
many  seeded.  Introduced  from  Asia  and  cultivated  for  its 
aromatic,  mucilaginous  seeds,  formerly  employed  in  medicines 
and  still  used  by  veterinarians.  The  source  of  "Semen  faenu 
graeci. " 

Medicago  (Toum.)   L. 
Herbs  with  small,  yellow,  or  violet  flowers  in  axillary  heads  or 
racemes.     Leaves    pinnately    veined,    the    veins    terminating    in 
the  teeth.     Calyx-teeth  short,  nearly  equal;  standard  obovate  or 

443 


444  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 

oblong;  wings  oblong;  keel  obtuse.  Ovulary  sessile  or  nearly  so, 
1-several  ovuled;  style  subulate.  Pod  curved  or  spirally  twisted, 
reticulate  or  prickly,  indehiscent,  1-few  seeded. 

1.     Leaflets  oblanceolate,   oblong,   or  obovate,  usually  much  longer  than 
wide;  flowers  violet,  purple,  or  yellow,  perennial.     2. 

1.  Leaflets  broadly  obovate,   cuneate,  or  nearly  orbicular,  as  broad  or 

nearly  as  broad  as  long;  flowers  yellow,  annual.     3. 

2.  Flowers  violet-purple  or  bluish;  pod  very  much  coiled,     ill.  saliva. 

2.  Flowers  yellow;  pod  scarcely  coiled.     M.falcata. 

3.  Inflorescence  usually   10-many   flowered;   pod   without   prickles;   stem 

somewhat  pubescent.     AI.  lupulina. 

3.  Inflorescence  less  than  10-flowered;  pod  prickly.     4. 

4.  Leaflets  more  or  less  tnmcate  at  the  tip,  with  dark  spot  or  spots  near 

the  center;  stem  somewhat  pubescent,  especially  at  the  top.  M.  arahica. 
4.     Leaflets  rounded  at  the  apex;  stem  almost  glabrous;  leaves  not  spotted. 

M.  hispida. 

1.  Medicago  sativa  L.     Alfalfa. 

Perennial  herb  with  much  branching  crown;  stem  2^  ft. 
high,  ascending;  leaves  lyi  in.  long,  \}i  in.  wide,  with  petiole; 
leaflets  ^-}i  in.  long,  yi-yi  in.  wide,  obovate  to  oblanceolate, 
dentate  especially  near  the  apex;  flowers  violet  or  blue,  on  short 
racemes;  pod  twisted  into  2  or  3  spirals.  In  fields  and  waste 
places.     Rather  general.     From  Europe. 

2.  Medicago  falcata  L.     Yellow  Alfalfa. 

Perennial  herb  with  much  branching  stem,  15-20  in.  high, 
ascending;  leaves  l-lj4  in.  long;  leaflets  ^  in.  long,  %  in.  wide; 
flowers  yellow;  pod  scarcely  coiled.  Occasionally  found  in 
waste  places.     Native  of  Europe. 

3.  Medicago  lupulina  L.     Hop  Medic. 

Annual;  branching  at  the  base;  branches  decumbent  and 
spreading;  roots  fibrous;  stem  1-1 J^  ft.  high;  leaves  2  in.  long, 
1  in.  wide;  leaflets  >^  in.  long,  ^  in.  wide,  obovate,  often  decidedly 
cuneate  at  the  base;  flowers  with  peduncles  \}4  m.  long;  flower 
cluster  oblong;  pod  spiral.  In  fields  and  waste  places.  Native 
of  Europe.     General. 

4.  Medicago  arabica  (L.)  Huds.     Spotted  Medic. 

Annual;  branching  from  the  root;  spreading  or  decumbent; 
stem  12-15  in.  high;  leaves  3-5  in.  long,  1-1>2  in.  wide,  petioled; 
leaflets  1  in.  long,  )4  in  wide,  obcordate,  with  purple  spot  on  the 
mid  vein  nearer  the  apex  than  base;  flowers  yellow;  inflorescence 
3-5-flowercd;  pods  spirally  coiled,  with  curved  prickles. 

5.  Medicago  hispida  Gaertn.     Toothed  Medic. 

Annual;  branching  from  the  root;  spreading  or  ascending; 
stem  15-20  in.  high,  glabrous;  leaves  ^  in.  long,  ^  in.  wide, 
petioled;  leaflets  jE^  in.  long,  }4  in.  wide,  obovate;  flowers  few, 
yellow;  pod  several  seeded,  spirally  twisted  and  amied  with 
curved  prickles.     In  waste  places.     Lake  County.  From  Europe. 


Feb.,  1915.]  Clovers  of  Ohio.  445 


Melilotus  (Toum.)  Mill. 

Annual  or  biennial  herbs  with  small  white  or  yellow  flowers 
in  slender  racemes.  Calyx-teeth  short,  nearly  equal ;  standard 
obovate  or  oblong;  wings  oblong;  keel  obtuse.  Ovulary  sessile 
or  stipitate,  few-ovuled;  style  filiform.  Pod  ovoid  or  globose, 
straight,  indehiscent  or  finally  2-valved.  Seeds  solitary  or 
few. 

1.     Flowers  white.     M.  alba. 

1.  Flowers  yellow,  sometimes  pale.     2. 

2.  Stipules  with  entire  margin;  lateral  petals  as  long  as  the  standard  or 

barely  shorter.     3. 

2.  Stipules  toothed  at  the  base;  lateral  petals  as  long  as  the  keel,  but 

definitely  shorter  than  the  standard.     AI.  indica. 

3.  Leaflets  rather  closely  serrate;  pod  glabrous  or  glabrate,  prominently 

cross-ribbed.     M.  officinalis. 
3.     Leaflets    sub-entire    or   remotely    toothed;    pod    pubescent,    obscurely 
recticulate.     M.  altissima. 

1.  Melilotus  alba  Desv.     White  Sweet-clover. 

Erect  or  ascending;  branching;  stem  3-10  ft.  high,  glabrous, 
leaves  petioled,  2>^  in.  long,  lyi  in.  wide;  leaflets  1>^  in.  long, 
y^  in.  wide,  oblong,  serrate,  narrowed  at  the  base  and  apex; 
flowers  in  racemes,  5-8  in.  long,  white;  pods  ovoid.  In  waste 
places.     Native  of  Europe.     General  and  abundant. 

2.  Melilotus  indica  (L.)  All.     Indian  Sweet-clover. 

Erect,  branching  from  the  root;  stem  17  in.  long;  leaves 
petioled,  1}%  in.  long,  1  in.  wide;  leaflets  %  in.  long,  ^  in.  wide, 
oblong,  serrate,  rounded  at  the  apex;  flowers  in  racemes,  yellow, 
small;  pod  gibbous. 

3.  Melilotus  officinalis  (L.)  Lam.     Yellow  Sweet-clover. 
Erect,  usually  tall;  branching  at  the  root;  leaves  2  in.  long, 

1}4  in.  wide,  petioled;  leaflets  ^4  in.  long,  X  in-  wide,  oblong, 
serrate,  apex  rounded;  flowers  in  racemes,  4-4^  in.  long,  ^^ellow. 
In  waste  places.     Rather  general.     From  Europe. 

4.  Melilotus  altissima  Thuill.     Fall  Sweet-clover. 

Erect,  usually  tall,  leaflets  narrow,  nearly  entire;  pods  pubes- 
cent, gibbous. 

Trifolium    (Toum.)   L. 

Herbs  with  ptrrple,  pink,  red,  white  or  yellow  flowers  in  dense 
heads  or  spikes.  Stipules  united  with  the  petiole.  Calyx-teeth 
nearly  equal.  Petals  commonly  persistent,  their  claws  more  or 
less  completely  united  with  the  stamen-tube.  Ovulary  sessile 
or  stipitate,  few-ovuled.  Pod  oblong  or  terete,  often  included  in 
the  calyx,  membranous,  indehiscent  or  tardily  dehiscent  by 
1  suture,  or  by  a  lid,  1-6-seeded. 


446  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 


1.     Flowers  yellow.     2. 

1.  Flowers  red,  purple,  or  white,     i. 

2.  Leaflets  all  sessile,  stipules  linear.     T.  agrarinm. 

2.  Terminal  leaflet  stalked,  stipules  ovate.     3. 

3.  Heads  20-40  flowered.     T.  procumhens. 

3.  Heads  8-15  flowered.     T.  diibium. 

4.  Inflorescence  much  longer  than  thick;  calyx  silky,  its  teeth  plumose.   5. 

4.  Inflorescence  a  globose,  oval,  or  ovoid  head.     6. 

5.  Leaflets  ovate  or  orbicular;  corolla  crimson,  as  long  or  longer  than 

the  calyx.     T.  ittcarnatum. 

5.  Leaflets    linear   or   oblanceolate;    corolla   whitish,    shorter   than    the 

calyx.     T.  arvense. 

6.  Flowers  sessile  or  nearly  so,  in  dense  ovoid  oval,  or  globose  heads.     7. 

6.  Flowers  pedicelled  in  loose,  globose,  umbel-like  heads.     8. 

7.  Heads  sessile  or  nearly  so,   having  a  leaf  immediately  below;  stem 

hairy,  especially  when  young.     T.  pratense. 

7.  Heads  always  with  a  distinct  peduncle,  stem  smoothish.       T.  medium. 

8.  Leaflets  narrowly  oblong,  plant  villous;  calyx  silky,  perennial. 

T.    virginicum. 

8.  Leaflets  oval  or  obovate.     9. 

9.  Calyx  villous  or  with  bristly  hairs.     10. 
9.     Calyx  essentially  glabrous.     11. 

10.     Calyx-teeth     herbaceous,     deltoid-lanceolate,     nearly     ec[ualing     the 
corolla.     T.  carol inianum. 

10.  Calyx-teeth  bristle  tipped,  shorter  than  the  corolla.     T.  reflexum. 

11.  Heads  1  in.  or  more  in  diameter;  peduncles  usually  1-2  in.  long'  stolo- 

niferous.     T.  stoloniferum. 

11.  Heads  l4-%  in.  in  diameter;  peduncles  2-10  in.  long.  12. 

12.  Ascending,  not  stoloniferous;  peduncles  less  than  6  in.   long;   flowers 

pink  or  nearly  white.     T.  hybridiim. 
12.     Creeping,  stoloniferous,  peduncles  usually  more  than  6  in.  long;  flowers 
white  or  pinkish.     T.  repens. 

1.  Trifolium  agrarium  L.     Yellow  Hop  Clover. 

Annual;  ascending;  l>^-2  ft.  high;  leaves  l}4  in.  long,  \yi  in. 
wide;  leaflets  ^  in.  long,  }i  hn.  wide,  obovate  or  oblong,  den- 
ticulate, rounded  at  the  apex,  narrowed  at  the  base;  peduncles 
axillary,  1  in.  long;  flowers  in  oblong  heads;  corolla  yellow,  becom- 
ing dry  and  brown  with  age.  Along  roadsides  and  in  waste 
places.  Ashtabula,  Lake,  Cuyahoga,  Knox,  Clermont.  From 
Europe. 

2.  Trifolium  procumbens  L.     Low  Hop  Clover. 

Spreading  or  ascending;  pubescent;  stem  \-\}4  ft.  high; 
leaves  1-2  in.  long,  ^  in.  wide,  petioled;  leaflets  }4  in.  long, 
}i  in.  wide,  obovate,  cuncate  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the  apex, 
finely  denticulate;  peduncles  \}4  in.  long;  flowers  yellow,  heads 
20-40-flowcrcd.  In  fields  and  along  roadsides.  Lake,  Cuyahoga, 
Ottawa,  Franklin,  Montgomery,  Gallia.     From  Europe. 

3.  Trifolium  dubium  Sibth.     Least  Hop  Clover. 

vSpreading  or  ascending;  10  in.  high;  leaves  yi  in.  long,  }4  in. 
wide,  petioled;  leaflets  X  in.  long,  %  ii'^-  wide,  obovate,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  denticulate,  cuneate  at  the  base;  peduncles  ^  in. 
long;  heads  S-15-flowcred;  flowers  turning  brown  with  age. 
In  fields  and  waste  places.     Lake  County.     From  Europe. 


Feb.,  1915.]  Clovers  of  Ohio.  447 

4.  Trifolium  incarnatum  L.     Crimson  Clover. 

Annual;  erect;  branching;  12-20  in.  high;  leaves  long  petioled, 
6  in.  long,  2  in.  wide;  leaflets  1  in.  long,  1  in.  wide,  sessile  or  nearly 
so,  all  from  the  same  point,  obovate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  rounded 
at  the  apex;  peduncles  1^4  in.  long;  flowers  in  oblong  heads; 
corolla  crimson.  In  fields  and  waste  places.  From  Europe. 
Rather  general. 

5.  Trifolium  arvense  L.     Rabbit-foot  Clover. 

Annual;  erect;  branching  above  the  root;  leaves  1  in.  long, 
}4  in.  wide;  leaflets  ii  in-  long,  %  in.  wide,  linear  or  oblanceolate, 
cuneate  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the  apex;  heads  oblong  or  cyhndri- 
cal;  calyx  silky;  corolla  whitish.  In  fields  and  waste  places. 
Warren,  Stark,  Cuyahoga,  Lake.     From  Europe. 

6.  Trifolium  pratense  L.     Red  Clover. 

Perennial;  branching,  decumbent  or  erect;  2  ft.  high;  leaves 
4>^  in.  long,  2  in.  wide;  petiole  pubescent;  leaflets  1%  in.  long, 
^8  in.  wide,  with  short  petioles,  all  from  the  same  point,  ovate 
or  oblong,  narrowed  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the  apex,  usually 
with  a  prominent  light  ornamental  spot  in  the  middle;  heads 
somewhat  ovoid;  flowers  red,  calyx  hairy.  In  waste  places  and 
meadows.     General    and   abundant.     Naturalized   from    Europe. 

7.  Trifolium  medium  L.     Zig-zag  Clover. 

Perennial;  ascending;  14  in.  high;  leaves  6  in.  long,  3  in. 
wide;  leaflets  l}4  in.  long,  }4  in.  wide,  oblanceolate  to  ovate; 
flowers  nearly  sessile,  bright  purple. 

8.  Trifolium  virginicum  Small.     Prostrate  Mountain  Clover. 
Perennial;    branched    at    the    base,    the    branches    prostrate, 

pubescent;  leaflets  ^-1>^  in.  long,  linear,  narrowly  lanceolate  or 
oblanceolate,  obtuse,  serrate,  dentate;  flowers  in  globose  heads, 
whitish,  crowded. 

9.  Trifolium  carolinianum  Mx.     Carolina  Clover. 

Perennial ;  ascending  or  procumbent ;  much  branched  from  the 
base;  leaves  %  in.  long,  ]i  in.  wide;  leaflets  all  from  the  same 
point;  obovate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  denticulate;  flowers  purplish. 

10.  Trifolium  reflexum  L.     Buffalo  Clover. 

Annual  or  biennial;  ascending;  branching,  15  in.  high;  leaves 
1^  in.    long,  %  in.    wide;  leaflets   %  in.    long,  }4   in.    wide,  oval 
or   obovate,    cuneate,    denticulate;    flowers    red   with    peduncles 
l-3>^  in.  long.     In  meadows  and  ravines.     Belmont  County. 
10.     Trifolium  stoloniferum  Muhl.     Running  Buffalo  Clover. 

Perennial;  branching,  foiTning  runners  at  the  base;  stem  15  in. 
long;  leaves  6^  in.  long,  2  in.  wide;  leaflets  \H  in.  long,  1>^  in. 
wide,  broadly  obovate;  flowers  white  tinged  with  purple;  pods 
2-sceded.  Prairies  and  dry  woods.  Hamilton,  Clermont,  Butler, 
Clinton,  Clark,  Franklin. 


448  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 

11.  Trifolium  hybridum  L.     Alsike  Clover. 

Perennial;  erect  or  ascending;  stem  3  ft.  high;  leaves  2-5  in. 
long,  3  in.  wide;  leaflets  1>4  in.  long,  3^  in.  wide,  obovate,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  serrate;  flowers  pinkish.  Open  woodlands  and  waste 
places.     General.     From  Europe. 

12.  Trifolium  repens  L.     White  Clover. 

Perennial;  branching  at  the  base;  branches  creeping,  often 
rooting  at  the  nodes;  leaves  5  in.  long,  1  in.  wide;  leaflets  1  in. 
long,  ^4  ill-  wide,  cuneate  at  the  base,  denticulate,  usually  with  a 
prominent  white  or  reddish  ornamental  spot  in  the  center;  flowers 
white;  pod  about  4-seeded.  General  and  abundant.  Naturalized 
from  Europe. 


Essentials  of  College  Botany — This  new  textbook  by 
Dr.  C.  E.  Bessey  and  his  son  E.  A.  Bessey,  published  by  Henry 
Holt  and  Company,  shows  a  decided  advance  over  the  senior 
author's  "The  Essentials  of  Botany"  first  published  35  years 
ago.  In  comparing  the  two  books  one  cannot  but  be  profoundly 
impressed  with  the  great  change  that  botany  has  undergone  in 
this  short  period  of  time. 

The  book  is  well  balanced  in  its  presentation  of  the  various 
fundamental  subjects  usually  covered  in  the  first  course  of  college 
botany  in  America  and  should  be  found  ideal  for  use  in  many 
colleges  and  normal  schools.  One  of  its  highly  desirable  features 
is  its  modem  presentation  of  plant  classification,  the  authors 
having  entirely  discarded  the  antiquated  systems  still  in  general 
use.  The  phyletic  arrangement  given  will  certainly  lead  the 
student  to  a  thoughtful  study  of  plant  relationships  and  the 
evolutionary  processes  which  have  brought  about  the  system  as 
one  finds  it  in  living  plants.  The  reviewer  can  well  remeinber 
some  desperate  struggles  in  attempting  to  harmonize  the  facts  of 
morphology  and  evolution  as  an  abstract  principle  with  the 
classification  which  was  in  vogue  when  he  first  began  the  serious 
study  of  plants.  The  student  who  begins  with  the  "Essentials" 
will  experience  no  such  difficulty  and  save  time  for  a  deeper  study 
of  the  facts  involved. 

It  appears  that  just  as  Bessey's  original  text  presented  a  new 
phase  in  botanical  study  in  America  so  will  the  present  book 
lead  to  a  new  and  better  method  in  the  teaching  of  plant  phylogeny 
and  in  the  arrangement  of  plant  groups  and  series  in  taxonomic 
work  and  systematic  manuals. 

J.   H.   S. 


CELL  DIVISION  AND  THE  FORMATION  OF  PARAMYLON 
IN  EUGLENA  OXYURIS  SCHMARDA. 

L.  B.  Waltox. 

The  method  of  reproduction  in  Euglena  oxyuris  Schmarda 
has  not  been  observed,  while  the  characteristic  manner  and 
the  time  element  involved  in  the  formation  of  the  constituent 
parts  of  the  cell  is  also  of  some  interest.  Therefore,  the  following 
notes  made  in  connection  with  some  uncompleted  studies  on  the 
life  cycle  of  Euglena  are  presented. 

Of  the  forty  or  more  species  constituting  the  genus,  E.  oxyuris 
Schmarda  is  by  far  the  largest,  often  attaining  a  length  of  approxi- 
mately 500/A.  In  the  study  mentioned,  several  of  the  smaller 
species  of  Euglena  had  been  obser^^ed  by  the  writer,  to  encyst  and 
after  repeated  divisions  pass  through  an  apparent  sexual  stage, 
in  consequence  of  which  it  was  desirable  to  check  the  results  with 
a  larger  form,  permanent  preparations  of  which  could  be  more 
easily  made.  Therefore,  several  specimens  of  E.  oxyuris  were 
transferred  from  a  culture  to  a  lens  paper  aquarium,  the  margins 
of  which  were  closed  by  paraffin  oil  to  prevent  evaporation  and 
placed  under  observation,  Feb.  -i,  1906.  No  reproductive  pro- 
cesses similar  to  those  in  the  smaller  species  mentioned  were 
observed,  but  several  in  the  process  of  division  were  noted  and 
studied  with  the  1-12  immersion  objective.  The  characteristic 
organs  of  the  species  (Fig.  1,  A)  are  the  oval  nticleus  (n),  the 
large  anterior  (p^)  and  posterior  (p^)  paramylon  granules,  the 
stigma  (s),  reservoir  (r),  pharynx  (p)  and  chloroleucites  (c). 
The  figures  are  all  based  on  camera  lucida  drawings. 

On  Feb.  6,  at  10:03  A.  M.,  a  single  individual  (Fig.  1,  B)  was 
observed  much  broader  anteriorly  than  the  normal  form  and  in 
which  the  nucleus  had  approached  the  stigma  while  the  anterior 
paramylon  granule  occupied  very  nearly  the  nonnal  position 
of  the  nucleus.  It  was  not  until  i:45  P.  M.  (Fig.  1,  C)  that  the 
division  of  the  stigma  was  observed,  the  nucleus  in  the  meantime 
having  become  obliquely  elongated,  and  the  anterior  param^don 
granule  having  moved  down  to  a  position  beside  the  posterior 
granule.  At  3:35  P.  M.  (Fig.  1,  D)  division  had  so  far  progressed 
that  the  anterior  fourth  of  the  individual — individuals? —  were 
separated,  the  two  nuclei  being  almost  distinct.  At  4:15  P.  M. 
(Fig.  1,  E)  longitudinal  division  was  nearly  complete  and  the 
two  nuclei  were  moving  slowly  posteriorly  to  their  normal  position. 
At  the  same  time  a  peculiar  phenomenon  was  taking  place  in 
connection  with  the  two  paramylon  granules.  The  protoplasm 
containing  the  granule  of  the  individual  on  the  left  would  rapidly 
flow  posteriorly,  so  that  the  granule  was  actually  in  the  posterior 
end  of  the  individual  on  the  right  as  indicated  by  the  solid  arrow. 

449 


450 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  4, 


The  time  consumed  was  20  seconds.  Then  the  reverse  flow- 
occurred  and  the  protoplasm  containing  the  granule  of  the  indi- 
vidual on  the  right  would  flow  to  the  left  as  indicated  by  the 
dotted  arrow.  It  would  seem  at  times  as  if  an  observer  could 
scarcely  refrain  from  concern  as  to  the  probability  that  one  indi- 
vidual would  inherit  all  the  paramylon.     At  4:25  P.  M.  (Fig.l,  F) 


OoO" 


c 


D 


E 


F 


H 


Fig.  1.  (x  .500).  Cell  division  in  Ruglena  oxyuris  Schmarda  and  For- 
mation of  Paramylon.  p  =  pharynx.  s  =  stigma.  p'  =  anterior  paramj'lon 
granule.   n  =  nucleus.   p2  =  posterior  paramylon  granule.   c  =  chloroleucites. 

the  process  of  division  was  completed,  the  nuclei  having  moved 
posteriorly  and  the  individuals  appearing  normal  in  every  way 
with  the  exception  that  each  lacked  the  large  anterior  paramylon 
granule.  Observations  were  made  periodically  the  folio  ing 
day  with  the  expectation  of  noting  the  development  of  the  new 


Feb.,  1915.]      Pnrmnylon  in  Euglcna  Oxyuris  Sc/imirrdn.  ^51 

granule.  It  was,  however,  not  until  the  succeeding  day  at  9:00 
A.  M.  (Fig.  1,  G),  approximately  40  hours  from  the  time  of  the 
complete  division  that  an  irregular,  but  distinct  granule  became 
visible.  This  gradually  increased  in  size,  but  had  not  attained 
its  full  development  at  the  end  of  the  day,  when  the  observations 
were  brought  to  a  close.  The  other  twin  individual  had  in  the 
meantime  disappeared. 

There  are  two  factors,  however,  which  may  have  been  instru- 
mental in  delaying  the  fomiation  of  the  anterior  granule,  the 
lowering  of  the  room  temperature  nearly  to  freezing  at  night,  and 
the  possible  lack  of  the  necessary  nutrient  material  in  the  small 
closed  lens  paper  aquarium. 

While  the  synthesis  of  "paramylon,"  a  term  first  suggested  by 
Gottleib,  (1851)  because  of  the  similarity  in  chemical  composition 
to  amylon  (starch),  normally  occurs  in  connection  with  the 
chloroleucites  present  in  the  Euglenidae,  the  question  as  to  its 
possible  free  formation  as  an  assimilation  product  of  the  proto- 
plasm has  long  been  one  of  interest  and  one  concerning  which  no 
definite  statement  may  up  to  the  present  time  be  made.  The 
mode  of  formation  of  the  anterior  paramylon  granule  in  En  glen  a 
oxyuris  is  extremely  suggestive,  however,  that  the  result  is  due  to 
the  activities  of  the  protoplasm  quite  independently  of  the 
numerous  small  chloroleucites  present.  Distributed  irregularly 
as  they  are  throughout  the  cell  body,  it  seems  difficult  to  believe 
that  their  products  should  unite  to  make  a  structure  so  definite 
in  form  and  position. 

The  time  taken  for  the  division  of  the  individual  was  6^ 
hours,  with  the  assumption  that  the  condition  as  figured  in  "B" 
had  occupied  only  a  brief  period.  Keuten  (1895)  notes  the  time 
of  division  in  Euglena  virdis  as  3-4  hours.  There  are  apparently 
no  notes  concerning  the  time  necessary  for  division  among  other 
related  forms,  although  Dofiein  (1911)  gives  a  comparative 
table  for  various  species  of  Protozoa.  The  factor  is  undoubtedly 
a  variable  one  and  largely  dependent  on  the  surrounding  conditions 
particularly  temperature  and  nourishment. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

BuTSCHLi,   O.,   1906.     Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  des  Paramylon.     Archiv  fur 

Protistenkunde,  p.  197,  1  Taf. 
Dangeard,  p.  a.,  1902.     Recherches  sur  les  Eiigleniens.     Botaniste,  ser.  8. 
DoFLEiN,  F.,  1911.     Lehrbuch  der  Protozoenkunde. 
Gottleib,   J.,   1851.     Ueber  eine  neue  mit   Starkemehl  isomere   Substanz. 

Ann.  d.  Chemie  u.  Pharmacie.  Bd.  75,  p.  51. 
Keuten,  L.,  1895.     Die  Kernteilung  von  Euglena  viridis.  Zeit.  wiss.  Zool. 

V.  GO,  p.  215. 
Klebs,  G.,  1881.      Organisation   einiger    Flagellatengruppen  u.  ihre  Bezie- 

hungen  zu  Algen  u.  Infusiorien.     Untersuch.  bot.  Inst.  Tubingen,  Bd.  1. 
ScHMiTZ,  F.,  1883.     Die  Chromatophoren  der  Algen,  Bonn. 
ScHMiTZ,   P.,    1884.     Beitrage   zur  Kenntnis  der  Chromatophoren.     Pring. 

Jahrb.  Bd.  XV,  p.  1. 
Oltmaxns,  F.,  1905.     Morphologie  und  Biologie  der  Algen,  Bd.  2,  p.  151. 

Kenyon  College,  Gambler,  Ohio,  Dec.  24,  1914. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  May  4,  1914. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Mr.  Kostir  and  the  min- 
utes were  read  and  approved.  There  was  a  discussion  as  to  a 
possible  time  for  a  field  trip.  It  was  moved  and  seconded  to  have 
a  committee  to  arrange  a  possible  time  and  place  for  such  a  trip. 

Prof.  Vivian  showed  a  long  series  of  pictures  illustrating  his 
trip  abroad.  He  began  with  loictures  of  Ireland  and  France. 
The  most  of  the  views  were  of  India  and  Japan. 

Miss  Storer  told  of  her  eugenics  work  in  the  Field.  She 
showed  three  charts,  one  of  a  Cleveland  family  and  two  of  Rural 
communities.  She  showed  that  certain  traits  such  as  feeblemind- 
edness, immorality,  and  alcoholism  will  run  through  an  entire 
family. 

A  new  cockroach,  much  like  the  Paleozoic  Cockroaches  was 
reported. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

Blanche  McAvoy,  Secy. 


The  Ferns  of  Allegheny  County,  Pennsylvania — Pro- 
fessor Lewis  S.  Hopkins,  of  the  State  Normal  School,  Kent,  Ohio, 
has  published  an  admirable  little  manual  of  the  ferns  of  Pittsburg 
and  surrounding  country,  as  Publication  III  of  the  Botanical 
Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania.  It  gives  not  only  the  usual 
botanical  information  and  keys  for  identification,  but  also  notes 
on  the  fern  haunts  and  habits  and  something  of  their  folklore. 
It  is  profusely  illustrated  with  half-tones  remarkably  true  to 
nature.  The  beautiful  habit  pictures  invite  one  alluringly  to 
the  woods.  This  is  just  the  kind  of  booklet  that  is  needed  to 
lead  the  average  person  away  from  the  nerve-racking  life  of  modem 
times  to  the  peaceful  contemplation  of  nature.  With  this  manual 
one  should  be  able  to  identify  most  of  the  common  ferns  of  Eastern 
Ohio.     More  books  of  this  nature  should  be  written. 

J.  H.  S. 

Date  of  Publication,  February  12,  1915. 


452 


ne  Ohio  V^aturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University. 
Volume  XV.  MARCH,    1915.  No.  5. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 

OsBORN — Entomological  Work  in  Ohio 453 

GORMLEY — Oiiagruceae  of  Ohio 463 

SCHAFFNER— Peculiar  Varieties  of  Amarauthus  retroflexus 461) 

Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club 471 


ENTOMOLOGICAL  WORK  IN  OHIO.  * 

Herbert  Osborn. 

Probably  the  first  careful  work  upon  insects  occurring  within 
the  borders  of  Ohio  should  be  attributed  to  Thomas  Say,  whose 
extended  residence  in  Indiana  made  possible  a  study  of  many 
insects  which  were  common  to  this  region.  While  very  few  of 
these  described  species,  twenty-six  so  far  noted,  were  from  speci- 
mens actually  collected  in  Ohio,  we  may  very  fairly  consider  that 
all  of  the  species  credited  to  Indiana  might  be  considered  as  com- 
mon within  our  area.  Says'  residence  from  1825  till  his  death  in 
1834  on  the  Wabash  River  at  New  Harmony,  Ind.,  covered  prac- 
tically the  same  faunal  conditions  as  are  to  be  found  in  this  state. 
Of  the  species  described  distinctly  from  Ohio  the  majority  appear 
to  be  aquatic  forms  and  to  have  been  collected  quite  largely  along 
the  river;  some  of  them,  evidently,  upon  river  boats  which  must 
have  been  the  means  of  transportation  at  the  time.  Very  few 
of  the  species  recorded  have  economic  importance. 

Between  the  time  of  Say  and  up  to  the  beginning  of  Experi- 
ment Station  Work  in  the  State  there  seems  to  have  been  a  great 
dearth  of  Entomological  Workers  and  very  few  records  for  Ohio 
insects  appear  in  descriptive  or  faunistic  papers.  Among  the  per- 
sons in  the  state  who  gave  attention  to  Entomology  during  this 
period  we  may  note  particularly  Dr.  Jared  P.  Kirtland  who  cov- 
ered a  wide  range  of  Natural  History  subjects. 

*Contribution  from  the  Department  of  Zoolog}^  and  Entomology,  Ohio. 
State  University,  No.  38. 

453 


454  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

Dr.  Kirtland's  work  is  worth}'  of  special  mention  since  it  ap- 
peared at  a  time  when  but  little  attention  was  given  to  entomologi- 
cal matters  and  it  appears  from  papers  both  in  Entomology  and 
Ornithology  that  he  was  a  man  of  scientific  attainments  and  his 
work  of  special  merit. 

He  was  a  professor  in  the  Medical  College  at  Cleveland,  but 
evidently  a  naturalist  of  the  old  school  interested  in  all  phases 
of  natural  history  and  making  contributions  to  Botany  Ornithol- 
ogy, Ichthyology  and  Entomology.  His  papers*  in  Entomology, 
as  far  as  I  can  discover,  appeared  during  the  years  1838,  1841  and 
1851-57.     Several  of  them  relate  particularly  to  Ohio  insects. 

Another  naturalist  of  a  little  later  date,  Mr.  J.  Kirkpatrick 
published  a  number  of  articles  in  the  Reports  of  the  Board  of 
Agriculture,  "Field  Notes"  and  "Ohio  Farmer,"  during  the  years 
1855-68.  Also  an  article  on  Grape  Vine  Flea  Beetle,  in  "Field 
Notes,"  reprinted  in  Practical  Entom.,  Vol.  I,  1865,  p.  40. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Klipioart  published  a  paper  on  the  wheat  plant 
including  notices  of  its  parasites,  Cincinnati,  1860  and  is  credited 
with  three  articles  in  Field  Notes,  1861,  these  being  discussions 
with  Mr.  Walsh  upon  the  life  history  of  the  army  worm. 

Prof.  E.  W.  Claypole,  first  of  Antioch,  later  of  Buchtel  College, 
a  man  with  extremely  broad  acquaintance  in  all  branches  of 
Natural  History,  gave  particular  attention  to  the  insects  of  the 
state.  A  number  of  articles  in  the  Canadian  Entomologist  and 
other  Journals  are  from  his  pen. 

Prof.  Wright  of  Oberlin  gave  some  attention  to  collections  but 
so  far  as  I  am  aware  published  no  papers  which  would  be  considered 
strictly  entomological. 

The  work  of  Mr.  Chas.  Dury  of  Cincinnati,  is  worthy  of  special 
mention  as  his  studies  have  covered  a  long  period  of  time  and  have 
been  of  a  very  intensive  character,  especially  with  reference  to 
Coleoptera.  His  papers  have  appeared  mostly  in  the  Journal  of 
the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural  History  and  constitute  a  very 
valuable  contribution  to  the  Entomological  Literature  of  the 
state.  Among  his  papers  of  special  state  interest  are  the  Catalog 
of  Coleoptera  of  Cincinnati  and  Lists  of  Lepidoptera  for  the  same 
locality.     He  also  has  contributed  largely  to  the  material  used  by 

*Descriptions  of  new  species  of  Libythea  and  Macroglossa.  Family- 
Visitor,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  1851,  Silliman,  Am.  Jour.  1852,  vol.  13,  pp.  336-338. 

An  improved  method  of  killing  and  preserving  Lepidopteroiis  insects 
for  Cabinets  specimens.     Silliman,  Am.  Jour.  Sei.  1852,  v.  13,  p.  286. 

Diurnal  Lepidoptera  of  the  State  of  Ohio.  Annals  of  Science,  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  1854,  Jan.  p.  5,  Fel).  p.  45,  Mar.  p.  73. 

On  the  Larva  of  the  Thvreus  Abbottii.  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
1857,  p.  148. 

Gordius  aquaticus  dans  une  Sauterelle.     L'Institute,  1836,  iv.  p.  172-173. 

Localities  and  Habits  of  certain  species  of  insects.  Silliman,  Am. 
Jour.  Sci.  vol.  xvii. 


Mar.,  1915.]  Entomological  WotU  in  Ohio.  455 

other  workers  and  references  to  his  collections  may  be  found  in 
reports  on  the  Odonata  by  Kellicott,  Diptera  by  Prof.  Jas.  S.  Hine, 
Hemiptera  by  H.  Osbom,  and  in  other  reports. 

EXPERIMENT    STATION    ENTOMOLOGY. 

Official  Entomological  work  in  Ohio  may  be  considered  as 
having  started  with  the  organization  of  the  Experiment  Station 
in  1SS2.  While  no  official  entomologist  was  connected  with  the 
Station  at  this  organization  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  qmte  an 
extended  article  was  included  in  the  First  Annual  Report  of  the 
Director,  Prof.  W.  R.  Lazenby,  whose  activity  in  Horticultural 
and  Forestry  lines  has  continued  thru  many  years.  The  paper 
on  insects  in  this  First  Annual  Report  occupies  some  twenty-four 
pages  and  discusses  in  general  terms  the  nature  of  insect  injuries 
and  special  remedies  with  discussions  on  the  life  history  and 
habits  with  treatment  for  insects  of  the  vegetable  garden,  the  fruit 
garden,  orchard  and  field  crops. 

Later  reports  of  the  station  include  references  to  insect  studies, 
those  up  to  1886  apparently  being  under  the  direction  of  Prof. 
Lazenby,  altho  I  understand  that  he  was  assisted  in  this  work  by 
Mr.  Alwood. 

In  1886,  Mr.  W.  B.  Alwood  was  given  the  title  of  Entomologist 
to  the  Station,  and  the  Annual  Report  for  the  year  1886  includes 
a  quite  extensive  paper  by  him.  The  first  part  is  devoted  to 
"Notes  on  Insects  and  Insecticides,"  and  the  second  section  under 
the  title  of  "Injurious  Insects"  includes  discussions  of  the  better 
known  and  more  common  insects  of  orchard  and  garden.  This 
report  is  in  considerable  part  a  compilation  from  the  writings  of 
Riley  and  other  entomologists  but  includes  references  to  Ohio 
observations  and  conditions.  It  must  have  served  a  very  excel- 
lent purpose  in  furnishing  information  to  the  people  of  the  state 
concerning  the  insects  that  are  most  troublesome  here.  Mr. 
Alwood*  also  reported  to  the  Division  of  Entomology  of  the  U. 
S.  Department  of  Agriculture  certain  work  on  Ohio  Insects. 

Mr.  Alwood's  connection  as  Entomologist  seems  to  have 
terminated  at  the  end  of  the  year  1886.  The  following  report  of 
1887  contains  no  mention  of  insect  work. 

Soon  after  the  reorganization  of  the  Experiment  Station  under 
the  National  Experiment  Station  Act,  Prof.  C.  M.  Weed  was  ap- 
pointed as  Entomologist  to  the  station,  and  since  that  time  there 
has  been  no  year  without  some  official  entomological  work  con- 
nected with  the  Ohio  Station.  Prof.  Weed's  studies  concerned 
particularly  the  insects  affecting  fruits  and  his  experiments  and 
reports  upon  the  remedies  of  plum  curculio  marked  a  distinct 

*Report  on  Ohio  Insects.     Bull  13,  Div.  Ent.  U.  S.  Dept.  Ag.  1887. 
Tests  with  Insecticides  on  Garden  Insects,  Bull    13.  Div.  Ent.  U.  S. 
Dept.  Ag.  1887. 


456  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

advance  in  that  field.  He  also  continued  extended  studies  on  the 
autumn  life  histories  of  Aphids  and  studies  of  certain  aquatic 
insects.  He  also  at  this  time  was  doing  considerable  work  upon 
the  Phalangidce  from  the  faunistic  and  systematic  standpoint. 

With  Mr.  Weed's  transfer  to  New  Hampshire  in  1891,  Prof. 
F.  M.  Webster  was  assigned  to  the  Ohio  Station,  his  relation  being 
at  first  field  agent  for  the  Division  of  Entomology  of  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  his  connection  with  the  station 
altho  incidental  afforded  him  opportunity  to  publish  studies  upon 
the  Ohio  insects  and  to  give  the  station  the  benefit  of  an  experienced 
entomologist.  This  relation  continued  until  1892,  when  Mr. 
Webster  was  appointed  Entomologist  to  the  Ohio  Station,  a  posi- 
tion which  he  occupied  for  a  number  of  years — 1892-1902.  During 
this  time  he  carried  on  some  of  his  most  valuable  field  studies  and 
published  a  number  of  excellent  papers. 

The  Bulletins  which  perhaps  should  be  noted  as  of  particular 
value  are  those  related  to  the  "Chinch  Bug  in  Ohio,"  "Insects 
Affecting  Wheat,"  "Insects  Affecting  Raspberries  and  Black- 
berries/' "The  Periodical  Cicada  in  Ohio,"  "Reports  Upon  the 
San  Jose  Scale  and  Methods  of  Control." 

Aside  from  his  station  reports  he  published  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  papers  in  the  Journal  of  the  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural 
History  and  in  variovis  Entomological  Journals. 

Following  Mr.  Webster,  Mr.  P.  J.  Parrott  served  as  state  en- 
tomologist during  the  years  1902-1904,  but  left  the  position  to 
accept  that  of  entomologist  with  the  New  York  Experiment  Station 
at  Geneva.  Mr.  Parrott's  work  dealt  with  studies  of  vSan  Jose 
Scale  and  with  applications  for  general  treatment  of  insects  and 
was  marked  by  his  vigorous  method  as  apparent  in  his  further 
work  at  New  York. 

He  was  succeeded  by  Mr.  H.  A.  Gossard  who  has  been  in  charge 
up  to  the  present  time  and  under  whose  management  the  depart- 
ment has  seen  a  very  marked  growth,  the  staff  of  special 
workers,  now  numbering  five,  and  the  field  covered  being  much 
wider  than  that  possible  with  any  of  his  predecessors. 

INSTRUCTION    IN    ENTOMOLOGY. 

As  far  as  entomological  instruction  is  concerned  I  do  not  find 
any  indication  of  definite  entomological  courses  being  offered  in 
any  of  the  Ohio  Institutions  prior  to  the  introduction  of  the  course 
in  Entomology  in  the  Ohio  State  University  by  Dr.  D.  S.  Kellicott 
in  the  year  1895. 

Dr.  Kellicott  was  a  man  of  broad  training,  a  graduate  of  Syra- 
cuse University,  interested  in  many  fields  of  entomology,  an  expert 
microscopist,  a  specialist  in  Protozoa,  Rotifera,  and  Comparative 
Anatomy  as  well  as  an  expert  in  Entomology  and  his  course  in 
Entomology  must  have  been  of  very  high  grade. 


Mar.,  1915.]  Entomological  Work  in  Ohio.  457 

According  to  the  department  statement  of  1895-G  he  offered  a 
course  in  Zoology — 4  (Entomology)  bearing  a  credit  of  three 
hours  in  the  third  term  of  the  second  year  of  the  short  course  in 
Agriculture.  The  description  is — Lectures  on  the  stages,  anatomy 
and  classification  of  insects.  Will  be  followed  by  field  work, 
with  especial  reference  to  economic  entomology.  A  collection  of 
25  species  of  insects  of  economic  importance  will  be  required  of 
each  student. 

Another  course,  Zoology  5,  (Entomology,)  carrying  three 
credit  hours  for  third  term  Junior  year  in  Agriculture,  and  five 
hours  a  week  for  Juniors  in  Horticulture  and  Forestry.  This  was 
evidently  an  advanced  course,  as  it  specifies  that  the  course  is 
open  to  all  students  who  have  had  Zoology  I  or  its  equivalent. 
The  description  is  "First  few  weeks  of  the  tenn  there  will  be  three 
lectures  a  week  on  the  Morphology  and  systematic  position  of 
insects;  the  remaining  weeks  will  be  largely  given  to  collecting, 
preserving,  identifying,  studying  habits  and  methods  of  destroying 
injurious  species.  A  collection  of  fifty  species  correctly  set  and 
named  will  be  required  of  each  student." 

There  was  offered  also  Zoology  6,  Advanced  Entomology, 
carrying  three  or  five  credit  hours  thru  the  year.  Described  as 
"open  to  all  who  are  prepared  for  it." 

It  is  a  matter  of  some  interest  to  note  that  even  at  that  time  the 
course  in  entomology  for  the  students  of  the  long  course  in  agri- 
culture required  a  year  of  Zoology  as  preparation.  This  plan  has 
been  retained  up  to  the  present  time  and  I  believe  is  an  excellent 
feature  and  one  which  is  in  part  responsible  for  the  excellent  work 
that  the  students  can  accomplish  in  economic  entomology. 

Prof.  Kellicott's  Odonata  of  Ohio  remains  an  important 
treatise  on  the  group. 

With  the  year  1895  and  following  Prof.  Kellicott  was  assisted 
by  Mr.  J.  S.  Hine  whose  work  has  continued  up  to  the  present  and 
whose  many  contributions  on  the  Diptera  and  other  groups  of 
insects  have  been  an  important  addition  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
fauna  of  the  state. 

After  the  untimely  death  of  Prof.  Kellicott  in  1S98  the  speaker 
was  elected  to  the  position  made  vacant  on  the  staff  and  the 
organization  of  the  department  has  undergone  but  little  change 
except  for  the  natural  growth  of  the  succeeding  years  since  that  time. 

In  recent  years  courses  in  Apiculture,  Medical  Entomology, 
Forest  Entomology,  Entomological  Literature  and  Taxonomy  have 
been  added. 

In  1912  a  distinct  four  year  course  in  Applied  Entomology  was 
projected,  adopted  by  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  students 
in  this  course  commenced  work  in  the  following  year  1913-1-1. 
Three  students  in  this  course,  are  candidates  for  the  degree  of 
B.  Sc.  in  Entomology  this  year. 


458  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 


THE    LAKE    LABORATORY. 

A  feature  of  the  work  which  may  be  mentioned  here  was  the 
organization  of  a  Lake  Laboratory  at  Sandusk3%  Ohio.  This 
was  first  estabHshed  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  KeUicott  in  1S95, 
and  served  as  a  research  station  for  advanced  students  and 
instructors  but  without  definite  courses  of  instruction. 

In  1900  the  Laboratory  organization  was  modified  so  as  to 
provide  for  courses  of  instruction  and  since  that  time  summer  ses- 
sions have  been  held  with  a  staff  of  various  instructors  from  insti- 
tutions in  Ohio  or  adjacent  states.  Courses  in  Entomology  ha\"e 
been  offered  as  part  of  the  regular  curriculum.  The  Laboratory 
provides  opportunity  for  a  considerable  amount  of  research  work, 
and  investigation  of  problems  of  insect  life  have  their  place  among 
other  studies  undertaken  there. 

STATE    INSPECTION    OF    ORCHARDS    AND    NURSERIES. 

The  state  inspection  of  Nurseries  was  first  provided  for  in  con- 
nection with  the  Experiment  Station  and  Prof.  Webster  was  the 
official  inspector  during  the  years  1900-1902. 

In  1902  under  provision  in  the  state  laws  the  work  of  inspection 
was  transferred  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Mr.  A.  F. 
Burgess  was  appointed  as  the  first  official  inspector.  Mr.  Burgess' 
work  was  of  a  very  high  character  and  at  once  commanded  respect 
of  Entomologists  in  other  states  and  may  be  considered  as  one  of 
the  influences  in  developing  a  higher  standard  for  this  work  thru- 
out  the  country.  His  service  temiinated  in  the  year  1907,  and 
after  a  short  interim  the  position  was  filled  by  the  appointment 
of  Mr.  C.  W.  Mally,  once  assistant  to  Webster  in  the  Ohio  Station, 
and  who  had  been  for  several  years  assistant  to  the  government  en- 
tomologist of  South  Africa.  His  connection  with  the  inspection 
service  in  Ohio  lasted  only  for  about  one  year  as  he  was  recalled 
by  a  flattering  offer  from  the  South  African  government  where  he 
is  still  engaged.  On  his  departure  Mr.  N.  E.  Shaw  received  the 
appointment  (1908)  and  still  remains  the  chief  of  the  inspection 
service  with  a  capable  staff  of  inspectors. 

BIOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

As  far  back  as  in  1838  with  the  publication  of  Dr.  Kirtland's 
papers  on  Ohio  Animals  the  desirability  of  a  Zoological  Survey 
was  urged  and  we  find  this  idea  prominently  mentioned  in  the 
Volume  on  Zoology  and  Botany  published  in  1882.  Dr.  Newberry 
in  the  introduction  of  that  report  says  "It  is  possible  also  that  there 
are  some  who  will  fail  to  appreciate  the  value  of  these  detailed 
reports  on  the  Natural  History  of  the  State;  but  with  the  exception 
of  some  scattered  newspaper  or  magazine  articles,  nothing  has 
been  published  in  regard  to  the  Zoology  of  Ohio  since  the  catalog 
prepared  by  Dr.  Kirtland  was  issued  in  1838,  and  in  that  interval 


Mar.,  1915.]  Entomological  Work  in  Ohio.  459 

there  has  been  felt  a  constant  want  in  every  town,  village,  hamlet, 
and  farmhouse  of  a  better  knowledge  of  the  surrounding  objects 
of  nature.  In  every  district  school  questions  are  constantly 
arising,  inspired  by  the  natural  curiosity  of  the  child,  which  the 
teacher  has  not  been  able  to  answer,  from  the  want  of  means  of 
information  in  regard  to  the  animals  and  plants  of  the  State. 
An  interest  in  nature  is  almost  universal,  and  its  development 
wholesome  and  happifying.  Hence,  the  destribution  of  documents 
that  will  enable  every  one  to  learn  the  character  and  history  of 
the  objects  that  surround  him,  will  prove  not  only  a  gratification 
but  a  benefit  to  a  great  multitude.  All  this  for  the  educational 
influence  of  such  reports.  Their  bearing  upon  the  practical  life 
of  our  people  is  not  less  real,  since  a  knowledge  of  the  habits  of 
the  animals  that  contribute  to  the  support  of  man,  the  birds  of 
the  air,  the  beasts  of  the  field,  the  fishes  of  the  water,  will  be  of 
great  service  as  a  guide  in  all  efforts  to  increase  the  productiveness 
of  these  sources  of  aliment." 

This  volume  of  the  Geological  Survey  included  only  reports 
upon  the  vertebrate  animals  but  calls  attention  to  the  intention 
that  reports  upon  the  lower  animals  would  be  forth-coming 
in  later  volumes.  This  expectation  was  not  realized  and  altho 
the  desirability  of  a  Biological  Survey  was  recognized  and  urged 
at  various  times  no  systematic  work  in  this  connection  was  under- 
taken. The  many  contributions  in  this  line  came  thru  the  work 
of  the  Experiment  Station  and  from  individuals,  members  of  the 
Ohio  Academy  of  Science  or  entirely  independent  workers.  Re- 
cently, however,  and  as  result  of  efforts  of  the  State  Academy  of 
Science,  a  Biological  Survey  has  been  inaugurated  in  the  Univer- 
sity with  the  co-operation  of  a  number  of  Ohio  Institutions,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  means  will  be  available  to  push  forward  the  studies  on 
the  state  fauna  and  flora.  Naturally  some  part  of  these  must  be 
entomological  and,  since  the  reports  of  the  Geological  Survey 
and  a  number  of  earlier  papers  have  dealt  especially  with  verte- 
brates, it  will  be  but  natural  that  the  groups  of  insects  will  be 
treated  as  opportunity  ofTers.  From  the  great  number  of  species 
and  the  prominence  of  the  group  it  must  result  that  considerable 
time  and  co-operation  of  a  large  number  of  workers  will  be  neces- 
sary to  make  such  a  study  in  any  degree  complete.  A  Bulletin 
on  the  Syrphidag  of  Ohio  has  already  been  issued  and  work  upon 
Orthoptera,  Spiders,  Odonata,  Coccid^,  Hemiptera  and  some 
other  groups  is  in  contemplation  or  under  way. 

CO-OPERATIVE   EFFORTS. 

The  recent  steps  toward  unifying  Entomological  work  are  so 
freshly  in  mind  that  a  brief  statement  only  seems  necessar}^  to 
indicate  the  present  status.  With  the  organization  of  the  Agricul- 
tural Commission  there  seemed  to  be  an  opportunity  for  a  co- 


46o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

ordination  or  correlation  of  the  work  in  this  Hne  carried  forward 
under  different  agencies,  and  a  conference  of  the  heads  of  the 
several  departments  resulted  in  an  agreement  that  certain  recom- 
mendations to  the  Agricultural  Commission  would  be  desirable. 
Being  assured  by  the  Commission  that  such  an  effort  would  be 
entirel}^  acceptable,  a  statement  of  the  lines  of  co-operation  which 
seemed  desirable  was  presented  to  the  Commission  and  later, 
on  invitation,  the  whole  matter  was  discussed  in  conference  with 
the  Agricultural  Commission  with  an  agreement  upon  the  recom- 
mendations made. 

The  provisions  of  these  recommendations  were  in  brief  to 
provide  for  conferences  and  co-operative  work  among  the  different 
Entomological  workers  to  distribute  lines  of  work  with  reference 
to  securing  highest  efificiency,  to  avoid  duplications  and  unnecessary 
expense  in  time  and  travel  and  to  arrange  for  an  annual  meeting 
at  which  reports  of  progress,  comparison  of  results  and  discussion 
of  future  projects  might  be  considered.  It  is  under  this  provision 
that  we  meet  today  in  what  it  is  hoped  may  be  only  the  first  of 
many  annual  gatherings. 

What  this  co-operation  means  in  the  development  of  Entomo- 
logical work  in  the  vState  of  course  remains  to  be  seen  but  that  it  is 
a  basis  for  more  effective  and  satisfactory  work  seems  certain  and 
as  one  result  of  this  action  we  have  this  meeting  and  conference 
and  feel  very  confident  that  an  understanding  of  the  problems 
being  studied  by  the  different  individuals  will  result  not  only  in  a 
greater  appreciation  of  the  work  being  done  by  others,  but  will 
make  possible  such  an  interchange  of  ideas  and  opportunity  for 
assistance  as  to  stimulate  and  advance  the  Entomological  work  in 
the  state. 

It  ma}^  Ije  noted  in  a  general  survey  of  all  of  these  state  activi- 
ties that  whereas  twenty-five  years  ago  a  single  entomologist  was 
responsible  for  all  of  the  entomological  duties  of  the  state,  there 
are  now  some  seventeen  different  trained  entomologists  who  give 
a  large  part  of,  or  their  entire  time  to  this  particular  line  of  work  and 
it  is  very  apparent  to  all  of  us  that  the  entomological  problems 
pressing  for  solution  are  just  as  numerous  and  urgent  toda}^  as  a 
generation  or  century  ago. 

Another  very  marked  feature  is  that  whereas  in  the  earlier 
days  the  work  and  reports  of  the  entomologist  were  received  with 
little  confidence  and  even  with  contempt  by  most  cultivators,  the 
attitude  at  present  is  one  of  anxious  attention  to  everything  that 
can  be  suggested  in  the  way  of  practical  measures  for  insect  con- 
trol. 


Mar.,  1915.]  Entomological  Work  in  Ohio.  461 


FORECAST. 

The  outlook  for  Entomological  work  may  be  considered  as 
never  more  favorable  and  the  opportmiities  in  this  line  are  strik- 
ingly shown  in  comparison  with  conditions  a  quarter  century  or 
more  ago.  My  own  recollection  covers  the  development  of 
practically  all  the  methods  of  insect  control,  dependent  upon  the 
arsenical  poison  methods  and  fumigation,  of  quarantine,  inspec- 
tion and  largely  those  measures  which  are  connected  with  the  rota- 
tion of  crops  based  upon  certain  definite  conditions  in  develop- 
ment or  habit  which  make  such  control  possible. 

Looking  ahead  it  may  be  pretty  confidently  predicted  that 
Entomological  Science  especially  that  part  which  is  particularly 
concerned  in  the  control  of  injurious  insects  must  undergo  a  great 
development  and  that  the  recognition  of  Entomological  work 
must  increase  from  year  to  year. 

Along  the  lines  of  development  which  seem  now  to  be  especially 
promising  are  those  based  on  studies  of  insect  ecology,  insect 
reactions  and  migration.  While  the  use  of  arsenical  poisons  has 
reached  a  high  degree  of  perfection  it  seems  that  these  should  be 
considered  rather  as  temporary  measures  and  that  just  as  rapidly, 
as  possibly  they  should  be  replaced  by  control  measures  which  do 
not  necessitate  the  use  of  compounds  which  present  such  a  degree 
of  danger  in  their  common  use.  The  possibilities  in  the  develop- 
ment of  control  measures  based  upon  the  use  of  repellants,  or 
baits  seem  to  deserve  most  careful  investigation.  This  appears 
to  me  to  be  one  of  the  fields  in  which  there  is  opportunity  for 
most  valuable   research. 

The  introduction  of  insect  diseases  and  insect  parasites  is 
another  phase  which  deserves  continued  investigation.  While 
for  some  of  the  forms  already  tested  the  results  have  been  dis- 
couraging, advantage  has  been  shown  in  a  sufficient  number  of 
cases  to  indicate  that  further  study  is  needed  for  the  determination 
of  those  fungi  and  bacteria  which  may  be  amenable  to  artificial 
control  and  especially  the  continued  experiments  with  the  trans- 
portation or  introduction  of  parasitic  insects  for  the  checking  of 
species  not  otherwise  readily  controlled.  Along  the  line  of  adjust- 
ment of  farm  and  orchard  methods  there  is  a  large  opportunity  for 
more  precise  determination  of  the  dependence  of  insects  upon  cer- 
tain crop  conditions  and  the  adjustment  of  cultural  methods  to 
circumvent  insect  injury. 

Especially  along  the  line  of  exclusion  of  menacing  insects  of 
other  countries  there  is  opportunity  for  most  careful  study,  a 
study  which  should  cover  the  destructive  insects  of  other  portions 
of  our  own  domain,  also  of  adjacent  countries  and  even  those 
which  are  so  remote  as  to  offer  litle  direct  opportunity  for  migra- 


462  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

tion,  since  our  modern  means  of  rapid  transportation  offer 
abundant  opportunities  for  introduction  of  injurious  species  thru 
commerce. 

Some  idea  of  the  growth  of  Entomological  Science  ma}'  be 
inferred  from  the  fact  that  thirty  years  ago  the  ofificial  workers  in 
Entomology  numbered  not  more  than  a  dozen  while  today  the 
number  runs  up  into  the  hundreds.  Something  over  five 
hundred  are  represented  in  Entomological  Societies  of  this  countrv. 

Among  the  problems  which  are  attracting  Entomologists 
or  Biologists  there  are  numerous  questions  which  depend  ^^or 
their  solution  upon  the  application  of  related  Sciences.  The  devel- 
opment of  special  machinery  involves  the  mechanician  or  mechani- 
cal engineer,  the  preparation  of  insecticides  is  largely  chemical, 
preparation  and  formation  of  emulsions  is  a  physical  question,  while 
any  of  the  direct  problems  confronting  the  Entomologist  in^^olve 
plant  or  animal  physiology  in  such  manner  that  acquaintance  with 
these  branches  of  Science  is  almost  essential.  Furthermore  ac- 
quaintance with  principles  of  Agriculture  and  Horticulture  lie  at 
the  foundation  of  so  many  of  the  methods  of  control  that  no 
Entomologist  can  feel  himself  qualified  for  economic  work  without 
some  knowledge  of  these  subjects. 

It  will  be  noted  from  this  that  while  Entomologists  must  be 
specialists  in  the  study  of  insects,  they  cannot  by  any  means  ignore 
general  training  in  Science  and  Agriculture.  The  Ijroader  their 
preparatory  work  in  these  lines  the  better  equipped  they  will  be 
to  recognize  effective  methods  of  api^lication  for  insect  control. 

PUBLICATIONS. 

Among  the  various  Ohio  publications  which  ha\'c  scr\^ed  for  the 
distribution  of  entomological  matter  arc  the  Quarterly  Journal 
and  Review,  Cincinnati,  1X4(5;  Annals  of  Science,  Cleveland,  Ohio, 
1854;  Family  Visitor,  published  at  Cleveland  during  the  years 
1850-52;  Cincinnati  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science,  1874;  The  Ohio 
State  Agricultural  Reports;  The  Ohio  Horticultural  Society 
Reports;  Proceedings  of  the  Columl)us  Horticultural  Societ}^; 
The  Ohio  Farmer;  Journal  of  Cincinnati  Society  of  Natural 
History;  Field  Notes  (18()1);  Ohio  NaturaHst,  H)()2  to  present 
date;  Ohio  Geological  Survey,  1S38  and-  1874;  Ohio  Academy  of 
Science  Proceedings,  I8i)l  to  date;  Exi)erimcnt  Station  Re])orts 
and  Bulletins;  Ohio  Biological  Survey  and  vState  Board  of  Health 
Rei^orts. 

Articles  have  also  appeared  in  ]jeriodicals  outside  of  the  state 
such  as  Silliman's  Journal  of  Science,  The  Canadian  Entomologist, 
American  Naturalist,  American  Entomologist,  Journal  of  Economic 
Entomology,  Annals  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  America, 
Entomological  News,  Psyche,  etc. 


ONAGRACEAE  OF  OHIO. 

Rose  Gormley. 

Onagraceae.     Evening-primrose  Family. 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  rarely  shrubs,  with  alternate  or 
opposite  leaves  without  stipules,  and  with  axillary,  spicate  or 
racemose,  bisporangiate,  epigynous  flowers  often  with  an  hy^jan- 
thium;  sepals  2-6  (usually  4)  rarely  none;  stamens  as  many  or 
twice  as  many  as  the  petals;  ovularly  with  1-6  cavities,  styles 
united;  ovules  indefinite,  usually  anatropous;  fruit,  a  capsule  or 
small  nut;  seeds,  small;  endosperm  little  or  none;  embryo  straight. 

Synopsis. 
I.     Fruit  a  many-seeded  capsule  opening  by  valves  or  pores;  cavities  6-4. 

A.  Floral  parts  not  on  an  hypanthium. 

1.  Seeds  naked;  calyx  persistent. 

a.  Leaves  alternate.     Ludwigia  (1). 

b.  Leaves  opposite;  petals  none  or  very  small;  stems 

creeping  or  floating.     Isnardia  (2). 

2.  Seeds  with  a  tuft  of  silky  hairs;  calyx  deciduous. 

Chamaenerion    (3). 

B.  Floral  parts  on  a  prominent  epigynous  hypanthium. 

1.  Seeds  with  a  tuft  of  silky  hairs.     Epilobium  (4). 

2.  Seeds  naked  or  sometimes  tuberculate. 

a.  Stamens  equal  in  length. 

\.  Ovules    and    seeds    horizontal    and    prismatic- 
angled.     Oenothera    (5). 
2.  Ovules  and  seeds  ascending,  not  angled. 

Raimannia    (6). 

b.  Stamens  unequal  in  length,  one  set  longer. 

1.  Ovules  and  seeds  many.     Kneiffia  (7). 

Hartmannia     (8). 

2.  Ovules  and  seeds  few.     Lavauxia  (9). 

II.   Fruit  indehiscent;  cavities  4-L 

A.  Floral  whorls  4-parted.     Gaura  (10). 

B.  Floral  whorls  2-parted.     Circaea  (11). 

Key. 

\.  Floral  whorls  with  4  or  more  parts.     2. 

L  Foral  whorls  2  parted.     Circaea  (11). 

2.  Without  an  hypanthium.     3. 

2.  Floral  parts  on  a  prominent  hypanthium.     5. 

3.  Leaves   alternate.     4. 

3.  Leaves  opposite;  stamens  4;  flowers  axillary.     Isnardia  (2). 

4.  Powers  in  terminal  racemes,  purple  or  white.     Chamaenerion  (3). 

4.  Flowers  axillary  in  ours,  yellow  or  green.     Ludwigia  (1). 

5.  Plants  acaulescent,   stamens  unequal  in  length;  flowers  in  our  species 

white  or  pink.     Lavauxia  (9). 

5.  Plants  caulescent.     6. 

6.  Flowers  yellow.     7. 

6.  Flowers  white,  pink  or  red.     9. 

7.  Stamens  all  of  the  same  length;  flowers  nocturnal.     8. 

7.     Alternate  stamens  longer;  flowers  diurnal.     Kneiffia  (7). 

463 


464  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

8.  Leaves  undulate  or  toothed;  ovules  and  seeds  horizontal  prismatic- 
angled.     Oenothera  (5). 

8.  Leaves  sinuate  or  pinnatifid;  ovules  and  seeds  ascending  not  angled. 

Rdimannia    ((3). 

9.  Leaves  pinnatifid  or  lacinate,   flowers  1.^/2-3  in.  broad;  buds  drooping. 

Hartmannia     (8). 

10.  Ovules  numerous,  ovulary  narrow,  elongated.     Epilobium  (4). 

10.  Ovules  u.sually  4,  one  in  each  cavity,  ovulary  clubshaped,  narrowed 
below,  anther  filaments  with  scales  at  the  base.     Gaura  10. 

1.  Ludwigia  L. 

Herbs,  perennial  or  annual  with  alternate  entire  leaves,  flowers, 
terminal  or  axillary;  sepals  usually  4,  persistent;  petals  4;  stamens 
usually  4;  capsule  winged  or  with  basal  bracelets,  dehiscent  or 
opening  by  a  terminal  pore. 

1.  Flowers  inconspicuous,  sessile  in  the  axis  of  the  leaves,  with  small 
•  greenish  petals;  capsules  not  prominently  ribbed  or  winged,  valves 
separating  from  the  terminal  disk.     L.  polycarpa. 

1.  Flowers  showy,  peduncled,  with  large  yellow  petals;  cap.sules  promi- 
nently ribbed  and  winged,  opening  liy  an  apical  pore.     L.  aJternifolia. 

1.  Ludwigia  polycarpa  S.  &  P.  Many-fruited  Ludwigia. 
Plants  1-3  ft.  tall  with  entire,  sessile,  narrowly  lanceolate  leaves, 
^-3^  in.  long;  flowers  small  with  minute  greenish  petals  and 
acute  triangular  sepals;  capsules,  top  shaped,  with  linear  bractlets 
at  the  base,  the  valves  separating  from  the  temiinal  disk.  Hock- 
ing, Cuyahoga,  Auglaize,  Lucas. 

2.  Ludwigia  alternifolia  L.  Seed-box.  Stems  erect,  2-4  ft. 
high  with  short-petoled,  entire,  lanceolate,  leaves  1-3^  in.  long, 
flowers  showy,  with  large  o^^ate  sepals  and  yellow  petals  of  about 
equal  length  with  the  sepals;  capsules,  winged,  opening  by  a  pore 
in  the  apex.  Lake,  Fairfield,  Cuyahoga,  Muskingum,  Erie, 
Defiance,  Hocking,  Lucas,  Adams,  Galha,  Brown. 

2.  Isnardia    L. 

Annual  or  perennial,  prostrate  or  decumbent,  herbs,  crecjjing 
or  floating,  often  rooting  at  the  nodes;  leaves  opposite,  entire, 
narrowed  at  the  base;  flowers  axillary,  sessile,  often  without 
petals;  calyx  top-shaped,  4- — parted,  persistent;  petals  4  or  none; 
stamens  4;  ovulary  with  4  cavities;  stigma  4  lobed;  capsule 
4  angled;  seeds  numerous. 

1 .  Isnardia  palustris  L.  Marsh  Purslane.  Procumbent  or 
floating  herbs,  glabrous,  branched  4-15  in.  long;  leaves  ovate, 
narrowing  at  the  base  Yi-Xy^  in.  long;  flowers  solitary  in  the 
axils  of  the  leaves,  about  |  in.  broad;  sepals  4,  acute;  petals,  if 
present,  reddish.  Crawford,  wSummit,  Ottawa,  Knox,  Hancock, 
Stark,  Wayne,  Madison,  Lucas,  Wyandot,  Licking,  Lorain,  Lake, 
Franklin,  Defiance,  Geauga,  Huron,  Warren,  Eric,  Bchnont. 


Mar.,  1915.]  Onagrnceae  of  Ohio.  465 

3.     Chamaenerion    (Tourn.)     Adans. 

Perennial  herbs  with  ahernate,  entire  leaves,  densely  set  on 
the  stem;  flowers  showy,  in  tenninal  racemes;  sepals  4,  purple, 
linear,  deciduous;  petals  4  ovate,  stamens  8,  stigma  4-parted; 
capsule  angled,  dehiscent  opening  longitudinally,  seeds  tufted. 

1.     Chamaenerion  angustifolium  (L.)  Scop.     Fire-weed. 
Erect  herbs   1>^-S  ft.;  leaves  lanceolate,  entire,    l>^-5  in.  long; 
flowers  purple  or  white  about  1  in.  broad,  capsules  l>^-2  in.  long, 
slender,  white  pubescent.     Ashtabula,  Stark,  Lake,  Medina,  Erie, 
Cuyahoga,  Williams,  Summit,  Geauga,  Lorain,  Deflance,  Fulton. 

4.     Epilobium  L. 
Herbs    with    opposite    or    alternate    leaves;    flowers    soHtary, 
spicate,  or  racemose;  calyx  deciduous,  4  parted;  petals  4,  stamens 
8,   capsule  long,  slender    4-sided  dehiscent  longitudinally;    seeds 
tufted  with  hairs. 

1.     Leaves  entire,  margins  revolute.     2. 

1.  Leaves  denticulate  or  serrulate;  margins  not  revolute.     3. 

2.  Leaves  narrowly  linear,  less  than  J^  in.  wide,  veins  obscure;  entire  plant 

covered  with  white  incurved  hairs  giving  it  a  gray  green  appearance. 

E.  I  in  ear  e. 

2.  Leaves  lanceolate  34  in.  or  more  wide,  veins  evident;  glandular  pubescent 

hairs   spreading.     E.    strictimi. 

3.  Leaves  narrowly  lanceolate,  2-6  in.  long;  seeds  obconic,  bcakless;  coma 

red-brown.     E.  coloratum. 
3.     Leaves   ovate-lanceolate,    rarely    over    2li   in.    long;    seeds   ellipsoid, 
short-beaked;  coma  white.     E.  adenocaiiloii. 

1.  Epilobium  lineare  Muhl.  Linear-leaf  Willow-herb. 
Erect,  perennial,  much  branched  herbs  1-2  ft.  high,  the  entire 
plant  covered  with  white  incurved  hairs;  leaves  linear  ^2-1)4  in. 
long,  opposite  or  alternate,  entire,  margin  revolute;  flowers  pink 
or  white  in  the  axils  of  upper  leaves  of  the  branches;  capsules 
about  2  in.  long.     Erie,  Clarke,  Portage,  Ottawa. 

2.  Epilobium  strictum  Muhl.  Downy  Willow-herb. 
Erect  herbs  1-8  ft.  high,  pubescent  with  white  spreading  hairs; 
leaves  sessile,  lanceolate,  }4-2  in.  long,  opposite  or  alternate, 
entire,  flowers  in  the  axils  of  the  upper  leaves  of  branches,  }i  in. 
broad,  pink  or  white;  capsules  about  2  in.  long.     Licking  County. 

3.  Epilobium  coloratum  Muhl.  Purple  Willow  herb.  Erect, 
branched  herb,  1-3  ft.  tall,  somewhat  canescent,  often  purplish; 
leaves  narrow  lanceolate,  sharply  dentate  2-6  in.  long;  flowers 
many,  axillary,  pink  and  Avhite  about  }4  in.  broad,  seeds  obconic, 
beakless;  coma  reddish-brown.     General. 

4.  Epilobium  adenocaulon  Haussk.  Northern  Willow-herb. 
Resembling  the  above  species  but  leaves  broader  and  rarely 
exceeding  2>^  in.  in  length;  seeds  obovoid,  short -beaked;  coma 
white.  Cuyahoga,  Ashtabula,  Defiance,  Erie,  Medina,  Ottawa, 
Summit,  Franklin. 


466  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

.5.     Oenothera  L. 

Annual  or  biennial  herbs,  leaves  alternate  with  sinuate  or 
i:oothed  margin;  flowers  yellow,  in  terminal  spikes,  hypanthium 
long  and  slender;  petals  and  sepals  4;  stamens  8;  ovulary  with  4 
cavities;  capsule  4-angled,  opening  longitudinally. 

1.     Hirsute-pubescent;  upper  bracts  shorter  than  the  ovulary,  deciduous. 

0.      biennis. 
1.     Velvety-pubescent;  upper  bracts  longer  than  the  ovulary,  persistent. 

O.    oakesiana. 

1 .  Oenothera  biennis  L.  Common  Evening-primrose.  Tall, 
erect,  branched  biennial  herb,  hirsute  pubescent,  1-6  ft.  high;  leaves 
lanceolate,  acute,  denticulate  1-6  in.  long;  flowers  yellow,  borne 
in  leafy  bracts,  1-2  in.  broad,  capsule  about  ^4  in.  long,  hirsute, 
narrowed  at  the  top.     General. 

2.  Oenothera  oakesiana  Robb.  Cakes'  Evening-primrose. 
Plant  resembling  the  preceeding  species  but  with  velvety  appressed 
hairs;  leaves  narrow,  oblanceolate,  dentate;  flowers  yellow  1-1  >2  in. 
broad.     Erie  County. 

6.     Raimannia  Rose. 

Annual,  biennial  or  perennial  herbs  with  prostrate  or  erect 
stems;  leaves  alternate  sinuate  or  pinnatified;  flowers,  yellow 
axillary  or  sometimes  in  terminal  spikes,  nocturnal;  hypanthium 
long,  sepals  4;  petals  4;  stamens  S;  ovulary  with  4  cavities; 
capsule  dehiscent  longitudinally. 

1.  Raimannia  laciniata  (Hill.)  Rose.  Cutleaf  Evening-prim- 
rose. Stem  decumbent  or  erect,  4  in.  to  2}^  ft.  tall;  leaves  deeply 
sinuate-dentate  or  pinnatified;  ^-2  in.  long;  flowers  usually 
axillary,  yellow;  capsule  linear  3/^-1^  in.  long,  hir.su te-pubescent. 
Cuyahoga  County. 

7.     KneifRa    Spach. 

vShrubby,  annual  or  perennial  herbs  with  alternate,  linear, 
entire  or  dentate  leaves,  flowers  yellow  in  tenninal  spikes  or 
racemes;  .se])als  and  petals  4;  stamens  8;  stigma  4-cleft;  capsules 
oval  or  clubshaped,  4  winged  or  angled,  opening  longitudinally. 

1.     Flowers  }^  in.  Ijroad  or  less;  hypanthium  equal  to  or  less  than  ovulary. 

K.     pinni/a. 

1.  Flowers  more  than  3^  in.  broad;  hypanthium  longer  than  the  ovulary.   2. 

2.  Plant  hirsute  with  spreading  hairs;  capsule  cluli-shaped.     K.  pratcnsis. 
2.     Plant  softly  pubescent;  capsule  oblong,  not  clul)-sha])cd.       K .  fruticosd. 

1.  Kneiffia  pratensis  Small.  Meadow  Sundrops.  Erect, 
perennial,  hirsute  herbs  1^-3^  ft.  high;  leaves  oblong-lanceolate 
or  elliptic-lanceolate ;  flowers  in  terminal  leafy-bracted  spikes;  cap- 
sules clubshaped,  sessile.    No  specimens. 


Mar.,  1915.]  Onagraceae  of  Ohio.  467 

2.  Kneiffia  pumila  (L.)  Spach.  Small  Sundrops.  Erect 
pubeioilent  herbs,  leaves  oblanceolate  to  oblong;  flowers,  }'ellow, 
in  terminal,  leafy-bracted,  spikes;  capsules  clavate,  sessile  or 
short  stalked.  Franklin,  Ashtabula,  Cuyahoga,  Madison,  Car- 
roll, Washington. 

3.  Kneiffia  fructicosa  (L.)  Raim.  Common  Sundrops.  Erect 
pubescent  herbs;  leaves  lanceolate  to  ovate,  denticulate  or  nearly 
entire;  capsule  sessile  or  short  stalked,  oblong  with  prominent 
wings.  Fairfield,  Lake,  Jackson,  Wayne,  Lucas,  Muskingum, 
Truinbull,  Cuyahoga,  Belmont,  Carroll,  Stark,  Portage,  Crawford, 
Harrison,  Hocking,  Clarke,  Lorain,  Summit,  Richland. 

8.     Hartmannia  Spach. 

Annual  or  perennial,  erect  or  decumbent  herbs  with  alternate 
pinnatifid  or  lyrate  leaves ;  flowers  in  temiinal  spikes  or  racemes, 
drooping  in  the  bud,  white,  purple  or  red;  sepals  4,  deciduous, 
petals  4,  large;  stamens  8;  ovulary  with  4  cavities;  capsules 
clavate,  4  winged. 

1.  Hartmannia  speciosa  (Nutt.)  Small.  White  Evening- 
primrose.  More  or  less  branched  puberulent  herbs,  }4-Sh.  tall; 
leaves  lanceolate,  pinnatifid  or  sinuate,  1-2  in.  long,  flowers 
white  or  pink,  2  in,  broad;  capsules  }4-^  in.  long.  Franklin 
Count3^ 

9.     Lavauxia  Spach. 

,  Low  herbs  usually  acaulescent  sometimes  with  a  short  stem, 
basal  leaves  pinnatifid;  flowers  bisporangiate,  white,  pink,  or 
pale  yellow;  sepals  and  petals  4;  stamens  8;  ovulary  4-angled, 
stigma  4-cleft;  capsules  sometimes  winged  above. 

1.  Lavauxia  triloba  (Nutt.)  Spach.  Three-lobed  Evening- 
primrose.  Perennial,  nearly  glabrous  herbs;  leaves,  petioled 
pinnatifid  or  sinuate,  oblong  lanceolate,  1-8  in.  long;  flowers 
pink  or  white;  hypanthium  slender,  2-4  in.  long;  capsule  as  wide 
as  long,  about  }4  in.  long.    Montgomery  County. 

10.     Gaura    L. 

Annual,  biennial,  or  perennial  herbs,  rather  woody  at  the  base, 
leaves,  alternate,  sessile;  flowers  bisporangiate,  white,  pink  or  red, 
in  temiinal  spikes  or  racemes ;  hypanthium  prolonged  bej'ond  the 
ovulary  deciduous,  sepals  4;  petals  4  (sometimes  3);  stamens  8; 
stigma  4  lobed;  fruit  resembling  a  nut,  ribbed  or  angled,  indehis- 
cent. 

1.  Gaura  biennis  L.  Biennial  Gaura.  Erect  hairy  or  softly 
pubescent  herbs,  2-5  ft.  tall  with  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate 
leaves;  flowers  white,  turning  pink,  in  long  slender  spikes;  fruit 
sessile,  %-%  in.  long,  4-angled.       Stark,   Paulding,   Montgomery, 


468  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

Warren,  Auglaize,  Clinton,  Adams,  Union,  Franklin,  Shelby, 
Clarke,  Richland,  Madison,  Green,  Gallia,  Clermont,  Champaign, 
Fayette,  Highland,  Wayne. 

11.     Circaea    (Toum.)    L. 

Perennial  herbs;  leaves  opposite,  dentate;  flowers  white  in 
terminal  and  lateral  racenies ;  hypanthium  extended  beyond  the 
ovularly,  sepals  2;  petals  2;  stamens  2;  ovulary  with  1  or  2  cavi- 
ties; fruit  ol30\^oid,  indehiscent,  bristly  with  hooked  hairs. 

1.     Leaves  firm,  rounded  at  the  base,  slightly  toothed;  bracts  none. 

C.    lutelicnui. 

1.  Leaves  thin,  cordate,  strongly  toothed;  with  minute  bracts.     2. 

2.  Petals  as  long  as  the  calyx;  fruit  2-locular,  bristly.     C.  intermedia. 

2.     Petals  not  so  long  as  the  calyx,  fruit  1-locular,  the  hairs  soft  and  tender. 

C.     alpina. 

1.  Circaea  lutetiana  L.  Common  Enchanter's-nightshade. 
Erect  finely  pubescent  herbs  1-2  ft.  tall;  leaves  1-4  in.  ovate, 
acuminate,  rounded  at  the  base;  flowers  about  )i  in.,  broad; 
fruit  )i  in.  long,  bilocular,  covered  with  hooked  hairs.    General. 

2.  Circaea  intermedia  Ehrh.  Intermediate  Enchanter's- 
nightshade.  Plants  8-10  in.  tall;  leaves  thin,  ovate,  middle  and 
upper  ones  cordate,  teeth  salient;  minute  bracts  usually  present; 
petals  as  long  as  the  calyx;  fruit  as  in  the  above  species.  No 
specimens. 

3.  Circaea  alpina  L.  Small  Enchanter's-nightshade.  Plant 
small  4-12  in.  high,  glabrate  or  pubescent,  with  ovate,  coarsely 
dentate,  leaves,  usually  cordate  at  the  base,  }i-2}4  in.  long; 
flowers  about  Ke  in-  broad;  fruit  V\%  in.  long  with  soft,  hooked 
hairs,  unilocular  Lorain,  vSummit,  Hocking,  Cuyahoga,  Clarke, 
Ashtabula. 


PECULIAR  VARIETIES  OF  AMARANTHUS  RETROFLEXUS. 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  development  of  large  numbers  of  new  varieties  from 
cultivated  plants  is  a  matter  of  general  observation.  The  similar 
origin  of  varieties  from  species  which  are  not  under  the  control 
of  man  is  still  a  question  with  some.  However,  that  a  great 
number  of  new  forms  appear  in  the  wild  state  becomes  evident 
whenever  one  begins  to  study  a  flora  with  which  he  is  more  or 
less  familiar.  A  study  of  the  varieties  present  in  the  weeds  and 
other  plants  of  our  cultivated  fields  and  gardens  should  be  of  soine 
importance  since  we  are  here  dealing  with  plants  growing  under 
like  conditions  as  our  domesticated  species  but  which  have  not 
been  subject  to  selection  by  man. 


C  1 

Fig.  1.     Leaves  of  Amaranthus  retroflexus. 

The  writer  has  made  some  study  of  our  common  weedy  Amar- 
anths and  finds  that  there  are  a  number  of  species  showing  distinct 
varieties.  One  of  the  most  interesting  of  these  is  the  common 
Rough  Pigweed,  Amaranthus  retroflexus.  This  plant  has  a  wide 
distribution  in  North  America  and  is  abundant  in  fields,  gardens, 
and  waste  places.  It  is  considered  as  an  immigrant  from  tropical 
America,  but  whether  in  historical  times  or  not  is  not  known  to 
the  writer.  The  leaf  characters  of  this  plant  are  very  diverse. 
There  are  different  types  of  texture  as  well  as  markings.  It  is 
only  the  most  striking  of  the  leaf  markings  that  will  be  consid- 
ered here. 

469 


470  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5, 

The  usual  leaf  type  of  the  species  is  the  uniform  green,  showing 
no  markings  whatever  except  occasionally  some  red  on  the  veins 
beneath.  (Fig.  1  a).  This  form  is  the  common  t^-pe,  according 
to  the  observation  of  the  writer,  from  Ohio  to  Kansas. 

Several  years  ago  a  neighbor  was  showing  his  garden  and 
casually  made  a  remark  about  the  abundance  of  weeds.  An 
Amaranthus  retroflexus  was  present  which  had  large,  red,  oval  or 
ovate  spots  of  anthocyan  on  the  leaf  blades.  The  spot  was  more 
prominent  on  some  plants  than  on  others  but  was  of  striking 
appearance  in  all  of  them  (Fig.  1  b).  Some  of  these  plants  were 
dug  up  and  transferred  to  flower  beds  on  the  university  campus. 
In  the  summer  the  spots  disappeared  so  that  it  was  difficult  to 
identify  the  plants  in  September.  However,  in  the  spring  great 
numbers  of  seedlings  appeared  with  the  characteristic  leaf  marking 
and  they  have  been  growing  each  year  since.  Other  plants  of 
similar  nature  were  also  observed  in  a  corn  field  near  Columbus. 
This  form  was  looked  for  in  various  parts  of  Kansas  but  no  speci- 
mens were  found. 

In  Clay  County,  Kansas,  a  different  type  of  leaf  marking  was 
observed  on  numerous  plants  growing  together  with  the  ordinary 
green  type.  This  variety  had  a  silvery,  curved  band  a  little 
beyond  the  middle,  the  curve  being  toward  the  tip  somewhat 
similar  to  the  silvery  spots  seen  on  the  red  and  white  clovers 
(Fig.  1  c).  This  silvery  white  patch  is  very  persistent  and  ap- 
pears on  all  of  the  leaves  up  to  the  inflorescence.  No  such  plants 
have  been  observed  at  Columbus  and  none  were  found  by  the 
writer  at  Topeka,  Kansas.  Some  seed  was  brought  from  the 
Kansas  plants  and  produced  the  characteristic  markings  in  a 
garden  in  Columbus. 

The  fourth  striking  pattern  was  also  first  observed  on  a  farm 
near  Morgan ville,  Kansas.  This  type  had  the  silvery  curved 
band  and  a  red  spot  on  each  side  of  it.  (Fig.  1  d).  Only  three 
such  plants  were  seen  during  a  whole  summer  altho  diligent  search 
was  made  for  others  in  the  surrounding  country.  However,  last 
summer  this  variety  was  found  to  be  very  common  along  the 
streets  of  Manhattan,  Kansas,  about  forty-five  miles  from  Morgan- 
ville.  This  peculiar  fomi  appears  as  tho  it  might  be  a  combina- 
tion of  "b"  and  "c".  But  as  stated  the  red  spot  fomi  was  not 
observed  in  Kansas. 

What  is  the  significance  of  such  patterns?  It  will  be  observed 
that  the  markings  have  no  fundamental  relation  to  the  structure 
of  the  leaf.  A  utilitarian  explanation  would  be  out  of  the  question. 
No  hybridization  is  apparent  and  no  related  species  are  known 
in  these  regions  which  could  represent  possible  parents.  These 
patterns  have  been  found  to  be  hereditary  and  constant  for  several 
generations.  Whether  they  are  Mendelian  is  not  known,  no 
crossings  having  been  attempted,  as  the  flowers  are  small  and 


Mar.,  1915.]  Meetings  of  Biological  Club.  471 

monecious  and  the  difficulties  of  making  pure  pollinations  would 
be  considerable.  They  appear  to  represent  definite  mutations 
which  developed  without  the  influence  of  a  determining  environ- 
ment and  without  the  accumulative  effect  of  a  purposeful  selection. 
One  thing  is  certain.  Among  the  weeds  of  the  cultivated  fields 
are  species  that  are  of  the  same  complex  composition,  as  regards 
characters  and  varieties,  as  those  domesticated  fonns  which  have 
been  subject  to  continuous  hybridization  and  selection  by  man. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 

Orton  Hall,  October  5,  1914. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Biology  Club  for  the  academic  year 
was  held  on  October  5  at  its  usual  place  in  Orton  Hall,  with 
Mr.  Kostir  president.  Following  the  nomination  of  Dr.  Krecker 
and  Mr.  Markward  for  membership,  it  was  moved  and  seconded 
that  future  meetings  be  held  at  the  New  Biology  Building  as 
soon  as  the  necessary  lighting  facilities  should  be  provided. 
The  chair  was  then  authorized  to  appoint  three  committees — 
one,  for  revision  of  the  constitution;  another,  for  nomination  of 
officers ;  a  third,  to  arrange  for  the  Ohio  Academy  meeting.  Reports 
on  summer  work  followed. 

Prof.  Osbom  gave  some  results  of  the  work  done  by  him 
at  the  Maine  Experiment  Station,  on  the  life  history  of  the 
Jassidas  (leaf  hoppers)  and  Cercophidse  (frog  hoppers)  of  that 
state.  The  long  adult  stage  and  gradual  egg  development  were 
mentioned.  Of  special  interest  was  the  discovery  of  the  fact 
that  a  species  of  Acocephalus  has  essentially  a  subterranean 
habit,  feeding  on  the  crown  and  roots  of  timothy. 

Prof.  Schaffner  gave  some  observations  upon  the  drought 
resisting  qualities  of  a  new  variety  of  kaffir  com.  Where  other 
kinds  would  fail,  this  variety  seemed  little  affected  by  the  great 
lack  of  rain. 

Prof.  Landacre  reviewed  briefly  his  work  relating  to  the 
nervous  system  of  the  shark,  in  which  the  details  of  defining  the 
cranial  nerves  and  marking  out  the  ganglionic  boundaries  had  been 
worked  out. 

Prof.  Barrows  reported  several  species  of  orb  and  triangle- 
weaving  spiders  collected  by  him  in  Hocking  County.  Many 
of  these  are  distinctly  southern  forms,  among  which  is  Latrodectus 
mactans. 

Miss  Detmers  had  spent  several  weeks  in  working  out  the 
succession  of  forests  in  Northern  Michigan.  Specimens  of 
spruce,  showing  interesting  variations  in  the  leaves  were 
■exhibited. 


472  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  5,. 

Mr.  Metcalf  reported  results  in  spraying;  Dr.  Krecker,  a 
large  nematode  parasite;  Mr.  Markward,  transpiration  experi- 
ments with  wheat  and  corn;  Mr.  Drake,  four  species  of 
Heteroptera  new  to  the  state;  Mr.  Lathrop,  results  of  work  in 
collecting  Jassids  in  South  Carolina. 

Mr.  Kostir  reported  an  apparently  new  species  of  walking 
stick,  also,  an  interesting  species  of  Oecanthus.  The  may  flies 
were  found  not  so  common  as  last  year,  and  there  were  no  box 
elder  bugs  at  all  in  contrast  with  their  great  abundance  of  last 
year.  He  had  given  some  attention  to  the  glacial  grooves  about 
Cedar  Point,  some  of  which  are  very  deep  and  distinct.  He 
determined  their  prevailing  direction  to  be  N.  E.  by  E.  70  degrees 
from  north. 

The  menibers  of  the  committees  were  announced: 

(1)  Nomination:  Prof.  Barrows,  Prof.  Landacre,  Prof.  Durrant, 
Prof.  Griggs,  Mr.  Lathrop. 

(2)  Constitution:  Prof.  Barrows,  Prof.  Landacre, Prof. Durrant 
Mr.  Drake,  Mr.  Meckstroth,  Mr.  Brown,  Miss  Mark. 

(3)  Ohio  Academy:  Prof.  Osborn,  Prof.  Landacre,  Prof. 
Seymour,  Dr.  Detmers,  Miss  Mark. 

Meeting  adjourned. 

F.   Brown,   Sec'3^   pro   tem. 


Orton  Hall,  Nov.  2,  1914. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Mr.  Kostir, 
and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  appro^-ed. 
The  President  then  called  for  reports  of  committees.  Prof. 
Osborn  stated  that  there  had  been  two  ineetings  of  the  committee 
which  was  assisting  in  the  preparations  for  the  meeting  of  the 
Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  that  plans  were  almost  completed. 
Prof.  Barrows  reported  that  the  committee  to  revise  the  constitu- 
tion was  not  quite  ready  to  report  as  there  was  so  much  reading 
to  be  done  and  literature  to  be  examined  before  the  report  could 
be  handed  in. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Krecker  and  Mr.  H.  W.  Markward  were  elected  to 
membership  in  the  society. 

The  names  of  Dr.  H.  C.  Brown,  Miss  Mary  Oliver,  Don  B. 
Whelan,  and  D.  M.  DeLong  were  proposed  for  membership. 

The  following  officers  were  elected  for  the  coming  year:  Dr. 
R.  J.  Seymour,  President;  Miss  Rose  Gormley,  Vice-President; 
Carl  J.  Drake,  Secretary. 

The  newly  elected  President  then  took  the  chair,  and  the 
address  of  the  retiring  President,  Mr.  W.  J.  Kostir,  on  "Present- 
day  Views  on  the  Origin  of  Life"  was  the  program  of  the  evening. 
This  was  followed  by  a  discussion  of  his  address  and  the  meeting 
then  adjourned. 

Carl  J.  Drake,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  March  12,  1915. 


The  Ohio  TSI^aturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BV 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State   University. 
Volume  XV.  APRIL,    1915.  No.  6. 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Perry — The  Inheritance  of  Size  iu  Tomatoes 473 

Walton — A  Land  Planarian  with  an  Abnormal  Number  of  Eyes 498 

Bartlett— Key  to  the  Seeds  of  the  Wild  and  Cultivated  Genera  of  Peas  and  Beans 

in  Ohio 500 


THE  INHERITANCE  OF  SIZE  IN  TOMATOES.* 

Fred  E.  Perry. 

INTRODUCTION  AND   STATEMENT  OF  PROBLEM. 

Only  within  the  last  decade  has  the  attention  of  students  of 
heredity  been  turned  toward  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  the 
inheritance  of  quantitative  characters.  From  the  very  beginning 
of  the  science  of  genetics  qualitative  characters  have  been  studied 
until,  by  means  of  a  series  of  brilliant  discoveries,  our  knowledge 
of  their  inheritance  has  increased  in  a  wonderful  manner.  Very 
little  progress  has  as  yet  been  made,  however,  in  the  study  of 
quantitave  characters  and  the  inheritance  of  them  has  been 
exceedingly  difficult  to  analyze. 

Our  present  knowledge  of  heredity  has  been  gained  from  a 
microscopical  study  of  the  germ-cells,  from  a  statistical  examina- 
tion of  data  bearing  on  heredity  and  from  the  experimental 
breeding  of  plants  and  animals.  The  last  of  the  above  named 
methods  of  studying  heredity  has  been  chosen  for  this  work  on  the 
inheritance  of  size  in  the  tomato. 

Size  is  a  general  term  which  ineans  the  measurement  or  extent 
of  a  thing  as  compared  with  something  else  or  with  a  standard. 
It  is  applied  to  all  kinds  of  dimensions  great  or  small.  The 
volume  of  a  body  is  equal  to  the  number  of  cubic  centimeters 
which  it  contains;  it  is  the  amount  or  measure  of  tridimensional 
space.     The  mass  of  a  body  is  defined  as  the  quantity  of  matter 


*Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, No.  87. 

473 


474  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

which  it  contains.  This  definition  of  mass  assumes  that  the 
quantity  of  matter  is  detennined  by  the  effect  of  force  upon  it. 
The  weight  of  a  body  is  the  force  with  which  the  earth  attracts 
that  body.  It  is  the  measure  of  the  mutual  attraction  between 
that  body  and  the  earth.  The  weights  of  bodies  are  proportional 
to  their  masses  at  any  given  place  on  the  surface  of  the  earth. 

The  tomato  fruits  are  of  a  very  irregular  shape  as  they  vary  in 
every  degree  from  a  flattened  spherical  to  a  nearly  perfect  spher- 
ical, egg,  plum  or  pear-shape.  Not  only  do  the  various  species 
and  varieties  differ  widely  from  each  other  with  respect  to  shape, 
but  there  is  also  considerable  variation  within  the  limits  of  each 
variety,  which  fact  is  especially  noticeable  when  the  large,  culti- 
vated tomatoes  are  considered.  The  large,  flattened  spherical 
or  cup-shaped  tomatoes,  like  Ponderosa  or  Livingston's  Beauty, 
are  very  irregular  in  shape  with  inany  depressions  and  rounded 
projections.  The  long,  pear-shaped  tomatoes  vary  especially 
with  respect  to  length,  thickness  and  breadth  of  neck.  Some 
fruits  have  distinct  depressions  at  both  stem  and  distal  end  while 
othe  fruits  have  protuberances  at  these  places.  A  tomato  with 
these  protuberances  may  have  the  same  linear  dimensions  as  a 
tomato  with  depressions  but  yet  be  of  a  very  different  size;  or  a 
pear-shaped  fruit  may  have  identical  linear  dimensions  with  an 
egg  or  plum-shaped  fruit  and  yet  there  be  a  great  size  difference. 
It  can  thus  be  readily  seen  that  it  is  impossible  to  get  a  good  con- 
ception or  estimate  of  the  size  of  a  tomato  fruit  from  its  linc;;r 
dimensions. 

It  is  not  probable  that  the  specific  gravity  of  the  cellular  tissue 
of  the  fruits  varies  to  any  great  extent.  At  least  the  variation  cS 
specific  gravity  would  be  reduced  to  a  minimum  within  a  certain 
definite  variety.  Since  linear  dimensions  cannot  give  a  tn^e 
conception  of  the  size  of  fruit  and  since  there  is  but  little  variatu.n 
pnjbable  in  the  specific  gravity  of  the  fruits,  it  is  evident  that  the 
weight  of  a  tomato  fruit  is  the  best  possible  index  of  its  size. 

Tomatoes  arc  well  adapted  to  the  study  of  inheritance.  The 
cross-breeding  of  the  different  varieties  and  species  is  compara- 
tively easy  and  the  plants  may  be  readily  propogated  in  a  vegeta- 
tive way.  The  tomato  contains  many  heritable  units,  the  inher- 
itance of  which  may  be  studied.  The  plants  are  hardy;  tho\- 
grow  without  difficulty  and  mature  nonnal  fruit  readily  under 
greenhouse  conditions. 

In  spite  of  the  remarkable  adai)tation  of  the  tomato  to  work  in 
inheritance  of  size  or  weight,  no  such  accurate  work  has  been 
done  with  this  fruit.  A  number  of  men  have  performed  experi- 
ments upon  the  inheritance  of  the  qualitative  characters  of  the 
])lant  and  fruit.  Groth  seems  to  be  the  only  one  who  has  worked 
with  the  inheritance  of  quantitative  characters  of  fruit  and  he 
has  been  studying  such  characters  as  the  linear  dimensions  and 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  475 


number  of  locules.  He  has  taken  no  weights  and  from  weights 
alone,  it  appears  to  the  writer,  can  accurate  data  be  secured  to 
show  the  inheritance  of  size. 

This  problem  in  genetics  was  undertaken  with  tomatoes 
because  of  their  remarkable  adaptability  to  work  in  heredity 
and  because  no  work  had  been  previously  done  with  them  along 
this  line;  and  it  was  hoped  that  some  contribution  might  be  made 
to  our  scanty  store  of  knowledge  regarding  the  inheritance  of 
quantitative  characters — especially  the  inheritance  of  size. 

MATERIALS    AND    METHODS    USED. 

Three  crosses  were  made  between  pure  lines  of  tomatoes  in 
the  greenhouse  of  the  Ohio  State  University.  The  first  cross  was 
made  (1911)  between  the  little  red  currant  tomato,  Lycopersicon 
pimpinellifolium,  and  the  yellow  pear  tomato,  Lycopersicon 
lycopersicon  (Lycopersicon  esculentum).  In  this  cross  L.  pim- 
pinellifolium was  used  as  the  staminate  parent  and  L.  lycopersicon 
as  the  carpellate  parent.  The  reverse  cross-pollination  was  m.ade 
many  times  but  fertilization  never  occurred.  The  second  cross 
was  made  (1912)  between  Livingston's  Beauty  (carpellate  parent) 
and  the  Yellow  Pear  (staminate  parent).  The  third  cross  was 
made  (1914)  Avith  Livingston's  Beauty  as  the  carpellate  parent 
and  Bonnie  Best  as  the  staminate  parent.  It  is  to  be  noted  that 
the  first  cross  was  made  between  species  while  the  second  and 
third  crosses  were  made  between  varieties  of  L.  lycopersicon. 
All  of  these  pure  lines  with  their  hybrids  have  been  growing  in  the 
greenhouse  and  results  have  been  obtained,  but  completed  data 
is  now  at  hand  from  only  the  first  cross  and  this  paper  will  deal 
almost  entirely  with  results  obtained  from  this  hybridization. 

These  cross-pollinations  were  made  with  the  utmost  care  and 
every  precaution  was  taken  to  provent  the  presence  of  any  unde- 
sired  pollen  grains.  Two  unopened  flowers  of  the  same  age  were 
selected — each  one  on  a  plant  of  the  pure  line  to  be  crossed.  A 
capsule  of  paraffined  paper  was  placed  over  the  staminate  bud 
and  both  ends  were  tightly  filled  with  cotton  so  that  the  entrance 
or  escape  of  pollen  was  absolutely  prevented.  A  tag  was  attached 
to  the  stem  of  the  flower  to  serve  as  a  means  of  identification.  The 
sepals,  petals  and  stamens  of  the  carpellate  bud  were  carefully 
cut  away  with  sterilized  pollinating  instruments;  the  stigma  was 
examined  with  a  hand  lens  to  be  sure  that  no  pollen  grains  were 
present,  and  the  gynecium  was  capsuled  and  tagged.  After  three 
or  four  days  both  capsules  were  removed  and  pollen  from  the  sta- 
mens of  the  staminate  flower  was  transferred  upon  a  steriHzed 
glass  slide  to  the  stigma  of  the  carpellate  flower.  Then  the 
pollinated  gyneciuin  was  capsuled  again  and  left  for  about  a  week 
until  fertilization  had  taken  place  and  the  young  fruit  had  begun 
to  enlarge.  All  the  pollinating  instruments  were  carefully  ster- 
ilized over  an  alcohol  flaine,  both  before  and  after  they  were  used. 


476  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

In  addition  to  three  crosses  above  mentioned,  a  large  number 
of  self-pollinations  was  made  according  to  this  method.  Of 
these  self-pollinations  about  75  were  successful.  The  chances  of 
cross-pollination  were  small  because  of  the  distance  between  the 
plants  and  the  absence  of  insects ;  but  it  was  considered  necessary 
to  have  as  large  a  number  of  self-pollinated  fruits  as  possible  to 
serve  as  a  comparison  with  other  fruits  and  to  furnish  pure  seed 
for  new  cultures  of  plants. 

The  soil  in  which  the  plants  were  grown  was  uniformly  of  the 
same  composition,  as  it  consisted  of  two-thirds  of  greenhouse  soil 
and  one-third  dr}"  compost.  This  greenhouse  soil  was  built  up 
after  years  of  experimentation  to  secure  a  soil  of  ideal  physical 
condition  for  use  in  pots.  The  dry  compost,  which  was  used,  was 
composed  of  one-third  blue  grass  sod,  one-third  leaves  and  one- 
third  dair}'  stable  cleanings.  The  greenhouse  soil  and  compost 
mixed  together  in  the  proportions  given  above,  were  found  to 
produce  a  soil  ideally  adapted,  both  physically  and  chemically,  to 
the  growth  of  tomatoes  in  pots. 

The  tomato  seeds  were  first  planted  in  a  pot  of  sterilized  soil. 
After  the  young  plants  had  attained  a  sufficient  size  each  one  was 
transplanted  to  a  separate  two-  or  three-inch  pot.  As  the  plants 
grew  larger  they  were  placed  in  pots  of  a  greater  size  until  they  all 
came  to  maturity  in  the  uniform  five-inch  pots. 

These  pots  were  placed  from  18  to  24  inches  apart  in  a  long 
row  on  the  benches  in  the  greenhouse.  Small  bamboo  rods  about 
three  feet  in  length  were  forced  horizontally  into  the  soil  of  the 
pots  and  the  plants  were  tied  to  these  supports  with  raffia.  The 
tops  of  the  upright  bamboo  rods  were  fastened  with  raffia  to  a 
long  spliced  bamboo  rod  which  ran  above  and  parallel  to  the  pots 
and  surface  of  the  bench  and  which  was  firmly  fastened  to  upright 
iron  posts  that  braced  the  roof  of  the  greenhouse.  In  this  manner 
ample  .support  was  given  to  the  plants  even  when  ladened  with 
fruit. 

As  soon  as  the  fruits  ripened  they  were  gathered  and  carefully 
weighed  on  a  pair  of  accurate  balances.  A  fruit  that  has  been 
picked  for  several  days  will  be  found  to  have  lost  weight  by 
transpiration  of  water.  A  ripe  fruit  that  has  been  allowed  to 
remain  on  the  vine  until  it  has  become  soft  and  started  to  decom- 
pose will  also  give  a  diminished  weight.  Every  precaution  was 
taken  to  avoid  such  diminutions  of  weight  as  the  fruits  were 
gathered  as  soon  as  they  became  ripe  and  they  were  always 
weighed  immediately  after  thc}^  had  been  gathered. 

After  each  fruit  had  been  weighed  the  polar  length  and  maxi- 
mum and  minimum  equatorial  diameters  were  measured  with  a 
pair  of  calipers.  The  number  of  locules  was  noted  and  the  seeds 
were  carefully  counted  and  saved.     The  shape  and  color  of  fruit 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  477 

were  observed.  All  of  this  information  was  carefully  recorded 
in  the  accession  book,  together  with  any  unusual  features  which 
the  fruit  may  have  possessed. 

A  system  of  careful  labelling  was  devised  and  each  pot  was 
labelled  with  an  aluminum  label  by  means  of  which  the  plant 
might  be  identified.  The  key  to  the  labels  was  kept  in  the  acces- 
sion book  so  that  at  any  time  the  exact  pedigree  and  descriptions 
of  ancestors  of  any  particular  fruit  could  be  readily  found.  The 
danger  of  losing  the  identity  of  any  plant  or  fruit  was  thus  reduced 
to  a  minimum. 

HISTORICAL   REVIEW. 

Mendel  (1860-70)  formulated  his  epoch-making  law  of  her- 
edity as  a  result  of  experiments  on  the  inheritance  of  qualitative 
characters  in  garden  peas.  His  results  led  him  to  believe  that 
each  character  depended  upon  a  single  determiner  or  factor,  for 
he  worked  on  simple  characters  belonging  to  different  parts  of  the 
plant.  When  two  plants  differing  with  respect  to  one  unit 
character  were  crossed,  the  segregation  in  the  F-2  generation  was 
computed  and  found  to  be  in  the  ratio  of  3  to  1.  Where  there  was 
a  difference  of  two  characters  between  the  parents,  the  F-2  segre- 
gation resulted  in  the  ratio  of  9  to  7.  The  possibilities,  which 
would  occur  when  there  was  a  difference  of  three  characters 
between  the  parent  plants,  were  computed  and  the  results  obtained 
by  breeding  came  close  to  the  theoretical  explanation. 

Mendel's  law  of  heredity  was  rediscovered  and  rescued  from 
obscurity  (about  1900)  by  De  Vries,  Correns  and  Von  Tschermak. 
Following  the  lead  of  these  three  pioneers  of  heredity,  hundreds 
of  other  scientists  did  experimental  work  along  the  same  lines, 
until  the  validity  of  this  law  with  its  three  fundamental  principles 
of  independence  of  unit  characters,  dominance  and  segregation 
has  been  amply  proven. 

Not  until  within  the  last  decade,  however,  was  it  discovered 
that  the  expression  of  some  qualitative  characters  require  the 
presence  of  more  than  a  single,  separately  inherited  detenniner 
or  factor.  Bateson's  work  in  1908  with  two  strains  of  sweet 
peas  (Lathyrus),  Bour's  investigation  with  the  snapdragon 
(Antirrhinum)  and  Castle's  experiments  with  guinea  pigs  have 
shown  that  the  qualitative  character — color — may  depend  upon 
the  interaction  of  at  least  two  gametic  factors.  East  in  1910  (14) 
found  two  factors  for  the  production  of  yellow  color  in  the  endo- 
sperm of  maize.  Emerson  in  1911  (2l)  discovered  two  yellow 
colors  in  the  endosperm  of  maize  that  seemed  to  be  unlike  in 
appearance.  Nilsson-Ehle  in  1909  (39)  crossed  a  white  and 
browned-glumed  wheat  and  found  two  factors  necessary  for  the 
production  of  the  brown-glumed  condition,  as  the  F-2  generation 
segregated  into  the  ratio  of  15  brown  to  1  white  head,  which  was 


478  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

the  expected  Mendelian  ratio  when  two  factors  were  required  to 
produce  the  brown  color.  When  he  crossed  a  red  and  white- 
grained  wheat,  the  F-2  generation  segregated  into  the  ratio  of  63 
red  to  1  white  grain.  From  this  Nilsson-Ehle  reasoned  that  three 
independent  factors  were  required  to  produce  the  red  color. 

Although  the  operation  of  Mendel's  law  of  heredity  with 
respect  to  qualitative  characters  has  been  amply  proven,  there  is 
a  considerable  doubt  in  the  minds  of  miany  foremost  geneticists  as 
to  whether  or  not  quantitati^•e  characters  are  inherited  in  a 
Mendelian  fashion.  It  has  only  been  within  the  last  few  years 
that  students  of  heredity  have  turned  their  attention  to  the  prob- 
lein  of  inheritance  of  quantitative  characters. 

The  first  man  who  worked  definitely  with  quantitative  char- 
acters seems  to  have  been  Lock  in  1906  (36)  who  crossed  a  tall 
race  of  maize  with  a  shorter  race  and  obtained  an  F-1  hybrid 
intermediate  in  size  between  the  parents.  The  F-2  plants  showed 
no  segregation  when  crossed  with  one  of  the  parents.  Lock 
showed  that  the  height  of  a  plant  is  not  inherited  in  a  simple 
Mendelian  fashion. 

Castle  in  1909  (S)  worked  with  the  ear-lengths  of  rabbits  and 
discovered  what  he  called  "blending  inheritance".  In  sumiming 
up  his  own  work  Castle  says,  "A  cross  between  rabbits  differing 
in  ear-lengths  produces  an  off-spring  with  ears  of  intermediate 
length,  var\'ing  about  the  mean  of  the  parental  ear-lengths. 
*  *  *  *  A  study  *  *  *  *  shows  the  blend  of  parental 
characters  to  be  permanent.  No  reappearance  of  the  grand- 
parental  ear-lengths  occurs  in  the  F-2  generation,  nor  are  the 
individuals  of  the  second  generation  as  a  rule  more  variable  than 
those  of  the  first  generation  of  cross-breeds.  *  *  *  *  ^Yhe 
linear  dimensions  of  Jthe  skeletal  parts  of  an  individual  approx- 
imate closely  the  mid-parental  dimensions". 

Ghigi  in  1909  (22)  crossed  a  Paduan  fowl  and  a  bantam  and 
found  that  the  size  of  body  and  eggs  of  the  F-1  cross-bred  individ- 
uals were  intermediate  between  the  parent  races.  Only  a  limited 
number  of  the  later  generations  were  grown  and  these  showed  no 
segregation  of  size  characters. 

Mendelians  have  not  recognized  the  validity  of  any  so-called 
"blending  inheritance"  except  that  which  Castle  has  shown. 
And  these  results  on  the  ear-lengths  of  rabbits  ha\'e  been  explained 
according  to  the  Mendelian  notation  by  Lang,  whose  explanation 
is  recognized  as  possible  by  Castle.  vSomc  Mendelians  object  to 
this  "blending  inheritance"  on  the  grounds  that  the  number  of 
individuals  grown  was  not  large  enough  to  prove  that  segregation 
does  not  occur  in  the  F-2  generation  and  Castle  has  admitted  the 
possibility  of  this  fact. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  479 

The  experiments  of  Phillips  in  1912  (40)  upon  the  inheritance 
of  size  in  ducks  were  more  extensive  than  the  work  of  Castle  or 
Ghigi.  He  crossed  a  Mallard  with  a  Rouen  duck  and  found  that 
the  F-1  birds  were  intennediate  in  size  as  compared  with  the 
parents.  Segregation  was  present  in  the  F-2  generation.  Phil- 
lips concludes,  "The  amplitude  of  variation  of  the  F-2  fowls  is 
greater  than  that  of  the  F-1  fowls  but  does  not  extend  beyond  the 
nearer  limit  of  the  respective  grandparental  races." 

Nilsson-Ehle  (1908)  showed  how  the  Mendelian  notation  for 
the  inheritance  of  qualitative  characters  might  be  used  as  a  basis 
for  the  explanation  of  the  inheritance  of  quantitative  characters. 

East  in  1910  (14)  in  ignorance  of  Nilsson-Ehle's  1908  paper, 
developed  a  similar  theory  and  showed  how  certain  data  on  the 
inheritance  of  the  number  of  rows  of  grains  on  an  ear  of  maize 
could  thus  be  analyzed. 

Emerson  in  1910  (19)  issued  a  paper  on  the  inheritance  of 
quantitative  characters  in  Cucurbita  pepo,  Phaseolus  vulgaris  and 
Zea  mays.  He  showed  segregation  of  size  factors  but  offered  no 
Mendelian  explanation. 

Johannsen  (32)  crossed  two  lines  of  beans  and  worked  with  the 
inheritance  of  length  and  breadth.  He  found  the  F-1  generation 
intennediate  between  the  parent  biotypes.  The  F-1  beans  were 
no  more  variable  than  the  parents  but  no  definite  conclusions  can 
be  drawn  from  this  fact  as  only  a  limited  number  were  grown. 
The  F-2  and  F-3  generations  showed  greatly  increased  variability 
over  that  of  the  parent  biotypes.  The  length  of  the  parent  beans 
differed  widely  from  each  other.  Neither  the  F-1  nor  F-2  genera- 
tion reached  the  extremes  in  length  of  the  parent  biotypes  but  the 
F-3  generation  did  reach  those  extremes.  The  breadth  of  the 
parent  beans  were  very  similar.  The  F-2  generation  exceeded  in 
breadth  the  extremes  of  the  parent  biotypes,  while  the  F-3  genera- 
tion more  widely  overlapped  those  extremes. 

Belling  in  1912  (1  and  2)  crossed  two  widely  different  bean 
varieties.  The  F-1  generation  exceeded  in  size  of  seed  and  plant 
either  of  the  parents.  The  F-2  generation  showed  marked 
variability. 

East  in  1913  (13)  worked  upon  the  corolla  length  of  Nicotiana 
and  found  the  F-1  hybrid  corolla  length  to  be  the  geometrical 
mean  between  the  parent  lengths.  The  F-2  generation  showed 
greater  variability  than  the  F-1  generation. 

Groth  in  1912-13  (26,  27,  28  and  29)  conducted  extensive 
experiments  upon  the  inheritance  of  tomato  seedlings,  leaves  and 
fruits.  He  worked  with  linear  dimensions  and  found  the  F-1 
fruit  to  be  the  geometrical  mean  between  the  parental  dimensions. 
Marked  segregation  of  size  occurred  in  the  F-2  generation.  His 
Mendelian  explanation  of  the  results  is  very  complicated  and  will 
be  discussed  later  in  this  paper. 


48o  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

Punnet  in  1914  (44)  conducted  extensive  experiments  upon 
the  inheritance  of  weight  in  poultry.  He  obtained  an  F-1  bird 
intermediate  in  size  between  the  parents  while  the  F-2  generation 
showed  strong  segregation.  These  experiments  are  still  in  pro- 
gress. His  latest  report  (February,  1914),  says  that  the  work  is 
not  yet  advanced  far  enough  to  permit  of  complete  analysis,  "but 
the  nature  of  the  F-2  generation  raised  last  year  strongly  suggests 
that  size  depends  upon  definite  factors  which  exhibit  ordinary 
Mendelian  segregation." 

In  addition  to  the  experiments  above  noted,  other  work  of 
like  nature  has  been  done  within  the  last  few  3^ears.  No  definite 
results  regarding  the  explanation  of  the  inheritance  of  quantitative 
characters  have  as  yet  been  obtained.  Castle  says  (6)  (March, 
1914),  "Although  extensive  observations  upon  the  subject  of  size 
inheritance  in  both  animals  and  plants  have  been  made,  they  have 
resulted  in  the  demonstration,  as  yet,  of  no  single  clear-cut  Men- 
delizing  unit  character  (or  factor  either) . ' ' 

INFLUENCE  OF   ENVIRONMENT.AL  CONDITIONS. 

The  influence  of  environment  in  the  present  series  of  experi- 
ments may  be  considered  under  four  heads. 

Light.  The  growth  of  the  plants  was  influenced  not  only  by 
the  intensity  but  by  the  duration  of  light.  In  the  tomato  plants, 
as  in  other  species,  assimilation  commences  with  a  certain  mini- 
mum and  increases  as  the  intensit}'  of  the  light  rises  until  a  certain 
optimum  is  obtained. 

Light  that  is  too  strong  is  injurious.  The  period  of  ripening 
of  the  fruits  was  shortened  in  proportion  as  the  optimum  light 
intensity  was  reached.  In  the  winter  when  both  the  intensity 
and  duration  were  low  the  j^lants  ceased  to  bloom  but  produced 
normal  fruits  as  long  as  they  did  bloom.  There  is  no  evidence  to 
show  that  the  light  conditions  present  in  the  greenhouse  in  any 
way  influenced  the  size  of  fruit. 

Temperature.  According  to  Wanning  (b),  "Each  of  the 
various  vital  phenomena  of  plant-life  takes  place  only  within 
definite  (minimum  and  maximum)  limits  of  temperature,  and 
most  actively  at  certain  (optimum)  temperature;  these  temper- 
atures may  even  differ  in  respect  to  the  difterent  functions  of  one 
species.  "  From  this  it  may  be  inferred  that  the  lower  greenhouse 
temperatures  in  winter  may  have  had  some  influence  in  causing 
the  tomato  plants  to  cease  to  bloom,  since  the  lower  critical 
limits  for  reproduction,  as  with  many  other  species  of  plants,  is 
evidently  higher  than  that  required  for  growth.  The  various 
temperatures  of  the  greenhouse  (4.5°  to  100°  F.)  came  within  the 
cardinal  points  for  growth  and,  as  far  as  could  be  ascertained, 
seemed  to  have  no  appreciable  influence  upon  the  size  of  the  fruits. 

(b)     See  (40)  page  22. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  481 

Moisture.  The  noticeable  lack  of  moisture  will  cause  a 
plant  to  become  ill -nourished  and  dwarfed.  The  moisture  con- 
ditions in  the  greenhouse  were  controlled  as  perfectly  as  possible 
and  the  tomato  plants  were  watered  quite  often,  but  even  then 
optimum  moisture  conditions  did  not  prevail.  The  lack  of  a 
constant  abundance  of  water  probably  exerted  a  great  limiting 
influence  upon  the  size  of  plant.  The  transpiration  of  water  is 
directly  proportional  to  the  amount  of  leaf  surface  and,  after  the 
plant  has  reached  a  certain  mature  size,  the  leaf  surface  becomes 
limited  as  the  amount  of  moisture  in  the  pots  is  limited.  The 
plants  grown  in  the  garden  attained  a  greater  size  than  the  potted 
plants  and  one  of  the  j^rincipal  reasons  for  this  difference  was  the 
more  constant  and  abundant  supply  of  soil-water  present  in  the 
garden  environment.  There  was  no  corresponding  influence 
upon  the  size  of  fruit,  as  there  was  no  noticeable  difference  of 
fruit-size  as  a  result  of  the  different  moisture  conditions  under 
which  the  plants  were  grown. 

Soil.  The  quantity  and  quality  of  the  essential  nutritive 
substances  in  the  soil,  as  well  as  the  physical  condition,  influences 
the  size  of  a  plant  and  fruit.  Wanning  says  (b),  "Defective 
nutriment  (that  is  an  inadequate  supply  of  one  or  more  substances) 
may  be  the  cause  of  dwarf -growth  (nanism) ;  this  has  been  demon- 
strated by  many  physiological  investigations."  All  of  the 
potted  plants  in  these  experiments  were  supplied  with  a  soil  as 
perfectly  adapted  as  possible,  both  physically  and  chemically,  to 
the  growth  of  the  tomato.  And  yet,  the  amount  of  available 
plant  nutriment  in  a  five-inch  pot  is  necessarily  somewhat  limited 
while  the  available  nutriment  substances  are  more  abundant  in 
the  garden,  so  that  this  lack  of  nutriment  in  the  pots  together 
with  the  lack  of  perfect  moisture  apparently  caused  the  difference 
in  size  between  the  greenhouse  and  garden-grown  plants.  There 
was  not  enough  difference,  however,  between  the  soil  and  moisture 
conditions  of  the  greenhouse  and  the  garden  to  cause  any  appre- 
ciable change  of  fruit-size. 

Two  experiments  were  tried  to  deteniiine  the  effect  of  different 
kinds  of  soil  conditions  upon  the  size  of  plant  and  fruit. 

The  first  experiment  was  pcrfomied  in  order  to  show  the  effect 
of  the  garden  conditions  upon  the  size  of  plant  as  compared  with 
the  effect  of  the  greenhouse  environment  upon  the  size  of  the 
same  plant.  In  the  garden  the  soil  contained  more  available 
nutriment  and  moisture  than  were  present  in  the  pots.  A  number 
of  plants  of  the  F-1  generation  (17-12-2)  were  grown  in  the  green- 
house where  they  attained  at  full  maturity  a  height  of  about  2.5 
feet  and  a  diameter  of  1  .."3  feet.  One  of  these  plants  was  afterwards 
removed  to  the  garden  where  it  grew  to  be  3  feet  high  and  covered 

(b)     See  (40)  page  5G. 


482  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

a  circular  space  of  ground  about  10  feet  in  diameter.  Unfor- 
tunately no  fruits  were  weighed  while  the  plant  was  grown  in  the 
greenhouse,  but  any  increase  in  the  size  of  fruit,  as  a  result  of  the 
garden  conditions,  was  so  slight  as  not  to  be  apparent. 

The  second  experiment  was  completed  in  order  to  detennine 
the  effect  of  a  soil  which  contained  very  little  plant  nutriment 
that  was  available,  upon  the  size  of  plant  and  fruit.  Plant  10  of 
the  F-3  generation  (17-12-4)  grew  in  the  greenhouse  to  be  about 
7  feet  tall  and  possessed  an  average  fruit  of  2.22  grams.  A  cut- 
ting of  this  plant  was  grown  in  an  eight-inch  pot  filled  with  pure, 
washed,  desert  sand  which  contained  very  little  plant  nutriment. 
An  inch  layer  of  nomial  pot-soil  was  added  in  the  middle  of  the 
pot  as  it  was  feared  the  scarcity  of  nutriment  would  cause  the 
plant  to  die  before  it  reached  maturit3^  The  light  temperature 
and  moisture  conditions  were  identical  with  both  plant  10  and  the 
cutting.  The  plant  in  the  sand  grew  to  be  only  21  inches  high 
and  its  average  fruit  weight  was  found  to  be  .85  grams.  The  size 
of  plant  and  fruit  were  reduced  75%  and  61%  respectively.  This 
shows  the  effect  of  extreme  lack  of  the  essential  nutritive  sub- 
stances upon  the  size  of  the  plant  and  irmt. 

In  addition  to  the  F-1  plant  grown  in  the  garden,  as  described 
in  the  first  experiment,  a  number  of  other  plants  of  the  parental 
and  hybrid  generations  of  this  currant-pear  cross  has  been  grown 
both  outside  and  inside  the  greenhouse.  Any  effect  upon  the 
fruit,  as  a  result  of  greenhouse  environment,  would  probably  be 
shown  by  a  decrease  in  size.  So  far  as  can  be  ascertained,  however, 
from  all  the  evidence  now  at  hand,  there  was  no  apj^reciable 
difference  in  the  size  of  fruits  as  a  result  of  the  different  environ- 
mental conditions  of  the  greenhouse  and  garden. 

Even  if  there  were  a  small  diminution  in  the  size  of  the  tomato 
fruit  as  a  result  of  being  grown  in  the  greenhouse,  this  change  of 
size  would  affect  all  ]3lants  in  the  same  way  and  in  the  same  pro- 
portion, and,  as  all  the  plants  concerned  in  this  jjroblem  are 
greenhouse  grown,  the  accuracy  of  the  ratio  between  the  sizes  of 
the  parents  and  offsprings,  which  is  the  vital  part  of  the  thesis, 
would  remain  unimpaired. 

The  average  weight  of  the  first  ten  fruits  of  a  plant  was  com- 
pared with  the  average  weight  of  ten  fruits  taken  in  the  latter  part 
of  the  fruit  bearing  ])eriod.  A  number  of  plants  were  examined 
in  this  manner  and  it  was  found  that  the  fruits  which  ri])cned  first 
were  not  larger  than  those  which  ripened  later,  nor  was  any  cor- 
relation discovered  between  the  size  and  time  of  blooming.  The 
relation  between  the  time  of  blooming  and  the  size  of  fruit  on  a 
single  cluster  was  examined  and  considerable  data  collected  but 
no  correlation  was  found  to  exist. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes. 


483 


FLUCTUATING   VARIATIONS. 

Any  quantitative  character  is  subject  to  deviation  from  the 
average  condition.  According  to  the  laws  of  chance  these  devia- 
tions are  sometimes  plus  and  sonietimes  they  are  minus,  as  a 
result  of  which  they  have  been  termed  "fluctuating  variations". 
Quetelet  has  shown  that  all  living  structures  vary  and  are  always 
grouped  about  a  mean.  In  other  words  plus  or  minus  deviations 
of  increasing  magnitude  occur  with  diminishing  frequency  in  such 
a  way  that  a  given  population  will  be  distributed,  in  a  large  part, 
at  or  near  this  mean  or  mode.     Galton  called  attention  to  this 


J 

Nutr.lat   7%..             -                     -       -           -     -   .         .       .     -^ 

Frui{\ 

s                             .    .           _        . 

f^                           -                -Li^                    _in___ 

-Ji-     ^^                 -     .      _      - 

_t      s^               ._..-. 

zt           S.                    ...... 

"    "      X  "                     i           %^              ..             ... 

I             s^    .......     . 

s 

s 

:         _           S-                       -     . 

1        ji 

20                      -M -                                         \               ..            . 

i                                       -S    .     --          _          . 

:.      .     ::                 r             ±          2                           .            _ 

.  _          ...          ±                           I- _  -            --    -- 

i:             X.  --                              %- 

T                       j-          ^^ 

1                                                                                         t                                                                                             4_X 

--            '-                         jr                  s  ::                         jlt 

yf                                                                                                                     2 .                    .                    .  T 

:           ±  ;.     :        3 :        x                    -5_        : 

t      ±                         ^  ^ 

JI               it                                                                    L- 

±               It                                                                    t 

:::"::"      3  :±±                           j_                  " : 

/  it 

:::_..:_-  -±                                S      : 

.  -.          ^     -                                    ^                           .  _ 

/O                                                  tl             ±                                      -        .J.    -                   -    - 

r                                                 J      -                           - 

__  JL                ii                         "^  ^            "            : 

T                                       i                        - 

4                                        ^ 

t                                          --          -       -  - 

T                   t        i                             r                   I 

41                                       ^ 

4           -                                                         S                               - 

<■  .     .      .           1             4:                             .      :^^  .     .            .  _- 

»'                                      _        .       ..                                                         ^                           .         jI 

,  -          X                                            5                  - 

<'                                                           "^                 . 

-  ,''            4I                                   '               ^ 

.._,«:'             j:                                                             ~             ^                 -           _ 

a'                                                                                                        5 

''                 i^                                                                      N 

,                    *• ''                                                                                   '                                                                                                                    '"  ■*  ^ 

'1'»w.«*'    ._       -     , ..._III_.                                                    _                             'a 

ofQrams.                ^                        10                         is-                  go                      US'                   ■SO 

M9  ^ /ttitlmetudl fi¥ctxi<je 

Figure  1 

same  fact  in  another  way  when  he  stated  that  the  offspring  of 
parents  with  plus  or  minus  variations  are  closer  to  the  average 
than  the  parents.  There  are  always  certain  limits  of  fluctuating 
variability  beyond  which  the  deviations  do  not  extend. 

Since  the  fruit  of  the  individual  plants  were  found  to  be  subject 
to  these  fluctuating  variations  in  size,  it  was  considered  necessary 
to  harvest  a  large  number  of  fruits  from  two  typical  plants  in 


484 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 


order  to  determine  both  the  nature  and  degree  of  such  variations. 
From  plant  7  of  the  series  17-12-4  (F-3  generation)  58  fruits  were 
examined.  The  curve  formed  by  these  weights  is  shown  in 
Figure  1.  The  fruit-weights  vary  2.35  grams.  The  mode  is 
shown  to  be  less  than  the  arithmetical  mean  and  therefore  the 
skew  is  negative. 


AMffi 
Grafns. 


Figure  2 


From  plant  14  of  the  .scries  15-11-2 — II-II  (F-2  generation) 
28  fruits  were  harvested  and  the  curve  fonned  by  the  weights  of 
these  fruits  is  shown  in  P'^igurc  2.  The  fruit-weights  vary  1.93 
grams.  As  shown  on  tliis  plate  the  mode  is  a  little  more  than  the 
arithmetical  mean  and  therefore  the  skew  is  slightly  positive. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  485 

The  ideal  plant  fniit-stze  would  have  been  obtained  if  it  had 
been  possible  to  harvest  from  each  plant  1000  fruits  or  more  and 
the  modal  average  taken.  As  this  could  not  be  done,  it  was 
determined  to  select  at  least  ten  representative  fruits  from  a  plant, 
the  arithmetical  average  of  which  would  be  considered  the  average 
fruit-size  for  that  plant.  In  some  cases,  however,  it  was  not 
possible  to  harvest  at  least  ten  fruits  so  that  a  few  plants  are 
represented  by  only  four  or  five  to  nine  recorded  fruits.  In  the 
selection  of  the  fruits  to  be  gathered  the  greatest  degree  of  care 
and  accuracy  was  observed.  One  of  the  largest  and  one  of  the 
smallest  fruits  were  first  taken,  after  which  the  remaining  fruits 
were  selected  as  near  to  the  mode  of  the  fruit  size  as  possible.  It 
is  believed  that  the  deviation  of  the  recorded  fruit-weight  of  any 
plant,  based  on  ten  selected  fruits,  does  not  vary  more  than  plus 
or  minus  .2  gram  from  the  actual  fruit-weight  which  would  have 
been  secured  had  all  the  normal  fruits  of  that  plant  been  harvested. 
But  even  if  the  error  of  plant  fmit-size  were  twice  that  amount  it 
would  not  materially  affect  the  results  of  this  work. 

RESULTS    OBTAINED. 

The  plants  of  the  Yellow  Pear  tomato  (carpellate  parent) 
possessed  the  following  average  fruit-weights: 

2-11-16.      Plant    2  =  19.26   grams. 

"        3  =  17.84 

"        4  =  12.71 

5  =  17.84 

The  average  fruit-weight  of  this  parent  pure  line  is  10.91  grams. 

The  variability  of  the  average  fruit-sizes  of  the  plants  of  the 
Red  Currant  tomato  (staminate  parent)  is  very  slight  and  fruits 
from  only  two  plants  were  weighed.  The  following  average  fruit- 
weights  were  obtained  from  these  plants : 

7-11-2.        Plant    1   =       .66   gram. 
"  "         2   =       .62       " 

The  average  fruit-weight  of  this  parent  pure  line  is  .64  gram. 

The  F-1  hybrid  generation  of  this  cross  was  found  to  be  inter- 
mediate in  size.  The  plants  possessed  the  following  average 
fruit- weights : 

17-12-2.      Plant     1  =   1.90     grams. 

"         2  =  2.48 

"  "         3  =   2.22  " 

"         4  =  3.46 

5  =  3.76 

The  F-1  generation  average  is  2.76  grams.  The  geometrical 
mean  between  the  weights  of  the  parents  is  3.28  grams  which  is 
only  .52  gram  more  than  the  actual  arithmetical  mean  of  the 
fruit-weights.     It  is   to  be  also  noted  that   two  F-1   fruits  are 


486  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

heavier  than  li.'IS  grams  while  three  fruits  are  lighter.  There  is 
thus  a  remarkable  agreement  between  the  geometrical  mean  and 
the  actual  generation  fruit  average. 

There  were  four  distinct  series  of  F-2  plants  grown.  Each 
series  was  derived  from  a  separate  parent  F-1  plant  or  fruit.  The 
following  table  shows  the  average  fruit-weights  of  the  plants  of 
the  F-2  series  15-11-2— II-I: 


15-11-2— II-I. 

Plant 

1 

= 

2.56 

grams. 

u 

u 

2 

^ 

2.48 

u 

u 

u 

4 

= 

3.06 

u 

u 

u 

5 

= 

1.49 

u 

u 

u 

7 

= 

1.48 

u 

a 

u 

8 

= 

2.28 

u 

a 

u 

9 

= 

1.86 

a 

u 

u 

10 

= 

3.18 

a 

u 

a 

11 

= 

4.16 

u 

a 

(I 

12 

= 

2..55 

u 

The  average  weight  of  fruit  for  the  above  series  is  2.54  grams. 
The  series  15-11-2 — II-II,  was  composed  of  F-2  plants  which 
gave  the  following  average  weights  of  fruits : 


15-11-2— II-II. 

Plant 

1 

= 

1.43 

grams 

u 

u 

3 

= 

1.99 

it 

u 

u 

4 

= 

1.89 

u 

u 

u 

5 

= 

1.94 

u 

a 

u 

6 

= 

3.42 

u 

a 

a 

7 

^ 

1.53 

u 

u 

a 

8 

= 

1.56 

u 

u 

u 

9 

= 

3.34 

u 

u 

a 

10 

= 

3.80 

a 

a 

it 

11 

= 

2.00 

u 

u 

u 

12 

= 

1.69 

u 

a 

a 

14 

= 

2.69 

u 

u 

ti 

15 

= 

2.42 

u 

u 

u 

17 

= 

2.60 

u 

u 

u 

18 

= 

2.25 

u 

u 

a 

19 

= 

2.61 

u 

u 

a 

20 

= 

1.33 

u 

ii 

a 

21 

= 

2.87 

a 

The  average  weight  of  fruit  of  this  series  is  2.29  grams. 
The  following  table  shows  the  average  fruit-weights  of  plants 
of  the  F-2  series  15-11-2—5-1: 


1-11-2—5-1. 

Plant 

1 

= 

3.39 

grams 

a 

li 

2 

= 

2.36 

it 

« 

a 

3 

= 

3.30 

n 

u 

u 

4 

= 

2.11 

it 

« 

u 

6 

= 

2.67 

a 

« 

u 

7 

= 

2.86 

it 

« 

a 

8 

= 

3.83 

u 

u 

ti 

9 

= 

1.36 

u 

u 

it 

10 

^ 

2.36 

it 

u 

ti 

11 

= 

1.87 

it 

a 

u 

12 

= 

1.88 

it 

The  average  weight  of  fruits  of  this  series  is  2.54  grams. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  487 

The  fruits  of  the  F-2  series  15-11-2  gave  the  followino:  average 


ights  of  fruits: 

I0-II-2. 

Plant 

1    =  2.36   grams 

u 

" 

3   =   1.76 

u 

a 

5  =  3.60 

u 

u 

6  =  2.16 

il 

u 

7   =  3.00 

The  average  weight  of  fruits  of  this  series  is  2.58  grams. 

These  four  series  of  F-2  generation  hybrids  give  a  total  of  44 
F-2  plants  whose  average  fruit-weights  vary  from  1.33  grams  to 
4. 10  grams.  The  lightest  fruit  possessed  a  weight  of  .38  gram 
while  the  heaviest  fruit  weighed  5.63  grams.  The  variability  of 
the  F-2  fruits  was  greater  than  that  of  the  F-1  fruits.  The  aver- 
age fruit-size  of  the  F-2  generation  plants  agrees  fairly  well  with 
the  average  of  the  fruit-size  of  the  parent  F-1  generation.  Dis- 
tinct segregation  of  size  characters  was  noted  in  the  F-2  fruits. 

The  following  table  shows  the  average  fruit-weights  of  the 
plants  of  the  F-3  generation  (17-12-4): 

17-12-4.      Plant 


1 

= 

3.25 

grams 

4 

^ 

2.40 

5 

= 

2.42 

6 

= 

3.06 

7 

= 

1.50 

8 

= 

3.46 

9 

= 

2.62 

u 

10 

= 

2.22 

a 

In  this  generation  segregation  of  size  characters  of  fruit  was 
observed.  The  average  weight  of  fruit  for  this  generation  was 
found  to  be  2.62  grams.  The  variability  and  generation  average 
are  practically  the  same  as  in  the  F-2  fruits. 

From  plant  10  of  the  F-3  series  came  the  seeds  which  produced 
the  plants  of  the  F-4  generation  (43-14-2).  This  generation  was 
grown  in  the  garden.  The  average  fruit  weights  of  the  different 
plants  are  as  follows: 


43-14-2. 

Plant 

1 

= 

2.30 

grams. 

u 

u 

2 

= 

2.73 

a 

u 

u 

3 

^ 

1.94 

a 

u 

u 

4 

= 

1.95 

u 

u 

u 

5 

= 

1.80 

a 

u 

it 

6 

^ 

1.74 

u 

u 

u 

7 

= 

2.87 

a 

u 

u 

8 

= 

1.56 

u 

u 

u 

9 

= 

2.03 

u 

u 

ii 

10 

:^ 

2.59 

u 

u 

it 

11 

= 

2.85 

u 

Segregation  of  size  characters  of  fruit  occurred  in  this  F-4 
generation.  Both  variability  and  the  average  size  of  fruit  of  the 
generation  are  somewhat  less  than  in  the  F-3  fruits. 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXII. 


o 

as 


■7. 


CD 
-*-t 

'  V* 

CD 
G 

l-H 


o- 
>< 

Oh 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  489 

The  average  weight  of  fruit  the  F-3  parent,  plant  10,  is  2.22 
grams  while  the  F-4  generation  possessed  an  average  fruit-weight 
of  2.215  grams — a  remarkable  similarity  between  weight  of  parent 
fruit  and  the  average  weight  of  fruit  of  offspring.  It  is  further 
to  be  noted  that  six  fruits  are  lighter  and  five  fruits  are  heavier 
than  2.22  grams,  so  that  there  is  as  equal  a  variation  as  fruit-size 
as  possible  in  the  offspring  on  each  side  of  this  parental  fruit- 
weight.  This  relation  between  parent  and  offspring  is  graphically 
shown  on  Plate  XXII. 

Over  700  fruits  were  harvested  from  74  plants  in  this  series  of 
experiments.  This  data  is  summed  up  and  the  relationship 
between  the  parental  and  hybrid  fruit-weights  is  shown  on 
Plate  XXII. 

INTERPRETATION    OF    RESULTS. 

When  the  results,  which  were  obtained,  are  interpreted  it 
should  be  clearly  kept  in  mind  that  the  recorded  weights  represent 
the  average  fruit-weight  of  a  single  plant  and  not  the  weight  of  a 
single  fruit.  In  practically  all  of  the  known  experiments  along 
this  line  the  individual  fruit-weights  have  been  used  as  a  basis  for 
study  and  these  weights  have  been  shown  in  the  tables  of  results. 
There  is  no  evidence  to  show,  in  a  number  of  experiments,  at  least, 
that  any  special  care  was  observed  in  the  selection  of  fruits,  which 
seemed  to  be  taken  at  random  from  a  hybrid  generation  or  a  pure 
line  of  plants.  The  fluctuation  in  size  of  fruit  on  each  plant;  the 
difference  in  the  number  of  fruits  produced  on  each  plant ;  and  the 
variation  in  the  length  of  the  fruit-bearing  period  render  the 
results  secured  by  such  harvesting  liable  to  considerable  error. 
On  the  other  hand,  when  an  accurate  record  is  kept  of  each  fruit 
and  the  average  fruit-weight  of  each  plant,  more  accurate  results 
(especially  the  generation  average  based  on  the  fruit-weight  of 
the  plants)  are  bound  to  be  obtained. 

There  are  only  a  few  recorded  experiments  which  deal  com- 
prehensively with  the  subject  of  the  inheritance  of  size  of  fruit  in 
the  F-1  generation.  This  scarcity  of  data,  taken  together  with 
its  complexity,  render  the  correct  analysis  of  this  problem  very 
difflcult.  Especially  has  there  been  a  great  deal  of  discussion 
among  scientific  men  as  to  whether  the  F-1  fruit-sizes  approach 
more  nearly  to  the  geometrical  or  to  the  arithmetical  mean  between 
the  parent  sizes. 

Groth,  basing  his  statement  upon  linear  dimensions,  reports 
that  the  size  of  the  F-1  tomato  fruits  is  the  geometric  means 
between  the  parents.  In  this  view  he  is  supported  by  Bruce  who 
had  previously  obtained  like  results  with  tomatoes.  The  data 
presented  in  this  paper  also  shows  that  the  F-1  fruits  of  the 
tomato  (currant-pear  cross)  are  the  geometric  means  between  the 
parental  sizes. 


490  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

Emerson  says  (b),  "A  hurried  examination  of  data,  both 
piibHshed  and  unpubHshed,  derived  from  my  own  studies  of  size 
in  beans  and  maize,  indicates  that  the  F-1  sizes  are  nearer  the 
average  than  the  geometric  means  between  the  parent  sizes." 
When  all  of  the  available  data  of  Emerson  is  considered,  a  part  of 
the  F-1  sizes  show  a  near  approach  to  the  geometric  mean  and  a 
part  to  the  average.  He  made  a  cross  between  the  Black  Mexican 
and  Tom  Thumb  varieties  of  corn  and  obtained  an  F-1  hybrid 
whose  weight  was  the  exact  geometric  means  between  the  parent 
weights.  The  breadth  of  the  hybrid  seeds,  however,  show  a 
closer  approach  to  the  arithmetical  than  to  the  geometrical  mean. 

A  very  extensive  series  of  experiments  have  been  conducted 
at  the  New  Jersey  Experiment  Station  upon  the  quantitative 
inheritance  of  characters  in  peppers.  Part  of  the  F-1  sizes 
approach  the  arithmetical  and  part  approach  the  geometrical 
mean  between  the  parents. 

From  the  data  enumerated  above  and  from  the  other  available 
data,  it  appears  that  there  has  not  as  yet  been  a  sufficient  amount 
of  work  done  to  enable  a  definite  statement  to  be  made,  as  to 
whether  the  F-1  fruits  approach  more  nearly  the  arithmetical 
than  the  geometrical  mean  between  the  parental  sizes.  Neither 
is  it  certain  that  all  the  F-1  fruit-sizes  can  be  made  to  approach 
m.ore  nearly  to  one  than  to  the  other  of  these  two  means.  The 
suggestion  came  to  the  mind  of  the  writer  of  this  paper  that  per- 
haps there  was  some  correlation  between  the  relative  difference 
of  parental  fruit-sizes  and  the  approach  of  the  F-1  fruit-size  to 
the  geometrical  or  arithmetical  means  between  these  parents. 
Accordingly  all  available  data  upon  F-1  size  inheritance  was 
studied.  This  examination  seemed  to  indicate  that  when  two 
varieties  are  crossed  which  differ  greatly  in  fruit-size  (the  fruit- 
size  of  one  parent  being  probably  about  two,  three  or  more  times 
the  size  of  fruit  of  the  other  parent),  the  resulting  F-1  fruit-size 
will  be  nearer  to  the  geometrical  than  the  arithmetical  mean;  but 
when  two  parents  similar  in  fruit-size  are  crossed,  the  size  of  fruit 
of  the  F-1  offspring  will  approach  more  nearly  to  the  arithmetical 
than  the  geometrical  mean.  There  are  some  exceptions  to  this 
statement  but  as  a  general  rule  it  was  found  to  be  ti'ue.  This 
statement  has  been  fonnulated  not  because  it  is  well  understood 
but  because  it  may  suggest  principles  of  size  inheritance  which  lie 
deci)cr  than  those  now  known  and  which,  it  is  hoped,  will  be  more 
fulh'  known  in  the  light  of  future  investigations. 

The  inheritance  of  size  of  fruit  in  the  F-2  generation  lias 
received  even  less  study  than  the  inheritance  of  size  in  tlic  F-1 
generation.  Groth  seems  to  have  been  the  only  one  to  attempt 
an   explanation.       He  has  worked   out  a  theoretical  h\-i)othesis, 

{b)     See  (20)  page  57. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  491 

based  on  linear  dimensions,  to  show  complete  segregation  of  size 
characters,  varying  in  the  Mendelian  fashion  from  the  larger  to 
the  smaller  parent.  He  assumes  a  cross  between  two  toinatoes 
with  the  linear  dimensions  4x4x4  and  9x9x9  respectively,  and  gets 
an  F-1  hybrid  which  is  ()x()xG.  He  assumes  factors  for  length, 
width,  breadth  and  shape.  Shape  inodifies  the  dimensional 
factors,  while  each  of  the  three  dimensional  factors  modifies  the 
other  two,  from  which  it  can  be  seen  that  this  is  a  multiple  factor 
hypothesis.  If  all  the  tomato  fruits  were  perfect  spheres,  this 
explanation  would  be  more  tenable;  but,  as  noted  before,  the 
extreme  irregularity  of  shape  causes  any  explanation,  founded  on 
linear  dimensions,  to  be  liable  to  considerable  error. 

The  results  presented  in  this  paper,  showing  apparently  such 
unusual  dominance  of  the  red  currant  size  factors,  cannot  be 
interpreted  by  Groth's  hypothesis.  However,  a  Mendelian 
explanation  has  been  worked  out  which  agrees  fairly  well  with 
the  facts.  This  explanation  is  given  in  the  following  paragraph, 
as  it  seems  to  be  the  best  possible  interpretation  of  these  results 
at  the  present  time. 

As  noted  before,  Nilsson-Ehle  in  his  work  on  tri-hybrid  red 
wheat  found  in  the  second  generation  63  grains  of  varying  redness 
to  one  white  wheat  grain.  From  this  he  reasoned  that  the  red 
grains  possessed  three  independent  color  factors  each  of  which 
was  able  to  give  the  red  color  to  the  wheat.  In  the  F-2  tomato 
generation  44  plants  have  been  grown  and  the  segregation  of  size 
characters  has  been  so  incomplete  as  to  warrant  the  assumption 
of  at  least  four  size  factors.  The  small  size  factors  of  the  red 
currant  seem  to  be  incompletely  dominant  oyer  the  large  size 
factors  of  the  yellow  pear,  because,  when  an  equal  number  of 
large  and  small  size  factors  are  present,  as  in  the  F-1  generation, 
the  geometrical  mean  between  the  parents  is  realized.  As  the 
number  of  small  size  factors  increases  or  decreases  from  the  number 
present  in  the  F-1  generation  so  will  the  weight  of  the  resulting 
fruit  vary  more  or  less  from  the  geometrical  mean.  This  varia- 
tion will  not  be  large,  as  the  small  size  factors,  however  few,  are 
incompletely  dominant  over  any  number  of  large  size  factors. 
There  should  be  occasional  returns  to  both  parent  sizes,  the 
frequency  depending  upon  the  number  of  factors  concerned.  If, 
with  further  experiments,  no  such  original  joarental  size  is  ever 
attained,  there  is  evidently  more  than  multiple  factors  involved. 

SUMMARY. 

1.  A  more  accurate  representation  of  the  .size  of  tomato 
fruits  can  be  obtained  from  their  weights  than  from  their  linear 
dimensions. 

2.  The  size  of  fruit  of  the  F-1  generation  of  the  currant-pear 
cross  is  the  geometrical  mean  between  the  parental  sizes. 


492  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 

3.  From  an  examination  of  all  available  data  upon  the 
inheritance  of  fruit-size  in  the  F-1  generation,  it  appears  that, 
when  two  varieties  are  crossed  which  differ  widely  in  fruit-size 
(the  size  of  fruit  of  one  parent  being  probably  about  two,  three  or 
more  times  the  size  of  fruit  of  the  other  parent),  the  F-1  fruit-size 
will  be  nearer  to  the  geometrical  than  the  arithmetical  mean;  but, 
when  two  parents  similar  in  fruit-size  are  crossed,  the  size  of  fnu'ts 
of  the  offspring  will  approach  more  nearly  to  the  arithmetical 
than  to  the  geometrical  mean. 

4.  The  average  fruit-size  of  the  F-2  generation  does  not 
exceed  and  is  even  slightly  less  than  the  average  fruit-size  of  the 
F-1  generation.  The  segregation  of  size  factors  and  the  incomplete 
dominance  of  the  small  size  factors  of  the  red  cuiTant  parent  may 
be  explained  by  the  assumption  of  at  least  four  size  factors.  If 
no  parental  sizes  can  be  ever  obtained,  there  may  be  more  than 
multiple  factors  involved. 

5.  The  fruits  of  the  F-2  and  F-3  generations  agree  fairly  well 
with  respect  to  variability  and  average  generation  size.  The  F-4 
fruits  show  diminished  variability  and  size. 

6.  This  paper  deals  only  with  the  inheritance  of  size  in  the 
currant-pear  tomato  cross.  Conclusions  as  to  how  far  the  results 
obtained  may  be  applied  to  the  inheritance  of  size  in  crosses 
between  other  species  and  varieties  must  be  left  to  the  accumula- 
tion of  further  data. 

1.     Belling,  John.     Velvet  Beans  crossed  with  Lyon  Beans.     Ann.  Rpt. 
Florida  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  1910:  79-92. 

2 Second  Generation  of  the  Cross  between  Velvet  and 

Lyon  Beans.  Ann.  Rpt.  Florida  Agr.  Exp.  vSta.  1911:  82-103. 
3.     Bruce,  A.  B.     The  Golden  Mean.     Science  N.  S.  40:  59. 

4 Heredite  des  caraters  quantitatifs,  (4  Conf .-int.  Gene- 

tique  Paris  1911  4pp.) 
5.     Castle,  W.  E.     Heredity  in  Relation  to  Evolution  and  Animal  Breed- 
ing.    1911. 

6 Pure  Lines  and  Selection.     Jour.  Hered.  Vol.  5.  1914. 

7 The    Inconstancy    of    Unit    Characters.     Amer.    Nat. 

46:   352-302.     1912. 

8 Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits.     Car.   Inst.   Wash. 

Pub.  114:5-70.     1909. 
9.     CoLLiN.s,  G.  N.     The  Value  of  First  Generation  Hybrids  in  Corn.  Bu. 

P.   Ind.   191.     1910. 
10.     Dk  Vries,  Hugo.     Plant  Breeding.     1907. 

11 The  Principles  of  the  Tlieory  of  Mutation.       Science. 

N.  S.  40:  74-S8.     1914. 
12.     East,    E.    M.     The   Genotype    Hypothesis    and    Hybridization.     Am. 
Nat.  45:  160-174.     1911. 

13 Inheritance  of  Flower  Size  in  Crosses  between  Species 

of  Nicotiana.     Bot.  Gaz.  55.     1913. 
14 A  Mendelian    Interpretation  of  Variation   that   is  Ap- 
parently Continuous.     Am.  Nat.  44:  65-82.     1910. 
15.     East,  E.  M.  and  Hayes,  H.  K.     Inheritance  in  Maize.     Con.  Agr. 
Exp.  Sta.  167. 


April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes.  493 

16.  Emerson,  R.  A.  Inheritance  of  the  Ligule  and  Auricles  of  Corn  Leaves. 
Ann.  Rpt.  Nebraska  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  25:  81-88.     1912. 

17  .    .     Genetic    Correlation    and   Spurious  Allelomorphism  in 

Maize.     Ann.  Rpt.  Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  24:  60-90.     1011. 

18 The   Inheritance  of  a  Recurring  Somatic  Variation  in 

Varigated  Ears  of  Maize.     Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Res.  4.     1913. 

19  ....     Inheritance    of    Sizes    and    Shapes    in    Plants.     Amer. 

Nat.  44:  739-746.     1910. 

20 Multiple  Factors  vs.  "Golden  Mean"  in  Size.  In- 
heritance.    Science  N.  S.  40:  52-59.     1914. 

21.  Emerson,  R.  A.  and  East,  E.  M.     Inheritance  of  Quantitative  Char- 

acters in  Maize.     Neb.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Res.  2.  1913. 

22.  Ghigi,  Aless.\ndro.     Ricerche  di  sistematica  sperimentali  sul  genera 

Gennaeus  wagler.     Bologna  p.  38.    1909. 

23.  Gilbert,  Arthur  W.     A.  Mendelian  Study  of  Tomatoes.     Am.  Breed. 

Assn.  Mag.  7:  169-188.     1912. 

24.  Gord,  M.     Hybrides  binaires  de  premiere  generation  dans  le  genere 

Cistus  et.  caracters  Mendeliens.  C.  R.  Ac.  Sc.  Paris.  C.  L.  p. 
239.     1910. 

26  Groth,  B.  H.  a.  The  "Golden  Mean"  in  the  Inheritance  of  Size. 
Science  N.  S.  39:  581-584.     1914. 

27 The  F-1  Heredity  of  Size,  Shape  and  Number  in  Toma- 
to Fruits.     New  Jersey  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  242.     1912. 

28.  The    F-1    Heredity   of    Size    and    Number   in    Tomato 

Seedlings.     New  Jersey  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  238.     1911. 

29 The    F-1    Heredity   of    Size    and    Number   in   Tomato 

Leaves.     New  Jersey  Agr.  Expo.  239.     1911. 

30.  H.\LSTE.\D,     Bryon    D.     Experiments    with    Peppers.     Thirty-Fourth 

Ann.  Rpt.  New  Jersey  State  Agr.  Sta.    1913. 

31.  H.WES,   H.  K.     Correlation  and  Inheritance  in  Nicotiana  Tobacum. 

Connecticut  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  1913. 

32.  ToH.\NNSEN,  W.     Elemente  der  Exakten  Erblichkeitslehre. 

33. Genotype    Conception    of   Heredity.     Amer.    Nat.    45: 

129-159.     1911. 

34.  Kearney,   T.  H.     Mutation  in  Egyptian  Cotton.  Jour.  Agr.  Res.  2: 

287-302.     1914. 

35.  Little,  C.  G.     A  Possible  Mendelian  Explanation  for  a  Type  of  In- 

heritance Apparently  Non-Mendelian  in  Nature.  Science  N.  S.  40: 
904-906.     1914. 

36.  Lock,  R.  H.     Studies  in  Plant  Breeding  in  the  Tropics.     III.     Experi- 

ments with  Maize.  Ann.  Roy.  Hot.  Gard.  Perademja.     3:  95-184. 

37.  Macdowell,    E.    C.     Multiple    Factors    and    Mendelian    Inheritance. 

Jour.  Exp.  Zool.  16:     177-194.     1914. 

38.  Mumford,  F.  B.     Influence  of  Size  of  Parent  on  Birth  Weight.     Am. 

Breed.  Assn.  Mag.  1:  73-76.    1906. 

39.  Nilsson-Ehle,    H.    Uber   enstchung   scharf    abweichender   Merkmale 

aus    Kreuzung    gleichartiger    Formen    bein    weizen.  Berichte    der 

Deutschen  Botanischen  Gesellschaft  Band.  XXIX.  Heft  2,  1911. 
Marz. 

40.  Phillips,  John  C.     Size  Inheritance  in  Ducks.     Jour.  Exp.  Zool.  12: 

369-380.     1912. 

41.  Price,  H.  L.  and  Drinkard,  A.  W.  Jr.     Inheritance  in  Tomato  Hy- 

brids.    PI.  World  12:  10-18.     1909. 
42 Inheritance    in    Tomato    Hybrids.     Virginia 

Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  177.     1908. 
43.     Punnet,  R.  C.     Mendclism  in  Great  Britain.     Jour.  Hered.     2.     1914. 
44 Inheritance  of  Weight  in  Poultry.     Jour.  Gen.  4:     23-40. 

1914. 


494 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  6, 


EXPLAiNATION  OF  PLATES. 

Plate  XXIII. 

The  different  sizes  of  parent  and  hybrid  fruits  shown  in  this  plate  were 
photographed  July  27,  1914,  and  the  fruits  were  gathered  and  weighed  two 
days  before  that  date.  It  was  not  possible  to  show  all  of  the  different 
sizes  and  shapes  of  fruits  as  all  the  plants  did  not  mature  at  the  same  time. 
One  typical  fruit  was  selected  from  each  plant.  In  addition  to  the  data 
given  below  the  number  of  seeds  of  each  fruit  can  be  frund  in  the  records. 
The  identity  of  the  fruits  is  as  follows: 


NO. 

WEIGHT 

POLAR  LENGTH 

COLOR, 

OF 

FRUIT  TAKEN 

FROM 

IN 

MAX.    DIAMETER, 

SHAPE  AND 

FRUITS. 

GRAMS. 

MIN.  DIAMETER. 

NO.  OF 

LOCULES. 

1 

2-11-16. 

plant  3 

21.04 

41.5x32.5x28.7 

yel., 

plum 

2 

2 

li 

"       5 

20.02 

43.  x31.  x29. 

a 

(1 

2 

3 

a 

"      3 

18.87 

40.6x30.4x28. 

a 

pear. 

2 

4 

a 

"       5 

13.13 

37.2x25.1x24.1 

a 

ii 

2 

5 

a 

"       4 

12.69 

32.1x26.8x24.4 

a 

plum 

2 

6 

max.  17-12-4. 

plant  4 

4.00 

19.7x19.7x18. 

red. 

sph. 

2 

6 

av. 

"       2 

2.43 

16.5x16.5x16. 

u 

(( 

2 

6 

min. 

"       2 

.49 

9.2x        x 

u 

ii 

2 

7 

15-11-2-II-II. 

plant  6 

3.35 

20.  xl8. 1x16.8 

u 

plum 

2 

8 

(1 

"     19 

2.45 

16.2x17.  xl5.7 

<l 

sph. 

2 

9 

a 

"     17 

2.62 

17.8x14.  xl4. 

» 

^ggj 

2 

10 

u 

"     21 

2.80 

17.6x17.1x16.4 

yel. 

sph. 

2 

11 

u 

"     15 

2.06 

15.  xl5.  xl4.8 

red, 

a 

2 

12 

a 

"      4 

2.29 

15.9x14.9x14.3 

ii 

a 

2 

13 

(1 

"      3 

1,91 

15.1x14.1x13.8 

a 

a 

2 

14 

u 

"      7 

1.79 

14.  xl4. 8x14.3 

a 

ii 

2 

15 

u 

"       5 

2.01 

14.7x15.1x14.2 

yel. 

^• 

2 

16 

u 

"     18 

1.26 

15.2x13.8x15.3 

red. 

u 

2 

17 

u 

"     14 

1.61 

14.  xl4.5xl4. 

yel. 

ii 

2 

18 

u  ■ 

"       1 

1.76 

13.9x15.  xl3.9 

ii 

a 

2 

19 

« 

"     11 

1.34 

12.8x13.9x13.1 

ii 

ii 

2 

20 

u 

"     20 

1  41 

13.4x14.3x13.7 

a 

(; 

2 

21 

15-11-2-II-I. 

"     10 

3.37 

17.2x18.2x17.7 

a 

ti 

2 

22 

a 

"       2 

3.22 

18.7x17.6x16.6 

red, 

ii 

2 

23 

u 

"     11 

3.21 

18.7x17.8x17.1 

a 

ti 

2 

24 

u 

"       1 

2.98 

16.9x17.3x16.4 

a 

ti 

2 

25 

a 

"     10 

2.84 

16.4x17.2x16.1 

yel. 

ii 

2 

26 

ti 

"      9 

2,71 

16.6x16.9x16.1 

red, 

ii 

2 

27 

a 

"      8 

2.68 

16.4x16.9x16. 

ii 

ti 

2 

28 

u 

"     12 

2.42 

15.7x16.5x15.4 

a 

a 

2 

29 

u 

"       4 

2.31 

16.5x15.4x15.3 

ii 

ti 

2 

30 

u 

"      7 

2.23 

11.9x16.1x14.6 

a 

(( 

2 

31 

it 

"       5 

1.85 

14.  xl4.6xl3.2 

ii 

ii 

2 

32 

15-11-2. 

plant  5 

4.51 

24.5x18.9x18.1 

ii 

plum 

2 

33 

ii 

"      7 

3.53 

19.  xl8. 7x17.7 

yel. 

sph. 

2 

34 

ii 

"       1 

2.72 

17.  xl6. 8x16.1 

a 

(1 

2 

35 

U 

"      3 

1.47 

17.3x15.9x15.8 

red  J 

a 

2 

36 

u 

"       6 

2.33 

16.8x15.9x15.4 

a 

a 

2 

37 

17-12-4. 

"       1 

2.52 

20.2x15.8x15.4 

ii 

egg. 

2 

38 

« 

"       6 

1.51 

16.1x16.4x16.2 

yel. 

sph. 

2 

39 

u 

"      8 

2.38 

16.4x16.3x15.6 

red. 

it 

2 

40 

u 

"     10 

1.90 

15.  xl4.5xl4. 

a 

a 

2 

41 

<i 

"      7 

1  22 

14.3x13.  xl2.5 

u 

a 

2 

42 

max.     7-11-2. 

"       4 

1,04 

12.  xl2.7xl2. 

1. 

" 

2 

42 

av. 

"      4 

.73 

11.2x11.  xl9.4 

u 

u 

2 

42 

min.         " 

"       4 

.10 

5.2x5.  7x  5.5 

tt 

u 

2 

April,  1915.]         The  Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes. 


495 


Plate  XXIV. 

These  fruits,  harvested  on  September  24,  1914,  were  photographed  on 
the  following  day.  Two  fruits  were  taken  from  each  plant.  In  addition  to 
the  data  given  below,  the  number  of  seeds  of  each  fruit  has  been  recorded. 
The  identity  of  the  fruits  is  as  follows  : 


NO. 

WEIGHT 

POLAR  LENGTH, 

COLOR, 

OF 

FRUIT  TAKEN  FROM 

[ 

IN 

MAX.  DIAMETER, 

SHAPE  AND 

FRUITS. 

GRAMS. 

MIx\.   DIAMETER. 

NO.  OF  LOCULES. 

1 

43-14-2. 

plant 

2 

2.96 

21.4x15.5x15.3 

yel.    egg. 

2 

2 

a 

II 

2 

2.76 

21.  xl5.8xl5. 

II           II 
egg- 

2 

3  . 

u 

II 

2 

2.70 

20.7x15.9x15.5 

"       pear 

3 

4 

u 

K 

2 

2.24 

20.9x15.  xl4.2 

"       pear 

2 

5 

u 

11 

2 

3.02 

21.9x16.6x15.3 

"       egg 

2 

6 

u 

11 

7 

3.08 

18.3x17.5x16.2 

red,    sph. 

2 

7 

II 

II 

7 

3.39 

19.1x18.2x16.3 

II           11 

2 

8 

a 

II 

11 

2.93 

19.3x16.9x16. 

"       plum 

2 

9 

II 

II 

11 

2.93 

20.1x16.8x15.9 

11           11 

2 

10 

II 

11 

10 

2.77 

17.3x16.8x15.5 

yel.    sph. 

2 

11 

II 

II 

10 

2.66 

15.9x17.  xl5.8 

II            II 

3 

12 

II 

11 

9 

2.33 

15.6x15.6x15. 

red 

2 

13 

II 

a 

9 

2.23 

15.5x15.3x14.7 

11           11 

2 

14 

II 

II 

1 

1.33 

14.5x16.1x15.6 

yel. 

3 

15 

II 

II 

1 

2.31 

xl5.8x 

a                ii, 

3 

16 

II 

11 

8 

2.88 

17.8x17.  xl6.7 

red 

3 

17 

II 

II 

8 

1.72 

14.9x13.9x13.5 

u                u 

2 

18 

II 

II 

4 

2.21 

15.  xl5.8xl4.8 

ii                a 

2 

19 

II 

II 

4 

1.95 

14.5x15.  xl4.6 

a                a 

3 

20 

II 

u 

3 

2.23 

15. 7x        xl4.6 

yel. 

2 

21 

II 

II 

3 

2.13 

15.6x15.5x14.7 

ii                       ii 

2 

22 

II 

II 

5 

2.17 

15.1x14.8x14.1 

red 

2 

23 

II 

II 

5 

1.44 

X            X 

It            11 

2 

24 

u 

11 

6 

1.77 

14.8x14.2x13.6 

Ii           11 

2 

25 

II 

11 

6 

1.72 

14.4x14.4x13.3 

11           II 

2 

Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXIII. 


•  0 


4 


5 


6  7       8      9      /d      If     12     13 

14     15     16     n    \Q     19     20  i   2/      22      23 


•  Z4     25~    26     Zl     Z8      29     30    3\ 


32     33 


969  dOeoe  ## 

34     35     36       IT    36     59    ^0    ^1  42 


Perry  on  "Inlieritnnce  of  Size  in  Tomatoes." 


Ohio  Naturalist. 


Plate  XXIV. 


% 


■■'Si 


# 


2,        3         4         5 


•###9f 


O 


7        8        9/0        1^ 


12      /3^      14      /5        |5       17       \^ 
19       20       1\        22       ,23        Z4        25" 


Perry  on  "Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes." 


A  LAND  PLANARIAN  WITH  AN  ABNORMAL  NUMBER 

OF  EYES. 

L.  B.  Walton. 

The  land  planarians  which  are  relatively  common  in  the 
tropical  regions  have  few  representatives  in  the  temperate  zones, 
only  two  species  thus  far  being  known  from  America  north  of 
Mexico,  with  the  exception  of  the  introduced  form,  Placocephalus 
kewense  (Moseley)  occurring  in  the  hot  houses.  These  are  Rhyn- 
chodemns  sylvaticus  (Leidy)  and  Rhynchodemus  atrocyaneus  Wal- 
ton, the  latter  represented  by  only  two  specimens  and  the  fonner 
by  ten  specimens  all  belonging  to  the  collection  of  the  Department 
of  Biology,  Kenyon  College.  It  is  therefore  of  interest  to  record 
a  specimen  belonging  to  the  former  species  which  possesses  two 


Y \^  1.  Rhynchodemtis  sylvaticus  (Leidy).  A  Land  Plaiiaririn  from  Ohio 
with  an  almormal  pair  of  eyes.  A.  Entire  individual  .^lightly  contracted 
(xlO).      B.      Head  showing  relative  .size  of  eyes  (x2o). 

pairs  of  eyes  instead  of  the  normal  single  pair.  The  individual 
was  am.ong  five  collected  July  4,  1904  under  the  i)artially  decayed 
stem  of  a  Virginia  Creeper — Ampelopsis  qi<iiiqi(cJ'olia,  and  the 
peculiarity  was  not  noted  until  sometime  later  when  cleared  in 
cedar  oil  prc])aratory  to  sectioning. 

The  two  pairs  of  eyes  are  nearly  nomial  in  position,  the  anterior 
pair  being  ().2()  mm.  and  the  posterior  pair  0.33  mm.  from  the  tip 
of  the  head  in  the  preserved  specimen  fixed  in  hot  sublimate 
alcohol   (Apathy)  and  sotnewhat  contracted.     The  anterior  pair 

49S 


April,  1915.]  A  Land  PLanarian.  499 

is  nearly  twice  the  diameter  of  the  others.  No  peculiarities  of  this 
nature  have  thus  far  been  noted  among  land  planarians  although 
vonGraff  ('99)  in  his  monograph  briefly  discusses  certain  varia- 
tions in  other  organs. 

It  is  of  interest  to  extend  the  range  of  our  land  planarians  and 
those  engaged  in  work  in  Invertebrate  Zoology  should  be  able  to 
find  them,  particularly  on  summer  mornings  after  a  rain,  under 
partially  decayed  boards  on  lawns,  in  orchards,  etc.,  in  company 
with  young  snails  which  they  superficially  resemble. 

R.  syhaticus  was  collected  by  Leidy  in  1851-58  and  the  material 
evidently  lost.  Since  then  the  writer  has  taken  it  at  Gambler 
and  Urbana,  O.,  and  at  Meadville,  Pa.  It  is  about  10  mm.  long, 
grayish  black  with  two  darker  longitudinal  lines  dorsally.  R. 
atrocyaneus  is  about  20  mm.  long  when  in  a  living  condition,  and 
uniformally  dark  blue  in  color.  It  has  only  been  found  in  Gambler, 
O.  When  collected,  specimens  should  be  killed  almost  immediately 
with  some  hot  ''killing  fluid"  inasmuch  as  they  die  and  disintegrate 
very  quickly.  They  may  however,  be  kept  alive  for  several  hours 
in  a  small  clean  vial  provided  there  is  also  placed  within  a  piece 
of  a  partially  decayed  leaf. 

Gambler,  0. 


KEY  TO   THE    SEEDS  OF   THE   WILD  AND  CULTIVATED 
GENERA  OF  PEAS  AND  BEANS  IN  OHIO. 

Gertrude  Bartlett. 

1.     With  a  prominent  l:)eak-like  micropylar  point;  seeds  angular.     Cicer. 

1.  Not  with  a  beak  like  point.     2. 

2.  Seeds  lenticular,  flat,  biconvex,  with  a  groove  beyond  the  hilum. 

Ervum. 

2.  Seeds  not  true  lens  shaped.     3. 

3.  With  a  prominent  curved  white  pith-like  raphe  between  the  micropyle 

and  the  liiluin.     Dolichos. 

3.  Not  with  a  prominent  pithy  white  raphe.     4. 

4.  Hilum  broad  at  one  end  and  tapering  to  a  point  at  the  other,  surrounded 

by  a  groove  of  darker  color;  short,  kidney-shaped,  more  or  less  angu- 
lar or  irregular.      Vigna. 

4.  Hilum,  regularly  oval  or  linear.     Not  broad  at  one  end  and  narrow  at 

the  other.     5. 

5.  Seeds  tnincate  at  both  ends.     6. 

5.  Seeds  not  truncate  at  both  ends.     7. 

6.  A  narrow  white  line  or  ridge  along  almost  the  entire  hilum;  testa  scurfy. 

Strophostyles. 

6.  Hilum  of  the  same  color  as  the  seed;  testa  smooth.     Glycine. 

7.  Two  point-like  or  lip-like  projections  beyond  the  hilum  separated  by 

a  groove.     Phaseolns. 

7.  Not  having  point-like  projections  beyond  the  hilum.     8. 

8.  Spherical,  or  ellipsoidal,  the  sides  not  flattened.     9. 

8.  Flattened  on  the  sides,  rounded  at  the  ends.     10. 

9.  Veining  of  the  testa  prominent  unless  dark  colored,  often  more  or  less 

bean-shaped  or  elongated,  usually  more  than  J^  in.  long.     Soja. 
9.     Veining  not  prominent,  generally  spherical.     11. 
10.     Hilum  one-fifth  of  the  circumference.      Vicia. 

10.  Hilum  much  less  than  one- fifth  of  the  circumference.     Falcata. 

11.  Color  white,  yellow,  green  or  gray;  hilum  the  color  of  the  testa;  usually 

over  }4:  ii^-  i^i  diameter.     Pisiim. 
11.     Brown  to  black;  hilum  having  a  conspicuous  ridge,  or  indentation. 

Vicia  and  Phaseolus. 


Date  of  Publication,  April  17,  1915. 


500 


The  Ohio  ^JSCaturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State   University. 
Volume  XV.  MAY,   1915.  No.  7. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

OsBORN  AND  DRAKE— Additions  and  Notes  on  the  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  of  Ohio —  501 

ScHAFFNER— The  Chromosome  Mechanism  as  a  Basis  for  Mendelian  Phenomena 509 

ScHROYER — Buried  Stream  Channels  at  the  Base  of  the  Pennsylvanian  System  in 

Southeastern  Ohio  519 

Drake — Meeting  of  the  Biological  Club 523 


ADDITIONS  AND  NOTES  ON  THE  HEMIPTERA- 
HETEROPTERA  OF  OHIO.* 

Herbert  Osborn  and  Carl  J.  Drake. 

Some  years  have  passed  since  the  last  record  of  additions  to 
the  Hemipterous  fauna  of  Ohio  was  made,  and  in  the  meantime 
a  number  of  additional  species  have  been  noted.  It  seems  de- 
sirable to  place  on  record  the  occurence  of  these  species  at  this 
time. 

A  number  of  these  species  were  collected  by  the  senior  writer, 
but  in  recent  years  his  attention  has  been  directed  particularly 
to  the  Homoptera.  About  two  years  ago,  the  junior  author  began 
a  survey  of  the  aquatic  and  semi-aquatic  Heteroptera  of  the  state 
and,  incidentally,  he  has  noted  many  other  observations  on  Heter- 
optera which  are  embodied  in  this  paper. 

The  papersf  in  which  previous  records  were  made  have  ap- 
peared in  the  Ohio  Naturalist,  except  for  the  first  contribution 

*  Contributi on  f rem  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Ohio 
State  University.     No.  39. 

fRemarks  on  the  Hemipterous  Fauna  of  Ohio  with  a  Preliminary  Record 
of  the  Species  (Proc.  O.  Acad.  Sci.  pp.  60-79,  1900). 

A  list  of  Hemiptera  Collected  in  the  Vicinity  of  Bellaire,  Ohio.  (Ohio 
Nat.,  Vol.  I,  pp.  11-12,  1900). 

Note  on  Aradus  ornatus  Say.     (Ohio  Nat.  Vol.  IV,  p.  22,  1903). 

Aradidae  of  Ohio.     (Ohio  Nat.,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  36-42,  1903). 

New  Species  of  Ohio  Fulgoridae.     (Ibid.  pp.  44-46,  1903). 

A  Further  Contribution  to  the  Hemipterous  Fauna  of  Ohio.  (Ohio 
Nat.,  Vol.  IV,  pp.  99-103,  1904). 

Report  of  Progress  on  Study  of  the  Hemiptera  of  Ohio  and  Descriptions 
of  New  Species.     (Ohio  Nat.,  Vol.  V,  pp.  273-276,  1905.) 

501 


502  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

and,  therefore,  are  accessible  to  members  of  the  Ohio  Academy 
of  Science. 

It  may  be  noted  that  the  senior  author  has  been  responsible 
for  many  of  the  identifications;  the  observations  on  life  histories 
are  to  be  credited  particularly  to  the  junior  author. 

Family  NoxoNECTiDiE, 

Buenoa  platycnemis  Fieber. 

Numerous  specimens,  taken  at  Columbus,  Franklin  Co.,  by 
the  junior  writer. 

Notonecta  insulata  Kirby. 

Several  specimens,  taken  at  Berea,  Cuyahoga  Co.,  by  the 
junior  writer. 

Notonecta  variabilis  Fieber. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  the  Ohio  State  Fair  grounds  in  Colum- 
bus by  the  junior  writer. 

Family  Nepid^. 

Ranatra  kirkaldyi  Bueno. 

One  specimen,  taken  by  Prof.  Sanders  at  Columbus? 

Family  Saldid^. 

Salda  coriacea  Uhler. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Oxford,  Butler  Co.,  by  Prof.  W.  H. 
Shideler. 

Salda  sp. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Cedar  Point  by  the  senior  writer. 

Family  Reduviid^. 

Arilus  cristatus  Linnaeus. 

Numerous  specimens;  taken  at  Sugar  Grove,  Fairfield  Co.,  by 
Prof.  Barrows;  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler;  at  Columbus  by  Mr. 
L.  A.  Gephart. 

Apiomerus  crassipes  Fabricius. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  West  Union,  Adams  Co.,  by  Mr.  W. 
Harbage. 

Sirthenea  carinata  Fabricius. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Athens,  Athens  Co.,  by  Mr.  C.  M. 
Ochs,  and  at  Buckeye  Lake,  Licking  Co.,  by  Mr.  F.  Cowles. 

Melanolestes  abdominalis  Her.-Schfr. 

One  specimen,  taken  by  the  junior  writer  at  Columbus. 


May,  1915.]  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  of  Ohio.  503 

Family  Gerrid^. 

Gerris  canaliculatus  Say, 

One  macropterous  specimen,  taken  by  the  junior  writer, 
October  15,  1913,  on  the  Olentangy  River  (Ohio  State  University 
Farm.) 

Gerris  conformis  Uhler. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Ironton,  Lawrence  Co.,  by  Mr.  R. 
C.  Osbuni;  numerous  specimens,  collected  by  the  junior  writer 
at  Berea,  Olmsted  Falls,  and  Columbus.  This  is  a  lacustrine  as 
well  as  a  fluviatile  species.  In  the  localities  cited,  several  nymphs 
and  adults  were  taken  at  various  times  during  the  past  summer 
on  ponds,  small  lakes,  and  streams.  During  the  winter,  they 
hibernate  as  adults  and  begin  to  copulate  in  early  spring.  The 
ova  are  deposited  on  material  just  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water. 
In  an  aquarium,  they  were  laid  on  floating  cork  just  beneath  the 
surface  film  and  fastened  with  a  viscous  substance  which  is  water- 
proof. These  eggs  began  hatching  in  eleven  days  and  the  first 
adults  appeared  thirty-four  days  later,  several  requiring  a  few 
days  longer  to  complete  their  metamorphosis.  There  are  proba- 
bly several  generations  during  the  summer,  as  nymphs  and  adults 
were  taken  on  these  same  bodies  of  water  during  the  latter  part 
of  the  season.  All  specimens  reared  and  collected  were  macrop- 
terous. 

Limnogonus  hesione  Kirkaldy. 

This  tropical  species  is  a  noteworthy  addition  to  our  fauna. 
It  has  been  recorded  from  Florida  and  Darien,  Panama  by  Kirk- 
aldy (Entomologist,  1902,  p.  137). 

One  macropterous  cT ,  taken  during  the  past  summer  at  Gallon, 
Crawford  Co.,  by  Mr.  G.  K.  Rule;  immense  numbers  of  apterous 
cf  and  9  ,  collected  by  the  junior  writer  at  Buckeye  Lake,  and  at 
Minerva  Park  north  of  Columbus  during  September  and  October 
1913,  also  at  the  latter  locality  and  at  the  Ohio  State  Fair  Ground 
in  Columbus  during  September  and  October  1914.  At  these  various 
times,  numerous  specimens  were  found  copulating.  Last  October, 
several  cf  and  9  were  placed  in  an  aquarium;  in  a  few  days  eggs 
were  deposited  on  floating  cork  just  beneath  the  surface  of  the 
water.  The  males  died  a  few  days  after  coition,  and  the  females 
a  few  days  after  the  ova  were  deposited.  Many  of  the  individuals 
remained  almost  constantly  in  coitu  for  several  days.  As  the 
ova  and  no  adults  could  be  found  in  early  spring,  the  winter  is 
probably  spent  entirely  in  the  egg  stage,  while,  later  on  and  during 
the  latter  part  of  the  summer,  immense  numbers  were  found  on 
these  same  bodies  of  water.  The  eggs  are  slightly  enlarged  at  one 
end  and  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide.  They  vary  in  length 
from  one  to  one  and  one-third  of  a  millimeter,  and  are  of  a  dirty 
greenish-yellow  color  which  becomes  somewhat  darker  with  age. 


504 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 


As  the  n^^mph  emerges,  the  chorion  is  split  longitudinally,  the 
rupture  extending  a  little  over  one-half  of  its  length  to  well  over 
the  larger  end.  About  fifty  days  after  hatching  the  adult  stage 
is  reached,  five  ecdyses  having  taken  place.  So  far  as  our  obser- 
vations have  gone,  it  seems  to  be  distinctly  a  lacustrine  species, 
and  found  almost  entirely  in  the  apterous  fonn.  They  are  very 
active  little  creatures  and  congregate  in  immense  numbers  near 
the  shore  in  sheltered  places.     They  are  predaceous.     Their  food 


Fig.  1.      9  Limnogonus  hesione  Kirk. 
(From  drawing  by  J.  D.  Smith.) 

consists  of  small  insects  that  fall  into  the  water.  In  case  there 
there  are  no  living  victims,  they  do  not  disdain  food  that  has  been 
dead  for  some  time,  and  are  often  seen  feeding  on  decaying  in- 
sects.    (Id.  by  Mr.  J.  R.  de  la  Torre  Bueno.) 

Metrobates  hesperius  Uhler. 

Immense  numbers,  taken  at  Berea,  at  Olmsted  Falls,  and  at 
Columbus  by  the  junior  writer. 

Mesovelia  mulsanti  F,  B.  White. 

One  nymph,  taken  at  Sandusky  by  the  senior  writer. 


May,  1915.]  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  of  Ohio.  505 

Family  Capsid^. 

Ceratocapsus  pumila  Uhler. 

Taken  at  Cedar  Point  by  the  senior  writer. 

Resthenia  insitiva  Say. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Columbus  by  Mr.  Vernon  Haber. 

Resthenia  confraterna  Uhler. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Columbus  by  the  junior  writer. 

Adelphocoris  superbus  Uhler. 

Taken  at  Sandusky,  Erie  Co.,  and  at  Lakeside,  Ottawa  Co., 
by  the  senior  writer. 

Lygus  vitticollis  Renter. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Sandusky  by  the  senior  writer. 

Coquilletia  mimetica  Osborn. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler  and  at 
Columbus  by  the  junior  writer. 

Paraxenetus  guttulatus  Uhler. 

Several  specimens,  taken  at  Cedar  Point  by  Mr.  DeLong. 

Phytocoris  tibialis  Renter. 

Taken  at  Cedar  Point  by  the  senior  writer. 

Poeciloscytus  americanus  Renter. 

Two  specimens,  collected  at  Berea  b}^  the  junior  writer. 

Poecilocapsus  marginatus  Walker. 

Numerous  specimens,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler;  at 
Ironton,  and  at  Vinton,  Gallia  Co.  (Osburn  and  Hine);  by  the 
senior  writer  at  Columbus  and  Sandusky, 

Family  Aradid^. 

Aradus  quadrilineatus  Walker. 

Two  specimens,  taken  by  Mr.  R.  J.  Sim  in  Ashtabula  Co.,  and 
by  the  senior  writer  at  Columbus. 

Aradus  falleni  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler. 

Aneurus  inconstans  Uhler. 

Several  specimens,  taken  by  Prof.  Shideler  at  Oxford  and  in 
Ashtabula  Co.,  by  Mr.  R.  J.  Sim. 

Aneurus  minutus  Bergroth. 

Taken  at  Cincinnati,  Hamilton  Co.,  by  Mr.  Chas.  Dury. 

Nannium  pusio  Heidemann. 

This  species  was  described  by  Mr.  Heidemann  in  Ent.  Soc. 
Wash.,  Vol.  XI,  p.  189  (Coll.  Mr.  Chas.  Dury,  Cincinnati,  O.). 
The  senior  writer  has  two  specimens  in  his  private  collection  which 
were  taken  by  Mr.  Dury  at  Cincinnati. 


5o6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

Family  Tingitid^. 

Corythuca  marmorata  Uhler. 

Many  specimens,  taken  at  Castalia,  Erie  Co.,  by  Mr.  DeLong, 
while  sweeping  grasses  and  weeds  near  shrubbery. 

Gargaphia  tiliae  Walsh. 

Several  specimens,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler  and  at 
Cedar  Point  by  Mr.  W.  J.  Kostir. 

Tingis  clavata  Stal. 

cf  and  9  ,  collected  at  Castalia  while  sweeping  grass  b}-  Mr. 
DeLong. 

Family  Lygmidm. 

Lygaeus  bicrucis  vSay. 

Several  specimens,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler  and  at 
Columbus  by  Mr.  H.  D.  Chase. 

Heraeus  plebejus  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  by  the  senior  writer  at  Columbus. 

Family  Correid^. 

Aufeius  impressicoUis  Stal. 

Large  numbers,  taken  at  Columbus  by  the  junior  writer  while 
sweeping  grasses  on  the  University  farm.  This  seems  to  be  the 
first  record  of  its  occurrence  east  of  the  Mississippi  river.  In 
the  private  collection  of  the  senior  writer,  there  is  a  good  series 
of  specimens  from  Nebraska,  South  Dakota  and  Colorado. 

This  species  varies  in  color  and  a  little  in  size.  Most  of  the 
specimens  taken  here  are  a  little  larger,  and,  as  a  rule,  are  of  a 
darker  color.  There  is  a  gradation  in  color  and  size  until  some  of 
the  specimens  agree  with  the  ones  from  the  other  localities  while 
all  agree  in  structure. 

Anasa  armigera  Say. 

Many  specimens,  taken  at  Columbus  by  Mr.  Haber;  at  Sugar 
Grove  by  Prof.  Sanders;  at  Chilhcothe,  Ross  Co.,  by  Mr.  E.  G. 
Heinzelman;  and  at  Greenville,  Darke  Co.,  by  Mr.  Griff  Eidson. 

Catorhintha  mendica  Stal. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Columbus  and  at  Cedar  Point  by 
the  junior  writer. 

Leptocoris  trivittatus  Say. 

The  season  of  1913  ^vitnessed  a  rather  widespread  occurrence 
of  the  box  elder  bug  in  the  western  part  of  the  state,  and,  altho 
this  is  the  first  appearance  of  the  species  in  the  state,  it  seems  to 
deserve  a  definite  record  and  the  attention  of  entomologists  in 
adjoining  states.  The  species  is  known  to  have  migrated  cast- 
ward  thru  Kansas,  Iowa,  and  Illinois  but,  so  far  as  we  are  aware 
no  records  for  the  species  have  been  made  for  Indiana  or  Ohio' 
Within  the  last  few  years  the  species  has  evidently  gained  con' 


May,  1915.] 


Hemiptera-Heteroptera  of  Ohio. 


507 


siderable  extension;  its  occurrence  during  the  summer  cited  in- 
cluded localities  all  the  way  from  the  northern  to  the  southern 
portion  of  the  state  and  eastward  to  far  past  the  central  portion. 

The  localities  indicated  on  the  map  will  show  the  distribution 
of  the  species  in  the  state.  Many  of  these  records  were  secured 
thru  the  Ohio  Experiment  Station,  the  Extension  Department  of 
Ohio  State  University,  and  members  of  the  Department  of  Zoology 
and  Entomology  of  the  University.  Thni  these  sources  specimens 
have  been  received  and  identified  from  the  following  localities: 


OHIO 


Fig.  2.     Map  showing  distribution  of  Box  Elder  Bug  in  Ohio,  1913. 


Oxford,  Butler  Co. ;  WilHamsburg,  Clermont  Co. ;  Washington  C. 
H.,  Fayette  Co. ;  Osbom  and  Yellow  Springs,  Greene  Co. ;  Catawba, 
Clark  Co. ;  Ft.  Recovery  and  Celina,  Mercer  Co. ;  West  Liberty, 
Logan  Co.;  Columbus,  Franklin  Co.;  Galena,  Delaware  Co.; 
Montpelier,  Williams  Co. ;  Liberty  Center,  Henry  Co. ;  BowHng 
Green  and  Longley,  Wood  Co. ;  Helena  and  Clyde,  Sandusky  Co. ; 
Chicago  Jc.  and'Norwalk,  Huron  Co.;  Berea,  Cuyahoga  Co.; 
Carrolton,  Carroll  Co. 

The  factors  affecting  the  distribution  within  the  state  are  not 
apparent,  at  least  so  far  as  the  present  records  indicate.  The 
advance  within  the  state  appears  to  be  independent  of  all  railway 
lines;  this  also  seems  substantially  true  of  many  of  the  different 


5o8  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

river  valleys  and  other  topographic  features.  If  only  the  northern 
series  of  records  were  taken  into  consideration,  it  might  be  thought 
to  follow  the  principal  railwa}^  lines  of  this  portion  of  the  state,  but, 
moreover,  several  important  railways  pass  thru  counties  that  are 
not  included  among  these  records.  It  seems  that  the  advance  and 
dissemination  of  the  species  is  due  mainly  to  natural  flight  and  its 
progress  eastward  may  be  expected  to  follow  this  method.  It  will 
be  interesting  to  watch  for  the  eastward  extension  of  its  present 
margin  of  distribution.  During  the  summer  of  1914,  no  records 
for  the  species  were  made  in  the  state ;  if  the  insect  is  present  during 
the  coming  summer,  we  will  be  glad  to  receive  such  records. 

Family  Pentatomid^. 

Banasa  packardi  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Buckeye  Lake  by  Mr.  Cowles. 
Apeteticus  modestus  Dallas. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Hanging  Rock,  Lawrence  Co.,  by  Prof. 
Hine. 
Coenus  delius  Say. 

Many  specimens  of  this  widely  distributed  species  have  been 
collected:  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler;  at  Medina,  Medina  Co., 
and  at  Blendon,  Franklin  Co.,  by  Prof.  Hine;  at  Tiffin,  at  Berea, 
and  at  Columbus  nuinerous  specimens  were  taken  by  the  junior 
writer. 
Euschistus  servus  Say. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Oxford  by  Prof.  Shideler,  and  at 
Sugar  Grove,  Fairfield  Co.,  by  Mr.  Marshall. 

Euschistus  ictericus  Linn. 

Taken  at  Cedar  Point  by  the  senior  writer,  at  Medina  by  Prof. 
Hine,  and  at  Columbus  by  the  junior  writer. 

Elasmucha  lateralis  Say. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Rockbridge,  Hocking  Co.  by  Prof. 
Barrows  and  at  Columbus  by  Mr.  Axtell. 
Dendrocoris  humeralis  Uhler. 

Taken  at  Hanging  Rock  by  Prof.  Hine  and  at  Columbus  by 
the  senior  writer. 

Neottiglossa  undata  Say. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Columbus  by  the  senior  writer. 
Perillus  bioculatus  Fabricius. 

Numerous  specimens,  taken  by  the  junior  writer  at  Berea,  at 
Tiffin,  and  at  Columbus.  At  Tiffin  many  specimens  were  found 
feeding  upon  the  adult  Colorado  potato  beetle. 

Solubea  pugnax  Fabricius. 

This  is  a  southern  species,  taken  at  Hanging  Rock.  Lawrence 
Co.  by  Prof.  Hine  and  at  Columbus  by  Prof.  Barrows. 


THE  CHROMOSOME  MECHANISM  AS  A  BASIS  FOR 
MENDELIAN  PHENOMENA.^ 

John  H.  Schaffner. 

The  farther  investigation  proceeds,  the  more  convincing  be- 
comes the  conviction  that  the  proportional  inheritance  of  char- 
acters of  plants  and  animals  has  its  basis  in  the  chromatin  of 
the  nucleus.  The  remarkable  parallelism  between  the  activities 
of  the  complicated  mechanism  of  nuclear  division  and  the  readily 
predicted  phenomena  of  Mendelian  inheritance  easily  dispels  the 
allurements  of  any  other  hypothesis. 

When  in  1897-  the  writer  showed  the  qualitative  division  of 
the  reduction  or  bivalent  chromosomes  in  the  megasporocyte  of 
Lilium  philadelphicum,  it  was  even  then  clearly  seen  by  a  number 
of  cytologists  that  such  a  division  would  have  an  important  bear- 
ing on  heredity.  At  the  time,  however,  there  was  no  way  of 
determining  in  the  cells  of  the  lily  studied  whether  the  separating 
transverse  halves  of  the  long,  twisted  loops  were  actually  individual 
descendants  of  previous  univalents,  and  Mendelian  principles  and 
laws  were  still  resting  in  the  limbo  of  neglected  scientific  dis- 
coveries. The  theory  of  qualitative  division  was  not  kindly 
received  at  the  time  altho  the  investigation  on  Lilium  philadel- 
phicum showed  not  a  single  important  break  in  the  series  until 
the  complete  segregation  of  the  metakinesis  stage.  The  weight 
of  authority  both  in  cytology  and  genetics  was  against  such  an 
explanation.  My  paper  was  begun  with  the  following  words: — 
"Altho  a  knowledge  of  the  changes  which  take  place  in  the  re- 
duction nuclei  of  plants  and  animals  is  of  the  utmost  importance, 
and  will  not  doubt  aid  more  than  anything  else  in  bringing  about 
a  correct  interpretation  of  the  facts  of  heredity,  comparatively 
little  has  been  done  in  this  field,  and  the  observations  that  have 
been  reported  disagree  widely." 

In  1899,  Paulmier^  reported  a  transverse  or  qualitative  divi- 
sion for  the  first  reduction  karyokinesis  while  the  second  was 
represented  to  be  equational.  These  results  on  Anasa  tristis 
agreed  with  what  I  had  observed  in  Lilium  philadelphicum.  It 
was  one  of  a  very  few  thoro  investigations  of  the  times  unbiased 
by  contrary  current  opinion  on  the  subject.  In  June  1901,  the 
writer  published  his  paper  on  Erythronium  in  which  a  qualitative 

1.  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State 
University,  No.  88. 

2.  Schaffner,  John  H.  The  Division  of  the  Macrospore  Nucleus. 
Bot.  Gaz.  23:  430-452. 

3.  Paulmier,  F.  C.  The  Spermatogenesis  of  Anasa  tristis.  Jour,  of 
Morph.  15:  223-272. 

Schaffner,  J.  H.  A  Contribution  to  the  Life  History  and  Cytology  of 
of  Erythronium.     Bot.  Gaz.  31:  369-387. 

509 


5IO  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

division  in  the  first  reduction  karyokinesis  was  again  reported 
essentially  similar  to  that  described  for  Lilium  philadelphicum. 
At  the  time  this  paper  was  written,  the  writer  still  knew  nothing 
of  Mendelian  heredity.  The  following  statement  was  made  in 
regard  to  the  probable  individuality  of  univalent  chromosomes  in 
the  bivalent  chromosome — "Altho  there  is  no  way  known  to  the 
writer  of  tracing  the  origin  of  the  reduction  chromosome  in  this 
nucleus  to  two  previous  ones,  theoretically  one  might  consider  it  pos- 
sible that  the  reduction  chroinosome  represents  two  nonnal  chromo- 
somes, and  the  closed  loop  the  point  where  the  usual  transverse 
break  should  have  taken  place."  Namely,  when  the  double  num- 
ber of  chromosomes  are  formed  from  the  continuous  spirem. 
"But  such  a  process  would  necessarily  result  in  a  qualitative 
division." 

That  the  bivalent  chromosome  is  actually  made  up  of  a  pair 
of  univalents,  one  from  the  maternal  and  one  from  the  paternal 
side,  was  definitely  shown  to  be  the  case  by  Montgomery* 
in  1904.  Thus  the  general  facts  of  the  reduction  division  had 
been  worked  out  and  there  was  only  needed  a  comparison  of  the 
results  with  the  rediscovered  Mendelian  heredity.  Such  coin- 
parisons  were  of  course,  made  by  many  writers. 

The  cytological  evidence  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 
the  chromosomes  are  self-perpetuating  bodies  which  have  a  defi- 
nite individuality  of  size  and  shape  which  can  be  recognized  in 
many  species.  This  individuality  is  not  lost  or  impaired  when 
the  chromosomes  spread  out  in  the  form  of  a  network  in  the 
resting  nucleus  nor  when  they  join  end  to  end  to  form  a  con- 
tinuous spirem.  The  haploid  number  of  chromosoines  represents 
a  nonnal  complement  or  set,  each  of  which  developes  a  specific 
attraction  and  unites  with  its  corresponding  or  synaptic  mate 
in  the  prophases  of  the  reduction  division  (synapsis  period) 
and  each  pair  is  segregated  according  to  the  law  of  chance  to 
the  two  poles  of  the  spindle.  When  at  a  future  period  gametes 
are  formed  and  fertilization  takes  place,  the  univalents  do  not 
fuse  but  retain  their  separate  existence  during  the  entire  z}'gotic 
stage  of  the  organism.  The  pairing  of  corresponding  univalents 
is  of  fundamental  importance;  for  without  such  a  process  heredi- 
tary ratios  would  be  much  more  complicated  than  what  they 
really  are,  even  tho  the  reduction  division  ])rocccdcd  normally. 
The  chromosomes  representing  synaptic  mates  may  have  absolute- 
ly similar  hereditary  factors  and  thus  be  homozygous  and  the 


4.  Montgomery,  Jk.  T.  H.  vSome  Ob.scrvations  and  Considerations 
upon  the  Maturation  Phenomena  of  the  Germ  Cells.     Biol.  Bull.  6:  137-158. 

See  also  Montgomery:  The  Spermatogenesis  of  Peripatus  (Peripatop- 
sis)  balfouri  up  to  the  Formation  of  the  Spermatid.  Zoolog.  Jahrb.  14: 
1900  and  Montgomery;  Mitosis  in  Amphibia  and  its  General  Significance. 
Biol.  Bull.  4:  259-269,  1902. 


May,  1915.] 


The  Chromosome  Mechanism. 


5" 


race  pure  in  respect  to  all  hereditary  phenomena  resulting  from 
the  activity  of  the  pair,  or  the  pair  may  be  heterozygous  in  which 
case  Mendelian  phenomena  must  result. 

Now  it  will  be  apparent  that  with  a  definite  number  of  chromo- 
somes whose  activities  during  the  life  cycle  are  known  it  can  be 
determined  before  hand  just  what  segregations  and  combinations 
of  hereditary  factors  are  possible.  If  the  chromosomes  are  the 
only  bearers  of  heredity,  there  should  not  be  more  Mendelian 
segregations  of  two  absolute,  heterozygous  hybrids  than  the  per- 
mutations possible  with  the  number  of  chromosomes.  By  an 
absolute,  heterozygous  hybrid  is  meant  one  in  which  all  the  uni- 
valent  chromosomes   have   at   least   one   distinctive   factor.     So 


a 


s 


Fig.  1,  a,  b,  c.  Bivalent  or  reduction  chromosomes  from  a  megasporo- 
cyte  of  Lilium  philadelphicum.  The  two  longitudinal  limbs  of  the  twisted 
loop  represent  two  univalent  chromosomes,  one  maternal  and  one  paternal, 
fused  end  to  end  in  synapsis  and  folded  lengthwise,  the  synaptic  joint  being 
at  the  head  of  the  loop.  Each  univalent  has  already  divided  longitudinally 
into  two  daughter  chromosomes  but  these  are  not  evident  in  the  figures 
which  were  taken  from  a  preparation  stained  with  a  rather  diffuse  stain. 
It  was  this  type  of  chromosome  which  first  lead  the  writer  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  reduction  division  is  a  qualitative  division.  The  true  nature  of 
the  formation  and  division  of  these  chromosomes  can  only  be  determined  by 
studying  the  preceding  and  subsequent  stages. 

far  as  the  writer  knows,  the  possible  segregations  of  distinct  com- 
binations have  never  been  tested  practically.  In  Canna  (as  will 
appear  below)  which  is  said  to  have  but  six  univalent  and  three 
bivalent  chromosomes,  there  would  be  twenty-seven  possible 
varieties  from  two  original  pure  lines  without  considering  possible 
new  characters  which  might  appear  as  the  result  of  the  activity 
of  a  heterozygous  pair.  This  is  perhaps  the  best  plant  on  which 
the  theoretical  expectation  might  be  tested  out.  Unfortunately 
many  of  the  varities  produce  little  or  no  seed.  The  hybridization 
would  have  to  be  carried  on  between  varieties  giving  completely 
fertile  offspring. 


512  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

Now  we  can  make  the  following  possible  hypotheses  in  regard 
to  heredity: 

1.  All  the  hereditary  factors  are  in  the  cytoplasm  and  other 
protoplasmic  structures  outside  of  the  chromosomes. 

2.  Part  of  the  hereditary  factors  are  in  the  chromosomes 
and  part  in  the  protoplasm  outside  of  the  chromosomes,  especially 
in  centrosomes  and  plastids. 

3.  All  the  hereditary  factors  are  resident  in  the  chromosomes. 

The  last  hypothesis  still  seems  to  explain  all  known  hereditary 
phenomena.  It  is  probable,  however,  that  all  protoplasmic 
structures  have  hereditary  factors.  Nevertheless,  we  can  safely 
say  that  all  nomial  Mendelian  heredity  must  have  its  factors  in 
the  chromosomes  alone. 

Now  it  may  easily  be  true  that  certain  hereditary  factors  may 
be  resident  in  all  of  the  chromosomes  of  a  haploid  set,  and  if  the 
synaptic  haploids  also  contained  the  factor,  it  could  not  be  segre- 
gated out  in  reduction.  Fundamental  characters  inay  be  of  this 
nature.  A  loss  of  part  of  the  nucleus  would  not  result  in  a  loss 
of  essential  factors.  The  factor  may  be  in  all  but  one  of  the 
haploid  set,  all  but  two,  etc.,  and  finally  in  but  one  chromosome. 
We  can  conceive  that  new  trivial  or  superficial  factors  commonly 
originate  in  but  one  chromosome  or  in  one  synaptic  pair  and  that 
later  the  property  might  be  acquired  by  other  chromosomes  of 
the  set.  If  only  one  chromosome  contains  the  factor,  the  sim- 
plest kind  of  Mendelian  phenomena  will  result,  in  breeding  distinct 
varities. 

It  is  self  evident  that  each  chromosome  and  probably  each  of 
its  component  organs  contains  many  hereditary  abilities  or  factors. 
If  two  definite  factors,  each  of  which  can  produce  a  distinct 
character,  are  in  the  same  chromosome,  the  factors  and  characters 
must  be  always  linked  until  the  chromosome  breaks  up  abnormally 
into  new  units  or  individuals.  Such,  apparently  chromosome- 
linked  factors  are  well  known. 

Fundamentally,  entirely  independent  of  chromosome  synapsis 
and  segregation  are  the  phenomena  of  dominance  and  reccssive- 
ness.  These  show  a  similarity  to  activity  and  latency  of  factors 
as  observed  in  the  ordinary  growth  and  life  cycle.  These  phenom- 
ena have  nothing  to  do  with  our  chromosome  hypothesis  except 
in  so  far  as  dominant  and  recessive  factors  may  be  shifted  froin 
one  heredity  set  or  combination  to  another.  Dominance  and 
recessiveness  should  come  under  possible  control  like  latency  and 
activity.  Doininance  and  recessiveness  when  compared  to  activ- 
ity and  latency  of  factors  do  not  decidedly  indicate  jjresence  and 
absence.  From  the  standjjoint  of  the  chromosome  hypothesis 
a  recessive  factor  may  be  either  an  absence  or  a  presence.  The 
whole  problem  of  the  influences  which  cause,  modify,  or  prevent 


May,  1915.]  The  Chi'omosome  Mechanism.  513 

the  expression  of  a  character  from  a  specific  factor  is  one  which 
presents  a  marvelous  field  for  investigation  and  experimentation. 
The  influence  of  the  ordinary  ecological  factors  has  been  studied 
to  some  extent  but  not  from  the  exact  standpoint  of  the  systematist 
and  geneticist.  One  need  only  consider  the  remarkable  structures 
developed  in  certain  insect  galls  to  be  impressed  with  the  fact,  that 
specific  characters  can  be  developed  without  any  previous  phylog- 
eny  of  the  character  in  relation  to  the  factor  being  involved.  It 
is  evident  that  the  same  factors  may  give  rise  to  very  diverse  types 
of  characters,  when  their  immediate  environment  is  changed. 
The  influence  of  the  sexual  condition  and  one  factor  or  set  of  fac- 
tors on  another  may  come  under  the  same  general  category  of 
environmental  influences  determining  expression. 

On  the  hypothesis  that  the  chromosomes  contain  the  heredi- 
tary factors,  the  possible  number  of  gametes  and  zygote  combina- 
tions, giving  rise  to  diploid  individuals  is  given  below.  These  results 
must  necessarily  follow  according  to  the  law  of  chance  so  long  as 
the  chromosomes  retain  their  individuality,  pair  as  synaptic  mates 
in  reduction,  and  segregate  and  combine  according  to  the  law  of 
probablity. 

Let  x  =  number  of  chromosomes. 

If  x  =  1  and  2x  =  2 ; 

And  chromosomes    a  ♦  —  ♦  n 

f  eggs 
Then   gametes  <^      or  >    =   a         n 

[  spemis 

Possible  combinations  =  4. 
aa         an         na         nn 

Hereditary  constitutions  =  3 
a2        an        n2 


If  X  =  2     and  2x  =  4 

Chromosomes    a  ♦  - 

-  ♦  n 

b  T    - 

—  to 

f    eggs 
Gametes    <     or 

_  a 

a 

n 

n 

sperms 

b 

0 

b 

0 

Possible  combinations  =  16,  as  follows: 

abab            aoab  nbab            noab 

abao             aoao  nbao             noao 

abnb            aonb  nbnb            nonb 

abno            aono  nbno            nono 


5H 


The  Ohio  Naturalid. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 


Cancel  similar  constitutions  and  there  are  9  combinations  as 
follows : 

a2b2  anbo  n2b2 

a2bo  a202  n2bo 

anb2  ano2  n202 


If  X  =  3and2x  =  6; 

Chromosomes    a  ♦ 

b  t 
c  « 


♦ 
t 

T 


n 
o 

P 


either  male  or 


The  following  types  of  gametes  are  possible, 
female : 

a  a  a  n  a  n 
b  b  o  b  o  b 
c         p        c         c         p        p 

Possible  combinations  =  64 

Cancel  similar  ones  and  there  are  left  27  types  of  chromosome 
constitutions. 


n 
o 
c 


n 
o 

P 


a2b2C2 

ano2C2 

a2b2cp 

ano2cp 

a2boc2 

n2b2C2 

anb2C2 

n2b2cp 

a2bocp 

n2boc2 

anb2cp 

n2bocp 

anboc2 

a202P2 

anbocp 

ano2p2 

a2b2p2 

n2b2p2 

a2bop2 

n2bop2 

anb2p2 

n202C2 

anbop2 

n202Cp 

a202C2 

n202P2 

a202cp 

If  X  =  4  and  2x  ■■ 

=  S; 

Chromosomes 

a  ♦  — 

♦ 

n 

bt  - 

t 

o 

c  ▼ 

T 

P 

d  .  — 

m 

q 

The  following  gametes  are  possible. 

a  a  a  a  n  a  a  a  n  n  n  a  n  n  n  n 
bbbobboobboobooo 
c  c  p  c  c  1)  ])  c  p  c  c  p  p  c  ]3  p 
d  q  d  d  d  q  d  q  d  q  d  q  q  q  d  q 

In  this  case  256  types  of  matings  are  possible  giving  rise  to  SI 
varieties  of  hereditary  constitutions. 


May,  1915.]  The  Chromosome  Mechanism.  515 

If  X  =  5  and  2x  =  10; 

Chromosomes    a  ♦  —  ♦  n 
b  t   — t   o 

c  T  —  T  P 
d  •  —  •  q 
e  ■  —  ■  r 

The  following  gametes  are  possible : 

a  a  a  a  a  n  a  a  a  n  a  a  n  a  n  n 
b  b  b  b  o  b  b  b  o  o  b  o  b  o  b  b 
cccpcccppcpcpccc 
ddqdddqqdddqddqd 


aanannannnannnnn 
oolDobobboooboooo 
p  p  p  c  p  c  p  c  c  p  p  p  c  p  p  p 
qdqqdqqqddqqqdqq 
ererrerrrerrrrer 

From  these  1024  combinations  are  possible,  representing  243 
constitutions. 

If  X  =  6  and  2x  =  12; 

64  kinds  of  male  or  female  gametes  possible, 

4,096  chance  combinations, 

representing  729  hereditary  constitutions. 

If  X  =  7  and  2x  =   14; 

1 28  kinds  of  gametes  possible, 
16,384  combinations, 
representing  2187  constitutions. 

If  x  =  8  and  2x  =  16; 

256  kinds  of  gainetes, 
65,536  combinations, 
representing  6561  constitutions. 

Ifx  =  9and2x  =  18; 

512  kinds  of  gametes  possible, 
262, 144  combinations, 
representing  19,583  constitutions. 

If  X  =  10and2x  =  20; 

1,024  kinds  of  gametes  possible, 
1,048,576  coinbinations, 
representing  58,749  constitutions. 


5i6  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

If  X  =  11  and2x  =  22; 

2,048  kinds  of  gametes  possible, 
4,194,304  combinations, 
representing  176,247  constitutions. 

If  X  =  12  and  2x  =  24; 

4,09(3  kinds  of  male  or  female  gametes  possible, 
16,777,216   combinations, 

representing  528,741  actual  constitutions,  or  over  half  a 
million. 

The  presence  of  an  allosome,  which  may  contain  hereditary 
factors,  complicates  the  results  of  Mendelian  segregation  and 
probably  is  the  cause,  at  least  in  many  cases,  of  sex-hmited  char- 
acters. That  the  factors  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  sex-linked 
becomes  obvious  in  such  a  case  as  color-blindness  in  man.  For 
there  are  both  color-blind  men  and  women,  but  thru  the  reduction 
mechanism  by  which  the  allosomes  are  segregated  and  the  new 
combinations  brought  about  during  fertilization,  thru  the  in- 
fluence of  the  sex  determination  of  the  egg,  it  happens  that  many 
more  males  show  the  color  blind  character  than  females.  If  we 
assume  differential  attraction  between  eggs  and  spenns  and  if 
there  is  an  accessory  chromosome  or  allosome  in  man  and  if  the 
factor  for  color-blindness  is  associated  with  this  chromosome,  then 
it  would  follow  that  a  color  blind  man  mated  with  a  normal 
woman  could  have  no  color-blind  children  because  the  two  types 
of  eggs  would  be  normal  and  the  egg  detennined  as  female  would 
attract  the  spemis  containing  the  allosome  (i.  e.  having  the  color- 
blind factor)  and  this  would  give  but  a  single  dose  which  is  not 
sufficient  to  produce  the  color-blind  character  in  the  female. 
The  egg  determined  with  male  condition  would  attract  only  sperms 
without  the  allosome;  therefore,  all  the  males  would  be  normal, 
but  the  color-blind  female  having  a  double  dose  would  produce 
eggs,  all  of  which,  whether  detennined  as  male  or  female,  would 
have  the  color-blind  factor  in  the  allosome,  and  if  mated  with 
normal,  the  sons  would  all  be  color-blind,  because  a  single  dose 
produces  the  color-blind  character  under  the  influence  of  the 
male  condition.  The  daughters  would  be  nomial  having  only  a 
single  dose,  which  as  stated,  is  not  sufficient  to  develop  the  color- 
blind character  in  the  presence  of  the  female  condition  in  the 
cells  of  the  body.  These  suppositions  agree  with  the  observed 
facts.  It  also  comes  about  that  in  hybridizing  individuals, 
which  may  have  a  specific  factor  in  the  allosome,  different  degrees 
of  the  character  may  be  shown  because  a  double  dose  may  give  a 
greater  degree  of  the  character  than  a  single  dose.     If  the  male 


May,  1915.]  The  Chromosome  Mechanism.  517 

has  one  allosome  and  the  female  two,  the  highest  efficiency  char- 
acter may  appear  to  be  transmitted  only  thru  the  male  simply  be- 
cause the  female  cannot  get  the  double  dose  of  favorable  allosomes 
except  from  a  male.  It  is  probable  also  that  there  are  sex-limited 
characters  whose  factors  are  not  in  the  allosome.  In  such  cases 
the  male  of  female  condition  modifies  the  activity  of  the  factor. 

Besides  the  segregating  results  due  to  normal  cell  divisions  there 
is,  of  course,  the  possibility  of  irregular  segregations  and  the  fusion 
of  parts  of  one  chromosome  with  another.  Irregularities  in  re- 
duction and  vegetative  karyokineses  may  thus  produce  funda- 
mental changes  in  heredity.  Irregularities  may  be  of  three  gen- 
eral types. 

a.  The  chromosomes  may  be  doubled  from  the  previous 
number  of  the  species,  probably  thru  failure  of  a  reduction 
division. 

b.  Increase  or  decrease  of  the  usual  number  may  be  brought 
about  by  some  of  the  chromosomes  being  left  behind  on  the 
spindle,  or  by  the  entire  synaptic  pair  or  the  daughter  halves 
being  pulled  to  one  pole. 

c.  Material  from  one  chromosome  may  possibly  be  trans- 
ferred to  another  when  fused  ends  of  two  univalents  are  pulled 
apart  in  the  reduction  metakinesis  and  material  belonging  to  one 
chromosome  might  also  be  detached  and  drawn  into  another 
during  the  protochromosome  stage  of  reduction. 

The  question  of  the  origin  of  an  hereditary  factor  in  a  chromo- 
some or  the  absolute  loss  of  a  factor  involves  a  consideration  of 
the  mechanism,  and  the  chemical,  physical  and  vital  properties 
of  the  chromosomes  about  which  we  know  little  or  nothing  at  the 
present  time.  But  that  the  chromosome  itself  is  a  mechanism 
apparently  as  complex  in  its  own  way  as  the  nucleus  itself  is 
revealed  by  the  microscope  even  with  present  methods.  What 
further  complications  may  exist  until  the  larger  chemical  units 
are  reached  can  only  be  conjectiu"ed.  There  is  also  a  possibility 
that  the  mosaic  arrangement  of  the  chromosomes  in  the  zygote 
may  influence  the  expression  of  hereditary  factors  and  the  arrange- 
ment and  adjustment  of  chromatin  granules  and  any  other  struc- 
tures present  in  the  linin  plasm  may  have  something  to  do  with 
the  peculiar  hereditary  properties  or  abilities  manifested  by  li^'ing 
matter. 


5i8  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 


SUMMARY. 

The  normal  hereditary  mechanism  then  of  the  chromosomes 
acts  as  follows: 

1.  The  chromosomes  normally  function  as  individuals  and  are 
segregated  as  such  at  each  karyokinesis. 

2.  The  chromosomes  do  not  conjugate  or  fuse,  nor  does  their 
material  mix  in  the  fertilization  stage;  but  each  chromosome  is 
carried  thru  the  zygote  stage  of  the  organism  as  a  definite  indi- 
vidual. 

3.  In  the  reduction  division,  the  chromosomes  show  them- 
selves to  be  definitely  paired;  and  the  2x  number  of  the  zygotic 
individual  represents  two  definite  sets  or  complements  of  chromo- 
somes, each  one  of  the  one  set  having  its  corresponding  synaptic 
mate  in  the  other.  A  specific  attraction  develops  between  each 
pair  of  synaptic  mates  during  the  prophases  of  reduction  resulting 
in  an  end  to  end  fusion  in  pairs  and  a  subsequent  folding  side  by 
side,  so  that  a  bivalent  chromosome  represents  synaptic  univalents 
fused  longitudinally  at  least  in  the  ordinary  elongated  types  of 
chromosomes. 

4.  The  segregation  of  the  univalents  during  reduction  is 
according  to  the  law  of  chance;  therefore,  each  daughter  cell 
receives  a  full  (x)  complement  of  univalents,  some  of  the  set  being 
descendants  of  those  brought  into  the  zygote  by  the  parent  egg 
and  some  by  the  sperm. 

5.  These  processes  are  in  harmony  with  the  observed  phenom- 
ena of  Mendelian  heredity. 


CORRECTION 


The  list  of  Insect   Galls  of  Cedar  Point   (Ohio   Naturalist, 
December,  1914)  is  in  error  as  follows: 

P.  381 — Andricus  futilis  O.  S.  should  doubtless  be  Dryophanta 
papula  Bassett. 

P.    382 — Holcaspis   globulus    Fitch   was   found    on    Quercus 
macrocarpa  instead  of  Q.  imbricaria. 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  L.  H.  Weld  of  Evanston,  111.,  for  these 
corrections. 

Paul  B.  Sears. 


BURIED  STREAM  CHANNELS  AT  THE  BASE  OF  THE  PENN- 
SYLVANIAN  SYSTEM  IN  SOUTHEASTERN  OHIO.^ 


C.  R.  SCHROYER. 


Contents : 


Introduction, 

Description  of  the  contact  at  the  north, 

Description  of  channels, 

Channel  south  of  Logan, 

Channel  south  of  Beyer, 

Evidences  of  a  continuous  system. 

Numerous  and  marked  irregularities  are  present  at  the  top 
of  the  Mississippi  an  strata  in  Ohio.  Professor  C.  F.  Lamb  finds 
the  surface  a  series  of  north-south  ridges  with  alternating  depres- 
sions in  northeastern  Ohio.-  Dr.  J.  J.  Stevenson,  collecting  the 
scattered  evidence  for  a  wider  area  has  interpreted  this  surface  as 
the  effect  of  a  wide  spread  subserial  erosion.^ 

It  seems  worth  while  to  add  some  observations  made  in  south- 
eastern Ohio.  Over  wide  areas  the  contact  is  very  regular;  so 
much  so  that,  were  it  not  for  the  general  difference  of  the  strata 
above  from  that  below,  it  might  be  taken  for  a  bedding  plane. 
Minor  irregularities  do  occur  but  only  by  careful  search  and  com- 
parison of  elevations  can  evidence  be  found  of  a  time  break  as 
long  as  this  one  appears  to  have  been. 

THE  CONTACT  A  LEVEL  PLANE  AT  THE  NORTH. 

The  contact  between  these  two  systems  is  almost  a  level  plane 
from  Newark  to  Logan,  crossing  Licking,  Perry,  and  Fairfield 
Counties.  The  regularity  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  in 
an  east-west  section  of  twenty-two  miles  extending  west  from  White 
Cottage  past  Mt.  Perry,  the  base  of  the  Pennsylvanian  strata 
lowers  420  feet  to  the  east  and  in  the  twenty-two  exposures  studied 
not  a  single  one  shows  a  counter  dip.  Another  section  along  the 
National  Road  from  Amsterdam  on  the  west  to  Gratiot  at  the  east 
shows  a  regular  eastward  inclination  of  about  19  feet  to  the  mile. 
If  this  be  extended  eastward  to  where  the  Waverly  goes  under 
in  the  Licking  River  at  Dillon,  it  gives  a  relief  of  400  feet  in  1S>^ 
miles  or  21.6  feet  to  the  mile.  This  inclination  approaches  the 
reported  dip  of  the  bed  rock. 


1.  Published   by  permission   of   the   Director   of  the   Ohio  Geological 
Survey. 

Partial   abstract    of   the  material   offered   as  a  Master's    thesis  at 
Ohio  State  University. 

2.  lour,  of  Geol.,  Vol.  19,  p.  104,  1911. 

3.  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  of  America.     Papers  in  Vol's.  14,  15,  17,  and  18. 

519 


520 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 


n-stcriON  AT  me: An  or  e,ig  frun 
B'3e:otion  in  hay  hollow    one: 

mile:      NOf^TM. 


/9. 

I   —       -  I*' 


36U 


'  UNCONrORMirr     ^/,^rc/,Co/^lomeraf& 

L.O^ci/->  Forrnafiofi. 

Buff  to   darA  'S/ja/e. 
a/ncf  •sa/Tc/jfo/ie 


B. 


2P 


39' 

Stf/hgerj  of  fine 

^ona'^fbne-    arxJ  ■s/xi/e. 

•3       Qciff  or^i/faceous 
\.  <S£)nd-stone    bec/s. 

^"fossi/  /T=>r/Zon. 
J-'ayfia  lltj    cot/eretf 

arg  / 1  lac  e  o  c/^    »y  <y/7t/- 

t^       Qu  ff  cz-j/Z/aceous 


one/  ja/ic^u  bhch 
^cafter&cJ  oi'er  //k 
covet- ej  vS/oy£>e. 

Cotiafon7sr<jni  <fnc/ 

C-oiferecf 

—  ■^^ 

Er/)<3sec/  in    c//^ 

at  heac/  of  /ia//oH 
Chey-Af  anc/  <ftjarfz. 
pe6J!>/es  //7  a  hijf- 
fid/i    ^an  c/^foh  e- 


UNCONrORMITY^^^-^ 


Cotter-  Be/. 


Ij/jo/e 

S Get/on^  j/^o^v/>7^   f/re     /^ctrAecf  *^e//ef    of 
t/te    eroj/o/r  /o/a/j<s    a^cf    //te   ^u6setfue^f 
fif/f/to     of    Aharon    Cong/ome rate.. 


May,  1915.]  Buried  Stream  Channels.  521 


THE  CHANNEL  SOUTH  OF  LOGAN. 

South  of  Logan  the  regularity  is  broken  by  the  scar  of  a  buried 
channel.  It  extends  in  an  east  and  southeast  direction  across  the 
south  central  part  of  Falls  Township,  Hocking  County  and  can 
be  first  distinctly  seen  along  a  west  tributary  to  Dry  Run.  After 
meeting  that  stream  farther  east  it  turns  south  past  the  junction 
with  Scott  Creek  finally  burying  itself  under  a  continuous  blanket 
of  Pennsylvanian  rocks  one  mile  north  of  the  village  of  Ewing. 
This  channel  is  clearly  marked  by  the  filling — a  coarse  quartz 
sandstone  usually  stained  a  reddish  brown  by  the  weathering  of 
the  iron  cement.  Occasional  well-rounded  quartz  pebbles  may 
be  found.  The  depression  extends  as  a  distinct  channel  for  a 
distance  of  four  miles,  its  width  changing  from  place  to  place, 
due  both  to  variations  in  the  original  channel  and  the  depth  to 
which  the  fihing  has  been  removed  by  recent  erosion.  At  one 
place  it  is  400  yards ;  where  Scott  Creek  has  cut  well  down  into  the 
filling  it  is  but  little  over  150  yards  wide. 

The  exact  depth  was  not  obtained  but  from  the  general  level 
of  the  basal  sandstone  beyond  the  borders  of  the  channel  to  the 
lowest  exposed  rock  of  the  same  character  is  a  vertical  distance  of 
over  100  feet.  At  the  north  a  small  tributary  to  Dry  Run  has  cut 
down  to  the  Waverly  almost  half  way  across  the  channel.  Judging 
from  this  the  bottom  is  not  far  below.  The  elevation  is  near 
779  feet  above  sea  level,  while  the  lowest  exposure  to  the  south  is 
below  755  feet,  indicating  a  southward  gradient.  Just  above  the 
junction  of  Dry  Run  with  Scott  Creek  buff  colored  Waverly  shales 
were  found  in  grave  diggings;  across  the  road  to  the  west  coarse 
iron-stained  sandstone  fonns  the  bed  of  the  present  stream, 
giving  a  relief  of  55  feet  in  little  over  twice  that  distance  hori- 
zontally. 

The  abrupt  curve  in  its  course,  the  depth  of  the  depression  and 
the  steepness  of  the  slopes  at  the  sides  are  strong  evidences  of  the 
action  of  meteoric  waters. 

THE  CHANNEL  SOUTH  OF  BYER. 

Another  buried  valley  may  be  found  one  mile  south  of  Byer, 
the  station  at  the  junction  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Southwestern 
and  the  Cincinnati,  Hamilton  and  Dayton  Railroads.  It  crosses 
the  present  valley  of  Pigeon  Creek  where  that  stream  receives 
the  second  tributary  from  the  west.  The  direction  is  a  little  south 
of  west  or  north  of  east  but  only  along  the  sides  of  this  valley 
is  the  depression  distinctly  visible.  In  these  outcrops  it  is  a 
cross-bedded  quartz  conglomerate  enclosed  on  each  side  by  drab 
to  gray  argillaceous  shales  and  sandstones.  Surface  weathering 
has  worn  away  the  less  resistent  material  thus  exposing  the  coarse 
conlomerate  filling  on  the  east  bank  of  Pigeon  Creek.      There,  in 


522  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

a  small  ravine,  a  wall  of  conglomerate  may  be  found  opposite 
slopes  covered  by  weathered  Waverly.  At  the  head  of  the  ravine 
the  highest  Waverly  is  almost  100  feet  above  the  level  of  Pigeon 
Creek  where  the  conglomerate  forms  the  bed  of  that  stream. 
Across  from  this  ravine  layer  after  layer  of  horizontal  argillaceous 
shales  and  sandstones  end  abruptly  against  the  fiUing  of  cross- 
bedded  conglomerate  and  sandstone.  Usually  the  outer  edges 
of  the  beds  show  a  slight  slumping  or  bowing  downward  as  if  the 
overlying  filling  had  compressed  them  after  they  had  been  exposed 
to  erosion.  The  south  boundary  is  less  definitely  marked  but 
the  width  is  about  200  yards.  But  a  very  thin  coating  and  in 
many  places  no  trace  of  pebbles  may  be  found  outside  this  channel. 

EVIDENCES  POINTING  TO  A  CONTINUOUS  STREAM  SYSTEM. 

Such  sections  seem  to  imply  that  the  pebbles  of  the  conglom- 
erate were  borne  largely  by  strong  surging  currents  restricted  with- 
in the  channels  themselves.  These  currents  would  most  likely 
be  found  in  a  continuous  system  of  channels  and  although  hidden 
in  many  places  by  the  overlying  Pennsylvanian  strata,  traces  of 
such  a  system  can  be  found.  At  Richland  Furnace  two  miles 
northeast  of  the  conglomerate  outcrops  last  mentioned  the  coarse 
sandstone  and  basal  conglomerate  lowers  from  812  feet  above  sea 
level  on  the  west  and  762  on  the  east  to  below  the  700  feet  contour. 
Pebbly  beds  may  be  found  below  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  South- 
western Railroad  at  that  place,  while  on  either  side  they  rise  to 
the  heights  mentioned. 

West  and  south  traces  of  this  line  of  conglomerate  filling  are 
exposed  along  Glade  Run,  and  at  Canter's  Cave  three  and  a  half 
miles  soutwest  it  forms  vertical  cliffs  from  which  large  caverns 
have  been  worn  by  weathering.  Such  conglomerate  walls  con- 
tinue south  to  Jackson  where  they  form  the  well-known  Jackson 
Conglomerate  area.  The  conglomerate  there  becomes  more 
general  but  its  thickness  still  varies. 

Tributaries  join  this  system  from  the  west.  A  definite  and 
well  marked  line  of  conglomerate  ledges  extends  northwest  for 
a  distance  of  over  seven  miles.  The  present  elevation  of  the  bed 
of  this  channel  above  sea  level  is  as  follows : 

890  feet  at  the  exposure  south  of  Hay  Hollow 
840  feet  at  the  head  of  Hay  Hollow 
807  feet  in  the  first  large  hollow  west  of  Big  Rock 
742  feet  at  the  base  of  Big  Rock 

690  feet  at  the  head  of  Pigeon  Creek  where  the  base  of  the 
conglomerate  goes  under. 

In  all,  this  gives  a  relief  of  200  feet  in  less  than  6  miles.  After 
allowing  for  the  gentle  southeast  dip  of  about  25  feet  to  the  mile 
a  gradient  of  30  to  50  feet  still  remains.     This  conglomerate  is 


May,  1915.]  Meeting  of  Biological  Club.  523 

bounded  on  the  north  by  a  ridge  of  Waverly  which  rises  as  much 
as  100  feet  above  the  bed  of  the  channel.  On  the  south  at  Linn 
Post  Office  the  contact  is  at  an  elevation  of  about  1000  feet  above 
sea  level;  at  the  Pike-Jackson  County  boundary  line,  900  feet 
on  the  north  and  950  feet  on  the  south.  The  structure  sections 
show  the  relation  and  comparative  elevation  of  the  contact  at 
Linn  and  in  Hay  Hollow  one  mile  north.  The  whole  depression 
is  filled  with  a  quartz  conglomerate  over  a  thin  bed  of  cherty 
breccia  in  some  of  the  deeper  places.  This  filling  rises  over  the 
sides  of  the  valley  but  may  form  only  a  thin  coating.  Within 
the  channel  the  thickness  ranges  from  160  feet  at  the  west  to  250 
feet  at  the  east. 

Another  tributary  is  outlined  by  a  line  of  conglomerate  capped 
hills  extending  west  across  Marion,  Union  and  into  Scioto  Town- 
ship of  Pike  County.  After  turning  south  across  the  pre-glacial 
valley  of  the  Teays  River  conglomerate  ledges  rise  80  feet  above 
the  valley  of  Dry  Run  and  67  feet  at  the  White  Gravel  Church. 
Beyond  that  place  the  conglomerate  thins,  a  result  evidently  of  a 
widening  of  the  channel  and  a  lowering  of  its  gradient. 


MEETING  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Orton  Hall,  Dec.    7,    1914. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr.  Seymour, 
and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  appro^^ed. 

Dr.  F.  H.  Brown,  Miss  Mary  Oliver,  Don  B.  Whelan,  and  D. 
M.  DeLong  were  elected  to  membership  in  the  society. 

The  names  of  H.  D.  Chase,  Vernon  Haber,  W.  T.  Owrv,  R. 

C.  Smith,  F.  H.  Smith,  J.  R.  Smith,  W.  S.  Krout,  H.  J.  Reinhard, 

D.  D.  Leyda,  R.  C.  Baker,  W.  E.  Laughlin,  C.  W.  Hauck,  John 
Eckert,  Oliver  Gossard,  J.  R.  Stear,  R.  A.  Knouff,  E.  H.  Baxter, 
F.  F.  Searle,  H.  G.  Cutler,  and  Adolph  Waller  were  proposed  for 
membership  in  the  club. 

The  program  of  the  evening  consisted  of  two  interesting  papers : 
"The  Inlieritance  for  Yellow,  White,  and  Cream  Colors  in  Guinea 
Pigs"  by  Prof.  Barrows  and  "Some  New  Ideas  in  Fertilization" 
by  Prof.  Landacre. 

The  club  then  adjourned. 

Carl  J.  Drake,  Secretary. 


524  The  Ohio  Naturalist  [Vol.  XV,  No.  7, 

"Plant  Breeding"^  by  Professor  L.  H.  Bailey  has  been 
revised  and  brought  up  to  date  by  Professor  A.  W.  Gilbert  of  Cor- 
nell University.  The  book  as  it  now  appears  is  a  great  improve- 
ment over  previous  editions.  One  of  its  very  commendable 
features  in  Appendix  E  which  gives  specific  directions  for  labora- 
tory and  field  work.  Altho  quite  thoroly  revised  there  are  still 
some  of  the  ear  marks  of  the  old  views  left  which  do  not  always 
coincide  with  the  newer  ones.  It  would  perhaps  have  been 
better  to  have  written  an  entirely  new  book. 

There  are  a  few  errors  which  might  have  been  avoided  if  the 
copy  had  been  read  more  closely.  On  page  112,  pumpkin  is  given 
as  Cucurbita  pepo  and  the  squash  as  Cucurbita  maxima,  while 
on  page  129  squashes  are  said  to  be  Cuciu-bita  pepo. 

It  is  very  unfortunate  that  pollen-grains  are  contrasted  with 
eggs  cells,  as  if  the  word  pollen-grain  were  synonymous  with  sperm 
cell.  Such  a  mistake  in  terminology,  as  has  been  pointed  out  by 
various  writers,  can  only  lead  to  confusion.  Some  gymnosperms 
have  as  high  as  16  sperms  in  the  male  gametophyte.  Each  one 
of  the  two  sperms  of  the  pollen  grain  of  angiospemis  has  a  separate 
effect  in  heredity,  one  going  to  fertilize  the  egg  and  the  other 
uniting  with  the  two  polar  nuclei.  How  could  one  possibly 
make  clear  the  checkered  arrangement  of  the  endospenn  of  hybrid 
com,  if  no  distinction  is  made  between  a  male  gametophyte  of 
three  cells  and  the  single  cell  of  a  true  spemiatozoid  ? 

When  it  conies  to  a  matter  of  plant  genetics  no  middle  ground 
is  possible;  the  old  morphological  terminology  is  false,  as  it  was 
invented  when  fundamentally  erroneous  notions  were  held  in 
regard  to  many  of  the  essential  structures  of  plants. 

What  we  need,  is  to  follow  the  terminology  of  modem  cytolog- 
ists  and  morphologists  and  all  confusion  will  be  avoided. 
J.  H.  S. 

1.  Plant  Breeding,  by  L.  H.  Bailey.  New  edition  revised  by  Arthur 
W.  Gilbert,  Ph.  D.,  professor  of  plant-breeding,  in  the  New  York  State 
College  of  Agriculture  at  Cornell  University.  Pp.  xviii-1-474;  113  illus.  The 
Rural  Science  Series  (edited  by  L.  H.  Bailey);  The  Macmillan  Company, 
New  York,   1915.     Price  $2.00  net. 


Date  of  Publication,  May  10,  1915. 


The  Ohio  ^J^aturalist, 

and  Journal  of  Science 

PUBLISHED    BY 

The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State   University. 
Volume  XV.  JUNE,    1915.  No.  8. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 

Jaques— The  Fish-feeding  Coleoptera  of  Cedar  Point 525 

OsBORN  AND  DRAKE— Records  of  Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  with  Description 

of  New  Species 529 

Brown— Variation  in  the  Size  of  Ray  Pits  of  Conifers 542 

Melchers— Root-knot  or  Eelworm  Attacks,  New  Hosts 551 

Drake— Meetings  of  the  Biological  Club  —  556 

THE  FISH-FEEDING  COLEOPTERA  OF  CEDAR  POINT. 

H.  E.  Jaques. 

The  writer  made  numerous  observations  of  the  fish  feeding 
Coleoptera  of  Cedar  Point  during  a  period  of  eight  weeks  in  the 
summer  of  1912.  In  the  following  summer  the  work  was  taken 
up  in  a  more  systematic  way  and  efforts  made  to  secure  data  as 
to  the  number  of  species  feeding  on  fish,  their  life  histories,  food 
habits,  and  other  items  of  interest. 

A  recital  of  the  nimierous  experiments  that  resulted  in  no  defi- 
nite knowledge  would  be  both  tedious  and  unprofitable.  To  this 
class  then  will  be  assigned  the  repeated  efforts  to  secure  eggs  of  the 
several  species  by  dissection  and  breeding  cages,  and  the  many 
attempts  to  carry  larval  forms  thru  the  remaining  stages  to 
adulthood. 

Fish  of  various  sizes  and  species  are  cast  up  by  the  waves  on 
the  lake  side  of  the  Point  at  more  or  less  regular  intervals  in  large 
quantities.  Herms*  in  June,  1906,  counted  and  weighed  the 
fish  cast  up  from  5  P.  M.  to  4  A.  M.  of  one  night,  along  a  mile  of 
this  beach.  His  report  shows  a  total  of  538  fish  representing 
some  8  or  10  species  and  totaling  in  weight  20.38  kilograms.  In 
a  few  days  these  are  reduced  to  bones  and  scales.  The  forces 
exerting  the  most  active  part  in  this  act  of  sanitation  are  the  dry- 
ing influence  of  the  sun,  the  absorbing  power  of  the  sand,  the  oc- 
casional bird  visitor,  and  the  very  abundant  forms  of  insect  life 

*  Herms.  Jour.  Exp.  Zool.  IV,  45-83. 

525 


526 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


always  found  associated  with  the  dead  fish.  Members  of  the 
Diptera,  Coleoptera,  Lepidoptera,  and  Hymenoptera  have  been 
observed  in  this  association.  The  first  two  orders  named  are  by 
far  the  most  abundant,  both  in  nimiber  of  species  and  individuals. 
Of  these  the  Diptera  usually  far  outnumber  the  Coleptera  in  num- 
ber of  individuals,  the  only  four  species*,  Lucilia  caesar  Linne, 
Compsomyia  macellaria  Fabr. ;  Sarcophaga  sarraceniae  Riley,  and 
Sarcophaga  assidua  Walker,  all  members  of  the  family  Sarcopha- 
gidae,  are  at  all  common.  Diptera  are  universally  present  in  the 
larval  stage  and  usuall}^  in  large  number  while  with  few  exceptions, 
as  mentioned,  later,  the  Coleoptera  found  associated  with  the 
dead  fish  are  in  the  adult  stage.  This  makes  the  Diptera  of  first 
importance  in  removing  the  frequent  accumulation  of  fish.  Twen- 
ty-one species  of  Coleoptera  in  all,  as  follows,  were  found  by  the 
writer  associated  with  dead  fish  and  apparently  feeding  thereon: 


SilphidcB 
Necrophorus    americanus    Oliv. 
Necrophorus  orbicollis  Say. 
Necrophorus  tomentosus  Weber 
Silpha  surinamensis  Fab. 
Silpha  inaequalis  Fab. 
Silpha  americana  Linn. 

Staphylinidce 
Leistotrophus  cingulatus  Grav. 
Creophilus  villosus  Grav. 
Philonthus  aeneus  Rossi. 

DermestidcB 

Dermestes  caninus  Germ. 
Dermestes  vulpinus  Fab. 


Histeridce 

Hister  imunis  E. 
Hister  abbreviatus  Fab. 
Saprinus  lugens  Erichs. 
Saprinus  pennsylvanicus   Payls. 
Saprinus  assimilis  Payls. 
Saprinus  fratemus  Say. 
Saprinus  patruelis  Lee. 

MitidulidcB 
Omosita  colon  Linn. 

ScarabceidcB 

Onthophagus  hecate  Panz. 
Trox  scabrosus  Beauv. 


It  was  thought  that  the  Coleopterous  scavangers  might  be 
most  active  at  night  while  retiring  to  more  secluded  hiding  places 
by  day.  This  was  disproven  by  night  trips  with  lantern,  when 
Coleoptera  were  found  in  no  greater  numbers  than  by  day,  except 
Trox  scabrosus  Beauv.  This  last  named  species  was  usually 
found  in  large  numbers  clumsily  wading  thru  the  sand,  and  leaving 
their  paths  as  irregular  lines  running  in  every  direction.  When 
approached  they  play  "possum"  and  easily  pass  for  pebbles. 
Their  frequency  at  fish  by  night,  however,  did  not  show  a  marked 
increase  over  that  of  the  day. 

One  or  more  of  the  larval  forms  of  this  species  may  be  found  in 
their  burrows  in  the  sand  a  few  inches  under  many  of  the  fish,  and 
are  sometimes  found  under  boards  on  the  fish  strewn  beach. 
None  were  observed  feeding,  however,  either  by  night  or  day. 

Early  in  the  period  of  observation  it  was  found  that  fish 
removed  from  the  beach  to  shaded  places  under  the  trees  drew 
coleoptera  in  much  larger  number  and  representing  more  species, 


June,  1915.]       Fish-feeding  Coieoptera  of  Cedar  Point.  527 

than  fish  remaining  on  the  beach.  For  a  period  of  six  weeks  a 
number  of  "traps"  made  by  covering  several  fish  with  boards 
were  maintained  at  different  places  on  the  Point,  and  kept  in 
continual  operation  by  frequently  adding  fresh  supplies  of  fish. 
Other  traps  similar  in  structure  were  moved  from  place  to  place 
every  few  days.  It  was  found  that  location  had  much  to  do  with 
the  number  of  individuals  present,  and  that  the  traps  maintained 
in  regions  of  the  deepest  shade  were  most  productive.  Within 
certain  limits  the  number  of  individuals  and  species  increased  with 
the  age  of  the  trap.  In  these  traps  larval  forms  of  the  families j 
Silphidee,  Staphy-linidae  and  Dermestidae  were  frequent.  In  the 
aggregate  members  of  the  Histeridae  were  represented  in  larger 
numbers  as  adults  than  any  other  family,  but  their  larvae  were 
never  present. 

During  the  early  morning  of  July  25th,  while  making  a  trip 
along  the  beach  two  carp  were  found,  weighing  about  two  pounds 
each,  not  more  than  fifty  feet  apart,  that  had  just  been  cast  up 
by  the  waves.  Over  one  a  box  14"xlS"  was  turned,  protecting 
the  fish  from  the  sun  and  the  birds.  The  afternoon  of  the  28th 
the  box  was  removed  and  the  sand  for  a  radius  of  two  feet  from 
the  fish  and  to  a  depth  of  about  a  foot  was  carefully  sifted  and  the 
astonishing  nimiber  of  1310  adult  Hister  beetles,  practically  all 
of  them  vSaprinus  pennsylvanicus  Payk  were  taken.  Most  of 
these  we  found  a  few  inches  under  the  fish  in  the  sand  made  wet 
with  the  juices.  Accompanying  these  were  nine  adult  Dermestes 
caninus  Germ.  To  these  might  be  added  the  five  beetles  taken 
from  the  stomach  of  a  small  toad  found  under  the  box  buried  in 
the  sand.  Only  one  of  the  five,  however,  was  a  fish  feeder,  it 
being  Saprinus  pennsylvanicus.  Hundreds  of  Dipteron  larvae 
were  present,  but  not  the  slightest  trace  of  beetle  larvae  save  one 
of  Trox  scabrosus. 

The  sand  around  the  unprotected  fish  of  some  size  and  kind, 
already  mentioned,  was  sifted  but  the  result  was  the  same  as  that 
found  at  other  unprotected  fish  examined  at  different  times. 
Of  the  beetles  found  at  such  times  the  Histers  predominated  in 
numbers  with  an  occasional  member  of  the  Staphylinidce  and  one 
or  two  larval  forms  of  Trox  scabrosus.  No  other  larval  forms 
of  coieoptera  were  found,  the  fly  larvae  were  always  found  in  large 
number.  The  total  number  of  beetles  found  in  these  miprotected 
fish  never  exceeded  100  and  averaged  about  50. 

Some  writers  suggest  that  the  Hister  beetles  instead  of  being 
carrion  feeders  may  be  predaceous,  feeding  on  the  larvae  of  flies 
universally  present  in  carrion.  Several  experiments  in  which 
adult  Histers  were  confined  with  fly  larvas  for  several  days  with 
and  without  other  food  failed  to  show  one  case  where  a  fly  larva 
sacrificed  its  life  to  the  Hister  beetles.  On  July  31st,  however, 
the  writer  saw  two  adults  of  Silpha  americana  eating  fly  larvae 


528  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

about  3  mm.  in  length.  This  feeding  continued  for  some  time 
under  observation.  As  they  walked  about  they  would  pass  exposed 
parts  of  the  fish  to  eat  at  piles  of  larvae.  Two  or  three  larvae 
would  be  taken  up  at  one  time  and  eaten  with  apparent  relish. 

By  way  of  comparing  fish  and  other  carrion  as  food  for  these 
forms,  the  body  of  a  cat  was  used  as  bait  in  a  trap.  When  ex- 
amined 17  Silpha  americana  were  taken  while  a  few  others  escaped. 
In  the  same  morning  but  two  beetles  of  the  same  species  were  foimd 
in  a  trap  baited  with  fish  twice  as  bulky  in  quantity  as  the  cat 
and  located  in  adjacent  territory. 

From  these  rather  rambling  observations  the  following  con- 
clusions may  be  drawn. 

1.  Coleoptera  are  of  only  secondary  consideration  in  reducing 
the  fish  debris  of  Cedar  Point. 

2.  They  are  most  active  in  damp  shaded  places  and  resort  to 
fish  of  the  sun -heated  beach  only  of  necessity. 

3.  While  associated  with  the  fish  on  the  beach  they  are  eaten 
in  large  quantities  by  the  sand  pipers  and  other  shore  birds  and 
doubtless  must  draw  new  recruits  from  more  protected  places 
to  preserve  their  balance. 

•4.     The  larval  forms,  the  Trox  excepted,  if  fish  feeding  do  not 
appear  on  the  beach  during  June  and  July. 

5.  With  a  number  of  these  forms  fish  is  not  their  first  choice 
as  food. 

6.  The  Hister  beetles  on  the  beach  probably  feed  on  neither 
the  flesh  of  fish  nor  fly  larvae  but  on  the  juices  escaping  from  the 
decaying  fish. 


RECORDS  OF  GUATEMALAN  HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA 
WITH  DESCRIPTION  OF  NEW  SPECIES* 

Herbert  Osborn  and  Carl  J.  Drake. 

The  Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera  listed  and  the  new 
species  described  in  this  paper  were  collected  by  Prof.  Jas.  S. 
Hine  during  the  winter  of  1905.  Altho  most  of  the  records  re- 
corded herein  are  found  in  the  "Biologia  Centrali  Americana" 
and  confirm  the  records  of  Messrs.  Distant  and  Champion, 
several  are  new  to  Guatemala  and  Honduras,  some  to  Central 
America,  and  a  few  to  science. 

Nearly  all  of  the  aquatic  and  semi-aquatic  Heteroptera  were 
turned  over  to  Mr.  J.  R.  de  la  Torre  Bueno  who  has  pubHshed  a 
preliminary  paper ^  on  the  same.  A  paper^  covering  part  of  the 
Homoptera  was  published  by  the  senior  author,  but  some  of  this 
material  remains  in  the  university  collection  for  further  study. 

Family  Corixid^. 

Tenagobia  socialis  F.  B.  White. 

One  specimen:  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  ISth,  1905. 

Family  Nepid^. 

Ranatra  fusca  Palisot  de  Beauvois. 

Two  typical  specimens,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala, 
Jan.  16th, '1905. 

Family  Belostomid^. 

Belostoma  annulipes  Herrich-SchafTer. 

One  specimen:     Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  16th,  1905. 

Abedus  breviceps  Stal. 

One  specimen:     Gualan,  Guatemala,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 

Zaitha  anura  Herrich-Schaffer. 

One  specimen:     Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  16th,  1905. 

Zaitha  fusciventris  Dufour. 

One  specimen:     Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  16th,  1905. 

Family  Gelastocorid^. 

Pelogonus  perbosci  Guerin. 

Several  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,  Jan,  14th;  Los 
Amates,  Feb.  16th;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Gelastocoris  oculatus  Fabricius. 

Five  specimens  of  this  common  and  widely  distributed  species 
from  Guatemala;  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  AguasCallientes,  Jan.  28, 1905. 

*  Contributions  from  the  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology  of  the 
Ohio  State  University,  No.  40. 

1  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  VIII,  No.  8,  p.  370-382. 

2  Ohio  Naturalist,  Vol.  IX.  No.  5,  p.  457-466. 

529 


530  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

Family  Saldid^. 

Salda  opacipennis  Champion. 

A  large  series,  evidently  a  common  insect  in  Guatemala: 
Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  1905.  The  female  is  larger  and  broader  than 
the  male  and  has  a  white  spot  at  the  base  of  the  elytra.  The 
genital  segrnent  is  slightly  produced  in  the  middle;  whitish  on 
the  borders  and  most  of  the  posterior  third. 

Family  Reduviid^. 
Saica  apicalis  n.  sp. 

Similar  to  S.  fuscipes  Stal,  but  with  the  apices  of  the  femora,  base  of 
tibiae,  and  spines  on  the  pronotum,  prothorax,  and  scutellum  vermiUion- 
red. 

Antennas  as  long  as  the  body;  basal  segment  nearly  as  long  as  the  other 
three  conjoined;  second  segment  one-third  as  long  as  the  first;  third  segment 
twice  the  length  of  the  second;  fourth  one-half  the  length  of  the  third;  first 
and  second  segments  straight;  the  third  and  fourth  slender  and  curved. 
Anterior  and  intermediate  legs  nearly  equal  in  length;  posterior  legs  longer 
with  the  femora  passing  the  end  of  the  abdomen.  Legs  and  antennae  clothed 
with  long  fine  hairs.  The  anterior  femora  with  an  outer  and  inner  row  of 
setae  quite  regularly  placed. 

Color.  Head,  thorax,  abdomen,  rostrum,  base  of  antennas,  coxae, 
trochanter,  base  and  apex  of  femora,  costa,  veins  of  hemelytra  and  base  of 
tibis  vermillion-red.  Antennae,  femora  except  base  and  apex,  tibiae  except 
base  and  apex,  posterior  portion  of  abdomen,  blackish  or  infuscated.  Legs 
blackish,  apex  of  tarsi  and  tibiae  of  fore  and  middle  legs  fusco-ochraceous. 
Tarsi  only  of  posterior  legs  fusco-ochraceous. 

cf .  Penultimate  segment  short  and  surpassed  by  the  margin  of  the  ante- 
penultimate. Terminal  segment  tumid,  with  long  incurved  claspers,  dense- 
ly haired,  acute  at  tip. 

9  .  Genital  segments  triangular,  rounded  below,  with  a  central  supra- 
anal  plate  covering  the  larger  part.  The  lateral  lobes  narrow,  their  apices 
and  borders  of  vulvar  openings  densely  haired. 

Length  cf  and  9  13  to  13.5  mm,  width  d'  and  9  2  mm. 

One  cf  and  four  9  ,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb. 
18th  to  28th,  1908. 

PStenopoda  culiciformis  Fabricius. 

One  nymph,  taken  Jan.  15th,  1905  at  Gualan,  Guatemala. 

Conorhinus  dimidiatus  Latreille. 

One  specimen,  belonging  to  the  variety  C.  maculipennis 
Stal  as  recognized  by  Champion:  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala,  Feb. 
1st,  1905. 

Sirthenea  carinata  Fabricius. 

One  adult  and  two  nymphs  from  Guatemala:  Morales, 
March  8th;  Gualan,  Jan.  14,  and  Feb.  15,  1905.  This  conspicuous 
and  well-marked  species  ranges  from  Ohio  to  the  southern  part  of 
South  America. 

Apiomerus  moestus  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March 
3rd,  1905. 


June,  1915.J         Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera.  531 

Zelus  rubidus  Lepelletier  et  Serville. 

One  specimen,  taken  Jan.  14th,  1905  at  Gualan,  Guatemala. 

Zelus  cervicalis  Stal. 

d^  and  9  ,  taken  Jan.  14th,  1905  at  Gualan,  Guatemala.  This 
seems  to  be  a  rather  variable  insect.  In  color  the  cf  agrees  with 
Z.  IcBvicollis  Champion  but  lacks  the  tooth  on  the  lateral  angles 
of  the  pronotum.  In  the  9  the  color  markings  on  the  post- 
ocular  portion  of  the  head  are  not  very  distinct  and  there  are  no 
spines  on  the  pronotum;  the  legs  are  much  darker  than  in  the 
male.  A  large  series  of  these  two  forms  will  probably  prove 
Z.  IcBvicollis  Champion  to  be  a  variety  of  this  species  with  a  slight- 
ly prominent  tooth  on  the  lateral  angles  of  the  pronotum. 

Ricolla  simillima  Stal. 

A  large  series  of  this  common  insect  from  Guatemala :  Gualan, 
Jan.  14th;  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th  and  Feb.  ISth  to  2Sth;  Puerto 
Barrios,  March  3d  to  14th.  One  specimen,  taken  at  San  Pedro, 
Honduras,  Feb.  21st,  1905. 

Repipta  taurus  Fabricius. 

Five  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Los 
Amates,   Feb.    ISth;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Repipta  flavicans  Amyot  and  Serville. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d; 
Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905.  One  specimen,  collected  at 
San  Pedro,  Honduras,  Feb.  21st,  1905. 

Repipta  nigronotata  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  Alarch  3d,  1905  at  Puerto  Barrios, 
Guatemala. 

Atrachelus  cinereus  Fabricius. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14;  Santa 
Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Sinea  sp. 

One  nymph;  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Sinea  caudata  Champion. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Sinea  raptoria  Stal. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Gualan,  Guatemala,  Jan.  14,  1905. 

Family  Emesid^. 

Emesa  longipes  De  Geer. 

Five  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Maza- 
tenango,  Feb.  3d,   1905. 

Ghilianella  ignorata  Dohrn. 

One  specimen,  taken  Feb.  5th,  1905  at  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala. 


532  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

Stenolaemus  spiniventris  Signoret. 

One  specimen:  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  17th,  1905. 
This  species  is  apparently  very  rare  and,  although  not  hitherto 
recorded  for  Guatamala,  this  confirms  the  record  of  its  occur- 
rence in  Central  America. 

Family  Anthocorid^. 

Asthenidea  nebulosa  Uhler. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th, 
1905. 

Family  Capsid^. 

Trachelomiris  oleosus  Distant. 

A  large  series  of  this  common  insect.  Guatemala:  Santa 
Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Mazatenango,  Feb.  3rd;  Gualan,  Feb.  13th; 
Los  Amates,  Feb.  ISth  and  March  18th  to  2Sth;  Puerto  Barrios, 
March  ,3d,  1905.     Honduras:     Feb.  21st  to  March  8th,  1905. 

Jobertus  chryselectrus  Distant. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d; 
Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th,  1905. 

Creontiades  rubrinervus  Stal. 

One  specimen  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Eioneus  bilineatus  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  ITth, 
1905. 

Resthenia  latipennis  Stal. 

A  fine  series  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Santa 
Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905.  One  specimen  from  Honduras;  San  Pedro, 
Feb.  21st,  1905.  The  series  contains  the  typical  and  varietal 
forms  as  figured  by  Distant,  also  specimens  with  the  pale  colora- 
tion being  more  ochraceous  than  red.  The  different  color  patterns 
gradually  inerge  into  each  other. 

Resthenia  vitticeps  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  March  3d,  1905  at  Puerto  Barrios, 
Guatemala. 

Resthenia  persignanda  Distant. 

Nine  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Compsocerocoris  annulicornis  Renter. 

Three  specimens  of  this  verv  variable  species.  Guatemala; 
Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th,  1905.     Honduras;  Feb.  21st,  1905. 

Neurocolpus  mexicanus   Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Gualan,  Guatemala,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 


June,  1915.]         Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera.  533 


Pappus  breviceps  n.  sp. 

Approaching  P.  sordidiis  Distant,  but  with  the  third  and  fourth  antennal 
segments  very  short.     Length  4.5  mm.     Width  1.25  mm. 

Head  short,  deflected;  tylus  prominent,  polished  black;  eyes  prominent. 
Pronotum  slightly  constricted  in  front  of  the  middle;  with  two  elevated 
lobes  anteriorly,  scarcely  punctured;  posterior  portion  coarsely  punctate. 
Scutellum  minutely  transversely  rugulose-punctate.  The  clavus  and  corium 
coarsely  punctate.  Posterior  part  of  pronotum,  scutellum,  and  hemelytra 
with  sparse,  minute,  decumbent  hairs.  Antenna  with  the  first  segment 
enlarging  at  the  apex,  scarcely  longer  than  the  head;  second  segment  mod- 
erately thick,  slender  at  base,  and  slightly  incrassated  towards  apex,  dis- 
tinctly pilose,  and  three  times  as  long  as  the  first;  third  segment  enlarging 
at  the  apex,  much  shorter  than  the  first;  fourth  segment  inflated,  subequal 
to  the  third  in  length. 

Color.  Antennae,  eyes,  and  spot  on  the  meta-  and  mesopleura  black. 
Head,  pronotum,  and  corium  ochraceous  and  shaded  with  fuscous.  The 
front  of  the  head  with  about  six  transverse  reddish  arcs.  Prothorax  with  a 
transverse  band  before  the  middle,  in  the  depression  reddish-fuscous;  a 
submarginal  band  at  base  and  extending  forward  on  the  sides  fuscous. 
Scutellum  blackish  at  the  sides,  with  a  central  obscure  ochraceous  stripe. 
Membrane  fuscous.  Legs  yellow;  femora  with  a  reddish-fuscous  band  near 
the  apex;  an  indistinct  band  beyond  the  middle  of  the  tibise  and  the  tarsi 
fuscous. 

Described  from  a  single  example,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guate- 
mala, Feb.  18th,  1905. 

This  species  seems  to  be  included  in  the  genus  Pappus  as  de- 
scribed by  Distant,  but  differs  somewhat  in  the  proportional 
length  of  the  antennal  segments  and  in  the  shorter  and  more 
rounded  front  of  the  head. 

Garganus  albidivittis  Stal. 

A  large  series  from  Guatemala:  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Maz- 
atenango,  Feb.  3d;  Los  Amates,  Feb.  ISth  to  2Sth.  Honduras; 
San  Pedro,  Feb.  21st,  1905. 

Genus  Isoproba  gen.  nov.       • 

Head  globose  and  connected  to  the  prothorax  by  a  narrow  neck;  face 
strongly  deflected.  Antennae  slightly  setose;  first  segment  shorter  than 
the  head  (about  two-thirds  as  long);  second  segment  slightly  thickened, 
four  times  as  long  as  the  first,  or  about  equal  to  the  third  and  fourth  con- 
joined. Rostrum  reaching  the  intermediate  coxae.  Prothorax  narrowed  in 
front  and  flaring  behind;  the  posterior  border  concave;  dorsal  surface  gib- 
bous in  front  and  with  transverse  depression  behind  the  middle.  The  base 
of  the  scutellum  tumid.  Elytra  semitransparent  and  set  with  short  hairs. 
Type  of  genus — Isoproba  picea. 

This  genus  can  be  separated  readily  from  Paraproba  Distant 
and  allied  genera  by  the  more  globose  head  and  the  peculiar  shape 
of  the  prothorax. 

Isoproba  picea  n.  sp. 

Head  globose,  slightly  wider  than  long.  Eyes  not  prominent,  forming 
part  of  the  contour  of  the  head;  tylus  slightly  projecting,  but  strongly 
deflected.  Antenna  with  the  first  segment  short,  slender  at  base;  second 
segment  enlarging  slightly  towards  the  apex;  third  and  fourth  segments 
slender. 


534  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

Color.  General  color  jet  black;  elytra  and  legs  pallid.  Head,  second 
segment  of  antenna,  thorax,  scutellum,  and  abdomen  beneath  shining 
pitchy  black.  First  segment  of  antenna  pallid,  except  at  base  black;  second, 
third,  and  fourth  segments  black.  Elytra  semi  transparent,  on  the  inner 
border  of  the  corium  and  clavus  pallid  and  infuscated;  the  apex  of  corium  and 
clavus,  the  margin  of  the  cuneus,  and  the  membrane  faintly  smoky.  The 
legs  pallid.     Length,  2.75  mm,  width  .34  mm. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March 
3d,   1905. 

Lygus  pratensis  Linnaeus. 

Two  specimens  of  this  widely-distributed  and  very  variable 
species  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Lygus  sallaei  Stal. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Santa 
Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Gualan,  Feb.  14,  1905. 

Lygus  scutellatus  Distant. 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th,  and 
Feb.  25th;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  od,  1905. 

Lygus  lanuginosus  Distant. 

Five  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Santa  Lucia, 
Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Lygus  cuneatus  Distant. 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala;  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th;  and 
Feb.  25th;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Poecilocapsus  ornatulus  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  Feb.  3d,  1905  at  Mazatenango,  Guate- 
mala. 

Horcias  plausus  Distant. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th  and 
Feb.  25,  1905. 

Eccritotarsus  pallidirostris  Stal. 

A  large  series  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Eccritotarsus  incurvus  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  17th, 
1905. 

Eccritotarsus  bulbosus  n.  sp. 

Near  E.  incurvus  Distant,  but  differing  by  its  smaller  size  and  the 
two  conspicuous  inflated  bulbous  enlargments  on  the  pronotum.  Antenna), 
legs,  membrane,  and  two  spots  on  the  margin  of  the  corium  white.  Length 
2.5  mm.  width  .9  mm. 

Head  transverse;  eyes  prominent;  face  deflected.  Antennaj  with  the 
first  segment  longer  than  the  head  and  slightly  shorter  than  the  second; 
third  and  fourth  segments  absent.  Pronotum  elevated  in  two  conspicuous 
bulbous  enlargments  equal  to  the  depth  of  the  body,  separated  by  a  deep 
central  furrow,  leaving  a  narrow  collar  in  front,  and  slightly  overhanging 
the  scutellum  behind.  Head  and  pronotum  roughly  punctate.  Elytra 
with  the  costal  margins  convex,  whitish,  semi  transparent,  and  with  a  black 


June,  1915.]         Guatemalan  Heiniptera-Heteroptera.  535 

spot  behind  the  middle  and  another  near  the  apex;  cuneus  transparent; 
narrow  borders  of  cuneous  and  cell  of  membrane  dusky.  Legs  distinctly 
whitish;  tarsi  and  claws  dusky.     Genital  segments  whitish. 

Three  examples  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  1905; 
Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Eccritotarsus  atratus  Distant. 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Santa 
Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Los  Amates,  Feb.  ISth  to  2Sth,  1905. 

Eccritotarsus  nocturnus  Distant. 

Two  specimens,  taken  at  Gualan,  Guatemala,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 

Eccritotarsus  procurrens  Distant. 

A  large  series  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Los 
Amates,  Jan.  17th,  and  Feb.  25th;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Puerto 
Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Annona  bimaculata  Distant. 

A  large  series  from  Guatemala;  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th,  Feb. 
ISth  to  2Sth;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Annona  decoloris  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Neofurius  tabascoensis  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Mazatenango,  Guatemala,  Feb.  3d, 
1905. 

Bibaculus  modestus  Distant. 

Eight  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d; 
Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905.  As  noted  by  Distant,  this  is  a 
variable  species.  Three  specimens  are  typical  modestus;  the 
others  have  the  black  markings  brownish  and  more  or  less  in- 
distinct. 

Neosilia  pulchra  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  Feb.  2d,  1905  at  Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala. 

Neosilia  viduata  Distant. 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala;  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th  and 
Feb.  18th  to  2Sth,  1905. 

Jomandes  parvus  Distant. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th  and 
25th,  1905.  The  two  examples  differ  from  Distant's  description 
in  having  the  outer  half  of  the  first  antennal  segment  swollen 
and  black. 

Lampethusa  anatina  Distant. 

A  large  series  of  this  variable  species  from  Guatemala:  Los 
Amates,  Jan.  17th  and  Feb.  25th;  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d;  Mazaten- 
ango, Feb.  3d;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905.  One  specimen 
from  Honduras;  Feb.  21st,  1905. 


536  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

Family  Phymatid^. 

Macrocephalus  notatus  Westwood. 

Six  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d, 
1905. 

Phymata  erosa  Linnaeus. 

One  specimen,  belonging  to  the  variety  fas  data  Gray,  from 
Guatemala:     Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 

Family  Aradid^. 

Hesus  flaviventris  Burmeister. 

One  specimen,  taken  March  3d,  1905  at  Puerto  Barrios, 
Guatemala. 

Dysodius  lunatus  Fabricius. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Puerto  Barrios,  March 
3d;  Morales,  March  Sth,  1905. 

Family  Tingitid^. 

Gargaphia  nigrinervis  Stal. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 

Leptostyla  lineata  Champion. 

One  example  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th, 
1905. 

Teleonemia  atratra  Champion. 

One  d^ ,  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  17th,  1905. 

Atheas  nigricornis  Champion. 

Five  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  1905. 

Acanthochila  armigera  vStal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.'  18th, 
1905. 

Monanthia  monotropidia  Stal. 

One  example  from  Guatemala:     Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th,  1905. 

Family  Lyg^id^. 

Oncopeltus  cingulifer  Stal. 

Five  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Los 
Amates,  Feb.  18th  to  28th,  1905.  Two  examples  from  Honduras; 
San  Pedro,  Feb.  21st  to  28th,  1905. 

Lygaeus  pyrrhopterus  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  March  8th,  1905,  at  P^nzos,  Guatemala. 

Nysius  spurcus  Stal.  j' 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Los 
Amates,  Jan.  17  and  Feb.  18th  to  28th,  1905. 


June,  1915.]         Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera.  537 

Ninus  notabilis  Champion. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Puerto 
Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Ischnodemus  praecultus  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March  3d, 
1905. 

Ischnodemus  cahabonensis  Distant. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Los  Amates,  Jan.   17th; 
Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Blissus  leucopterus  Say. 

One  example,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Geocoris  lividipennis  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Gualan,  Guatemala,  Jan.  1st,  1905. 

Geocoris  punctipes  Say. 

One  specimen  from  Guatemala:     Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th,  1905. 

Pachygrontha  compacta  Distant. 

One   specimen,   taken   March   3d,    1905,   at   Puerto   Barrios, 
Guatemala. 

Davila  concavus  Distant. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Myodocha  unispinosa  Stal. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,   Feb.   15th  and 
19th;  Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th,  1905. 

Heraeus  cincticornis  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala. 

Pamera  parvula  Dall. 

Ten   specimens   from    Guatemala:     Gualan,    Jan.    14th;    Los 
Amates,  Feb.  16th  to  2Sth;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Pamera  vicinalis  Distant. 

Three    specimens    from    Guatemala:     Los    Amates;    Gualan, 
Jan.  14th  and  Feb.  13th,  1905. 

Pamera  bilobata  Say. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,   Jan.    14th;   Los 
Amates,  Feb.  18th  to  28th,  1905. 

Pamera  dallasi  Distant. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,   March 
3d,  1905. 

Pamera  globiceps  Stal. 

Two  examples,  taken  Feb.  2d,  1905  at  Santa  Lucia,  Guaternala. 


538  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

Gonatus  divergens  Distant. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Feb.  14th;  Los 
Amates,  Feb.  18th,  1905.  The  9  specimen  is  apparently  im- 
mature and  of  a  light  color  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  it  was 
killed  soon  after  the  last  ecdysis  took  place. 

The  cf  referred  with  some  doubt  to  this  species  is  smaller  than  indicated 
by  Distant's  description.  With  the  material  on  hand,  we  do  not  feel  war- 
ranted in  making  a  new  species  of  this  specimen.  It  is  of  a  uniformly  brown 
color  with  the  posterior  angles  of  the  pronotum  and  the  veins  of  the  corium 
of  lighter  brown.  Head  slightly  wider  than  long;  eyes  rather  coarsely 
granulate.  Antennas  with  the  second  segment  one-third  longer  than  the 
third;  third  segment  slightly  longer  than  first;  fourth  wanting.  Pronotum 
much  wider  than  long;  sides  with  a  simple  carina;  anteriorly  suddenly  con- 
tracted to  width  of  head;  posterior  border  slightly  emarginate.  Scutellum 
triangular,  large,  elevated  next  to  the  pronotum,  flattened  on  the  disc, 
obsoletely  carinate  at  the  apex.  Head  finely  punctulate  except  at  the  base. 
Pronotum  more  coarsely  punctulate,  but  with  polished  and  faintly  punctate 
areas  on  the  anterior  disc  and  the  posterior  angles.  Scutellum,  except  the 
polished  base,  and  hemelytra  uniformly  punctate.  Length  4  mm.,  width 
1.75  mm. 

Family  Pyrrhocorid^. 

Dysdercus  mimus  Say. 

Two  specimens  from  Honduras:  San  Pedro,  Feb.  21st  to 
March  Sth,  1905. 

Dysdercus  albidiventris  Stal. 

A  common  and  very  variable  insect  in  Guatemala:  Gualan, 
Jan.  14th;  Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th  to  25th,  1905. 

Family  Coreid^. 

Pachylis  sp. 

Five  nymphs  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Puerto 
Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Stenoscelidea  aenescens  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  16th, 
1905. 

Capaneus  odiosus  Stal. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Mazatenango,  Feb.  3d; 
Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Plapigus  circumcinctus  Stal. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th; 
Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Madura  perfida  Stal. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th, 
1905. 

Madura  longicomis  Stal. 

One  example,  taken  March  3d,  1905  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guate- 
mala. 


June,  1915.]         Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera.  539 

Zicca  commaculata  Distant. 

A  good  series  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th,  and 
Feb.  18th  to  28th,  1905.  Two  specimens  from  Honduras:  San 
Pedro,  Feb.  21st,  1905. 

Zicca  taeniola  Dall. 

A  large  series  from  Guatemala,  evidently  a  common  insect. 
Los  Amates,  Jan.  17th  and  Feb.  18th  to  28th;  Puerto  Barrios, 
March  3d,  1905.     Honduras;  March  21st,  1905. 

Hypselonotus  concinnus  Dallas. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March 
3d,  1905. 

Savius  dilectus  Stal. 

One  specimen  from  Guatemala:     Feb.  18th,  1905. 

Hyalymenus  pulcher  Stal. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates.  Feb.  25th; 
Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Hyalymenus  tarsatus  Fabricius. 

One  specimen,  taken  March  3d,  1905  at  Puerto  Barrios, 
Guatemala. 

Alydus  pallescens  Stal. 

One  specimen  from  Guatemala:     Gualan,  Feb.  13th,  1905. 

Cydamus  borealis  Distant. 

One  example,  taken  at  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  1st,  1905. 

Leptocorisa  filiformis  Fabricius. 

Numerous  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Santa  Lucia,  Feb. 
2d;  Mazatenango,  Feb.  3d;  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Corizus  sidae  Fabricius. 

A  fine  series  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Feb.  13th;  Los 
Amates,  Feb.  21st  to  March  8th,  1905.  Honduras:  San  Pedro, 
Feb.  21st  to  March  8th,  1905. 

Family  Berytid^. 

Jalysus  moUistus  Distant. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:     Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Family  Pentatomid^. 

Podisus  thetis  Stal. 

Two  specimens:  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  21st,  1905; 
San  Pedro,  Honduras,  Feb.  25th,  1905. 

Mormidea  ypsilon  Linnseus. 

Several  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Jan.  r7th 
and  Feb.  18th  to  28th;  Gualan,  Jan.  14th;  Puerto  Barrios,  March 


540  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

3d,  1905.  The  specimens  all  belong  to  the  variety  M.  inermis 
Dall.  as  recognized  by  Distant.  A  large  series  of  this  species  from 
British  Guiana  shows  about  every  gradation  from  the  strongly 
spinous  to  the  non-spinous  pronotal  angles. 

Mormidea  pictiventris  Stal. 

A  fine  series  from  Guatemala:  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d, 
1905. 

Euschistus   crenator   Fabricius. 

A  full  series,  e\'idently  rather  abundant  in  Central  America. 
Guatemala:  Gualan,  Feb.  15th;  Los  Amates,  Feb.  25th;  Puerto 
Barrios,  March  3d  and  14th,  1905.  Honduras:  San  Pedro, 
Feb.  21st  to  March  8th,  1905.  This  is  a  rather  variable  species. 
Three  specimens  from  Gualan  have  the  humeral  angles  less 
produced  and  not  acutely  angled ;  the  lateral  border  of  pronotum 
denticulate  anteriorly,  smooth  posteriorly  (without  any  denticula- 
tions) ;  scutellum  at  apex  with  a  very  narrow  whitish  border. 

Proxys  albo-punctulatus  Palisot  de  Beauvois. 

Two  specimens:     Santa  Lucia,  Guatemala,  Feb.  2d,  1905. 

Proxys  victor  Fabricius. 

Four  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Santa  Lucia,  Feb.  2d,  and 
Los  Amates;  Feb.  ISth  and  25th,  1905. 

Proxys  punctulatus  Palisot  de  Beauvois. 

Two  specimens:  San  Pedro,  Honduras,  Feb.  21st,  1905. 
The  three  above  species  belonging  to  this  genus  are  closely  re- 
lated. The  rather  arbitrary  separation  on  color  of  legs  seems 
barely  warranted,  but  we  have  followed  Stal  and  Distant  in  recog- 
nizing them. 

Thyanta  perditor  Fabricius. 

Three  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Gualan,  Jan.  14th,  Los 
Amates;  Feb.  ISth,  and  Puerto  Barrios,  March  3d,  1905. 

Nezara  marginata  Palisot  de  Beauvois. 

Two  s]jccimens:     Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Jan.  Kith,  1905. 

Banasa  albo-apicata  Stal. 

One  specimen:  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  l<Sth,  1905. 
Hitherto  recorded  for  Central  America  (Honduras)  on  the  authori- 
ty of  Stal  and  its  occurrence  seems  rather  rare. 

Piezosternum  subulatum  Thumb. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Morales,  (juatemala,  March  8th, 
1905.  This  species  has  been  recorded  for  Panama,  Columbia, 
and  Antilles  but  not  for  Guatemala. 

Edessa  taurina  Stal. 

One  specimen:     Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March  3d,  1905. 


June,  1915.]         Guatemalan  Hemiptera-Heteroptera.  541 

Edessa  affinis  Stal. 

Eight  specimens:  Puerto  Barrios,  Guatemala,  March  3d, 
1905. 

Edessa  rixosa  Stal. 

Two  specimens  from  Guatemala:  Los  Amates;  Feb.  25th 
and  Morales;  March  Sth,  1905. 

Edessa  rufomarginata  DeGeer. 

A  common  species  for  a  large  area  in  Central  and  South  Ameri- 
ca. Guatemala:  Los  Amates,  Feb.  18th;  Puerto  Barrios,  March 
5th  to  nth;  Morales,  March  Sth;  Panzos,  March  ISth,  1905. 

Stiretrus  anchorage  Fabricius. 

Two  specimens,  much  smaller  than  the  typical  specimens 
found  in  United  States,  but  otherwise  similar:  Puerto  Barrios, 
Guatemala,  March  3d,  1905. 

Family  Cydnid^. 
Pangaeus  piceatus  Stal. 

One  specimen,  taken  at  Gualan,  Guatemala,  Feb.  15th,  1905. 

Family  Thyreocorid^. 

Thyreocoris  guttiger  Stal. 

Four  specimens:  Los  Amates,  Guatemala,  Feb.  10th  to 
ISth,  1905.  Three  specimens  seem  to  be  typical  T.  guttiger 
and  the  other  is  intermediate  between  this  species  and  T.  quadri- 
signatus  Stal.  These  two  species  will  probably  merge  with  a 
more  extended  series. 


VARIATION  IN  THE  SIZE  OF  RAY  PITS  OF  CONIFERS.* 

Forest  B.  H.  Brown. 

Since  Haeckel  proposed  the  word  Ecology  in  1886,  there  has 
been  an  ever  growing  interest  in  the  influence  which  environmental 
factors  may  have  in  determining  the  form  and  structure  of  plants. 
"Anatomy,  particularly  stimulated  by  Haberlandt,  has  recently 
been  greatly  enriched  by  numerous  researches  dealing  with  the 
question  of  the  harmony  between  structure  and  environment."^ 
Trees  of  the  same  species,  but  grown  under  different  conditions, 
will  show  differences  in  the  structure  of  their  woody  tissues  that 
materially  affect  the  durability,  strength,  and  other  properties 
of  the  wood.  In  a  general  way,  many  of  such  structural  differences 
have  been  related  to  the  conditions  under  which  the  tree  was 
grown. 

To  some  extent,  at  least,  the  physical  factors  may  influence 
the  structure  of  wood.  Cieslar^  found  that  certain  conifers  would 
form  "Rotholz,"  a  tissue  of  great  strength  under  compression, 
due  to  the  mechanical  influence  of  a  one-sided  crown  or  the  weight 
of  a  branch.  But  since  one  of  the  main  purposes  of  the  woody 
elements  of  a  tree  is  to  conduct  and  store  the  products  of  assimila- 
tion, and  to  convey  the  watery  solutions,  gathered  by  the  roots, 
to  the  leaves  and  other  parts  where  they  may  be  needed,  it  may  be 
inferred  that  factors  more  directly  related  to  the  vital  processes 
of  the  tree  will  also  be  more  directly  related  to  structural  varia- 
tions. 

Of  the  tissues  which  go  to  make  up  the  woody  part  of  the  stem 
of  coniferous  trees,  the  medullary  ray  is  one  of  the  most  complex, 
in  both  its  structural  and  functional  aspects.  While  they  make 
up  only  4-8  %  of  the  volume  of  the  wood,  their  height  and  width 
is  so  small  that  often  over  2,500  rays  may  be  counted  in  one  sq. 
cm.  on  the  tangential  surface  (Fig.  1).  The  average  volume 
of  a  typical  coniferous  ray  shown  in  this  plate  is  but  one  twentieth 
that  of  a  fine  silk  thread.  None  the  less,  the  ray  of  Picea  and 
Larix,  the  genera  selected  for  comparison  in  this  paper,  is  com- 
posed of  at  least  two  kinds  of  tissue  with  an  accompanying  dif- 
ference in  function  (Fig.  2).  At  the  margins  are  the  ray  tracheids 
(r.t.),  which  communicate  with  the  adjacent  wood  tracheids  by 
means  of  bordered  pits.  "Their  purpose  is  to  facilitate  the  transfer 
of  water  radially  between  the  tracheids."^     Distinguished  from  the 

*  Contribution  from  the  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, No.  90. 

1.  Warming.     1909.     Ecology  of  Plants,  p.  3. 

2.  Centrall)latt  f.  d.  gesamte  Forstwescn.     Apr.,  1896. 

3.  Strasburger.     1908.     Bonn  Text-Book,  p.  140. 

542 


June,  1915.] 


Ray  Pits  of  Conifers. 


543 


ray  tracheids  are  the  ray  parenchyma  cells  with  semi -bordered 
pits  (s.  b.  p.)  upon  their  lateral  walls  and  simple  pits  upon  their 
end  walls  (e.  w.).  These  cells  make  up  the  storage  tissue  of  the 
ray,  in  which  the  products  of  assimilation  are  conducted  and  stored. 
Still  more  complex  in  structure  and  function  are  the  rays  which 


SCALE      DIVISIONS' 


Fig. 1. 


Fig.  1.     Tangential  view  Pinus  monticola,  showing  arrangement  of  the 
rays  with  reference  to  the  tracheids. 

f.     fusiform  ray  with  resin  duct.     u.    uniseriate  rays. 

have,  in  addition  to  the  above  tissues,  a  third  tissue  designed 
for  the  secretion,  conduction,  and  storage  of  resin.  A  very 
intimate  connection  of  the  rays  with  the  vital  activities  of  the 
wood  may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  the  rays  continue  living 
for  fifteen  years  or  more,  or  probably  as  long  as  the  wood  performs 


544 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


b.pvyt. 


Evyrt,--- 


fcpT.t. 


SCALf.    DIVISIONS  •.-ji  T-m- 


Fig.  2. 


ray  ^lec't iorf  "'"^  """  °^  ^^'^^^  canadensis,  showing  uniseriate  medullary 
r.  t.    ray  tracheids. 
r.  p.    ray  parenchyma, 
w.  t.  wood  tracheid. 

h.  b.  p.  s.    half  bordered  pits  in  section 
D.  p.  w.  t.  bordered  pit  of  wood  tracheid 
D.  p.  r.  t.    bordered  pit  of  ray  tracheid 
s.  b.  p.    semi-bordered  pit  of  ray  parenchyma 


lion. 


June,  1915.]       ^  Ray  Pits  of  Conifers.  545 

its  physiological  functions,  and  are  so  disposed  that,  so  far  as  it 
has  been  possible  to  observe,  they  come  in  contact  with  each  individual 
tracheid  of  the  wood.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  find  tracheids  which 
show  four  or  five  points  of  contact  with  the  ray  system.  The 
ray  system,  is,  in  turn,  through  the  direct  contact  of  each  of  its 
component  rays  with  the  cambium  and  the  phloem,  in  communi- 
cation with  the  leaves  and  all  other  living  structures  throughout 
the  tree. 

The  ray  pits  formed  at  the  point  of  contact  of  the  storage  cells 
with  the  wood  tracheids  exhibit  a  number  of  variations  which 
seem  to  be  related  to  the  life  conditions  of  the  species.  Unlike 
the  tracheid  pits,  they  differ  widely  in  shape,  size,  and  number 
for  the  different  genera  and  species  of  conifers,  affording  both 
generic  and  specific  points  of  distinction  of  high  taxonomic  value. 
In  Larix  and  Picea,  however,  these  constant  characters  are  similar, 
especially  in  P.  sitchensis  and  L.  occidentalis,  where  the  ray  char- 
acters are  insufficient  to  separate  the  two  genera.  For  this 
reason,  together  with  the  fact  that  the  two  genera  have  widely 
different  habits  of  nutrition,  the  two  genera  have  been  selected 
for  comparison,  since  a  more  direct  comparison  of  the  variable 
characters  is  possible  with  woods  similar  in  structure  than  where 
the    problem    would   be    complicated    by    structural    differences. 

In  leaf  habit,  differences  are  at  once  apparent  that  are  asso- 
ciated with  differences  in  the  storage  of  reserve  and  in  other 
processes  of  nutrition  of  a  fundamental  character.  The  leaves 
of  Larix  remain  through  but  one  season;  being  a  deciduous  conifer, 
the  entire  foliage  must  be  regenerated  each  year.  In  Picea, 
the  leaves  remain  for  4-7  years,  or  the  spruce  is  only  ){  to  K 
deciduous,  and  needs  to  regenerate  ){  or  less  of  its  foliage  each 
year.  Larix,  as  with  other  deciduous  trees,*  is  totally  dependent 
upon  reserve  food  for  the  regeneration  of  its  leaves.  Such  re- 
serve is  stored  in  the  ray  system  and  a  heavy  demand  will  there- 
fore be  made  upon  the  rays  early  in  the  season.  Picea,  on  the 
other  hand,  could  probably  meet  this  need  partly,  if  not  wholly, 
by  the  newly  formed  products  of  assimilation,  since  it  has  been 
found  that  first,  second,  and  third  year  leaves  of  conifers  begin 
to  fonn  starch  by  the  middle  of  March,  even  when  the  temperature 
often  falls  below  0°  C.^  Picea,  then,  should  make  a  relatively 
slight  demand,  early  in  the  season,  upon  the  stored  reserve. 

To  determine  the  relative  difference  in  the  amount  of  starch 
stored  by  Larix  and  Picea,  trees  of  Larix  decidua  and  Picea  excelsa 
ten  inches  in  diameter  and  growing  on  the  Ohio  State  University 
Campus,   were  felled   during  winter  and  the  volume  of  starch 


4.  Lutz.     1897.     Biisgen's  Bau  und  Lebenunserer  Waldbaumc,  p.  196. 

5.  Mer.     1885.     Ueber  eine  Methode  zur  Beobachtung  der  Assimila- 
tion.    Landwirtschaftl.     Jahrb. 


546 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


contained  in  the  storage  tissue  of  the  rays  estimated  from  plani- 
meter  measurements  of  projected  drawings.  In  all  cases  Picea 
showed  little  or  no  starch  in  its  woody  tissues,  while  Larix  con- 
tained starch  in  all  of  its  corresponding  living  parts.  The  highest 
relative  amount  of  starch  was  found  in  the  dwarf  branches  where 


■ 
1 


2<> 
jr 

2« 

2J 

n 

21 
50 
(9 

li 
I! 

Ik 

'S 

/</ 

/3 

n 
II 

10 


1 

1 

s 

/ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

6     9     10    II 


(3     i-i     If     '6 


2      i     4      5      fa      7 


9      lo     II 


Fig.  3.  Fig.  4. 

Fig.  3.  Curve  showing  variation  in  .size  of  ray  i)its  of  Larix  occidentalis, 
through  one  annual  ring  of  IG  tracheid.s,  commencing  with  earliest  formed 
tracheid  of  spring  wood  and  ending  witli  last  formed  traelieid  of  summer 
wood.     Vertical  scale,  diameters  squared. 

Fig.  4.  Curve  showing  variation  in  size  of  ray  pits  of  Larix  laricina, 
through  one  annual  ring  of  11  tracheids,  on  same  scale  as  Fig.  3. 

the  rays  were  stored  to  their  full  capacity,  but  varying  amounts 
of  starch  were  found  in  all  other  portions  where  the  wood  was 
living.  Rays  of  the  sapwood  zone,  which  was  fifteen  rings  in 
width  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  trunk,  contained  starch  through- 
out the  width  of  the  zone.  In  some  portions,  2%  of  the  volume 
of  sapwood  was  starch,  though  the  rays  in  this  portion  of  the  tree 


June,  1915.] 


Ray  Pits  of  Conifers. 


547 


were  not,  as  a  rule,  filled  to  this  extent;  but,  in  general,  it  may  be 
stated  that  the  rays  of  Larix  are,  during  winter,  stored  with  starch 
through  fifteen  years  of  growth. 

Such  reserves  have  been  found  to  be  used  for  two  main  pur- 
poses, the  production  of  leaves  and  of  seed.     In  rare  instances,  a 


u 

1'. 

35 
24 
23 
2! 
21 
20 
19 
18 
'7 
ll> 
l5 
11 

13 
u 
II 

10 
9 
6 

7 
b 

4 

3 
1 
1 

JV 

?^ 

?? 

71 

■"ri 

;9 

'H 

n 

ffr 

IS 

1 

\ 

"J 

/ 

\ 

1 

f 

\ 

1 

!>. 

/ 

\ 

1 

1 

\ 

11 

1 

1 

\ 

\ 

\ 

II 

/ 

\ 

\ 

in 

/ 

\ 

\ 

^ 

1 

\ 

q 

fl 

/ 

\ 

7 

/ 

\ 

\ 

\ 

h 

«; 

\ 

1 

\ 

s 

7 

1 

/- 

4 

9 

■a 

t 

l-a 

It 

'J9 

X 

Hi 

^ 

ff 

ti 

r3 

i-?- 

u> 

is 

ie 

n 

Ik 

ei- 

es 

I 

S 

i 

It' 

z 

i 

vt 

t*l 

0   » 

» 

2 

s 

W 

Fig.  5.  Fig.  6. 

Fig.  5.  Curve  showing  variation  in  size  of  ray  pits  of  Picea  sitchensis, 
through  one  annual  ring  of  83  tracheids,  plotted  on  same  scale  as  Larix, 
except  that  the  horizontal  scale  of  Larix  is  four  times  as  great  because  of 
the  fewer  number  of  tracheids. 

Fig.  6.  Curve  showing  variation  in  size  of  ray  pits  of  Picea  canadensis, 
through  one  annual  ring  of  31  tracheids,  on  same  scale  as  Fig.  5. 

portion  may  be  diverted  to  the  growth  of  wood,  but  this  is  not 
usual.  Use  of  the  reserves  for  seed  production  will  occur,  as  a 
rule,  at  periods  of  from  two  to  several  years;  hence  annual  rigns 
will  occur  not  subject  to  any  modifications  from  this  source.  On 
the  other  hand,  that  used  for  the  regeneration  of  leaves  wnll  be 
used  yearly,  and  every  annual  ring  will  be  subject  to  structural 
modifications  by  this  factor. 


548  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

It  has  been  shown  that  the  reserves  stored  in  the  rays  are 
forced  into  the  tracheids  and  are  conveyed  to  the  developing  new 
shoots  at  the  beginning  of  the  growing  season.®  The  yearly  oc- 
currence of  this  temporary  current  woiild  be  likely  to  influence 
the  development  of  the  semi-bordered  pits  through  which  it  passes, 
providing  such  pits  had  not  fully  completed  their  development. 
Since  a  period  of  about  90  days  is  consumed  in  the  development 
of  an  annual  ring  in  Picea  and  Larix/  the  ray  pits  of  any  given 
ring  will  be  of  successively  greater  age  with  the  youngest  at  the 
commencement  of  the  ring,  in  the  earliest  spring  wood,  and  differ- 
ing in  age  at  the  extremes  by  90  days;  hence  certain  of  them,  it 
may  be  assumed,  would  still  be  plastic  when  this  current  is  formed. 
By  way  of  confirmation,  twigs  of  L.  decidua  were  sectioned  May 
20,  when  leaves  had  apparently  attained  their  full  size.  It  was 
found  that  the  sixth  tracheid  was  then  being  formed,  which  would 
bear  out  the  predicted  sequence  of  the  maturity  of  the  ray  pits, 
and  be  in  proper  position  with  respect  to  the  greatly  diminished 
current  indicated  by  the  fall  of  the  curve.     (Figs.  3  and  4). 

The  curves  referred  to  were  obtained  from  measurements 
taken  of  the  diameter  of  the  ray  pits,  commencing  with  the  first 
spring  tracheid  and  ending  with  the  last  summer  wood  tracheid. 
Such  pits  will,  then,  be  arranged  in  series  according  to  age.  For 
sake  of  coinparison,  these  measurements  are  squared,  since  the 
efficiency  of  circular  osmotic  membranes,  other  things  being  con- 
stant, should  be  proportional  to  such  values.  The  accompanying 
curves  plotted  from  the  results  so  obtained,  show  graphically  the 
existence  of  exactly  such  a  variation  in  size  as  would  be  expected 
had  the  above  outlined  modifying  influence  of  the  assimilation 
current  been  manifest.  As  anticipated,  both  species  of  Larix 
show  an  early  and  strongly  pronounced  increase  in  the  size  of 
their  ray  pits  corresponding  to  the  probable  time,  intensity,  and 
duration  of  the  demand  made  upon  the  stored  reserve,  for  the  re- 
generation of  leaves.  Also,  the  curves  of  Picea  show  the  expected 
absence  of  the  early  high  point.  The  problem  is  here  complicated 
by  the  presence  of  currents  of  newly  formed  assimilation  products 
commencing  in  March  and  increasing  with  the  advance  of  the 
season;  but,  in  a  general  way,  the  shape  of  the  curve  is  in  accord 
with  the  probable  influence  exerted  by  the  later  leaf  habit  of  the 
genus  and  the  absence  of  growth  conditions  that  would  make  the 
early  and  brief  demand  upon  the  stored  reserve  noted  in  Larix. 
The  data  thus  collected  has  also  demonstrated  the  intimate  con- 
nection of  the  ray  with  the  vital  processes  of  growth  and  nutrition 
and  the  reaction  of  such  processes  upon  the  structure  of  the  ray. 

6.  Fi.scher,   Alfred.     1890.^     Pringsheim's  Jahrbvichcr,  XXII,  p.  73. 
Strasburger.     1891.     Uber  den  Bau  und  die  Verrichtung  der  Leit- 

ungsbahnen  in  den  Pflanzen,  pp.  98,  297. 

7.  Hartig,  Robert.     1885.     Hols  der  deutschen  Nadelwaldbaume. 


June,  1915.] 


Eay  Pits  of  Conifers. 


549 


TABLE  I. 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Average   Diameter 

Average  Diameter 

tracheid 

pits 

m  microns 

squared 

1 

3 

4.6 

21. 

2 

6 

5. 

25. 

3 

7 

3.3 

10.9 

4 

1 

3.2 

10.2 

5 

3 

3.2 

10.2 

6 

6 

3.3 

10.9 

7 

6 

3.3 

10.9 

8 

3 

3.3 

10.9 

9 

5 

2.4 

5.8 

10 

2 

2.4 

5.8 

11 

3 

2.4 

5.8 

Measurement  of  the  ray  pits  of  Larix  laricina  through  one  annual  ring. 


TABLE  XL 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Average  Diameter 

Average  Diameter 

tracheid 

pits 

in  microns 

squared 

1 

10 

3.1 

9.6 

2 

10 

3.1 

9.6 

3 

10 

3.9 

15.2 

4 

10 

4.3 

18.5 

5 

10 

2.9 

8.4 

6 

10 

3.0 

9.0 

7 

10 

2.6 

7.0 

8 

10 

2.4 

5.8 

9 

10 

2.3 

5.3 

10 

3 

2. 

4. 

11 

5 

2. 

4. 

12 

4 

2. 

4. 

13 

2 

2. 

4. 

14 

1 

2. 

4. 

15 

1 

4. 

16 

4. 

Measurement  of  ray  pits  of  Larix  occidentalis  through  one  annual  ring 
of  16  tracheids;  10-16,  late  wood;  15-16,  so  compressed  that  measurements 
were  approximated. 


550 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


TABLE  III. 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Average  Diameter 

Average  Diameter 

tracheid 

pits 

m  microns 

squared 

1-4 

7 

2.6 

6.8 

5-8 

12 

3. 

9. 

9-12 

13 

3. 

9. 

13-16 

11 

3.1 

9.6 

17-20 

12 

3.1 

9.6 

21-24 

12 

3.5 

12.3 

25-28 

12 

4. 

16. 

29-32 

12 

4. 

16. 

33-36 

10 

4. 

16. 

37-40 

12 

3.3 

10.9 

41-44 

5 

3. 

9. 

45-48 

4 

3. 

9. 

49-52 

4 

2.5 

6.3 

53-56 

4 

2.5 

6.3 

57-60 

4 

2.2 

4.8 

61-64 

4 

2. 

4. 

65-68 

4 

2. 

4. 

69-72 

4 

2. 

4. 

73-76 

4 

2. 

4. 

77-80 

4 

2. 

4. 

81-83 

4 

2. 

4. 

Measurement  of  ray  pits  of  Picea  sitchensis,  through  one  annual  ring  of 
83  tracheids. 

TABLE  IV. 


Number  of 

Number  of 

Average  Diameter 

Average  Diameter 

tracheid 

pits 

m  microns 

squared 

1-2 

5 

3. 

9. 

3-4 

5 

3. 

9. 

5-6 

6 

3.5 

12.5 

7-8 

7 

3.5 

12.5 

9-10 

8 

3.5 

12.5 

11-12 

7 

3.8 

14.4 

13-14 

6 

3.9 

15.2 

15-16 

5 

3.5 

12.3 

17-18 

7 

3.8 

14.4 

19-20 

5 

3.5 

12.5 

21-22 

2 

3. 

9. 

23-24 

5 

3. 

9. 

25-26 

4 

3. 

9. 

27-28 

5 

3. 

9. 

29-30 

4 

3. 

9. 

31 

2 

3. 

9. 

Measurement  of  ray  pits  of  one  annual  ring  of  Picea  canadensis  with  31 
tracheids. 


ROOT-KNOT    OR    EELWORM    ATTACKSf^NEW^HOSTS* 

Leo  E.  Melchers. 

In  addition  to  the  hosts  known  to  be  attacked  by  Heterodera 
radicicola,  pecuHar  circumstances  recently  made  it  possible  for 
the  writer  to  note  and  observe  its  occurrence  on  seven  new  and 
unreported  hosts. 


Fig.   1.     Root-knot  of  parsley. 

Two- thirds  natural  size. 

Photo  by  L.  E.  Melchers. 

During  December,  1913,  the  writer  noticed  the  first  indications 
of  the  root-knot  on  the  tomato  crop  which  was  being  grown  in  one 
of  the  greenhouses  belonging  to  the  Department  of  Horticulture 
of  the  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College.  By  the  end  of  April 
the  tomato  plants  were  removed  on  account  of  their  unproductive- 
ness, due  to  the  eelworm  infestation.     The  roots  of  these  plants 

*  Kansas  State  Agricultural  College,  Manhattan,  Kansas. 

551 


552 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


Fig.  2.     Root-knot  of  Canada  thistle. 
Two-thirds   natural   size. 
Photo  by  L.  E.  Melchers. 


June,  lyiS.J  Root-knot  or  Eelworm  Attacks.  553 

for  the  most  part  had  decayed,  Hberating  the  eggs  and  egg-filled 
bodies  of  the  female  nematodes  into  the  soil.  The  tops  of  the 
tomato  plants  and  as  many  of  the  remaining  roots  as  could  be 
found,  were  removed  from  the  bench.  The  soil  itself,  however, 
was  not  given  a  soil  treatment,  but  was  allowed  to  remain  in  an 
infested  state. 

The  foreman  in  charge  of  the  greenhouses  gave  directions  to 
place  various  potted  bedding  plants  on  top  of  this  bench,  allowing 
the  pots  to  come  in  direct  contact  with  the  soil  which  had  previous- 
ly grown  the  infested  tomato  crop.  The  experiment  proved  an 
interesting  one,  for  among  the  potted  plants  there  were  a  number 
which  became  infested,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  a  few  kinds 
which  were  under  the  same  environmental  conditions  proved 
non-susceptible  to  an  attack. 

After  having  stood  on  top  of  this  bench  for  more  than  a  month, 
the  following  plants  showed  the  development  of  nodules  upon  their 
roots,  and  upon  a  microscopic  examination  revealed  the  egg-filled 
nematodes  of  Heterodera  radicicola:  Vinca  rosea  Linn.  (Mada- 
gascar Periwinkle),  Chrysanthemum  frutescens  Linn.  (Mar- 
guerite), Celosia  empress  (Cockscomb),  Matthiola  incana  Var. 
annua  Voss.  (Ten- weeks  or  Intermediate  stocks) ,  Zeae  mayz  ( Bur- 
bank's  Rainbow  Corn),  and  Phlox  (Phlox  annual).  The  writer 
also  reported  Cirsium  arvense  (Canada  thistle),  a  susceptible 
host  (Science,  40::241,  1914).  There  were  also  a  large  number  of 
other  plants  whuch  were  attacked,  but  only  those  which  proved 
to  be  new  hosts  have  been  hsted  here. 

The  eelworm  has  been  previously  reported  as  attacking 
Zeae  mayz  by  Neal,  B.  P.  L  (1S.S9),  Burbank's  Rainbow  corn 
being  a  horticultural  variety  of  Zeae  mayz. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  potted  plants  which  remained  ap- 
parently unaffected,  although  they  were  growing  among  the  in- 
fested potted  plants:  Centaurea  imperialis  (Royal  Sweet  Sultan), 
Calundula  (Pot  marigold,  Vaughan's  Mammoth  Mixture  and 
Eldorado),  Salvia  Zurich  (Dwarf  Sage),  and  Canna  varieties. 

The  soil  which  was  used  in  the  bench  was  originally  obtained 
from  a  nearb}^  orchard,  and  was  probably  infested  with  Heterodera 
radicicola  at  the  time  that  it  was  placed  in  the  greenhouse  bench, 
although  it  is  possible,  but  not  probable,  that  the  organisms 
gained  entrance  through  the  application  of  infested  manure; 
knowing  the  source  of  the  fertilizer  used,  this  did  not  appear  to  be 
the  case.  The  soils  in  many  sections  of  Kansas  are  badly  infested 
with  the  eelworm,  and  the  problem  of  economically  combating 
this  pest  is  becoming  a  serious  problem,  especially  in  the  truck- 
growing  regions  where  entire  crops  become  affected. 

Besides  the  above  hosts,  the  writer  obtained  specimens  of 
Carum  petroselinum  (parsley)  from  Hutchinson,  Kansas,  which 


554 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 


[Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 


were  badly  affected  with  the  nematode;  this  is  likewise  an  unre- 
ported host.  The  plants  were  growing  out  in  the  open  field  at 
the  time  the  injury  was  observed.  It  is  not  definitely  known  wheth- 
er these  plants  became  infected  from  nematodes  which  remained 
alive  in  the  field  over  winter,  or  whether  contamination  resulted 
otherwise. 


n 

^HV^^^^^IP2   ^^^H 

■ 

^^^^^^^BBp^jKb 

^^^P^v2^fl 

f^ 

Ha 

^^^SF- 

^^ 

^u 

BhU^'^^^^^I 

f^^^^^m^^t^   TV'fM 

■ 

Fig.  3.     Root-knot  as  it  occurs  on  tomato. 
Two-thirds  natural  size. 
Photo  by  L.  E.  Melchers. 


Apparently  climatic  conditions  in  this  region  cannot  be  too 
stringently  depended  upon  as  a  means  of  control  in  holding  the 
eelwomi  in  check  in  the  open  fields.  The  winters  vary  in  severity, 
and  are  not  always  severe  enough  to  eradicate  the  pest  in  badly 
infested  soils. 


June,  1915.] 


Root-knot  or  Eelworm  Attacks. 


555 


Fig.  4.     Normal  tomato  root  for  comparison. 
Two- thirds   natural   size. 
Photo  by  L.  E.  Melchers. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB. 


Botany  and  Zoology  Bldg.,  Jan  11,  1915. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr.  Seymour, 
and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  approved. 

Messrs.  H.  D.  Chase,  Vernon  Haber,  R.  C.  Smith,  F.  H.  Smith, 
J.  R.  Smith,  W.  T.  Owry,  W.  S.  Krout,  H.  J.  Reinhard,  D.  D. 
Leyda,  W.  E.  Laughlin,  C.  W.  Hauck,  John  Eckert,  Ohver  Gos- 
sard,  J.  R.  vStear,  R.  C.  Baker,  R.  A.  Knouff,  E.  H.  Baxter,  F.  F. 
Searle,  Harry  Cutler,  and  Adolph  Waller  were  elected  to  mem- 
bership in  the  club. 

The  names  of  Messrs.  Joel  Foote  and  A.  H.  Smith  were  pro- 
posed for  membership  in  the  club. 

Prof.  Osborn  gave  a  brief  report  of  the  meeting  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  at  Philadelphia  during 
the  Christmas  vacation,  and  stated  that  the  next  meeting  of  the 
association  would  be  held  at  Columbus.  He  suggested  that 
a  committee  be  appointed  by  the  club  to  assist  the  different 
committees  of  the  University  in  the  preparations  for  the  enter- 
tainment of  the  association.  It  was  moved  by  Dr.  Krecker  and 
seconded  by  Mr.  Kostir  "that  the  President  appoint  such  a  com- 
mittee before  the  next  meeting."     The  motion  was  carried. 

The  program  for  the  evening  consisted  of  many  interesting 
reports  from  the  different  members  who  had  attended  the  meeting 
at  Philadelphia:  Professors  Schaffner,  Griggs,  and  Stover  gave 
reports  from  the  Botanical  sessions;  Professors  Osborn  and  Krecker 
from  the  Zoological  and  Entomological  sessions;  Mr.  Weiss  from 
Psychological  session;  Prof.  Prosser  from  the  Paleontological  and 
Geological  sessions. 

The  club  then  adjourned. 


Botany  and  Zoology  Hall,  Feb.  S,  1915. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President,  Dr.  Sey- 
mour, and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and 
approved.  The  attendance  was  unusually  large,  two  hundred 
and  forty-three  being  present. 

Messrs.  Joel  Footc  and  A.  H.  vSmith  were  elected  to  member- 
ship in  the  club.  The  names  of  Mes.srs.  H.  C.  Yingling,  G.  S. 
Zink,  and  W.  D.  Will  were  proposed  for  membership. 

The  President  appointed  Professors  T.  M.  Hills,  F.  H.  Krecker 
and  R.  F.  Griggs  to  assist  the  different  committees  of  the  Univer- 
sity in  the  ])reparations  for  the  entertainment  of  the  American 

556 


June,  1915.]  Meetings  of  Biological  Club.  557 

Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  which  will  meet 
in  Columbus  during  the  next  Christmas  vacation.  It  was  moved 
by  Prof.  Landacre  that  the  President  announce  the  time  for  the 
next  meeting  of  the  club.  The  motion  was  carried.  The  time 
for  the  next  meeting  was  set  for  the  second  Monday  evening  in 
March. 

The  program  for  the  evening  consisted  of  a  very  interesting 
address  on  "Evolution  and  Death"  given  by  Prof.  L.  B.  Walton, 
of  Kenyon  College.  A  brief  discussion  of  the  views  of  Darwin, 
DeVries,  Johannsen,  and  Lloyd  were  given.  The  speaker  examined 
two  hundred  daisies  from  a  fertile  soil,  also  the  same  number 
from  poor  soil,  and  the  coefficient  of  variation  was  found  to  be 
the  same.  Close  breeding  is  more  variable  than  cross  breeding 
and  sexes  arose  as  an  effort  in  nature  to  hold  variation  in 
check.  Cells  are  smaller  in  cross  breeding  than  close  breeding; 
small  cells  produce  faster  and,  hence,  a  larger  organism.  Prof. 
Walton's  hypothesis  to  account  for  death  was  that  the  cells  of 
an  adult  organism,  being  the  result  of  very  numerous  cell  divisions 
(and  hence  asexual  generations)  finally  become  so  highly  variable 
that  sooner  or  later  some  one  or  more  cells  located  in  a  vital  part 
will  not  be  able  to  subserve  their  intended  function,  causing  the 
death  of  the  entire  organism.  As  a  working  hypothesis,  varia- 
tions were  divided  into  normations  and  abnormations ;  the  former 
into  fluctuations,  amphimutations,  and  cumulations;  the  latter 
into  monstrositations,  defactorations,  and  fractionations. 

After  a  discussion  of  the  address,  the  club  adjourned. 


Botany  and  Zoology  Hall,  March  8,  1915. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  President  Dr.  Seymour, 
and  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  approved 
as  read.  Messrs.  H.  C.  Yingling,  W.  D.  Will,  and  G.  S.  Zink  were 
elected  to  membership. 

It  was  moved  by  Prof.  Hine  and  seconded  that  the  President 
appoint  a  committee  of  three  to  consider  the  advisabihty  of  mak- 
ing the  Biological  Club  one  of  the  sections  of  a  Science  Club  to  be 
formed  in  the  University;  also,  to  consider  turning  over  the 
Ohio  Naturalist  and  Journal  of  Science  to  this  Club,  providing 
sufficient  financial  support  be  insured  for  its  publication ;  the  name 
of  the  Ohio  Naturalist  and  Journal  of  Science  to  be  changed  to 
the  Ohio  Journal  of  Science.  The  motion  was  carried.  Mr. 
Shadle  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  many  of  the  trees  had  been 
removed  from  the  campus  during  the  last  few  years  and  only  a 
few  had  been  replanted  during  this  time.  It  was  moved  by  Mr. 
Shadle  and  seconded  that  a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  by 
the  President  to  see  what  could  be  done  towards  having  more  trees 


558  The  Ohio  Naturalist.  [Vol.  XV,  No.  8, 

replanted  on  the  campus  this  spring.  The  motion  was  carried. 
Professors  Osbom,  Prosser,  and  Durrant  were  appointed  on  the 
first  committee  and  Mr.  Shadle,  Prof.  Lazenby,  and  Mr.  Forest 
Brown  on  the  latter  one. 

The  program  for  the  evening  consisted  of  two  very  interesting 
papers:  "The  Phylogenetic  Relationship  of  Man  and  Lower 
Animals,"  by  Mr.  Rollo  C.  Baker;  "The  Psychological  Relation- 
ship of  Man  and  Lower  Animals,"  by  Prof.  Weiss.  Mr.  Baker 
compared  the  Paleontological,  embryological,  physiological,  and 
structural  development  between  man  and  Anthropoid  apes. 
Prof.  Weiss  compared  the  actions  of  lower  animals  with  man. 
The  speech  reaction  gives  man  the  power  to  reproduce  things  of 
the  past  and  to  consider  the  future,  while  other  animals  can 
adjust  themselves  only  to  the  present.  The  speech  reaction  can 
be  converted  into  writing  and  thus  man  has  the  traditions  and 
experience  of  past  generations  to  guide  his  actions. 

After  a  discussion  of  the  papers,  the  Club  adjourned. 

Carl  J.  Drake,  Secretary. 

Date  of  Publication,  June  3,  1915. 


INDEX  TO  AUTHORS. 


Banta,  a.  M.,  49. 

Bartlett,  Gertrude,  393,  500. 

BiLSiNG,  S.  W.,  215. 

Brain,  Charles  K.,  25,  131. 

Brown,  Forest  B.  H.,  317,  471,  542. 

Claassen,  Edo.,  64,  99. 

Dachnowski,  Alfred,  241. 

Drake,  C.  J.,  251,  257,  472,  501,  523,  529,  556. 

DuRRELL,  Lawrence  W.,  327. 

FoERSTE,  Aug.  F.,  37. 

Fullmer,  E.  L.,  78. 

GoRMLEY,  Rose,  56,  419,  463. 

GoRTNER,  Ross  A.,  49. 

Griggs,  R.  F.,  142. 

HiNE,  Jas.  S.,  94,  205,  219,  225,  333. 

Humphrey,  Lillian  E.,  79,  185,  299,  357. 

Jaques,  H.  E.,  525. 

Jennings,  O.  E.,  374. 

KosTiR,  W.  J.,  370. 

Lamb,  G.  F.,  344. 

Lathrop,  Frank  H.,  321. 

Linnell,  Mary  B.,  443. 

McAvoY,  Blanche,  1,  109,  189,  217,  279,  331,  347,  355,  376,  436, 

452. 
McLellan,  Marie  F.,  100,  132,  147,  188. 
Mark,  Clara  Gould,  62. 
Melchers,  Leo  E.,  149,  281,  551. 
Metcalf,  C.  L.,  81. 
Mote,  Don  C,  309. 
Napper,  Chas.  W.,  252. 
Osborn,  Herbert,  133,  453,  501,  529. 
Overholts,  L.  O.,  22. 
Perry,  Fred  E  ,  473. 
Philpott,  Ress,  219. 
Rice,  E.  L.,  356,  433. 
Schaffner,  John  H.,  (J.  H.  S.)  19,  24,  36,  65,  70,  101,  198,  203, 

211,  216,  217,  255,  272,  278,  409,  432,  448,  452,  469,  509,  524. 
schroyer,  c.  r.,  519. 
Sears,  Paul  B.,  377,  518. 
Sewell,  M.  C,  273. 
Shideler,  W.  H.,  229. 
Smith,  J.  Warren,  405,  437. 
Sterki,  v.,  270. 
Walton,  L.  B.,  449,  498. 
Wells,  B.  W.,  289. 

Williams,  Amy,  97,  176,  235. ' 

Williams,  S.  R.,  221. 


INDEX  TO  VOLUMES  XIII,  XIV,  AND  XV. 


Acarina  of  Cedar  Point,  131. 
Amaranthus    Retroflexus,     Peculiar 

Varieties,  469. 
Amaryllidaceae,  Ohio,  327. 
America,  Diptera  of  Middle,  333. 
Anax  longipes,  219. 
Apocynaceae,  Ohio,  79. 
Aquatic  Resources  of  Ohio,  133. 
Atypus  milberti,  251. 
Bacteria,  soil,  273. 
Beans  and  Peas,  Key  to  the  Seeds, 

500. 
Beans  and  Peas  of  Ohio,  393. 
Biological    Club,    Meeting   24,    100, 

132,  147,  188,  217,  279,  331,  355, 

37G,  436,  452,  471,  523. 
Birch,  Starch  Reserve  in,  317. 
Britton     and     Brown's     Illustrated 

Flora,  203. 
Bryophyta,  synopsis,  211. 
Buried  Stream  Channel,  S.  E.  Ohio, 

519. 
Calamophyta,  synopsis,  202. 
Calandra  oryzae,  321. 
Caloplace  pyracea,  99. 
Caprifoliacese,  Ohio,  299. 
Carnivorous  Plants  of  Ohio,  97. 
Caryophyllaceae  of  Ohio,  176. 
Cecidia  from  Connecticut,  289. 
Cedar  Point,  Additions  to  Flora,  78. 

Coleoptera,  525. 

Fungi,  25. 

Insect  Galls,  377. 

List  of  the  Acarina,  131. 
Cell  Division  in  Euglena,  449. 
Cheese  Skipper,  309. 
Chromosome  Mechanism,  509. 

Segregation,  513. 
Cincinnati,  Group,  Upper  Richmond, 

229. 
Classification    of    Plants    VIII,    70; 

IX,  101;  X,  198;  XI,  211. 
Clovers  of  Ohio,  443. 
Cocklebur,  Sprouting,  216. 
Coleoptera,  Fish-feeding,  525. 
Commelinaceae  of  Ohio,  124. 
Conifers,  Ray  Pits,  542. 
Connecticut  Cecidia,  289. 
Curl  on  Raspberry,  281. 
Cuyahoga  County  Plants,  Additions, 

64. 
Cycadophyta,  Synopsis  of,  105. 


Cytological  Life  Cycle,  142. 
Cytological   vStudy  of     Smilax  Her- 

bacea,  357. 
Didea  fasciata,  90. 
Dioscoreaceas,  Ohio,  327. 
Diptera  of  Middle  America,  333. 
Distribution  of  Plants,  Ohio,  409. 
Dogbanes  of  Ohio,  79. 
Ecological  Varieties  of  Salix  Interior 

255. 
Eelworm,  551. 

Egg  Laying  of  Rice  Weevil,  321. 
Entomological  Work  in  Ohio,  453. 
Equisetum,  from  Kansas,  19. 
Equisetum  kansanum,  Schaffner,  21. 
Eriocaulacese  of  Ohio,  130. 
Eristalis  asneas,  84. 
Erosion  along  Paint  Creek,  252. 
Evening-primrose   Family    in   Ohio, 

463. 
Euglena  oxyurus,  Cell  Division,  449. 
Field  Manual  of  Trees,  272. 
Fish-feeding  Coleoptera,  525. 
Flora  of  Cedar  Point,  Additions,  78. 
Food  of  Rana  Pipiens,  257. 
Fraxinus  in  Ohio,  185. 
Frost    Protection,    Minimum    Tem- 
peratures, 405. 
Fuchsia,  Reduction  Division,  1. 
Fungi,  of  Cedar  Point,  List,  25. 

Key  to  Genera,  74. 
Galls,  Insect,  377. 
Geographic   Distribution  of  Plants, 

Transpiration  and  Relation,   to 

241. 
Guatemalan      Hemiptera  -  Heterop- 

tera,  529. 
Gymnosperms,  Classification  of ,  101. 
Hemiptera-Heteroptera  of  Ohio,  501. 

Gautemalan,  New  Species,  .529. 
Heredity,  Basis  of,  509. 
Honeysuckle  Family  in  Ohio,  299. 
Horse  fly,  225. 
Induced   Modifications    in    Pigment 

Development       in        Spelerpes 

Larvae,  49. 
Inheritance  of  Size  in  Tomatoes,  473. 
Insect  Galls  of  Cedar  Point,  377. 
Iridaceae,  Ohio,  327. 
Iridales  of  Ohio,  327. 
Juncacae  of  Ohio,  125. 
Kansas,  Undescribed  Equisetum,  19. 


Index  to   Volumes  XIII,  XIV  and  XV. 


Key  to  Genera  of  Fungi,  74. 

Key   to   the   Seeds,   Ohio   Peas  and 

Beans,  500. 
Lake    Huron,    Ordovician    Section, 

Manitoulin  Area,  37. 
Land  Planarian,  Abnormal  Number 

of  Eyes,  498. 
Leaf  markings  of  Amaranthus  Ret- 

roflexus,  469. 
Lepidophyta,  Synopsis,  203. 
Lichen,  Crvistaceous,  99. 
Life  Cycle,  Cytological,  142. 
Life-Histories  of  Syrphidae  V,  8L 
Lightning  Rods,  Efficacy  of,  437. 
Liliales  of  Ohio,  109. 
Limnogonus    hessione.    Illustration, 

504. 
Lycopersicon,    Inheritance    of    Size, 

473. 
Manitoulin  Area,  Ordovician  Section 

37. 
Maple,  Starch  Reserve  in,  317. 
Mendelian  Phenomena,  509. 
Minimum    Temperatures    for    Frost 

Protection,   405. 
Mississippian    Unconformities    in 

Northern  Ohio,  344. 
Mollusca  of  Ohio,  270. 
Mosaic  Disease  of  Tomato,  149. 
Mosses  of  Ohio,  62. 
Myiolephla,  Genus,  205. 
Odonata  of  Ohio,  Additions  and  Cor- 
rections, 94,  219. 
Oenother  Biennis,   Reduction   Divi- 
sion, 189. 
Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  Executive 
Committee  Meeting,  356,  433. 

Additions  to  Plant  List,  432. 

Aquatic  Resources,  133. 

Biological  Survey,  Publications, 
374. 

Caprifoliaceae,  299. 

Carnivorous  Plants,  97. 

Caryophyllacese,  176. 

Clovers,  443. 

Dogbanes,  79. 

Entomological  Work,  453. 

Genus  Fraxinus,  185. 

Hemiptera-Heteroptera,  501. 

Iridales,  327. 

Liliales,  109. 

Molusca,   270. 

Mosses,  62. 

New  and  Rare  Plants,  36. 

Northern,  Middle  Mississippian 
Unconformities,  344. 

Odonata,    Additions    and    Cor- 
rections, 94,  219. 


Ohio  Academy  of  Science 

Onagraceae,  463. 

Orthopterous  Fauna,  370. 

Panicums,  347. 

Pennsylvanian  System,  519. 

Phaseolea?,  393. 

Plant  Distribution,  409. 

Polyporacese.  22. 

Roses,  419. 

Solanaceae,  235. 

Spiders,   215. 

Vicieas,  393. 

Violets,  56. 
Onagracese  of  Ohio,  463. 
Ordovician  Section  in  the  Manitou- 
lin Area  of  Lake  Huron,  37. 
Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Ohio,  370. 
Paint  Creek,  Flood  Erosion,  252. 
Panicums  of  Ohio,  347. 
Peas  and  Beans  of  Ohio,  393. 

Key  to  the  Seeds,  500. 
Pennsylvanian  System,  S.  E.  Ohio, 

519. 
Phaseoleae  of  Ohio,  393. 
Phyla  of  Plants,  Synopsis,  70. 
Pigment     Development,      Spelerpes 

Larvae,  49. 
Piophila  cascei,  309. 
Planarian,  Land,  Abnormal  Number 

of  Eyes,  498. 
Plants  added  to  Ohio  List,  432. 
Plants,  Classification  of,  70,  101,  198, 
211. 

Collected  in  Cuyahoga  County, 
Additions,  64. 

Distribution  in  Ohio,  409. 

of  a  Typical  Prairie,  65. 

of  Ohio,  Carnivorous,  97. 
Polyporaceae  of  Ohio,  22. 
Pontederiaeceae  of  Ohio,  123. 
Prairie  Plants,  Typical,  65. 
Ptenophyta,  synopsis,  198. 
Rana  Pipiens,  Food,  257. 
Rare  Plants  of  Ohio,  Additions,  36. 
Raspberry  Curl  or  Yellows,  281. 
Ray  Pits,  Conifers,  542. 
Reduction  Division  in  Fuchsia,  1. 

Oenothera  Biennis,  189. 

Smilax  Herbacea,  357. 
Rice  Weevil,  Egg  Laying,  321. 
Richmond  Beds,   Cincinnati  Group, 

229. 
Root-knot  or  Eelworm,  551. 
Rosaceae  of  Ohio,  419. 
Roses  of  Ohio,  419. 
Salix  Interior,  Ecological  Varieties, 

255. 
Smilaceae,  Ohio,  122. 


J/4^G/ 


Index  to  Volumes  XIII,  XIV  and  XV. 


Smilax  Herbacea,  Cytological  Study 
357. 

Soil  Bacteria,  273. 

Solanacese  of  Ohio,  235. 

Spelerpes  Larvae,  Induced  Modifica- 
tions in  Pigment  Development, 
49. 

Sprouting  of  Cocklebur,  216. 

Spiders  of  Ohio,  215. 

Starch  Reserve  in  Birch  and  Maple, 

317. 
Starfish  in  the  Richmond,  221. 
Strobilophyta,  Synopsis  of,  106. 


Syrphidae,  205. 

Life-Histories,  81. 

Middle  America,  333. 
Syrphus  xanthostoma,  81. 
Tabanus,  225. 

Tobacco,  Mosaic  Disease,  151. 
Tomatoes,  Inheritance  of  Size,  473. 

Mosaic  Disease,  149. 
Transpiration  in  Relation  to  Growth 

241. 
Trifoliese  of  Ohio,  443. 
Viciese  of  Ohio,  393. 
Violets  of  Ohio,  56. 
Xyridaceas  of  Ohio,  129. 
Yellows  on  Raspberry,  281. 


'i^X\ 


\  A^  NOVEMBER. 

"V    VOLUME  XIII.  I  9  I  2 .  NUMBER  I. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


"^^  -■■-''•■ 

A  Journal  Devoted  more  ^| 

Especially  to  the  Natural     \-^\     «»-f  ^  J- 
History  of  Ohio.  '  v  ^>^**^^^ 


"vir  #  K 


-^ 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   af  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
fif  t*f  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ma   «f    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Nuraber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  $1.25.     Single  copies,  15  ceuts. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  HiNit. 

Associate  Editor s» 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mir<i^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  H1LI.S,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board.  -^ 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schafener. 

Chari,es  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natxjbalist  is  ovrned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  Univer.sity. 

■  In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natckalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a    special  arrangement  with    the    Ohio    Academy    of  "  Science,    the   Ohio 
Natuealilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  di.e.s. 
:•_■    The  first  eleven  volumes  may  be  obtainecT  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  Rhould  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hinb, 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  85>'£g^%"s''.Til';S- 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora,"    pp.167.     E.  L.  M0SEI.EY .60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kelwcott 60  cts, 

3.  "The  Preglacial Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp,  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  Hr  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct«. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  *'  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S,  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio,"    pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .    .50  cts, 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffnrr,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J,  Tyi.er..,35  cts. 

11.  "The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.60,    Robert  F.  Griggs, 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,"    pp.35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  *'  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schafknkr 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.41.   John  H.  Schaefner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.    0.   MILLS,    Librarian- Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


LABORATORY  WORKERS  APPRECIATE 

SPENCER  MICROSCOPES 


Our  New^  No.  45 

Grasp  it  with  the 
whole  hand 


Special  booklet  ready 


BECAUSE 

I.     They  represent  the  best  optics  and 
stands  of  the  latest  types  of  design. 

II.      They  stand  the  rough  and  tumble  of 
laboratory  use. 

III.  There  are  incorporated  in  them  more 

features  of  practical  asability  and 
features  which  make  for  conven- 
ience, comfort  and  durability. 

IV.  They  are  designed  and  built  under  the 

direction  of  men  who  have  had 
many  years  of  practical  laboratory 
experience  as  well  as  experience  in 
manufacture,  men  who  understand 
and  are  in  sympathy  with  the  needs 
of  laboratory  workers. 

SPENCER  OPTICS 

HAVE  STOOD  UNSURPASSED  FOR 
OVER  HALF  A  CENTURY 

SPENCER   LENS    COMPANY 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 


Bucket  Engtaving  Co. 


Process  and  Wood  Engraving,  Electro- 
typers  and  Manufacturers  of  Stereotyping 
and  Engraving  Machinery.   S»  S»  5*  5.  3w 


80y2  North  High  Street, 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO, 


DIE  STAMPING. 


PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 

PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wben  writing  to  advertieerB,  please  mention,  the  "  Ohio  ITaturaUst." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History  and 
Political  Science,  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry, 
Archaeology,  Architecture,  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Bot- 
any, Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairy- 
ing, Domestic  Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Education, 
Engineering  Drawing,  Electrical  Engineering,  English,  Euro- 
pean History,  Forestry,  Geology,  Germanic  Languages  and 
Literatures,  Greek,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term. 

The  University  aims  to  so  relate  itself  to  the  best  high 
schools  of  the  State  as  to  make  a  university  course  within  the 
reach  of  all  their  graduates.  The  buildings  are  ample  for  the 
purpose  of  instruction.     Send  freely  for  information. 

Address  all  inquiries  to  the  President, 

DR.  W.  O.  THOMPSON, 

Columbus,  Ohio. 

When  writlnB  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


DECEMBER. 

VOLUME  XUI.  I  9  I  2  ■  NUMBER  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journai  Devoted  more 

Especiaiiy  to  the  N&turai 

History  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef   THE   BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  tfu   OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY.  anS    cf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE, 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  fi.OO 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Ectered  at  the  Post-Offilce  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohioy  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  University, andof  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June.  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents". 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schapfner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hink. 

Associate  Editors. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffnbr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  i.s  owned  end  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  ■ 

In  order  to  obviate  inconvenif ntes  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturallst  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  nrrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy'  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturaijlt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears*  for  annual  dues. 

The  fir'it  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNB. 

Addr,,.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  "^tll'^l^to^i 

Obio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPBCiAL  PAPERS. 

1.  '<  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167,     E.  L.  Moseley 6oct«. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J    A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct«. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."     pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "  The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.  241 .     Lvnds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.  96. 

Thom.\s  a.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."     pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  .  .  50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Obio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .     50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.20. 

J.  H.  SCHAKFNHR,  OTTO  E.  JENNINGS,  FrED.  J.   TYLER...35  CtS. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60,    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  Cts . 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

V.  L.  Landacre .,.  .....".60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."     pp.  122. 

John  H.  Sciiaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.  41-   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science. 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus.  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modem  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D.,  LL.  D.. 

President. 

■Wrhen  writing  to  advertieers,  please  mention  the  "  Otio  Naturalist." 


JANUARY, 

VOLUME  Xm.  1913.  NUMBER  3. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


s 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural  j 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  of  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ata   qf   THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  «f  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-OflBice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio,  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  Univeebity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81-00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents, 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .        .        .         ,         .         .         .     James  S.  Hinb. 

AssociaU  Editots, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT,  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  oAvned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  anv  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  gg£giyg&°TH'fe' 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports - Price  30  ct,s.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  eta. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.    Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  ♦'  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  ct». 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts, 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I,"    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Keptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  ct«. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Land  acre 60  cts. 

14.  « '  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H,  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophjrtes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41-  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    "W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and.  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Sen«l  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D..  LL.  D.. 

President. 

Wlien  writing  to  adTertiaers,  plea««  meotion  tbe  "  Ohio  KBturalist." 


FEBRUARY. 

VOLUME  XIII.  1913.  NUMBER  4. 


THE 


OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Ne^tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  «f  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  tit*  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price.  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  espeeiaJly  to  tjio  uaturaV  hlsslory  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Bioix)Gical  ("lub  op  the  Ohio  ^'tatk  Umvkrsity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  SciE>fCK.  Publiphed  mouthly  during  the  academic  vear,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countrie.f,  $1.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Ediior-in.CkieJ\ John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,  . James  S.  Hine, 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  M11.LS,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,'  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C,  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prossrr. 


The  Ohio  Naturaust  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  _ 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrous.tlie  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discoutinuance  is  received  Tiy  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  Avill  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  academy  who 
are  not  in  arrearH  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hinb. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURAUST,  gg£g^^go"s°Tilfe 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publlcaflons. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report. . Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.75.    W.  G.  Tight, 

J,  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

S.     "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.    .50  cts. 
9.    "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse  ..     50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20.  - 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler.. I35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs. 50  cts. 

12.  "  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.35- 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicimty." 

F.  L.  IvANdacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford)  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Fred.-v  M.  Bachman ••••'■  •  • 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surroundinsr  Terr'torv."    pp.  "122. 

John  H.'Schaffner .75  cts. 

t6.     "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.   John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    W.    C.   MILLS,   I-ibrarian.  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Pagre  Hall,  OhioCtate  UniverEity.  Columbus.  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  Hfstory,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D..  LL.  D., 

President. 

Whan  writing  to  adv«rtlB«rB,  pleaae  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturaliet." 


MARCH, 

VOLUME  XIII.  1913.  NUMBER  5. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Cf  Ut«  OHIO  STATE   UNIVERSITY,  anS    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  gf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Nuniber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especialiy  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  oflBcial 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  tiie  Ohio  State  Univkesity.  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  Jn  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Ediior-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, JameS  S.  Hine. 

Associate  Editots, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mixls,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botauy,  J.  C.  Hambi^kton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hll.i<s,  Physiography, 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

in  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Aoapemy  or "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natuealilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  ftl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hinr. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ^^l^^lStottb 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora,"     pp.167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kelwcott.  ....  60  cts. 
"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio,"    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J,  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  ct». 

4,  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."     pp,  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5,  «'  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6,  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7,  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,"    pp.96. 

'  Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

"The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."  pp.  66.  James  G.  Sanders.  . .  so^cts. 
"Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  . .  50  cts, 
"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.  20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler..  ,35  cts. 

"  The  Willows  of  Ohio,"    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts, 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp,  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts . 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F,  L.  Landacre 60  cts, 

"  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  Of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54, 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.  122. 

John  H.  ScriAFENER 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41,  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:    "W.    C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus.  Ohio. 


8 

9 
10 

II 
12 

13 

14 

15 
16 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  metliods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training^ 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Pplitical  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D.,  LL.  D., 

President. 

When  -writing  to  advertlBere,  pleaee  mention  tbe  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


APRIL. 

VOLUME  XIII.  I  9  I  3  ■  NUMBER  6. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  gf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  of  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
«f  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ata   «f    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  C'olumbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  JIatter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Bioix)gical  Club  or  the  Ohio  Statu  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  ]M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Miii<s,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hii.i<s,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  "  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  HiNi. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  '^^l^'^lSt&^ro 

Ohio  Academy  of  SeicRcc  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports  Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "  Sandusky  Flora."     pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kelwcott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105,     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.  241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  .50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .  .  50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E).  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyi,er...35  cts. 

11.  "  The  "Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F,  L.  Landacre •. 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    ppv  122. 

John  H,  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:     W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian^  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in.  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosoph)',  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council,  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addresse'd, 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  D..  LL.  D., 

President. 

When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  OhlOklTaturalist." 


MAY. 

VOLUME  XIII.  I  9  I  3 .  NUMBER  7. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
af  the  OHIO   STATE   UNIVERSITY,  an2    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  gf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  91.00 
Single  Nun>ber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Univeksity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Publighed  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  Sl.CO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .        .        .        .         .        .  James  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mili^s,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambi^eton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert, OsBORN,  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  PRosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  b« 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  .special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  op  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  11.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hinb. 

Addra..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ggEg^^guy^Sfe 

Ohio  Academy  ol  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports , Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

•*  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.  167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

"The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

"The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  BowNocKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  eta. 

"  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

"  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63,     James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

"The  Birds  of  Ohio."    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

"The  Ooccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders.  . .  .50  cts. 

"Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse 50  eta. 

"Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

"  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60,    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

"Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

"The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L,.  Landacre 60  cts. 

"  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."     pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

"Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."     pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

"The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41.  John  H.  Schaffner,  sects. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


4 

5 
6 

7 

8 

9 
10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 
16 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all -correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D..  LL.  D., 

President. 

Whon  writing  to  Bdvertleers,  plenee  roentioo  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


JUNE. 

VOLUME  XIII.  I  9  I  3 .  NUMBER  8. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  Uie  Na^tural 

Uhtory  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAK    gf   THE   BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  the  OHIO  STAiE   UNIVERSITY,  and    qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  &S  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subacription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  PostOffiice  at  (  ohimbx,  Ohio,  as  Second-Cla?s  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  jouriiHl  dcVDied  more  especially  to  the  tiuiuial  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Bnii.oyicAL  (Liu  ok  the  Ohio  statk  Univkksity.  tuid  of  The  Ohio 
ACAPEMY  OF  HciKN^K.  PubiisliecJ  tuoiithly  diiriug  tbt-  acMdemio  year,  .from 
Novemlier  to  Jiitie  (S  iiumber>  )  Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  jl.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents". 

Editor-in-ChieJ\  ,         ,        ,         .         .         .        John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager,         .......     Jamhs  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editots, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoo'ogy,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Boianv,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  e.  MOKSE,  Geologj',  "  T.  M.  HiLLS,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


Tlie  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  eurt  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
Btate  University.  -  ,      », 

lu  order  lo  obviate  incfinTeuii-necs  to  our  regiilar  patrons,  the  NATrRALi.<;T  will  be 
niHilcd  re!iiihirt"5r  until  notire  of  disco'.itinuance  is  received  by  the  ninnaaenient.  The 
Natukai.ist  will  ppy  foi  illustranon.«;  not  excocdiiiK  two  puf^es  for  any  article. 

l',v*ft  special"  Mniniuement  with  the  Ohio  AcaI'Emy  of  SciKhXE,  the  Ohio 
Naturai.ilt  is  S' nt  without  ad^litional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arreiir*-  foi;  nnuiial  di  es. 

The  first  twelve  volnnifs  m.sv  be  obtnined  atSV.OO  per  volume. 

RemiliaiH'es  of  nil  lj:)nds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  lUisiiiess  Mannger,  J.  S.  IIink. 

Addr«s  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  "p^dT^Sro^lh 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Secoini  Annual  Reports  Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Rt-ports. Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECSAL  PAPERS. 

1.  "Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "The  Odonataof  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."     pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J    A.  BowNOCKER,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."     pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn 60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."     pp.63.     James  S.  Hink 50  cts. 

6.  "  The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.  241.     Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."     pp.  9^- 

Thomas  A.  BonsiSr 5°  c^- 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  "Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse.  .     50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."     pp.  20. 

j.  H  Schaffner.  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio,"     pp.  35. 

V.  Strrki 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  "Vicinity." 

F.  L.  Land  ACRE 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  "Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."     pp.  54. 

Frfda  M.  Baciiman 5°  cts. 

15.  "Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."     pp.  122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."  pp.  41-  iQ^^  H.  Schaffner,  50  cts. 

Address:     "W,    C.    MILLS,    Librarian  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  "University.  Columbus.  Ohio. 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dair5dng. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D.,  LL.D.. 

President. 


vnien  writlnjr  to  advertlBers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Katur&llat. 


NOVEMBER. 

VOLUME  XIV.  I  9  I  3  ■  NUMBER  I. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OrnCIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  titt  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  a>a    ff    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  91.00 
Single  Nutnber  15  centa. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Oflilce  at  Coliimbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Stath  Univebjbity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
ACABEMY  OF  SCIENCE.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  31.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editors, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,i^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
HerbertIPsborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natueaust  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  ^ 

In  order  to  obviate  iu conveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Katubalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  With  the'  Ohio  Academy  of  "  ScienciI,"  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dnes. 

The  first  twelve  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNK. 

Addre,,  THE  O  H I O  NATURAUST/ gg£g!^^|&°Til?g>' 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report. Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS. 

1.  •<  Sandusky  Flora."    pp.167.     E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  "  The  Odonata  of  Ohio."    pp.  116.     David  S.  Kellicott.  ... .60  cts. 

3.  "The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio."    pp.  75.     W.  G.  Tight, 

J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H.  Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  "  The  Fishes  of  Ohio."    pp.  105.     Raymond  C.  Osburn.  ....  .60  cts. 

5.  "  Tabanidae  of  Ohio."    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine , 50  cts. 

6.  "The  Birds  of  Ohio."     pp.241.     I^ynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  "Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie."    pp.96. 

Thomas  A.  Bonser. * ...  50  cts, 

8.  "The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I."    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  ♦*  Batrachians  and  B-eptiles  of  Ohio."  pp.  54.  Max  Morse,  .  .  .50  cts. 

10.  "Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake."    pp.20. 

J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred.  J.  Tyler... 35  cts. 

11.  "  The  Willows  of  Ohio."    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  "Land  and  Fresh-water  MoUusca  of  Ohio."    pp.  35. 

V.  Sterki '. 50  cts. 

13.  "The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity." 

F.  L,.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  "  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio."    pp.  54. 

Freda  M.  Bachman.  ., .  <,.,i 50  cts. 

15.  "  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory."    pp.122. 

John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  "The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio."   pp.41.   John  H.  Schaffner,.50  cts. 

Address:    W.   C.   MILLS,    Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science, 
Page  Hall,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  adways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  v/'h.ere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In.  the  eng'raving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

Bucher  Eng'raving  Co., 

57-59-61  E:ast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.    .  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertiaera,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Watarallst." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modem  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  E-ducation,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
pherson, Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.. 

President. 

Wben  writlDB  to  advertlters,  pleaae  sieBtion  the  "  Ohio  Naturallat." 


DECEMBER. 

VOLUME  XIV.  1913-  NUMBER  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  tkt  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  ma    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 

Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offilce  at  Colunabp,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  etpeciallj-  to  tlie  natural  hihtory  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  or  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  bciENCE.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  Sl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     .Single  copies,  15  cents, 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike. 

Associate  Editots, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mir,LS,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambi,eton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  '  T.  M,  Hili^,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board, 
Herbert.  OsB©RN,  John  H.  Schaefner. 

Chari,es  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

la  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  lo  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  di.scontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNi. 

Addres.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  gg£gl4*lu"s".Ti?/5 


Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kblwcott 60  eta. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownockbb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  C.  Osbubn 60  cts. 

5.  Tabanidaeof  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 76  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonseb 50  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders. 50  cts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schafpner,  Otto  E.  Jbniongs,  Fred 

J.  Tyler 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio.    pp.  54.    Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  Schaitner 75  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffnbr 50  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.C.Morse 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Frederica  Dbtmkbs 75  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  sJvv^ays  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  w^here  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  the 
low^est  price.  In  the  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show^  samples  and  quote  prices. 

Buclrver  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  NaturallBt." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Botany,  Ceramic  Engin- 
eering, Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering,  Dairying,  Domestic 
Science,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law,  Manual  Training, 
Mathematics,  Mine,  Engineering,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metallurgy  and  Miner- 
alogy, Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education,  Psychol- 
ogy, Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School  Administra- 
tion, Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tbe  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Term,  which  offers 
work  in  many  departments.  Send  for  bulletin  of  the  Summer 
Term.     Address  University  Editor. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.. 

President. 

\Vlieu  wrltlnK  to  advertlsen,  please  Keatlon  the  "  Ohio  Katurallat." 


JANUARY. 

VOLUME  XIV.  I  9  I  4  ■  NUMBER  3. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  Urn  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  anS    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  of  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  IS  cents. 


Entered  at  the  PoBt-Ofaice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Secoud-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  histoid  of  Ohio.  The  officiiil 
©rgan  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  University,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  51-00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.26.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,          .        .        .        .                 .        John  H.  Schaffner. 
Business  Manager, James  S.  Hikb. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

ROBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert^Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special"  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  op  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  cxpen.se  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  fir.st  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hinb. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  naturalist/ 8gEaiis".Tif;S 


Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moselet 80  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kelucott 60  cts. 

8.    The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerakd  Fowkb 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Ratmond  C.  Osbtjkn 60913. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  ots. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings.  Fred 

J.  Tyler 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycctcs  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytcs  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaf>ner 50  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.C.Morse 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover ? 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  138.    Freperica  Dbtmers 75  otSir 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  aJ^Arays  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  w^Kere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  th.e 
loTMest  price.  In  th.e  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  sKov/  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  E,asi  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIl  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


■When  writing  to  advertisers,  pleaee  mention  the  "  Ohio  NaturaUBt." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  metliods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Ahitrial' Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  Literature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English^  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Educa:tion, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  bf  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D,,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  D..  LL.  D., 

President. 

When  writiac  t«  MlTcrtiaera,  pleM«  neation  the  "  Ohio  Katurallet." 


FEBRUARY. 

VOLUME  XIV.  I  9  I  4 .  NUMBER  4. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
qf  tile  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  atiS    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual   Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Eutered  at  the  Post-Offilce  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter, 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  Statb  Univekbity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers^)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.26.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hinb. 

Associate  Editots, 

Wm.  M,  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,ls,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M,  Hills,  Physiography, 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffnkr. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  03yned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  *  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additionfi.1  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hink. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  ^^l^^^Sto^^i 


Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kelucott 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J,  A.  Bownockeb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    RATMO^•D  C.  Osbcrn 60  cts. 

6.    Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  eta. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones. 75  eta. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonbbb 50  eta. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders SOcts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Mobsb 50  ota. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jbnnings,  Fred 

J.  Tyler /. 35  ota. 

IL    The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  ots. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbe T. 60  eta. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Freda  M.  Bachman 60  cts. 

16.    Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  Schajtinbr 75  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner ......«^ 50  ota. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.C.Morse 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  ots. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  138.    Frbdbrica  Detmers 76  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY,  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  w^h.erfe  you  can  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  tKe  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  sKow^  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIi  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  NaturaUst." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  I^iterature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D.,  LL.  D.. 

President. 

When  writing  to  advertlBera,  pletue  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturallet." 


VOLUME  XIV. 


MARCH. 

19  14. 


NUMBER  5. 


HE 


OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  cf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  ef  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
ef  th  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  taa   «f    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subsci^iption  Price,  $1.00 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Oflaice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist. 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio  State  Ukivehsity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  .        .        .        .        .        .        John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hinb. 

Associate  Editots, 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  Wi  C.  MiLi^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  HamblETon,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natubaust  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuealist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

Bv  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natuealilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittanf-es  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  BusinesH  Manager,  J.  S.  Hink. 

Addr^.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  Itll'^l^tm^ 


OMo  Academy  ol  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Mo-seley 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacia!  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  G.  Csburn 60  cts. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio.    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltnds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Tn0M.\8  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    Jambs  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake,    pp.20.    J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Feed 

J.  T^T-ER 35  cts. 

1.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Gnioos. . ; 50  cts. 

2.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

3.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Lanoacrb 60  cts. 

4.  Disconiycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

5.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  122,    John  H.  Schaffner 75  cts. 

6.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts. 

7.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Lifne.stone.    pp.05.    W.C.Morse 60  cts. 

8.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

9.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  HS.    Frederica  Detmers 75  c48. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


There's  adways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  -wKere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  tl\e  engraving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  E-ast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  O^IO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH'Jl  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  Literature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry.  Civil  .Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  lyatin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tte  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,  .to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON.  D.  D..  LL.  D.. 

President. 


Wlien  writing  to  advertlBers,  pleaae  memtlon  the  "Ohio  Naturftllet.' 


VOLUME  XIV. 


APRIL. 

1914. 


NUMBER  6. 


THE 


OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   gf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
af  tke  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  anS   qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  cf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  91.00 
Single  Nuntber  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Offiice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  «s  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
•rgau  of  The  Biological  Club  07  the  Ohio  State  University,  and  of  The  Ohio- 
Academy  OF  Science.  Published  niouthly  duriug  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  fl.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, .     James  S.  Hine. 

Associate  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W,  C.  Morse,  Geology,        ,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  H.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  «nd  coji trolled  by  the  Biological  Club  ol  the  Ohio 
State  UniverBity.  - 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  SciEh'CE,  the  Ohio 
Naturalilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hike. 

Addre«  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8§£g!S1ul'Bffi6' 


Olilo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports .-. Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moselet 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Keixicott 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Ratmond  C.  Osbcrn 60  cts. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    Jambs  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spr>ng  Prairie,    pp.  96.    Thomas  A.  Bonser 50  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio.    pp.  54.    Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.   J.  H.  Schatfner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred 

J.  Tyler 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  GriOgs 50  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacrb 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Freda  M.  Bachman ...50ot8. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  Schaitneh — 75  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 50  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.C.Morse 60  cts. 

18.  TheAgaricaceaeof  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Frederica  Detmers 75  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  sdways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  ■wY\ere  you  can  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  tKe  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show^  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIi  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  tUe  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modern  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  Literature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
the  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council,  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D,,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  p.  THOMPSON.  D.  D.,  LL.  D., 

President. 

When  writlns  to  advertleers,  pleaee  icentlcn  the  "Ohio  NaturAllst." 


MAY. 

VOLUME  XIV.  1914-  NUMBER  7. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  Natural 

History  of  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  qf  THE  BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
«f  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY.  mS   qf    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  qf  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subacription  Price,  ft.OO 
Single  Number  15  cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-OfQice  at  Columbs,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  natural  history  of  Ohio.  The  official 
organ  of  The  Biolosical  Cldb  oj  the  Ohio  State  Univewsity,  and  of  The  Ohio 
Academy  of  Science.  Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 
November  to  June  (8  numbers.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance.  To 
foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner. 

Business  Manager, .     JameS  S.  Hins. 

Associaie  Editots. 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board. 
Herbert  Osborn.  John  h.  Schaffner. 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


Th«  Ohio  Natukaust  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natdralist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management.  The 
Naturalist  will  pay  for  illustrations  not  exceeding  two  pages  for  any  article. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Nattjralilt  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  thirteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  p.iyable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  HiNB. 

A4dr...  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  ^tll'^l^tSi^ 


Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Repoils Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports .Price  20  cte.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  lleport Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moseley 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownockeb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowkb — 50  eta. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.106.    Raymond  C.  Osbt;RN 60  cts. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.Hine "....50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltnds  Jones ^ 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.  96.    Thomas  A.  Bonser SO  cts. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    Jambs  G.  Sanders 50  eta. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse : 50  ots. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  n.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred 

J.  Tti.br 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 50  ota. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Freda  M.  Bachman 60  cts. 

16.    Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  Schaffner 76  ots. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 50  ota. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Morsb 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agarlcaceae  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  133.    Freobrica  Dbtuers 76  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Qhio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


There's  aJvsrays  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  ^/7lc\ere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  tKe  engraving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  shov/  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BuclTier  Engraving'  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,   OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%.&  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST.,BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  NaturaUat." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modem  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi- 
tecture, Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  Literature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses.  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tfce  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D,,  is  Dean,  to  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  a,  LL.  D.. 

President. 


W1>*n  writing  te  adTarMaan,  plaue  wmitloD  tka  "  Ohio  Naturallet.' 


JUNE. 

VOLUME  XIV.  1914-  NUMBER  8. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


A  Journal  Devoted  more 

Especially  to  the  N&tural 

History  qf  Ohio. 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN   ff  THE   BIOLOGICAL  CLUB 
Cf  Ute  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY,  on?    ef    THE 
OHIO  ACADEMY  ef  SCIENCE. 


Ohio  State  University,  Columbus. 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00 
Slncle  Number  15  cent*. 


Entered  at  the  Post-OflQice  at  Columbs,  Oliio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist, 

A  jouinsl  clovcieilDiorc  esiio-iatly  to  il.C:  ii.HtUiiir  hi.siory  of  Ohio.  The  ofliclu! 
organ  of  The  Biological  <;luk  or  thk  ( ijno  Stati:  UNivEKerry.  hjuI  of  The^Omio 
ACAnEMY  OF  ScreNCJt.  Putjli>^l,erl  iiiombiy  (Aurinj-'  (lit  academic  y<nr,  from 
November  to  June  (8  num)>ors.)  Price  81.00  per  year,  payalile  in  advflutc.  To 
foroign  countrie;-    ''   ""        '       ^       .,    ,      ,      ,      . 

iidito -in-Chief,  ....  John  H.  SchaFFnkr. 

Bunness  Manager,  .         .         ...  James  S.  Hine. 

Associate  Editois. 

Wm.  ]\I.  Barrows,  Zf-'ology.  W.C.  Mills,  Archaeolcgy, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,'  J;  C.  HamblktoN,  Orriitbology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  GeGlog3'.  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Boa~>d. 
Herbert  Osborn.  .    John  H,  Schaefkek 

'     Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  0)uo  NATUEALisf  i^  u»viifil  «nd  eoiitrolleclj)y  tlie  Biological  Gliib  ol  the  Oliio 
State  Dnivorsity.  -    ,  .,  •    ■  "^      ' 

In  onier  to  obviate  incouTcnienees  lo  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natura.lI6.t  will  bf; 
mailed  regularly  nntil  notice  of  discontjnnaiioe  is  received  by  the  nianftgem&irt.  The 
Naturai.is'J'  will  pay  for  illusttalians  iiot  escocrl'ng  two  page's  for  any  article. 

By  ft    <=pecial  arrongeBient  with    the    Ohio    Academy    of    Scien'ce,   the  Ohio 
y.iTURAULT  is  sent  without  additional  cxpeu!^?' to  all  members  of  tbn   Academt  v.ho. 
1!'   not  In  arrofa's  for  annual  dues-.        -  '       .       ■ 

The  llrRt  thirteen  rolumes  may  bf  obtained  at  Sl.OO .per  voluffii. 

Remittances  af  all  kinds  should  be  JiTadepftyAble, to  the  Busine;  -  iiaiijigur,  J.  S.  H3M 

^^re,.  THE^  OHIO'  NATURALIST.  §g£g^i^"5^ 


Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports  ,. .  .   Price  30  cts.  i^ach 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports ...  .  .  Thrice  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Anftual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Silver. teeiith  Annual  Report. Price  40  cts.  eacli 

SPECJAL  PAPERS 

I.    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.  167.    £.  L.  Mo.9E«;y . ..,.-., 60  cts. 

i.    The  Odonata  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    D.^vid  S.  KttuGOTTi. .~. 00  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    F.l3.  Tiqht,  J.  A.  Bownocker,/.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowkb .-..."-.... — 60  ota. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio.    pp.  105<    liATMOND  C.'Osbce:^  60  cts. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio.    pp.  03.    Jamks  S.  IIiv  .'50  cia. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lt.vds  Jo.\i;  .   .75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.  06.    Thomas  A.  BonseB 50  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,  •  pp.  66.    J.^mes  G.  Sanders —  RO  eta. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morsk .60  cts. 

iO.  Ecological  Study  rif  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    1 ,  H.  Schafpneh,  Otto  E.  Jbnnimgs,  Fbbd 

J    TTI.ER ■. 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio.    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griocis SO  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki. 50  ota. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacre 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetcs  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Freda  IM.  Bachman 60  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  122.    John  H.  Schahtnee 75  eta. 

16.  The  Pleridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner SOcts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  .Maxville  Limestone,    pp.  6S.    W.  C.  Morse — 60  eta. 

18.  The  Agaricaccae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Frederica  Detmer,9 75  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Hi^er  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


1  lere's  al-ways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  wKere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price..  In  th.e  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  sKow  samples  and  quote^  priceSo 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

5Z-59t.<ol  East  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,   OHIO. 


DIE  stampus;g.  plate  an}>  letterpress  printing. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  tho  '*  Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University, 

COLUMBUS. 


Seven  colleges  well  equipped  and  prepared  to  present  the 
best  methods  offered  in  modem  education.  The  following  list  of 
departments  will  suggest  the  organization  of  the  institution  : 

Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agronomy,  American  History,  Anat- 
omy and  Physiology,  Animal  Husbandry,  Archaeology,  Archi^. 
tecture.  Art,  Astronomy,  Bacteriology,  Biblical  Literature, 
Botany,  Ceramic  Engineering,  Chemistry,  Civil  Engineering, 
Dairying,  Economics  and  Sociology,  Engineering  Drawing, 
Electrical  Engineering,  English,  European  History,  Forestry, 
Geology,  German,  Greek,  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education, 
Home  Economics,  Horticulture,  Industrial  Arts,  Latin,  Law, 
Manual  Training,  Mathematics,  Mine  Engineering,  Mechanical 
Engineering,  Mechanics,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  Metal- 
lurgy, Mineralogy,  Pharmacy,  Philosophy,  Physical  Education, 
Physics,  Political  Science,  Principles  and  Practice  of  Education, 
Psychology,  Romance  Languages,  Rural  Economics,  School 
Administration,  Veterinary  Medicine,  Zoology  and  Entomology. 

Consult  the  Catalogue  for  the  particulars  in  any  of  these 
departments.  Short  courses  in  the  Colleges  of  Agriculture  and 
Engineering  are  provided  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  can- 
not pursue  the  full  courses,  Superior  opportunity  is  offered  for 
tiie  study  of  Dairying. 

Special  attention  is  called  to  the  Summer  Session,  which 
offers  work  in  many  departments. 

Address  University  Editor  for  a  bulletin  describing  the 
"session,  or  any  of  the  Colleges. 

The  Graduate  School  has  been  formally  organized  under 
the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Council.  Professor  William  Mc- 
Pherson,  Ph.  D.,  is  Dean,. to.  whom  all  correspondence  should 
be  addressed. 

W.  O.  THOMPSON,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.. 

President. 


When  writins  ta  advartiaen,  plaaaa  aaeatloo  the  "  Obio  Naturkllat." 


NOVEMBER, 

Volume  XV.  1914  Number  1. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  tiie  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Cent* 

Entered  at  the  Post-Offiiee  at  Coluiiir)us,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  eBpeciallj'  to  the  Natural  History  of  Ohio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  The  Biological  Club  of  the 

Ohio  State  University.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  31.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  16  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,  .         .         .         .         .         .        John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 
Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Omitliology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  Is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  op  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume'. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  HiNB. 

Address  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  ^^l^^^^to^^ 

Olilo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

L    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.197.    E.  L.  Moselet 60  cts. 

2.    The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

5.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownockbb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 60  eta. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Ratmond  C.  Osbdhn 60  cts. 

8.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  eta. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltnds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.  fl6.    Thomas  A.  Bonseb 60  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio,  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders 60  cts. 

0.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse 60otfl. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schawneb,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred 

J.  Tymr 35  ota. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs 60  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Stebki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landachb 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  ScHATFjntR 76  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 60  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Moesb 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stovbr 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Fbedbbica  Detmbbs 75  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  aJ-ways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  ^A/-h.ere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  th.e 
lovrest  price.  In  tKe  eng'raving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Eng'raving  Co., 

57-59-61  E,ast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING,  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wbea  'writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  ITatnralist.' 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  Bpecial  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  £.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


DECEMBER, 

Volume  XV.  1914  Number  2. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Orsan  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Cents 

Entered  at  the  Post-Offilce  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  Natural  History  of  Ohio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  op  Science  and  The  Biological  Club  of  th 

Ohio  State  Univeesity.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  S3 .00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  £l--'5-     Single  copies,  15 cents. 

Editor-in-Chief,         .        ,        .        .        .        .        John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hike 

Associate  Editors  ' 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mins,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hamblbton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  H1LI.S,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osbork,  John  H.  Schafenkr, 

^  Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natitealist  is  o^vned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  X\^  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natttkalist  wiD  be 
mailed  regularly,  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a    special  arrangement  with     the    Ohio    Academy    of    Science,   the   Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Acadkmt  wh 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dnes. 

The  f^fst  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Buainess  Manager,  J.  S.  Hinb. 

Addte»  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8g£^li*lu"sfoS';5- 

OSalo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports. Price  30  cts,  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports  ^ Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report T Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Mosbley 60  ote. 

3.  The  Odonata of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kelucott ..60cte. 

3,  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  76.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownockxb,  J.H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowkb 60  cte. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  C.  Osbdbn CCoti. 

6.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hinb SOcta. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jonbs 76c1f 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonbbb SOcta. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.68.    James  G.  Sandeeb 60  ctf. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Ma;cMobs« 60  c  it. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  ScHAmwR,  Otto  E.  jENNiNaa.  Fbkd 

J .  Tyibr 36 cl 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robebt  F.  GHiaoa 60  cte. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.36.    V.  Stebki 60  cte. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbe 60  c 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Fbeda  M.  Bacbman 60  cl 

16.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  123.     John  H.  ScHAfFNEB 76  cte. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H,  Schaffneb 60  ct 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxvillc  Limestone,    pp.  65.'  W.  C.  Morse 60  ct«. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cte. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Fredebica  Detmehs 76  cte. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  adways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  -wKere  you  can  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  th.e  engraving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving'  Co., 

57-59-61  East  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  pleaae  mention  the  "  Ohio  KatnTalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agritulture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


JANUARY, 

Volume  XV.  1915  Numbers. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  C«nts 

Kntered  at  the  Post-Offiiee  at  Coluint)U8,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  demoted  more  especially  to  the  Natural  History  of  Ohio. 

The  Ofiicial  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Acadebiy  of  Science  and  The  BiotOGicAL  Club  of  the 

Ohio  State  Univeesity.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

Noyjember  to  June  (8  nximbers).    Price  *]-00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  €l.'i5.     Single  copief,  15  cents. 

Ediior4n-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W,  C.  Mii,i^,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F."  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,    '  T.  M.  Hili^S,  Physiography. 

Adznsoiy  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Natxjralist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  ou^. regular  patrons,  the  Natukalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of 'discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Natcraust  is  srnt  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Acadejtt  who 
arc  not  in  arreiirs  for  annual  di;e8. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  J.1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  t^honM  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hinf.. 

Addre«  THE   OHIO   NATURALIST.  '^^SlmiiBStomb 

OMo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  MoaELET 60  cte. 

3.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kelucott 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  76.    W.  G.  TiaHi,  J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Geuard  Fowke 60  cte. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Ratmond  C.  Osbtjen '. 60  cte. 

6.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 60  cte. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones 75  de. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonbeb 60  cte. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,    pp.  66.    James  G.  Sandbbs 60  eta. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    MaxMohse 60  cte. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schaftneb,  Oito  E.  Jennings,  Feed 

J.  Ttlbb 36  cte. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  GBiaas 60  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Steeki 60  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbs 60  c  te. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio.    pp.  54.    Freda  M.  Daceman 50  cte. 

16,  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  123.    John  H.  Schaftneb 75  cte, 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 60  cte. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.  66.    W,  C.  Mobsb 00  cte. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 76  cte. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  138.    Fbedebica  Detmerb 76  ct* . 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  wh-ere  you  can  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
low^est  price.  In  tKe  eng'raving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  sKovs/-  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving'  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,   OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%&   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisera,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  Naturalist." 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address : 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


FEBRUARY, 

Volume  XV.  1915  Number  4. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Gent» 

Entered  at  the  Post-OfiQlce  at  Columhus,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  Natural  History  of  Ohio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  AcADEBfY  of  Science  and  The  Biological  Club  of  the 

Ohio  State  University.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  SI .00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  f  1.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-^Chief, John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager, James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 
Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  MlLW,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F,  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambi,eton,  Ornithology,     , 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hii,i,s,  Physiography.  ^ 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  h.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Cl»b  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  oilr  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  bj^  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  8.  Hine. 

Addreu  THE^OHIO  NATURALIST, , gaa^^lffs-'^^il?^ 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.  Sandusky  Flora,    pp.  167.    E.  L.  Mosblet. .60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kellicott., 60  cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownocker,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  C.  Osburn GO  cts. 

5.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio.    pp.  63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Lynds  Jones., 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonseb 50  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,    pp.  68.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

0.    Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    Max  Morse 60  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake,    pp.20.    J.  H.  Schaffner,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred 

J.  Tylee ■ .35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio.    pp.  60.    Robert  F.  Griqgs 50  cts. 

12.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki 50  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbk 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Freda  M.  Bachman 50  cts. 

16.    Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.123.    John  H.  Schajtnbb 76  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio.    pp.  41.    John  H.  Schaffner 60  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Mobsd 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 76  eta. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Fbedeeica  Detmers 75  ct3. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian^  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  v/h.ere  you  ca:n  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  th.e  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

Buchier  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET,  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Wlien  writing:  to  advertisers,  please  mention  the  "Ohio  ^atarallst/ 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


MARCH, 

Volume  XV.  1915  Numbers. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Cents 

Entered  at  the  Post  Offilfe  at  roluml)iis,  Ohio,  as  ?eO(m<l-Clai.s  Matter 


The  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  Natural  History  of  Oliio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  nnd  The  Biological  Club  of  the 

Ohio  State  Dki\'er8ity.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

NovemT:>er  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  3Ianager,        .         .         .         .         .         .         .      James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W,  C.  Mills,  Archaeology, 

RoBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hamblkton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osboxn,  John  H.  Schaffner, 

--  Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Acabemy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine. 

Addre..  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8g£^*^*^So',5fe 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Report* Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 
L    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Moselet 60  cts. 

2.  The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kbllicott 60cts. 

3.  The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  76.    W.  G.  Tight,  J.  A.  Bownockeh,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Gerard  Fowke ; 50  cts. 

4.  The  Fishes  of  Ohio.    pp.  105.    Raymond  C.  Osbdbn 60  eta. 

6.    Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    James  S.  Hine 50  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltnds  Jones 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonsib 50  cts. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    James  G.  Sanders 50  cts. 

9.  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.54.    MaxMobsb 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  ScHAFrNiR,  Otto  E.  Jennings,  Fred 

J.  T11.BI1 35  cts. 

11.  The  WiMows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Griggs ,.50ct8. 

13,  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Sterki SO  cts. 

18.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbb 60  cts. 

14.  Discomycctes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Freda  M.  Bach  man.. .60  cts. 

16.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.123.    John  H,  ScHArrxBR..... ;.'... 75  cts. 

16.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schaffner 60  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxyille  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Morse 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stover 75  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  138.    Fbidxbica  Detubrs 76  cts . 

AddrMs:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


asBa^^Biai 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  wKere  you  can  get  best  quality  at  th,e 
lowest  price.  In  th.e  eng'raving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Eng'raving  Co., 

57-59-61  E^ast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS.   OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS, 


50  EAST  BROAD  STP,EET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advartisers,  plasss  mention  the  "Ohio  N»tur«M«t.' 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address : 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


APRIL, 

Volume  XV.  19 1 5  Number  6. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Cents 

Entered  at  the  Post-Offilce  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


THE    OHIO    NATURALIST 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  Katural  History  of  Ohio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  The  Biological  Club  of  thk 

Ohio  State  Univeesity.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  ?1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  SI .25.     -Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H,  Schaffner 

Business  Manager,        .......      James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 

Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mili^,  Archaeology, 

ROBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hamblkton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C,  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


•  The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  o^vned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  tjie  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  tc  obTiate  iuconvchicnccs  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  of  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  U\\  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  In  arrear*  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  81.00  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payableto  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine. 

Addre.,  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  8g£?,S^lSoHiS 

Ohio  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report ,. Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Mosblet ...60 cts. 

8.    The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.118.    David  S.  Kellicott 60  cts. 

8.    The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  75.    W.  G.  Tioht,  J.  A.  Bownockeb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  GfinARD  Fowke 60  cts. 

4.    The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  C.  Osbuhn. 60  eta. 

6,    Tabanidae  of  Ohio.    pp.  63.    Jambs  S.  Hink 60  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltj?ds  .loNts 75  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.96.    Thomas  A.  Bonskb 60  eta. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,    pp.  06.    Jambs  G.  Sandbrs 60  eta. 

0.    Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio.    pp.  54.    Max  Morse 50  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schattner,  Otto  E.  Jenninos,  Fbed 

J.  Ttleb , 35  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  GRtaos .60  cts. 

13.    Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Si»bki 60  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity,    F.  L.  Landacei 60  cts. 

14.  Dlscomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Fbeda  M.  Bacbman 60  cts. 

16.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.122.    John  H.  ScHArrKiB 75  cts. 

18.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schatinbb 60  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Maxville  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Mobsb 60  cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaceae  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.  Stovbe 75  cts. 

IB.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Fbbderica  Dbtubbs 75  cts. 

AddfMs:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  w^Kere  you  can  get  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  tne  engraving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  sKow^  satnples  and  quote  prices. 

Buchier  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  East  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,   OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertisers,  please  mention  tUe  "  Ohio  Naturallet." 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

Colllege  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law  ♦ 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


MAY, 

Volume  XV.  1915  Number  7. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  15  Cents 

^  Entered  at  the  Post-Offiioe  at  Columi)Us,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


THE  Ohio  Naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  eipeclally  to  the  Natural  Hietory  of  Ohio. 

The  Official  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  The  Biological  Club  op  the 

Otao  State  University.       Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

Novemher  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  Cl.OO  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  81.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffner 

Business  Manager,        .        .       • James  S.  Hike 

Associate  Editors 
Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  M11.LS,  Archaeology, 

ROBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  HamblETON,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hili^,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  h.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  Naturalist  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University.  -         • 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Naturalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  op  Science,  the  Ohio 
Naturalist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  fir.^t  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  $1.00  per  volume, 

Remittanees  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine. 

Addrc.  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST.  ^l^^l^toiVo 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Reports Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Mosblet 60  eta. 

J.    The  Odonata  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    David  S.  Kklucott 60  eta. 

9.    The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  7S.    W.  G.  Tioht,  I,  A.  Bownockbb,  J.  H. 

Todd  and  Girabd  Fowkb 50  cts. 

4.    The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.106.    Ratmond  C.  Obbubn 60  cts. 

6.  Tabanidae  of  Ohio,    pp.63.    Jambs  8.  Binb Mcto. 

8.    The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    LvNo'lJofres 76ctB. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Big  Spring  Prairie,    pp.  96.    Thouab  A.  Bombbb 60  cts. 

8.  The  Coccidae  of  Ohio.  I,    pp.66.    Jambs  G.  Sandbbs 60  cts. 

t.    Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio-    pp.64.    MaxMobsb 60ct8. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  ScHAmnB,  Otto  E.  Jbkmtkcw,  Fbxd 

J.  Ttlbb 36  cts. 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robbbt  F.  Gbioos 60  cts. 

U.    Land  and  Fresh-water  Molluscs  of  Ohio,    pp.36.    V.  Stbbki 60  cts. 

13.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbb 60  cts. 

14.  DiBcomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oiford,  Ohio,    pp.64.    Fbkda  M.  Bacbman 60  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  123.    John  H.  Schaftmbb 76  cts. 

M.  The  Pteridophytes  of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  ScHAFtNBR ..." 60  cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Mawllle  Limestone,    pp.65.    W.  C.  Mobsb 60  cU. 

18.  The  Agaricaccae  of  Ohio.    pp.  116.    W.  G.  Stovbb 76  cts. 

19.  An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake.    pp.  138.    Fbbdbbica  Dbtmbbb 76  cts. 

Addrws:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian.  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE. 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


There's  always  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  wKere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  Une 
lo-west  price.  In  tKe  eng'raving'  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  show  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Engraving  Co., 

57-59-61  East  Gay  St.  COLUMByS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAHIl  &  GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  wTttlne  to  advertisen,  ple«««  montion  the  "Ohio  irataraUat.'* 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de- 
scribing each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


JUNE, 

Volume  XV.  1915  Numbers. 


THE 

OHIO  NATURALIST 


AND 


JOURNAL  OF  SCIENCE 


^ 


Official  Organ  of  the  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE  and 
BIOLOGICAL  CLUB  of  the  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 

Annual  Subscription  Price,  $1.00  Single  Number,  IS'^Cents 

■ 
Entered  at  the  Post-Oflaice  at  Columbus,  Ohio,  as  Second-Class  Matter. 


The  Ohio  naturalist 

and  Journal  of  Science 

A  Journal  devoted  more  especially  to  the  Natural  HiBfory  of  Ohio. 

TheOfiScial  Organ  of  The  Ohio  Academy  of  Science  and  The  Biological  Club'  op  thk 

Ohio  State  Univeesity.      Published  monthly  during  the  academic  year,  from 

November  to  June  (8  numbers).    Price  $1.00  per  year,  payable  in  advance. 

To  foreign  countries,  51.25.     Single  copies,  15  cents. 

Editor-in-Chief, John  H.  Schaffnkr 

Business  Manager,        .        .        .        .        .        .         .      James  S.  Hine 

Associate  Editors 
Wm.  M.  Barrows,  Zoology,  W.  C.  Mii,ls,  Archaeology, 

ROBT.  F.  Griggs,  Botany,  J.  C.  Hambleton,  Ornithology, 

W.  C.  Morse,  Geology,  T.  M.  Hills,  Physiography. 

Advisory  Board 
Herbert  Osborn,  John  H.  Schaffner, 

Charles  S.  Prosser. 


The  Ohio  NAXxmALiST  is  owned  and  controlled  by  the  Biological  Club  of  the  Ohio 
State  University. 

In  order  to  obviate  inconveniences  to  our  regular  patrons,  the  Natuhalist  will  be 
mailed  regularly  until  notice  of  discontinuance  is  received  by  the  management. 

By  a  special  arrangement  with  the  Ohio  Academy  op  Science,  the  Ohio 
Nattjralist  is  sent  without  additional  expense  to  all  members  of  the  Academy  who 
are  not  in  arrears  for  annual  dues. 

The  first  fourteen  volumes  may  be  obtained  at  Sl.OO  per  volume. 

Remittances  of  all  kinds  should  be  made  payable  to  the  Business  Manager,  J.  S.  Hine, 

Addreu  THE  OHIO  NATURALIST,  g&'EgJJfli^s'oWiS 

Oblo  Academy  of  Science  Publications. 

First  and  Second  Annual  Report* Price  30  cts.  each 

Third  and  Fourth  Annual  Reports Price  25  cts.  each 

Fifth  to  Sixteenth  Annual  Reports Price  20  cts.  each 

Seventeenth  Annual  Report Price  40  cts.  each 

SPECIAL  PAPERS 

1.    Sandusky  Flora,    pp.167.    E.  L.  Mobelbt .^ 60otB. 

I.    The  Odonata  of  Ohio,    pp.116.    David  S.  Kbllicxjtt 60  cts. 

8.    The  Preglacial  Drainage  of  Ohio.    pp.  76.    W.  G.  Tight.  J.  A.  Bownockxb,  J.  H. 

Todd  suid  Gbrabd  Fowke 60  cts. 

4.    The  Fishes  of  Ohio,    pp.105.    Raymond  C.  Osbcen eOots. 

t.    Tabanidae  of  Ohio,   pp.63.    James  S.  Hunt ^..60  cts. 

6.  The  Birds  of  Ohio,    pp.241.    Ltndb  Jones 76  cts. 

7.  Ecological  Study  of  Bie  Spring  Prairie,    pp.06.    Thomas  A.  Bonseb 60  cts. 

8.  TheCoccidaeof  Ohlo.^I,    pp.68.    James  G.  Sanders 60  eta. 

0.    Batrachians  and  Reptiles  of  Ohio,    pp.64.    Max  Morse 60  cts. 

10.  Ecological  Study  of  Brush  Lake.    pp.  20.    J.  H.  Schafvneb,  Otto  E.  Jenninqs,  Fred 

J.  Ttler 36  cts, 

11.  The  Willows  of  Ohio,    pp.60.    Robert  F.  Gbioos 60  eta. 

13.  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  Ohio,    pp.35.    V.  Siebki SO  cts. 

II.  The  Protozoa  of  Sandusky  Bay  and  Vicinity.    F.  L.  Landacbi 60  cts. 

14.  Dlscomycetes  in  the  Vicinity  of  Oxford,  Ohio,    pp.54.    Fbeda  M.  Bacbman 60  cts. 

15.  Trees  of  Ohio  and  Surrounding  Territory,    pp.  122.    John  H.  Schaitneb 76  cts. 

Ifl.  The Pteridophytes of  Ohio,    pp.41.    John  H.  Schafineb 60 cts. 

17.  Fauna  of  the  Mazville  Limestone,    pp.66.    W.C.Mobsi 60cts. 

18.  The  Agaricaccae of  Ohio,    pp.116.    W.  G.Stoveb 76cta. 

10.    An  Ecological  Study  of  Buckeye  Lake,    pp.138.    Fbedbbica  Detmebs 76  cts. 

Address:    W.  C.  MILLS,  Librarian,  Ohio  Academy  of  Science.    Page  Hall,  Ohio 
State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


The  College  Book  Store 


Reference  books  in  all  departments  of  Higher  Education. 

Biological  Supplies  and  Advanced  Text  Books 
new  and  secondhand. 


OPPOSITE  THE  UNIVERSITY  ENTRANCE, 
COLUMBUS.  OHIO. 


There's  adways  one  best  place  to  buy— one 
place  w^Kere  you  can  g'et  best  quality  at  tKe 
lowest  price.  In  the  eng'raving  industry  this 
is  our  exclusive  field.  We  can  convince  you 
if  you'll  let  us  shoTAr  samples  and  quote  prices. 

BucKer  Eng'raving  Co., 

57-59-61  Elast  Gay  St.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


DIE  STAMPING.  PLATE  AND  LETTER  PRESS  PRINTING. 


SPAH%  &   GLENN, 


PRINTERS  AND  PUBLISHERS. 


50  EAST  BROAD  STREET.  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


When  writing  to  advertiaers,  please  mention  the  "  Ohio  KatnxaUst.' 


The  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS 


WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  President. 


Ten  Colleges  and  a  Graduate  School 

Cbllege  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts,  Philosophy  and  Science 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Homeopathic  Medicine 

College  of  Law 

College  of  Medicine 

College  of  Dentistry 

College  of  Pharmacy 

College  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

Graduate  School 

Summer  Session  (Eight  weeks) 

For  general  information,  catalogue,  or  special  bulletin  de« 
scribing  each  college,  with  fees  and  announcement  of  courses 

Address: 

L.  E.  WOLFE,  Secretary  Entrance  Board, 

THE  OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY 


Illlllllllllllllllllllll 


II II  mil  nil 


bJH    ITNY    U